ot)

ane iy

AMAR EN Hy CRY

ian haat) a

yne tia: 4 vtatity

* Whe

eA RS nae

Moumaten ee

4@ ee ve

ie medeets fe a

Nee)

nena

ae Nalin: sme val

Fs pay

eee

oo” wea ’ a uh ’

ther tisk

‘

ai 0

ih Ma

Haye lt ae eins ee ye) »

inet

Salaatanabec

Hn Me ay & en

tai

ate

i elite

Chen

eytatnrtebey: pants $

aL 1 beta Te gett

whet araey sath Na afi. Mega

ih aes eer J 20s e970)

eet Ca 695 ee a The yas oa

ee ben hed 5 ata tae alge 4 wil Mi bY

Ot pita aie a tN Vth va "

a! rans

Hf Pe ae:

Uae 9,8

’

tee

&, 'e

ONCE a4" 4 Hy x Sie a Las thane Wate Balt

pei te ted

Dy ibeh vada boise

Neda Fs

4: a

a statis Reedeuae

Wee de beet eget aw

wet Oe WES aC)

AB js i Was

oahp tb

ante!

eaten

eid ye

vay

‘in

asd

at )

lahat nat Sah Na ew

wikowlyen Vat) AW) 1 oD peta Ny

i ;

‘ si0'9 Wy eet

Over:

1 yy ate

my V4 net ee &

neler ieus

Behe

‘, wore

Aloud

“re

‘an

Ne ae

ola ear

afte) Me

Sulhees

9 He 8 pir fet hc Chee

aos

tie

NN ih eel

faredgt iets) Tsao: Ds

Aaah we Ante age ta ey ete nt

fia thy panne mele it

Thy Amey hts Am A

Ch, nad

mititet

Waneea

FO: nba

Wea ct

CON v

Teahg

EA)

+ peak ow erry

+ ohaiks bow:

it Wwe ioe heap dave

WV itnta tates thant \

winy

ae Wachee

Views viap be!

Rie

bean

Varatse

ne Tetee bol aes a9 hee

3) Yet A

Woyshwe , ita’e

Aree Wille ANAS

VER Mt ah

Pete talks aes

Aouad

wid

myn tie

LEAT

fl ware et

en Be

’

SMT a Ratt

rhe

‘

‘ead

ade

aN vam i

VMs ge hobs a8)

Vis

Wp MHP Rs ew)

He wef Waitt ie 28

bea yeAL Ey: te4e

met th)

EOCHOY aura

TAP! ia

bt) main ty Me Tmachy

h hel be bade

Lad

win CN ke Ed

be Oo: Geir 68s Mats do

Tite) ag Ie GG

te tee

’

nan

Vee

Pdsaentped hag eet

Wik fetebahe yw

oN Mehaear OM) aH

ete

“

2 Ye he set ves 4 ait eon

FERS:

‘h3

y rierek

Ward:

Wiieace

mati a

ae ue yea

Grit

bean

area

Mine Ht

uke a

hide ripen

pian ees fogery

ya ihe W 7 bie

eiiatlecene:

west

once

Ahead

DRTROT Res arly ht Rrsattee mntocl

je ened tabed ome Aathatt (lemenne niu news

fed het ee te atc 83 he habe Oa

Le Core

Siwy tne tH

Methors dade vse

ven

iY seve a)

nna He oath

Weil fe Mee

ki At

TH AM

ha pian

ins Gort

4, He ge Pt ait

VEOH At toll vt Ul

eh ioned ) '

+f yeas iH Hine

yh eta ty hobo P eM

apa Saar

' bs

sy Ss

AST ee

Mere Te OEY ROGET:

v tity SD Ws No Ra DS Dap'y 44 M9 dale BE Sv

Ope be fate pe gras let TeAinhes Taeane

aye tt ets Gal de Pai iedete Venere Mt tics

teat ted ine ‘wb. yey Valeo st

Pes Ret: Ae A ADEN ee bSI4 34.08 Ds ite

4 Mh Lelt tien RET ab

uma Had ale os

Patede

Pore ped

te pine ie

f yobs

SAS At

ny,

Fas wih Raye hod spe

ie Wwe dee b> SORE

PRD eR rE ne) ti

ie) Nit he)

ad) bee ny

teh stir it

isa

Veameasehent

eee me Wass Ward

‘te ede

betes a

hy tere iA

iensbeb Ae deat ge:

ciel iol ran

be eOteed

ta he itt) we bimed

A etek: Bolts Leite at

Hea pete J om Hee

Irae valle

PDs Ye

is dew Gabe it

vee hah OAS

P20 ON Hh hey iin ya ed

Wendebes ash 9h ‘een

fetided

iv. its doe

Mate trot}

sds Gate t jounbedes

7 B

SHOUT AT

. Ae

Meyer he

})

Gikew tae tie tant

MABE ei, fa 5

ee We dv tae

Ne /

Wrasse

Hiei 1 Mate rdevr el

ae why Whe ver

DOTS ‘

‘Th ey

nee rat

te SHO aN ew)

‘ ee ia

hateres *

NW aus nysips0sd by

wed et

frets eth 1 AN

oalOs Ft

whe

Nave. noe

Pha AN aon a

Can

UO Cc Cer

Wed Bebe @

CAs Meds ten} 4

Be DR

WoO

J Vals 1-95!

can

49 rey)

CELA kt

“

931 i oi ihibe

. 4

re te

ae 1:45 fo ene

ahimeae eon

Peery ins

t) Je is by

rie Hobbs #2 voi

BUF be, 4 Ly x?

DW tae tae the

Mor aay MW 43 Ws 49950

Y Ati tatas dr sscouing)

ne ne ay

Sey AT

y, 4:40 ie

eae “hale be anil

seas Ashe op te) meta dst wi ge a

Ht ORAL)

weal ish seen

ites ys)

i Avateh lego oe sate ies

THslty hg bee

a vr te

way ranted a

Husa siden

waded

Pade edn hPa, Srdseed ot

dr doa bade Ae ta vo ahaa p

; ae

ant

“s. vey

Sides

jo ge ae

base

ola ora: panes

phe

fied fe

ahs

ye, satan Hs

Pues i petnee het vied

ey er

ci rte nage vashee beet

pay

thier pewste et acer ie

Pi ontenctt selatas

‘piataanelitet Vt We

Ld antes

ace

‘te See iio Site ar

ae eae yoher

Deyeto

tah verahe rsiee, ;

Nadaiys ipo oy B20

van) ads ee

aie Ys

5 Bde

iy fo a

aisle tay, veh ha ee

LWedite lek totaal

Jobethsivoan it

Heh te

ead os tie

nay

ay cy ‘tebe w *9gR

a We daden sagan aoe?

jhe

Derr tore

habe coated nla

bah vAee tints Pabid

HH sae te Gastelonant

iss Haw Supe,

tae iano ramet

Stee

ats

Py eaves 4 vediat ct

iisant ag

annals

‘

site

dy faba

ves dew ate

Wie nine

be 8

cab i etttcl

a fee * i

oe iif rye

we aida datstiaetes

wear iny aetiy:

Daneas au

ay hoot inti

Selah Foote

Mer Me Dery tran

BCE hh ales

Sapien patirhe fou de ieve faa Me bs tragin uae?

Setar

ale dass 4

pehibai gbsyest tes ts *

anere W

a ‘i fads

As aed» Wee ie

tAaH

ii Howe 1! ie the

Fey ee

hate %

t) wey sy

4 ont) id a

as a te dy ie ea Ar

caste wathatt + ews aay fa

dene

sehdvaee Gatien om Ba intact aM

Hie we oe ietiass ‘ Lek Hy

aihacate ’

ER Hat

‘ A

slabapae 4

Fees robe ”

He Whi Aa oe tah

feo

jae

Tete Woe dad

Tefe deus ewae

BE HSE Rad bed

ire

warn &

var beieda weap are

be heaed

ied

fort

Loken

4 eaiadds ened be

vam eoend Galina

Fem pobabe ts gw

wrk 4e

We ‘ snioea nel Hea deve:

Pepin,

B50 soeate

Jn Sys has ee Ce.

aia ae utentea!

beading cas

(Syeashegat:

ca! tt

syst

fii LC ( @\ SS ms € _— Ss

cr auaa tht Cm Cae OE

Cmca CC Ce COC GC CCE CCE

C@aalacc C ©¢ (oe Gi C(( C € ‘ie

RC ea oe oe

C@arc(cC C « Cd t CCCCCCE OC

CMa eee Cul Gig Cecece tt

S esteeaurstete cerita

| (@ | @ ¢ C( aN a VE le

CMC Cac ce COG @ qcccacccce

CMe Cac Ca € €ccccaccc¢

Ca CGC € Che C@ CC tet |

CMC CeCe oC Ce CC CCCCCice

(C@@ CC CC ( CaC@E CC qaqacccs

ead Cac ace CCE @ € alg qq

cac Cc aca, ECC aa € Cag

Pere SCRE TR CEES aC

SUG CC q «( iS GA

CCC C COO Mee out ccce Ks q ccc «

Ce a cc ¢ rdere rT @c c ré wc rca Gi

ECC C qd Qice ec acce a cae race

CCC aud CE | Ca Cae € cCCC

CCC (Cac it aca car

Cc accc qic@d ca WC CCE at , cee

ccc far? CC CC COC & ¢

Sd ese Goce Be Gace

C(CC @ C ce S CCE aT ( ((

CCC ECE MC @

CCC @ ie Oe MC « CC “a (

ae —M(C€ CC @cce

acd «eg it ue me

@a(@ CC QCice | C @ Ct

Za « MCE ME @ (Ce

race CO CC CC @ COCK

ZCca M (GCG Ce @ara

rca W Tiara ava ¢

Cccce@ @ CC(CCO CO © (¢

COC @ « COCO OC @ (¢

wee CCM COcee Cm CC

rec @ eC (CC ot C ‘

re @ CC CCCCHCUC EL Ce

@ cdl @ CCC CQ CCCC EE ¢ 6 ¢ Ca ca ¢

Gq @ ¢ G ¢ CO CCC (( @aa CC 4 Cl C

GG (CC G' . COCCC CE € HC C™@ CEC

c« «cee » Ge EE (CCC Cg & «a CCE CC

aa «Ce CQ CG COCK we a cc Ce“ CCC

Ce Ce Cc ¢ CC ac (( COCO C @aaecara:

SHG

hee

ages

Dexia

Wer.)

PROCEEDINGS

| OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS |

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY

OF LONDON,

1910, pp. 1-588.

(JANUARY—MA RCH.) ol

i 3.0) 22 ON ate

. 4

A FF

4 oe . >

i? y RA Ck

ee Q> ws

NTT BIT

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.

PATERNOSTRR ROW.

lS aee

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

HOMO:

COUNCIL.

Hts Grace Tur Duxe or Beprorp, K.G., President.

THE EArt or Auramont, F.S.A.

Grorce A. BovLencrr, Hsq.,

E.R.S., Vice-President.

Ricoarp H. Burnes, KEsq.,

M.A.

Lt.-Col. Sm R. . Haverock-

Cuar.es, K.C.V.O., M.D.

Aurrep H. Cocks, Esq., M.A.

F. D. Dawrrry Drewrr, Esq.

M.A., M.D.

CHARLES DrumMmonp, KsqQ.,

Treasurer. C

Str Epwarp Duvranp, Bt.,

C.B.

FrepDpeRIcK GiLLerr, Esq.

SypNey F. Harmer, Esq., M.A.,

Se.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Srr Kpmunp G. Lopsr, Bt.

K. G. B. Mrapre-Waxpo, Esq.

Vice-President.

Prof. Epwarp A. Murnycur,

M.A., Vice-President.

P. Cuatmers MircHeny, Esq.,

Nilwave ADSL) Jelom, Ill...

F.R.S., Secretary.

ALBERT Pam, Esq.

ADRIAN D. W. Potuock, Esq.

OLDFIELD THomas, Esq.,

Res. .

-A. TrEvor-Barryn, Esq., M.A.

A. Smirq Woopwarp, Esq.,

LUL.D.,F.R.S., Vice-President.

Henry Woopwarp, Hsq., LL.D.,

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Coatmers Mircurnp, M.A., D.Sc., Hon.Lh.D., F.RB.S.,

Secretary.

Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

KR. I. Pocock, F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and Reptiles, and

Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.

D. Sers-Surru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.

Henry G. Purmer, F.R.S., M.R.C.S., Pathologist.

KF. H. Wareruouse, Librarian.

Joun Barrow, Accountant.

W. H. Corn, Chief Clerk.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1910, pp. 1-588.

January 18, 1910.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of December 1909

Mr. C. W. Beebe. Exhibition of lantern-slides from photo-

Steel ua era nelaIcubIS In Gr Ula aay sete < ce aeeee ans ce seen ace 1

1. Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and ad-

jacent Territories: Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. By 8.

A. Nuave, M.A., B.Sc.Oxon., F.Z.8. (Plates I-III.) .

2. On the Marine Fishes and Invertebrates of St. Helena.

By J. T. Cunninenam, M.A., F.Z.S8. With Descrip-

tion of new Species of Hydrozoa and Porifera, by

PMP AnETOK WH Ziss. (Plates LV VEL.) Leno. 36

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological

Gardens during 1909. By H. G. Purmmer, F.L.S.,

E-Z:S.., Pathologist torthe: Society: cases a.ceectee san seeeae 131

4. Notes on the Hydroids and Nudibranchs of Bermuda. -

By Prof. W. M. Smatiwoop, Syracuse University ...... 137

February 1, 1910.

Mr. Charles A. Darling. Exhibition of a mounted specimen

ot a, Cuscus (Phalanger macildtus) — i icarseccts scout ves 146

Capt. J. A. M. Vipan, F.Z.S. A letter from, on Malaria

and the “ Millions” Fish (Girardinus peciloides), with

remarks by the Secretary

Coe sete eer eee see eso ees ee ase ses eesene

Col. Sir A. H. McMahon, K.C.I.E., C.8.1., F.Z.S. Exhibition

of specimens of the Cicada (Sena qucrula) collected at

Quetta, (Baluchistan 0.0 s.coeueoe eee Ee eee

Dr. R. T. Leiper, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a series of specimens

of Entozoa

wee e tre ecw eee see ees eee ream se eee esaaaeseseseoresseeeseene

1. On a Collection of Freshwater Crustacea from the Trans-

vaal. By Paun A. Meruvuen, New College, Oxford.

(Places nValil— XV See sae cer ce eee ent eee ee

2. Littoral Marine Fauna: Kerimba Archipelago, Portu-

guese Hast Africa. Collected by James J. Simpson,

M.A., B.Sc., University of Aberdeen, September 1907

—May 1908: HotornuriomEs. By JosEpH PEARSON,

D.Se., F.L.8., Demonstrator and Assistant Lecturer in

Zoology, niversity of Miverpoolgee- n-ne ease oer

3. Marine Fauna: Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma.

Collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc., and R. N.

Rudmose-Brown, B.Se., University of Aberdeen,

Febrnary 1907 —- May 1907: HotorHurtiompea. By

JosEPH Prarson, D.Se., F.L.S., Demonstrator and

Assistant Lecturer in Zoology, University of Liverpool .

4. A Revision of the British Species of Ostracod Crustacea

belonging to the Subfamilies Candonine and Herpeto-

cypridine. By G. Srewarpson Brapy, M.D., LL.D.,

D.Sc., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. (With Note on a Parasitic

Worm, by Miss M. V. Lesour, M.Sc.) (Plates XIX.—

D:D. G) ROR MEER RE eco 032 IM arn aA ee abWE sa, WAl3 cae.

A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hippopotamus am-

phibius. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.5.,

Prosector to the Society

See eee eee wre ewer eee te eee eee ese ee sessese

6. The Entozoa of the Hippopotamus. By Roper T. Lerprr,

M.B., F.Z.8., Helminthologist to the London School of

Tropical Medicine

Page

146

147

148

167

183

194

233

February 15; 1910.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's

Menagerie during the month of January 1910 ......... 251

Mr. James F. Ochs, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the heads of

twelve Wapiti, Cervus canadensis typicus, and the head

Gitar BISON, 803" O1SO1) | sik ee eee TIO Oe ERE eee EE 252

Mr. Charles Urban, F.Z.8. Kinematograph exhibition of

pictures of animals, in natural colours ................0.008 252

1. Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps of

Australia. By Rowianp EK. Turner, F.Z.8., F.H.S.

(Giailaites Xe NONGIE dr ONS NONMINIE rue craton icy. ay nnitetsinae ole seit ak 253

2. Descriptions of new Lycenide and Hesperiide from

Tropical West Africa. By Haminton H. Drucz, F.L.S.,

HE Zine 7 OSC ag (Uletabes pNONOXCH IN NONCXOV, EL satan sh tsloties 356

3. On certain Subcutaneous Fat-Bodies in Toads of the

Genus Bufo. By C. L. Bounencer, M.A., F.Z8.,

sinmeg sue olllemern@ amibrid Ge Maca: saee eeasester a soca ena er 379

March 1, 1910.

The Secretary. Exhibition of photographs of a Thylacine

(Thylacinus cynocephalus) and three cubs .................5 385

The Secretary. Remarks upon Mr. A. Radclyffe Dugmore’s

book ‘ Camera Adventures in the African Wilds’ ...... 385

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a preparation

of, and remarks upon, the vena cava inferior, diaphragm,

and liver of a Seal (Phoca vitulina) that had lately been

Insauapaba id Ne is OerCiny Ss CeuxalGins. Henageebassecauoscosdosocceces 385

Mr. Frank E. Beddard, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of

a series of specimens of Harthworms from Luzon,

IPlanlhvoyomaes HSIEWAGIS 257 cocanssternoocoossecouscoeoonopsnoesono bes 387

Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of some

teeth of Hiephas (Stegodon) insignis and of a species of

lorsevirom, China... ..c5ue Ws .acss sadar nse ae acetates 387

Dr. R. T. Leiper, F.Z.8. Exhibition of the larval stage of

Mianalt fin ayy. ew < =

Trichosts ongylus pergracilis, the causal factor of Grouse

disease, and a specimen of Cyclops containing a living

embryo of Cucullanus elegans, a blood-sucking parasite

ot Perch

Pes ecreee rec er eer esr cesses coos ee ares ee ees aseceseseseseseces

1. Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and

adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera Heterocera. By

Si: Grorce F’, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S. (Plates XXXVI.

XLI.)

Cee eee eee see eee cero ss esee oer oe eee re sees eee scores et esr rs oe soes

2. The Urogenital Organs of Chimera monstrosa. B

T. H. Burvenp, M.A. (Camb.), B.Sc. (lond.), late

Scholar of Christ’s College, Cambridge; Assistant

Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology, University

College, Cardiff

ec esecesserece sere e reese ees oer roses sonseseosecsccre

March 15, 1910.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of February 1910

Mr. KE. W. Shann, B.Sc. An account of some post-mortem

Mr.

phenomena Olosermayvedl iin A, IL@MMOTP 5. dccccosadsocosncesooosec f

. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S8. Exhibition and de-

scription of a new Potto from British Hast Africa

-, D. Seth-Smith, F.Z.8., M.B.O.U. An account of some

living examples, in the Society’s Gardens, of the Black-

hooded Parrakeet (Psephotus cucullatus North)............

George Jennison. Letter from, on the breeding of

Pine Snakes in the Zoological Gardens, Belle Vue,

Manchesterat ioc 08 shea babern teeth persia sag cise. ainfcl ep MCR

Charles Sillem. Exhibition of some living specimens of

the Crustacean Chirocephalus diaphanus

I, AN Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of the Frilled

»)

Shark, Chlamydoselachus anguincus Gar, By T. Gooey,

M.Ne. (Birm.), Research Scholar, University of Birming-

ham. (Plates XLIT.—XLYV1.)

eee see cece ers sce e esses esscrsoce

. Additional Notes on the Birds of Hainan. By W. R.

OGILVIE-GRANT TEeZe Se mS: OSE a reeeaee aepren ee yesececl

3. On the Variation of the Sea-Elephants. By Dr. Kryar

Lonnpere, C.M.Z.S.

eee cee oreo ee ese meso er eeersrteesoseees sens: ec

Page

387

388

510

539

ALPHABETICAL LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1910, pp. 1-588.)

ANDREWS, CHARLES Witu1AM, B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of some teeth of Hlephas (Stegodon) insignis

andioma, species ot HHioxse trom: Chima) ..24:. dan: -usess 3-20»

Breese, C. Witi1aM, C.M.Z.S., Curator of Birds of the New

York Zoological Society.

Exhibition of lantern-slides from photographs taken in

IBicicisht Gulag pees sa eres eee ern tes, Chee ed Cen eae ea 2

BepDArRD, Frank H., M.A., F.B.S., F.Z.8S., Prosector to the

Society.

A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hippopotamus

CU IUOUUS so atone ca seo Sees MEE oaten ie See a aaa eters ae see

Exhibition of a series of specimens of Harthworms

TrommlGuzonsy Ebilippime lsltmds Wee vareeternee ener cess.

387

vill

BouLencer, CHaruss L., M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cam-

bridge.

On certain Subcutaneous Fat-Bodies in Toads of the

G3 ORISED 21.1) ORME oOo OPER MREP BRE SAB AA MMC MAM Mb don maison adadosooannne

Brapy, G. Srewarpson, M.D., LL.D., D.Se., F.R.S.,

C.M.ZS.

A Revision of the British Species of Ostracod Crustacea

belonging to the Subfamilies Candonine and Herpeto-

cypridine. (With Note ona Parasitic Worm, by Miss M.

V. Liesour, MSc.) > (Plates Gli Xexox) he ee eae

Burienn, T. H., M.A.(Camb.), B.Sc.(Lond.), late Scholar

of Christ’s College, Cambridge; Assistant Lecturer

and Demonstrator in Zoology, University College,

Cardiff.

The Urogenital Organs of Chimera monstrosa .........

Burne, Ricuarp Hieerns, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a preparation of, and remarks upon, the

vena cava inferior, diaphragm, and the liver of a Seal

(Phoca vitulina) that had lately been living in the

DOCLE VISA OMTCLCTIS ew Rem tac ne te eRe e DE REnOci Minn comme agiaats

Cunnincuam, Joseru T., M.A., F.Z.5.

On the Marine Fishes and Invertebrates of St.

Helena. With Description of new Species of Hydrozoa

and Porifera, by R. Kirxrarrick, F.Z.8. (Plates 1V.—

W IU.)

Ceo ees se toseser cso esse sarsereesoseesssoesosteseereeaeseeseressesons

Dariine, CHARLES A.

Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a Cuscus

(Phalanger naculatus)

Coe eee ere ern oeeneseseasavereereFEDHeoesone

Page

379

194

510

Druce, Hamitron H., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Descriptions of new Lycenide and Hesperiide from

Tropical West Africa. (Plates XX XIII.-XXXY.)......

Goopvry, T., M.Sc.(Birm.), Research Scholar, University of

Birmingham.

A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy af the Frilled

Shark, Chlamydoselachus anguineus Gar. (Plates XLIL.—

DRG lis ieee cain wale Wa ieee pals ental ean ey We eta ae Ree Sa

Grant, W. R. Ocitvize. See Ocitvie-Grant, W. R.

Hampson, Sir Georce F., Bart., F.Z.8.

Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and

adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera Heterocera. (Plates

ENONONGV AL PT) BS ocr anes aM ae Achtatcint «toe eget ates makin ats

JENNISON, GEORGE.

Letter from, on the breeding of Pine Snakes in the

Zoological Gardens, Belle Vue, Manchester ...............

KiIrKPATRICK, RANDoLrH, F.Z.8. See Cunnincuam, J. T.

Lesour, Miss M. V., M.Sc. See Brapy, G.S.

Lerrer, Rosert T., M.B., F.Z.S., Helminthologist to the

London School of Tropical Medicine.

Exhibition of a series of specimens of Hntozoa .........

ithe; Mntozoa: of the Hippopotamus: 2.5 ...s--s--eseedeee:

Exhibition of the larval stage of Trichostrongylus

pergracilis, the causal factor of Grouse disease, and a

specimen of Cyclops containing a living embryo of

Cucullanus elegans, a blood-sucking parasite of Perch ...

Page

306

540

388

53d «

147

387

Lonnpere, Dr. Ernar, C.M.ZS.

On the Variation of the Sea-Elephants 580

> ed

McManon, Col. Sir Arruur Henry, K.C.1.E., C.8.1.,

E.Z.8.

Exhibition of specimens of the Cicada (Sena queerula)

collected at @uetias baluchisban 02s) cee eee eee 147

Meruuen, The Hon. Pact A., F.Z.S., New College, Oxford.

On a Collection of Freshwater Crustacea from the

Transvaal. (Plateso Vel XV ae ace eee eee 148

MircHeii, P. CHALMERS, M.A., D.Sc., Hon. LL.D., F.RB.S.,

F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of December 1909

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

Cliomeuanse ilove) invoranclay ore denamearay I) oo scogoeosbosaces canse 280: 251

Exhibition of photographs of a Thylacine (Thylacinus

Cymocepnalis) veimdet NBCCTCUIS eat e eames .eiee esis 0) e oe seee 389

Remarks upon Mr. A. MRadclyffe Dugmore’s book

‘Camera Adventures in the African Wilds’ ............... 385

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during theimonthnoiWlelmuamy, 10/0 ee see ene ee eee neree D384

See Viran, Capt. J. A. M.

NEAVE, SHEFFIELD A., M.A., B.Sc. Oxon., F.Z.S.

Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and

adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. (Plates

T.-II1.)

Seem eee cess ec esoesectenseeeseesonesesresnsoseeseereoseestess ses

Ocus, James F., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of the heads of twelve Wapiti, Cervus

canadensis typicus, and the head of a Bison, Bos bison ...

Ocitvie-Grant, W. R., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U.

Additional Notes on the Birds of Hainan

ape rerecseeseee

Puarson, Josnru, D.Sc., F.L.S., Demonstrator and Assistant

Lecturer in Zoology, University of Liverpool.

Littoral Marine Fauna: Kerimba Archipelago, Portu-

guese Hast Africa. Collected by James J. Simpson,

M.A., B.Sc., University of Aberdeen, September 1907—

Mlewy ISOs TaloneoiensnayCrio nt “se coceghactamesaeagvonee snsoseonn

Marine Fauna: Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma.

Collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Se., and R. N.

Rudmose-Brown, B.Se., University of Aberdeen, Feb-

ruary 1907-May 1907: HoLorHuRIoIDEA ..................

Puimmur, Heyry G., F.LS., F.Z.8., M.R.C.S8., Pathologist

to the Society.

Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological

Grancclemsa clusion OO Oe kaart ka lengcds ai vemos de eee daes yarns

Seru-Smirn, D., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., Curator of Birds and

Inspector of Works.

An account of some living examples, in the Society’s

Gardens, of the Black-hooded Parrakeet (Psephotus

euro aticsyN orth) etactyert « daeye ean ot veaeatge aie se seas eels

SHaNN, EH. W.; B.Se., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St.

Andrews.

An account of some post-mortem phenomena observed

GND. G1).] ISTO OG UN eee eR ae Scammer fi Te a ay

Page

183

131

Xil

Page

SILLEM, CHARLES.

Exhibition of some lving spocimens of the Crustacean

Chirocephalis Gra plharus jini. aepsnescisst este eerie ee cecr tee 539

Smitu, D. Seru-. See Seru-Smiru, D.

SMALLWOOD, Prof. W. M., Syracuse University.

Notes on the Hydroids and Nudibranchs of Bermuda... IB

THOMAS, OLDFTELD, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition and description of a new Potto from British

Bias (ATC sas foots ct aioe nicele daw oo ethic ro mswiatsiele ie eletses aloe Rene see era 036

Turner, Rowiann E., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps

oi Australia: | (Plates XOXO. XOxOXxGID) Seen e nese ent 253

Urpan, Cuartes, F.Z.S.

Kinematograph exhibition of pictures of animals, in

natural colours 252

Vipan, Capt. Joun A. M., F.Z.S.

A letter from, on Malaria and the “ Millions” Fish

(Girardinus peciloides), with remarks by the Secretary... 146

List OL Brat hs:

1910, pp. 1-588.

Plate Page

a : New or Little Known Butterflies from Northern

IIL. i IRCCS), CCS einige A BOO eee Tabi aly cee aie 2

IV. 1. Congromurena mellisst?. 2. Murena sancte helene~

WEG IS, MOSCIINENS Aa ta, Puts ar tuls te d sities erate MAS acme

ee Luamclenrenn sg alpen meter. asaya akan oa. siotys yoke re 86

VII. 1-3. Eudendrium cunninghami, sp. nu. 4-8. Chon- |

drosta plebeya O. Schmidt ............ ahd Maceo Ree J

NADU Ete rele 5

1X. | COIS QUROBT, Bn sno ug Shoe obo cuS EE Gin Cane ee die

XK. 9-12. Cypris spinosa. 13. C. gunningt............

XI. 14, 15, 17. Cypris gunning. 16. C. ee

NSM Ors rPIStCG OP LOL MT ead cas rte has oho 8 oe

SONS AGNES (MUI o io88 p ho dda bes meee noobee 6 aedce < |

XIII. 23. Cypris gunningt. 24-28. C. tuberculata ......

XIV. 29, 30, 38. Cypris tuberculata. 31, 32. C. eres

FUROR 3h aide KOb CUEUISOT shh obobbboodase une r148

XV. 36. Cypris gunningt. 37. C. chrissiensis. 38. C. mas- |

tigophora. 39. Daphnia gibba. 40. D. pulex.

20s ISU WATS CORMIER be emcoeeocrnoudaeene

XVI. 42. Simocephalus corniger. 45. Leydigia trispmmosa.

44, Chydorus caroline. 45. Broteas falcifer. 6.

Metadiaptomus transvaalensts .....660 0c eee eae |

Si Metadiaptomus transvaalensis ........ ash Re eae |

XIV

Plate Page

XIX. I-11. Candona candida. 12-15. Candona caudata. -

XX. 1-10. Candona angulata. 11-13. Candona caudata.. |

-XXT. 1-8. Candona neglecta. 9-14. Candona siliquosa ....

XXII. 1-8. Candona elongata. 9, 10. Candona sikiquosa.

11,12. Candona stagnalis. 18,14. Seolex of Tenia

XXIII. 1-8. Candona protzi. 9-14. Candona caledonia ....

XXIV. 1-4. Candona lactea. 5-10, Candona fragilis. 11-15.

Comdoran db canon nis ae nee rae ee eee

XXV. 1-5. Candona hyalina. 6-12. Candona brevis. 13-16. L104

TAI UOROCY PN ISUSCT CL gat ae eee Re:

NAVIN i Condonipsisiscov fields +) 4h ae ea ee ee |

XXVH. 1-9. Stphlocandona similis. 10-14. Siphlocandona

HONIG ie" SER ENS Spele: EPICEE BOE SE gn mner an (ates ee Oe |

AXVIII. 1-3. Prionocypris tumefacta. 4-9. Herpetocypris |

strigata. 10-16. Ilyodromus robertson’ .......... |

XXIX. 1-7a. Herpetocypris chevreuxti. 8-11. Ilyodromus

olivaceus. 12. Llyodromus robertsont ............ |

XXX. Worms Parasitic in Candona anguluta ............ J

oy Australian Hossoriall Wiaspsil soe een eaeeeee 253

ee Tropical West African Lyceenidge ................ i see

XXXV. Tropical West African Lyceenidee and Hesperiide .. |

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

os rMlobhsitiron OemtralAtiri cena ener iee ee erates 338

XL. |

XLT. }

XLIit.)

XLUt. |

XLIV. > Chlamydoselachus anguineus Gar, oo... cece eee ee 540

XLV. |

XLVI!

SOMNAAKAN

1X2)

(=)

Oo bo

b> bo bo bo bo

reg

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1910, pp. 1-588.

Page

. Ventral view of claspers of Neptis agatha and N. jordant...... 33

: Mimacrea marshalli Trim., on a tree-trunk ................ 49

RPM UROL SLUNG (Ue art eater ash onc sl SANA Sart ait ee ain a sates eee nel coms 109

= LLORES COLTCURB 3 cho teh BrOs ais SAAC iG PLO Gis SOD 110

= INOTURIS CUBIS Se Sant oooe eb obE bee srtpeeen poteee MEMES Nn ts coc eee 112

SPU Ger ULSWOEPCROLOIS . sch Sa,6eo Wels ode ae! S Sy cuee eis te 4 sleieeie dees 121

_ Coroimoceons Haake ata lhe Vee eer 6 wn bebo Os Aces clans 139

. Ege-mass of Chromodoris zebra Heilprin .................... 140

PLA CCHIUD LO UKD SI) sal cf Wofaketee- (nse manste danske once nee hal ae Oia Eater e re 142

5 LOU GORA, SOLO OTs TS) Ua io. Etat a ab taeda cb Ween ON BOs eee 144

. Sixth Thoracic Appendages of Draptomus castor, Mctadiaptomus,

AANA COMA SHVLCRICTISISHN DU eiWelo ts. wirtaltSis mclels Ween eiele s 162

. Posterior region of the body of Canthecamptus?...........+.. 164

. Cucumaria turbinata, showing internal organs .............. 17

. Table, perforated plate, and miliary granules of Cuctonaria

EMTUUINOLG srohore SREP Ray oot dio. ea OE tA eee Roe oe 171

ESpicules) ofmiMaierianecanond tremens hha) Je) Set eete) ear teran et 174

. Various forms of spicules of Miillerta mauritiana ............ 174

ps) Spicules, of Holothuneadopflentin eo. 3. vate ese sates as = 178

. Spicules and calcareous ring of Cucwmaria sempert .......... 186

} Caleareous rine of Colochiuusicucumis? 0.22. )an vases eee 188

. Spicule and calcareous ving of Thyone sacellus .............. 189

. Calcareous ring and plate-like spicules of Actinocucumis typica . 191

. The aorta and pulmonary artery of Hippopotamus............ 224

. Interior of right ventricle of Hippopotamus ............... 226

, Interior of right auricle of Aappopotamus .................. 227

Commence aoxta of Mippopotannis janean eer tae a v4 230

XV1

Page

26. ‘Bursa of male of Nenatoduus hopkend paw mae ames eee

27. Tail of female of Filaria hippopotami, and head and tail of male

of (Cobboldiawyeipard Wn. conde ae ee eee ne oO

28. Lasetola yan J 8 Adel. bein) oil eens ee eee ee Oe

29. Transverse and median longitudinal section of Gastrothylax

CHUCU CRMUS cae coset hci We cl ae PE aut e c o iegane)

30. Median longitudinal pectin a Paramphistomum giganto-

COLLET, WIR Tat Seas. ovtrealiseue Misis cate Sarees SAUL: borne eee

31. Median longitudinal section of Barapa buxifrons .... 243

32. Median igrietane final section of Paramphistomum minutum .... 246

33. Median longitudinal section of Paramphistomum sellsi ........ 247

34, Median longitudinal section of Puramphistomum pisum........ 249

35. Median longitudinal section of Paramphistomum wagandi...... 250

36. Venation of Powltonia ochrascens and Neaveia .............. 304

37. Veutral view of Bufo viridis, 2, showing position of subcuta-

ME OLS feth=OCNES i ene eieteilete stern eee Sante oles SOOO.

38. Transverse section of part of lhe nate fat- ayody of Bufo

URLCIS OD rg tate yn |) Slee Ma eee Re Sey ruc PeRN he eneCERe cho ol

39. The thoracic and hepatic vena cava a ietion and liver of a Seal

(Phoca vitulina) 5... Ree Lo ch ea LSU naan aE oso

40, Urogenital organs of adult male Chimera monstrosa, with pelvic

ninsiandy claspers) (wenliral wiew)i nyse ei eto ieee go Oils}

4]. Urogenital organs of adult male Chimera monstrosa. Teta

frome lat SUC ae we ser Aen moc clk cineeeee: «sue ARREARS

42. Right vesicula seminalis of adult male Chimera opened from

thervennal ‘sides loo cusqsesee ee Gearon eae a eerie Hpi SOG

43, 44, Transverse sections of Leydig’s gland and duct of adult male

DATE. PROMUFORO 03 coc 0040s ee ARE in Manche Ss che ttoh a OS

45-48, Transverse sections of sperm yesicle in different regions of

adult male Chimera monstrosa ...... cin chine ee ons 25019) 5)2

49, Dissection of the mes organs of a young male Chimera,

ventral view.......- REPL Ge Sort ctea rc tehhe ks Late 2 TEAR 523

50. Urogenital organs ou adult ama Chimera. Ventral view.... 526

51. Dissection from right side of the posterior region of the uro-

genital organs of a female adult Chimera ................ 527

52. Urogenital organs of young female Chimera. Ventral view .. 580

53. Urogenital organs dissected from the right side, and dissection

of urogenital sinus of young female Chimera.......... ae ee)

54, Head of Psephotus cucullatus North .......... Sngit\ eda hoa oS)

55. Outline of palatal aspect of premaxillaries of ee specimens oe

the Sea-Elephant from South Georgia.................... 584

56. Outline of nasals of four specimens of the Sea-Elephant Ron

South: Georsias, Avis eede nik sear oe een arene chet Pt tcc deter eee

XV11

LES OF

NEW GENERIC

TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (pp. 1-588).

Page

Batelusia (Lepidoptera)............ B67

Ctenusa (Lepidoptera ............ gr 02)

Hoplarista (Lepidoptera)......... 399

Leptaroa (Lepidoptera)............ 456

Metadiaptomus (Crustacea) ...... 160

Neaveia (Lepidoptera) ............ 364

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1910.

Page

Neostege (Lepidoptera) ......... 499

Pseudlepista (Lepidoptera) ...... 392

Pseudmielisa (Lepidoptera) ...... oul

Pseudocolochirus (Hehinoderma) 172

Siphlocandona (Crustacea) ...... 210

Thermochrous (Lepidoptera) ... 488

Abantis

arctomarginata, 73.

bismarckt, 72.

levubu, 73.

lofu, 72, 86.

paradisea, 71.

plerotica, 71.

venosa, T1, 72.

zainhesiaca, 71.

Abisara

rogerst, 40.

Acantharctia

tenuifasciata, 394, 508.

Acantholipes

miser, 444.

notata, 444.

ochrota, 444.

trifasciata, 444.

Acherontia

atropos, 461.

Acleros

mackentt, 75.

Acollesis

trilineata, 476, 509.

Acontia

graelisi, 414.

Acrea sp., 27.

acrita, 16,17,18,19,21.

— acrita, 16.

— ambiqua, 17.

— aquilia, 16.

== Walia, Isr,

— cheribula, 19.

— utengulensis, 17.

acutipennis, 20.

alicia, 26.

ambigua, 16, 17.

anacreon, 15, 16.

anemosa, 12, 26, 454.

apecida, 27.

arcticineta, 12, 13.

areca, 18.

used, 14.

INDEX,

Acreea

astrigera, 12.

atergatis, 25,

atolmis, 2\, 25.

axina, 25.

bomba, 15, 16.

bonasia, 26.

biittneri, 14.

cabira apecida, 3, 27.

caldarena, 22, 24, 25,

85.

cephus, 14.

cheribula, 18, 19.

chambezi, 21.

daira, 27.

delecta, 24, 25, 85.

egina, 13.

encedon, 24, 27.

esebria, 27.

halali, 21.

induna, 15, 16.

intermedia, 22.

lactea, 20, 8d.

leucopyga, 22.

lulalabe, 18, 25.

lycia, 27.

mima, 22, 23, 85.

mirifica, 4, 14, 16, 85.

natalica, 26.

neobule, 11.

nohara, 21,

— chambezt, 21, 85.

omrora, |4.

onced, 22, 25.

peneleos, 27.

perenna, 14.

periphanes, 19.

pharsalus, 27.

pudorina, 18.

rahira, 26.

rhodesiana, 22, 23, 24.

sotikensis, 26.

ventura, 26.

Acra

vinidia, 26.

violarum, 15.

— asema, 14,

— omrora, 14.

— umbrata, 14.

welwitschi, 12, 19, 85.

wigginsi, 15.

eetes, 12.

— acara, 12.

Acridotheres

eristatellus, 573.

— brevipennis, 573.

Acrojana

sciron, 464,

Acromesis

neander, 75.

Acropteris

albidiorata, 481.

angulataria, 481.

wliturata, 481.

tenella, 481.

Actinia

sancté helene, 126.

Actinocucumis

difficilis, 190.

typica, 183, 184, 190,

Il.

Actinopyga

lecanora, 173.

mauritiana, 174.

miliaris, 175.

Adiaptomus, 150, 160,

161.

natalensis, 162.

Adisura

atcinsont, 402.

Aigocera

affinis, 398.

dispar, 399.

geometrica, 398, 508.

mencte, 398.

tricolora, 399.

MHolothynnus

cerceroides, 274.

erenulatus, 274, 356.

decipiens, 275.

perturbatus, 274,

sanguinolentus, 279.

Afrophyla

vethi, 479.

Agenia

barbatula, 309.

gilest, 309.

Aglaopbenia

minuta, 137.

Agraptochlora

dilatata, 475.

Agrotis

leucogaster, 402.

Alzna

amazoula, 41.

aurantiaca, 41.

hautteceurt, 41.

nyassé, +1.

oherthuri, 41.

reticulata, 41.

Albacora

alalonga, 105, 109.

thynnus, 10d.

Aletis

helcita, 474.

monteironis, 474.

Alex

conscitaria, 480.

Altha

chionostola. 486, 509.

lacides, 486, 509.

tegula, 486, 510.

Amauris

hyalites dannfelti, 8.

lohengula crawshayt, 8.

— katange, 8, 55.

— whyte, 8.

niavius, "7.

—- dominicanus, 3.

ochlea, 3.

petiverana, 8.

psyttalea, 8.

Ammophila

(Parapsammophila)

eremophila, 342, 356.

Ampulex, 355.

Amyma

acto, 406.

punctum, 406.

ruptirena, 406.

Anaphosia

astrigata, 393, 508.

cyanogramma, 393.

eurygrapha, 394, 598.

pectinata, 393, 508.

Ancylolomia

chrysographella, 492.

INDEX.

Ancylolomia

endophealis, 492, 509.

pectinifera, 492, 509.

Andrbippuris

caudequina, 398.

Andronymus

Senestrella, 75.

philander, 75.

Anisodes

inequalis, 476.

Annemopsyche

charmione, 475.

Anoplius, 322.

ahrimanes, 326.

amemulus, 329.

atavus, 026, 328, 356.

cinereus, 329.

doddi, 328.

elatus, 330.

lahilis, 328.

nigricornis, 330.

nubilipennis, 329.

papuensis, 332.

senex, 327, 356.

sericops, 329.

(Hpisyron) jubilans,

330.

(—) kurandensis, 333.

(—) lepidohirtus, 331.

(—) limpidus, 332.

(—) orientalis, 330.

Anous

stolida, 90.

Antagastra

cataluunalis, DO4.

Antarchea

duplicalis, 442.

fragilis, 442.

hemaceps, 442, 509.

hematoessa, 444, 509.

lentistriata, 443, 509.

olivescens, 442, 509.

suoflavalis, 442.

umbrifera, 443, 509.

Antechinomys, 222.

Antedon

carinata, 126.

Anthias

boops, 98.

Anthobosea, 258.

australasi@, 308.

cognata, 307.

gilesi, 808, 356.

nubilipennis, 307.

strandi, 306.

Anthus

richardt, 574.

Apaustus

argyrosticta, 377.

Aphelotoma

affinis, 341,

Aphelotoma

aterrima, 342.

auriventris, 341.

striaticollis, d41.

Aphneus, 3.

erikssoni, 48.

hollandi, 47.

marshall, 48, 85.

orcas, 47.

questiauxi, 48, 86.

Aphnivlaus

pallene, 47.

Aporus

acer, 335.

cingulatus, 334, 335.

Dir Se

mmimitis, 33D, 336.

nigrocinerascens, 3d+.

tenellus, 336.

Appias

epaphia, 61.

Apus, 150.

Arboricola

ardens, 572.

Arcyophora

Juscicona, 413, 508.

longivalvis, 413.

Avenaria

interpres, 519.

Argadesa

materna, 430.

Argina

amanda, 461.

leonina, 460.

Argiolaus

silarus, 47.

Argyractis

pertopis, 496, 509.

Ariathisa

excisa, 405.

Arniocera

chalcopasta, 469,

509.

Aroa

achrodisca, 457, 509.

discalis, 457.

Arrugia

umbra, 369.

Ascaris

megalocephala, 147.

Aslauga

marshalli, 43.

purpurascens, 43.

Aspergillus

fumigatus, 154.

Asthenothynnus

deductor, 273.

rubromaculatus, 273.

Astrilda

astrild, 90.

Atella

columbiana, 28.

Atella

phalantha, 28.

Aterica

galene, 36.

Atheris

chlorechis, 1.

Athetis

atriluna, 405.

crocetpuncta, 405.

poliostrota, 404.

Attatha

ethiopica, 425, 509.

Auchenophorus

coruscans, 395, 356.

Sulvicornis, 355.

Audea

humeralis, 418.

Aurelia, 137.

Axiocerces

amanga, 52

harpax, 52.

Azanus

Jesous, 56.

mirza, 56.

moriqua, 56.

sigillatus, 56.

Azygophleps

atrifasciata, 481, 509.

inclusa, 481.

Balistes, 87.

aculeatus, 117.

buniva, 91, 92, 116,

ringens, 116.

vetula, 117.

Baniana

angulina, 454.

aspila, 434, 508.

atriplaga, 439.

culminiferd, 436, 508.

disjuncta, 435.

hamifera, 435.

heterospila, 433, 508.

pyramidalis, 434, 508.

trigonospila, 435, 508.

Baoris

auritinctus, 80.

netopha, 83.

nivercornis, 83.

nydsse, 83.

Baracus

furovus, 77.

Barbus

anoplus, 148.

Basiothia

medlea, 463.

Batelusia, gen. nov.,

367.

zebra, 367, 368, 378.

INDEX.

Baziza

perculta, 455.

pheophiebia, 455, 509.

venata, 455.

Belenois

abyssinica, 61.

crawshayi, 62.

— lata, 62, 68.

dentigera, 62.

diminuta, 62,

Jormosa, 62.

gidica, 61.

grandidieri, 63.

mesentina, 62.

picta, 3, 63, 86.

severina, 62.

theora, 63.

thysa, 63, 64.

zochalia, 62.

Bembex

atrifrons, 353, 354.

aureofasciata, 30a4,

306.

calearina, 351.

cursitans, 351.

flavilabris, 353.

flavipes, 352.

flaviventris, 351.

Junebris, 353.

Surcata, 351.

littoralis, 353.

mackayensis, 351.

muscd, 802, 353, 354.

tuberculiventris, 352.

Bicyclus, 4.

schetus, 9.

Bouarinia

acaciaria, 473.

nigripunctata, 474.

pallidizona, 473, 509.

subaurata, 474.

(Hemerophila) aey-

gonia, 473, 509.

Bocchoris

inspersalis, 497.

Boeckella, 150.

Bohadschia

marmorata, 179.

Bombycopsis

venosa, 483.

Borolia

rosescens, 403, 508.

torrentium, 403.

Bos

bison, 252.

taurus, 251.

Bostra

fuseipennis, 496, 509.

perreubida, 495, 509.

tenebralis, 495, 510.

thermiatlis, 495, 509.

Bothus

podas, 114.

Bracharoa

quadripunctata, 457.

Brenthis

excelsior, 28.

— katange, 28, 86.

Brihaspa

chrysostoma, 493.

Broteas, 150.

JSalcifera, 159, 166.

Buchanga

leucogenys, S74.

Bufo

andersont, 382.

asper, 382.

boreas, 382.

calamita, 382, 383.

carens, 382.

dodsonti, 382.

granti, 382.

halophilus, 382.

latifrons, 382, 383.

lenttginosus, 382.

marinus, 382.

mauritanicus, 382.

melanostictus, 382.

pentoni, 382.

raddit, 382.

regularis, 319, 382,

383.

spinulosus, 382.

tuberosus, 382.

viridis, 379, 380, 381,

382, 383.

vulgaris, 382.

Bursa

celata, 120, 123.

Byblisia

caudata, 489,

Cacyreus

lingeus, 59.

Oznides

artopta, 877, 378.

cenira, 377.

coucenira, 378.

Calamistis

Jusca, 405.

Calesia

arhoda, 428, 508.

sambesita, 428.

sobrina, 429.

Calicurgus

basipennis, 824, 325.

— agnatus, 325.

Calliodes

apollina, 417.

glaucescens, 417.

pretiosissima, 417,

XX1l

Callioratis

bellatrix, 461.

Callorhynchus, 532.

Callula, 380.

Calopompilus

antennalis, 323.

defensor, 322.

fulvipennis, 322.

molestus, 322.

nugenti, 323.

pictipennis, 322.

raptor, 322.

tenulus, 321.

velox, 323.

Calpe

emarginata, 431.

Campophaga

saturata, 577.

Campylothynnus

assimilts, 287.

Cancer

arrosor, 121.

Candona

acuminata, 200.

ambigua, 203.

angulata, 195, 196,

197, 199, 217, 220.

brevis, 195, 206, 218.

caledonie, 195, 203,

218.

candida, 195, 196, 197,

198, 199, 217.

— tumida, 196.

caudata, 195, 199, 200,

PAW (a

compressa, 207.

detecta, 204.

diaphana, 205.

elongata, 195, 200,

201, 202, 217.

euplectella, 195, 208.

fabeformis, 195, 202,

205, 206, 218.

fragilis, 195 204, 205,

218.

hyalina, 195, 206,

218.

kingslett, 202, 209.

lactea, 195, 204,

218.

lobipes, 206.

lucens, 196.

marchica, 208.

neglecta, 195, 196, 198,

199, 217.

normant, 211.

protzi, 195, 201, 202,

209, 218.

pubescens, 195, 207,

reptans, 211.

rostrata, 195, 208.

INDEX.

Candona

siliquosa, 195, 200, 201,

218.

similis, 210, 211.

stagnulis, 195, 208,

218.

zenckeri, 195, 202.

Candonopsis

kingslevi, 195, 203,

208, 209, 211.

scourfieldi, 195, 209,

219.

Canthocampus, 163, 164.

jinni, 163.

Caprona

pillaana, 73.

Cavys

dispunctus, 52.

— connexivus, 52.

Caranx

analis, 103.

ascensionis, 91, 103.

dentex, 91. 92, 103.

jacobeus, 102.

muroadsi, 102, 103.

sancteé helene, 88, 91,

102.

Carcharodon

rondeletti, 569.

Carcharodus

elma, 73.

Carea

thermistis, 416, 508.

Caripodia

chrysargyria, 399.

Carnegia

pancratia, 481.

Cassidea

testiculus, 120, 128.

Cassis

crumena, 123.

testiculus, 120, 125.

Castalius

calice, 6.

hintza, 55.

asis, 56.

meena, 56.

sybaris, 5D.

Catachrysops

albistriatus, 57.

barkeri, 57.

celeus, 58.

cupreus, 58, 86.

dolorosus, 57.

giganteus, 58, 59.

glauca, 58.

hypoleucus, 58.

malathana, 57.

osiris, 57.

pampolis, 58.

patricia, O8.

Catachrysops

peculiaris, 58, 59.

procerus, 57.

skotios, 57.

stormsi, 58.

Catacroptera

cloanthe, 31.

Catopsilia

florella, 66.

Catuna

crithea, 35.

Celznorrhinus

galenus, 71:

intermiatus, 71.

opalinus, 71.

Centrolophus, 96.

Centrophorus

calceus, 570.

Centropus

bengalensis, 578.

sinensis, 578.

Cephonodes

hylas, 462.

Ceratopacha,

gemmata, 483.

Ceratrichia

argyrosticta, 377.

aurea, 347, 378.

Cerceris

gilesi, 346, 356.

ligea, 340.

minuscula, 347.

Cercocystis, 2U5.

Ceropales

ligea, 339.

orientalis, 330.

tenuatus, 840, 356..

Cervus

aristotelis, 252.

canadensis typicus, 252,

sika, 232.

Ceryx

albimacula, 389.

Cettia

canturiens, 575.

Chabuata

rufpilinea, 402, 508.

Cheetodon

dichrous, 100.

sancte nrelene, 91,

100.

Chaleidiea

stephania, 482.

Chalcidoptera

appensalis, 498.

rufilinealis, 497, 509.

Chalciope

albifissa, 424, 508.

ditrigona, 424, 508.

hyppasia, 424.

microgonia, 424, 508.

INDEX XN

Chaleophaps | Chondrosia | Colochirus, 172.

indica, 579. | ramsayt, 130. | — cucumis, 183, 184, 185,

Chapra | reniformis, 128, 129, | 187, 188.

mathias, 79. | 130. | qnornatus, 183.

Chaptia | reticulata, 130. | violaceus, 167.

ened, 573. Nn spuncant30) | Oomatula

Charaxes Chorodnodes | carinata, 126.

achemenes, 39. rothi, 473. Comibzena

amelie, 40. Chromodoris Zeucospilata, 475.

azota, 39.

bohemani, 39, 40.

boueti lasti, 39.

brutus natalensis, 38.

citheron, 40.

druceanus, 39.

etheocles, 39.

guderiana, 39.

Lucretius, 39.

manica, 39.

neanthes, 40, |

michetes leoninus, 40. |

pelias saturnis, 39. |

penricet, 39. |

pheus, 39.

pollux geminus, 39.

varanes, 40.

zingha, 40. |

zoolina, 40. |

Charilina

amabilis, 398. |

Charltona |

chrysopasta, 491, 509.

plurivittalis, 492, 509. |

Chilades

mahallakoena, 60. |

trochilus, 60. |

unigemmata, 60.

Chilo

Jusciciwia, 491, 509.

suppresalis, 491.

Chimeera,

monstrosa, 510-534.

Chirocephalus |

diaphanus, 539.

Chlamydoselachus

anguineus, SA0-571.

Chloridea

flavigera, 401.

obsoleta, 401.

Chloropsis

lazulina

Cheeropus

liberiensis, 220. |

Chondrilla |

nucula, 129. |

Chondrosia

collectrix, 130.

corticata, 130.

dehilis, 130. |

plebeja, 88, 127, 128, |

130, 131.

SOUT

villafranca, 138.

zebra, 137,

140.

Chrysopoloma

albidiscalis,

509.

imspersa, 484, 509.

rosea, 48+,

Chydorus

caroline, 157, 166.

Cidaris, 88.

metularia, 124.

subangularis, 125.

tribuloides, 124.

Cidarites

tribuloides, 124.

Cimola

opalina, 456.

Cirphis

corticea, 403, 508.

dialeuca, 402, 508.

insulicola, 405.

loreyt, 402.

nebulosa, 402.

pkhea, 403.

polyrhabda, 403.

Cirrodes

phentcen, 405.

Cissa

chinensis, d73.

Jefferyi, 573.

katsumate, 572.

robinsoni, 573.

Cittocinela

minor, 576.

Clytia

simplex, 137.

Cobboldia

vivipara, 235, 236.

Ceeloria, 127.

Coenides

sp-, 89.

dacela, 85.

leonora, 85.

Ccenina

pecilaria, 471.

Colbusa

euclidica, 425,

Colias

electo, 66.

Collesis

mimica, 476.

484,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XX XVIII.

138, 139, |

rhodosticta, 475, 509.

Conger

vulgaris, 94.

Congromurena

mellisstt, 91, 938, 130.

Constantia

aglossalis, 496, 510.

Copaxa

dentifera, 480.

hanningtoni, 480.

Copsychus

saularis, 575.

Corgatha

hypoxantha, 411.

Corticium

candelabrum, 129.

Cosmophila

bidentata, 431, 508.

erosé, 431.

luperca, 431.

retracta, 432. 508.

sabulifera, 431.

Cossyphus

pectoralis, 91, 101.

Crambus

Juscivittalis, 490, 509.

sectitermina, 490, 509.

Craspedia

argyroleuca, 479, 509.

deserta, 478.

dijyusizona, 478, 509.

glaucocyma, 478, 509.

wnternata, 478.

internataria, £79.

dactaria, 479.

levipennis, 479.

opicata, 479.

pulverosaria, 478.

sincera, 479.

spoliata, 479.

tricommata, 478.

Craspia

wahlbergt, 483.

Crenidomimas

concordia, 38.

Crenis

amulia, 32.

ansorgei, 32.

boisduvali, 82.

consors, 32.

morantit, 32.

occidentalum, 32.

XX1V INDEX.

Crenis Cyligramma Deudorix

pechueli, 32, 33. latona, 416, 417. antalus, 44.

rosa, 32, 30. limacina, 417. bemba, 44, 86.

triment, 32. Cypridopsis, 153, 159. caliginosa, 45.

Criniger Cy prinotus eleala, 45.

pallidus, 577. congener, 154, elealodes, 44, 45.

Criopthona | ¢meongruens, 152. kafuensis, 44, 86.

sabulosalis, 504, 510. Cyprinus ; licinia, 44.

Crocidolomia | carpis, 198. makala, 369.

binotalis, 502. | Oypris schultzti, 369.

Crocidophora chrissiensis, 1o1, 154, zeloides, 45.

caffralis, 502, 510. Diacrisia

155, 165, 166.

cinerea, 2095.

compressa, 207.

fabeformis, 205.

guiningi, 151, 158,

154, 155, 156, 157.

mastigophora, 151, 158,

165, 166.

flaviciliata, 502, 510.

Cryptocheilus

aspasia, 317.

aureosericeus, 318.

— australasie, 317.

commixtus, 317.

darwint, 318,

306.

diplosticha, 394.

lutescens, 394.

maculosa, 394.

punctulata, 394.

Diaphone

eumela, 402.

Diaptomus, 150, 160, 165.

320, |

erythrothorax, 320.

fulvidorsalis, 319.

sathanas, 320.

tuberculatus, 319.

Ctenusa, gen. noy., 422.

carnicolor, 422.

pallida, 423.

rufirend, 423, 508.

Cucullanus

elegans, 387.

Cucumaria

imbricata,

185.

semperi, 167, 168, 169,

183, 184, 185, 186.

turbinata, 167,

169, 170, 171.

183, 184,

168, |

(Labidodesmus) twrbi- |

nata, 169.

Cupidopsis

hippocrates, 60.

Cyclopides

cooksoni, 16.

Jormosus, 76.

kambove, 76, 86.

midas, 76.

punctulata, 76, 77.

quadrisignatus, 76.

stellata, 77.

wallacei, 76, 86.

willemi, 75, 76.

Cyclops, 159, 387.

Cyclyrius

noguasa, 57.

Cylichnostomum

Poy HET

elongatum, 147.

Cyligramma

amblyops, 417.

fluctuosa, 416.

goudoti, 416.

puberoides, 153.

pubescens, 207.

reptans, 211.

serrata, 213.

spinosa, 151, 158, 154,

155, 156, 165.

strigata, 212.

tuberculata, 151, 156,

166.

tumefacta, 214.

venusia, lal.

wirens, 156.

Dalaca

holophea, 508, 510.

stictigrapha, 507, 510.

Daphnia

gibba, 158, 166.

pulex, 150, 158, 166.

Dasychira

eddela, 458.

Deilemera

chalcosidia, 460, 509.

itokina, 460.

leuconoe, 460.

Deinhypena

apicata, 448, 509.

lacista, 448.

Deloneura

millart, 364.

Delta

phenicraspis, 404.

Dendrocitta

formose, 573.

sinensis, 573.

— insule, 573.

Dendrocopus

cabanist, S78.

Dermaleipa

parallepipeda, 418.

Deudorix

angelita, 369.

castor, 161, 162.

Diasemia

disjectalis, 504.

Dichromia

lewucozona, 448, 509.

Dicotyles

torguatus, 226.

Diestogyma, 4.

iris, 38.

tadema, 37.

veronica, 87, 38.

Digama

aganais, 459.

Diomea

tenebrosa, 445.

Diopetes

aucta, 370.

catalla, 369, 370.

kedassa, 369, 378.

pasteon, 370, 378.

Diota

Jasciata, 460.

Dissemurus

paradiseus, S74.

— johni, 574.

Dracuneulus

medinensis, 147.

Dromia

vulgaris, 122.

Dryonastes

monachus,

76.

(oy

Eagris

jamesont, 68.

landbecki, 375, 378.

lucetia, 69.

Earias

insulana, 415.

Echinocotyle

rossetert, 205,

Echinometra

acufera, 125.

INDEX, XXV

Echinometra | Ephutomorpha | Eudendrium

suhangularis, 89,125. | cocytia, 255, 25h | — hargitti, 137.

Egnasia condonensis, 254. | Hugyrina

vicaria, 446. gilesi, 256, 356. | gigantea, 121, 128.

Egybolis labeculata, 258. | Eulocastra

vaillantina, 428. | perelegans, 257,356. | e@ethiops, 412.

Hirone | ugicollis, 25). | Eupheedra, 4.

Serrugineicarnés, 265, Ephyra africana, 37.

306. | anandaria, 476. | cooksoni, 30.

lucidus, 265. _ Epimephelus | crawshayi, 396.

montivaga, 266. | ascensionis, 91, 92, | eleus, 36.

ruficornis, 265. El Sie | — coprates, 36.

schizorhina, 264. | Epitola | herberti, 36.

vitripennis, 267. batesi, 365, 878. | losinga, 37.

Elephas (Stegodon) carcina, 366. | medon, 37.

insignis, 387. cercena, 866. neophron, 3, 37.

Elidothynnus dorothea, 366, | perdia, 37.

agilis, 288, 290. gerina, 367. | ruspina, 36.

basalis, 290. goodit, 367. | 2addachi, 37.

insidiator, 290. nitide, 366, 367, 378. | — crawshayt, 36.

melleus, 290. tumentia, 366, 378. _ Euproctis

mobilis, 288. Eressa | Jasciata, 457.

tuberculifrons, 290. pleurosticta, 390, 508. | Sulvipennis, 458, 509.

vastator, 290. Ergolis | nepheloptera, 457, 509.

Himberiza enotrea, 31. | sanguigutta, 457,

aureola, 5TA. | Ericeia stellata, 457.

fucata, 574. inangulata, 431. | torrida, 457.

spodocephala, 574. Erithacus | Euptera

Emblema sibilans, 579. elahontas elabontas,

picta, 534. Erizada | 38.

Engystoma, 380. esmeralda, 415, 508. — mweruensis, 38,

Enteles Eronia 86.

wagneri, 298. argia, 66. Luryeypris

Entephria buqueti, 3, 66. | pubera, 151, 152.

eribrata, 497. éleodora, 60. | Euryphene, 4.

diaphana, 497. leda, 66. mardanta, 37.

Enteromorpha, 89. thalassina, 66. | senegalensis ortentis,

Hntomvcoris Erpetocy pris oT.

decoratus, 321. olivuceus, 216. sophus, 37.

Hpacliothynnus reptans, 211. | Eurystomus

abductor, 279, 280. robertsoni, 215, calonya, 579.

cygnorum, 276. strigata, 212. | Eurytela

dahli, 278. tumefucta, 214. dryope, 31.

excellens, 278. Erythrolopha | hiarbas, 31.

laboriosus, 277. trisinuata, 476. | Eustrotia

levissimus, 279. Ethiopica __albisigna, 410.

vagans, 279. polyastra, 405. | micropis, 410.

Epamera Ethioterpia Hutelia

bellina, 372, neavi, 405. cyanolopha, 412.

gemmarius, 372, 378. Eublemma | operatria, 412.

tasis, 872. Joedosa, 411. polychorda, 413.

taspis, 372. trigramma, 411. symphonica, 412.

Zaon, 371, 372. Euchromia | Euthynnus

neavei, d11, 378. lethe, 391. | alliteratus, 113.

sappirus, 372. sperchia, d91. | Hiveres

sthella, 372, 378. Euclasta _ micylus, 60,

sidus, 47. defamatalis, 500.

trimeni, 47. Eudendrium, 88.

Ephutomorpha, 355, carneum, 128. Facelina

anchorites, 258. cunningham, 127, 128, agart, 141, 142.

aurigera, 258. 131. | bostoniensis, 141.

38*

XXV1

Fasciola

gigantica, One

henatica, 237, 238.

jack soni, 237.

Magna, 237,

nyanz@, 237, 238.

Ferreolomorpha

artemis, 325.

Filaria

demarquai, 235.

hippopotami, 234, 236.

Filodes

costivitralis, 498.

Fistularia

impatiens, 178,

Fodina

embolophora, 433.

Foudia

WO2:

madagascariensis, 90.

Fucus, 89.

Galona

pyrrhotricha, 466.

serena, 466.

Garrulax

schmackeri, 576.

semitorquata, 576.

Gastrothylax

cruciformis, 238, 239.

Gavara

velutina, 486.

Gazella

bennetti, dd4.

subgutturosa, 252.

Gegenes

hottentota, 79.

obumbrata, 79.

occulta, 79.

Geimpylus

prometheus, 113.

Geodena

accra, 459.

conifera, 460, 509.

Geopelia

tranquilla, 90.

Germo

alalonga,

109.

germo, 108, 109.

jnacropterus,

110.

Girardinus

guppti, 146.

peciloides, 146.

Glaphyrothynnus

carinatus, 272, 273.

Jusiformis, 272.

‘marginalis, 2 271.

sitiens, 270, 272.

trifidus, 271, 379,

106,

108,

108, |

{

INDEX.

Glaucidium

cuculoides persiimile,

579.

whitelyt, 579.

Glossina

palpalis, 147.

Glyphodes

actorionalis, 500.

elealis, 499.

mayottalis, 500, 510.

sericea, 499.

sinuata, A00.

unionalis, 500.

vanthostola,

510.

Gnamptogyia

500,

diagonalis, 441, 509.

Gnophodes

parmeno, 9.

Gonimbrasia

trius, 480.

pygmea, 480.

tyrrhena, 480.

Goniorhynchus

gratalis, 498.

Gonometa

drucei, 483, 510.

griseocincta, 482,

509.

Goodia

hunzei, 481.

Gorgopis

libania, 507.

Gorgyra

abure, 79.

johnstoni, 75.

Gracillodes

caffra, 446.

Gracula

religiosa, JO.

Grammodes

benitensis, 425.

delta, 423.

euclidicola, 423.

geometrica, 423

stolida, 423.

Grapsus

grapsus, 122.

Graucalus

macit, 577.

Gyalocephalus

capitatus, 147.

Gygis

cana diole 90.

Gymnosarda

alleterata, 91, 92.

Gymnothynnus

gilberti, 280.

leseufi, 280.

trianguliceps,

BAO.

Rail,

Gynanisa

isis, 480.

mata, 480.

Hematorithra

rubrifasciata, 427,

Halastus

divitiosa, 430.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 36.

Haplochilus, 147.

Harma, 4.

egesta, 38.

theohene, 38.

Harpactes

hainanus, 579.

Harpactopus

australis, d44.

Harpe

pectoralts, 101.

Hemidactylus

Jrenatus, 89.

Hemipogonius, 322.

Hemisus, 379, 3880,

384.

Hemithea

albistrigulata, 475.

Hemithynnus

UNG ARBEDS, 282.

petulans, 282, 356.

prestabilis, 281.

protervus, 282.

wallisii, 285.

Henicurus

sinensis, 576.

Henotesia

perspicua, 10.

phea, 11.

simonsi, 10.

Henucha

delegorguer, 481.

Heptanchus, 545,

561, 569.

griseus, 567, 568.

Herpenia

eriphia, 61.

Herpetoeypris

chevreuxtt,

220,

reptans,

DI.

strigata,

219.

Herse

convolvul?, 461.

Hespagarista

caudata, 400.

vendalli, 400.

Hesperia

bettoni, 74.

195

195,

550,

Hesperia

bibulus, 368.

cenira, 3717.

diomus, 73.

dromus, 73.

ligora, 376.

mata, TA.

neba, 83,

ploetzi, 73.

secessus, 73.

vindex, TA,

zebra, 73.

Heteronyginia

leucogyna, 459, 509.

strigitorna, 459, 509.

Heteropterus

abjecta, 77.

Hexanchus, 550, 561.

Hibrildes

ansorgei, 454.

crawshayt, 26, 453,

454,

flava, 458, 454.

neavi, 453,

509.

norax, 453, 404.

venosa, 453, 454.

454,

Tliceoda

dosaroides, 411.

Hipponoe

esculenta, 124.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 220-232.

Hippotion

celerio, 463.

eson, 464.

osiris, 463.

Holocentrum, 88.

longipinne, 91, 92, 97.

Holothuria

albiventer,

ios

amboinensis, 176.

167, 168,

atra, 167, 168, 176,

WI Fc

— amboinensis, 167,

168, 176.

botellus, 178, 192.

brandtii, 179.

cadelli, 180, 193.

curtiosa, 167, 168, 177,

183, 192.

dofleinti, 167, 168, 177,

Wye.

Fasciola, 180.

jflammea, 180.

floridana, 176.

Julva, 178, 192.

Susco-punctata, 180.

gallensis, 180, 181,

193,

INDEX.

Holothuria

tempatiens, 167, 168,

178, 183, 184, 192.

lineata, 167, 168, 179.

lineolata, 179.

marmorata, 167, 168, |

79),

martensii, 167, 179.

mauritiana, 174.

miliaris, 175.

MOnACATIA,

180.

ocellata, 183, 192.

pardalis, 179.

princeps, 183,

92:

scabra,

180,

195.

squamifera, 168.

tagris, 180, 193.

walensis, 179.

utrimqguestigmosa, 179.

167,

183,

168,

184,

167, 168, |

vagabunda, 167, 168,

181.

(Microthele) affinis,

176.

(—-) dubia, 178.

Homochira

rendelli, 458. |

Hoplarista, gen. nov.,

399.

hemaplaga, 399, 508.

Hoplojana

anemica, 46:4, 509.

Hybleena

Havifasciata,

5u9.

flavipicta, 451, 509.

zanthia, 453, 509.

Hylemera

neerd, 475.

octoyesa, 4795.

Hylocheerus

meinertzhagent, 385.

Hypanis

achelota, 32.

Hypena

conscitalis, 450.

ectoglauca, 450.

Jussialis, 448.

lividalis, 450.

masuriatis, 450.

recurvata, 449,

senialis, 449,

strigata, 448.

tetrasticta, 449, d09.

varialis, 449.

verticalis, 448, 509,

Hypercalymnia

metaxanutha, 405.

452,

XXV1L

Hyperythra

lucicolon, 467.

olivata, 467.

subapicata, 467.

Hy phenophora

emond, 471.

Hy poeala

deflorata, 431.

Hypoleucis

ophiusa, 75.

Hypolimnas

anthedon, 31.

tnaria, dl.

misippus, 31.

temora, dl.

Hypolyexna

buxtont, 47.

caculus, 47.

hatita, 46.

liara, 46.

philippus, 46.

Hyposada

hydrocaimpata, +12.

Hypsipetes

perniger,

O77.

Hyrax, 222, 23:

ou.

Ichneumenoptera

cyanescens, S00, 510.

Ichthyura

Jerruginea, 465, 509.

Tlema

elegans, 391.

— restricta, 391.

heterogyna, 392, 508.

Ilyodromus, 214.

olivaceus, 195, 216,

220.

robertsont, 195, 21d

216, 219, 220.

Imbrasia

epimethea, 480.

Induna

curvimargo, 477.

nubicineta, 477, 509.

rufisalsa, 477.

Tolaus

bellina, 372.

iasis, 372.

iaspts, 372.

Ischnurges

lancinalis, 502.

Tyngipicus

kaleensis, 578.

scintilliceps swinhoe?,

078.

Jana

mariana, +64.

XXV111

Julius

sancte helene, 91, 100.

Kedestes

callicles. 78.

capenas, 17.

chaca, 78."

JSenestratus, 78.

lema, 77, 86.

malua, 78, 86.

jrohozutza, 78.

tucusa, 78.

Labidodemas

leucopus, 180.

punctulatum, 179.

Labidodesmus

turbinata, 169.

Labrus

cruentatus, 98.

Lachnoenema

hibulus, 43, 368.

busoga, 368.

durbant, 43.

luna, 368, 378.

magna, 36).

niveus, 368, 369, 378.

reutlingeri, 369.

Lachnoptera

dole, 28.

Lacipa

gemmata, 457.

quadripunctata, 407.

Lactophrys, 118.

Lelia

adspersa, 456.

phlebitis, 456.

Laminaria, 89.

Lanius

Suscatus, 574.

schach, 574.

Larinopoda

aspidos, 362.

brenda, 362.

emilia, 361...

eurema, 362.

hermanst, 361.

lagyra, 362.

lircea, 361.

punctata, 362.

spwmd, 361, 378.

tera, 43.

Larva, 348.

Leipoa

ocellata, 252.

Leirus

moselit, 91, 95, 131.

ovals, 96.

perciformis, 99.

INDEX,

Lemur

Julvus rufifrons, 535.

Lenodora

nigrolineata, 483.

Lepidopoda

auripluma, 506, 510.

flavipalpis, 505, 510.

Sulvipes, 506, 510,

obliguizona, 506, 510.

Lepidurus, 149.

Leptaroa, gen. nov.,

456.

Julvicolora, 456, 509.

Leptena

homeyert, 3, 43.

Leptomyrina

lara, 52.

Leptosia

medusa, 61.

Lepyrodes

arygyrosticta, 501, 510.

geometralis, 501.

Lestricothynnus

constrictus, 290).

crudelis, 294.

lidgei, 291.

optimus, 291.

subtilis, 293.

tenuatus, 294.

Leucophlebia

xanthopis, 461, 509.

Lencostrophus

hirundo, 463.

Leucoyis

alba, 406.

Leydigia

acanthocercoides, 157.

trispinosa, 157, 166.

Lichia

glauca, 91, 92, 103.

Limnas

chrysippus, 7, 24, 35,

38, 42.

— alcippus, 7.

dorippus, 7.

Limnotragus

gratus, 252.

Linckia, 88, 125.

Liptena

aliuaudi, 362,

demon, 363, 364, 378.

isca, 360.

lircea, 361.

nubifera, 362, 378.

o-rubrum, 364.

perobscura, 362, 378.

subvariegata, 363.

— aliquantum, 368,

378.

Lithacodia

blandula, 406.

Lophonotidia

nocturna, 399,

Lovénula, 150.

Jfalcifera, 159.

Lusciniola

Suscata, 575.

Lycena

pulchra, 56.

Lyczenesthes

amarah, 52.

anadema, 53.

bakert, 374. 378.

bitje, 373, 378.

crawshayt, 54.

definita, 54.

gemmifera, d4, 86.

lacides, 374.

larydas, 54.

lasti, 53.

levis, 53.

ligures, 54.

liodes, 53.

lunulata, 52, 53.

makala, 374.

millari, 5d.

mimetica. 373, 318.

minima, 52.

neglecta, 53.

nigropunctata, 5d.

otacilia, 53.

phenicis, 53.

princeps, 53.

sanguinea, 52.

staudingeri, 379.

sylvanus, 42.

zenkeri, 3874, 378.

Lygropia

acosmialis, 499.

amyntusalis, 499.

atrinervalis, 499, 509.

obrinusalis, 499.

Lymantria ;

flavicilia, 458, 509.

Lytocarpus

philippinus, 137.

Macalla

melanobasts, 494, 510.

Macaria

amandata, 468.

brongusaria, 468.

crassata, 467.

crassilimbaria, 468.

largificaria, 468.

lataria, 468.

Jjohnstont, 468.

mayjestica, 468.

rectistriaria, 467.

rhabdophora, 467.

testaccata, 468.

Macaria

wnifilata, 468.

zombina, 463.

Macena

hampsom, 494, 510.

Macroglossum

trochilus, 463.

Macroplectra

rufopadlens, 485, 509.

Macropygia

minor, 79.

Macerorhinus

angustirostris, 580.

crosetensis, O80, !

£83, 584, 585, 588.

falelandicus, 580, 582, |

588, 585.

leoninus, 580.

— falclandicus, 580,

581.

— macquariensis, 580,

581, 582, 583.

— typicus, 580.

Macrothynnus

simillimus, 283.

Meeandrina

(Platygyra) ascensconis,

126.

Magulaba

mestalis, 451.

Mainatus

intermedius, 573.

Malamblia

flavipalpis, 488, 509.

Manatus

inungwis, 229.

Marasmia

trapezalis, 497.

Marbla

divisa, 456.

Marshalliana

bivittata, 481.

Maruca

testulalis, 503.

Massagidia

hesparia, 401.

tenutfasciata,

508.

Matopo

nigrivittata, 404.

Mazama

nemorivagus, 252.

Mazuca

strigucincta, 400.

Mecodina

subjecta, 446.

Mecyna

gilvata, 504.

Melanitis

leda, 8.

Libya, 3, 8.

401,

INDEX.

Melittia

ignidiscata, 507, 510.

Mesoceela

flavimacula, 472, 509.

rufescens, 472, 509.

Mesogenea

persinuosa, 432, 508.

Metaculasta

endoglauca, 414, 508.

Metadiaptomus,gen.nov., |

15V, 160, 162.

transvaalensis,

166.

Metanastria

pallens, 483.

Metarctia

burra, 391.

flavivena, 391.

lateritia, 390.

Micropentila

alberta, 364.

cingulum, 364.

Micropternus

Jokiensis, 578.

holroydi, 578.

Mimacrzea

darwinia, 359.

landbecki, 358, 378.

marshalli, 24, 42, 49.

skoptoles, 42.

Mimasura

innotata, 412.

quadripunctata, 412.

Miresa

semicalida, 485, 509.

ustitermina, 489, 509.

Motacilla

leucopsis, 574.

melanope, S74.

Miulleria

echinites,

Nl.

lecunora, 167, 168, 173,

174.

lineolata, 175.

160,

183,

184, |

mauritiana, 167, 168,

174.

miliaris,

175.

plebeja, 175.

varians, 174.

Murena

anatina, 93.

moringa, 91, 92, 93.

167, 168,

sancte helene, 91, 92,

93, 130.

unicolor, 91, 93.

Murznophis

curvilineata, 94.

rostrata, 9+.

unicolor, 92.

XX1X

Mussidia,

albipartalis, 494, 509.

Myealesis

sp., 10.

ANY RANG vicaria, 10.

auricruda, 9.

cooksoni, 10.

danckelmanni, 10.

dubia, 9.

end, 9.

haroldi, 10.

nebulosa, 10.

safitza, 9.

sandace, 9.

saussuret, 10.

selousi, 9.

sophrosyne, 9.

vicaria, 10.

vulgaris, 10.

Myenimia

aspasia, 317.

australasi@, 314.

| Mylothris

agathina, 61.

rubricosta, 61.

rippellt, 61.

yulei, 61.

Myrina

jicedula, 45.

Naarda

xanthonephra,

509.

Nacaduba

sichela, 57.

Nacoleia

indicata, 498.

Naroma

signifera, 459.

Nassunia

petavia, 471.

Neaveia, gen. nov., 364.

lamborni, 364, 363,

378.

Nematodirus

hopkent, 233, 234.

| Nemoria

unilinea, 4795.

Neoccenyra

bera, 11.

cooksont, 11.

gregortt, \1.

Neolyexna

cissus, 60.

Jobates, 60.

Neorhynchus

claviceps, 198, 220.

Neostege, gen. nov.,

499.

holoxutha, 499, 509.

XXX

Nephele

argentifera, 463.

comma, 463.

vau, 469.

Neptis

agatha, 30, 34.

conspicua, d4.

goochi, 34.

Jjordani, 33, 34, 86.

MATPESSA, 3d.

melicerta, 34.

nemetes, 3d-

Neurosymploca

procrioides, 488.

Neurotoca

endorhoda, 476, 509.

Nitela, 355.

Nitelopterus, 355.

Nodaria

eaternalis, 447.

extinctalis, 447.

nodosalis, 447.

plana, 447.

Noorda

rubricostalis, 504, 510.

Nosophora

latiferalis, 497.

Nothabraxas

simplex, 474.

Notidanus

(Hexanchus) griseus,

553.

Nudaurelia

jacksont, 480.

zambesina, 480.

Numenes

libyra, 458.

Nyctemera

varuned, 408.

Nyctiornis

athertoni, 579.

Nysson

basalis, 351.

(Acanthostethus) obli-

teratus, 350.

Oceanodroma

castro, 90.

Ocnus

imbricatus, 185.

javanicus, 185.

typicus, 185.

Octopus

SjDo, WE

occidentalis, 124.

vulgaris americanus,

124.

Olapa

flabellaria, 455.

Fulviceps, 455, 509.

INDEX.

| Olapa

nuda, 45d.

Omphaloceps

daria, 400.

Oncorrhinus

vanthospilus, 283, 356.

Ophichthys

regius, 91, 94.

Ophisurus

regius, 94.

Ophiusa

abnegans, 421.

albitermia, 418, 508.

agira, 421.

angularis, 422.

bovis, 420.

cancellata, 420.

catella, 421.

david, 420.

derogans, 421.

erectata, 421.

Saber, 420.

jinifascia, 420.

goniophora, 422, 508.

yonoptera, 419, 508.

kiugi, 418.

lienardi, 420.

mejanest, 420.

mesonephele, 422, 508.

mormoides, 420.

palpalis, 421.

porphyrescens,

508.

proxima, 421.

tettensis, 420.

tirrhaca, 420.

tumiditermina, 419,

421,

acanthoptera, 418, 508.

Oreynus

alalonga, 107, 109.

albacora, 108.

germo, 108, 109.

macropterus, 110.

pacificus, 108.

stihi, 112.

subulatus, 108.

Oriolus

ardens, 574.

nigellicaudus, S74.

Oscarella

lobularis, 129.

Osteodes

turbulentata, 467.

Ostraeion

lister, 118.

notacanthus, 118.

quadricornis, 91, 118.

— notacanthus, 118.

Otoeyon

megatotis, 1.

Ovis

vigner, 534.

Oxypalpus

Sulvus, 'T4.

niger, 316, 378.

ruso, 74. -

rutilans, 74.

wollastoni, 74.

Oxyuris

curvula, 147.

Ozarba

apicalis, 408.

chryseiplaga, 409.

corniculans. 406.

heliastis, 407.

hemichrysea, 409.

hemimelena, 407.

perplexa, 406.

pheocroa, 407.

subterminatis, 407.

Ozola

pulverulenta, 480.

Pachyzancela

bipunctalis, 503.

pheopteralis, 503.

Padda

oryztvora, 90.

Padraona

zeno, 79.

Pagurus, 99.

arrosor, 121.

bernhardus, 121.

imperator, 120, 121,

123:

striatus, 121.

Pais

nyassand, 398.

Palzeornis

fasciata, 578.

Pamphila

harona, 7A.

ruso, ‘TA.

Pandesma

Jubra, 431.

Pantidia

andersont, 433.

scissa, 433.

Panulirus, 88.

sp., 120.

guttatis,

122.

Papilio

almansor, 3, 68.

antheus nyasse, 68.

constantinus, 67.

dardanus, 67.

demodocus, 67.

hesperus, 67.

hippocoon, 67.

119, 120,

Papilio

latretllanus

68.

leonidas, 68.

mackinnont benguelle,

67.

nireus, 67.

phorcas, 67.

‘policenes, 68. |

porthaon, 68.

pylades angolanus, 67.

taboranus, 67.

timon, 372,

Papio

maimon, D34.

Paracandona

euplectella, 208.

Paracrabro

Sroggatti, 340, 356.

Paradoxornis

Jokiensis, 572, 576.

Paramphistomum

buxifrons, 238,

243, 244.

cotylophorum, 250.

gigantocotyle, 240,

241. |

theorini

242, |

minutum, 244, 245.

pisum, 248, 249.

sellsi, 246, 247, 250.

wagandi, 250.

Parasa

vivida, 485.

Parathermes

atripunctata, 446, 509. |

lophocera, 445, 509.

marchali, 445.

Paraxestis

irrorata, 418, 508.

Pardaleodes

incerta, 8).

ligora, 376.

nevea, 376, 378.

vibius, 89d.

Pardopsis

punctatissima, 11.

Parnara

arela, 81.

auritinctus, 80.

borbonica, 80.

chambezi, 80, 86.

detecta, 80.

entebbea, 81, 82.

tatuellus, 80.

ilias, 80.

larea, 81, 86.

micans, 80.

saxicola, 82, 86.

subochracea, 81.

(Semalea) nua, 82.

(—) pulvina, 82.

INDEX,

Parosmodes

harona, 74.

icteria, 74.

morantii, 74.

numa, 15.

Pectinigeria

devylderi, 493.

nigritella, 493.

Pedinaspis

extlans, 3388, 339.

nudiventris, 339.

Pemphredon, 340.

Pentila

amenaida, 41.

amenaidoides, 41.

bitje, 358, 378.

christina, 857.

inconspicua, 357, 378.

paradoxra, 857, 378.

pardalena, 357, 378.

petrea, 357.

peucetia, 41,

preusst, 307.

tirza, 308.

Pericrocotus

JSraterculus, 577.

Perigea

capensis, 405.

Perodicticus

batesi, 536.

ibeanus, 536, 537.

potto, 536.

Petraphassa

albipennis, 534,

Phacocherus

africanus, 1.

Phegorista

similis, 461.

xanthosoma, 461, 509.

Phalanger

maculatus, 146.

Phalera

latipennis, 465.

Phasis

leroma, 52.

Phiala ’

hologramma, 464.

rubrivena, 464, S09.

simplex, 464.

canthosoma, 464,

Philenora

unicolor, 394.

Philotherma

fuscescens, 483, 510.

sordida, 483.

Phlycteenodes

argyrostacta,

510.

508,

flavinigralis, 503, 510.

Phoca

vitulina, 885, 386.

KXXi

Phryganodes

piasusalis, 498.

Phylaria

heritsia, 55.

Phyllophorus

cebuensis,

OTE

Phymactis

sancte helene,

- 126.

Phymatothynnus

nitidus, 269.

Physcxeneura

pione, 1.

Pigiopsis

convergens, 466.

Pilodeudorix

cerulea, 43, 44.

Pimelepterus

analogus, 99.

boseii, 99.

elegans, 99.

gullveti, 91, 99, 131.

leutescens, 99.

Pinacopteryx

agathina, 64.

astarte, 64.

simana, 64.

Pionea

ablactalis, 504.

Pison

argentatwin, dIT.

Suscipenne, 355.

wgnavum, 305.

perplexum, 35d.

spinole, 305.

185, 184,

89,

Pitta

douglasi, 572, 577,

578.

soror, 577, 518.

Pitthea

continua, 474,

famula, 474.

Plagusia

depressa, 122.

Planema

aganice montana, 27.

macrosticha, 27.

montana, 27.

pogger, 27.

Planiceps

aurcovestitus, 337, 356.

wmbraticus, 337.

Platophrys, 88.

podas, 88, 91, 92, 113,

114,

Platygyra

ascensionts, 126.

Platylesches

ayresi, 83.

lamba, 84, 86.

XXX11

Platylesches

moritili, 83, 84.

neba, 84.

nigerrima, 83,

magricans, 83.

picanina, 84.

robustus, 83, 84, 86.

Platysphinx

stigmatica, 461,

Platytes

argyrodonta, 491, 509.

Plecoptera

jlaviceps, 441.

flavilinea, 437, 508.

grisea, 440, 509.

infuscata, 438, 508.

laniata, 488, 508.

megarthra, 436, 508.

melaleprs, 437, 508.

punctilineata, 440,

E08.

resistens, 440.

rufirend, 441.

sarcistis, 439, 508.

thermozona, 438, 508.

trichophora, 439, 508.

tripalis, 436.

Pleurona na

trogopera, 444, 509.

Pleuronectes

mancus, 113.

podas, 113.

Plusia

chalyctes, 428.

Jurcifera, 428.

orichalcia, 428.

Plusiodonta

commoda, 431.

Peecilia

reticulata, 146.

Pogonius

lunulatus, 309, 317.

Pogononeura

xantholepis, 494, 509.

Pogonothynnus

Jenestratus, 296.

morosus, 296.

vestitus, 296, 356.

walkeri, 295,

Polacanthopoda

tigrina, 398.

Polycerella

emertont, 143.

zoobotryon, 143, 144.

Polydesma

collutrix, 431.

Polygram modes

phyllophila, 503.

Polyocha

(lodiana) — sangu?-

Jusalis, 498, 509.

INDEX.

Polyommatus

beticus, 57.

Polyptychus

baxteri, 462, 510.

coryndont, 462.

neavt, 462, 509.

numose, 462.

Polythlipta

camptozona, 501, 510.

Pomatorhinus

hainanus, 576.

tickelli hainanus, 572,

576.

Pompilus

ahasuerus, 323.

antennalis, 323.

bos, 330.

diversus, 330.

elatus, 330.

Sulvipennis, 322.

labilis. 328.

motlestius, 322.

orientalis, 330.

pachycerus, 322.

pictipennis, 822.

pollens, 322.

raptor, 322,

spectrum, 317.

velox, 323.

Pompostola

hemichrysa, 489, 509.

scintillans, 489.

Poultonia

ochrascens, 864.

Powellana

cottoni, 367.

Prasinocyma

rhodocera, 475, 509.

vermicularia, 475.

Precis

actia, 30.

antilope, 29, 30.

archesia, 30.

artaxia, 30.

ceryne, 30.

cuama, 80.

hierta cebrene, 29.

nachtigalli, 30.

natalensis, 29.

natalica, 30.

nobilitata, 31.

octavia sesamus, 29.

enone clelia, 29.

orithya madagas-

cariensis, 29.

pavonina, dl,

pelarga, 30.

pelasgis, 30.

simia, 29.

sophia, 29, 30.

staudingeri. 30.

Precis

terea elgiva, 30.

touchilimasa, 31.

trimeni, 30.

tugela, 30

tukuoa, 30.

Priacanthus

sp., 98.

blochit, 98.

boops, 91, 98.

carolinus, 98.

eruentatus, 91, 92, 98,

99.

Japonicus, 98.

Priocnemis

defensor, 322.

polydorus, 322.

Prionocypris

serrata, 193, 213, 219.

tumefacta, 195, 214,

219.

Problepsis

vestalis, 477.

Probstmayria

vivipara, 237.

Prodenia

litura, 404.

Prometheus

atlanticus, 113.

Proxenus

camptogramma, 405.

Psephotus

chrysopterygius, 537,

588.

cucullatus, 634, 4587,

538.

dissimilis, 5387, 538,

Pseudacrea

dolomena, 35.

lucretia, 3.

-— tarquinia, 34.

pogger, 30, 42.

rubrobasalis, 35,

semire, 35.

Pseudagenia

eéneopilosa, 310, 312.

australis, 310, 314.

callisto, 314.

camilla, 310, 312, 318.

consociata, 310, 315.

cornelia, 310, 515.

dispersa, 310, 313.

erigone, 314.

Jasciata, 310, 314,

315, 316, 356.

flavicornis, 310, 316,

317.

Jusiformis, 310, 315.

gilberti, 310, 311,

lunulata, 317.

novare, 310, 315.

Pseudagenia

numeria, 313.

provida, 310, 316.

wna, d10, 311.

valeria, 310, 313.

Pseudaletis

antimachus, 371.

batesi, 370, 378.

mazanguli, 46, 86.

zebra, 46.

Pseudaphelia

apollinaris, 480.

Pseudapiconoma

JSenestrata, 391.

vigripennis, B91.

Pseudargynnis

hegemone, 28, 35.

NYASSE, BO.

Pseuderesia

isca, 360,

miniwm, 359,

378.

o-rubrum, 364.

russulus, 360, 378.

rutilo, 360, 378.

Pseudlepista, gen. nov.,

392.

atrizona, 392, 508.

flavicosta, 392, 508.

360,

Pseudmelisa, gen. nov., |

391,

chalybsa, 391, 508.

Pseudocolochirus,

nov., 167,

wolaceus, 167.

Pseudonaclia

puella, 390.

Pseudometa

ceymographa, 482, 509.

Pseudoneptis, 4.

cwenobita, 35.

Pseudopontia

paradoxa, 61.

Pseudospiris

paidiformis, 398.

Psilocerea

craspigonia, 472.

Psittiparus

guiaris, 576.

— hainanus, 572, 576.

Psolus

monacaria, 180.

Pteredoa

plumosa, 455.

usebia, 459.

Pterygospidia

djelele, 70.

Pycnonctus

hainanus, 576.

sinensis, 572, 576.

gen.

168,

INDEX.

Pyrameis

cardui, 29.

Pyrausta

eos, DUD.

impunctata, 505.

incoloralis, 505.

rupilinealis, 505, 510.

Querguedula

castanea, 1.

Raia, 551.

Rana

grayt, 89.

Ranella

celata, 123.

gigantea, 128.

Rapala

angelita, 369.

Raparna

tritonias, 444,

Redoa

melanocraspis, 405,

Remigia

Srugalis, 425.

grisecilia, 427, 508.

heterochroa, 426, 508.

Judicans, 426.

moderata, 428.

molybdopasta,

508.

mutuaria, 426.

persinuosa, 425, 508.

repanda, 425,

undata, 426.

Rhesena

subcupralis, 451.

Rhagigaster

aculeatus, 264.

acutangulus, 264.

analis, 260.

castaneus, 263.

cinerellus, 260.

corrugatus, 262. 356.

Suscipennis, 260.

gracilior, 260,

interstitialis, 261.

mandihularis, 260.

wigritulus, 260.

nitidus, 260.

tristis, 260.

unicolor, 260, 262,

263.

— lyelli, 260.

427,

— mandibularis, 260.

Rhanidophora

cinctigutta, 428.

ridens. 428.

Rhodochlena

cuneifera, 404, 408,

XXXII

Rhodoneura

discata, 490, 510.

Suscibasis, 489, 509.

Rhomboidichtbys

sp., 114.

mancus, 114,

podas, 114,

Rhombus

maderensis. 114, 115.

ocellatus, 114.

podas, 114, 115.

rhomboides, 114.

serratus, 114, 115.

spinosus, 115.

Rhopalocampta

JSorestam, 8d.

libeon, 8d.

pisistratus, 8d.

unicolor, 8d.

Rhopodytes

tristis, 579.

— hainanus, 579.

Bhynchina

crassisquamata,

509.

leucodonta, 450, 509.

> revolutalis, 450.

Rhyncodes

nigriciliata, 433, 508.

Rigema

ornata, 465,

450,

Sabalia

fulvicincta, 481.

Salamis

anacardti nebulosa, 31.

parhassus ethiops, 31.

temora, ol.

Salarias

textilis, 91, 116.

Salus

aspasia, 317.

Salmo

myops, 95.

Sameodes

cancellalis, 502.

olesialis, 502.

Sarangesa

astrigera, 69,

djelele, 70.

eliminata, 69.

hollandi, 71.

lunula, 375, 378.

maxima, 70, 86.

motozt, 69.

motozioides, 69.

nox, 70, 86.

ophthalmica, 69.

perpaupera, 71.

pertusa, 69.

plistonicus, 69.

XXXIV

Sarangesa

subalbicans, 69.

synestalmenus, 69.

Sargus

capensis, 91, 92, 99.

Saurus

myops, 91, 90.

trachinus, 95.

Scardamia

maculata, 467.

Scarus, 88.

strigatus, 91, 101.

Sceliphron

letum, 843.

— cygnorum, 343.

Scirpophaga

gilwiberbis, 498.

Selerostomum

tetracanthwi, 147.

Scomber

alleteratus. 112, 113. |

colias, 91, 92, 104, 105, |

113. |

dentex, 108.

diego, 104.

germo, 105.

glaucus, 103.

grex, 104.

macrophthalmus, 104.

pneumatophorus, 104.

guadripunctatus, 115,

scombrus, 105.

sloanei, 111.

Scorpzena, 88.

scrofina, 91, 97, 115.

Scyllarns

latus, 119, 120.

Scyllinm

canicula, 544, 546.

catulus, 546.

ecuslo

atrizonata, 895, 508.

strigata, 395.

Semioptila

jlavidiscata,

509.

torta, 487.

Sena

querula, 147.

Septa

nodiferd, 120, 122,

123.

Serilophus

lunulatus polionotus,

572.

Serinus

flaviventris, 90.

Seriolella, 96.

velaini, 96.

Serranus

487,

impetiginosus, 97.

INDEX.

Sesaimia

epunctifera, 405.

Simocephalus

corniger, 158, 166.

vetulus, 158.

Simplicia

pachycera, 447, 509.

Siphia

hainana, O77.

Siphlocandona, gen. nov.,

210.

normant, 195, 211,

219.

similis, 195, 210, 219.

Somniosus

microcephalus, 533.

Spalgis

lemolea, 62.

Spatalia

argyrophora, 465, 509.

Speiredonia

plicata, 429, 508.

prunicolora, 430, 508.

Sphex

ahasuerus, d44,

argentifrons, 344.

aurifrons, 345.

aurulentus, 344.

bannitus, 346.

bilobatus, 344, 3416.

canescens, 346.

cingulata, 334.

cognatus, 844, 345.

decoratus, 344.

dolichocerus, 346.

ermineus, 344,

fascuata, 314.

formosus, 345.

gilberti, 344.

globosa, 344, 340.

gratiosissimus, 344,

346.

gratiosus, 346.

imperialis, 346.

luctuosus, 344.

— fumipennis, 344.

modestus, 344, 346.

nidiventris, 346.

nigricornis, 330.

opulenta, 345.

preteata, 345.

resplendens, 346.

rugifer, 344.

wmbrosus, d44, 345.

— carbonarius, 344.

vestitus, 844, 345.

viduatus, 346.

wallacei, 346.

(Harpactopus) glo-

bosus, 343, 344.

(—) sevus, 343.

' Sphex

(Isodontia) abditus,

3465.

(—) — nugenti, 343,

(—) albohirtus, 348.

(—) claviger, 343.

(—) nigellus, 343.

(—) obscurellus, 345.

Sphingomorpha

chlorea, 430.

Sphodrotes

eygnorum, d49.

punctwosus, 3d0.

Spilothynnus

bituberculatus, 259.

Spindasis

sp., 51.

aderna, 51.

crustaria, 51,

homeyeri, 51.

kallimon, 51.

leonina bitje, 372.

mozambica, 51.

natalensis, 49, 50.

nyussé, 49.

panes, 49.

triment, 50, 86.

victorie, 49, 5V.

Spirama

africana, 417.

capensis, 417.

pardus, 418.

rufescens, 417.

Spodiopsar

sericeus, 573.

Sporadipus

wmpatiens, 178, 192.

(Co) pochirota) walen-

wis, G9),

Stachyridopsis

rupiceps goodsont, 572.

Stachyris

guttata swinhoei, 572.

Staphylinochrous

euryperalis, 487, 509.

fulva, 487, 509.

whytet, 487.

Stegania

diagramma, 466, 509.

ewrycraspis, 467, 509.

glaucichroa, 466, 509.

Stenocypris

chevreuxit, 211.

Stereoderma

murrayr, 189.

Sterrha

sacraria, 479.

Stichopus

chloronotus, 167, 168,

ini)

(2.

Stichopus

cylindricus, 172.

flammeus, 180.

gyrifer, 180.

nasso, 173.

variegatus, 167, 168,

173.

— herrmannt, 173.

(Gymnochirota) Zewco-

sptlota, 181.

Stictoptera

litigiosa, 413.

methyalea, 413.

pecilosoma, 413.

Stigmus; 340.

Stolus

sacella, 189.

Strongylocentrotus

lividus, 125.

Strongylus

edentatus, 147.

equinus, 147.

vulgaris, 147.

Stugeta

bowkert, 47.

maria, 47.

Susica

pyrocausta, 484, 509.

Sylepta

balteata, 498.

butleri, 498.

derogata, 498.

metastigmalis,

510.

ovialis, 498.

sabinusalis, 498.

torsipex, 498.

Synapta

glabra, 169.

grisea, 167, 168.

Syngamia

abruptatis, 497.

Syntomis

cerbera, 390.

ceres, 389, 390.

croceizona, 389, 508.

endocrossis, 390.

hemiphonica, 389, 508.

marina, 390.

niozona, 390, 508.

zomasina, 390.

498,

Tachynomyia

auricomata, 268.

disjuncta, 267.

Tachynothynnus

picipes, 295.

shuckardt, 295,

Tachysphex

debilis, 548.

INDEX.

Tachysphex

subopacus, 348.

Tachytes

approximatus, 348.

australis, 348.

fornosissimus, 348.

monetarius, 349.

plutocraticus, 348.

rubellus, 348.

tarsatus, 348.

Tagiades

flesus, 68.

Talis

nigroradians, 491.

Tanuetheira

timon, d7T2.

Tarache

discoidea, 412.

gratiosa, 412.

niphogona, 412.

transversa, 407.

zelleri, 411.

Tarucus

pulcher, 5b.

telicanus, HO.

— plinius, 56,

Taurotragus

oryx, 251.

Yelipna

nyaned, +1.

tPANSVErSLLGNA,

378.

Temnora

elegans, 463.

Temnurus

niger, 573.

Tephrina

arcifera, 469, 509.

catalaunaria, 469.

cinerescens, 469.

deeraria, 468.

exospilata, 468.

Surcata, 469.

inconspicua, 469.

observata, 469.

ochriciliata, 469.

preshitaria, 468.

Tephrodornis

hainanus, 572, 575.

pelvica, 575,

ricketti, 575.

Teracolus

achine, 65.

anne, 69.

antigone. 65.

aro, 6).

celimene, 65.

chrysonome, O¢.

ducissa, 66.

eris, 60.

evenind, GO.

396

XXXKV

Teracolus

omphalte, 65.

phlegyas, 65.

regina, 69.

vesta, 64.

Teracotona

euprepia, 395.

rhodophea, 595.

Terastia

margaritis, 02.

Terias

brigitta, 66.

desjardinsi, 66.

senegalensis, 66.

Terina

crocea, 474, 509.

internata, +74,

puncticorpus, 474.

Terioniima

alberta, 364.

aslauga, 43.

heldegarda, 43.

pallida, 43.

Testudo

indica, 90.

Tetrodon

cutaneus,

119.

Thalassodes

nigripunctata, 475.

Thermesia

irrorata, 445.

Thermochrous, gen. nov.,

488.

Jumicincta, 488, 509.

stenocraspis, 488, 509,

Thosea 1

catori, 485.

Thyatirina

achatina, 411.

Thylacinus

cynocephalus, 385.

Thynnoides

lanio, 286.

nephelopterus, 285.

migripes, 301.

pretssit, 284.

rufithorax, 284.

Thynnus

agilis, 288, 290.

alalonga, 91, 92, 105,

106, 107, 108, 109.

albacora, 91, 92, 106,

107, 108, 109, 110,

Li,

argentivittatus, 106,

107.

asstmilts, 287, 291.

atrox, 300.

halteatus, 106, 107.

basalis, 290,

Oil, dilis.

XXXV1

Dhynnus

carinatus, 272.

constrictus, 290.

crudelis, 298.

dilatatus, 300, 301.

Sfenestratus, 296, 297.

flavofasciatus, 287.

jflavopictus, 287.

illidgei, 291.

macropterus, 108, 110.

marginalis, 271.

neglectus, 301.

novare, 300, 501.

nubilipennis, 291,

293.

abesus, 91, 106, 107, |

108, 112.

optimus, 291, 293.

pacificus, 10, 107.

petulans, 282.

picipes, 295.

preissii, 284.

pseustes, 298, 301.

serriger, 259.

sibi, 108, 112.

simillimus, 283.

sulcatus, 291, 298.

thunnina, 112, 115.

thynnus, 106, LO7.

trifidus, 271.

tuberculiformis, 290.

vestitus, 296.

vigilans, 294.

walkert, 295.

wallistt, 283.

(Adolothynnus) cygno-

rum, 276.

(—) optimus, 291.

(Agriomyia) nididus,

269.

(—) ruficornis, 265.

(—) tenuatus, 294.

(Glaphyrothynnus)

sitiens, 270, 271.

(Lophocheilus) ¢enua-

tus, 294,

Thyone

Juscus, 188.

— papuensis, 183, 185,

188.

impatiens, 178, 192.

rigida, 189.

sacellus, 183, 184, 185, |

189. |

Thyonidium

cebuense, 191.

Thyretes

montetroi, 890,

Thyrsites : |

prometheus, 91, 92, |

Helis: |

INDEX.

Timandra

glauca, 477.

neptunaria, 477.

nigripuncta, 477.

rufa, 477.

Timora

albipuncta, 401, 508.

daphena, 401, 508.

lanceolata, 401.

Tirumala

lor

limniace petiverana, 7.

Tmesothynnus

platycephalus, 275.

truncatus, 276.

Toxopneustes

lividus, 125.

Trachea

consummata, 404.

Trachinus

ascensionis, 97.

Tragulus, 222, 225,

Trepang

impatiens, 178, 192.

Treron

nipalensis, 579.

Tricheta

Sulvescens, 389.

pterophorina. 389.

Trichostrongylus

pergracilis, 387.

Triclema

tnconspicua, 374, 378.

obscura, 378, 378.

staudingert, 37).

Triodontophorus

serratus, 147.

Tripneustes

ventricosus, 124.

Triton

nodifera, 125.

olearium, 123.

tritonis, 123.

variegatus, 125.

Trochalopteron

canorum owstont, 572.

Tryzodes

dentilinea, 477.

Tuerta

ovifera, 400, 508.

Turdus

cardis, 575.

mandarinus, 575.

Turtur

chinensis, 579.

— hainanus, 579.

Ulva, 89.

Umbraculunr

mediterranewm,

124.

88,

232.

Umbrella

mediterrancwm, 124.

Upupa

indica, 579.

Uranothauma

antinori, dD.

Fatkensteini, 55.

nubifer, HD.

pogget, 59.

Urbona

lacteata, 414, 508.

nivea, 414.

Utetheisa

callima, 395.

pulchella, 395.

Vanessula

milea, 29.

Velella, 87.

Viana,

velutina, 454.

Virachola

zeloides, 45.

Westermannia

albigrisea, 415, 508.

luminosa, 416.

ediplaga, 415, 508.

Xanthospilopteryx, 36.

emulatrix, 397.

africana, 296.

atriventralis,

508.

discosticta, 396. 508.

flavipennis, 397.

hornimanni, 397.

indecisa, 399.

neavi, 397, 508.

perdix, 395.

pogget, 399.

superba, 396.

396,

Ypthima

tmpura, 11.

atonia, 11.

pupillaris, 11.

Zamarada

chrysothyra, 470.

denticincta, 469, 509.

flavicaput, 470.

jlavicincta, 471, 509.

flavicosta, 470.

pyrocincta, 470, 509.

riufilinearia, 469.

Zana

gallans, 465.

Zaspilothynnus

elelandi, 305, 356.

crudelis, 298.

dilatus, 300.

gilest, 303, 356.

leachiellus, 303.

lignatus, 297, 299.

maturus, 304.

neglectus, 300.

nigripes, 301.

radialis, 302, 356.

trilobatus, 297, 299.

INDEX.

| Zebronia

phenice, 496.

Zeleboria

carinata, 272.

Susciformis, 272.

longicornis, 269.

olivet, 269.

Zeritis

leonina, 372.

sorhagent, 3, 51.

Zethes

cenotype, 447, 509.

Zinara

discophora, 486, 509.

XXXVI

| Zinckenia

Jascialis, A97.

perspectalis, 497.

Zizera

antanossa, 60.

gaika, 60.

lucida, 60.

lysimon, 60.

unigemmata, 60.

Zoobotryon

| pellucidus, 137, 143,

145.

Printed by Taynor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

| | ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

OF IHR .

OF LONDON.

1910.

Pages 1-384.

Part [. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY ann FEBRUARY.

JUNE 1910.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, =~ fg7)5441 |

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON: .

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings.]

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1910, pp. 1-384.

January 18, 1910.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s mes during the month of

December 1909

eoreec ee rece ee reece ee ee eH ee we OC oe eo wooo reeteo esse FF oot Fee HEP

Mr. C. W. Beebe. Exhibition of lantern-slides from photographs taken in British Guiana .

1. Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and Adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera

Rhopalocera. By 8. A. Nzavz, M.A., B.Sc.Oxon., F.Z.8. (Plates I-III. and Map)

2, On the Marine Fishes and Invertebrates of St. Helena. By J.T. Cunnineuam, M.A.,

F.Z.S8. With Description of new Species of Hydrozoa and Porifera, by R. Kirx-

PATRICK, Hs4,8.7- (Plates PV i= Viale,) 2 eco eciece cyan cirielhteicve ace cteiare: Oke ieee ne taleieney aan ones

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1909. By H. G.

Puan, H.L.S:, F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society .-.....-+...+-0eeeseeeee ss see

4, Notes on the Hydroids and Nudibranchs of Bermuda. By Prof. W. M. Smauuwoop,

Syracuse: Universiby aye cemerc erie meine SEAS teas ae cue tera ou anit oka anes cee Cea

February 1, 1910.

Mr. Charles A. Darling. Exhibition of a mounted specimen of a Cuscus (Phalanger

TGCULAUUS)N veke:eral sie atsie eves ee faves ie ake carotid ei etc gh es untae amtene we che ciehciste site eo ee een

Capt. J. A. M. Vipan, F.Z.8. A letter from, on Malaria and the “ Millions” Fish

(Girardinus peciloides), with remarks by the Secretary..........-.0+--seeeeeee ee

Col, Sir A. H. MeMahon, K.C.I.E., 0.8.1., F.Z.S. Exhibition of specimens of the Cicada

(Sena querula) collected at Quetta, Baluchistan ...............2eececeoecs et eeee

Dr. R. T. Leiper, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of specimens of Hntozoa .........+++....

1. On a Collection of Freshwater Crustacea from the Transvaal. By Paun A. Muruunn,

New! College, Oxford: ) (Plates VI@E-XVILDU.)) oo eyisci ws seep reenter gett ie te eee

131

137

146

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF TITE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

(January to April, 1910.)

January 18th, 1910.

Prof. J. Rosz Braprorp, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1909 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of December were 90 in number. Of these 61 were

acquired by presentation, 9 by purchase, 11 were received on

deposit, 1 in exchange, and 8 were born in the Gardens.

The total number of departures during the month, by death

and removals, was 171.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the

following :—

One Long-eared Fox (Otocyon megalotis), from the Transvaal,

presented by R. V. Doherty-Holwell, Esq., R.E., on December

22nd.

One Alian’s Wart-Hog (Phacocherus africanus), from Nigeria,

presented by Capt. H. Lloyd on December 22nd.

Eight Chestnut-breasted Ducks (Querquedula castanea), hatched

in the Menagerie on December 11th.

One Green Viper (Atheris chlorechis), new to the Collection,

from the Gold Coast, presented by Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell on

December 23rd.

Mr. 0. W. Beebe, Curator of Birds of the New York Zoological

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1910, No. I. 1

2 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 18,

Society, exhibited a series of lantern-slides made from photographs

he had taken on a recent Natural History Expedition to British

Guiana.

The following papers were read :—

1. Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and

adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. By

S. A. Neavu, M.A., B.Sc. Oxon., F.Z.S8.

[ Received November 9, 1909.]

(Plates 1.-I11.*, Text-figures 1 & 2, and a Map.)

The following paper is the first yet published, in extenso, of

the collections of insects which I have had the opportunity

of making during recent years in Northern Rhodesia and the

Katanga Region of the Congo State. These collections were

made on two separate expeditions. The first was during 1904—

1906, when I was in N.E. Rhodesia as Naturalist to the Geodetic

Survey, then in that country. <A short account of the country

traversed and of the vertebrates collected on that expedition has

already been published in the Transactions of the Literary and

Philosophical Society of Manchester, vol. 51, pts. I., I1., 111. ete.

The country covered was the southern third of N.E. Rhodesia

and the north-east portion of N.W. Rhodesia. The second expe-

dition began early in 1907, and practically the whole of that

year was spent in the Katanga region of the Congo State

when I was Entomologist to the Katanga Medical Commission.

The following year, 1908, was occupied in travelling over those

northern portions of N.E. Rhodesia which had not been visited

on my first expedition to that country. The areas covered by

the two expeditions are therefore contiguous, comprising the

whole of N.E. Rhodesia, the north-eastern portion of N.W.

Rhodesia, and the south-eastern or Katanga Region of the Congo

State.

The appended Map and Itinerary (see p. 5) will make clearer

the relative positions of the localities visited. I have recently

published f an account of this part of Africa, more especially in

relation to the general features and geographical distribution. It

will perhaps be of interest to add a few facts important from an

entomological standpoint. As I have pointed out +, the country

divides itself into three areas :—

(1) The low ground of the Zambezi basin, comprising chiefly

the valley of the Zambezi itself and of its tributary the Luangwa.

Of this region, which is hot and low-lying, the chief characteristic

is the very marked differences between the wet and dry seasons.

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 85.

+ Geographical Journal, xxxv. p. 132.

2 Jhaes CH:

IE Ase il S)1 (Ode ihe dhe

Horace Knight delet lith. West, Newman. chr.

NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA &c.

12) Zs S)q LGV), IPL IU

Horace Knight del.et lith. West, Newman chr.

NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA &c.

ZS. ISILO). 124. I,

Horace Knight del.et lith. West, Newman chr.

NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN BUTTERFLIES FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA &c.

1910.7 ' FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 3

The wet season in this valley, which has a comparatively small

rainfall, lasts from November to the end of March. This state of

things is accompanied by correspondingly marked seasonal phases

in the butterflies. In addition to those genera in which it is to

be expected, such as Precis, it is extremely noticeable among the

Acreine. In a very large number of species inhabiting this

valley, there is a marked tendency to a general dusky suffusion in

the individuals of the wet phase, especially among the females.

Dry season specimens, on the other hand, are very brilliantly

coloured. During the dry season the climate of the Luangwa

valley seems especially favourable to the Pierine, which are

extremely dominant at that time. Indeed some species, such as

Pinacopteryx simana Hopft., which I did not meet with elsewhere,

were more abundant in thicket-covered country at that season

than at any other time. One of the peculiarities of the Luangwa

valley from a collector’s point of view is the great scarcity of

tropical forest, more or less thin woodland being however plentiful.

Such forest as does occur is chiefly to be found in small patches

on stream-banks at the foot of the Mchinga escarpment on

the western side of the valley and in similarly broken ground

on the eastern side in Portuguese territory. In these forest

spots one finds species which are very rare or do not occur at

all elsewhere in the valley. Among them may be mentioned

Huphedra neophron Hopft., Acrea cabira apecida Oberth., Mela-

nitis libya Dist., and, at the height of the wet season, Liptena

homeyert Dewitz.

The butterflies generally of the Luangwa valley are much the

same as those of the tropical portions of S.E. Africa, though

some of the coast species which occur on the lower Zambezi and in

Nyasaland, such as Amauris ochlea Boisd., A. niavius dominicanus

Trim., Hronia buqueti Boisd., etc., appear to be absent, and such

species as Pseudacrwa lucretia Cram. very rare.

(2) The second region comprises the whole of the high plateau

country which forms the watershed between the Congo and the

Zambezi, and includes isolated patches of elevated land in the

Congo basin.

This country is characterised by its cool temperate climate and

relatively less marked seasonal change. The rains tend to begin

somewhat earlier and end later. One result of this is that the

abundance of butterflies and other insect life, associated with the

early spring in these regions, begins to be noticeable about the

middle of September, some six or seven weeks earlier than is the

ease in the Luangwa valley. Indeed, it would appear that many

Lycznide, more especially species of the genus Aphneus, are on

the wing only about this time.

There is a good deal of comparatively open country on this high

ground. With it are associated certain butterflies, among which

perhaps the more interesting are Lelenois picta, here described for

the first time, the rare Papilio aimansor Honrath, and, in Katanga,

the strangely coloured Zeritis zorhagent Dewitz, The remarkable

4 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 18,

Acrea mirifica Lathy, recorded hereafter, frequents a special form

of open country in the shape of marshes. Among the most

interesting collecting grounds for the entomologist or naturalist

are the patches of dense crowded forest trees, locally called

‘“Msitu.” These patches are of varying size, often very small,

and are generally on the bank or source of a stream. They are

seldom or never affected by the annual bush fires and are conse-

quently the resort throughout the year of innumerable insects,

many of which are peculiar to these spots. In Katanga, especially

towards the west, even on fairly high ground, these forest patches

are the home of several characteristically western genera, but

this is hardly the case in those nearer the watershed, especially

towards the east.

(3) Our third area comprises the low-lying river valleys of the

Congo basin. The banks of these rivers, after leaving the high

ground, are covered with tropical forest, except in very flat

countries. ‘These spots are a paradise for entomologists, and

swarm with butterflies of such tropical western genera as

Bicyclus, Pseudoneptis, Diestogyna, Huphedra, Huryphene, Harma,

etc., etc. This was especially noticeable in the valley of the

Lualaba river and to the west of it. I also found many of

these forms in the lower Kalungwisi valley in N.E.,, Rhodesia.

Unfortunately, I was not able to visit either spot in the height of

the rains, which appears to be the richest season in these

localities.

The collection here described contains 450 species, distributed

among the families as follows :—

NyMPHALIDS. Danaine ............ 6

Satymine | Yathweescce 27

ACh@UNC — vecceeceecee 46

Nymphaline ......... 93

EE MO NMED yes cad eas eee eee 1

TGViCAINTD Ge tsageh neta ereeneie ieee 120

PRIN)! Best) pestyitiiaes auth rere 42

(PEND TEE ONMD AR Ra ieducts cs aoe hataaeroiecetiee 15

IELES PER ED VE) aie centres Saeed 100

Rotel Hees 450

The unusually large proportion of Lyczenide and Hesperiide,

which, as may be seen, comprise about half the total, is due to the

fact that an attempt was made to give an equal amount of time

to collecting all the subfamilies. It seems to have been largely

the practice of collectors in the tropics to sacrifice these more

inconspicuous forms for those more attractive to the eye. No

attempt has been made to record the actual number of specimens

captured except in the case of new or rare species. The number

of specimens of Lepidoptera brought to England, approximately,

was about 25,000. Very large numbers also of commoner species

were discarded before the collections came to England. The

MAP OF

NORTHERN

RHODESIA

AND

ADJACENT TERRITORIES.

Seale 1:5,000000 or ] Inch-78°9 Stat Miles.

50 0 50 100

26°

eevee Sale ilO):

\ Blan ’ ed

| 6

; ~ 16

TOK le ae

2 34°

MAP OF

NORTHERN

RHODESIA

AND

ADJACENT TERRITORIES.

Scale 1:5,000000 or 1 Inch-78:9 Stat.Miles.

/kortam

: Xx Rukwa

—— Si

DESIA

1910. | FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. D

collections were all made by myself or by youthful native assistants

under my direction.

The following list of species has been arranged as far as possible

according to Professor Aurivillius’ great work, ‘ Rhopalocera

AXthiopica.’ I have therefore not thought it necessary to give

the references or synonymy of species except in the case of those

described since the publication of that book, or where some change

in the nomenclature seems desirable. In the case of the skippers

I have given references only to those species not mentioned in

Dr. Holland’s paper in these ‘ Proceedings’ for 1896.

The Roman numerals, frequently placed after the locality, refer

to the months of capture. In the descriptions of new species the

veins are counted from the hind margin to the costa, the first

submedian always being vein 2. The descriptions of the markings

begin, as far as possible, at the base of the costa and end at the

outer margin.

The measurements given are the greatest length of the primary

from the middle of the base to the tip.

In the laborious work of identifying so large a number of

species I am very greatly indebted to the following friends for

their kind assistance :—Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, Dr. F. A. Dixey,

Mr. Hamilton H. Druce, Mr. F. A. Heron, Dr. Karl Jordan, .

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, and finally Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.,

who has been so kind as to advise and assist me on many points

throughout the paper.

I also owe much to the authorities of Magdalen College, Oxford,

who, by means of a generous grant, enabled me to spend in

Oxford the several months necessary for the production of this

paper. The bulk of the collection remains in the Hope Collection

at Oxford, where many of the specimens were set and most of

the systematic work done. For this I am greatly indebted to the

kindness of Professor E. B. Poulton, F.R.S.

The following Itinerary gives a list of the places visited

during the two expeditions.

First Expeprrion (1904 to 1906).

1904, Feb. 22-28. Chinde to Tete.

Feb. 29—Mar. 12... Tete to Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia.

Mar. 13-April 18. Fort Jameson. 4000 feet (vainy

season).

April 19-May 6. Fort Jameson to Feira at the junction

of the Luangwa and Zambezi‘rivers (end of rains).

May 7-Oct. 20. Mid-Zambezi and lower Luangwa valley.

1200-1500 feet (diy season).

Oct. 21-Nov. 9. Up mid-Luangwa valley, Feira to

Petauke (beginning of rains).

1905. Nov. 10, 1904—April 26, 1905. Petauke, east side of

Luangwa valley. 2400 feet (wet season).

1905.

1906.

MR. 8S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

April 27-May 20. Mbala Country, 8.E. of Petauke.

3500 feet.

May 21-Aug. 31. Low ground in Luangwa valley.

1400 feet (dry season).

Sept. 1-10. Petauke to Lukashashi River.

Sept. 11-15. Edge of Mchinga escarpment to Mkushi.

4000 feet.

Sept. 16-Oct. 138. Ndola and district, N.W. Rhodesia.

4000 feet (early spring).

Oct. 14-28. Upper Kafue valley and Kapopo. 4000 feet.

Oct. 29-Noyv. 24. Eastward across southern Serenji

district to edge of Mchinga’s (beginning of rains).

Noy. 25-Jan. 6. Petauke and district.

Jan, 7-14. Petauke to Fort Jameson.

Seconp Expepirron (1907 to 1908).

WO,

1908.

Jan. 4-12. N.W. Rhodesia, Broken Hill to Kapopo, |

upper Kafue. 4000 feet (wet season),

Jan. 13-28. Kapopo to Kansanshi. 4999 feet.

Jan. 29-Feb. 3. Kansanshi to Kambove, Congo Free State.

Feb. 4-Mar. 18. Kambove. 4500 feet.

Mar. 19—April 7. Upper Dikulwe valley. 3500-4000

feet.

April 9-16. High plateau between valleys of Dikulwe

and Lualaba. 4500 feet.

Apyvil 17—May 13. Low ground in valley of Kaluli and

Lualaba rivers. 2500-3500 feet (end of rains).

May 14-31. Upper Lualaba valley, high plateau.

4000 feet.

June 1-9. Upper Lualaba to Kambove.

June 10-28. Upper Lufira valley, 3500 feet.

June 29-July 16. Kambove.

July 17-24. Kambove to Lukafu, mid-Lufira valley.

3000 feet.

July 28-Sept. 18. Bunkeya. 3000 feet.

Sept. 19-27. Bunkeya to Ruwe.

Sept. 28-Oct. 17. Upper Lufupa river. 3500-4000 feet.

Oct. 18-23. Upper Lubudiriver. 3500 feet (early spring,

first sign of the rains).

Oct. 24-31. Upper Lufupa river.

Noy. 1-6. Lower Lufupa to Ruwe.

Nov. 7-18. Ruwe to Kambove.

Nov. 19—Dec. 12. Through eastern Katanga, south of

bend of Luapula to English boundary, Serenji district,

N.E. Rhodesia.

Dec. 13-30. Serenji district. 4500 feet.

Dec. 30, 1907-Jan. 2, 1908. From edge of Mchinga’s

across Luangwa to Petauke.

Jan. 3-13. Petauke.

1910. ] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 7

1908. Jan. 14-21. Petauke to Fort Jameson.

Jan. 22—Feb. 6. Fort Jameson.

Feb. 7—Mar. 31. Up mid- and upper Luangwa valley to

Mirongo. 1500-2000 feet (height of rains).

April 1-12. Up Mchinga escarpment to Chinsali and

district. 4500 feet.

April 13—May 20. Mid-Chambezi valley. 4000 feet (end

of rains). .

May 21-26. Chaimbezi to Luena.

May 27-June 20. lLuena district and eastern shore of

Lake Bangweolo.

June 21—July 9. Chishi, Mbawala, and Chirui Islands on

Lake Bangweolo. 3900 feet.

July 10-22. Luwingu district. 4300 feet.

July 24-31. Luwingu to Mporokoso. 4500 feet.

Aug. 1-10. Upper Lofu valley. 4000 feet.

Aug. 11-17. Lower Lofu valley. 3000-3500 feet.

Aug. 18-27. High plateau between Lofu valley and

Lake Tanganyika. 4000-5000 feet.

Aug. 28-Sept. 3. Mporokoso.

Sept. 4-10. Upper Kalungwisi valley.

Sept. 11-17. Lower Kalungwisi valley.

Sept. 18-26. High plateau, Kalungwisi district.

Sept. 27-Oct. 1. Luwingu.

Oct. 2-23. Luwingu to mouth of Chambezi.

Oct. 24-Nov. 5. Mouth of Chambezi to Mansya river

and Lake Young. 4500 feet.

Nov. 6-9. Lake Young to Mpika.

Nov. 10-23. Mpika to Fort Jameson. (First rains.)

Fam. NYMPHALID2.

Subfam. DANAINA.

LIMNAS CHRySIPPUS LL.

A common insect everywhere but prefers open country and

avoids very dense forest. The specimens are mostly of the type

form with occasional individuals tending to var. alcippus Cram.

I saw one specimen of the dorippus Klug form in the mid-

Chambezi valley in May, and found it not uncommon a few

miles above the mouth of the Lofu river, near Lake Tanganyika,

but did not meet with it to the south of these localities.

TIRUMALA LIMNIACE PETIVERANA Dbl. & Hew.

Occurs over the whole area except in the Zambezi valley, but

is nowhere a common insect so far as my experience goes.

AMAURIS NIAviuS L.

Sparingly in dense forest on the Lualaba river, iv. and v., and

in similar localities on the Kalungwisi river, 1x.

8 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 18,

AMAURIS PSYTTALEA Plotz.

This species is represented by two males only, one from near

Chensali, iv., and the other from the Lofu river, near Lake

Tanganyika, viil.

AMAURIS HYALITES DANNFELTI.

Amauris dannfelti Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. xii. p. 196.

A common insect in more wooded localities in Katanga and in

the northern portion of the plateau country in N.E. Rhodesia.

The transparent spots of the primary, due perhaps to their more

or less green background in nature, look pale green on the wing.

J incline to the view that species of this type of Amauris rather

than Tirwmala petiverana have been the primary model of Papilio

leonidas Fabr.

AMAURIS LOBENGULA KATANG&, subsp. n. (Plate I. fig. 1, ¢.)

Most nearly allied to A. lobengula whytei and A. lobengula

crawshayi Butler. It differs from these in the colour, size and

distribution of the ochreous area on the secondary. In katange

this band of a deep ochreous colour is very broad, reaching, espe-

cially toward the inner margin, beyond the end of the cell. In

contrast to its width, it extends as a very narrow tongue up to

the middle of the costal margin, nearly, and in some specimens

quite as narrow as in typical lobengula and very much narrower

than in either of the two subspecies above quoted. The spots of

the primary are pure white, thus agreeing with A. 1. crawshayi,

but in this case katange is easily distinguished by the dark colour

of its secondaries. In the primary the spot in the cell and discal

spot in area 2 are very large and well marked, more so than in

any of the allied species. The female is a little larger than the

male, but does not otherwise differ.

Length of primary 42 mm.

Type in British Museum.

11 males, 2 females, Kambove, Katanga, 7—27.11.07.

This species frequents well wooded localities and does not differ

from other species of Amauris in its habits.

Subfam. SATYRINAE.

MELANITIS LEDA I.

A common forest insect throughout the country. As has been

noted by other observers, it has, when settling on the ground, a

habit of sitting aslant among dry leaves, ete.—which increases

the difficulty of detection. Both species of Melanittis, more par-

ticularly the species next referred to, are addicted to taking a

flight in the open just before sundown.

MELANITIS LIBYA Dist.

Also a common insect, in. the Luangwa valley at least, fre-

quenting the same localities as the foregoing, but it is not quite

1910.] _ FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, )

so universally distributed. Has the same habits and is on the

wing all the year.

GNOPHODES PARMENO Dbl. & Hew.

A common forest insect in the lower ground of the Congo

basin. It has much the same habits as a Melanitis.

BicycLus sEBETUS Hew,

Not uncommon in the forests in the river-valleys of the Congo

basin. It is on the wing all the year and is a difficult insect to

catch in dense vegetation as it is very wary. It almost invariably

settles on the ground, where it is extremely difficult to see. It

seems, nevertheless, to be not infrequently attacked by lizards,

which are common in these forest areas in the Congo basin.

MYCALESIS DUBIA Auriv.

Represented in the collection by two males from the Lubudi

river, xX.

MYCALESIS AURICRUDA Butler.

I took two males and one female of this species on the Lubudi

river, x. It frequents dense forest.

MYCALESIS SANDACE Hew. ?

I took a few specimens of a Mycalesis which I refer with some

hesitation to this species. It occurs sparingly throughout

Katanga and N.H. Rhodesia west of the Mchinga escarpment,

MYcALESIS ENA Hew.

Occurs throughout the area under consideration, being espe-

cially common in the Luangwa valley. Dry-season specimens

are scarce but were taken from April to June.

MYCALESIS SOPHROSYNE Plotz.

Five males and one female from the Lufupa and Lubudi rivers,

ix. and x. All dry-season forms.

MYcALESIS SELOUSI Trim.

A common insect throughout the country especially in the dry

season. I also took in various localities what I believe to be

the wet-season form of this species. It is a smaller insect with

well-marked eye-spots on the underside, and with the same

waved transverse line across both wings which is characteristic of

typical selowsi. It is on the wing from January to March, whilst

selousi occurs from March onwards throughout the dry season.

MYCALESIS SAFITZA Hew.

A common insect everywhere but scarce in the height of the

dry season.

10 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

MYCALESIS ANYNANA VICARIA Thurau.

Mycalesis vicaria Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit. xlviii, 1903, p. 118.

Not uncommon in the Luangwa, Chambezi, and Lofu valleys

at all seasons.

¢ MYCALESIS VULGARIS Butler.

Occurs sparingly but in a good many localities west of the

Mchinga escarpment.

MYGALESIS NEBULOSA Feld.

Two specimens only, both from the valley of the Lualaba

river, one v., the other x. It frequents dense forest.

MYCALEsIs SAUSSUREI Dewitz.

I captured seven individuals of this species on the Lufupa

viver, x. ‘They all differ somewhat from specimens from further

north. The white band across both wings on the underside is

broader and more distinct, but in spite of this is barely visible on

the upper surface. A forest species.

MYCcALESIS cooKsont Druce.

Mycalesis cooksoni Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 251, pl. xiii.

es IL

I took a few individuals, which I attribute to this species, in

patches of forest on the Lofu and Kalungwisi rivers.

MYCALESIS spp. ¢

There are also two other species from several localities allied

to the foregoing and to danckelmanni Rogenh.* They appear to

be new, but it seems to me inadvisable to describe them in the

present confused state of the whole genus.

MYyCALESIS HAROLDI.

Mycalesis haroldi Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 252, pl. xii.

fig. 2.

I captured two males and one female of this striking species on

the Lufupa river, x. and xi.

HENOTESIA PERSPICUA Trim.

This species is common everywhere. As Marshall f has already

pointed out, H. simonsi Butler is probably the dry-season form of

this species. I found typical semonsi only in the very hot and

dry river-valleys of the Luangwa and the lower Lofu near Lake

Tanganyika. On the high plateau generally of N.E. Rhodesia

and throughout Katanga the extreme dry-season specimens are

somewhat intermediate between perspicua and simonsi.

* Aun. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 462, pl. 15. fig. 9 (1891

+ Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, p. 562.

1910.] ' FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 11

HENOTESIA PH#A Karsch.

I took this somewhat uncommon species over a wide area in

Katanga but nowhere very commonly. It was also not un-

common in the thickets on the shores and islands of Lake

Bangweolo, vi. and vii. ;

PHYSCHNEURA PIONE Godm.

A not uncommon insect in woodland (not forest) country over

a wide area. It is only on the wing during the wet season and

has a strangely feeble flight.

NEOCG@NYRA BERA Hew.

A rare insect in my experience, occurring sparingly in the

Luangwa valley only, during the rainy season.

Nboc@nyrkA GREGORIT Butler.

Represented only by two individuals captured on wooded hills

near Fort Jameson, 111., and by two others from similar localities

on the upper Chambezi river, iv.

NEOCG@:NYRA COOKSONI.

Neocenyra cooksonti H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1907,

Pe U Olg [ellos Ties IIe

A common insect during the wet season in Katanga but not

met with elsewhere. It is a woodland species.

YPTHIMA PUPILLARIS Butler.

2 = impura Elwes & Edwards.

A very long series, taken at all seasons and in all localities, of

what appears to be this species. It seems to pass by insensible

gradations into individuals which correspond to the description of

impura * Elwes & Edwards.

YPTrHIMA IToNIA Hew.

This species is ubiquitous and is on the wing throughout the

year.

Subfam. AcR&INA.

PARDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA Boisd.

Fort Jameson, Luangwa and Chambezi valleys, 1. to iv.

I took this species sparingly in the above localities in the wet

season. It seems nowhere abundant and disappears apparently

towards the west, as I did not meet with it in Katanga. It

frequents woodland and has a weak floating flight.

ACRA NEOBULE Dbl. & Hew.

This seems a common species everywhere and I took it at all

seasons. It prefers woodland but sometimes comes out into the

* VY. impura Klwes & Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1898, p. 23, pl. 3. fig. 48.

1 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

open. It flies very high for an Acrea and may often be seen

sailing to and fro over the same spot some 10-12 feet from the

ground.

ACR&A ZETES L.

I found typical zetes common in Katanga, iii. to v., and again,

x., x1. In Northern Rhodesia I took only a single male, viii., on

the high plateau country to the south of Lake Tanganyika.

ACR&A ZETES ACARA Hew.

I found this form replacing the typical one in the Lake

Bangweolo district, Chambezi and Luangwa valleys, and the

districts of the upper Kafue in N.W. Rhodesia. It seems to

frequent rather more open country than the type form, which

affects rather dense woodland or forest. It occurs at all seasons.

ACRHA ASTRIGERA,

Acrea astrigera Butler, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 421, pl. xxv. fig. 5.

I met with a few individuals of this species on the Mansya

river near Lake Young at the beginning of November, 1908.

ACR&A ANEMOSA Hew.

A common insect during the wet season in the Luangwa

valley. West of the Mchinga escarpment I took only two

specimens, viz., in the Broken Hill district, ix. and xi. Both

these approach the arcticincta form of Butler and have the

spots of the fore wing much enlarged. To the north and west

of these localities anemosa appears to be replaced by the next

species. It has a very lazy flight and is easily captured. It

frequents woodland.

ACR#A WELWITSCHI Rogenh. (Plate I. fig. 2, ¢.)

I first met with this little-known insect on the upper Kafue river,

N.W. Rhodesia, in October 1905, but took only a single female.

Subsequently in Katanga I took four males on the Lualaba

river, v., and a worn female on the Lubudi river, x. Even-

tually in 1908 I found it swarming in the Lake Bangweolo district,

a new brood having obviously just emerged about the middle of

June. I continued to take many specimens, some much worn, in

the Kalungwisi and Lofu river valleys up to the middle of

September. Strange to say, females appeared to be very rare

amongst this dry-season brood until the end of September and

during October, when all of the few individuals captured were

females.

This large Acrwa with its brilliant cerise coloration and heavy

black margins is an extremely conspicuous object on the wing.

Jt seems, as I shall endeavour to show later, to have influenced

the pattern of other Acreas in the same neighbourhood.

As the species is so little known in collections and the male

seems to be undescribed, it is perhaps as well to give a full

1910. | FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. i

description of it. The males vary a good deal especially in the

black suffusion over the wings.

The male genitalia, though of the same character as those of

anemosa, are much smaller and more slender.

Upprrsipe.— Primaries. The entire base, including the proximal

half of the cell, black. The costa narrowly black. A moderately

broad black apex narrowing rapidly as it approaches the posterior

angle. A narrow black discocellular streak. A little beyond end

of cell a black band of confluent spots extending from costa to

second submedian. Sometimes a separate spot in area 3. <A well-

defined spot in 2 immediately below extremity of cell. A small

paired discal spot (sometimes two pairs) in 1. Ground-colour

bright cerise, sometimes becoming orange-ochre toward apex and

outer margin.

Secondaries. The base broadly black, but more or less covered

with scattered whitish hairs, a broad black outer margin inwardly

somewhat serrated; ground-colour as fore wing, sometimes a

trace of four or five small black spots around extremity of cell.

UNDERSIDE.—Primaries as upperside, but black of apex and

outer margin narrower; a small greenish-white spot at base of

costa; apex flushed internally with whitish and marked with

ochreous submarginal internervular streaks. Ground-colour paler.

Secondaries. Black base encloses five to seven small greenish-

white spots; three such spots along narrowly black inner margin ;

a streak of same colour follows outline of anal angle; black outer

margin encloses seven small greenish-white spots (paired in 1 ¢);

discal area pinkish-white outlined along its basal inner and outer

marginal edges with somewhat arrow-shaped internervular spots

of brick-red colour.

Fringe of both wings black with internervular patches of white.

Palpi ochreous; thorax black ; abdomen dorsally, black except

last three segments which are ochreous; laterally, ochreous ;

ventrally, narrowly black enclosing some whitish spots.

Length of primary 34 mm.

The female, already described by Rogenhofer, differs chiefly in

reduction of the black basal area which, in secondaries at least, is

nearly absent, and in the ochreous, not cerise, ground-colour

of primaries. The female abdomen is deep ochreous with laterally

placed white spots and is nowhere black.

ACR#HA EGINA Cram.

I took this insect sparingly on the upper Kafue river in

October and on the Lualaba river in April and May, but found

it common in the Lake Bangweolo district in June and July,

especially on the islands in that lake. It also occurred in the

Kalungwisi and Lofu river valleys in August and September.

These specimens exhibit characters somewhat intermediate between

the type form and areca Mab. The majority have more or less

well-developed scarlet internervular streaks in the apical and

outer-marginal portions of the primaries. I found this insect.

14 MR. 8S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

which is very brilliant on the wing, to have a very powerful flight

and to be somewhat less easy to catch than most Acreine. It

frequents the neighbourhood of rather dense forest or thickets.

ACR#A PERENNA Dbl. & Hew.

This species is represented in the collections by a single male

from the Lufupa river, x.

AcR@&A CEPHEUS L.

A single female captured on the same day and in the same

place as the last species.

ACR#A BUTTNERI.

Acrea biittneri Rogenh. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, iv. p. 553, pl. 23.

fig. 8.

Of this somewhat rare species I took five specimens at Kan-

sanshi, N.W. Rhodesia, i., and four more on the Lufupa and

Lubudi rivers, x. I did not observe it elsewhere. It is a wood-

land species somewhat resembling, on the wing, atolmis Westw.,

especially the wet-season form of that species.

ACR#A VIOLARUM ASEMA Hew.

Not uncommon in the Fort Jameson district and on the Broken

Hill plateau. It prefers open country and seems to avoid the

low-lying Luangwa valley. The above localities appear to be the

northern limit of its range, as farther north it is replaced by the

next subspecies. At Ndola, N.W. Rhodesia, 21 & 23.1x.05, I

captured one specimen of each form.

AGRZA VIOLARUM OMRORA.

Acrea omrora Trim. P. Z.S. 1894, p. 24 note.

Acrea asema Trim. P. Z.S. 1891, p. 68, pl. 8. figs. 9, 10, 10a.

Acrea violarum umbrata Wichgraf, B. HK. Z. lin. p. 242, pl. vi.

figs. 5, 6 (1908).

This is a fairly common species throughout the year on the

high plateau of N.E. Rhodesia from the Serenji district north-

wards, and also occurs, but less commonly, in Katanga. The

specimens recently figured by Wichgraf under the name wmbrata*

are wet-season specimens and much more heavily marked than

the dry-season ones. A long series taken at all seasons, however,

makes it highly improbable that they are distinct species.

Acr#a miniFica. (Plate I. fig. 3, 9.)

Acrea mirifica Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 2, pl. 1. fig. 2.

I found this highly remarkable species not uncommon but

extremely local on the higher plateau country from Serenji to

Lake Bangweolo. It seems to be entirely confined to patches of

marshy ground generally marking the sources of streams and well

described as “sponges” by Livingstone in his Last Journals. This

insect has a very weak flight, but is extremely tough and when

pinched between finger and thumb exudes a pale green fluid.

* Toe. cit.

1910. | - FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 15

The males of this species, of which I have taken over sixty in-

dividuals, all differ from the figure of the type by the possession

of a row of seven minute internervular marginal red spots on both

sides of the outer margins of the primaries, and by the absence of

white submarginal spots on the upperside of the secondaries. The

band on the primary is also pale golden, not whitish.

Another specimen, however, which I have had an opportunity

of examining in the Tring Collection, from the same locality as the

type, viz. Bihe, Angola, agrees in the main with my specimens.

We must, ther efore, conclude that the type specimen is a some-

what abnormal one.

The females, which are somewhat variable, differ greatly from

the males, especially on the upper surface.

9. Upprersipe.—Primaries. Ground-colour pale golden, more

or less suffused towards base with dusky scales; base of costa red

becoming orange towards apex; a narrow black apex and a

narrow line of black on outer margin enclosing seven minute

internervular brick-red spots as in the male. A spot in middle

of cell and a well-marked discocellular spot; immediately below

another spot in area 14. In some specimens there are also sub-

marginal spots in areas 3, 2, 1, of which that in 2 is placed near

the median nervure.

Secondaries. Ground-colour as primaries with a well-defined

medium black margin, some of underside spots represented,

especially discocellular and four spots around end of cell.

UNDERSIDE.— Primaries as upperside but ground-colour some-

what more fulvous; black apex reduced; inner portion of apex

and whole of secondaries have the same shining golden ground-

colour as the male. Other markings of secondaries as in

male.

Fringe of primary dusky, of secondary pale golden; palpi

ochreous; vertex and anterior portion of thorax bright red;

abdomen, above, black marked laterally with a row of small red

spots, below, ochreous marked black and red in mid-ventral

line.

The relationship of this peculiar species to other Acrzeinx is of

considerable interest. In the first place, the rudiment of a third -

internal nervule on the secondaries is well-marked for three-

quarters of its distal portion, only fading away as it reaches the

base. The somewhat long hairs which are placed upon all the

nervules on the under surface are also distinctly visible. The

general resemblance of the female of the above described species

to A. anacreon Trim. and its allies led me to examine them also.

I find this nervule to be well-marked in anacreon Trim., induna

Trim., bomba Grose-Smith, and wigginsi* Neave, and a distinct

trace of it in violarwm Boisd. and its forms. ‘his character seems

to be absent from all other Ethiopian or Oriental Acreine, though

traces of it frequently remain in the pattern usually as a paired

* Acrea wigginsi Neave, Noy. Zool. xi. p. 326, pl. 1. fig. 3 (1904).

16 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

spot on the margin. In Planema the former presence of this

nervule is indicated by a double internervular streak in area 1c.

On turning to the South American. genus Actinote, I was

extremely interested to find that this nervule is more or less well

represented in all the species that I examined. Further, an

examination of the tarsus of the fore-leg showed that in mirifica,

though there are traces of two tarsal joints compared with one in

Actinote, they are very much more stunted than in other African

Acreine, including anacreon. In addition to the above anatomical

characters, we have the fact that the male of mzrifica is, on the upper

surface, extremely like an Actinote both in pattern and coloration.

It is perhaps, therefore, fair to suggest that this interesting species

possibly represents a link between the Acreine of the Old and

New Worlds.

ACRHEA INDUNA Trim.

I took this species in fair numbers in many localities, especially

where there were large stretches of woodland. It was particularly

common in the Chambezi valley and Lake Bangweolo district in

May and June. It is on the wing at all seasons except apparently

during the height of the dry season in August and September,

though usually found sparingly even then.

The wet-season females of this species also exhibit a tendency to

general duskiness.

Until more evidence is forthcoming this species should, I think,

be kept distinct from 4. bomba Grose-Smith.

ACRAA ACRITA,

Acrea acrita Hew. Exot. Butt. Acrea, pl. iii. fig. 18.

Acrea ambigua Trim. P.Z.8. 1891, p. 70, pl. ix. fig. 11.

Some confusion among systematists seems to exist with regard

to this striking and variable species, more especially between its

seasonal phases and geographical races.

A very long series, taken on a wide area, demonstrates the

existence of two well-marked geographical races.

(1) Acrea acrita acrita Hew.

The typical form is the Kastern race of this species, characterised

by having a narrow black apex to the primary from 2-4 rarely 5

millimetres wide. The spots on primaries are always well

developed. My series of this form, 120 specimens, comprises

every gradation between the extremely brilliant dry-season speci-

mens and the melanic wet-season ones. Extreme examples of the

wet phase are on the upper surface more or less uniformly dusky

in the female, while the male has the greater portion of the

secondaries suffused with coal-black, contrasting greatly with the

brilliantly coloured primaries.

Thurau figures a male of the wet-season phase of this race in

the B. E. Z. for 1903, p. 129, pl. 11. fig. 8 as var. aquilia, and the

1910. | - FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. We

underside of an extreme dry-season specimen is well figured by

Trimen, P. Z.8. 1894, pl. iv. fig. 4.

I took this form sparingly in the Broken Hill district, and

commonly in the Luangwa and Chambezi valleys. To the west of

these localities, as we shall see, it is replaced by another race. The

typical form of acrita appears to extend up the eastern side of

Africa from the Transvaal to a little north of the latitude of

Mombasa.

(2) Aecrea acrita ambigua Trim. P. Z.8. 1891, p. 70.

This appears to be the western or perhaps central race of the

species. My collection contains a long series, some 105 individuals,

captured in the Bangweolo, Mweru and Tanganyika districts and

less commonly in Katanga. This race is characterised by the

breadth of the black apex to the primaries, normally 6-7 mm.

wide, and by a number of other characters already pointed out

by Mr. Trimen (doc. cit.). Mr. Trimen has kindly allowed me to

examine the male mentioned by him (loc. cit. p. 71) as captured

by Mr. Selous near the Chobe river, Upper Zambezi. I find that

my more northern specimens differ only in the very much slighter

development of the pale subapical patch to the primary. This

pale area appears in the male to be due to the absence of scales

rather than to the presence of white pigment. Wet-season males

are rather more heavily marked than the dry ones, which

frequently have the spots of the primaries much _ reduced.

Occasional individuals of this latter type have the black apex

nearly if not quite as narrow as a heavily tipped specimen of the

type race. They can, however, be distinguished at a glance, in

these cases, by the great reduction, sometimes disappearance, of

the spots on the primary and a general reduction of all the

markings of both wings. An extreme of this sort is figured by

Thurau, Joc. cit. pl. ii. fig. 9, as var. utengulensis. Dry females,

except that they are duller coloured, do not differ much from the

males. With regard to wet females of this race it is unfortunate

that the specimen figured by Trimen is probably somewhat

aberrant. I have taken the wet-season phases only in Katanga ;

I did not have an opportunity of doing so in the Lake Bangweolo

district, etc. These wet Katanga females, four in number,

resemble Mr. Trimen’s figure in possessing a well-marked white

subapical bar, but are larger and the red colour is entirely re-

placed by a dusky grey shade.

This western race of the species appears to extend from the

Damara-land localities given by Mr. Trimen across the Upper

Zambezi through the south-eastern portion of the Congo State

to the districts of Lakes Bangweolo, Mweru, and Tanganyika.

There is also one specimen of this race in the British Museum

from the Victoria Nyanza, already referred to by Mr. Trimen.

The fact that typical acrita, which occurs in the mid-Chambezi

valley in N.E. Rhodesia, is replaced by ambigua on the north-

eastern. shore of Lake Bangweolo is highly remarkable, there being

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1910, No. IT. By

18 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

no geographical peculiarity to account for this. The representative

of what is perhaps a third race of acrita is figured by Weymer,

Iris, Dresden, 1903, p. 225, pl. 11. f. 4, under the name acrita bella.

From the fact that the localities of pudorina Staud. and those of

the eastern race of this species appear to overlap, without

apparent gradations between them, it is possible that the former

should be treated as a distimet species. I have, however, not been

able to detect differences in the genitalia between this and the

typical form. A. cheribula Oberth., which is treated by Professor

Aurivillius as a form of acrita, is, as we shall see immediately,

a quite distinct species.

Both races of acrita are on the wing throughout the year. They

frequent woodland and wooded hill-sides. They fly rather low,

but have an extremely steady and unusually straight flight for an

Acrea. If once startled they fly considerable distances in a

straight line, without deviating to right or left.

ACRZA LUALABA, sp.n. (Plate I. fig. 4, ¢.)

Fulvous orange with apex of primary and spots black. Allied to

acrita Hew.

d. Uprrrstpr.— Primary fulvous orange, with a well-defined

black apex and the followmg black spots :—one in cell; a disco-

cellular ; spots in areas 3 and 5 near internal margin of black apex ;

a large spot in 2 below extremity of cell; a spot in | 6 near outer

margin, another in 1| 6 below cell near base.

Secondary. Ground-colour as primary ; a black basal patch and

the following black spots :—one in cell ; a discocellular ; a spot in

2 at junction of Ist submedian with median; two spots below

costa and seven around end of cell, that in area 5 evanescent; a

fenestrated black outer margin enclosing seven circular spots of

ground-colour.

Unpersipp.— Primary as upperside but without black apex.

Secondary. Black basal area of upperside replaced by whitish

enclosing three basal spots, also one in cell near its base and one

each in 1 a and 16 immediately below it; there is further a small

spot between costa and precostal; also the following reddish

streaks: one along base of costa, one passing longitudinally through

cell-end, and three others connecting the two rows of spots lying

To Gis ILD. NG:

Fringe of primary dusky, of secondary dusky becoming grey at

anal angle and along inner margin; palpi pale ochreous tipped

black ; thorax black; abdomen : first three segments black, the 3rd

bearing an ochreous lateral spot, the remainder dull fulvous; the

last segment covered with long hairs dorsally blackish, ventrally

ochreous.

Length of primary 22 mm.

Type 3 in British Museum. Lualaba river, 18.iv.07.

Cotype ¢ in Hope Coll., University Museum, Oxford. Lualaba

river, 22.iv.07.

This species at first sight might be She for acrita Hew., which

SG “FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 19

is evidently its nearest ally, but it differs in several particulars.

Besides being a notably smaller insect, it is characterised by the

presence of two subapical spots in primary which never occur in

acriia and by a different arrangement of the submarginal spots

in areas 3, 4,5, 6 of secondary. A. /ualabe also differs in colora-

tion and shape of the abdomen.

ACRHA CHZXRIBULA.

Acrea cheribula Oberth. Et. VEnt. xvii. p. 19, pl. ii. fig. 16.

Acrea acrita var. cheribula Auriv. Rhop. Afr. p. 96.

I found this species plentiful throughout the high plateau

country of Northern Rhodesia and Katanga, especially in the wet

season, though it occurs throughout the year. It frequents wood-

land, particularly wooded hills, and is rather active on the wing,

but easily captured as it flies very low and is by no means shy.

This insect has been confused by some authorities with acrita

Hew., but is unquestionably distinct. I have no doubt on this

point, having taken some 200 individuals at all seasons and having

an even larger series of acrita with which to compare it. It may be

distinguished externally by its uniformly smaller size, very deep

black apex which is constant at all seasons, and black basal patch

on uppermost part of base of secondaries. It differs also in colour,

being, especially in the bright dry-season specimens, of a clear

orange-red, never the rosy scarlet of acrita. The spots on pri-

maries are further never enlarged in the wet-Season as in acrita.

Finally, the male genitalia differ considerably from those of acrita.

ACRHA PERIEFHANES Oberth.

This species is exceedingly abundant in plateau country every-

where west of the Mchinga escarpment. It does not apparently

occur in the Luangwa valley. A very long series of this species

of some 250 specimens exhibits very clearly what an astonishingly

variable one it is. It appears to be in a highly unstable condition

and: to be in process of forming two or more well marked varieties.

The chief of these are: (1) resembling the type figured by Oberthiir

Et. d’Ent. xvii. p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 23 ; (2) a form in which the whole

outer margin of the secondaries is suffused with black on both

surfaces. On the underside the rectangular outer marginal spots

of the type form are more or less overwhelmed and remain only

as small triangular patches in the black ground.

The fringe in this form is also blackish, instead of whitish as

in the type form. This character of a heavy black hind margin

is usually, though not necessarily, associated with a rose-coloured

suffusion of, at least, the secondaries. It is possible that this form

exhibits a mimetic approach to the above mentioned A. welwitschi

Rogerh., which is so conspicuous for its bright cerise colour and

heavy black margins. I had for some time considered this form

to be a seasonal one, but this appears to be not so. Though the

latter is perhaps a trifle the commoner in the dry season, both

forms occur in nearly equal numbers throughout the year.

20 MR. 8S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 18,

A third form which may belong to both the above, so far as its

hind margin is concerned, is characterised in the primary by the

absence of the row of five spots beyond the end of the cell. This

absence of spots coincides with a considerable increase of size in

the basal spots of the primary, with the result that examples of

this form have a marked resemblance to acrita Hew. A further

complication which occurs in small numbers throughout all the

forms, is the presence of a more or less heavy black apex to the

primary. It must be also remembered that intermediates between

all and each of the above forms occur. Further, I have been

unable to find any differences in the genitalia of the extremes of

the various forms, although the latter are so unlike as to have the

appearance of distinct species.

AGRA ACUTIPENNIS.

Acrea acutipennis Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 2, pl. i. fig. 3.

The collection contains four males of this recently described

species, one captured on the Lualaba river, iv., and three others

on the Lufupa and Lubudi rivers, x., xi. One specimen is very

much more heavily marked than the type, especially on the

secondaries, where many of the spots are “run.” The abdomen

also is black.

ACR#A LACTEA, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 7, 2 .)

A very pale species covered on upper surface with whitish

scales.

Q. Upprrsipe.—Primary. The whole wing, except for a

moderate dusky apex, thinly covered with whitish scales; a faint

discocellular dusky spot; two similar ones in 1 6 and 2, the latter

below end of cell, the former nearer the margin. A very narrow

line of black along outer margin from black apex to posterior angle.

Secondary. More heavily scaled with whitish through which

under-surface markings are visible; some of the spots of discal

row slightly pigmented with dusky on upper surface. A narrow

outer-marginal black line somewhat invading the wing along the

veins.

UnpeERsIDE.— Primary as upperside but apex greyish.

Secondary. Pale cream ground with following black spots :—a

precostal ; two in cell; two each in la, 16, le near base; a

discocellular ; two below costa and a discal row of seven of which

those in areas 2 and 4 are placed nearer cell and those in le

and 3 are large and of irregular shape; those in 1 a, 1 6, 1c, and

4 are connected with spots nearer the base by rose-coloured

internervular streaks. The fenestrated black outer margin

encloses seven pale ochreous spots with a trace of an eighth at

anal angle. The inner edge of this margin is marked by a series

of brick-red internervular streaks which increase in size toward

anal angle.

Fringe of both wings dusky.

Palpi very pale ochreous nearly white; thorax black with two

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. al

white spots on vertex; abdomen above black, the 3rd to 6th

segments each having a small white lateral spot; last segment

fulvous below with a lateral fulvous line.

Length of fore wing 28°5 mm.

Type 2 in the British Museum. Captured near the Belgian

Post of Lulua, upper Lufupa river, 13.ix.07.

Cotype 2 in Hope Coll., University Museum, Oxford. Captured

on lower Lufupa river, 1.xi.07.

It is with some hesitation that I describe and name this

curious species from females only, but I am quite unable to find

any male in my own or any other collection to which it could

belong. It would appear to have no close relationships, but the

discovery of the male would probably be of assistance on this point.

From the fact that the discal spots of the primary make a line at

right angles to the costa, it must according to Professor Auri-

villius’ list be placed in the aerita group.

ACR4A NOHARA CHAMBEZI, subsp. n. (Plate I. fig. 5, ¢.)

I captured in the Chambezi valley and near Lake Young at the

end of October and beginning of November 1908 a small series of

what appears to be a new northern race of A. nohara Boisd.,

which in some particulars is an extreme form of the halali Marsh.

race of that species.

Jt is much larger than halali Marsh., of a bright rose-colour,

and differing from it in the still further reduction of many of

the markings, especially of the dark outlines to the veins on

the apex and outer margin of the primaries. In the secondaries

on the contrary the black margin is rather heavier on the average

than in halali.

In the secondaries also, the three spots in the discal row in

areas 16, le and 2 form a straight line, thus distinguishing

chambexi from halali at a glance.

In the presence of a discal spot in area 1} of primary and in

area 3 of secondary, chambezi agrees with nohara and differs from

halali.

Except for two obviously dwarf individuals the average length

of the primary is 27 mm., compared with about 25 mm. in nohara

and 23 in halali.

The female differs only in the colour of the upperside of the

primaries, which is tinged with ochreous and lacks the bright

rose-red colour of the male.

Described from twelve males and two females.

Type ¢ inthe British Museum. Chambezi valley, 28.x.08.

Type 2 and cotypes in the Hope Coll., University Museum,

Oxford.

ACR#A ATOLMIS.

Acrea atolmis Westw. Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 343, pl. F.

figs. 3, 4.

I took this brilliantly coloured species commonly in the Broken

2 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BULTERFLIES (Jan. 18,

Hill district, N.W. Rhodesia, ix. and x. 1905, and in Katanga

J found it plentiful in the Lualaba valley, x. and xi 1907. Some

of the wet-season females from the last-named locality are nearly

black. It is a somewhat local species, frequenting nevertheless

rather varied country, as I have taken it both in woodland and

open grassy plains. I also captured a few individuals in the lower

Chambezi valley, N.E. Rhodesia, x. 1908.

ACRHA LEUCOPYGA.

Acrea leucopyga Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. 1904, p. 92, fig. 32.

I took this species in the Luangwa valley, on both my expedi-

tions, from January to March. The specimens are consequently

all wet-season ones, and differ a little from Prof. Aurivillius’ figure

of the type which appears to be a dry-season specimen. My

specimens are smaller and have heavy black margins of varying

width to the secondaries. The females also, as in so many other

wet-season Acrzinz in this part of Africa, are very dull-coloured

and have a varying amount of dusky suffusion over the base of

both wings. The females further have the whole of the abdomen

black with white lateral spots and lack the white apical segments

described by Aurivillius, This character is, however, well marked

in the males.

I took this species sparingly, ten males and eight females, in

the Luangwa valley only. It has the same low flight as oncwa

Hopff. and somewhat resembles it on the wing.

ACR#HA INTERMEDIA,

A. intermedia Wichgraf, B. EK. Z. 111. 1908, p. 241, pl. 6. figs. 3, 4.

I took three males of this recently described species on the

Lualaba river, iv. and v, 1907, and subsequently a very dry female

on the Kalungwisi river, ix. 1908. This specimen has all the

markings much reduced, and a mere trace of the subapical white

is figured in Wichgraf’s specimen,

ACR#HA MIMA, sp.n. (Plate I, figs. 8,9, 3d, 9.)

Allied to A. rhodesiana Wichgraf, B. E. Z. iii. 1908, p. 240, pl. 6.

figs. 1, 2, but with a black, white-barred apex to primary. The

discal spots of 16 and 2 of primary, in both species, make a

line perpendicular to the hind margin, bringing them into group

III, subgroup 7 of Professor Aurivillius’ Catalogue, near

A. caldarena Hew.

UpprersiDE.— Primary. Apical portion of wing suffused with

black, deep black at tip, becoming a dark greyish toward discal

area. This dark suffusion covers rather more than the distal

half of the cell on the costal margin and on the outer margin

becomes reduced to a narrow dark line as it approaches posterior

angle. Remainder of wing of a bright salmon-orange, scattered

at base with some dusky scales and hears following black spots:

a large spot within cell ; a discocellular ; beyond extremity of cell

1910.) FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 23

a row of five black confluent spots extending to 2nd submedian,

the last distinct from the row: immediately beyond this row

and between it and deep black apex, is a well-defined white bar, of

about the same length as the row of black spots and 4 mm.

wide; a small spot in 1 }, a little proximal to junction of

median with Ist submedian; two larger spots in areas 2 and 1 6,

making a line perpendicular to hind margin, and placed a little

distal to end of cell.

Secondary. Salmon-orange ground-colour as pr imary: base

suffused with dusky, especially toward inner margin, somewhat

obscuring spots in this area; ground-colour with Black spots of

which best defined are: one immediately above middle of cell;

two within cell; a discocellular ; a discal row of seven around cell

end, of which 4th and 6th are placed more proximally than others

a well-defined, rather narrow outer margin narrowing to a fine

line at anal angle.

UnversipeE.— Primary as upperside but black apex replaced by

ochreous except along apical portion of costa which is pale yellow ;

ground-colour pinkish ochreous; two additional small spots near

base of costa of which the more proximal is the larger.

Secondary. Base flushed pink; ground-colour bright ochre ;

spots as upperside with following additions :—one between costal

and precostal; three basal spots ; one above, one below and two

within cell all outlined with pale yellowish; discal row around

cell-end has two additional ones towards inner margin; black

outer margin encloses seven pale greenish semilunar spots.

Fringe grey, more pronounced on secondaries ; palpi ochreous ;

vertee and thorax above bright rufous; abdomen: first three

segments black, 2nd and 3rd with an ochreous lateral spot,

remaining segments fulvous somewhat paler below.

Length of primary 30 mm.

The female differs from the male only in still greater suffusion

of black over primaries and greater width and definition of white

bar, which is 5 mm. wide. The abdomen is also entirely black

with creamy white lateral spots and ochreous ventral lines. One

female is a melanic aberration being much suffused with black,

the spots “run” and the subapical white bars are much

reduced.

Type ¢ in British Museum. Serenji district, N.E. Rhodesia,

18.x1i.07.

Type 9 in British Museum. S.E. border of Katanga, Congo

State, 13.x11.07.

Cotypes in Hope Coll., University Museum, Oxford, from the

same localities.

This handsome species is evidently nearly allied to A. rhodesiana

Wicher., but differs from it in the presence of a broad black apex

and strongly marked white subapical bar, especially in the male.

In a male of rhodesiana in the British Museum, the colour of the

abdomen also differs, being ochre-brown throughout with five

lateral spots instead of two. A. mima may possibly prove to be

24 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES Jan. 18,

a mimetic race of rhodesiana, but until there is more evidence on

the point, I think it should stand as a distinct species.

I captured four males and three females of this species, two

in the extreme south-east corner of the Katanga region of the

Congo State, and the remainder over the British border in the

Serenji district of N.E. Rhodesia, xii. 1907. It was flying about

woodland and old native gardens and had a fairly strong and

steady flight. Owing to its rosy colour when fresh it bears on

the wing a strong resemblance to Mimacrea marshalli Trim.,

more so than to A. encedon or Limnas chrysippus.

Acrma DETECTA, sp.n. (Plate I. figs. 6, 6a, 3.)

This species is allied to A. caldarena Hew., which it closely

resembles in general appearance. The ground-colour is much

more fulvous and is without the pinkish tinge of that species

except in some of the very dry specimens. The primaries have

a more rounded apex and are markedly less heavily scaled

than in caldarena. Though of the same general character there

are some important distinctions in the genitalia of these two

species. The ventral harpes of detecta are broader and much

more rounded than those of caldarena. The penis is also very

characteristic, in detecta being very slender, curved and with a

distinct barb at the tip. In caldarena it is a stout, straight organ

and Jacks a barb (PI. I. fig. 6 6). Owing to the fact that both of

these species often die with the penis extruded, it is frequently

possible to detect this latter character without dissection.

do. Upprrsipe.-—Primary. Much as caldarena but the black

apex usually somewhat narrower and inwardly less well defined.

Spotting variable and often much reduced. A well marked

spot within cell and a discocellular always present. One, two,

or three subapical spots (occasionally four in females) form

a row near inner edge of the black apex. A small spot in area

1 4, below cell near its middle (often absent). Of the two spots in

areas 1 6 and 2 (the latter sometimes absent) which lie below end

of cell, the former is placed a little distally to the latter (not

emmediately below it or «@ trifle proximally to it as in caldarena).

As regards this character, detecta is intermediate in markings

between the two groups of which caldarena and acrita may be

taken as typical. There also is occasionally a small submarginal

spot in 14

Secondary much as in caldarena but more rounded, the basal

black better defined. The arrangement of the spots also differs

but is best described from the underside.

Unversipe.— Primary as upperside but without the black apex.

Secondary. Spots on the whole as in caldarena but larger and

more rounded, this is especially noticeable in the more distal of

the two spots within the cell, which is never elongated as in

caldarena. Of the spots in the discal row, that in area 5 is

much more distally, that in area 2 more proximally placed,

giving a very different appearance to this row. The basal pink

1910. ] FROM NORTHERN RUODESIA. 25

flush is less extensive than in caldarena, and the cream-coloured

spots enclosed in the fenestrated black line forming the hind

margin are somewhat wider and deeper.

The females of this species are less easily distinguished from

those of caldarena but exhibit the same characteristics in the

distribution of spots. They are very variable in colour and

exhibit the same tendency to duskiness in the wet season as do

those of caldarena, and also often have a whitish, lightly scaled

subapical area. Specimens of detecta differ a good deal in size

but are on the average considerably smaller tban the caldarena.

The species is described from 15 males and 11 females, all from

the Luangwa valley.

Type in the British Museum ; cotypes in the Hope Coll., Oxford.

I found this species in fair numbers in the Tanne wa valley

especially in the wet season. It occurs side by side with caldarena,

and indeed for a long time I did not distinguish the two species.

ACR#A CALDARENA.

Acrea caldarena, Hew. Ent. M. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877).

This species was abundant in the Fort Jameson district and the

whole Luangwa valley. It occurred sparingly on the Alala

plateau between the Luangwa river and Broken Hill, but I did

not take it to the north of the Chambezi river, in N.E. Rhodesia,

nor anywhere in Katanga. Within its range it is equally

common either in woodland or in the open. It has a weak flight

and keeps near the ground. It is on the wing at all seasons

but is scarcer in the dry season when it is usually of a brighter

colour, some specimens from the hot dry Luangwa valley being

a peculiar shade of salmon-pink.

ACR#A ATERGATIS Westw.

Sparingly in the Broken Hill district and in the northern

portion of N.E. Rhodesia. Common in Katanga. Does not

occur in the Luangwa valley or apparently east of it. It is on

the wing all the year except in the height of the dry season, vil.

and vill. Much resembles A. atolmis Westw. on the wing,

and frequents rather open country.

ACR#A AXINA Westw.

Fairly common between Tete on the Zambezi and Fort Jameson,

ll. and iii. One female was taken on the Alala plateau,

xi. These localities seem to be about the northern boundary

of the species.

AcR#A ONCHA Hopf.

Abundant at all seasons in the Luangwa valley and to the east

of it. Somewhat local west of the Mchinga escarpment, but fairly

common in the Lake Bangweolo district. Not met with in

Katanga. This species furnishes another instance where the

26 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 18,

females exhibit a marked tendency to melanism in the wet season.

Many females also have a more or less well marked subapical white

bar.

ACREA NATALIGA Boisd.

A common species everywhere and at all seasons, more especially

in the Luangwa valley where it is quite the most dominant of ail

the larger Acreeinee. Dry-season specimens, especially from the

mid-Zambezi and lower Luangwa, are often much smaller and

more brightly coloured. Both this species and A.anemosa Hew. are

closely mimicked by some remarkable moths of the genus Hibrildes.

Of these there was one, H. crawshayi Butl., which I took pretty

commonly in the Luangwa valley during the rains. This insect

has not only the markings of an Acrea, especially on the underside,

but hangs on grasses etc. in identically the same attitude.

ACR#A RAHTRA Boisd.

I took two specimens of this species on the Alala plateau,

ix. 1905, and subsequently found it common in swamps in the

valley of the Chambezi, iv. and v. It seems to be confined

to swamps and marshy ground, which accounts for its being very

local. Its flight is very feeble. The majority of my specimens are

markedly paler in colour than those from 8. Africa.

ACR#HA SERENA Fabr.

Ubiquitous and on the wing all the year. Especially abundant

in hot low-lying regions and particularly frequents the clearings

of old native gardens, ete.

AcR@A VENTURA Hew.

A fairly common species in the open country of the high

plateau from Broken Hill to Tanganyika. Not taken in the

Luangwa valley or in Katanga. It is on the wing all the year.

ACR#EA VINIDIA Hew.

This little species is common everywhere and at all seasons,

especially in hot low-lying localities.

ACR&A SOTIKENSIS EK. M. Sharpe.

This species does not occur in the Luangwa valley or the

Broken Hill district, but is common west of the Mchingi escarp-

ment and in Katanga. It is a woodland and forest species with

rather a swift flight for its size. Some specimens, especially those

from Katanga, have the subapical bar orange-red like the ground-

colour, instead of yellow as in the type.

AcraA BONASIA Kabr.

Not uncommon in the valleys of the Kalungwisi and Lofu

rivers in N.E. Rhodesia and in the Lualaba valley in Katanga.

It seems to be confined to dense forest. These specimens belong

to the type form rather than to alicia EH. M. Sharpe, the eastern

race of the species.

WSR GA ea CED

aoe

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 27

ACR#A CABIRA APECIDA.

Acrea apecida Oberth. Et. d’Ent. xvii. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 15.

Not rare in the Luanewa valley during the rainy season but

not taken elsewhere except near Kambove, Katanga, 11. & ili.,

where it was scarce. A forest species.

ACR#A PHARSALUS Ward.

Not uncommon throughout Katanga from November to April.

Not taken in Northern Rhodesia.

ACRAA ENCEDON L.

I took this everywhere. The type form is perhaps the

commonest, though not much more so than daira Godm. &

Salv. The lycia Fabr. form occurs rarely in Katanga and more

commonly in the valleys of the Kalungwisi and Lofu rivers in

N.E. Rhodesia. Some very large brilliantly coloured specimens of

the type form were taken on the Lualaba. On the islands on Lake

Bangweolo all the specimens taken, both of the type form and of

daira, are large, brightly coloured and heavily marked, the spots

in areas 1 4 and 2 of primary being much “run” and enlarged.

ACRA sp. near PENELEOS Ward.

A single specimen of the species which has been recorded from

several parts of Central Africa under this name, but is probably

not identical with that species. This specimen, a male, was

captured on the Lubudi river, West Lualaba district, 19.x.07.

ACRHA ESEBRIA Hew.

Represented by a single male, captured in dense forest, 23.x.07,

between the Lufupa and Lubudi rivers.

PLANEMA POGGEI Dewitz.

I took several specimens of this handsome Planema, ix. 1908,

in some dense forest on the Kalungwisi river, N.E. Rhodesia.

PLANEMA MONTANA Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 91.

P. aganice var. montana Auriv. Rhop. Aith. p. 121.

I took a single pair of this species in a patch of dense forest, a

little north of the Lofu river on the Tanganyika plateau, vin.

1908. It has a sluggish floating flight.

PLANEMA MACROSTICHA.

Planema macrosticha Beth.-Baker, Ann. N. H (8) u. p. 472

(1908).

I have a single female Planema in the collection which I

attribute, with some doubt, to this species. There is a general

resemblance in the distribution of markings to those of the male

type, the bands across both wings being however whitish. It was

captured on the Lualaba river, v.

28 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 18,

Subfam. NyMPHALIN#.

LACHNOPTERA IOLE Fabr.

This species occurred sparingly in patches of dense forest in the

western portion of the basin of the Lualaba, but I did not observe

it elsewhere. It is not unlike A. phalantha Drury on the wing,

but is distinguishable by its larger size and clearer coloration.

ATELLA PHALANTHA Drury.

J found this insect ubiquitous and at all seasons. It seems to

frequent all sorts of country except the most dense forest, to

the outskirts of which it is, however, especially partial. It has a

swift and active flight and is not too easy to capture on the wing,

but is much addicted to quenching its thirst on damp mud. As

my friend Mr. Guy Marshall * has already recorded, [ once saw a

little Bee-eater, Melittophagus meridionalis, capture and eat what

I believe to have been one of these insects or possibly its mimic,

Pseudargynnis hegemone.

ATELLA COLUMBINA Cram.

Upper Lualaba river, 10.v.07. Lofu river, Lake Tanganyika,

17.vu1.08.

Not taken elsewhere. It may, however, on occasions have been

mistaken for the preceding species.

BRENTHIS EXCELSIOR KATANG, subsp. n. (Plate II. fig. 3, 3.)

Closely allied to B. excelsior Butler, but differs from all speci-.

mens of that species I have seen in the following particulars :—

Upperside. Ground-colour a less deep orange, all black markings,

especially the marginal ones, very much less heavy.

Underside. Black markings also smaller. The very pale ochreous

area of tip of primary and greater part of secondary in the type is

much darker in colour and is largely concealed by a reddish-

chocolate wash. In eacelsior this chocolate wash is confined to

the hind wing, and comprises a small patch within the cell and

two.in the discal area of which the largest is that lying near the

anal angle. In excelsior katange the reddish-chocolate wash

occurs as a marginal patch in the apex of the primary, and prac-

tically covers the whole of the secondary, with the exception of a

streak running from the middle of the costal margin past the end

of the cell down area 5 to the outer margin, and a patch in middle

of the hind margin.

Length of wing 19 mm., as compared with 20 in typical

excelsior.

Type ¢ in the British Museum; captured at the Belgian Post

of Msofi, a few miles over the border, and some 16 miles north

from Kansanshi, in N.W. Rhodesia, 30.i.07. The only specimen

I ever met with.

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1909, p. 359.

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 29

PyYRAMEIS GARDUI L.

This well known insect occurs everywhere in Central Africa.

It seems to be most numerous in the dry season and, preferring

somewhat open country, is particularly addicted to the clearings

formed by native gardens. In these places it may often be seen

basking in the hottest sun amongst the dried and felled mealie

and millet stalks after the harvest has been gathered.

VANESSULA MILCA Hew.

I found this small insect by no means uncommon in Katanga,

and it seems to be on the wing at all seasons, especially during

the rains. I never saw itin N.H. Rhodesia. It usually frequents

flowers, low-growing shrubs, etc., on the outskirts of dense forest,

and although active and restless has not a very powerful flight.

PRECIS ORITHYA MADAGASCARIENSIS Guer.

This insect occurs everywhere, but, so far as my experience

goes, is nowhere very abundant. It obtrudes itself a good deal

upon the collector's notice, as it is particularly fond of cleared

ground near buildings, ete.

PRECIS G@NONE CLELIA Cram.

The same remarks apply to this species as to the last ; it is,

however, perhaps somewhat less abundant. It occurs, as does the

last, throughout the year, and from the numbers of much worn

specimens to be seen during the dry season, I believe it to survive

that period in the imago state.

PRECIS HIERTA CEBRENE Trim.

Like the last, this species occurs everywhere and has similar

habits but is much more abundant. It exhibits better marked

seasonal forms than its allies.

Precis sopHiA Fabr.

Occurs throughout the high plateau country in N.E. Rhodesia

west of the Mchinga escarpment, but is less common in Katanga.

It is an open country species and is on the wing throughout the

dry season.

PRECIS OCTAVIA SESAMUS Trim.

This insect is nowhere rare, the dry-season sesamus form

although a more retiring insect, being apparently more common

than individuals of the wet natalensis phase.

PRECIS ANTILOPE Feisth.

Precis simia Wallgr.

A common species in woodland areas throughout the country,

including Katanga.

30 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

Precis cuAMA Hew.

Precis trimeni Butler.

Common in woodland in the Zambezi and Luangwa. valleys side

by side with the preceding. This species appears not to be present

in Katanga or the high plateau country of N.E. Rhodesia west of

the Mchinga escarpment, additional evidence that it is probably

a distinct species from antilope.

PRECIS CERYNE Boisd.

Precis tukuoa Wallengr.

A common species over all the high plateau wherever there is

sutticiently open country. It is more addicted to open grassy

plains than any other species of Precis with which 1 am acquainted

except sophia Fabr.

PREGIS PELARGA Fabr.

This is a common woodland species at all seasons. Specimens

from the Luangwa valley belong to f. actia, whilst all those from

the high plateau country of N.E. Rhodesia and throughout

Katanga are intermediate between that form and typical pelarga,

the males of the dry specimens, at least, being dimorphic.

PRECIS TUGELA ‘Trim.

Not rare in well-wooded localities throughout the country.

Particularly common in the thickets on the islands of Lake

Bangweolo.

PRECIS ARCHESIA Cram.

Precis pelasgis Godt.

This species occurs everywhere but is nowhere very common,

the wet-season form pelasgis being distinctly scarce in my ex-

perience. Dry-season specimens from Katanga approximate to

the form staudingert Dewitz. It is a woodland species, more

common in hilly country than anywhere else.

PRECIS TEREA ELGIVA Hew.

A common insect in well-wooded localities throughout the high

plateau country, including Katanga. Not met with in the

Luangwa valley.

Precis NATALICA Feld.

Ubiquitous at all seasons.

PRECIS ARTAXIA Hew.

Precis nachtigalli Dewitz.

Ubiquitous in woodland. The wet-season form, nachtigalli

Dewitz, is scarce and usually on the wing only from mid-

December to mid-January, but J have taken an occasional very

worn specimen as late as the beginning of March,

—

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 3

PrRECIS TOUHILIMASA Vuillot, An. Soc. Ent. Fr. 61. Bull. p. exlvii

(1892).

Precis pavonina Butler, P.Z.S. 1895, p. 257, pl. xvi. figs. 1-3.

Precis nobilitata Thuran, B. E. Z. sella p- 17, jolie fe IM

This handsome species is not uncommon but decidedly local.

It occurs only in the Congo basin, and does not appear to cross

the Congo-Zambezi watershed. 1t frequents a particular type of

woodland where there is large timber and numerous thickets,

the sort of spot where the rubber-vine is plentiful. The wet-

season form, pavonina Butler, is on the wing longer than that of

the preceding species, occurring up to the end of March.

CATACROPTERA CLOANTHE Cram.

A ubiquitous species, on the wing at all seasons.

SALAMIS ANACARDII NEBULOSA Trim.

A single specimen captured in the mid- Luangwa valley, vii.

SALAMIS PARHASSUS ZTHIOPS Pal.

Occurs throughout the country in the neighbourhood of forest,

and is on the wing at all seasons.

SALAMIS TEMORA Feld.

Lualaba valley, 1 3, 16.iv.07.

The only specimen met with.

HyYPoLimMNas mistepus L.

Occurs everywhere during the wet season but is nowhere

abundant, especially in Katanga, though fair numbers of males

are sometimes seen. ‘lhe typical and inaria forms of the female

seem to occur in about equal proportions.

HYPOLIMNAS ANTHEDON Dbl.

I found this a very rare insect, and captured only a single

worn specimen in the Luangwa valley, xi. Subsequently I met

ie one or two specimens on the Lualaba river, v., and on

the Kalungwisi river, x1.

EurytELA DRYOPE Cram.

A common and ubiquitous insect, confined however to shady

spots on stream banks, patches of forest, etc.

EURYTELA HIARBAS Drury.

A single specimen from the Lubudi river, x.

ERGOLIS ENOTRZA Cram.

Represented 1 in the collection by a single specimen collected on

the Lubudi river, x.

32 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

Hypants acugiora Wallengr.

A ubiquitous insect, preferring open spots. It is on the wing

all the year.

CRENIS OCCIDENTALIUM Mab.

Only represented by four specimens captured on the upper

Lufupa river, x., and one in the same month on the lower

Chambezi.

CRENIS MORANTILI Trim.

Represented by a single male from dense forest, Kalungwisi

river, ix. 1908.

OCRENIS TRIMENI Auriv.

This species was swarming on the Lufupa and Lubudi rivers,

x., but I did not meet with it elsewhere.

CRENIS CONSORS.

Crenis consors Rothsch. & Jord. Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 532.

Occurs throughout the basin of the Lualaba river and was

‘specially abundant, x. A difficult species to catch as it is shy

and usually settles on tree-trunks some 12-15 ft. above ground.

CRENIS ANSORGEI.

Crenis ansorget Rothsch. & Jord. Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 534.

This species is represented by three specimens from the neigh-

bourhood of Broken Hill, 1x.—xi. 1905, and one from the Lufupa

river, x.,and by a small series from the lower Chambezi valley, x.

CRENIS BOISDUVALI Wallengr.

Occurs sparingly throughout the country during the wet season

but seems nowhere common.

CRENIS AMULIA Cram.

I found this species common in the basin of the Lualaba river

especially in October.

CRENIS ROSA Hew.

This species occurs to the east of the Broken Hill district on

the Alala plateau and through the Serenji district up to the

Chambezi valley, and everywhere to the east of these parts.

To the west it is replaced by the next species, C’. pechueli Dewitz.

These large blue Crenis frequent woodland country, especially

wooded hill-sides. They are not nearly so conspicuous on the

wing as might be supposed from their appearance in the cabinet.

An inexperienced observer, except for their more powerful flight,

might easily mistake them for H. dedalus on the wing. ‘They

habitually settle on tree-trunks at some ten feet or more from

the ground, and at this distance their striking underside blends

harmoniously with their surroundings.

Se ee

1910. ] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 33

CRENIS PECHUELL.

Crenis pechueli Dewitz, N. Acta Ac. N. Cur. 41. 2. p. 195, pl. 26.

ne I RS

Crenis rosa Auriv. (parte) Rhop. Ath. pp. 161, 162.

This species replaces rosa to the west of the localities mentioned

under that species, occurring on the upper Kafue, throughout ©

Katanga (where it swarmed in October), and in the Lake

Bangweolo district up to the south of Lake Tanganyika. It does

not differ from rosa in its habits. Occasionally, as in the Lake

Bangweolo district, both species occur together.

Nepris MARPESSA Hopff.

This species is very common in the Luangwa valley at all

seasons, less so west of the Mchinga escarpment. It is on the

wing throughout the year and frequents well wooded and shady

spots.

NEPris NEMETES Hew.

Represented by a single specimen from the Lualaba river,

4.v.07.

Nepris AGATHA Cram.

This species is ubiquitous and on the wing at all seasons.

NEPTIS JORDANI, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Bears a very close general resemblance to WV. agatha Stoll, but

is a smaller insect with certain small but constant differences in

the markings. The chief of these are: in the primaries the

Text-fig. 1.

Ventral view of claspers of A, Neptis agatha; B, N. jordani.

subapical white band is narrow and not widened out toward

the apex in areas 6, 5, 4, thus having a distal outline different to

that of the same band in agatha... The hand on the secondaries 1s

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1910, No. ITT. meg

34 MR. 8. A, NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

characterised by being markedly more denticulate and projecting

toward outer margin in areas 0 and 4.

Unprrsipp.—aA dark patch invariably obscures the submarginal

white markings of the outer margin of the primaries in the lower

half of area 4 and the whole of area 3. A tendency to this latter

character also appears in some individuals in the Hope Collection

from the West Coast, which appear to be indistinguishable from

typical agatha. Whether they are really so seems to be a point

which will not be cleared up until some attempt is made to unravel

the confusion in which this genus now is.

The other markings of jordani much resemble those of agatha.

The margins, especially of the secondaries, are however somewhat

more markedly denticulate than those of agatha.

Type ¢ inthe British Museum : Chishi Island, Lake Bangweolo,

25.vi.08. Type 2 in the British Museum: Kambove, Katanga,

17.11.07.

Cotypes in the Hope Coll., Oxford.

Described from over 50 specimens.

I am greatly indebted to Dr. Karl Jordan of the Zoological

Museum, Tring, for his assistance with this puzzling species, and

I have the honour of dedicating it to him. He has been so kind

as to examine the genitalia of the species and of typical agatha

fiom the same place, and he pronounces them to be quite distinct.

I had long been convinced from my field experience that

jordani represented a distinct species. Whilst I found agatha

ubiquitous in Northern Rhodesia, ete., jordani was distinctly local.

It usually frequents rather hot dry localities, such as river-valleys

where there are thickets or dense bush. I originally captured a

pair in copuld on the Alala plateau, north-east of Broken Hill, xi.

In Katanga I took it sparingly, chiefly in river-valleys, 11.—x.,

and subsequently found it abundant in the thickets on the shores

and islands of Lake Bangweolo. It has a more restless, active,

and less floating flight than agatha.

NEPTIS MELICERTA Drury.

Three specimens from the Lualaba river, iv. and v., and one

from the upper Lufupa, x. A lover of dense shade.

Neptis coocut Trim.

Sparingly in Katanga and on the Lofu river, Lake Tanganyika.

A forest species.

NEPTIS CONSPICUA.

Neptis conspicua Neave, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 329, pl. 1. fig. 15

(1904).

Four specimens from the Lualaba river, iv. and v., 1907. A

forest species.

PsEUDACRHA LUCRETIA TARQUINIA Trim.

A rare insect in the interior, though seen on the lower Zambezi.

—" =

1910.| FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, Bd

Represented in the collection by a single Perec from the

mid-Luangwa valley, viii.

PsEUDACR2&A POGGEIL Dewitz.

A by no means rare species throughout Katanga and the

northern portion of the plateau country of N.K. Rhodesia. It is

on the wing throughout the year, but is uncommon during the

dry season, and then seems to confine itself strictly to dense

forest. ita. the wet season, when much more abundant, it haunts

the woodland country and clearings in the forest. On these

occasions it may sometimes be seen side by side with its model,

Limnas chrysippus, and the resemblance both of flight and

colouring is so exact that it is quite impossible to distinguish

them on the wing.

PSEUDACR/A TRIMENI Butler.

This species occurs rarely in Katanga, and I did not meet with

it elsewhere.

PsEUDACR#A DOLOMENA Hew., ?f. RUBROBASALIS Auriv.

A single specimen of what is very near to this form of the very

variable dolomena was captured in a patch of dense forest between

the Lubudi and Lufupa rivers, Western Katanga, x.

PsEUDACRAZA SEMIRE Cram.

I captured two specimens of this species in dense forest on the

lower Kalungwisi river, ix.

PsEUDONEPTIS CaznoBITA Fabr.

A forest species, not rare in suitable localities in the Lualaba

valley, but not met with elsewhere. It has a general resem-

blance to a WVeptis when on the wing, but has a more active and

less floating flight.

PSEUDARGYNNIS HEGEMONE Godt.

This insect is common and widely distributed throughout the

more open plateau country, both of N.E. Rhodesia and Katanga.

It often may be taken at damp mud, and I once captured an

individual of this species amongst some 14 specimens of its model,

Atella phalanta, on such a spot. It is on the wing throughout the

ear.

; Form nyasse Bartel* appears to be described from an extreme

dry-season specimen, and does not, I think, represent a local

race.

CaTUNA CRITHEA Drury.

This species is common in patches of forest in Katanga and in

the Kalungwisi and Lofu valleys in N.E. Rhodesia. I have

never taken it out of dense forest. It has a somewhat weak

* Noy, Zool. xii. p. 138,

36 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

flight and is always near the ground. It is, however, a wary

species and not easy to capture in the densely forested places it

frequents. It occurs at all seasons.

ATERICA GALENE Brown.

A common species in low-lying forest country within the Congo

basin. Like many other allied Nymphaline it habitually settles

on or very near the ground, but is wary and not easy to capture.

HAMANUMIDA D&DALUS Fabr.

This is the most abundant and ubiquitous species in the

country. It may be met with everywhere, from the densest

shade to the most bare spots exposed to the hottest sun.

EUPHEDRA RUSPINA Hew.

Represented by a single male captured on the Lualaba river,

14.v.07. This and all the following species of Huphedra have

similar habits. They frequent dense forest or clearings in its

immediate vicinity. They usually settle on or near the ground,

but are wary and when startled their flight is very swift.

Kuru 2prA ELEvS Drury.

Not rare on the Lubudi and Lufupa rivers, x., in dense forest.

Two individuals captured on the Kalungwisi river, vill.

EUPHADRA ELEUS, var. COPRATES Druce,

A single specimen captured on the Dikulwe river, Kambove

district, 2.1v.07.

EUPHZDRA COOKSONI.

Euphedra cooksont Druce, Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 550.

Six males and two females of this recently described species

were taken on the Lualaba river, iv. and v., and one male on

the Lubudi river, x

EuPHDRA HERBERTI EH. Sharpe.

Not uncommon on the Lualaba river, iv. and v.

EuPH@DRA ZADDACHI CRAWSHAYI Butler.

I found this striking species scarce on the Lualaba river in

Katanga, but not rare in N.K. Rhodesia, in the Chambezi and

Kalungwisi valleys, and the neighbourhood of Lake Bangweolo.

It is an interesting species inasmuch as it is not nearly so confined

to dense forest as its allies; although often found in such places

it may also frequently be seen in more open woodland flitting

round shrubs, etc. Under these circumstances it certainly much

resembles the moths of the genus Yanthospilopteryx which it is

believed to mimic. Except on the Lualaba river, iv., and on the

lower Chambezi, x., I did not see this species on the wing with

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 37

the moths, of which the two commonest species were africana

and perdi. This was doubtless due to the fact that I reached

the range of the Huphedra on the high plateau only at the

beginning of the dry season. While the Huphedra, like many

of its genus, survives the dry season as an imago, the moths,

so far as my experience goes, are strictly confined to the rains.

This Huphedra is an extremely wary species with a power-

ful flight and by no means easy to capture. Butler’s species

crawshayi appears to represent the eastern race of zaddachi

Dewitz, but the differences are very slight.

KurH#DRA MEDON L.

Not rare in the Lualaba district of Katanga and in the valley

of the Kalungwisi in N.H. Rhodesia. Like many other species

of Huphedra it is on the wing throughout the dry season, though

specimens taken during that period are all more or less worn.

KupH2DRA LosIncA Hew.

Sparingly on the Lualaba river probably throughout the year.

EuPHEDRA NEOPHRON Hopff.

Not rare in the lower Luangwa and mid-Zambezi valleys, where

it seems to be the sole representative of its genus. It usually

frequents the thickets and forest near streams, etc. Does not

occur on the plateau west of the Mchinga escarpment or in

Katanga.

EURYPHENE PLISTONAX Hew.

Represented by.a single female captured near the lower Lufupa

river, 5.x.07. ‘This specimen was taken in deep shade in a dried-

up stream-bed.

HURYPHENE MARDANIA Fabr.

Not rare in forest in the Lualaba district, but wary and difficult

to capture.

HURYPHENE SENEGALENSIS ORIENTIS Karsch.

Searce in thickets or forest in the lower Luangwa valley.

EuRYPHENE sopHus Fabr.

A single male captured in forest on the Lualaba river, 5.v.07.

DiEstoGyNA VERONICA Cram.

A series of three males and four females from the Lualaba

river, iv., v., and x. The males are indistinguishable from West

Coast specimens except for the reduction of the small subapical

white spots. ‘The females, however, are of. great interest, being

more like those of D. tadema Hew. and allies in general color: ation!

They entirely lack the rufous suffusion of West Coast females

38 MR. 8, A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

of veronica, the subapical band of primaries being buff, not white,

and the discal area of the secondaries being also buff.

This species occurred sparingly in dense woodland. It flies

near the ground, but is wary and not easily captured.

DIESTOGYNA IRIS.

Mestogyna iris Auriv. Arkiv Zool. p. 250 (1903).

This recently described species is very common throughout

Katanga and the northern portion of N.E. Rhodesia, west of the

Mchinga escarpment. It frequents woodland of a rather dense

type varied with patches of thickets. It does not occur in forest

like most of its allies. It would seem to be a true Batesian mimic

of Limnas chrysippus. It usually settles on the ground, and

when doing so, temporarily sits with expanded wings showing its

chrysippus-like coloration. When going to rest, however, it

settles with closed wings among dry eames and then, owing to

its cryptic underside, is extremely i inconspicuous.

CRENIDOMIMAS CONCORDIA Hopff.

Not rare throughout the high plateau country of N.E. Rhodesia

and Katanga. It much resembles species of blue Crenis on the

wing, but is more active and has a swifter flight. It is not

uncommonly taken at damp mud.

HARMA THEOBENE Dbl. & Hew.

Not rare in the Lualaba district, iv. and v., and in the lower

Kalungwisi valley, ix. A forest species.

HLARMA EGESTA Cram.

I took this species sparingly on the Lubudi and Lufupa rivers

during October.

EUPTERA ELABONTAS MWERUENSIS, subsp. n. (Plate 11. fig. 2,3.)

Differs from typical elabontas Hew.* in the greatly increased

size and completeness of the bands on both wings, which, in

common with all the markings, are of a pale sulphur-yellow

colour. The discal band of primaries from vein 4 to hind margin

is especially broad and not broken up into spots as in the typical

form. The same may be said of the discal band of the secondaries.

The underside is paler than that of the type-form, especially

toward the anal angle of the secondaries.

Type ¢ in Hope Collection, Oxford: taken in some dense forest

on the Kalungwisi river, 14.1x.08.

Uganda specimens would seem to be somewhat intermediate _

between elabontas mweruensis and elabontas elabonias.

CHARAXES BRUTUS NATALENSIS Staud.

Not rare throughout the Luangwa valley at all seasons. Also

taken on Chishi Island, Lake Bangweolo, iv.

* Exot. Butt. iv. pl. xxx. fig. 38.

1910. } FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 39

CHARAXES PELIAS SATURNUS Butler.

A very common species throughout N.E. Rhodesia, less so in

Katanga.

CHARAXES POLLUX GEMINUS.

Charaxes pollux geminus Rothsch. Nov. Zool. vil. p. 427 (1900).

A single male, captured on the Chambezi river, 13.iv.08.

CHARAXES DRUCEANUS Butler.

Represented by a single male, captured on the Alala plateau

north-east of Broken Hill, ix. 1905. A somewhat dwarfed and

not very typical specimen.

[CHARAXES PENRICEL. |

Charaxes perricet Rotlisch. Nov. Zool. vii. p. 460 (1900).

I observed, but did not capture, what I believe to have been

an individual of this species on the upper Kafue river, x. 1905.

{

CHARAXES ACHAMENES Feld.

One of the most abundant species of Charaxes, occurring

throughout the whole country. The females are, however, very

rare in my experience.

CHARAXES LUCRETIUS Cram.

Represented by a single male taken on the Kalungwisi river,

1X.

CHARAXES BOUETI LAStr Gr. Smith.

Not uncommon in the Luangwa valley during the wet season,

In Katanga I took two males on the Lufupa river, xi., and one

male in the Kalungwisi valley, N.E. Rhodesia, ix.

CHARAXES AzoTA Hew.

A somewhat uncommon species. I captured a pair on the

Lualaba river, iv. and v., one female on the Chambezi river, iv.,

and one male on the Lofu river, viil.

CHARAXES ETHEOCLES Crain.

I took the males of this species over a wide area at all seasons,

including the Luangwa valley. The females I found very scarce.

Of the 2 ft. pheus Hew. I took one at Fort Jameson, iv., and

one in Katanga on the Lualaba river, v. Of the 2 f. manica

Trim., I took three individuals in the neighbourhood of some

forest between the Lofu river and lower Tanganyika, viii. These

two forms of the female appear to mimic the male and female

respectively of Ch. bohemani Feld.

CHARAXES GUDERIANA Dewitz.

This species occurs everywhere and at all seasons. It is

40 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

probably the most abundant species of Charaxzes throughout this

part of Africa.

CHARAXES BOHEMANI Feld.

This species is not uncommon throughout the wooded areas in

all parts of the country. It appears to be the most dominant

of the larger Charawes. It is an extremely wary insect, the

female especially so, and flies and usually settles on tree-trunks,

etc., a good deal higher than most of its congeners.

CHARAXES CITHERON Feld.

Represented by a single female captured in the Luangwa valley,

vi. One or two other individuals were observed.

CHARAXES AMELIZ Doumet.

I captured a single male of this fine species on the upper

Kalungwisi river, ix. It was flying on the edge of some dense

forest.

CHARAXES NICHETES LEONINUS Butler.

I observed a few individuals of this species throughout the

high plateau country of N.E. Rhodesia. I only succeeded in

capturing a few specimens, which are all males. It is aston-

ishingly active even for a Charaxes. I took it more commonly

in the lower Chambezi valley, x., than elsewhere.

CHARAXES VARANES Cram.

This species is on the wing at all seasons throughout the area

under discussion. It 1s, however, nowhere very abundant.

CHARAXES ZOOLINA Dbl. & Hew.

This species, which Leigh * has recently shown to be the same

species as neanthes Hew., is uncommon. I met with it only in

the Luangwa valley, 1i1., taking one male of the neanthes form and

a pair of zoolina.

[CHARAXES ZINGHA Cram. |

I observed, but did not succeed in taking, one or two indi-

viduals of this species, in the lower Lualaba valley, v., 1907.

Fam. LEMONIID4.

ABISARA ROGERSI Druce.

I found this species not uncommon throughout the country

west of the Mchinga escarpment. It frequents dense forest-

thickets and has a feeble but restless flight.

* Proc. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. Ixiv.

‘

Eee

POOR FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 4]

Fam. Lyc £NID&.

ALANA AMAZOULA Boisd.

I took this insect abundantly in the Luangwa valley, 1.111.

It chiefly frequents hillsides where there is some open woodland

and short grasses.

| AL@NA AURANTIACA Butler.

A single female of this rare species was taken in May, to the

east of Lake Bangweolo. It seems to be a distinct species from

A. hautteceurt Oberth.

ALANA NYASS® Hew.

This species is not uncommon in the Luangwa valley and to

the east of it, especially in the Fort Jameson district. It only

occurs during the wet season. It has much the same habits

as amazoula, and where it occurs at all is usually in fair

numbers.

ALZNA RETICULATA Butler.

I captured two individuals of this species in the upper Luangwa

valley, 17.11.08.

ALZNA OBERTHURI Auriv.

I took three individuals of this species in the Lualaba valley,

iv. 1907. It is very inconspicuous on the wing and flies very near

the ground,

TELIPNA NYANZA.

Telipna nyanza Neave, Nov. Zool. 1904, p. 335, pl. 1. fig. 19.

I took two specimens of this species in dense forest on the

Lubudi and Lufupa rivers, x. and xi.

PENTILA AMENAIDA Hew.

A very abundant insect in most localities during the wet

season. It frequents woodland and wooded hills and has a

weak but steady flight.

It is a highly variable species especially in the presence or

absence of many of the spots, A few individuals have more or.

less, sometimes the whole, of the secondaries suffused with dusky

on the upper surface.

PENTILA AMENAIDOIDES Holl.

One specimen captured at Kambove, iv., which I refer with

some doubt to this species.

PENTILA PEUCETIA Hew.

I captured one individual of this species at Petauke in the

Luangwa valley, 1., and subsequently five others near Kambove, 111.

It is a very conspicuous insect with a weak flight. It often

sits on a more or less exposed twig with wings folded above it.

42 MR, 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

In this attitude the bright sulphur-coloured legs exhibit a marked

contrast to the black and white wings.

MIMACR#A MARSHALLI Trin.

T took about twenty individuals of this fine species in the

Lualaba valley, iv. and v., and one other Jater in the year, x.

T also saw a few individuals in the Chambezi valley, iv. and v.

These Central African specimens seem to be slightly more heavily

marked than those from Mashonaland. I found its habits and

the nature of its habitat very much as Marshall describes*, but

did not observe it settling head downwards on the trunks as he

records.

Text-fig. 2.

Mimacrea marshalli Trim., on a tree-trunk.

When in the Chambezi valley in May 1908, I was so fortunate

as to obtain some photographs of this interesting species resting

on a tree-trunk. I was also lucky enough to capture, on more than

one occasion, both this species and Pseudacreea pogget as well as

their model Limnas chrysippus within a few yards of each other.

MIMACGR#HA SKOPTOLES.

Mimacrea skoptoles H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1907, p. 78,

foul Mis Tals ye

Of this rave and recently deseribed species | took in Katang:

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 472.

PSOE FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 43

one female on the Lualaba river, iv.,and one male on the Lubudi

river, x. In 1908 I took a second male on the Kalungwisi

river, N.K. Rhodesia,ix. The male, which is apparently hitherto

unknown, differs from the female in its smaller size and less

rounded primaries. It has the subapical band narrower, and

yellow instead of creamy white. On the under surface the black

apical suffusion extends more than halfway down the cell to the

base of the costa. All the under-surface markings of both sexes

in the Katanga specimens are heavier than those of the type from

Nigeria. I took this species only in dense forest. It looks exactly

like an Acrea on the wing, but like JZ. marshalli settles on tree-

trunks, which at once “ gives it away” to the entomologist.

TERIOMIMA HILDEGARDA Kirby.

This species is common in woodland over a wide area from the

beginning of the rains until April or May, being scarcer the last

twomonths. [am rather inclined to think that it may prove to be

the wet-season form of the next species.

TERIOMIMA ASLAUGA Trim.

This species, of which 7. pallida Trim. is perhaps a very dry

phase, occurs over a wide area, and is especially common in the

Luangwa valley. It is on the wing from the end of March to

August and I have taken one individual as late as November.

LARINOPODA TERA Hew.

Represented by a single specimen from the Lubudi river, x.

LirpreNnA HOMEYERI Dewitz.

This species occurs locally in the Luangwa valley in March only.

In Katanga I found it abundant from December to June. It

always frequents woodland, and except for its somewhat deeper

colour is hardly distinguishable from a Terias on the wing.

ASLAUGA PURPURASCENS Holl.

I took two specimens of this insect on the Alala plateau north-

east of Broken Hill, xi., and one other in the Chambezi valley, v.

A. marshalli Butler appears to be a very doubtfully distinct species,

as Trimen* has already pointed out.

LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS Fabr.

This species is ubiquitous and on the wing at all seasons.

LACHNOCNEMA DURBANI Trim.

This species also occurs everywhere but is less common than the

foregoing.

PILODEUDORIX CHZRULEA H. H. Druce.

I took this species sparingly in a great variety of localities from

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 81 note.

44 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 18,

November to June. Strange to say, among ten specimens

captured there are only two males.

Devporix BEMBA, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 12, 9.)

In the general coloration of the under surface and in the

absence of basal spots on the upper surface this species appears

to be related to Pilodeudorix cerulea Druce, though the underside

markings are quite distinctive.

@. UPpPpERsIDE purplish blue with dusky margins ; a linear sub-

marginal white line on outer margin and toward anal angle of

secondaries; a long dusky tail on vein 2; anal lobe orange

ochreous with a patch of black and metallic blue scales toward

outer margin.

UnvERSIDE pale greyish: on both wings a discocellular stria

composed of a double row of fawn-coloured scales; a transverse

discal ochreous line outlined externally with white across both

wings, In primaries straight, in secondaries somewhat zigzagged

in area 1¢ and turned sharply toward inner margin at vein 1 0;

a faint submarginal dark line outlined externally in whitish on

both wings; in secondaries on outer margin in area 2 a clear

black eye-spot, strongly outlined proximally with orange and

with a minute spot of pale blue near vein 3; in area 1 ¢ a patch

of black and pale blue scales; anal lobe black with a few pale

blue scales; from anal lobe a well marked orange-ochreous line

extends for a short distance along inner margin.

Fringe dusky above, grey below ; palpi, the basal segment white,

the distal long, smooth and black; thorax above bluish ; abdomen

dusky above, paler below, at sides the edges of segments outlined in

whitish.

Length of primary 15 mm.

Type in Hope Coll., Oxford. Luwingu, north of Lake Bang-

weolo, 2.vi.08. The only specimen met with.

DeEvuDORIX LICINIA Mab.

Represented by a single male taken in the Mbala country,

between Fort Jameson and the Luangwa river, v.

Dervporix ANTALUS Hopff.

I found this species ubiquitous and occurring throughout the

year.

DEUDORIX KAFUENSIS, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 11, ¢.)

Allied to D. elealodes Beth.-Bak.*, but a larger insect with more

rounded primaries and differing in some important points on

both surfaces.

3. UprrrsipE.—Primaries deep blue with dusky costa, apex

and outer margin. The deep blue suffusion, which is some-

what paler than in elealodes, does not reach the costa as in that

* Deudoria elealodes Beth.-Baker, P. Z. S. 1908, p. 112, pl. ix. fig. 6.

1910.} FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 45

species and eleala Hew.; a black linear discocellular streak ; inner

margin near base with a distinct lobe much more marked than in

elealodes.

Secondaries. Costal and inner margins dusky; remainder of

wing flushed deep blue; anal lobe of medium size (much more

marked than in elealodes), bright fulvous orange; a well marked

whitish, black-tipped tail on vein 1 4, and a rudimentary one on

vein 2. Between veins | } and 2 a well-marked sex-patch of long

black hairs, much more developed than in elealodes.

UnversipE.— Both wings whitish, with a linear pale ochreous

discocellular streak.

In primaries a pale ochreous waved line from costa nearly to

hind margin, lying about midway between cell-end and outer

margin. This line is narrower, less straight and much more

distally placed than in elealodes; a second less distinct, sub-

marginal line of same colour hes parallel to outer margin, which

is dirty whitish. <A black sex-mark in area 1 6 below cell-middle.

Secondaries have the two lines and margins as primaries.

Between veins 2 and 3 a large black eye-spot surrounded by

orange-ochreous ; in anal lobe a minute black eye-spot outlined

in metallic blue contiguous with a well-marked orange-red patch

lying toward inner margin, on margin a narrow line of black

from vein 6 to anal lobe.

Fringe grey on primaries, white on secondaries; palpi white,

the terminal segment black; thorax above dark grey with a few

pale blue scales and hairs; abdomen above dusky, laterally the

segments edged with pale blue, below white.

Length of primary 16°5 mm,

The female differs from the male in being slightly larger and

paler and in wanting the sex-marks.

3 typeinthe Hope Coll., Oxford. Ndola district, upper Kafue,

N.W. Rhodesia, 3.x.05.

@ typeand ¢ cotypein the British Museum. Kasama district,

Chambezi valley, N.E. Rhodesia, 15.v.08.

Also three males and one female from the country east of

Lake Bangweolo and the lower Chambezi, ix. and x.

DeUDORIX ZELOIDES Butler.

Virachola zeloides Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. 1901, p. 289.

One female from the upper Luangwa, 31.11.08.

Deruportx caLicinosa Lathy.

Deudorix caliginosa Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 197,

pl. vii. fig. 7.

A single male captured on the east shore of Lake Bangweolo, v.

Myrina FICEDULA Trim.

This species, though nowhere very abundant, occurs over the

whole country and at all seasons.

46 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES | Jan. 18,

PsEUDALELIS MAZANGULI, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 6, 2.)

Creamy white with black markings. Allied to zebra Holl.

Q. Upprrsipe.—Primary. The ground-colour creamy white ;

costa dusky ; base of wing dusky, narrowly so toward hind margin ;

a black band across middle of cell to median; a second black band

across end of cell to vein 2, filling up angles formed by median

and veins 2 and 3; a third black band from costa beyond end

of cell to vein 3, where it becomes confluent with outer margin ;

a broad dusky outer margin from apex to posterior angle, where

it is especially wide and black in colour.

Secondary. Creamy-white ground, with traces of underside discal

row of spots in areas 2, 3, 4. A well-defined median black outer

margin enclosing three small creamy-white spots at anal angle;

black tails on 1 and 2, of which the former is the largest.

Unpersipe.— Primary. As upperside but outer margin nar-

rower, at apex enclosing a narrow whitish line ; at posterior angte

much invaded by creamy-white ground-colour leaving only a mark

like a ? in area | 6.

Secondary. Ground-colour as upperside; a black streak extends

from base along area | 6 for half its length and then turns sharply

to inner margin ; a discal line of confluent spots from costa ending

in a narrow streak in area 2; black outer margin broken up into

narrow marginal and submarginal lines enclosing band of ground-

colour, flushed with ochreous on nervules 2, 3, 4 and in area 2.

Anal lobe broadly covered with black scales enclosing a marginal

and narrow submarginal line of silver ones.

Fringe dusky ; palpi, which are very small, ochreous ; abdomen

banded black and white, in mid-ventral line a well-defined

ochreous streak from head to anus.

Length of primary 25-5 mm.

Type @ in British Museum. Mazanguli’s 8. Kaluli river,

Lualaba valley, Katanga, 23.iv.07.

This species seems most nearly allied to P. zebra Holl., but

differs in many points as regards the distribution of the black

markings.

Hypotyc@na HATITA Hew.

This species occurs over a wide area, but is nowhere common.

T found it least rare on the upper Kafue river, x., and in the

same month on the lower Chambezi and Lake Bangweolo. It

usually frequents the edges of patches of forest, generally high up

in the trees, making it difficult to catch.

Hyporyca@na tiArA H. H. Druce.

Occurs sparingly over a wide area. ‘The females are scarce.

Has somewhat the same habits as the last species.

Hyponyc@na Puiuiepus Fabr.

This is a common species almost everywhere.

1910. | “FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 47

HypoLtyce®NA BUXxTONI Hew.

Scarce in the southern part of the country and in Katanga.

Not uncommon in the Lake Bangweolo district and on the Tangan-

yika plateau, vii.—x1.

HyYPoLtycH{na cacuLus Hopff.

A ubiquitous insect, which differs from most of its congeners

in being a woodland and not a forest insect.

STUGETA BOWKERI Trim.

With the exception of one specimen taken on the upper

Kafue, x., I met with this insect only in the Luangwa valley,

where it occurred sparingly during the wet season.

SruGETA MARIA.

Stugeta maria Suffert, Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. “ Iris,” 1904, xvii.

p. 60.

I took two females of this species (which is I think doubtfully

distinct from the last) on the Lufupa river, x., and a pair in the

Chambezi valley, x. 1908.

ARGIOLAUS SILARUS H. H. Druce.

I took a pair of this handsome insect on the Alala plateau,

Broken Hill district of N.W. Rhodesia, x. and xi. It frequents

the borders of dense forest, generally flying high amongst the trees,

a habit which makes it difficult to capture.

EPAMERA SIDUS Trim.

Represented by a single female from the upper Kafue river,

N.W. Rhodesia, x.

KPAMERA TRIMENI Wallengr.

Represented by one male from the Alala plateau, north-east of

Broken Hill, xi., and two worn females from Fort Jameson, iii.

and iv. Alsoa single male from the north-east of Lake Bang-

weolo, ix. The males are more brightly coloured than Mashona-

land specimens, and the eye-spots at the anal angle are rather

more marked, but the difference is only one of degree.

APHNIOLAUS PALLENE Wallengr.

I captured one individual of this curious species on the lower

Zambezi, i., one in the Luangwa valley, ii., and a third on the

Alala plateau, ix. It seems to be extremely local though widely

distributed. It is a woodland species.

APHN us orcAS Drury.

Two males from the Lualaba river, v. The specimens approxi-

mate to the form holland: Butler.

48 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [| Jan. 18,

APHNEUS QUESTIAUXI. (Plate II. fig. 4, 2.)

Aphneus questiauxi Auriv. Arkiv Zool. 1903, 1. p. 252.

I captured a pair of this fine species on the Alala plateau,

north-east of Broken Hill, ix. Subsequently I found it not

uncommon in the Kalungwisi valley and Lake Bangweolo dis-

trict also in September. It frequents the edges of patches of

forest and sometimes visits mud-holes. It seems to be on the

wing only about the month of September. In the cool high

plateau country this is the early spring of the year, though

some time before the first rains.

The female of this species seems to be undescribed. It is larger,

length of primary 24 mm. as compared with 18-21 mm. in the

male. It has more rounded primaries which exhibit a submarginal

flush of reddish chocolate on apex and outer margin; blue basal

flush of primary somewhat more extensive than in male; abdomen

dorsally covered with blue scales, not hairy as in male.

APHN EUS ERIKSSONI Trim.

Represented by a single male from the Alala plateau, 1x., and

another solitary male taken in the same month north of Lake

Bangweolo. These specimens differ somewhat from South-African

specimens. The upperside apical spots and all the spots and

markings of the under surface are much enlarged.

APHNEUS MARSHALLI, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 8, g.)

A distinct species, somewhat resembling 4. erikssont Trim. on

the upper surface, but without the blue wash of that species.

do. Upprrstpe.—Primary. Rich chestnut-red ; shoulder of

costa same colour; rest of costa, apex, and outer margin narrowly

blackish ; a small semi-transparent discocellular spot ; a subapical

row of three whitish, dark-margined spots in areas 6, 5, 4, of which

the last is darker than others and placed nearer outer margin ;

in some individuals this spot is evanescent, and in one where it is

well-marked it is accompanied by similar spots in areas 2 and 3,

making a row parallel to outer margin.

Secondary. Ground-colour as primary, of a duller colour on

inner margin and anal lobe, which are covered with long hairs ;

outer margin narrowly dusky ; anal lobe bears a deep ferruginous

tail.

UnbDERSIDE.—Primary. Ground-colour rich fawn, paler toward

hind margin, bearing the following silver marks and spots, out-

lined in black and again more irregularly in ferruginous :—one

spot above costa at base, another below it in cell; a streak across

middle of cell; a discocellular streak; two confluent subapical

spots in areas 5. and 6, the latter slightly invading areas 8 and 9 ;

a small spot in area 4 nearer outer margin than last ; an indefinite

submarginal spot in 1 6 and a still fainter one nearer base in same

area (in some specimens the former of these is a definite streak

extending from 1 to 2; there may also be two additional spots

in 2 and 3 and a minute one at junction of 2 with median); a

LO] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 49

somewhat faint row of small ferruginous submarginal inter-

nervular spots; the dusky outer margin linear only.

Secondary. Ground-colour as primary with following similar

spots :—one above base of costa; one at base of wing near hind

margin; a row of three spots before the middle, the first large

and circular above middle of cell, the second smaller within cell,

the third on inner margin; a large irregular discocellular and a

small spot below it in area 1 ¢. Beyond middle an oval spot below

costa ; a smaller one immediately below it and contiguous to it

in area 6; two spots in 2 and 1c, the former larger and placed

nearer outer margin, followed by a stripe extending from 1 6 to

inner margin; at base of anal lobe on inner marginal side, a small

irregular patch of silver scales divided from a spot of chocolate-

purple on the inner marginal side of the lobe itself by some

golden-yellow scales; outer margin as primary, with a similar

indistinct row of internervular submarginal ferruginous spots ;

tail as upperside.

Fringe of primary grey, of secondary with internervular white

patches ; palpi white tipped with ochreous; thorax above covered

with long golden-brown hairs; abdomen dark brown, whitish in

mid-ventral line.

Length of primary 18 mm.

Type ¢ in the British Museum, from the upper Lofu valley,

Tanganyika plateau, about 40 miles south of the Lake, 26.viii.08.

Cotypes in the Hope Coll., Oxford.

I captured four individuals of this species in all, two on the

upper Kafue river, 1x., and two in the upper Lofu valley at the

end of August and beginning of September. It usually frequents

flowers, etc. on the outskirts of dense forest. One individual was

taken at damp mud. I have dedicated this species to my friend

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, who originally captured a damaged

individual of this species at Mazoé, in Mashonaland, so long ago

as September 1894, which specimen is now in the collection of

Mr. Roland Trimen.

SPINDASIS PHANES Trim.

I took this species sparingly in the Luangwa valley, 1. and

ii., but not elsewhere.

SPINDASIS NATALENSIS Dbl. & Hew.

Represented only by three specimens from the Luangwa. valley,

1, and il.

SPINDASIS NYASS# Butler.

This species occurred sparingly in the Luangwa valley, 1.—viil.

I found it fairly common in the Chambezi valley and the Lake

Bangweolo district, iv.—vii.

SPINDASIS VICTORIZ Butler.

This species is not uncommon in the Luangwa valley during

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. IV 4

50 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTYERELIES | Jan. 18,

the wet season. With the exception of one specimen captured

between the Luangwa river and Broken Hill, I did not meet

with it elsewhere.

SPINDASIS TRIMENI, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 7, 3.)

Allied to S. natalensis and victorie*, but differs from these

species in the apical markings of the primaries, the orange colour

being reduced to three somewhat rectangular spots and never

forming bars.

3. Urrersipr.—Primaries. Basal portion of inner marginal

area pale glistening blue extending upwards into base of cell; a

black bar projecting from costa across middle of cell ; a white bar

(outlined in orange toward costa) a little before cell-middle,

extending into base of area 2 as a white or orange-washed whitish -

spot; costa, apex, and outer margins blackish, enclosing 38 well-

defined orange spots; the first nearly rectangular, lying beyond

end of cell; the second somewhat triangular, lying in apex near

margin in area 5 (sometimes invading, a little, areas 6 and 4);

the third spot, the largest, placed submarginally in areas 3 and 2.

Secondaries. Pale blue with dark costal and outer margins, the

latter double and reduced in size toward anal angle. In anal

lobe a pale sulphur-yellow patch, edged toward outer and inner

margins with a few black and silver scales; tails on veins 2 and

1} (the latter the longer) black, orange at base with a small

white tip.

Unpersmpe.—In a fresh specimen pale sulphur-yellow with

transverse fasciz outlined in black or dark reddish-brown with

central dull steel-coloured streaks. Primaries: a basal spot with

steel centre; a fascia from costa across cell-middle ending in an

extensive dusky patch on inner margin ; a second fascia from costa

across cell-end to near posterior angle where it breaks off into a

dark line; this fascia is broken at the median vein by a dark

line; a small steel-centred spot on costa beyond cell-end ; a third

fascia, starting on costa transversely, turns abruptly toward outer

margin at vein 4; an elongated spot in area 3 near cell-end

connects the 2nd and 3rd fasciz, aud so sometimes forms a

branch of the former of these fasciz ; two submarginal dark lines

(the outer one rather indefinite) connected with dark linear outer

margin by dark lines on the veins.

Secondaries coloured as primaries, the markings much as in

S. victorie Butler, especially as to the basal spots and broken main

fascia, which, starting from costa, extends to near anal lobe and

then turns sharply toward inner margin. The second and outer

fascia however differs, beginning near origin of the first it slopes

toward outer margin, the two fasciz not being nearly parallel as

in victorie ; an additional spot below costa, a little distal to, and

sometimes confluent with, the origin of the second fascia ; only a

trace of orange at base of anal lobe; the tails as upperside, but

* §. victorie Butler, Ent. M. Mag. xx. p. 201,

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 51

anal lobe on inner marginal side more strongly black. A well-

marked line of long dark hairs between veins 1 6 and 2 (very

slightly developed in female). This seems to represent the

rudiment of the primitive 3rd internal nervure.

Palpi pale yellow; thorax and base of abdomen above covered

with pale blue hairs, remainder of abdomen pale yellow, outlined

on edge of segments with reddish chocolate.

Length of primary 18 mm.

The female differs in having more rounded wings; in the

primaries the basal white cell- band is more extensive, and the

second and third orange Spots near outer margin are more ex-

tensive and confluent, for ming an irregular submarginal band.

Type 3 in the British Times @ upper Kalungwisi valley,

9.1x.08. Type 2 in the Hope Coll., Oxford: Lofu river, 8.viii.09.

Described from 18 males, 5 females.

This species occurred sparing gly from the Chambezi valley to

near Lake Tanganyika, 1v.1x.

SPINDASIS MOZAMBICA Bert.

This is a common species at all seasons. It seems to occur

everywhere.

SPINDASIS HOMEYERI Dewitz.

This is a very common species throughout the high plateau

country. The dry-season specimens of this species have the

markings of the underside reduced and the ground-colour much

darker. S. kallimon H. H. Druce* appears to be figured from

an extreme wet-season specimen of this species.

SPINDASIS CRUSTARIA Holl.

Represented by a single male from the Alala plateau, which is

somewhat paler above, having a marked basal wash of pale blue

and less heavily marked below than in specimens from the

tropical West Coast, and possibly represents a new race.

SPINDASIS sp. near ADERNA Plotz.

Two females from the upper Kafue river allied to the above

species, but in absence of males I hesitate to describe them.

They are larger insects, altogether paler than the females of

aderna, the whole discal area and primaries and whole of

secondaries being uniform orange without any dark markings.

ZERITIS SORHAGENI Dewitz.

I captured three individuals, two males and one female, of this

vare species near Kambove, Katanga, 111. I saw, but did not

take, another on an open plain on the upper Lufupa river, x.

It frequents open country and flies, not very strongly, near the

eround

5 a

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 254, pl. xii. fig. 9.

A *

52 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 18,

AXIOCERCES HARPAX Fabr.

AXIOCERCES AMANGA Westw.

These two species are ubiquitous and on the wing at all

seasons.

LEPTOMYRINA LARA L.

I took this species in some numbers in one spot in the Luangwa

valley, viii., but did not meet with it elsewhere.

Capys Dissunctus Trim.

I took four males and two females of this species on high

plateau both north and south of the Lofu valley, Tanganyika

plateau, vill. and ix., also one female on the east of Lake

Bangweolo, v. It frequents flowers, etc., on the outskirts of

dense forest. The males are somewhat intermediate between

typical disjunctus and var. connexivus Butler *.

PHAsSIs LEROMA Wallengr.

I captured a solitary male of this species in the lower Chambezi

valley, 25.x.08. ‘This seems to extend its range considerably

further north than it has hitherto been recorded.

SPALGIS LEMOLEA H. H. Druce.

Represented in the collection by a female captured at Kambove,

iii,, and a male on the Chambezi river, iv. It is a forest

species.

LYCHNESTHES AMARAH Guer.

A very common species in the Luangwa valley at all seasons,

but scarce to tbe west of the Mchinga escarpment, and not met

with at all in Katanga.

Lyc@®NESTHES sYLVANUS Drury.

A single male from the Lubudi river, Katanga, x.

LYCANESTHES MINIMA Trim.

I took four individuals of this apparently rare little species in

the Ndola district, upper Kafue river, N.W. Rhodesia, x.

LycHNESTHES LUNULATA Trim.

This species seems to be ubiquitous and to be on the wing at

all seasons.

LYCHZNESTHES SANGUINEA,

Lyceenesthes sanguinea B.-Bak. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1910, p. 41.

I found this handsome species, which might at first sight be

mistaken for the preceding, quite common on the high plateau

* P, Z. S. 1896, p. 831, pl. xii, fig. 6.

ie arta a i an eae

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. d3

country of the watershed and near Lake Bangweolo. I did not

take it in Katanga or in the Luangwa valley. I incline to the

view that it may prove to be the dry phase of lunulata.

LYCANESTHES OTACILIA Trim.

Represented by one specimen captured in the Zambezi valley

at the mouth of the Luangwa river, v., and one from the

upper Luangwa valley, iii.

LYCHNESTHES PRINCEPS.

Lycenesthes princeps Butler, Ann. N. H. xviii. p. 484 (1876).

Lycenesthes neglecta Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 175.

Though nowhere abundant I met with this species over a wide

area in N.E. Rhodesia.

LYCHNESTHES MILLARI Trim.

Represented by a single female from the Lofu river, Lake

Tanganyika, viii.

Lyc#NESTHES LAsTI Sm. & Kirby.

This is a forest species of which I took several on the Lufupa

river, x. and xi., and again in the valleys of the Kalungwisi

and Lofu, vii. and ix., and the Lake Bangweolo district, x.

LYC#NESTHES ANADEMA.

Lycenesthes anadema H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905,

p. 258, pl. xiii. fig. 6.

Represented by two specimens captured near Mporokoso, viii.

LYC/NESTHES PHENICIS Karsch.

I found this species, which seems very rare in collections, not

at all uncommon over a wide area in the high plateau country of

Northern Rhodesia.

LYC2ZNESTHES LEVIS Hew.

Two males from the plateau country north of Broken Hill,

ix, and xi. 1905, and one male from the Chambezi valley, x. 1908.

LyC4ZNESTHES NIGROPUNCTATA.

Lycenesthes nigropunctata B.-Bak. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1910

p. 36.

I found this species not uncommon throughout the high

plateau country of N.E. and N.W. Rhodesia from the upper

Kafue river to near Lake Tanganyika, iv.—x.

‘LyYC#NESTHES LIODES Hew.

Luangwa valley, Petauke, one in January, one-in August; not

met with elsewhere.

o4 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

LYCHNESTHES CRAWSHAYI Butler.

Lycenesthes crawshayi Butler, Ann. N. H. (7) iv. p. 342 (1899).

This seems to be a common species everywhere except in the

Luangwa valley. It is quite the most abundant Lycenesthes of

this type.

LYCANESYHES LIGURES Hew.

A single male from the Lubudi river, x.

LyC#NESTHES DEFINITA.

Lycenesthes definita Butler, Ann. N. H. iv. p. 342 (1899).

This species is not uncommon throughout the high plateau

which forms the Congo-Zambezi water shed from the Kafue river

to Lake Tanganyika.

LYC@NESTHES LARYDAS Cram.

I took isolated specimens of this species over a wide area from

the Luangwa valley to Katanga. It seems to be a forest

species.

Lyc@NESTHES GEMMIFERA, sp.n. (Plate II. fig. 5, ¢.)

This remarkable little species, which I assign with some doubt to

the genus Lycenesthes, is distinguished at a glance by possessing

a row of four eye-spots on the outer margin of the underside of

the secondaries. In the general distribution of the markings,

in fact in all other points including the presence of small tails on

the vein-endings on the secondaries, it closely resembles other

species of that genus.

3. Uprrrsipe uniform, bronze-brown. On outer margin of

secondaries the eye-spots of underside show faintly through as

dark spots. Short whitish tails on veins 16, 2, 3, more rudi-

mentary ones on 4 and 5.

UNDERSIDE greyish brown with darker striz outlined in grey.

Primaries. The following striz :—a discocellular, an irregular

discal row of striz, placed very near submarginal area, except

that below costa; an additional short wide stria in area 1 6 rather

more proximally placed, margin broadly greyish interspersed with

semilunar marks of the darker ground-colour.

Secondaries. Two well-marked large dark spots below costa

outlined in grey; a small spot on inner margin near base; an

indistinct stria at base of cell; a discocellular stria; a discal row

of strie from outer costal spot to inner margin lying more

proximally in area 1c; submarginal area grey, with dark eee

junar internervular marks; on outer margin in areas 9, 4, 3, 2,

four clearly marked black eye-spots outwardly marked by a semi-

circular line of greenish silver; between each spot on vein-ends

an orange streak; towards anal angle in area | ¢ two, in 1 6 one

black spot with some scattered greenish silver scales; at end of

vein 14 a trace of an orange streak.

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, ~ DO

Fringe grey; palpi long and grey, the base only hairy ; thorax

and abdomen above dusky, below grey.

Length of primary 11 mm.

Type S in Hope Coll., Oxford: Petauke, Luangwa valley,

16.11.05.

Cotype g¢ in the British Museum: upper Kalungwisi valley,

7.1x.07.

The above two specimens of. this striking species, with the

addition of a third from east of Lake Bangweolo, x., were the

cnly ones met with, though the localities are several hundred

miles apart. They were all captured in rather open spots at

damp mud, among a number of other Lycenide.

PHYLARIA HERITSIA Karsch, f. virco Butler.

A species which occurs sparingly throughout the high plateau

country of N.E. Rhodesia and Katanga, x. and xi. It seems to be

absent from the Luangwa valley. It frequents the edges of

forest.

URANOTHAUMA ANTINORIT Oberth.

This species seems to be nowhere common, but I took it

occasionally throughout the plateau country and Katanga, ix.

and x.

URANOTHAUMA NUBIFER Trim.

Represented by only two males from some forest on the

Tanganyika plateau between the Lofu river and the lake, vin.

URANOTHAUMA POGGEL Dewitz.

This is a common plateau species largely replacing the next.

Like its congeners it frequents the banks of streams and damp

places, usually in the neighbourhood of forest.

URANOTHAUMA FALKENSTEINI Dewitz.

I found this species not uncommon in the Luangwa valley

and sparingly in Katanga. IJ did not meet with itt on the high

plateau.

CACYREUS LINGEUS Crain.

This species is ubiquitous and on the wing all the year.

CASTALIUS SYBARIS Hopff.

This species occurs sparingly throughout the year in the

Luangwa valley. I also took one specimen at Kambove, vi.,

but did not meet with it elsewhere.

CastTaLius HIntTzA Trim.

I found this species sparingly over a wide area, but did’ not

meet with it in the Luangwa valley.

56 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

CasTaALius CALICE Hopff.

This species seems to be ubiquitous and occurs at all seasons.

CASTALIUS MELENA Trim.

This species, which seems to be domberane distinct from the

last, occurs nearly everywhere simultaneously with calice, but,

strange to say, seems to be absent from the Luangwa. valley,

although calice is common there.

CASTALIUS Isis Drury.

I met with this species only in Katanga, where it was not

uncommon. It delights in hot, dry, and bare spots.

TARUCUS TELICANUS PLINIUS Fabr.

This species is everywhere enormously abundant. Ninety per

cent. of the large numbers of small Lyceenide at mud-holes were

generally of this species.

to)

Tarucus PULCHER Murray.

Lycaena pulchra Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524,

pipexcaticon enone.

T find in the collection eight males andl six females of what I

believe to be this species. It is impossible to say with certainty,

as Murray does not figure the underside of the male and has

figured as the female of the species one of the highly marked

females of the common telicanus Lang. My specimens agree

with the figure of the male in their uniformly small size and

peculiar amethyst tint on the upper surface. The underside

markings are always of a pale fulvous colour, never dusky, and

the striz are more broken up and rounded than in ¢elicanus, and

in the secondaries the markings within the submarginal Jine are

more or less evanescent. The females agree closely with the

males in the above-mentioned differences from telicanus, and

have in a reduced form the same amethyst wash on the upper

surface and the same small size. They are somewhat whiter on

the upper surface than those of telicanus. J took this species

over a fairly wide area, chiefly in low-lying river-valleys. It

occurs mixed up with telicanus, and was especially common on

Lake Bangweolo.

AZANUS MoRIQUA Wallengr.

Azanus sigillatus Butler *.

AZANUS JESoUS Guer.

Both these species, especially the latter, seem fairly common

everywhere.

AZANUS MIRZA Plotz.

I found this a common species in the Luangwa valley.

Scarce on the plateau and absent from Katanga.

* For this synonymy, vide Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 79 note.

1910.] FROM NORLHERN RHODESIA. 57

NACADUBA SICHELA Wallengr.

A very common species, somewhat scarce during the dry season.

It may often be seen in very large numbers at damp mud.

PoLYOMMATUS BaTIcus L.

This species is ubiquitous. It varies a good deal in size.

CYCLYRIUS NOQUASA Trim.

Represented by a single male from the north of Lake Bangweolo,

Vil.

CATACHRYSOPS MALATHANA Boisd.

A very common insect throughout the country.

CaTAcHRYSoPS skoTios H. H. Druce.

Catachrysops skotios H. H.. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 259,

poleexiny £12,

Three males and one female of this species from the Lubudi

and Lufupa rivers, ix. and x.

T also captured a very long series of specimens in the Chambezi

valley, x. 08, which are doubtfully attributed to this species; they

are larger and rather paler than the type. Most of the males

exhibit on the upper surface a trace of the eye-spot at the anal

angle of the primaries, which is not figured in the type. The

females are larger, paler, and have a slight blue iridescence on the

upper surface.

CATACHRYSOPS DOLOROSUS Trim.

I found this small species scarce, possibly it was often over-

looked. I took one individual in the Luangwa valley, 1., two in

the Serenji district, ix., and three others in the upper Lofu valley,

vill. andix. J ultimately found it pretty common in the Chambezi

valley, x. and xi.

CATACHRYSOPS ALBISTRIATUS Capronn.

A single male from Kambove, ii., and a female from near Lake

Young, Chambezi valley, at the end of October.

CATACHRYSOPS PROCERUS Trim.

I captured two males of this rare species on the plateau to

the north of Broken Hill, ix. and x., and two more during the

same months in the country east of Lake Bangweolo, near the

mouth of the Chambezi.

CATACHRYSOPS OSIRIS Hopff.

This is a common species everywhere.

CATACHRYSOPS BARKERI Trim.

Represented only by one female from the Luangwa valley, iv.,

and a pair in the same month from Kamboye.

58 MR, S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

CATACHRYSOPS PATRICIA Trim.

1 found this species sparingly in the wet season in the Luwgwa

valley and also on the Lufupa river, x. and xi.

CATACHRYSOPS GLAUCA Trim.

I captured a few individuals of this species at Fort Jameson

and in the lower Luangwa valley, iii. Subsequently I took a

good series in the upper Luangwa valley, ii. and iii. Central

African specimens are of a pale grey greenish-glossed tint without

the blue shade of South African ones.

CATACHRYSOPS CELHUS Cram.

A single male from 8.E. Katanga, x1., which I assign with some

doubt to this species.

CATACHRYSOPS PAMPOLIS.

Catachrysops pampolis H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905,

p. 208, plaxcdie dese

Represented by a single male from the upper Lubudi river, x

and another in the same month from the lower Chambezi.

CATACHRYSOPS GIGANTEUS Trim.

I took a long series of this fine species near Petauke, Luangwa

valley, during the wet season. It appears to have two broods,

one at the end of December and another in March. It frequents

woodland and wooded hills and has a powerful flight, during

which its white black-spotted underside is rather conspicuous.

A female of this species from the Victoria Nyanza was described

by Butler as the female of his hypoleucus, which itself is a

synonym of peculiaris Rogenh.

CATACHRYSOPS STORMSI Robbe.

I took four specimens of this species on the Lufupa river, x1.

It may be distinguished at once from the last by its lack of tail.

CATACHRYSOPS CUPREUS, sp. n. «(Plate IT. figs. 9 d, 10 9.)

A very distinct species, at once distinguished by the golden-

_ bronze colour of the males. The females somewhat nagemble those

of C. peculiaris* Rogenh.

36. UpPERSIDE shining golden-bronze with linear black margins

to both wings. Also a well-marked black discocellular spot in both

primaries and secondaries, a character not present in allied species :

toward anal angle, eye-spots in areas 2 and 1c, that in the former

areathe better marked, the black pupil being inwardly outlined and

partially overlaid with pale blue scales, and the whole again being

outlined with a white iris; eye-spot in area 1 ¢ much lass definite,

partially lacking the blue colour ,and the dark indistinct pupil

* ©, peculiaris Rogenh. in Baumann’s * Usambara,’ p. 331.

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 59

has a tendency to be paired; a well-marked short, stout, black

tail on vein 2.

UnpersIDE whitish with black spots. An ochreous flush at

base and along costa and outer margin of primaries and whole of

secondaries, also some faint submarginal markings of a brighter

orange colour and a black linear outer margin to both wings.

Primaries. The following black spots and striz outlined in

whitish :—an elongate discocellular; a discal row of six small

elongate spots, the third, that in area 4, being placed more

distally and at a different angle to the others, the last spot, that

in 1 6, being small and sometimes paired.

nes: With the following black spots and strie outlined

spot below costa above cell-middle, a spot in

middie of oath a small spot on inner margin near base ; a discal

row of eight black somewhat elongate spots around cell-end from

costa to inner margin, the first, that in area 7, being very large ;

those in areas 3 and 2 2, of which the former is very small, placed

nearer cell than the remainder; the penultimate, that in area

1c, more elongate and more distally placed. Eye-spots in areas

2 and 1¢ much as upperside, but that in area 2 has a complete

blue iris and is secondarily strongly outlined externally with

black.

Fringe dusky ; palpi white tipped dusky ; thorax and abdomen

dusky above, paler below (the vertex tinged with bronze).

Length of primary 22 mm.

The female is a larger insect, primary 24 mm. ‘The golden-

bronze colour of the male is lacking and the upper surface 1s

washed with pale blue, and there are traces, especially in

the secondaries, of a submarginal row of whitish arrow-shaped

markings. A variable number of the discal row of spots on the

secondaries is visible on the upper surface. In the type specimen

figured, these are seen in areas 4 and 5. The eye-spots on the

upper surface are faintly outlined with orange-ochraceous. The

under surface resembles that of the male, but is paler. There

is sometimes an additional black spot immediately below the cell-

middle in area | ¢.

Types ¢ @ in the British Museum, from the Mansya river

near’ Lake Young, 5.x1.08.

Cotypes in the Hope Coll., Oxford.

Described from eleven males and thirteen females from the

Chambezi valley. and Mansya river, mid-October-mid-November,

1908, and one worn female from the Lufupa river, 26.x.07.

This striking species seems most nearly allied to C. peculiaris

Rogenh. in the distribution of its markings, agreeing with

C. gigantea Trim. in the possession of a tail. Apart from the

colour of the male, it differs from allied species in the blue, not

orange, colour of the eye-spot and in the possession of a disco-

cellular spot on the upper surface of the secondaries.

This species has a fairly strong flight, and it frequents open

country on the edge of patches of w oodland.

60 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

CHILADES MAHALLAKOAENA Wallengr.

I have a long series from many localities which I place under

this name with some doubt. The only two typical males were

taken on the Alala plateau, ix., and in the Chambezi valley, x.

From further north and west, though the females seem indis-

tinguishable, the males, instead of being flushed with amethyst-

pink as in typical mahallakoaena, do not differ in coloration from

the females.

CHILADES TROCHILUS Freyer.

A common and ubiquitous species. It seems to prefer dry and

exposed spots.

CHILADES UNIGEMMATA Butler.

Zizera unigemmata Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 630, pl. xxxv.

figs. 4, 5.

Two specimens, which, except that they have a very much paler

underside, closely agree with the type of this species. They were

captured in the upper Lofu valley, viii. and ix.

CUPIDOPSIS HIPPOCRATES Fabr.

A scarce insect on the low ground of the Luangwa valley or the

river valleys of Katanga. Common on the high plateau.

EVERES MICYLUS Cram.

An uncommon insect taken occasionally in the upper Kafue,

Lualaba, Chambezi, and Lake Bangweolo districts.

NEOLYCANA cIssus Godt.

A fairly common species everywhere. It is on the wing all

the year.

NEOLYCENA JOBATES Hopff.

I found this an uncommon insect in the Luangwa valley and

on the upper Kafue river, but did not meet with it elsewhere.

ZIZERA ANTANOSSA Mab.

I found this species of Zizera rare, and only took one specimen

on the upper Kafue river, x., and three others on the upper

Chambezi river, iv.

ZIZERA GAIKA Trim.

This small species is ubiquitous.

ZIZERA LYSIMON Hiibn.

This species is ubiquitous and much the most abundant of its

genus.

ZIZERA LUCIDA Trim.

This species occurs over a wide area and throughout the year,

5S ?

BOER

1910.] - FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 61

but Idid not find it common anywhere except in the Chambezi

valley and Lake Bangweolo district.

Fam. PIERID4.

PSEUDOPONTIA PARADOXA Feld.

I found this peculiar insect not very rare on the Lufupa and

Lubudi rivers, x. It frequents dense forest and the thick bush

on stream-banks, etc., and much resembles Leptosia medusa on

the wing.

LEPTosIA MEDUSA Cram.

This species is ubiquitous, but not very abundant anywhere.

It frequents forest and thickets chiefly on low ground, and it is

: J s ’

perhaps most common in the diy season.

HERPA€NIA ERIPHIA Godt.

Occurs everywhere and at all seasons, but is nowhere very

abundant. Has a strong and active flight.

MYLorHRIS AGATHINA Cram.

A ubiquitous species and much the most abundant of its

genus.

MyLoruris RUPPELLI Koch.

Cominon everywhere, except in the Luangwa valley where it

is somewhat scarce.

Mytoruris vuLet Butler.

I took a small series of this species on high plateau country

during the dry season. Some specimens, especially from Katanga,

have a considerable amount of orange flush at the base of the

primaries and a rather different apex. ‘They perhaps represent a

distinct species.

MyYLoruris RUBRICOSTA Mab.

This species occurs over a wide area in localities suited to it.

It frequents open marshy ground and river banks when not

obscured by timber, ete., and has a rather weak flight.

APPIAS EPAPHIA Cram.

This species occurs everywhere and at all seasons. It is nowhere

very abundant, the females being especially scarce.

BELENOIS Grp1ca Godt.

A common insect everywhere, and may often be seen in

hundreds at mud-holes. The dry season form abyssinica Lucas

is, during its season, more common if anything than the wet

phase.

62 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

BELENOIS SEVERINA Cram.

A very common species which, although it comes into the open

at times, is much more addicted to shade than its allies.

BELENOIS MESENTINA Cram.

Another ubiquitous species which is on the wing throughout the

year.

BELENOIS CRAWSHAYI Butler.

I took at Kambove, vii., the upper Kafue river, x., Lake

Bangweolo, vi., vil., a good many individuals, some of which,

especially the Kambove ones, are certainly referable to the above

species. Until the whole zochalia group of Selenois is more

thoroughly worked out, it is not possible to make any definite

statements, but it would seem likely that B. formosa Butler will

prove to be the wet phase of crawshayi, and that Butler was

in error* in assigning to crawshayi as its dry phase his own

diminuta. Amongst my material there would appear to be also

a small species allied to diminuta, but probably distinct from it.

In the absence of more material and of any females I do not think

it advisable to describe it.

B. crawshayi usually frequents open grassy country and may

not unfrequently be taken at damp mud.

BELENOIS CRAWSHAYI, f. naTa, f. nov. (Plate III. fig. 3, ¢.)

Allied to crawshayi Butler, but differing chiefly in larger size,

especially in the great breadth of the primaries and elongation of

the secondaries. The markings are similar to those of crawshayi,

but all the specimens have a more or less well-marked basal flush

of orange-yellow on the underside of the primaries, a character

which seems at least uncommon in that species. A single male

from near Kambove, iv., which appears to be the wet phase of

this form, is slightly smaller, and somewhat resembles the type of

B. formosa Butler, which, as has been just stated, is possibly the

wet phase of crawshayi. It is, however, a considerably larger

insect with much heavier markings on the upperside of the

secondaries, the under-surface markings being less extensive but

much better defined. There is also a strongly marked orange

streak on costa and a second more yellow one beyond end of

costa, also faint intermarginal patches of very pale yellow around

outer margins. Length of primary 30-35 mm.

Type 3S in the British Museum: Lufupa river, Lualaba

district, 14.x.07.

Cotypes in the British Museum and Hope Coll., Oxford.

Described from six males, all dry-season, Lufupa and Lubudi

rivers, x.. One male, wet phase, upper Dikulwe valley, iv.

BELENOIS DENTIGERA Butler.

I captured three specimens only of this species: a pair from the

* P. Z. S. 1896, p. 851.

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 63

Lualaba valley, iv. and v., and a single male from the Bunkeya

river, north of Kambove, viii.

BELENOIS PrcTA, sp.n. (Plate IIT. figs. 1 g,2 3.)

This species exhibits some points of resemblance with B. thysa

Hopff., in the almost evanescent discocellular spot to the primary

and the orange-yellow basal flush on the underside of that wing,

but on the whole seems to be nearest to B. theora Dbl., in general

distribution of its markings. With the exception of theora, it

differs from all the truly African species of the genus that I can

find described, in the presence of an orange-yellow discocellular

spot on the underside of the secondary. This character may,

however, be seen in B. grandidieri Mab., from Madagascar. Dr. F.

A. Dixey informs me of the interesting fact that in the case of

theora, the yellow discocellular spot is present only in West Coast

specimens, not 1n those from the Congo.

Type ¢, wet-season.

UppersibE.—Primary. Creamy-white, the base dusted with a

few black scales. A minute black discocellular line may or may not

be present; costa narrowly black; a well marked apical and

outer-marginal black area enclosing six internervular white

streaks; this black margin projects inwardly in area 3, and is

continued to posterior angle by a large spot at end of vein 2

and a smaller one on vein lL.

Secondary. Base and ground-colour as primary ; a submarginal

row of small internervular black spots, those in areas 4 and

le usually evanescent; a marginal row of seven large black

spots on ends of veins, those on 7 and 1 6 the smaller.

Unversipg.— Primary. Ground-colour as upperside, the base

with an ochreous flush, sometimes of considerable extent; black

apex replaced by a subapical row of four spots of which third

from costa is the largest, and by a marginal row of spots on ends

of veins extending to posterior angle; a large submarginal spot

in area 3 (the largest spot on the wing); whitish ground-

colour of apex marked by internervular streaks of pale sulphur-

yellow.

Secondary bears a costal streak of bright vermilion (occasionally

orange-coloured) ; base of wing flushed with orange, of varying

extent, radiating from base along internervular spaces, especially

markedinarea le. A well-marked orange-yellow discocellular spot;

marginal spot much as upperside, but submarginal row of spots

better developed and joined to margin by rays of orange-yellow.

Fringes of both wings black with white patches on the inter-

nervular spaces; palpi covered with white hairs tipped dusky ;

thorax and abdomen whitish.

Length of primary 51-5 mm.

Type ¢ in British Museum, from 150 miles west of Kam-

bove, near the Lufupa river, xi. Cotypes in Hope Coll., Oxford.

The dry-season male is a smaller insect, length of primary

”

27-28 mm. It has all the markings somewhat reduced, but is’

64 MR. S. A, NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

specially characterised on the underside by a violaceous wash

on the apex of the primary and over the whole of the secondary.

This wash fades after death to a warm greyish. The vermilion

costal streak 1s intensified, but the orange-yellow basal flush and

black marginal spots are much reduced.

The females of this species are of a pale yellowish colour with

very heavy black margins to both wings. In some specimens the

only spots of upperside of secondary, not merged in the margin,

are those in areas 5 and 6. In one individual, the ground-colour

on both surfaces is of a bright orange. In wet-season specimens,

the orange-yellow flush of the under surface is very extensive,

sometimes in the secondaries extending over nearly the whole

wing. The dry-season phase has the same characteristic difference

as in the males.

This species, which is described from 67 males and 5 females,

occurred pretty commonly through the western portion of

Northern Rhodesia from the Kafue river as far north as Lake

Bangweolo and throughout Katanga. It is most common in

the more open parts of high plateau country, and is frequently

seen at damp mud, the females usually occurring in the denser

woodland.

BELENOIS THYSA Hopff.

A common species in Katanga, much less so in N.E. Rhodesia.

Usually frequents woodland.

PINACOPTERYX SIMANA Hopff.

This species is common in the low-lying parts of the Luangwa

valley, iv.ix. It frequents thickets and is particularly numerous

in hot and dry country.

PINACOPTERYX ASTARTE.

Pinacopteryx astarte Butler, P. Z.5. 1899, p. 971, pl. Ixx.

figs. 6, 7.

I have a long series of this species, the identification of which

I owe to my friend Dr. Dixey, taken at all seasons throughout

the area under discussion. The series includes those specimens

mentioned by Dixey in Proc. Ent. Soc. 1907, pp. Ixv, Ixvi. The

females, especially the wet-season ones, are exceedingly difficult to

distinguish from Mylothris agathina Cram., when on the wing.

TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME Klug.

Only represented by two males captured in the upper

Chambezi valley, iv., and one lower down the same valley, x.

TERACOLUS VESTA Reiche.

This species usually occurs in hot low-lying localities and is

rare on the high plateau.

(or)

1910. | FROM NORTHERN RIODESTA,

TERACOLUS CELIMENE Lueas.

This species was observed only in the lower Luangwa and mid-

Zambezi valleys, and then only in the dry season. It frequents

extremely hot and dry spots, such as rocky hillsides, ete. It is

active and restless on the wing.

TERACOLUS ERIS Klug.

This species is common everywhere, the males especially having

a swift and active flight.

TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS Butler.

I met with this species only in the Luangwa valley, and then

only at the lowest part of it, under 2000 feet elevation. Above

this it seems to be replaced by the next species.

TERACOLUS REGINA T'rim.

This handsome species, especially in the wet season, is common

everywhere except, as mentioned above, in the lowest ground in

the Luangwa valley. It has a powerful flight, and is not at all

easy to catch. When it is abundant, a dull cool morning gives

the collector the best chance as, like other Pierine, it is much

influenced by the weather. The dry-season females are remark-

able for having acquired very much more of the purple tip of the

males than those of the wet phase. In the wet phase, the purple

colour is often entirely absent or represented by a mere trace.

TERACOLUS ANN& Wallengr.

I captured occasional individuals of this species over the whole

area under discussion, but found it nowhere common. It is most

common in dry and rather barren localities.

'TERACOLUS OMPHALE Godt.

A common and universally distributed species throughout the

year.

TERACOLUS ACHINE Cram.

A ubiquitous species, especially abundant in the dry season.

TERACOLUS EVENINA Wallengr.

A widely distributed insect, fairly common throughout the

year. By no means so abundant as the two preceding species.

'TERACOLUS ANTIGONE Boisd.

A very abundant little species, particularly in open country.

TERACOLUS AUXO Lucas.

Represented only by two males from the Luangwa valley,

iv. and vill.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1910, No. V. 5

66 MR. S, A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [ Jan. 18,

TERACOLUS DuUCISsA Dognin.

I took this handsome TJeracolus chiefly in hot dry places.

Strange to say I only met with females, of which four were taken

in the Kambove district, iv.—viil., and five others in the neigh-

bourhood of Lake Bangweolo, ith

ERonrA GLEODORA Hiibn.

IT found this a rare insect. I captured one individual at

Kambove, iv., and saw one or two others. A second specimen

was taken in the neighbourhood of Lake Bangweolo, vi.

ERoniA LEDA Boisd.

A common insect in the Luangwa valley but rather uncommon

in the high plateau and in Katanga. It flies usually near the

ground and is very active on the wing.

Eronia ArciA Fabr.

This species occurs all over the country in patches of forest,

particularly in the neighbourhood of streams. It flies very high

with a rather sailing flight and is not easily captured in

quantities.

ERonIA THALASSINA Boisd.

This species occurs in the same localities as the foregoing and

has much the same habits, the males being much more in evidence

than the females.

ERONIA BUQUETI Boisd.

This would seem to be a coast species, as I took it only in the

neighbourhood of Tete on the lower Zambezi. It has more the

habits of H. leda than of the two preceding species.

CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

Always abundant. Occasionally seen in enormous numbers.

I once saw several “ patches ” of this species, several square yards

in extent, on damp sand in a tributary of the Luangwa river, xi.

They seemed to be almost entir ely males.

TERIAS SENEGALENSIS Boisd.

Ubiquitous, as also are the two succeeding species.

TERIAS DESJARDINS! Boisd.

TERIAS BRIGITTA Cram.

In Katanga this is rather scarcer than the last-named.

CoutAs ELECTO L.

- Only taken in the Alala plateau, Broken Hill district, and then

sparingly. An open country species.

190.) - FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 67

Kam. PAPILIO N mpeD.

PAPILIO DARDANUS Brown.

_ This Swallow-tail occurs sparingly in patches of forest in the

Lualaba valley in Katanga and in the valley of the Kalungwisi

river in N.E. Rhodesia. These points would seem to be the

south-east limit of its distribution. The only females observed

belonged to the form hippocoon Fabr. The males have the curious

habit of following regular routes in the forest-clearings, which

they traverse over and over again at intervals of three or four

minutes.

Papilio HESPERUS Westw.

‘I saw a few worn specimens of this fine species on the Lufupa

and Lubudi rivers, x., and found it not uncommon in the

valleys of the Kalungwisi and Lofu, viii. and ix. It is usually to

be seen flitting round the outskirts of patches of dense forest.

PAPILIO CoNsTANTINUS Ward.

A widely distributed species. Generally taken near the ground

among grasses, rocks, etc., on wooded hillsides.

PAPILIO MACKINNONI BENGUELL&.

Papilio mackinnoni benguelle Rothsch. & Jord Nov. Zool. xv.

p. 253.

This is a scarce insect oe dense forest. I met with it

on the upper Kafue river, x., and at Kambove, il. It is wary

and a strong flier.

PAPILIO PHORCAS Cram.

Not uncommon in the Lualaba valley, iv. and v. Not observed

elsewhere.

PAPILIO NIREUS L.

A widely distributed insect but not often abundant anywhere.

It chiefly frequents low-lying river-valleys and I did not meet

with it in high plateau country.

PAPILIO DEMoDOCUS Esper.

Ubiquitous. Flies lower than most of the larger Papilios.

PAPILIO PYLADES ANGOLANUS Goeze.

This species is ubiquitous, and on the wing at all seasons. It

usually frequents somewhat open country, and may be taken 1 in

numbers at damp mud.

PAPILIO TABORANUS Oberth.

I met with this species only on the upper Chambezi, iv. and

x., and on the Lofu river, vin. It resembles the preceding

snecies in its habits.

5H*

68 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

PAPILIO LATREILLANUS THEORINI Auriv.

I captured two specimens of this handsome Papilio in some

dense forest, in October 1907, when on the Lufupa river, one of

the western tributaries of the Lualaba. The specimens have,

however, unfortunately been mislaid.

PAPILIO ALMANSOR Honrath.

I took one individual of this rare species on the upper Kafue

river, xl., and three others in the Lualaba valley, iv. I sub-

sequently found it not uncommon on the lower Chambezi river, x.

It frequents open grassy spots.

PAPILIO LEONIDAS Fabr.

Ubiquitous. With regard to the flight of this insect Marshall *

has told us that south of the Zambezi it does not perform the

sailing evolutions of a Danaine, and says that it would be most

interesting to know whether it has assumed this flight in Central

Africa. This is certainly the case; and this insect is peculiarly

fond of sailing slowly backwards and forwards over a distance of

some 8-10 yards. As it usually does this about 10-12 feet from

the ground, it is extremely difficult from below to recognize it as

a Papilio at all. When startled or feeding on flower-heads it

behaves differently and is distinctly active and restless.

PAPILIO ANTHEUS NYASS& Butler.

A common insect throughout the area under discussion. It is

particularly abundant in the hot dry weather just before the

beginning of the rains, and may then be seen in numbers at

damp mud.

PAPILIO POLICENES Cram.

This insect occurs sparingly everywhere. It has much the

same habits as the preceding species.

PAPILIO PORTHAON Hew.

I met with this insect only in the Luangwa valley and then

sparingly.

Fam. HeEsSPERIIDS.

TAGIADES FLESUS Fabr.

This isa common and universally distributed species with a

very swift flight. As has often been recorded, it usually settles

with wings outstretched on the lower side of leaves. It often

does this so abruptly that it is not easy to see what has become

of it.

Eacris JAMESONI Sharpe.

A common species at all seasons, the wet phase being much

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 507.

1910. } FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 69

darker coloured than the dry one. Often in very large numbers

in mud-holes.

HaGRis LucetTiA Hew.

A single specimen of this rare species, taken at Kambove, 11i.

It is somewhat larger and darker coloured than the type and only

specimen in the British Museum.

SARANGESA ASTRIGERA Butler.

A common woodland species in N.K. Rhodesia, both in the

Luangwa valley and on the plateau. Individuals of the dry

phase seem to lose all their spots on the upper surface though

retaining them on the lower.

SARANGESA PLISTONICUS Plotz.

A fairly common species in the Luangwa and Chambezi valleys

and the district of Bangweolo, iv.-viii. This species, as well as

its allies, has a predilection for very shady spots, as has already

been pointed out by Marshall* in the case of 8. eliminata Holl.

Jumping on the ground above a hole made by an Ant-bear

will often cause clouds of them to issue forth.

SARANGESA SYNESTALMENUS Karsch.

This species, of which the preceding is perhaps the dry phase,

is not uncommon in the Luangwa and Chambezi valleys, i.—v.

SARANGESA ELIMINATA Holl.

Only met with in the valleys of the Zambezi and Luangwa,

Vi.—Xil.

SARANGESA PERTUSA Mab.

This species, which seems doubtfully distinct from the preced-

ing, occurs sparingly in Katanga at Kambovye, and on the Lualaba

river.

SARANGESA MoTOZI Wallengr.

A very common species in the Luangwa and Chambezi valleys.

S. ophthalmica Mab. appears to be referable to the female of this

species.

SARANGESA MOTOZIOIDES Holl.

Occurs sparingly in the Luangwa valley, xi.—v., and has much

p gly g y> ?

the same habits as metozt.

SARANGESA SUBALBICANS.

Sarangesa subalbicans Beth.-Baker, Ann. N. H. (7) xvii. p. 342

(1906).

A single individual of this recently described species was

captured at Kambove, iy.

* Trans, Ent. Soc, 1902, p. 422

70 MR. §. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 18,

SARANGESA MAXIMA, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 11, ¢.)

A very large species, characterised by its broad wings and

orange underside.

3. Upprrsipe. Ground-colour pale olive-grey, through which

the orange underside faintly shows, with dark markings and small

hyaline spots.

Primaries. A narrow dark median fascia from costa to hind

margin crossing cell just before end and forming in area 2 a

rather large dark spot ; before middle a narrow dark line in area

1 6 connecting veins 1 and 2; a small hyaline discocellular spot

(indistinct on upper surface); a broad short dark fascia beyond

cell-end from costa to vein 6, bounded outwardly by two hyaline

spots (the second and posterior very indistinct); hyaline spots

below cell-end in areas 3 and 2, of which the latter is the larger; a

faint submarginal row of dark internervular spots; a linear dark

margin.

Secondaries. Dark spots above, within and below cell-middle; a

large discocellular ; a discal row of dark internervular spots around

cell-end, a similar but less distinct submarginal row.

Unpersipe.— Primaries. All the markings more distinct, the

ground-colour, except on hind margin, replaced by bright orange.

Secondaries. Markings as upperside but whole wing, except a

patch on anterior part of outer margin, suffused with bright

orange.

Fringe long and same shade as upperside ground-colour ; palpi

dusky brown above, pale yellow below; thorax and abdomen above,

as upperside ground-colour, below, pale yellowish.

Length of primary 19 mm. ,

This species, with its broad rounded wings, resembles in shape

djelele Wallengr., and its allies, but in its only slightly waved

outline and general distribution of markings is more like motozi,

ete.

Type ¢ in British Museum: Lualaba river, 29.v.07.

Cotype in Hope Coll., Oxford: upper Kalungwisi valley,

7.ix.08.

This is a forest species, of which the above two specimens were

the only ones met with.

SARANGESA DJHELELZ Wallengr.

Pterygospidia djcelele Wallengr. K.S. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857,

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54, no. 5.

This species 1s not uncommon and is widely distributed. Some

individuals, more especially those from the more northern part

of the high plateau country, are larger than 8. African specimens, ~

rather paler above, and less flushed with fulvous below.

SARANGESA NOX, sp. n. (Plate ITI. fig. 16, 3.)

Allied to S. djelele Wallengr., but dull black and almost

without a rufous underside.

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. at

3. Uppersipe.— Primaries dull black with a slight appearance

of iridescence toward margins, due to the presence of a few pale

blue scales; three small hyaline spots below costa between cell-

end and apex; a minute hyaline spot in area 3 below cell-end,

and below it in area 2 a narrow hyaline streak.

Secondaries. Ground-colour as primaries, immaculate.

UNDERSIDE as upperside but paler; in primaries a well-marked

rufous streak passes through cell-end; in some individuals a

faint trace of same in secondaries.

Palpi ochreous tipped dusky; thorax, abdomen, and fringe.

dusky.

Type S in Hope Ooll., Oxford: Petauke, Luangwa, valley,

16.11.05. Also two, Luangwa valley, 11. and vi.

SARANGESA PERPAUPERA Holl.

Not rare in high plateau country of Northern Rhodesia and

in Katanga.

SARANGESA HOLLANDI Butler.

This species, which seems exceedingly rare in collections and

very doubtfuily referable to this genus, was by no means rare

in the valleys of the Lofu and Kalungwisi rivers, viil.-ix.. It

frequents the outskirts of patches of dense forest.

CELENORRHINUS INTERMIXTUS.

Celenorrhinus intermixtus Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. xvii. p. 280

(1896).

Celenorrhinus opalinus Butler.

Two individuals captured in forest on the high plateau south

of Lake Tanganyika, viii.

CELZNORRHINUS GALENUS Fabr.

A ubiquitous forest species.

ABANTIS VENOSA Trim. ;

A cemmon species everywhere. Extreme dry specimens are of

a golden-brown colour, losing all the white discal area and black

margin of the hind wing underside.

A. plerotica Karsch* appears to represent an extreme wet

phase of this species.

ABANTIS ZAMBESIACA Westw.

This species is ubiquitous and on the wing at all seasons. It

may often be taken in large numbers at damp mud. i

ABANTIS PARADISEA Butler.

A common species in the wet season in the Luangwa valley

but rare on the plateau. It has much the same habits as the

preceding.

: * Ent. Nachr, xxi. p. 874 (1896), -

72 Mt. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES | [Jan. 18,

ABANTIS LOFU, sp.n. (Plate ITI. figs. 4,5, 5, @.)

Somewhat allied to A. venosa Trim. and bismarcki Karsch, but

the greater portion of the secondaries white on the wpper surface.

3. Upprersipe.—Primaries. The basal three-fifths heavily scaled

with orange ochraceous, the remainder of wing brown, the veins

dusky, the following spots hyaline :—below costa between end of

cell and apex three small spots of which the middle one is the

longest ; below end of cell a group of three spots divided only by

crossing veins, the first and smallest within cell, second in angle

of median and vein 3, the third and largest betweeen 3 and 2.

Secondaries. The whole discal area white, the costal margin

ochreous, the outer and inner margins black; outer margin

encloses a row of small internervular spots; these, which are

ochreous towards costal margin, increase in size toward anal angle,

and there are represented by three larger white spots; black

margin slightly invades discal area in the veins and vein 1 6 is

wholly black. .

UNDERSIDE much as upperside but paler, on secondaries outer

margin except at anal angle is pale greyish-brown, not black, and

marginal spots are evanescent; vein | 6 is white, and the black of

inner margin is covered with many whitish scales.

Lringe dusky, white on anal angle and inner margin of second-

aries ; thorax above orange-ochreous, marked posteriorly with two

pairs of white spots; abdomen white, with a mid-dorsal black

streak and two narrow black ventral lines, tipped with a brush

of ochreous hairs; anterior legs covered with ochreous, remainder

with white hairs.

Length of primary 19 mm.

Type ¢ and only specimen in Hope Coll., Oxford. Taken in

a patch of dense forest on the plateau between the Lofu river

and Lake Tanganyika, 24.viii.08.

The female of this species seems to be represented by a speci-

men captured on the edge of a very similar patch of forest east

of Lake Bangweolo. It differs considerably from the male, especi-

ally in the primaries. These are more rounded than in the male,

and the basal portion is a brighter orange colour, the distal portion

being dusky, the two colours not blending into one another as in

the male. There is an increase in number and size of the hyaline

markings; between cell-end and apex four larger hyaline spots

of nearly equal size; spots below cell-end enormously enlarged,

especially that in area 2; an additional hyaline streak below this

last in 1 4.

Secondaries as in male, but broader and more rounded.

UNDERSIDE as described in male, but outer margin of second-

aries 1s darker and encloses small white marginal spot as on

upperside. Colour of abdomen etc. as in male, but sides of

thorax appear to bear white not ochreous hairs.

@ type also in Hope Coll., Oxford: east of Lake Bangweolo,

1] .1x.08.

This female specimen exhibits a close relationship to A. arcto-

1910. | FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 73

marginata Lathy, the next species. It chiefly differs from that

species in the colour and markings of the base of the primaries on

the upperside, and in having a yellow, not black, costal margin

to the secondaries on the underside.

ABANTIS ARCTOMARGINATA.

Abantis arctomarginata Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1901, p. 34,

dle white atte i

One female from Kamboye, ii.

The secondaries have a wider black hind margin than that

figured in the type.

ABANTIS LEVUBU Wallengr.

I took this species only in the Luangwa valley, i., iii., where

it was scarce.

CaPRONA PILLAANA Wallengr.

Occurs sparingly throughout Northern Rhodesia.

CARCHARODUS ELMA Trim.

Not uncommon in the lower Luangwa valley; rare on the

plateau and in Katanga.

HESPERIA PLOETZI Auriv.

A single individual from the Lufupa river, x.

HESPERIA SECESSUS Trim.

A species not uncommon on the plateau, especially in the Lake

Bangweolo district.

All these African species of Hesperia have similar habits.

They live amongst grasses and plants, near the ground, in open

or woodland localities.

HESPERIA ZEBRA.

Hesperia zebra Butler, Ann. N. H. (6) i. p. 207 (1888).

A few individuals from Fort Jameson and the Luangwa valley,

li.-lv.

They are considerably larger than Mashonaiand specimens in

the National Collection, which are in their turn larger than the

type from India.

HESPERIA Diomus Hopff.

A single specimen from the high plateau between the Lofu

river and Lake Tanganyika, viil., and another near the mouth of

the Chambezi river, x.

HESPERIA DROMUS Plotz.

The commonest species of the genus; occurring everywhere

and at all seasons.

74 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

HESPERIA VINDEX Cram.

A common and ubiquitous species.

HESPERIA MAFA Trim.

Sparingly met with in the Luangwa valley and on the Broken

Hill plateau to the west of it.

HESPERIA BETYONI.

Hesperia bettoni Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 415, pl. xxxil. fig. 1.

The collection comprises a series which I refer with some doubt

to the above species. They may perhaps prove to be the wet-

season form of it. I met with the species only in the Luangwa

valley, i1., 111.

OXYPALPUS WOLLASTONI.

Oxypalpus wollastont Heron, Trans. Z. 8. vol. xix. p. 171.

Occurs rarely in forest country on the Lualaba in Katanga, and

on the Kalungwisi river in N.E. Rhodesia.

OXYPALPUS RUTILANS Mab.

A single individual from dense forest on the Kalungwisi

river, X.

OXYPALPUS FULYVUS.

Oxypalpus fulvus Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, pp. 203, 204,

polenvanibetie salle

A single specimen of this brilliant little species from the

Lufupa river, x1.

PAROSMODES HARONA Westw.

Pamphila harona Westw., Oates’ Matabeleland, p. 253 (1881).

Oxypalpus ruso Mab.

Pamplhila ruso Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. clxxxiil.

1891).

! oampenlh ruso Holl. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 130, pl. i. fig. 13.

From my field experience I am strongly inclined to think that

ruso Mab. represents the wet phase of harona Westw. Both

forms are essentially woodland species. In the main rwso is

confined to the wet season, but on the high plateau, where the

climate is much colder, it may be taken during the first two or

three months of the dry season. Roth forms are extremely

common in their season.

PAROSMODES ICTERIA Mab.

This is a woodland species which is extremely abundant every-

where.

PAROSMODES MORANTII Trim.

I found this species, though widely distributed, to be every-

1910.] FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 75

where uncommon. The collection includes a very large and

brightly coloured female from Mirongo, on the edge of the escarp-

ment, upper Luangwa valley, iv.

PAROSMODES NUMA.

Parosmodes numa Druce, Ann. N. H. vii. p. 432 (1901).

Of this species, which seems to be extremely rare in collections,

I captured a few individuals in the lower ground in the Luangwa

valley. I found it nowhere common, but it seems to be on the

wing all the year:

ACLEROS MACKENII Trim.

I refer my specimens with some doubt to this species, as the’

males do not lack the white spots on the primaries as in South

African specimens. This species sometimes occurs in countless

thousands in patches of dense forest, which it never seems to

leave. It seldom appears to fly far from the ground.

ANDRONYMUS FENESTRELLA.

Andronymus fenestrella Beth.-Baker, Ann. N. H. (8) ii. p. 481

(1908).

This species occurs sparingly in dense forest in Katanga and

in the valley of the Kalungwisi river in N.E. Rhodesia. ‘The

males are somewhat larger than the type, but do not otherwise

differ. The females are characterised by a greater extension of

the ochreous discal area of the secondaries which, between veins

2and 7 and at theanal angle, nearly reaches the hind margin. On

the underside this is especially marked.. The hyaline markings

on the secondaries characteristic of the male are also absent.

ANDRONYMUS PHILANDER Hopff.

A common forest species.

ACROMESIS NEANDER Plotz.

Inhabits the same localities and occurs side by side with the

preceding.

GORGYRA JOHNSTONI Butler.

This little species is common on the high plateau, but appears

to be absent from the Luangwa valley.

GoRGYRA ABURE Plotz.

Two specimens from dense forest, on the Kalungwisi river, ix.

HypoLeucis opHiusA Wallengr.

A single specimen from dense forest, on the Kalungwisi river,

1X.

CYcLoPIDES WILLEMI Wallengr.

I did not find this a common species. I captured a single

76 MR. S, A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

specimen in the Fort Jameson district, iv.1904, and subsequently

a small series in the Lualaba valley, 1v.1907.

CYCLOPIDES COOKSONI.

Cyclopides cooksoni H. H. Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905,

p. 260, pl. xiii. fig. 10.

I took four specimens of this striking species at Kambove,

ill.

CYCLOPIDES FoRMOSUS Butler.

I found this species abundant in Katanga in the wet season

but much less common in Northern Rhodesia.

CYCLOPIDES MIDAS Butler.

Abundant everywhere except in the Luangwa valley.

CYCLOPIDES KAMBOVE, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 14, 3.)

Dusky, with large orange spots on primary. Ailied to guadri-

signatus Butl., but with the spots much larger and more

numerous.

3. Uprrersipe.—Primaries dusky, the basal third bearing a

few scattered golden scales; the following golden-orange spots :—

a large rectangular discocellular spot, a smaller one above it below

costa, two subapical spots, that nearer costa the larger; an

irregular spot the largest of all, lies below and a little beyond cell-

end between veins 4 and 2; a small spot below it in 1 6, some-

times confluent with last. Secondaries dusky, without spots,

with scattered golden hairs at base, and in some specimens with

a few golden scales on discal area.

UNDERSIDE as upperside, but spots of primary larger and some-

what confluent.

Fringe dusky ; palpi golden tipped dusky ; thorax and abdomen

dusky, sides of latter with a few golden scales.

Length of primary 14-16 mm.

Type ¢ in British Museum: Kambove, 24.vi.07. Cotypes in

Hope Coll., Oxford.

Described from six individuals from same locality, all except

type taken in March.

CYCLOPIDES WALLACEI, sp.n. (Plate III. fig. 15, 3.)

Dusky with cream-coloured markings; allied to C. willemi

Wall., in coloration, but in distribution of markings near

C. punctulata Butler.

¢. Upprrsipe. — Primaries dusky; a minute discocellular

whitish spot ; below costa between cell and apex three elongated

cream-coloured spots, of which the middle one is the smallest and

placed more proximally than the others ; a submarginal row of six

internervular spots of the same colour, two of which are in

area 1 4, the upper the smaller of the two.

19] 0.4 FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 4G

Secondaries uniformly dusky with traces of five creamy spots of

discal row, which is best described from underside. .

UNDERSIDE. — Primary as upperside with addition of pale

ochreous triangular streaks at all the vein-endings.

Secondary. The whole neuration outlined in pale ochreous,

intensified towards margin; a discal row from costa of eight

internervular cream-coloured spots, small and paired in area 16.

Fringe cream-coloured; palpi creamy white with some scattered

black hairs; thorax dusky; abdomen dusky above, with a lateral

and paired ventral creamy white lines, edges of segments being

outlined in the same colour.

Length of primary 16°5 mm.

Type ¢ in the British Museum: Kansanshi, N.W. Rhodesia,

GROW,

The only specimen met with of this very distinct species.

I have much pleasure in dedicating it to my friend Mr. L. A.

Wallace, Administrator of N.W. Rhodesia.

CYCLOPIDES PUNCTULATA Butler.

I took this species sparingly at Kambove, iii., and on the

high plateau near Serenji, N.E. Rhodesia, xii.

CYCLOPIDES STELLATA Mab.

I met with this species commonly on wooded hillsides at

Petauke, Luangwa valley, xii.—i11., but not elsewhere.

HETEROPTERUS ABJECTA Snell.

Baracus furvus Mab.

Three specimens from the Lubudi and Lufupa rivers, x.

and x1.

KEDESTES CAPENAS Hew.

Common in the Luangwa valley, ii.iv. Also taken sparingly

at Kambove, 111.

KEDESTES LEMA, Sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 8, ¢.)

A dusky species with a very distinct underside; not apparently

nearly allied to any species I can find described.

¢. Uprsrsips.— Primaries dusky, marked with the following

whitish spots :—a discocellular : three spots beyond cell near costa,

of which the upper one is very small ; two somewhat rectangular

discal spots in areas 4 and 5, followed by two more proximally

placed spots in areas 2 and 14, the latter paired, the upper portion

much the smaller.

Secondaries uniformly dusky.

Unpersive.— Primaries. Spots as upperside, costa and ends of

veins on outer margin outlined in yellowish.

Secondaries. Costa narrowly, inner margin broadly, blackish.

Basal area of wing to beyond cell-end pale yellowish, enclosing

the following black spots and streaks :—a spot above cell, a broad

78 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

streak within cell, and another streak below cell in area le; a

row of six discal spots from costa around cell and to vein 2; the

first of these, that below costa, extends to outer margin as a long

black streak ; outer margin broad, consisting of black internervular

streaks, alternating with the veins which are outlined in pale

yellowish ; broad, black inner margin bears two faint rows of

golden scales.

Fringe dusky ; palpi very short, with a few dark hairs at tip ;

thorax dusky ; abdomen dusky above, ochreous below.

Length of primary 12°5 mm.

Type ¢ in the British Museum: Kambove, Katanga, 8.11.07.

Described from a single male, which is a rather worn specimen.

It is possible that in a fresh specimen the yellow coloration on

the underside would be much brighter.

From so little material I should have hesitated to describe this

species but for its very distinct underside.

Kerpestes cHACA Trim.

A single male from the Lualaba river, iv.

KEDESTES TUCUSA Trim.

Represented by two males from Mporokoso, upper Kalungwisi

valley, vili. and ix. ‘These specimens are rather smaller and

more clearly marked than South African specimens.

KEDESTES MOHOZUTZA Wallengr.

A common species on the high plateau during the wet season.

Not met with in the Luangwa valley or in Katanga.

KEDESTES FENESTRATUS Butler.

I have in the collection a considerable series of a species very

doubtfully distinct from the above. Most individuals have a

distinct discal row of pale spots around cell on underside of

secondaries, but there are traces of these in the types from

Zomba.

KEDESTES CALLICLES Hew.

A common Luangwa valley species, x1l.—iv.

KEDESTES MALUA, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 12, 3.)

A very distinct species, perhaps remotely allied to mohozutza

etc., the olive:yellow white-spotted underside being especially

characteristic.

3. Upprerstpe.—Primaries dusky olive, with a few yellowish

scales at base especially along costal and inner margins; the fol-

lowing hyaline spots :—a discocellular ; three minute spots below

costa midway between cell-end and apex; a small spot in area 3

beyond anda much larger one in area 2 below end of cell; traces of

a yellowish spot on middle of vein 1; a line of indefinite yellowish

submarginal internervular spots following outer margin.

OO] - FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 79

Secondaries somewhat darker than primaries, the base (especially

towards inner margin) more or less covered with olive-yellow

hairs; a submarginal patch of yellow scales above and below

vein 9.

UnvbersipE.— Primaries. Hyaline spots as upperside, but ground-

colour, especially on costa, apex, and outer margin heavily scaled

with ochreous ; a faint submarginal dark line and a narrow outer

“marginal line of creamy-white crossed by the dark veins.

Secondaries. Ground-colour along inner margin in areas la, 1}

as upperside, remainder ochreous-brown, somewhat darker on

costal and anterior part of outer margins; the following creamy-

white spots outlined in black :—one above and one below cell-

middle (the latter darker and indistinct); an elongate discocellular

spot ; a discal row of seven spots crossed by dark veins, extending

from costa around cell-end to vein 2, ending in a separated eighth

spot in area le; the same white marginal line as in primary.

Fringe pale brown, inclining to whitish on anal angle; palpi

whitish, tipped dusky; thorax above covered with ochreous-

yellow hairs; abdomen dusky, with some hairs of same colour

especially at tip.

Length of primary 13:5 mm.

The female of this species is a little larger (length of primary

15 mm.), and has the yellow submarginal row on upperside better

developed.

Type ¢ in the British Museum, from the Chambezi valley,

8.v.08.

Type 2 in Hope Ooll., Oxford : Chambezi valley, 15.v.08.

Described from four males and two females.

This striking species seems to be confined to high plateau

country, and is distinctly scarce.

PADRAONA ZENO Trim.

A common forest species in the plateau and in Katanga. I did

not meet with it in the Luangwa valley.

GEGENES occuttTa Trim.

I took this species sparingly in the Fort Jameson district

and Luangwa valley, iil., iv., and on the Alala plateau, ix.

GEGENES HOTTENTOTA Latr.

A common species everywhere, especially so in the Chambezi

valley. The form odwmbrata Trim., occurs side by side with it,

and three or four individuals are intermediate between the two,

having the bright ochreous colour of that form but lacking the

sexual badges. It seems impossible to separate the females in a

large series, and until more evidence is forthcoming it seems

wiser to keep the two forms together.

_ CHApRA MATHIAS Fabr.

Ubiquitous and on the wing all the year.

80 MR. 8. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

PARNARA FATUELLUS Hopff.

A common species everywhere.

PARNARA BORBONICA Boisd.

Less common than the preceding species, rather scarce in the

Luangwa valley.

PARNARA DETECTA Trim.

Ubiquitous.

PARNARA AURITINCTUS Butler.

Baoris auritinctus Butler, P. Z.S. 1898, p. 416, pl. xxxii. fig. 2.

Of this species, which seems rare in collections, I took several

specimens in the Chambezi valley, iv. and v.

PARNARA mMicANS Holl.

Parnara micans Holl. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 63, pl. iii. fig. 19.

I found this species sparingly in Katanga, but subsequently

took it abundantly on the Chambezi river, iv., v., and less

commonly on the Kalungwisi, ix.

PARNARA CHAMBEZI, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 9, 3.)

Somewhat allied to micans Holl., but a smaller insect without

any rufous-orange colour on upper surface, and with all the hyaline

spots larger and better developed, especially on secondaries.

¢. Upprrrsipe.—Primaries olive-brownish, with a few ochreous

scales at base and on inner margin; the following hyaline spots :

one within cell near and below costa; three below costa between

cell and apex (the first of these often much reduced or absent in

the male); three discal spots below cell and in areas 4, 3, 2, the

last the largest.

Secondaries. Ground-colour as primaries ; a clearly-marked row

of four whitish spots below and beyond cell-end in areas 5, 4, 3, 2.

UNDERSIDE.—Costa, apical portion of primaries, and whole of

secondaries except inner margin and areas la, 14, flushed with

bright ferruginous spots as upperside, but discal spots accom-

panied exteriorly by small patches of upperside ground-colour.

Sometimes a small whitish discocellular spot in secondaries and

an additional spot of discal row in area 6.

Palpi pale ochreous ; thorax and abdomen as ground-colour ;

tip of abdomen ferruginous below.

Length of primary 14 mm.

The females are larger, primary 155 mm., and have all the

spots markedly larger.

Types ¢ and 2 in the British Museum: Chambezi valley,

15 & 18.iv.08.

Cotypes in Hope Coll., Oxford, from the same locality.

Described from 37 males and 18 females.

This species was common in the Chambezi valley, iv., but was

not met with elsewhere.

191 0. FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 81

PARNARA SUBOCHRACEA.

Parnara subochracea Holl. P. Z.S. 1896, p. 63, pl. iv. fig. 2.

I have a series from the Chambezi valley which I do not care

to pronounce distinct from the above species. They are, however,

altogether paler and have an additional spot on the primary, viz.

on oa 1, sometimes also a spot in the upper part of the cell near

1ts end.

PARNARA ARELA Mab.

Baoris arela Holl. P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 68, pl. il. fig. 20.

A few individnals from the Chambezi and Kalungwisi valleys,

Vix. ‘

PaRNARA LAREA, Sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 13, 3.)

In its broad rounded wings and in general distribution of its

spots this species is allied to arela Mab. It is, however, a much

darker species, differing very much on the underside, and has a

broad pale fringe compared with a narrow dark one in arela.

3g. Urrersrpe dark brown with a faint purplish flush toward

base.

Primaries. The spots as in arela, the three small spots forming

a row below costa are in a straight line, the middle one not being

more proximal than the others as it is in arela.

Secondaries. Ground-colour as in primaries; two indistinct

spots below cell and in areas 3 and 2, always present.

UNDERSIDE.—Spots as upperside ; apex of primaries and whole

of secondaries flushed with purple overlaid with scattered bluish

scales.

Fringe very long, varying from whitish to pale ochreous ; palpi

pale ochreous; thorax and abdomen coloured as upperside, paler

below.

Length of primary 17 mm.

The females are rather darker, larger, and have more rounded

wings.

Type ¢ in the British Museum: east shore of Lake Bangweolo,

22.v.08.

Type 2 in the British Museum: Kambove, Katanga, 20.11.07.

Cotypes in the Hope Coll., Oxford: four males from Lake

Bangweolo and the Chambezi valley, iv.—vii., one female from the

Lualaba river, Katanga, iv.

PaRNARA ILIAS Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl. p. 355.

Baoris tlias Holl. P. Z. S. 1896, p. 67, pl. v. fig. 17.

I took one individual of this species on the Lualaba river,

iv., and subsequently a few others in the Lake Bangweolo

district and the Kalungwisi valley, vii.—ix.

PARNARA ENTEBBEA Swinh.

Parnara entebbea Swinh. Ann. N. H. (8) i. p. 90 (1909).

T assign my specimens with some doubt to the above species;

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1910, No. Vi. 6

$2 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 18,

they have the same obsolete bands of spots on the underside of the

secondaries, but are much larger and lighter coloured. The only

female has a chequered fringe to the primary, this agreeing with

a female in the National Collection which is perhaps that of

entebbea.

This species was taken at Kambove, iii., vii., Lualaba valley,

v., X1., Kalungwisi valley, ix.

PARNARA SAXICOLA, sp.n. (Plate IIT. fig. 10, 3.)

A rather large, broad-winged species of a greyish colour, with-

out apparently any very near allies.

3. UpprersipE.— Primaries dull greyish brown with the fol-

lowing whitish spots :—two within cell a little before end; a discal

row of six spots from costa to vein 2, arranged on two sides of a

triangle; the spot in area 5 which is evanescent forms the apex

and is nearest the outer margin; the last spot, that in area 2,

being the largest of the row.

Secondaries unicolorous, the same colour as primaries.

Unbersibe.— Primaries. Spotting as upperside but rather more

distinet, an additional spot in discal row in area 16. Costal

margin and apex of primaries and whole of secondaries heavily

scaled with grey; in secondaries scales enclose two obscure rows

of spots, one across cell and the other around cell-end. A narrow

dusky marginal line to both wings.

Fringe brownish on primaries, grey on secondaries; palpi grey

tipped dusky; thorax and abdomen above brownish; abdomen

below dirty white; legs grey.

Length of primary 19 mm.

Type ¢ in British Museum, from near the Lualaba river,

22.iv.07.

Cotype ¢ in Hope Coll., Oxford: New Kalungwisi Station,

20.x.08.

I met with this peculiar species, of which I can find no near

allies, only in these two localities. It was found frequenting the

neighbourhood of some large rocks in the midst of woodland. It

was not rare on this spot, but exceedingly wary. I never saw it

settle elsewhere than on these rocks, where its peculiarly cryptic

underside made it very difficult to see. So difficult was it to

capture that the above described specimen represents the sole

result of an hour’s work. The second specimen was, captured by

a native collector on ground of a similar character.

ParnaRA (SEMALEA) PULVINA Plotz.

This species is a forest one. It occurred on the Lualaba river,

iv., v.; Lake Bangweolo, vu.; Lofu river, viii.; Kalungwisi

district, x.

PaRNARA (SEMALEA) Nox Mab.

Two specimens from the Lualaba river, iv. and v., and several

from the high country of the Kalungwisi district, ix,

POLO} FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 83

Baoris NyAss#® Hew.

A common species in the high plateau country. It appears

5 . . 5 Ls

to me to be a distinct species from netopha Hew. It hangs from

grasses etc., with wings closed above its back when at rest, looking

quite like a small Acrea.

Baoris NETOPHA Hew.

I found this species, with which the foregoing has been some-

times confused, to be distinctly rare. I met with it only in forest

in the Kalungwisi valley, ix.

BAoRIS NIVEICORNIS Plotz.

A by no means uncommon high plateau species. It is very

active on the wing and good specimens are very difficult to obtain,

as it is extraordinarily violent when in the net.

PLATYLESCHES AYRESI Trim.

A common high plateau species but rare on the low ground.

PLATYLESCHES NIGRICANS Holl.

A scarce species, taken only at Ndola, upper Kafue river,

ix., and the Chambezi valley, iv.

PLATYLESCHES NIGERRIMA Butler.

Represented by a single specimen from the, upper Lufupa

river, Xl.

PLATYLESCHES MORITILI Wallengr.

This species is ubiquitous.

PLATYLESCHES ROBUSTUS, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 7, ¢.)

Resembles P. moritili Wallengr., on the upperside, and P. neba

Hew.*, on the underside, but is a much larger species than either.

¢. UpprrsipE much as in moritili, but in the primaries, of

the two spots in cell near its end, the upper one is small and often

absent; hyaline spots as in morztili; yellowish spot on middle of

vein, if present, is very faint; a bright yellow streak along

proximal two-thirds of inner margin.

Secondaries. Yellowish hairs at base, on inner margin and

on discal band below cell-end, more developed and of a brighter

yellow than in moritii.

Unpersipe.—Much paler than moritili; on primaries a well

developed pale yellow streak between 1 and 2; apex and

anterior part of outer margin flushed with pale blue.

Secondaries. Anterior part of outer margin broadly, inner margin

narrowly, flushed with pale blue; at anal angle a large patch of

brownish chocolate extending up area 16 for nearly half its

length ; this patch sometimes edged with whitish towards margins.

Fringe dark brown, on secondaries much paler, becoming whitish

* Hesperia neba Hew., Ann. N. H. (4) xix. p. 84.

84 MR. S. A. NEAVE ON BUTTERFLIES | Jan. 18,

toward anal angle ; palpi dusky above, white below ; thorax above

and base of abdomen covered with greenish-yellow hairs.

Average length of primary 17 mm.

P. robustus with its large size, stout thorax and elongate wings,

differs from both moritili and neba, which seem to be its nearest

allies, though perhaps, with its striking underside, it is more

closely related to the latter.

Type ¢ in the British Museum, from the Chambezi valley,

7.v.08.

Type 2 in the British Museum, from the high plateau, south

of Lake Tanganyika, 22.vii1.08.

Cotypes in the Hope Coll., Oxford.

Described from 55 individuals.

I found this large Platylesches to be a common one, especially

in high plateau country. It usually frequents grasses, etc., im or

on the outskirts of woodland. It has also been taken sparingly

in Mashonaland by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall.

PLATYLESCHES PICANINI.

Platylesches picanini Holl. Ent. News, v. p. 91, pl. ui. fig. 9

(1894).

Represented by two individuals from the Alala plateau north-

east of Broken Hill, and by two others from east of Lake

Bangweolo, x. They both differ somewhat from typical specimens

in having the yellow band across the secondaries considerably

broader.

PLATYLESCHES LAMBA, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 6, 3.)

Allied to picanini Holl., but a slightly larger insect, the band

across the underside of secondaries being broader, pure white, and

not interrupted toward inner margin as in that species, .

¢. Uprrrsipe.—Primaries dusky with a greenish 1ridescence,

with the following hyaline markings :—two streaks in cell near its

end, the lower much the larger; three small discal spots in areas

7, 4, 3, the last the most proximally placed; a large irregular spot

in area 2 below cell-end; a creamy-white spot on vein | a little

before middle.

Secondaries. Ground-colour as primaries ; a row of three golden

spots (the first very small) below cell-end in areas 4, 3, 2, followed

by a larger, more indefinite dull yellow spot in area 1 e.

Unpirsipe.— Primaries. Ground-colour as upperside but lacking

iridescence ; a narrow line of yellow on costa near base and a well-

marked long white streak about middle in area 1 d.

Secondaries. A broad creamy-white discal band from costa to

inner margin. No break in areas 1 6, 1 ¢ as in picanint.

Fringe dusky, paler towards anal angle; palpi creamy white ;

thorax and base ot abdomen above covered with iridescent greenish

hairs.

Length of primary 16 mm.

1910. | FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 85

Type $ in Hope Coll., Oxford: lower Chambezi valley,

17.x.08.

Cotype ¢ in British Museum: Lufupa river, W. Katanga,

5.x1.07.

Type 2 and cotype 3S in Hope Coll., Oxford, from east shore of

Lake Bangweolo, 23.v.08; 14.17.x.08.

Described from three males and one female.

PARDALEODES INCERTA Snell.

A forest species; taken on the Lualaba river, v., and Lofu

and Kalungwisi rivers, vill., 1x.

PARDALEODES yIBIUS Hew.

Represented by two specimens from the Lualaba river, v., and

one from Kalungwisi, ix.

COENIDES sp, near DACELA Hew.

A single specimen in rather bad condition which appears to be

distinet from dacela Hew., but which in the circumstances I

hesitate to describe. Lufupa river, xi.

CoENIDES LEONORA Plotz.

A single specimen of this handsome species from the Lufupa

river, X1.

RHOPALOCAMPTA LIBEON Druce.

Rhopalocampta wnicolor Mab.

I found this species not uncommon in the high plateau country

in the Kalungwisi district, but did not meet with it elsewhere.

RHOPALOCAMPYA PISISTRATUS Eabr.

This species occurs over a wide area, but I never took any great

numbers of it. It is perhaps often mistaken for the next species

which is so abundant.

RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN Cram.

Extremely common everywhere. This species is much attracted

by moisture, and if one is sitting or standing still will often settle

on one’s hands and arms attracted by the perspiration.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES

Prate I.

Fiz. 1. Amauris lobengula katange, 3, subsp. n.

2. Acrea welwitschi Rogenh., g.

» mirifica Lathy, 2.

» lualabe g,sp.n.

nohara chambezi &, subsp. n.

5 detecta g,sp.n.

Gis en 5 6 genitalia (from an individual similar

to the type).

6b. ,, caldarena, 8 genitalia.

oy Mexoraas, 2, Si,

2 mima 6 2Q.sp.u.

86 MR. J, T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

Puare II.

ies)

aoe

. Neptis jordani, sp. n.

(For genitaha vide fig. in text p. 33.)

. Huptera elabontas mweruensis 3, subsp. n.

. Brenthis excelsior katange &, subsp. n.

. Aphneus questiauxi Auriv., 2

. Lycenesthes gemmifera 8, sp. n.

. Pseudaletis mazanguli 2, sp. n.

. Spindasis trimeni 3, sp. 0.

-. Aphneus marshalli 8, sp. v.-

. Catachrysops cupreus § 2, sp. n.

- Deudorix kafuensis 3, sp. n.

. bemba 2, sp. n.

fea

Da Santanewr

Prank LET

. Belenois picta, dry 6, sp. nu.

oy) ” wet 3.

3. craushayi t. lata, 3, f. nov.

5. Abantis lofu go 2, sp. u.

6. Platylesches lamba 6, sp. n.

Ue % robustus 3, sp. n.

8. Kedestes lena @,sp.n.

9. Parnara chambezi 6, sp.n.

10. 5 saxicola g, sp. n.

11. Sarangesa maxima, 3, sp. n.

12. Kedestes malua g, sp.n.

13. Parnara larea 6, sp. 0.

14. Cyclopides kambove g, sp-n.

15. 5 wallacei S,sp.n.

16. Sarangesa nox 8, sp. n.

2. On the Marine Fishes and Invertebrates of St. Helena.

By J. T. Cunnincuam, M.A., F.Z.8. With Description

of new Species of Hydrozoa and Porifera, by R. Kirx-

PATRICK, F.Z.S.

(Plates 1V.—VII.*, and Text-figures 3-6.)

[| Received November 1, 1909.]

At the beginning of February this year Mr. Alfred Mosely,

C.M.G., went with a small party of experts to the island of

St. Helena in order to make some enquiries into the industries

and resources of the island, with the object of developing as far as

possible the means by which the population could support itself.

Until recently the people have been to a great extent dependent

on the market and the employment afforded by the garrison and

various Government works in the island. In 1903 the Boer

prisoners left the island, and not long afterwards the Imperial

Government decided to withdraw the whole of the garrison. To

prevent distress among the inhabitants the Government has taken

steps to develop the manufacture of lace and of New Zealand

flax, and Mr. Mosely’s attention was directed to agriculture

and fisheries. I was inyited to accompany him in order to assist

* For explanation of the Plates see pp, 130 & 131.

GANUGHIIGIS! G7ILODINNWS) WANUGZSUOUAL JUGS SI AWBUIAL “WANE SUOUIALTO SED) INUGID) “TL

‘dur 42 UU] Tep usea9'pP

“@ meus

Ae OMG Ss el

}

’

éh

P.Z.S. 1910. Pir vy.

d.Green del. lith.et imp.

IES IMO Sen GIO,

SW GUMIP ISD) SVOUSTECHIL SUSU ELWAUL el

“dur 78 47H [Sp use849 'P

SON Neal OU SZ el

12, Zon Sp WENO, Jen. WAUL,

@d.Green imp.

1—3. EUDENDRIUM CUNNINGHAMI spn.

A—38. CHONDROSIA PLEBEIJA O Schmidz.

Pinghley del. et lth.

: - Bre

i ee i

Ad ; \

/ vt

‘ '

¥ ,

= ete

; ‘ :

1916.| AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA, 87

him in his enquiries concerning the fisheries and to make a

Report to the Colonial Office on the results of those enquiries.

My Report on the practical and commercial aspect of the subject:

has been already sent to the Secretary of State for the Colonies ;

but Mr. Mosely gave me every facility for collecting specimens

and doing as much scientific work as was possible in the time

available, and the following paper contains the results of my

investigations from the scientitic point of view.

I took with me a number of nets of the kinds used in England

for the purpose of ascertaining by experiment how far English

methods and apparatus would be successful in the waters of

St. Helena; these consisted of a small otter trawl 15 feet wide at

the mouth, a trammel 20 fathoms leng and 6 feet deep, a seine

10 fathoms long and 8 feet deep, and two mackerel drift-nets each

20 yards long. I also took a small tow-net of silk bolting cloth.

A small spirit tank for carrying preserve specimens was lent to

me by the Fish Department of the British Museum (Natural

History); and when my collection grew too large for this I

was able to obtain tin-lned cases in the island, which were

repaired and soldered down when full bya skilled workman whom

Mr. Mosely had taken with him to carry out the curing of mackerel

and other fish.

We left Southampton on Feb. 6th and arrived at Ascension on

Saturday, Feb. 20th, at 4.30 a.m. We landed for a couple of

hours and saw the turtle ponds. The female turtle land on the

sandy beaches of the island from January to June and are

captured by being turned over; they are used as food for the

garrison, or rather crew, for Ascension is treated as a ship belonging

to the Navy and under the control of the Admiralty. Here also

I was interested in the extraordinary numbers of Balistes which

swarmed around the ship to feed on the orange-peel, pieces of

bread, and other refuse thrown overboard. Before arriving at

Ascension, soon after passing Cape Verde, we saw for two whole

days large numbers of Velella at the surface of the sea. They

seemed about 4 inches in diameter with the vertical semicircular

erest 3 or 4 inches above the surface of the water and of a bright

pink colour along its border. I was not able to obtain any

specimens, and south of Ascension none were seen. Flying-fish

of course were seen in large numbers; they first appeared after

we had passed Cape Verde, and continued to be abundant till we

were approaching St. Helena, but during my stay at that island

I never saw one. I endeavoured to decide for myself the question

whether these fishes move their wings in flight, and convinced

myself that the pectoral fins were rapidly vibrating or quivering

at the moment when. the fish left the water, but that afterwards

during the flight they were perfectly motionless, so that the

motion of the fish is like that of an aeroplane.

We arrived at St. Helena on Monday, Feb. 22nd, a little

before midnight, and J spent five weeks on the island, Much of

my time was spent in the native fishing-boats, making observa-

tions on the different kinds of fishing, The boats are all small

MR. J. 1. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

and open; the largest are whale-boats about 30 feet long

and sharp at both ends: these carry a movable mast on which

a sail can be hoisted, but they are more often propelled by oars.

These are used chiefly for the albacore-fishing which is carried on

off the south-west point of the island; each boat carries a crew of

four men. The other boats are a little smaller and have square

sterns; they are used for catching mackerel and various other

fish, chiefly at night, the albacore-fishing being carried on in

daylight. The island is roughly oblong and extends from north-

east to south-west, and as it les in the region cf the trade winds

blowing always from the south-east, the north-west coast is the

lee side, and the sea on this side is always smooth or moderate ;

hence the open boats are perfectly safe on this side, and here the

fishing is usually carried on. Seining was impossible, as there

are no smooth sloping beaches on which to draw a seine; at the

mouths of the valleys including Jamestown there are beaches

of small extent, but they are very steep, are composed of large

pebbles, and there is usually a strong surf breaking on them.

This surf is due to large smooth waves, locally known as ‘ rollers,’

which come from the north-west, that is, in the direction opposite

to that of the wind; their size and force varies greatly from

unknown causes, and when they are heavy, landing and embarking

at the wharf at Jamestown are rendered somewhat difficult.

I made one trial of the trammel-net, setting it in the evening

in about four fathoms of water off Banks’ Valley to the east

of Jamestown. When hauled a little after a the next

morning it contained 11 soldiers (Holocentrum), 4 gurnards

(Seon “Bane 2 flounders (Platophrys), 2 rockfish (Scarws), 1 stone-

brass (Caranx sancte helene), a large Panulirus, locally known as

long-legs, one Cidaris and one feather-star. I only once had an

opportunity of going to the windward coast of the island when a

smal] steam-launch belonging to Messrs. Solomons, the shipping

agents, towing a whale-boat, took a party as far as a small islet on

the south-east coast, called George Island. It had been intended to

circumnavigate the island, but the wind and sea increased so much

that we were obliged to make fora sheltered bay called Prosperous

Pay, where I was able to make a few hauls of the otter trawl]. I

also trawled on the leeward side a little to the west of Jamestown

from the town down to Lemon Valley at a depth of about

30 fathoms, where the net brought up large quantities of the

massive coarse sponge identified by Mr. Kirkpatrick as Chondrosia

plebeja along with the species of Hudendrium described below, six

specimens of the flat-fish Platophrys podas, locally called flounders,

three Scorpena, several Cidaris, two Linckia, and a specimen of

Umbraculum mediterraneum.

The shores of the island consist everywhere, except at the

pebble-beaches at the mouths of the valleys, of black volcanic

rock. The cliffs are vertical or nearly so, rising to a height

of 700 feet on either side of Jamestown, and at the bases of them

is a flat ledge of rock. The tide rises and falls only about two

1910.] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 89

feet, so that there is little room for shore-collecting. One of the

most characteristic features is the absence of Mucus, Laminaria,

and all other large seaweeds ; the surface of the rock is covered

in the rock-pools with green Ulva and Hnteromorpha, and a

reddish calcareous alga. There is also another alga, dirty brown

in colour, and of small size. Almost everywhere the surface of

the rock is closely studded with the holes inhabited by the

black boring sea-urchin Hcehinometra subangularis, and on the

‘underside of overhanging ledges the large dark-coloured anemone

Phymactis sancte helene is very common.

I did not pay special attention to the terrestrial fauna, but it

may be worthy of record here that frogs have been introduced into

the island. There were none in 1875 when Melliss’ book was

published, but at the time of my visit they were abundant in the

neighbourhood of the Government House at Plantation and in

the stream that runs down the Jamestown Valley, as far as the

boundary of the town. The species has been identified by

Mr. Boulenger from the specimens which I brought home as

Rana grayt ne This is one of the most abundant species in

South Africa, and iscommon in the neighbourhood of Cape Town,

whence specimens were brought to St. ‘elem some years ago by

Miss Moss, a member of one of the resident families, in order

that they might furnish a supply of food for ducks. My attention

was first drawn to these frogs by hearing their voices in

the neighbourhood of Government House. The sound suddenly

became audible a little before sunset when it began to rain; it

seemed to me like the musical clink produced by tapping glass with

a metal rod, in fact it rather suggested numbers of fairy anvils,

and was unlike anything I had previously associated with frogs.

There is one species of lizard in the island, doubtless the

Hemidactylus frenatus Schleg. mentioned by Melliss. I saw one

specimen on the veranda on the house where I lodged; it ran

into the sitting-room and disappeared into a hole in the wainscot.

Two or three large turtles were caught by fishermen and brought

to market during my stay; I was informed that they are caught

when in the act of copulation, the male and female remaining

connected for several days, and when they are in this condition a

boat can be brought close to them and one or both of the

animals can be easily captured. The method of capture is to

seize the animal with a gaff by one of the legs and then to

pass a rope round the limb, and so either hoist the turtle into the

boat or tow it from the stern. I myself saw a couple of turtles

at the surface of the water when I was in a boat rowing down the

leeward coast, and we rowed up to the animals, but having no

gaff on board were unable to capture them. ‘There are no sandy

beaches at St. Helena as at Ascension, and I never heard of any

turtles going ashore to lay eggs at the former island. I saw the

two giant tortoises which live at Plantation ; they are mentioned

by Melliss as having been there a century or more in 1875, but the

exact date of their introduction is unknown. They came in

90 MR. J. I. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

all probability from one of the Mascarene islands; Melliss

suggests that they are of the species Zestudo indica, but this

species is stated by Lydekker to be extinct, and I was not able to

ascertain the species with more certainty.

The commonest sea-birds were G'ygis candida and Anous stolida.

The former was fairly abundant in the neighbourhood of James-

town, and some were always to he seen on the ledges of the

vertical cliffs at the back of the wharf. It seemed to me that

they were breeding there, but I did not confirm this supposition.

Melliss states that the bird at St. Helena nests in rocky cliffs and

dykes away from the sea, although in other parts of the world it

nests in trees. At the request of the late Dr. Bowdler Sharpe I

obtained two specimens of a Petrel which he identified as Oceano-

droma castro; I found it breeding at Egg Island off the coast

some miles west of Jamestown, and this was the first evidence of

its breeding at St. Helena.

Among land-birds I noticed a mynah, not the species mentioned

by Melliss, Gracula religiosa, which bas become extinct, but Acrido-

theres tristis; the ground-dove Geopelia tranquilla from New South

Wales; the Java sparrow, Padda oryzivora; the so-called cardinal,

really the Madagascar weaver, Youdia madagascariensis; Serinus

Jlaviventris, often called the St. Helena seed-eater, from South

Africa; and the wax-bill, known in the island as the avadavat,

Astrilda astrild, also from South Africa. The latter species is

seen in flocks about cultivated Jands in the interior of the

island. Melliss Suanes that he introduced among other birds 26

London sparrows; but I am glad to say I saw no signs of this

impudent little bird, which if it flourished would probably exter-

minate others much more desirable. For kind assistance in

identifying these few birds I am indebted to Mr. Frank Finn.

I have myself worked out the fishes which I collected, but for

the identification and annotation of the various groups of inver-

tebrates I am indebted to specialists of the staff of the Natural

History Museum. Dr. Calman examined the Crustacea, Mr. EH.

A. Smith the few Mollusca, chiefly shells inhabited by Pagurus,

Mr. Jeftrey Bell the Echinoderms, and Mr. Kirkpatrick the

specimens of sponge and Hydroid. ‘To all these gentlemen I wish

to express my heartiest thanks for their courtesy and assistance.

I have thought it best to incorporate their reports in my paper,

partly because the specimens in each group were few in number,

partly because there is an advantage in keeping the results of

my observations on the fauna of the island together. I have

also to thank Mr. Boulenger for much friendly help and advice

in reference to my work on the fishes. All the expenses of col-

lecting the specimens and bringing them home were borne by

Mr. Mosely, and to me personally his generosity and kindness

were unfailing. To the Governor, Lieut.-Colonel Gallwey, my

sincere thanks are due for his hospitality and for the very friendly

interest he tookinmy work. I have also to thank the residents of

the island for much hospitality and the officials for all kinds of help.

1910. ] - AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 91

Relations of the Fish-fauna of St. Helena.

There are 33 species in my collection, while Melliss in his

book, published in 1875, mentions 68. Of those which I obtained

the following are peculiar to the island :—

Cheetodon sancte helenc.

Julis sanctee helene.

Scarus strigatus.

Tetrodon cutaneus.

Congromurena mellissit.

Ophichthys regius.

Leirus moselit,

Pimelepterus gallveit.

The rest may be divided into two divisions; those which are

confined to the Atlantic, and those which occur also in the

tropical and subtropical Pacific.

Species confined to the Atlantic.

Carana dentex.

Lichia glauca.

Murena unicolor.

Murena moringa.

Murena sancte helene.

Holocentrum longipinne.

Epinephelis ascensionis.

Sargus capensis(also Muscat).

Platophrys podas.

Scorpena scrofina.

Salarias teatilis.

Ostracion quadricornis.

Species common to the Atlantic and Pacific.

Saurus nvyops.

Priacanthus boops.

Priacanthus cruentatus.

Cossyphus pectoralis.

Caranxz sancte helenc.

Caranx ascensionis.

Scomber colias.

Thynnus alalonga.

Thynnus albacora.

Thynnus obesus.

Gymnosarda alleterata.

Thyrsites prometheus.

Balistes buniva.

In order to ascertain in a general way the affinities of the

St. Helena fishes, we may enquire what species that island has

in common with the Cape, with the West Indies, and with the

Mediterranean. The following lists show which of the species

collected by me occur in these several regions.

| Species found also at the Cape.

Lichia glauca.

Scomber colias.

Thynnus alalonga.

Epinephelus ascensionis.

Priacanthus boops.

Sargus capensis.

Species found also in the Mediterranean.

Thynnus alalonga.

Gymnosarda alleterata.

Platophrys podas.

Murceena unicolor.

Caranx dentex.

Lichia glauca.

Scomber colias.

92 MR. J. 1. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [ Jan. 18,

Species found also at the West Indies.

Murena sanctee helene (Ber- Caranx dentex (Bermudas).

mudas). Scomber colias.

Murena moringa. Thynnus albacora.

Holocentrum longipinne. Thyrsites prometheus (Ber-

EHpinephelus ascensionis. mudas).

Priacanthus cruentatus. Platophrys podas (Cuba °).

Sargus capensis (Bermudas). Lalistes buniva.

According to E, A. Smith in his paper on the Marine Mollusca

of St. Helena, P. Z. 8. 1890, the molluscan fauna of the island

resembles that of the West Indies, fifty per cent. of the specimens

from St. Helena being common to the two localities. The

similarity shown by my small collection of fishes is not nearly

so great, the proportion of West Indian species, including those

found at the Bermudas, being only 11 out of 33, and if we

exclude the Bermudas and omit Platophrys podas, which is doubt-

ful, we have only 6 out of 33. A few of the species occur both

in the Mediterranean and at the Cape, namely Lichia glauca,

Scomber colias, Thynnus alalonga, and probably Caranx dentes,

which certainly occurs at Port Natal(Durban). The few remain-

ing species show no special affinity of the St. Helena fauna with

either the Mediterranean or the Cape. On the other hand, a vast

number of Mediterranean and South African species do not occur

at St. Helena, these being northern and southern temperate

forms which are probably excluded by temperature. In fact, if

we omit the oceanic forms of wide distribution, such as the species

of Thynnus, the shallow-water fishes of St. Helena are few in

number of species; and the fact that such a large proportion

are peculiar to the island, shows how isolated the fish-fauna is, mm

spite of the fact that the eggs and larve are pelagic. The

fauna belongs to the tropical Atlantic, but comparatively few of

the species of this fauna have established themselves on this small

and isolated area in mid-ocean, and the arrival of new indi-

viduals from other regions must be a rare occurrence.

With regard to the species common tothe Atlantic and Pacific,

it is an interesting question whether there is any interchange of

individuals between the two oceans or whether the populations of

the same species have been isolated since the oceans were sepa-

rated by the elevation of the Isthmus of Panama. If thereisany

interchange it must take place round the Cape of Good Hope, as

warm-water fishes are not likely to travel round the cold shores

of Cape Horn, and at the African cape the cold Benguela current

from the Antarctic offers an obstacle. Scomber colias is common

at the Cape, but not known in the Indian Ocean. Thynnus

alalonga occurs in South African waters, but the other species of

Thynnus are not recorded. JZ’. albacora occurs at Muscat, and

both this species and Gymnosarda alleterata are taken on the

coasts of India and the East Indies, but not at the Cape.

L910.) AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA, 93

CONGROMURANA MELLISSII. (Plate LV. fig. 1.)

Congromurena mellissii Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 42;

Melliss.

The Silver Eel, Melliss.

. | obtained one specimen of this species, which was caught on a

bottom line from a boat moored off Egg Island in about 35 fms. ;

it was 18 inches long, of uniform yellowish grey colour. This

species 1s peculiar to St. Helena, and only a single specimen of it,

presented by Melliss, was in the National Collection until mine

was added.

MURNA SANCTH HELENE. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)

Murena sancte helene, Ginther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 115;

Melliss.

The Bird’s-eye Conger, Melliss.

I bought a specimen of this species in the market. It was

34 inches long; it has speckled markings on a chocolate ground,

each mark being a group of white dots. It was a female nearly

ripe, the eggs about 1 mm. in diameter, opaque, without oil

globules, with thick vitelline membrane. On the inner surface of

the peritoneum were oval white bodies apparently of parasitic

nature. Giinther gives the length of the head as 2 that of the

trunk, which means the length from the gill-opening to the anus ;

if we take the length from snout toanus, the head is contained in

this 33 times. The markings in Melliss’ specimen which is in

the Museum are larger and more conspicuous than in mine. The

long teeth are hinged so as to bend down flat inwards and

posteriorly.

Melliss states that this species is peculiar to the island, but

there is now in the Museum a specimen from the Bermudas and

another received from the Smithsonian Institution. The Madeira

form Murena anatina is similar but distinct.

MuR2NA UNICOLOR.

Murenophis unicolor De la Roche, Ann. Mus. xiii. 1809, p. 359,

fig. 15.

Murena wnicolor Risso, Ichth. Nice, p. 368; Gimther, B. M.

Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 125; Melliss.

The Brown Eel or Grig, Melliss.

My specimen of this species was also bought in the market. It

is 31 inches long. It agrees with Giinther’s description except

that he does not mention the vertical ascent of the forehead

above the eyes; the top of the head forms a hemispherical en-

largement which is continued behind into a very thick neck, while

the snout is pointed and narrow. ‘There is a narrow edging

of yellow round the vertical fins posteriorly from the anus and

the opposite dorsal point to the caudal extremity. When the

specimen was handled I noticed a liquid running from it which

94 MR. J. 'f. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

appeared to be milt ; under the microscope particles were seen 1n

this liquid which resembled the heads of spermatozoa, but none

of them possessed tails. When the specimen was opened a narrow

testis was found on each side not more than } inch in breadth.

When a piece of the testis was teased up and examined micro-

scopically, particles like those seen in the supposed milt were

seen, and I concluded that these were ripe spermatozoa which

had undergone partial decomposition, the specimen having been

dead some time. -I concluded that the specimen was a male

which had spawned and was almost entirely spent, and as it had

been taken with bait and its stomach was full of food, it is

evident that this species of Wurena does not die after spawning

like the common conger and the freshwater eel of Europe.

It occurs also in the Mediterranean, at Madeira, and the

Azores.

MuR2&NA MORINGA.

Murena moringa Cuv. Regne Anim.; Gunther, B. M. Cat. Fishes,

vill. p. 120; Melliss.

Murenophis rostrata Casteln. Anim. Am. Sud, Poissons, p. 89,

fille exotic Jt

Murenophis curvilineata ibid. p. 81, pl. xlii. fig. 2.

Common Conger, Melliss.

This species has innumerable confluent brownish-black spots

separated by a fine network of the white ground-colour. The

teeth are uniserial with a diastema behind large canines in the

mandible and two long vomerine teeth which are hinged. I

obtained a single specimen 324 inches long from an albacore-boat

when I was out in another ; 1t occurs also at Bahia and the West

Indies. All the Murenas are called congers at St. Helena and

this one is known as the common conger, but the true Conger

vulgaris of Europe, according to Melliss, is also abundant,

although I did not meet with a specimen. ‘This species occurs in

various parts of the tropical Atlantic; specimens in the National

Collection come from Bahia, Ascension, Jamaica, Cuba, and

St. Helena.

OPHICHTHYS REGIUS.

Ophisurus regius (Shaw) Richards. Voy. ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’

Fishes, p. 106.

Ophichthys regius Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, vii. p. 66; Melliss.

Sea-Snake, Melliss.

This species is characterized by the single series of large con-

spicuous brown spots on a grey ground along each side of the

body, with smaller spots in between. I obtained only one

specimen, which was caught on a mackerel-line off Egg Island ;

it is 273 inches long.

Peculiar to St. Helena.

LO AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 95

SAURUS MYOPS.

Salmo myops (Forster) Bloch Schn. Syst. 1801, p. 421; Forst.

Deser. Anim. ed. Lichtenst. p. 412.

Saurus trachinus Schleg. Fauna Japonica, Poiss. p. 231, pl. evi.

fig. 2; Cantor, Malay. Fish. p. 271.

Saurus myops Cuv. Réegne Animal; Cuv. & Val. xxii. p. 485;

Melliss.

Sand-spear, Melliss.

I caught one specimen of this species about a foot long in

about 20 fms. in Flagstaff Bay. It is cylindrical in shape with a

dorsal fin in the middle of the back and a small adipose fin

further back. The ventral fin is extensive, reaching from the

anus to the root of the tail. The pectorals are small, the pelvics

much larger and thoracie in position; the mouth is enormous,

extending far behind the eves which are placed close together on

the top of the head; the gill-openings also are very wide. Small

pointed teeth in a single row on the jaws and some on the

tongue. The scales are of moderate size. The back is dark

brownish with seven darker transverse bands; on the sides are

several longitudinal lines of yellow. The specimen was a male

with nearly ripe milt. This description is from the notes I made

when | examined the fresh specimen, and the colours described

may not be visible in spirit specimens. The fish lives in the

sand with its eyes protruding.

LEIRUS MOSELII, sp.n. (Plate V.)

BVO Da Zor AG i Pe 220) VAG tee) atria 9:

Sc. trans. 20/32.

The most peculiar character is the posterior position of the

dorsal fin which commences at a point whose distance from the

end of the snout is 14 times the length of the head.

Anterior part of the dorsal surface in front of the dorsal fin

flat and scaled, with no trace of fin structures; a fleshy elevation

at the commencement of the fin, the base of which and of the

anal is imbedded and covered with scales. The single dorsal

spine and the two anal spines not separate from the rest of the

fin and imbedded so that they could only be detected by dis-

section. Anus at about the middle of the body and ventral fin

(anal) commencing immediately behind it. Length of head 32

in length of body measured from end of snout to end of middle

caudal. rays. Front of head very obtuse, skin of its upper surface

and round the eye scaleless and porous, but the pores not so

conspicuous as in Leirus perciformis. Preoperculum with

radiating ridges which project from the edge as very minute

spines; edge of operculum with still more minute spinules.

Operculum and preoperculum partially scaled. Eye large, its

diameter 33 in length of head; no vertical lids, but a circular

ridge round the orbit. “Upper rays of pectoral fin elongated,

96 MR. J. tT. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES (Jan. 18,

reaching a quarter of their length beyond the commencement of

the dorsal; pelvic (ventral) fins about half the length of the

ectoral. Caudal emarginate and wide. Caudal peduncle very.

nearly half the length of the head, its height contained 1 times

in its length. Body oblong ovate, slightly compressed. Mouth

rather small, angle of the gape extending to below the vertical

from anterior margin of orbit. Posterior end of maxilla exposed

with small supplemental bone. Coloration brown above, paler

below.

The above description is taken from a single specimen

measuring from the snout to the end of the middle caudal rays

72 cm. or 28; inches, its greatest depth of body being 21°5 em. or

82 inches. It was brought to me by some fishermen who called

it a cod and said it had been taken in an albacore-boat, which

would imply that it had been caught at a depth of 70 to 80 fathoms

off the south-west point of the island. It was already eviscerated

when I received it, even the gills having been cut away. I was

therefore unable to examine the cesophagus to ascertain whether

the tooth-bearing lateral sacs were present; but the external

characters are so similar to those of other members of the family

Stromateide that there can be no doubt that the fish belongs to

that family. The peculiar character of the dorsal fin is so

different from that of previously known species that I was for

some time inclined to propose a new genus for the fish, but in its

other characters it agrees so closely with the species of Leirus

that I have decided for the present to place it in that genus.

The generic characters of the Stromateide, as given by Tate

Regan i in his revision of the family, are in most cases not very

strongly marked; thus my specimen in many of its characters

resembles species of Seriolella, especially S. velaini as described

and figured by Sauvage, as much as it does the species of Leirus.

Tt has similar falciform pectorals and the scales are not deciduous ;

these characters occur, however, also in some species of Lezrus.

In fact, the only character distinguishing Leirus and Centrolophus

from Seriolella and other genera is that in the two former the

lateral line becomes straight before reaching the caudal peduncle,

and my specimen possesses this character. The spines of the

dorsal fin are reduced and variable in the family generally and in

Leirus in particular, and it is possible that in younger and

smaller specimens of the St. Helena species an anterior spinous

portion of the dorsal may exist, although there is no sign of this

in my specimen, and in other species, “oneh as Leirus sortie the

larger specimens have not lost the anterior spines; on the other

hand, these spines are known to disappear with age in some

species of the Carangide. The separation of Centrolophus from

Leirus is not founded on very well marked characters, but merely

on the greater elongation of the body and the slipping of the

maxilla under the preorbital which is a matter of slight degree.

Regan adds another character, namely, that each scale is pierced

by a pore, but I have found on examination of specimens in the

1910. | AND INVERTEBRATES OF SL. HELENA. 97

Natural History Museum that this is not the case; the scales

are not pierced, but when the scale is removed and the thin

membrane beneath it also, a cavity is visible in the centre of the

scale-area.

I have named the new species in honour of Mr. Alfred

Mosely.

HoLocENTRUM LONGIPINNE.

Holocentrum longipinne Cuv. & Val. iii. p. 185; vu. p. 496 ;

Gunther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, i. p. 28; Melliss.

The Soldier, Melliss.

Certain sexual differences exist in this species which are not

mentioned in Giinther’s Catalogue. In the male the pelvic fins

reach only two-thirds of the distance from their base to the anus,

in the female they extend to the anus; in the male their length

is contained more than 3? in the total length exclusive of the

caudal fin, in the female it is contained only 3 times in the total

length. The body is shorter and stouter in the female than in

the male; in the former the height of the body is contained

twice in the total length without caudal, in the male 3 times.

This species is regularly seen in the market, where I obtained

my first specimens. It is taken in shallow water along the coast

in company with Scorpena scrofina ; in my experiment with the

trammel off Banks’ Valley I caught eleven specimens, but in the

trawl I caught none, from which it would appear that it occurs

only in the shallowest water close to the shore.

It oceurs also at Ascension, the Bermudas, the West Indies,

and the coast of Brazil.

KPINEPHELUS ASCENSIONIS.

Trachinus ascensionis Osbeck, Voy. China, 11. p. 96; Cuv. &

Val. vi. p. 517.

Serranus impetiginosus Mull. & Trosch. in Schomburgk’s Hist.

Barb. p. 665; Melliss, p. 103.

Epinephelus ascensionis Jord. & Swain., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

vii. 1884, p. 391; Boulenger, B. M. Cat. Fishes, 2nd ed. i. p. 228.

St. Helena Jack, Melliss.

This species is marked with reddish-brown spots regularly

distributed all over the body. It is common and considered a

very good table-fish ; it occurs close to the shore as well as in

moderate depths, and is caught either by fishing from the rocks

or from a boat. The first specimen I saw was obtained from

a man who had been fishing from the landing-steps in the early

morning ; it was 9 inches long, and was a female not ripe. Others

were caught on the windward side of the island, off George

Island and in Prosperous Bay. It appears to be confined to the

tropical and subtropical Atlantic, having been taken at Ascension,

Barbados, Trinidad, and Bahia ; also at the Cape.

Proc. Zoon. Soc. 1910.—No. VII. a

98 MR. J. 1. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [ Jan. 18,

PRIACANTHUS BOOPS.

Anthias boops (Forst.) Bloch Schn. Syst. 1801, p. 308.

Priacanthus boops, part., Cuv. & Val. ui. p. 103; Boulenger,

B. M. Cat. Fishes, 2nd ed. 1. p. 857; Melliss.

Priacanthus japonicus Cuv. & Val. i. p. 106; Schleg. Faun.

Japon., Pisces, p. 20. .

The Deep-water Bull’s-eye, Melliss.

This species is distinguished from all the others of the genus

by the last dorsal spine being more than twice as long as the

second. The membrane of the pelvic fins is black, but there is

little black on the sides. I saw some of these fishes caught when

I was out in an albacore-boat moored in about 80 fms.: when

alive they were of a beautiful crimson-red all over except the

belly, and the enormous eyes were perfectly clear and transparent,

fully justifying the name Bull’s-eye, suggesting the convex lens

of a bull’s-eye lantern. I opened one of the eyes and found there

was no black pigment visible on the inner surface, but a bright

silvery argenteum over the whole of the choroid. The black

pigmented epithelium of the retina would appear to be also

wanting, since, if present, it would he in front of the choroid.

This condition is evidently related to vision in a dim light, and is

comparable to the tapetum of crepuscular and nocturnal mammals

such as the Felide. It has been suggested that the retina in

such eyes is more sensitive in the presence of slight diffused light

reflected from the tapetum, but it seems possible that the tapetum

or argenteum may have the power of rendering dark rays more

visible by altering their refrangibility at the moment of their

impact on the tapetum which is in contact with the rods and

cones of the retina: in other words, the tapetum may be

fluorescent.

In the British Museum Catalogue this species is not recorded

from the West Indies, but from the South Atlantic, S. America,

Cape of Good Hope, Muscat, and Japan.

PRIACGANTHUS CRUENTATUS.

Labrus cruentatus Lacépéde, Poissons, i111. p. 522.

Priacanthus carolinus Less. Voy. Coquille, Poissons, p. 224.

Priacanthus boops Val.in Webb & Berthelot, [les Canar., Ichth.

p. 12.

Priacanthus blochii, part., Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, 1.

p. 218; Day, Fish. Ind. p. 48, pl. viii. fig. 2.

Pr riacanthus cruentatus Boulenger, B. M. Cat. Fishes, 2nd ed.

1. p. 302.

TEaoiqnons sp. ¢ Melliss,

The Bull’s-eye, Melliss.

D. X, 13; V. III, 14. Lat. line over 100.

The above numbers are from a single specimen 10 inches long

in my collection. Both this species and P. boops are abundant

at St. Helena, this one being usually taken by fishing from the

rocks or near the shore at night, while the other is taken in deep

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 99

water, 70 to 100 fms., in daytime. Both are excellent table-fish,

but the present species is only about half the size of the Deep-

water Bull’s-eye, not usually exceeding a foot in length. Both

are of a general red colour, but in crwentatus the colour is darker

and there is more black on the sides. In the present species the

scales are smaller and the lateral line has a much steeper curve

behind the head ; the eye is larger in proportion to the head and

the rays of the dorsal and ventral are not so rough, in fact the

soft rays are quite smooth. According to the British Museum

Catalogue, P. cruentatus occurs in the tropical and subtropical

Atlantic, as well as in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, the localities

mentioned being Bermuda, Jamaica, West Indies, west coast of

Mexico ; also Zanzibar, Samoa, Tahiti, and the Hast Indies.

PIMELEPTERUS GALLVEH, sp. n. (Plate VI.)

D, XT, 12; A’ TIT, 11. Lat.line 80+. Trans. se. 13 or 14/20.

Soft portion of dorsal much higher than last spine ; head 44 in

total length, measured to end on middle caudal rays ; eve) 4+

in length of head. Height 23 times in total Jength. Blanton

portion of teeth 13 times as ong as the vertical measured inside,

equal in length to the vertical measured externally.

Length of single specimen examined 157 inches to end of middle

caudal 1 rays.

I obtained only one specimen of this genus, and it does not

appear to agree with any of the species previously described. It

differs from P. bose Lacép., which occurs at Madeira, in having

smaller scales and a smaller eye ; in fuscus Lacép., which is found

at the Cape, the end of the spinous portion of the dorsal and the

soft dorsal are about equal in height, whereas in my specimen the

soft portion is much higher than the last spine; it difters from

P. elegans Peters, in having smaller scales with their posterior

apices more pointed and the body is less elongated. It resembles

P. analogus Gill most closely, but in the latter there is less

difference in height between the end of the spinous and the

beginning of the soft portion of the dorsal, and the colour in my

specimen is a bluish grey, while that of analogus is reddish

brown. In P. leutescens Jordan & Gilbert, again, the eye is

larger and the posterior apices of the scales more pointed.

The specimen was called a breain by the fisherman from whom

I bought it, the English name usually applied to fishes of the

family Sparide. Melliss mentions a fish known as the bream at

St. Helena, but he saw no specimens; it does not seem to be

caught very often.

IT have named the species in honour of the Governor of

St. Helena, Lieut.-Colonel Gallwey.

SARGUS CAPENSIS.

Sargus capensis Smith, Il. Zool. 8. Africa, Fishes, pl. 23. fig. 2 ;

Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, 1. p. 442; Melliss.

Old Wife. Melliss.

100 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

I brought back two specimens, one 10 inches long, the other

7 inches, which agree with Ginther’s description, except that in

the larger the pectoral extends only to the commencement of the

ventral, not to the-second soft ray of that fin. This is one of the

most abundant fishes at St. Helena, occurring along the shore

and everywhere at moderate depths. I caught specimens off the

wharf, to the east of Jamestown and on the windward side off

George Island. It is common at the Cape and along the coast

of S. Africa, and occurs also at the Bermudas and at Muscat, on

the coast of Arabia.

CHAETODON SANCTH HELENA.

Chetodon sancte helene Ginther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, vol. ii.

MS.; Melliss,

The Cunning-fish, Melliss.

The colours of this Chetodont, although pretty, are not so con-

spicuous as In the majority of the species in other partsof the world,

a fact which is perhaps related to the absence of corals and the

sombre colours of the rocks at St. Helena. The sides are silvery

white ventrally, light mauve dorsally, and a band of bright yellow

passes all round the body along the dorsal and ventral fins and

across the caudal peduncle, the caudal fin itself beimg almost

colourless. The fish is very abundant and very fearless, although

at the same time not easy to capture by hook and line, as its

mouth is small and it seems to know how to avoid the hook and

tear away the bait, hence its local name of Cunning-fish. In

ordinary circumstances not one may be seen in the water from

the wharf or the landing steps, but as soon as any refuse is

thrown in dozens or hundreds appear to feed on it. I tried to

eatch them with a small seine shot round the fishermen’s steps,

but as soon as the net was hauled in they simply escaped under

its lower edge. I then used a mackerel-net, keeping the foot-line

on the steps and the buoyed head-rope some distance out with the

loose net hanging below the surface of the water; then by means

of bait I enticed the fish over the net, and by raising the edge

which had been under water I captured more than a hundred at

one haul, I found they were almost ready to spawn, milt or eggs

running from many of them when the abdomen was squeezed.

Some of the eggs were ripe enough to float in sea-water; they

were transparent, about 1 mm.in diameter, with a single yellowish

oil-globule.

This species and C. dichrous Giimther, of which I did not obtain

a specimen, are peculiar to St. Helena, being found nowhere else

in the world, while at the same time they are the only species of

the genus which occur at the island.

JULIS SANCTH HELENA.

Julis sancte helenew Cuv. & Val. xi. p. 382; Ginther, B. M.

Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 191; Melliss.

The Green-tish, Melliss.

1910.] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST, HELENA. 101

The following are the notes [ made from the examination of a

fresh male specimen at St. Helena:—The colours are chiefly

bright blue and green ; the dorsal and ventral fins are blue with

a ved band running along the middle of each fin for its whole

length. The tail has a vertical edge in the middle, but the dorsal

and ventral rays are prolonged for about 1} inch. <A dark,

almost black, colour covers the top of the head and extends as a

broad band along the side dorsally, but above this band at the base

of the fin the colour is bright blue. A narrow band of bright blue

extends from the base of the eye to the angle of the mouth,

and behind the eye on the operculum is a dull brick-red band.

The operculum is blue, the belly is green inclining to yellow.

The testes were narrow and elongated, but apparently ripe; in the

stomach was an unidentified crustacean with curiously toothed

chele. I did not carefully compare this male with a female with

regard to the prolongation of the caudal lobes, and the two spe-

cimens I brought home are not sufficiently well preserved to show

the sex with certainty ; but in one of them, 107 inches long, which

appears to be female, the caudal lobes extend only 2 in. beyond

the posterior margin of the fin.

This species is very common about the wharf at St. Helena, and

makes the capture of other fishes with rod and line difficult by its

propensity to seize the bait as soon as it is put into the water.

lt is used as food. It is peculiar to St. Helena.

CossyPHUS PECTORALIS.

Harpe pectoralis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1862, p. 141.

Cossyphus pectoralis Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 110.

Originally described from the coasts of Lower California.

Giinther states that the colour is brownish yellow, which is the

colour of a specimen 93 inches long which I brought home. Gill

says that the colour during life is blue. This species, like the

Green-fish, is taken from the wharf or the rocks by hook and line,

but is less common.

SCARUS STRIGATUS.

Scarus strigatus Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 212; Melliss.

The Rock-fish, Melliss.

I obtained one specimen among a mixed lot of fish bought from

a man who had been fishing with rod and line from the landing-

steps at the wharf. It was rather less than a foot in length. In

colour it does not agree with Giinther’s description, “olive (in

spirits),” although the specimens from St. Helena in the Museum

collection, collected by Bannerman, resemble mine. The general

colour of my specimen is a light brick-red ; on the posterior half

of the side below the lateral line is a violet-black patch not ex-

tending to the ventral edge; the snout is black dorsally, with

patches of cream-colour, the chin is violet ; each scale has a darker

centre. The scales are very large, and the teeth form a beak

102 MR. J. 1. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES (Jan. 18,

divided above and below. The body was deep and the abdomen

swollen, but no spawn exuded on pressure. On opening the ab-

domen I found that the specimen was female, with enlarged roes,

but the eggs were not ripe; the largest were still opaque, with

several oil-globules, probably pelagic with a single oil-globule when

ripe. The contents of the intestine consisted of dark grey sandy

matter, in which, under the microscope, were found triradiate

sponge-spicules, one small crustacean, and numbers of curious

elongated structures of colourless granular appearance and variable

breadth. They may have been vegetable growths living in the

intestine or perhaps in the sand that the fish swallows; they

were certainly not Gregarines.

The habitat of the original single specimen in the British

Museum Collection was not known, but two specimens were sub-

sequently received from St. Helena. It seems to be confined to

the shores of this island, not having been recorded from any other

locality.

CARANX SANCT® HELENA.

Caranx sancte-helencee Cuv, & Val. ix. p. 37.

Caranx jacobeeus Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 42.

Caranx muroadsi Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces,

p. 108, pl. 58. fig. 1; Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, ii. p. 425;

Melliss.

Kingston and Stonebrass, Melliss.

The Stonebrass and Kingston are identical, the latter being the

adult. Average specimens which I brought home measured

102 and 153 inches respectively. A single posterior ray of the

dorsal and ventral fins is detached, forming a rather long finlet ;

the posterior scales of the lateral line are keeled.

The young of this species, known as Stonebrass, are very

abundant at St. Helena. Whenever I was out fishing for

mackerel off Egg Island, swarms of these fishes could be seen around

the boat feeding greedily on the pounded mackerel or “mince”

thrown over to attract the mackerel. They were never caught

on the mackerel-hooks, probably because these were too large for

their mouths, but when mackerel were scarce the men fished for

Stonebrass by two different methods: one method was with a

bamboo-rod and short line furnished with a small hook and baited

with mackerel ; the other was to collect a number of the fishes in

a dense shoal by throwing over a handful of mince, and then to

draw rapidly through them a bunch of sharp hooks on the end of

a short line weighted with a lead: in this way the Stonebrass

were foul-hooked. Stonebrass are of little value in the market,

and are caught usually when mackerel are scarce, as bait for

albacore-fishing. ;

Kingstons are occasionally caught on the mackerel-lines; but

I saw very few caught in this way, namely three on March 6th

and one on March 10th; the latter was a ripe male exuding

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 103

milt, so that the fish evidently spawns in March, but I did not

identify the eggs.

This species is widely distributed in the Pacific as well as in

the Atlantic, occurring in Japan, at Tahiti, Raratoa, and Jalisco,

Mexico.

Caranz muroadsi Schlegel, of Japan and China, is very closely

allied, differing only in the fin-ray formula by one or two rays,

and by having a few more keeled scales in the lateral line.

CARANX DENTEX.

Scomber dentex Bloch Schn. Syst. 1801, p. 30.

Caranx dentex Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 87; Giinther, B. M. Cat.

Fishes, 1. p. 441; Melliss.

Caranx nals Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 88; Webb & Berthelot, ites

Canar., Poiss. p. 57, pl. xi.

The (scale Melliss.

The specimen which I brought home agrees with Giinther’s

description, except that there are no teeth on the tongue, and the

head is contained 3 times in the total length instead of 32; the

latter difference is apparently due to the fact that Giinther mea-

sured to the end of the forked tail while I measured to the end

of the middle caudal rays. The Museum specimen which I com-

pared, one collected by Melliss at St. Helena, is 144 inches long,

while mine is 17 inches. The Museum specimen has a few median

teeth at the front of the tongue; these teeth are therefore

deciduous. The lips both above and below are thick and fleshy

and covered with papille ; the upper jaw is protrusible.

This fish is plentiful at St. Helena and considered one of the

best table-fish. I saw two caught on a bottom line inan albacore-

boat moored in about 80 fms. off the S.W. point of the island,

and another on the windward side off George Island, as well as

others landed by the fishermen. It is a species of wide dis-

tribution in the Atlantic, being well known in the Mediterranean,

and occurring also on the coast of Brazil, the Cape Verde Islands,

Madeira, Canary Islands, the Bermudas, and Port Natal.

Caranx ascensionis Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 102, pl. 249, occurs at

St. Helena, Kingsmill Island, Samoa, Ascension, and St. Paul’s

Rocks, but I did not get a specimen. Melliss sent it from

St. Helena, but it is not mentioned in his book.

‘Neck very much elevated * seems the principal character in

Giinther’s description.

LICHIA GLAUGA.

Scomber glaucus Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 494.

Lichia glaucus Risso, Kur. Mérid. 11. p. 429.

Lichia glauca Ginther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, 1. p. 477; Melliss.

The Silver-fish, Melliss.

Length of specimen examined 93 inches. This species is common

at St. Helena and forms part of the regular fish-supply, being

caught near the shore either from the rocks or from a moored

104 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

boat. The first fishes I caught at the island were two Silver- fish

which were meshed in mackerel-nets with which I was experi-

menting on the eastern side of Jamestown. I opened one of

them and found it had a large simple air-bladder, long gill-rakers

on the first gill-bar but not on the others; in the intestine I

recognized a Copepod. It was a male, the testes being large and

ripe, with milt running from them, so that this species, like several

others at St. Helena, spawns in February and March; probably

small pelagic eggs with a single oil-globule, which I found in the

tow-net collections taken at the time the fishes were caught,

belonged to this species. It is caught at night, and its appearance

when first taken from the water is beautifully silvery. The

species has a wide distribution in the Atlantic, ranging from

the south coast of England to the Cape; it is common in the

Mediterranean, and is found at Madeira, Cape Verde, Ascension,

Mogador, and the coast of Brazil.

SCOMBER COLIAS.

Scomber colias Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1788 (Sardinia); Cuv. & Val.

vill. p. 39, 1851; Storer, Fishes Massachusetts, 1839; Stein-

dachner & Doderlein, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Fische Japans,

ii., 1885; Kitahara, Journ. Fish. Bur. Tokyo, 1897.

Scomber pneumatophorus de la Roche, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat.

xili., 1809; Cuv. & Val. vuii., 1831; Ginther, B. M. Cat. Fishes,

11. 1860 (St. Helena, Madeira); Poey, Hnum. Pisce. Cubens. 1875 ;

Jordan & Gilbert, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1880 (Monterey Bay).

Scomber macrophthalmus Rafinesque, Indice d’Ittiologia Siciliana,

1810.

Scomber grex Mitchill, Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. N. Y. 1815.

Scomber diego Ayers, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1856.

It is generally agreed that the union of S. colias and pnemwmato-

phorus by Steindachner is correct, and the literature above

quoted shows that the species has a very extensive range, from

the Mediterranean to Japan through the southern parts of the

Atlantic and Pacific. It is mentioned under the name pnewmato-

phorus in Gilchrist’s South African list, and was stated, under

the name S. grev, by Cuvier to be very common at the Cape.

Cuvier also received specimens from St. Helena. It is recorded

by Steindachner from the coast of Chili; but on the other hand

has not been observed in Indian or East Indian seas; Day

(Fishes of India), and Bleeker (Verh. Batav. Genootsch. xxiv.

1852) make no mention of it.

At St. Helena mackerel are taken only by hook and line and

the fishing is carried on only at night, that is after sunset. My

experiments showed that they do not bite in daylight and that it

is not possible to catch them in the English method by drift-nets.

Evidently these fishes are nocturnal and remain in deep water

during the daytime, rising to the surface at night. The fishing

is carried on from a moored boat, and loose bait, consisting of

boiled mackerel pounded to a pulp, is thrown overboard from

1910. | AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 105

time to time to attract the fish ; this bait the native fishermen

call “mince.” The water is wonderfully transparent, and even

when there is no moon it is never quite dark. I was able to see

the bait on the hook to a depth of three fathoms, and there is no

doubt that the mackerel were able to see my nets and avoid them ;

the largest number J caught in the nets at one time was five.

These nocturnal habits explain why the eyes in Scomber colias

are so much larger than in S. scombrus, and this is therefore an

instance of a specific character which is adaptive.

In ny specimens the diameter of the eye is contained 34 to 33?

in the length ef the head. The presence of the air-bladder may

also be adaptive, enabling the fish to adapt itself to great changes

of depth. The mackerel at St. Helena are mostly from 11 to 13

inches in length: the largest I measured was 134 inches long and

weighed 17 lb.

When I arrived at St. Helena at the end of February the

mackerel were nearly ripe, but I never obtained any quite ripe

and spawning, doubtless because they cease to feed for a time

when in this condition. In the material collected by the tow-net

were eges with a single oil-globule, some of which probably

belonged to the mackerel, but I was not able to identify them

with certainty. After March 10th fewer mackerel were caught,

and on March 24th I opened a dozen in which the roes and milts

were small and collapsed and apparently spent ; I concluded that

these had recently spawned and that spawning takes place in

March.

Mackerel are caught at St. Helena all the year round. In

February and March the fishing was carried on off a small island

called Egg Island near the western point of St. Helena, but

later in the year they are also caught off Jamestown and to the

east. They are always counted and sold in dozens; sometimes

they bite very eagerly and are caught quickly, at others only

a few may be taken in a whole night. The largest number

caught by one boat during my visit was 59 dozen, the crew

consisting of six men.

Genus THYNNUS.

Three kinds of albacore are constantly distinguished by the

fishermen of St. Helena, as was stated by Melliss in 1875; they

are called the long-fin, the bastard, and the coffrey, the first

being regarded as the typical form, and the term bastard being

used in the sense of variety, but the origin or meaning of the

third name I was unable to discover. The majority of recent

writers recognize only one species of long-finned tunny, the

Scomber germo of Lacépéde, Thynnus alalonga of Cuvier & Valen-

ciennes. The revision of the Scombride of America and Europe

by Dresslar and Fesler, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1887, only recog-

nizes one species of long-tinned tunny, which is named dlbacora

alalonga, the common tunny being placed in the same genus as

Albacora thynnus. Jordan and Evermann, in ‘ Fishes of North

106 MR. J.T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES _— [ Jan. 18,

and Middle America’ 1896, adopt a somewhat different arrange-

ment and nomenclature; they also recognize only one long-finned

species but call it Germo alalonga, with which they consider the

Thynnus balteatus, pacificus and argentivittatus of the 8th vol. of

Cuvier and Valenciennes to be synonymous; the Tunny they

make generically distinct and call it Thunnus thynnus. It is

easy to recognize in the figures given by Cuvier and Valenciennes

and by Dresslar and Fesler the form called the bastard at

St. Helena; not only the length but the shape of the pectoral

prove this: it reaches to the end of the anal fin or to the first finlet

beyond it, and is very narrow and shaped like a scythe.

I was much interested to discover that the three forms I saw

at St. Helena were described as distinct species by Lowe at

Madeira so long ago as 1839 in our ‘ Proceedings.’ The one

he names Thynnus alalonga Cuv. & Val., is the bastard of

St. Helena, its chief character being the great length of the

pectorals, which are one-third of the total length of the body and

reach to the end of the anal or to the first spurious finlet

behind it. Another species described by Lowe as Thynnus

albacora is the ordinary albacore or long-tin of St. Helena. He

calls this a very distinct species and gives as its chief character

the elongation in the vertical direction of the anterior part of the

second dorsal and the anal, a feature which was very conspicuous

in the specimens that I saw at St. Helena. The pectoral is

described as from one-fifth to one-fourth of the total length,

reaching to the middle of the second dorsal. The third species

of Lowe, named by him Thynnus obesus, agrees exactly with the

coffrey of St. Helena ; it is described as differing from the others

by the shorter and stouter shape and by the larger eyes, the

pectorals being from one-sixth to one-fourth of the total length

and reaching to the end of the second dorsal. As at St. Helena,

the fishermen of Madeira distinguish the three species by

separate names, dlalonga being called ‘atum avoador, albacora

‘atumalbacora,’ and obesus ‘atum patudo.’ 'Twoof Lowe’s species

were entered in the British Museum Catalogue by Dr. Giinther,

namely Thynnus alalonga and 7. albacora, but T. obesus is

mentioned only in a footnote as a doubtful species.

It is necessary to consider whether the characters of these three

forms are due toage or sex. With regard to age there can be no

doubt that 1t is not the cause of the differences. The different

characters were developed in fishes of about the same size, and both

small and large specimens of the three kinds were easily distin-

guished. In one form—namely, the common albacore of the

inhabitants of St. Helena—there are considerable changes in the

course of growth; but these changes do not lead to any approxi-

mation to the other forms but rather to the greater development of

the special features : in a small specimen somewhat less than 3 feet

in length the second dorsal and the first ventral fins were scarcely

higher than in the other two forms, while in larger specimens the

great vertical elongation of these fins is very characteristic. With

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 107

regard to sex it is obvious that there are not three sexes, and

although I cannot say that I examined males and females of each

form, I certainly saw specimens of different forms which were of the

same sex, and came to the conclusion that sex had nothing to do

with the matter. Moreover, sexual dimorphism is not known

in the famuly.

All recent writers seem to have ignored the species albacora

and ebesws of Lowe. Dresslar and Fesler give Thynnus albacora

Lowe as a synonym of Zhynnus alalonga, although in their

diagnosis they state that the dorsals and anals are of height equal to

the length of the second dorsal; whereas Lowe specially mentions

the great height of the second dorsal and anal, which in large

specimens are nearly three times as high as the length of the

base of the second dorsal.

The three species of Cuvier and Valenciennes—Thynnus

balteatus, T. pacificus, and 7. argentivittatus—are regarded by

Dresslar and Fesler as synonyms of alalonga, but to me they seem

to be insufficiently characterized, and balteatus is described only

from a drawing. I therefore omit them from the synonymy.

As in many other cases, the application of the rules of nomen-

clature has caused great diversity of opinion on the question of

the generic names of Scombride in general and of the tunnies in

particular; scarcely two writers can be found to agree on the

subject. Thynnus, the specific name of Linnzeus, was made the

generic name by Cuvier; and Lowe, as mentioned above, calls

the three species here considered 7. alalonga, 7. albacora, and

T’. obesus. In the ‘ Réegne Animal, 1817, Cuvier used the name

Orcynus for the species alalonga, and this has been adopted by

several writers. The American writers Dresslar and Fesler have

discovered that both these names are preoccupied, Thynnus

having been used by Fabricius for a genus of butterflies, and

Orcynus by Rafinesque in 1815 for the Scombroides of Lacépede.

They therefore adopt the name Albacora, proposed by Jordan in

1889. As the names Zhynnus and Orcynus have been applied to

the well known tunny from the times of the ancients, it seems

to me absurd on pedantic grounds of priority to allow them to be

confined to a genus of butterflies or another genus of fishes, and

I propose to follow Lowe in using the name Zhynnus for these

species, placing them in the same genus as the Common Tunny,

which therefore becomes Thynnus thynnus. The generic cha-

racters are :—Body entirely covered with scales, which are larger

in the anterior part and sometimes form a aietine corselet ; vomer

and palatines with villiform or minute teeth ; teeth in jaws slender,

subconical; body robust, not compressed.

It appears that only one of these three species, namely Thynnus

alalonga, occurs to the north of Madeira. The others have never

been identified on the coasts of Europe or North America, and only

alalonga is mentioned in the King of Portugal's “ Pesca do atum

no Algarve en 1898,” published in 1899 as the first memoir of

; Resultados das Inv estigagdes scientificas feitas a bordo do Yacht

108 MR. J. I’. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES (Jan. 18,

‘Amelhia.’’? Only alalonga has hitherto been recognized in the

Mediterranean and on the east coast of North America. It is

possible that all three species occur in the West Indies ; in fact,

Poey in his Enum. Pisce. Cubens. 1875 mentions Orcynus albacora

Lowe and another species, swbulatws, in which the length of the

pectoral is contained five times in the total length to base of

caudal. This swbulatus may be identical with Lowe's obesus, but

Poey’s description is insufficient to prove it. All the three species

exist in the Pacific Ocean. In Temminck and Schlegel’s ‘ Fauna

Japonica,’ Pisces, published in 1850, two species are described as

occurring off the coasts of Japan, Thynnus macropterus and 7’, sibt.

The former is seen, both from the description and the figure, to be

identical with 7’. albacora of Lowe and with the common albacore

of St. Helena. The elongation of the second dorsal and the

ventral (anal), and the yellow colour of these fins and of the

finlets, are specially mentioned and well shown in the figure.

The corselet is stated to be still less distinct than in 7. sibt. The

pectorals are a little more thana fourth of the total length, and in

the figure reach to the middle of the second dorsal and are broad

in the proximal half. Jordan and Hvermann, in‘ Fishes of North

and Middle America,’ give this 7’. macropterus as a synonym of

Germo alalonga. The Thynnus sibi of Schlegel appears to be

identical with the coftrey of St. Helena, the 7’. obesus of Lowe.

The characters given are :—Second dorsal and anal not elongated,

first false fins united to second dorsal and anal, pectorals shorter

than in alalonga, fins blackish, 8 free finlets above and 8 below.

Schlegel suggests that this form may be the Pacific representative

of alalonga.

In 1897 Kitahara, a Japanese naturalist, identified and figured

not only the 7’. sibt and 7. macropterus of Temminck and Schlegel,

but also the alalonga, under the name Oreynus germo Lacép., and

the common tunny. In the English descriptions the characters

are not given in much detail, but the large size of the eye in

7’. sibi is mentioned (‘‘ eye about one-sixth in the head”’), and the

pectoral reaching to below the end of the first dorsal. This length

of pectoral, both in description and figure, is rather less than in

the coftrey of St. Helena; but the fish shows distinctly the stouter

form of body which characterizes the coffrey. None of the figures,

not even that of the common tunny, show a corselet. The figure

of macropterus shows the characteristic elongation of the second

dorsal and ventral, but that of Oreynus germo (=alalonga) does

not show the pectoral so narrow or so curved as in the bastard of

St. Helena, although it shows the characteristic length.

In 1905 Jordan and Seale mention, ina list of the fishes of Samoa

(Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. vol. xxv.), the species alalonga under the

name Germo germo, and consider it synonymous with the Thynnus

sibi of Schlegel, but distinguish Germo macropterus of Schlegel,

mentioning its elevated second dorsal and anal and the citron-

yellow colour of its finlets. On the coast of California only

alalonga has been identitied, under the name Orcynus pacificus,

Cale ae

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 109

by Cooper in Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1863, who, however,

represents the pectoral as larger than that described by other

writers, namely, half the length of the body. “Thus the three

species are known with certainty to occur together only at

St. Helena, Madeira, and Japan; while albacora has been

identified at Samoa. It is possible that all three occur in the

intermediate tropical oceans —that is to say, in the Indian Ocean,

but they have not yet been all recognized there. Only alalonga

is mentioned in Gilchrist’s ‘ Catalogue of Fishes of South Africa’

(Marine Inv. in 8. Africa, Cape Depart. Agriculture, 1902).

T. albacora is mentioned by Day among the fishes of India,

and by Bleeker as occurring at Batavia.

THYNNUS ALALONGA. (Text-fig. 3.)

Orcynus alalonga Cuvier, Régne Anim. 1817.

Thynnus alalonga Cuvier & Val. Hist. Nat. Poissons, vol. viii.,

1831; Lowe, Supp. to Synopsis of Fishes of Madeira, Proc. Zool,

Soc. 1839; id. Trans. Zool. Soe. iii. 1849.

Germo alalonga Jordan & Kvermann, Fishes of North and

Middle America, Bull. U.S. National Museum, No. 47.

Albacora alalonga Dresslar & Fesler, Review of Mackerels of

America and Hurope, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1887, 1889.

Orcynus germo Kitahara, Scombride of Japan, Journ. Fish.

Bur. Tokyo, vol. vi., 1897.

Germo germo Jordan & Seale, Fishes of Samoa, Bull. U.S. Bur.

Fish. vol. xxv., 1905.

Scaled all over. General appearance silvery with scarcely any

yellow colour on dorsal] and ventral fins, a trace of it in the middle

Text-fig. 3.

Thynnus alalonga, 3 ft. 24 in. long. From a photograph by the Author.

of the dorsal finlets, none on the ventral. Second dorsal and first

ventral scarcely higher than first dorsal, with no yellow colour,

Pectoral very long, narrow, pointed, scythe-shaped, reaching to

posterior border of first ventral fin and fitting into depression on

110— MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

side of body. Nine dorsal finlets, first two rudimentary ; 8 ventral,

first one small. Length of specimen examined 3 ft. 24 ins.

Called the bastard at St. Helena, where it seems less common

than 7’. albacora.

THYNNUS ALBACORA. (Text-fig. 4.)

Thynnus albacora Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1839 ; id. Trans. Zool.

Soe. 11. 1849; Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, 11. p. 365.

Thynnus macropterus Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica,

1850.

Orcynus macropterus Kitahara, Journ. Fish. Bur. Tokyo,

WOll, Wil, VO, ly MSO.

Germo macropterus Jordan & Seale, Fishes of Samoa, Bull.

U.S. Bur. Fish. vol. xxv., 1905.

Pectorals reaching to the middle of the second dorsal but not to

the beginning of the ventral, about one-fourth of the total length ;

second dorsal and ventral much elevated, pointed, falciform ; distal

Text-fig. 4.

Thynnus albacora, young specimen, nearly 3 feet long. From a photograph

by the Author,

and posterior parts of these fins strongly tinted with bright yellow

colour. Dorsal and ventral finlets also coloured yellow, without

black border or only a very narrow line of black. The specimen

which I examined had 8 finlets above and 9 below; Kitahara gives

9 dorsal and 9 ventral, but his figure shows the first dorsal small

and united to the second dorsal fin. I saw many specimens, but

the one which I obtained for special examination was small and

young, less than 3 feet in length, and had the second dorsal and

first ventral scarcely more produced than in the other species ; the

colour of these fins and of the finlets and the length and shape of

the pectoral were sufficient, however, to identify it.

This species is the commonest of the three at St. Helena, and it

reaches a large size. I bought in the island a photograph of the

largest specimen landed in recent years, but could not get its

exact dimensions and weight; judging from the photograph, 1t

1910.] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST, HELENA. yi

was between 7 and 8 feet in length, and I was told that it weighed

about 400 lbs.

This species is regarded at St. Helena as the typical or common

form and has no special name, but is merely called the long-fin

or the albacore. It is mentioned by Day as occurring in Indian

waters, and by Bleeker (Verh. Batav. Genootsch. xxiv. 1852), who

saw one specimen in the market of Batavia.

Lowe suggests that the figure given by Pennant (Brit. Zool.

ed. 1, 1. pl. lii.), which according to the text is taken from a

specimen 7 ft. 10 ins. long, weighing 460 lbs., taken at Inveraray,

really represents a specimen of his 7. albacora, not of the

common tunny. The figure represents the prolonged second

dorsal and ventral fins, and the description states that these fins

were high and falcitorm and that the finlets were of a rich yellow

colour. This description and figure could scarcely apply to any

other species, although this species does not appear to have been

recognized in the British Islands subsequently. Lowe also refers

to Sloane’s albacore, mentioned and figured in his ‘ History of

Jamaica’ published in 1727 (Tab. 1. fig. 3), as possibly repre-

senting this species. This figure also shows the prolonged and

pointed second dorsal and ventral. Cuvier and Valenciennes

(vol. viii. p. 148, 1831) describe this fish, not from specimens, but

from Sloane’s description and figure, and consider it to be an

- Auxis, on account of the interval between the first and second

dorsal, heading their discussion with the names “ L’Auxide de

Sloane. Scomber Sloanei nob.” This should evidently be Awuais

sloanei nob., as they have already defined the genus Awaxis for

fishes of this character. But in all probability the first dorsal is

not correctly represented in Sloane’s figure, as the posterior spines

are short and can only be seen by forcibly raising them from the

deep dorsal groove which receives this fin when it is depressed.

These spines may well have been overlooked by an observer in those

early days of ichthyology. Dresslar and Fesler consider Scomber

sloanei Cuv. & Val. as a synonym of the common tunny. These

imperfect records are interesting historically, and because they

suggest that the species occurs in the West Indies, and that a

specimen has occurred in Scotland; but as Lowe was the first

accurately to distinguish the species from others, his name must

be accepted.

In the published form of Giinther’s British Museum Catalogue

the description of this species is merely copied from Lowe, and no

specimens are recorded ; but in the MS. additions in the inter-

leaved copy used in the Fish Department there are now three

specimens registered as follows :—

a. Adult, stuffed. Madeira.

ae Bs Muscat.

c. Skeleton. Muscat.

It is evident, therefore, that the species occurs at the mouth of

the Persian Gulf. Another stuffed specimen is exhibited in the

112 MR, J. 1, CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES (Jan. 18,

public Fish Gallery of the Museum, but the origin of this

specimen is unknown.

THYNNUS OBESUS. (Text-fig. 5.)

Thynnus obesus Lowe, Fishes of Madeira, Proc. Zool. Soc.

1839; id. Trans. Zool. Soc. ii. 1849.

Thynnus sibi Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, 1850.

Orcynus sibi Kitahara, Scombridee of Japan, Journ. Fish. Bur.

Tokyo, 1897.

This species is distinguished in the first place by its stouter,

more robust shape and by its larger eye; the stouter form is

evident also in the figure of Oreynus sibi given by Kitahara.

The first dorsal in the specimen which I examined had 13 rays ;

finlets, 9 dorsal, the first small but not rudimentary, and 9 ventral,

Text-fig. 5.

Thynnus obesus, 3 ft. 95 in. long. From a photograph by the Author.

all with distinct yellow colour in the middle and broad black

border. Second dorsal and first ventral also with some black at

edges, but little or no yellow, not prolonged as in albacora.

Pectorals reaching to past the beginning of the second dorsal but

not to the beginning of the first ventral ; pointed and triangular,

broad at base. According to Kitahara the pectoral reaches to

the end of the first dorsal or to the origin of the second, and is

therefore rather shorter than in my specimen, which was

3 ft. 92 ins. in length. Kitahara says it grows in Japan as

large as the common tunny, that is, 6 or 7 feet in length; but I

do not know whether this is the case at St. Helena. Known to

the St. Helena fishermen as the coffrey.

GYMNOSARDA ALLETERATA.

Scomber alleteratus Ratinesque, Caratter1 alcuni Generi, &c.,

1810.

Thynnus thunnina Cuv. & Val. vin., 1831; Temminek &

POMOD| AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 113

Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, 1850; Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, ii.

1860; Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Genootsch. Makr. xxiv., 1852.

Scomber quadripunctatus Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Descr. Egypte,

Poissons, 1827.

Huthynnus alliteratus Jordan & Gilbert, Syn. Fish. N. Amer.,

Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 16, 1882.

Gymnosarda alleterata Dresslar & Fesler, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm.

vol. vii., 1889,

Thynnus thunninea Kitahara, Journ. Fish. Bur. Tokyo, 1897.

It is evidently desirable to separate the bonitos, in which the

body is entirely scaleless behind the corselet, from the tunnies ;

and for this genus I have adopted the name Gymmnosarda, ori-

ginally proposed by Gill in 1862 and used by Dresslar and Fesler

and by Jordan and Evermann.

The distribution of this species seems to be very similar to that

of the three species of albacore. It is mentioned by Kitahara

under the name Zhynnus thunnina as being not very common on

the coasts of Japan. Also by Day in his ‘ Fishes of India’; he

says it is often seen in the markets of Bombay in the cold weather.

It is stated by Bleeker to occur in the Malay Archipelago; but it

is absent from Gilchrist’s South African list. It has long been

known to occur in the Mediterranean.

I saw only one specimen at St. Helena, and this was entangled

ina mackerel-net of English make with which I was experimenting

for the capture of Scomber colias. The specimen was 2 ft. 6} ins.

long, a female. Bonitos of this species are occasionally taken by

the albacore-boats of the island, but they are not much esteemed

as food, and are of far less value than albacore.

THYRSITES PROMETHEUS.

Thyrsites prometheus Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, ii. p. 351;

Melliss.

Prometheus atlanticus Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 78; id.

Trans. Zool. Soc. i. p. 181.

Gempylus prometheus Webb & Berthelot, Iles Canar., Poiss.

Jou, Olsialle Sal,

Night Serpent, Melliss.

D. 17; V.19, not 18/21 as in Giinther. Spines representing

pelvic fins very minute. I obtained only one specimen of this

fish, which was caught on a mackerel-line at night off Egg Island ;

it was 13 inches long to the end of the middle caudal rays, 14 inches

to the end of the lobes of the forked tail. Itis of a uniform black

colour, and is not eaten. It occurs both in the Atlantic and the

Pacific, namely at Madeira, the Bermudas, off the coasts of Japan,

and very young specimens taken by the ‘ Challenger’ north of the

Sandwich Islands have been identified as of this species.

PLATOPHRYS PODAS.

Pleuronectes podas De la Roche, Ann. Mus. xiii. p. 354, 1809.

Pleuronectes mancus Risso, Ichth. Nice, p. 317, 1810.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. VIII. g

114 MR, J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

Rhombus rhomboides Bonaparte, Fauna LItalica, ui. Pesci,

1832-41 (male).

Rhombus podas, ibid. (female).

Rhomboidichthys mancus Ginther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 482,

1862 (male).

Rhomboidichthys podas, ibid. (female).

Bothus podas Steindachner, Ichth. Bericht. Sechste Fortsetzung,

S.B. Akad. Wien, 1868.

Rhombus maderensis Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833, p. 143.

Rhombus serratus Valenciennes in Webb & Berthelot, Iles

Canar., Poissons, p. 82, 1835-50.

Platophrys podas Jordan & Goss, Flounders & Soles Amer. &

Europe, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1886 (1889).

Rhomboidichthys sp., Melliss.

The specimens which I brought back from St. Helena are 8 in

number, 4 large males, 2 large females, and 2 smaller females ;

the largest male is 83 ins. long, the largest female 83 ins. ; the two

smaller females are 64 and 6% ins. respectively. In the males

there is a spine on the anterior end of the maxilla and another on

the antero-superior angle of the lower orbit, also one on the

antero-inferior angle of the upper orbit, but this last is less

prominent. As in other cases of sexual dimorphism the male

characters are slightly developed in the largest females ; in this

case the interorbital space is greater than the diameter of the

orbit but much less than in the adult male. The colour of the

St. Helena specimens is very dark, almost black, marked with

ocelli consisting of rings of minute bluish-white spots; no dark

spot on the lateral line is visible. In the British Museum is a

specimen from Ascension, 87; ins. long, much lighter in colour

than my specimens and with much more conspicuous ocelli; it

is labelled R. ocellatus but is certainly of the same species as

mine, the true ocellatus of Agassiz having the pectoral elongated

in the male, while in podas it is not elongated. JI have no doubt

that the various species of the genus described under different

names from the Mediterranean, Madeira, and the Canaries are all

one species and that the species found at St. Helena and Ascension

is the same, but in some of these localities there appear to be local

peculiarities which must be considered. In the British Museum

specimens from St. Helena collected by Melliss are labelled by

Dr. Giinther R. mancus var. The dark colour of the St. Helena

specimens is evidently due to the dark volcanic material of which

the sea-bottom consists, and 1s probably not permanent since we

know that flat-fishes change their colour according to the ground

on which they live; this darkness conceals the characteristic

black mark on the lateral line, which cannot therefore be said to

be absent. Mediterranean examples in the British Museum are

old and not in very good condition, but those from St. Helena

agree closely with the figures given of Mediterranean specimens

by Bonaparte in his ‘ Fauna Italica.’ The St. Helena examples

seem, however, to reach a larger size; Bonaparte states that the

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 115

female is a little more than 5 ins. in length, the male about 6 ins.;

but Carus in his ‘ Fauna Mediterranea’ gives the maximum length

as 22 cm. or 8 ins., which is as great as at St. Helena. Specimens

from Madeira in the British Museum seem more different from

mine. Two of the three seem to have been allowed to dry at

some time, but the third is well preserved ; it is a male only 63 ins.

long and yet with the sexual characters fully developed, and it

seems, therefore, that the species does not reach so large a size at

Madeira. In these specimens also the anterior profile of the head

is more vertical than in mine, and the top of the head is nearly

level with the highest point of the dorsal edge of the body, while

in mine it is distinctly lower than the latter. In these Madeira

specimens the upper eye forms a projecting angle in the profile,

which is much less the case in mine. Steindachner states that

the colour and markings vary considerably in examples from

different localities : in specimens from Teneriffe the ground-colour

is very dark violet-brown, the large bluish spots usually absent,

and there are instead numerous small blue specks. Valenciennes

describes his &. serratus of the Canary Isles as “sans aucune

tache ” and not the same as the maderensis of Lowe. He gives its

length as 14 or 15 cm. or up to 6 inches. :

The species is not uncommon at St. Helena, but at the same

time not very abundant. I caught them in a small otter-trawl

worked from a steam-launch. On March 15th, I obtained six in

one haul and one in another at about 30 fathoms, from Jamestown

westwards to Lemon Valley: the trawl brought up no stones or

gravel but quantities of the coarse sponge mentioned elsewhere

in this paper. On March 19th, I caught about a dozen specimens

in 15 fathoms in Prosperous Bay on the windward side of the island,

and a single specimen in a haul in 10 fathoms. So far as I could

ascertain a trawl had never before been used at St. Helena and

so many specimens of this fish, locally known as the flounder, had

never before been seen ; 1n fact many of the residents had never

seen it before.

This species is not known to occur outside the Atlantic, but it

is possible that the &. spinosus of Poey found at Cuba is the same

species. One of the characters of P. podas is the presence of

minute spines at the bases of the dorsal and ventral fins, formerly

described as belonging to scales, but now known to be pro-

jections of the tips of the interspinous bones; these occur in

Poey’s species but in no others. Most of the other species have

the rays of the pectoral of the upper side elongated in the male,

but this character is wanting in podas.

ScoRPHNA SCROFINA,.

Scorpena scrofina Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 465; Melliss.

Mail or Rock Gurnard, Melliss.

Mex LOY Vill G Be2l ss Pin 6 se! 46)-e Brie

Height of body 33 in total length. Length of head just over

3 in total length. Snout from front of orbit to end of upper

116 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES (Jan. 18,

jaw 3 the length of the head. Width between orbits + length

of head. Cheeks and upper part of operculum with rudimentar y

scales. Teeth on vomer and palatines. Most of the scales in the

dorsal and lateral regions fringed with a thin flap of skin; no

orbital tentacles.

My first specimens of this species were obtained in the fish-

market, to which they are brought regularly ; afterwards I caught

four specimens in a small trammel set in about 4 fathoms of water

off Banks’ Valley, and three in a haul of the small otter-trawl in

about 30 fathoms from Jamestown to Lemon Valley. I also

caught two or three specimens in Prosperous Bay on the wind-

ward side of the island at a depth of about 10 fathoms.

This species was described by Cuvier and Valenciennes

from specimens obtained from Brazil, and no specimens were in

the British Museum collection until Melliss sent some from

St. Helena.

SALARIAS TEXTILIS.

Salarias textilis (Quoy & ee d)) Cuve cs Val x1. sp.9o Ome

Ginther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, in. p. 248.

ID DOU, IS se Wie 1h, oe

I obtained a single small specimen 23 ins. long from a rock-pool

below the wharf at Jamestown. It agrees with Giinthev’s deserip-

tion. The first dorsal is almost completely separated from the

second byadeep notch. ‘There is a tentacle with several filaments

above the orbit, another at the nostril, and a small one on the

neck on each side of the dorsal median line; 12 transverse brown

bands on the sides and others on the tail, oblique brown bands on

the dorsal fin, a square spot above the pectoral representing the

first transverse stripe; second dorsal much higher than the first

and than the ventral.

This species was previously known only from Ascension ; two

specimens from that island presented by Dr. McCloy are in oie

British Museum.

BALISTES BUNIVA.

Balistes ringens Osbeck, Voy. Chin. ii. p. 93 (not Linn.).

Baliste buniva Lacép. v. p. 669, pl. 21. fig. 1.

Balistes buniva Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 228; Melliss.

File-fish, Melliss.

I brought two specimens of this species home with me, one from

St. Helena and one from Ascension ; the former was 9 ins. long, the

other 10 ins. They agree with the description given in Giinther’s

Catalogue except the following details: the white line along the

bases of the dorsal and ventral fins is blue in the fresh fish; in

the larger specimen there is a black intra-marginal line edged

externally:by a thin white or blue line along the border of the

‘caudal fin, and the dorsal and ventral extremities of this fin are

‘slightly prolonged, the posterior edge of the fin being concave;

PITOS) AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 7,

in the smaller specimen there is no intra-marginal line and the

edge of the fin is straight, the corners not being prolonged. On

examining the generative organs I found that the smaller specimen

was a female and the larger a male, the organs in both being large

- and well developed. The slight differences described would thus

appear to be sexual, but in Balistes vetula, of which I brought a

specimen 147 ins. long from Ascension, the dorsal and ventral

caudal rays and also the anterior rays of the second dorsal are

much prolonged, and the specimen is female. It is of course not

unusual to find a character confined to the male in one species

present in both sexes in another.

Balistes buniva is not very common at St. Helena; I obtained

one specimen from the fishermen, and another was caught on a

ground-line off George Island on the windward side of the main

island. At Ascension it is very abundant; on the outward voyage

when the ship anchored off Georgetown shoals of these fishes came

alongside to feed on pieces of orange-peel and other fragments

thrown overboard. I went down the boat ladder with some pieces

of biscuit to try to catch one, and when I had no more biscuit

simply moved my fingers about at the surface of the water ;

a number of the fishes crowded round my hand and I was able to

seize one and lift it mto the boat. On the return voyage some

were caught by passengers with hook and line, and on one line

let down to a greater depth was caught the specimen of Balistes

vetula mentioned above, the bait used being pieces of raw beef.

Both these species have a thin patch of skin covered by angular

scutes instead of scales just above and behind the base of the

pectoral fin; beneath this membrane is an air-cavity and the

whole forms a drum by which a sound is produced. I heard this

sound when I held a specimen of either species in the hand, and

noticed that when it was produced the pectoral was moved rapidly

to and fro over the membrane; when I held the pectoral motion-

less in a forward position the fish was unable to produce the

sound. Mdébius (SB. d. Berlin. Akad. der Wissenschaften, 1889,

p- 999) attributes the sound in 4. aculeatus of Mauritius to

stridulation between the postclavicle and a longitudinally grooved

area on the inner surface of each cleithrum; both these bones

he states are in intimate relation with the air-bladder and a

portion of the lateral walls of the bladder is in contact with

the skin, which visibly shares in the vibratory movement of

the bladder when the sounds are emitted. I cannot disprove the

truth of this explanation, but it seemed to me as though the

pectoral actually set the membrane of the drum in vibration, and

in any case I satisfied myself that the movement of the pectoral

is necessary for the production of the sound. Balistes vetula, but

not B. buniva, also made another quite distinct sound of a grating

character apparently from the inside of its mouth, perhaps by

the rubbing together of pharyngeal teeth, but’ I was not able to

trace the origin of this sound more precisely. In both ‘species

the first dorsal spine is firmly locked when erected and ean only

118 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

he depressed by first pushing back the slender second spine. (See

Otto Thilo, Journ. Anat. and Phys. vol. xxxv. p. 207.)

This species is widely distributed, occurring in the West Indies

(Jamaica), Zanzibar, the coast of China, Sandwich Islands,

St. Paul’s Rocks, and Ceylon.

OsTRACION QUADRICORNIS, var. NOTACANTHUS.

Ostracion quadricornis Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 409.

Ostracion lister Lacép. 1. p. 468, pl. 28. fig. 2.

Ostracion notacanthus Bleek. Ned. Tijds. Dierk. 11. p. 298, fig.

Ostracion quadricornis Bleek. Atl. Ichth. v. p. 32.

Melliss states that this fish is not very common at St. Helena,

but I found it quite common although not so abundant as the

cunning-fish, with which it was usually to be seen swimming

about the landing steps of the wharf. I caught specimens with

a rod and line using a small hook and mackerel! as bait. It was

of a beautiful blue colour when first caught, each hexagonal

scute having a spot of darker blue in the centre. All that I saw

had the spine on the dorsal edge which distinguishes the variety

notacanthus, which is peculiar to St. Helena.

The species is confined to tropical parts of the Atlantic,

and occurs at the Bermudas, West Indies, coasts of Brazil,

Ascension, and West Africa. A specimen from Rio Janeiro

in the Museum has no dorsal spine; Giinther remarks that

specimens from the West Indies often have an indication of

this spine. In all cases the spines are outgrowths of the centres

of single scales, although the dorsal spine and the two ventral

spines suggest the idea that they are the vestiges of the first

dorsai and the pelvic fins.

Bleeker considers the notacanthus of St. Helena a distinct

species, although he says that the dorsal spine exists sometimes in

quadricornis; but he says there are other differences: the back in

quadricornis is more compressed and more elevated, the profile more

perpendicular, the eyes smaller, the head smaller, the scutes of

the side more numerous, and a spine at the end of the carapace

above the caudal peduncle. A very good figure of the St. Helena

variety is given by Bleeker. The colours are apparently from a

spirit specimen, as I find the characteristic blue colour which I

saw in the fresh specimens at St. Helena vanishes after they have

been in spirit.

Tate Regan (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, 11. p. 291) adopts Lactophrys

Swainson (Lardner’s Cyclopedia, Fishes, vol. 11. 1839, p. 324) for

those with only three ridges, and makes Ostracion four- or five-

sided. But the original Ostracion of Linnzus was three-sided.

TETRODON CUTANEUS.

Tetrodon cutanews Giinther, B. M. Cat. Fishes, viii. p. 287

(1868).

This species was named by Giinther, and has been found only

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 119

at St. Helena. It is well known to the fishermen of the island

under the name of ‘bottle-fish.. I obtained only one specimen,

which I caught myself when out in an albacore-boat moored in

about 90 fathoms off the south-west point of the island. I was

fishing with a bottom line with two rather small hooks attached to

the sinker ; the hooks were baited with mackerel. Feeling a bite, I

hauled up and found the line cut and one of the hooks gone: the

men said this was done by a bottle-fish, and when I put the line

down again I caught one. When it came to the surface it was

almost spherical, the abdomen being distended not with air but

with water. As the fish lay in the bottom of the boat it dis-

charged the water in gushes from its mouth and gill-apertures

until it was completely collapsed, the skin of the abdomen becoming

flaccid and showing loose longitudinal folds.

Gimther (Study of Fishes, 1880, p. 687), after remarking that

when a globe-fish is inflated with air its skin is stretched to its

utmost extent and the spines protrude and form a defensive

armour, proceeds as follows :—‘‘ However, it is probable that the

spines are a protection not only when the fish is on the surface

and able to take in air, but also when it is under water. Some

Diodonts at any rate are able to erect the spines about the head

by means of cutaneous muscles; and perhaps all fill their stomach

with water instead of air for the same purpose and with the same

effect.” It is not clear whether this means that some are known to

do so with certainty or that it is only a probability in every case.

I have shown that it is at least true for Vetrodon cutaneus, and

in this species the effect 1s not to erect spines, for there are none.

There is no evidence that this species ever inflates itself with air;

I never heard of it being taken except at the bottom in deep

water.

CRUSTACEA*.

There is a fishery for Crustaceans at St. Helena, the edible

forms being the crayfish, Panulirus guttatus, known as the ‘ long-

legs,’ and the Scyllarid Seyllarus latus, which is called the ‘ stump.’

The latter is caught in traps of elongated cylindrical shape made

of strips of bamboo fastened together by iron hoops, each end of

the trap being fitted with a reentrant cone open at the apex; the

trap is thus similar in principle to one type of lobster-pot used in

Britain, especially on the east coast. Only one boat was engaged

in this fishing during my visit, and I went out for a night’s

fishing in her. The traps, which the fishermen call nets although

no net is used in their construction, were put down in about

15 fathoms of water off Sugar-loaf Point. They were weighted

with iron bars and baited with albacore-heads. Each trap was

sunk separately and the line attached to it was buoyed first’ with

a bamboo spar and at the end of the line with an empty cubical

%# Species identified by Dr. W. T. Calman, F.Z.S.

PX MR, J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

paraftin can. On the occasion to which I refer we put down four

or five traps, and when they were hauled in the morning each con-

tained four or five ‘stumps, the usual price for which is 3d. each;

they are used as food and also as bait for inshore fishing, this bait

being for some kinds of fishes, such as silver-fish and old-wives,

much more effective than the flesh of mackerel or other fishes.

Some hermit-crabs were also caught in the traps, but no long-legs,

as these creatures seldom or never enter the traps but are

occasionally caught on fishing lines; in the trammel which I

shot on the same occasion, besides the fishes which are mentioned

elsewhere in this paper, I caught one large specimen of Panulirus

but no stumps.

Family PALINURIDAZ.

PANULIRUS GUTTATUS.

Palinurus guttatus Latr. Ann. du Muséum, 111. p. 393.

Panulirus guttatus Spence Bate, Voy. Challenger, Macrura,

p- 78, pl. Xa; Benedict, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xvi. p. 540,

1893; Bouvier, Bull. Mus. Océan. Monaco, no. 29, p. 5, 1905.

This species is mentioned in Melliss’ book as the long-legs and

Palinurus sp. It has a wide distribution in the Atlantic, occurring

on the American coast, on the African coast at the Cape Verde

Islands, Liberia, ete. The ‘Challenger’ specimens described as a

variety by Spence Bate were taken at St. Paul’s Rocks. It has

not been identified at St. Helena before.

Family SCcYLLARIDA.

SCYLLARUS LATUS.

Scyllarus latus Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Insectes, vol. vi.

p. 182.

Recorded by Melliss under the above specific name on the

authority of Spence Bate and the local name ‘stump,’ but this

record seems to have been overlooked by carcinologists. It occurs

also in the Mediterranean and at the Canaries (Ortmann, Zool.

Jahrb., Abth. Syst. x. p. 269, 1897).

Family PaGuRID#.

PAGURUS IMPERATOR. (Text-fig. 6.)

Pagurus imperator Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii. p. 275,

1881.

This species was hitherto known only from the two type

specimens in the British Museum described by Miers, both from

St. Helena, one presented by H. E. Dresser, Esq., the other

by Melliss. J obtained and brought back a number of specimens

caught in the traps set for ‘stumps.’ They were inhabiting shells

of Cassis testiculus, Bursa celata, Septa nodifera, and Hugyrina

1910.] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 121

gigantea. I was at first struck with the narrowness of the shell

opening in the Cassis and wondered how the crab could protrude

its head through it; I found that the anterior part of the crab

was much flattened, and this seemed to be an adaptation to the

narrow opening of the shell; but the species occurs also in the

Text-fig. 6.

Pagurus imperator.

other shells mentioned which have large rounded openings. ‘The

species is common enough at St. Helena, but has not been found

anywhere else, and has not previously been figured. Melliss

mentions only one hermit-crab in his book on the island under

the name Pagurus bernhardus, a species which certainly does not

occur there.

PAGURUS ARROSOR.

Cancer arrosor Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, ii. Supp. 1794,

fo. W7O, yall. domo taken aT

Pagurus striatus Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Insectes, v. p. 163.

Pagurus arrosor A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp. Travailleur

& Talisman, Crust. Decap. pt. 1. p. 178, 1900; Alcock, Cat. Crust.

Indian Mus. pt. ii. fase. 1. Pagurides, p. 168, 1905.

This species, in marked contrast to the preceding, has an almost

122 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

world-wide distribution, having been recorded from the Medi-

terranean, Cadiz, Madeira, Cape Verde Islands, Senegambia,

West Indies, Brazil, Philippines, Japan, and S.E. Australia. It

was taken by me with the other species at St. Helena inhabiting

Septa nodifera and other shells.

Family DRoMIID &.

DROMIA VULGARIS.

Dromia vulgaris H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. 11.

p. 178, pl. xxi. figs. 5-8; A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Exp.

Travailleur et Talisman, Crust. Decap. pt.i. p. 17; Melliss, p. 203.

I obtained one specimen of this species but am not quite sure

how it was caught, whether in the trawl or the stump-traps, but

believe it was by the former. Its distribution is similar to that

of Panulirus guttatus, namely, Mediterranean, Senegal, Cape

Verde Islands, Florida, W. Indies. It has also been taken on

the south coast of England. In recording this species from

Senegal and the Cape Verdes, Milne-Edwards and Bouvier state

that it had not previously been taken so far south, overlooking

the fact that it had been recorded at St. Helena by Melliss.

Family GRAPSID &.

GRAPSUS GRAPSuUS Linn.

This little black crab, mentioned by Melliss as the common

Black Crab, is very abundant and resembles in colour the volcanic

rocks over which it runs, living more out of the water than

init. It seems to be endowed with almost supernatural cunning

and intelligence, numbers collecting to feed on a piece of fish or

offat in a few minutes where none were previously visible and

disappearing with equal celerity when one approaches. The boys

have a curious method of catching them by dangling a stone

attached to a string beneath one, and so driving it up to the top

of the quay ; in this case the crab seems to be more afraid of the

stone close below it than of the human enemy above, though it

often suddenly lets go altogether and drops into the water. Its

distribution is circumtropical.

PLAGUSIA DEPRESSA Herbst.

This crab is less common than the preceding and lives about

the edge of the water; it is much larger than the Grapsus

and of a reddish colour, a fact which seems to show that the

protective resemblance of the other is accidental. This seems to

be the species mentioned by Melliss (p. 206) as locally known by

the names Purple Rock Crab and Peeling Crab. Like the Grapsus,

it is found all round the world in the tropies.

1910.] ' AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 123

MOLLUSCA *.

Class GASTROPODA.

Order Pectinibranchia.

LoToRIIDa,.

Bursa C&#LATA Broderip.

Ranella celata EH. A. Smith, Marine Mollusca of St. Helena,

P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 268; Melliss, p. 124.

This species occurs at Ascension and is common on the coast of

Panama. I presume this means the Pacific coast of Panama, as

Mr. Smith remarks in the paper quoted above that it is extremely

remarkable that it should occur at St. Helena. This and the

following three species are represented in my collection only by

shells inhabited by Pagurus imperator.

EUGYRINA GIGANTEA.

Ranella gigantea Lamarck; Tryon, Manual of Conchology,

vol. iii. p. 42.

According to Mr. Smith this has not been previously recorded

outside the Mediterranean.

SEPTA NODIFERA.

Triton nodiferus Lamarck.

Mr. Smith recorded Triton tritonis from St. Helena in his

P. Z. 8. paper above quoted, but from a single specimen in a very

worn and broken condition. He thinks it was probably this

species, which has a very wide distribution, extending from the

Mediterranean to Natal in the Atlantic and from Japan to New

Zealand in the Pacific. Melliss does not mention this species,

but includes two others of this genus, viz. Zriton variegatus

Lamarck, and 7’. oleariwm Linn.

Family CASsIDID&,

CASSIS TESTICULUS.

Cassidea testiculus Melliss, p. 124.

Cassis testiculus var., EK. A. Smith, Marine Mollusca of

St. Helena, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 257.

The typical form of this species occurs in the West Indies and

on the West African coast. The St. Helena form is stated in

Mr. Smith’s paper to be the C. crumena of Bruguiére, but he does

not consider this to be a distinct species.

* Species identitied by KE, A. Smith, I.8.0., F.Z.S,

124 MR, J. f. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES _— [Jan. 18,

Order Opisthobranchia.

UMBRACULUM MEDITERRANEUM.

Umbrella mediterraneum Lamarck; E. A. Smith, Marine

Mollusca of St. Helena, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 299.

This large opisthobranch is common in the Mediterranean, and

occurs also at Madeira and the Cape Verde Islands. It is not

mentioned by Melliss, but was first recorded from St. Helena by

HK. A. Smith. I obtained a single specimen in the trawl at about

30 fathoms to the west of Jamestown; it was alive and adult.

Class CEPHALOPODA.

OcTOPUS OCCIDENTALIS.

Octopus vulgaris var. americanus d’Orbigny, Moll. Cuba, p. 14,

tab. 1.

Octopus occidentalis Steenstr. MS., Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Report,

xvi. p. 77, 1886.

This is doubtless the species mentioned by Melliss as Octopus sp.

I obtained one small specimen which was brought to me by boys

with some crabs from the shore rocks. It has not been identified

at St. Helena before, but the ‘ Challenger’ obtained one specimen

at Ascension. It occurs at Cuba, and was found by Alex. Agassiz

in the Pacific at the Galapagos Islands. My specimen was

identified by Mr. W. E. Hoyle, F.Z.8., Director of the National

Museum of Wales, Cardiff.

ECHINODERMATA *.

Class ECHINOIDEA.

CIDARIS TRIBULOIDES.

Cidarites tribuloides Lamarck.

Cidaris tribuloides Blainyille, Zooph., Dict. Sci. Nat. 1830.

I caught several specimens of Cidaris in the traw] at 30 fathoms

to the west of Jamestown, and all that I brought home were

identified by Mr. Jeffrey Bell as of this species. It is not men-

tioned by Melliss, who says the thick-spined sea-egg of the island

is C. metularia Lamarck. This is not correct, C. metularia being

the Pacific species, extending from the Sandwich Islands to the

Cape of Good Hope. C. tribuloides occurs also at Cape de Verde,

on the west coast of Africa at Cape Palmas, at Florida, and on the

coast of Brazil.

TRIPNEUSTES VENTRICOSUS.

Tripneustes ventricosus L. Agassiz, Mon. Echin. Scut. 1841.

Hipponoé esculenta A. Agassiz, Revision Kchini, 1872-74.

This species is not mentioned by Melliss; I am not quite sure

* Species identified by F'. Jeffrey Bell, M.A., F.Z.S.

1910. | AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 125

of the exact locality where I obtained it, but think it was caught

in the trammel in 4 fathoms, off Banks’ Valley, to the east of

Jamestown. It is common in the West Indies.

ECHINOMETRA SUBANGULARIS.

Cidaris subangularis Leske, 1778.

Lichinometra subangularis Desmoulins, Actes Soc. Linn.

Bordeaux, 1837.

Echinometra acufera Blainville, 1834; Melliss.

This is the species which is mentioned by Melliss under the

name 1. acufera Blainville. He refers to its abundance and to

the fact that it lives in holes bored by itself in the solid basaltic

rock. The rocks along the shores are everywhere studded with the

holes inhabited by this urchin, which is of a black colour like the

rock itself, and the animal is so firmly attached in its hole that it

is difficult to dislodge it. A large number of sea-urchins are

known to have this power and habit of excavating cavities in

hard rock in which they dwell. In the Natural History Museum

is a fine photograph of limestone rocks full of such holes inhabited

by Strongylocentrotus lividus, at Bundoran, South Donegal, in

Ireland. It is held that the boring is effected by the action of

the animal's teeth and spines, and it seems that the animal never

quits its hole even to feed. Apparently the sea-urchin obtains

enough nourishment from the organic substances which are washed

into its cavity. Simroth gives a good account of the habits of

the boring form TJoxopneustes liwidus, apparently a synonym of

Strongylocentrotus lividus, in the Azores. Mébius states that at

Mauritius the holes of two boring species are narrower at the

apertures than in the interior, so that it is impossible for the

animal to quit the cavity. At St. Helena, and in some other

cases, the cavities are only a little deeper than the diameter of the

animal; but at Croisic and Douarnenez, on the coast of France,

according to Caillaud, the holes are 30 to 50 cm. deep. The

object of the habit is evidently to protect the animal against the

force of the breakers by which, if exposed, it would run the risk of

being killed, and on the coasts of oceanic islands like St. Helena

the necessity for such protection is very obvious. (For a summary

of the subject and its literature see Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. ii.

Abth. 3, p. 1296.)

£. subangularis occurs apparently everywhere in the tropical

Atlantic, at the West Indies and Gulf of Mexico, the Bermudas,

the whole coast of Brazil, the west coast of Africa, Cape de Verde

Islands, and Ascension.

Class ASTEROIDEA.

LINCKIA.

Two specimens belonging to this genus were taken in the trawl

at 20 fms. west of Jamestown, but according to Mr, J effrey Bell

they are too young for specific determination.

126 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

Class CRINOIDEA.

ANTEDON CARINATA.

Comatula carinata Lamarck.

Antedon carinata Carpenter, Voyage of ‘ Challenger,’ Report on

Crinoidea, pt. 11.

This is doubtless the species mentioned by Melliss as Comatula

sp. He says it is occasionally taken in rock pools at the West

Rocks, 7. e. to the west of the wharf at Jamestown, but that it is

extremely rare. I took one specimen in my haul of the trammel

off Banks’ Valley, and should think it is by no means rare. It

has a wide distribution, occurring in the tropical Atlantic, the

Indian Ocean, and the Eastern Pacific; the localities are

Mauritius, Seychelles, Ceylon, the coast of Brazil, and the coast

of Chile. A specimen from St. Helena, according to Carpenter,

is in the British Museum.

ANTHOZOA.

ACTINIARIA.

PHYMACTIS SANCTH HELENA.

Actinia sancte helene Lesson, Voy. Coquille, 1830, p. 74,

Zoophytes, p. 74, pl. u. fig. 1.

Phymactis sancte helene WH. Milne-Kdwards, Coralliaires,

Tome 1. p. 275.

This species is chiefly distinguished from other species of the

genus by its colour, which on the outside of the column is very

dark, almost black; Milne-Edwards calls it a very obscure

reddish brown. ‘This colour harmonises with that of the volcanic

rocks on which it lives, adhering usually to the under side of

overhanging masses. The species has been known at St. Helena

since Lesson’s circumnavigating voyage in 1830, and is mentioned

by Melliss. Allied species occur on the coast of Brazil, at the

Cape of Good Hope, and at Cape Verde.

MADREPORARIA.

M ®ANDRINA (PLATYGYRA) ASCENSIONIS.

Platygyra ascensionis §. O. Ridley, Report on Collection made

by My. T. Conry in Ascension Island, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(5) viii. 1881.

I found only one species of coral on the island. It was growing

in small rounded masses of from 2 to 6 inches in diameter in

rock pools at Prosperous Bay on the windward side. I was

unable to detach living colonies, but found dry skeletons on the

shore. This is evidently the same species that is mentioned

under the name Mwandrina sp.? by Melliss, whose specimens were

1910. ] AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST, HELENA. 127

identified by Dr. Gray and Mr. Saville Kent of the British

Museum. The species is evidently identical with that described

by 8S. O. Ridley, from Ascension, but the name Platygyra is

rejected by later writers on the Madreporaria, e. g. Martin Duncan,

“ Revision of the Madreporaria,” Journ. Linn. Soe. xviii. 1885.

The latter author admits only one genus, Meandrina with Ocloria

as a sub-genus; but whether the present species is to be placed in

the main genus or the subgenus I have not decided. It is

characteristic of the typical Mcandrina that the calycles are not

distinct, but united into long grooves with parallel sides from

which the septa project; in the species here considered the

ealycles are usually distinct, but in many parts, especially in

larger colonies, two or three are united, so that they present a

stage towards the condition which is typical of Meandrina,

a condition which is really due to incomplete division of the

zooids.

HYDROZOA ann PORIFERA.

By R. Kirxparrick, F.Z.S.

HYDROZOA.

Family EUDENDRIID&.

EQUDENDRIUM CUNNINGHAMI, sp. n. (Plate VII. figs. 1-3.)

Several specimens are growing out of the sponge Chondrosia

plebeja. The largest example is 9 cm. in height. The growth

of the colony is arborescent, with dark horn-coloured fasciculated

main stems. The terminal polyp-bearing branchlets have from

one to three groups of annular markings between base and

summit,

The few polyps remaining on the specimens are scarcely well

enough preserved to enable their characters to be determined,

but 24 tentacles were counted in one instance. Nearly all the

colonies are female, but one is hermaphrodite.

The special branches bearing the clusters of female gonophores

arise on the upper side of branches or of polypiferous branchlets.

The gonophoral branches are shorter than those bearing the

nutritive polyps, and funnel-shaped, 2. e. they broaden out distally ;

sometimes they are annulated throughout, sometimes only on the

proximal half. The male sporosacs arise in a double row from an

aborted polyp. They are stalked and monothalamie, the stalk

curving round and dividing into two lateral wings.

The ovate gonophores, about 375 pw in long diameter, are in

clusters of 3-8, closely adnate to each other and arranged spirally

round a central axis. Each gonophore has a carina around the

vertical central plane. When burst the empty sac resembles a

hemispherical basket with a handle—the distal half of the carina—

128 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON MARINE FISHES [Jan. 18,

arching over it, but sometimes the handle also is ruptured in

the centre.

I have not been able positively to identify this form with any

known species ; at the same time many of the latter appear to be

founded on insufficient characters. For the fasciculation or non-

fasciculation of the stem may depend on the age of the colony,

and the degree of annulation of the stems is usually, but not

always, a variable character. The mode of growth, arrangement,

and structure of the gonophores is a more important feature, but

many species have been described from colonies the gonophores

of which are unknown.

The nearest related species is’ H. carneum 8. F. Clarke, from

Chesapeake Bay (Mem. Boston Soc. N. H. iti. 1887, p. 137, pl. vii.

figs. 10-17). In the North American form several groups of

female sporosacs spring from a branchlet and the semicircular

band does not appear to exist at the distal end. Again, the male

sporosacs are spherical and polythalamice.

The genus is cosmopolitan. Numerous species occur in the

Atlantic ; seven are known in the British area.

The specific characters of H. cunninghami are as follows :—

The arborescent growth, fasciculated main stem, one to three

groups of annuli on the polypiferous branchlets, the short infun-

dibuliform branches bearing the oval, carinate, sessile female

gonophores, and the male sporosacs with bifid covers.

PORIFERA.

Family CHonpDROSID# F. H. Schulze.

CHONDROSIA PLEBEJA O. Schmidt. (Plate VII. figs. 4-8.)

Mr. Cunningham’s collection includes one large complete

specimen of Chondrosia plebeya O. Schmidt, and several fragments,

some of which have been fixed in corrosive acetic mixture.

The specimens were dredged from 30 fathoms off Jamestown,

St. Helena.

The original specimens, on which Schmidt founded his species

in 1868, came from Algiers. Schmidt distinguished C. plebeja

from C. reniformis Nardo on account of the irregularity of the

surface of the former and the presence of foreign bodies on

the surface and in the interior.

Schulze, in his memoir on the Cnondroside (1877), accepted

C. plebeja as a species distinct from C. reniformis. He had not,

however, seen examples of Schmidt’s species. Indeed no further

description of C. plebeja has been given since Schmidt's time.

Accordingly it is interesting to meet with well-preserved material

and to be able to supplement the original description.

The complete specimen, which is shaped like a large mug with

a piece out of the wall, is 14°5 em. high, 13:5 cm. in diameter

across the mouth, and has walls 3:5 cm. thick. The colour in

L107 AND INVERTEBRATES OF ST. HELENA. 129

spirit is black on the surface and whitish in section, but the black

colour is due to decomposition, for Mr. Cunningham reports that in

life specimens are buff-coloured with faint reddish-brown patches

on outstanding parts, and paler buff in section. The sponge is

rather tough but yet breakable, slightly compressible but inelastic,

and differing greatly in texture from the tough leathery C. reni-

formis. The surface varies in character, being smooth here and

there, but mostly irregular, deeply pitted, reticulate or tuber-

culated, the differences being due to the amount and kind of

foreign material. The numerous incurrent pores, which are all

closed and barely perceptible, are scattered over the surface.

They are visible, however, in thick clarified sections at the

beginnings of the incurrent canals. The oscules also are scattered

and flush with the surface. ‘They occur mostly on the inner wall

of the cup. They vary in diameter from 2-8 mm., and are

provided with a membranous sphincter.

The ectosome forms a very thin delicate skin, very different

from the tough thick cortex of C. reniformis. Worm tubes and

root-fibres and stems of Hudendriwm project above the surface or

may be skinned over by the ectosome. These and other foreign

bodies are abundant in the interior,

The Canal System.—A slightly stained, well clarified thick

section presents a most striking appearance (PI. VII. fig.5). The

fine initial incurrent canals pass in obliquely from the surface

pores and meet at various angles to form larger inhalants. These

systems of initial—they can hardly be called intra-cortical—

canaliculi are not regularly arranged like the pore systems in

CO. reniformis, but are irregularly dendritic (fig. 4). The larger

incurrent canals, as they ramify down into the sponge, are mapped

out very distinctly, owing to their having a wide tubular central

axis whence much finer canals radiate out at right angles. This

most remarkable arrangement may be compared in appearance

to the fine brushes used for cleaning test-tubes, only one

must imagine the brush to branch continually, and many of the

radiating bristles also. The end branches of the “ bristle ” canals

abut on the choanosomal mass. The terminal main axes of the

incurrent canals end in terminal tufts of branching “bristle ”

canals. It is so unusual to find innumerable very fine canals

passing off at right angles from much wider canals, that at first

in thin sections of the sponge I mistook the “ bristle” canals for

strands of connective tissue. The ends of the branching “ bristle”

canals form the prosodi of the flagellated chambers. These

terminal canaliculi are so extremely fine and delicate as to be barely

perceptible at first, for they consist of a single layer of pavement

epithelium. Accordingly the canal system is diplodal (figs. 6, 7).

The existence of diplodal canal systems has been denied *, but the

photographs of sections of Corticiwm candelabrum, Chondrilla

nucula, and Oscarella lobularis published by Schulze clearly

* E. Topsent, “ Etude Monographique des Spongiaires de France,” Archives

Zool. Exp. 1895 (8) iii. p. 522.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. IX. 9

130 MARINE FISHES AND INVERTEBRATES OF SY. HELENA. [Jan. 18,

demonstrate the presence of prosodi*. My own sections also

show the prosodi and aphodi. One would expect a priori that:

in highly developed canal systems with aphodi, prosodi also

would, in some cases, tend to arise. For the same development of

the choanosome which would lead to the formation of minute

excurrent canals lined with epithelium, would lead also to the

canalisation of terminal parts of the incurrent system and to

their continuity with the pores in the walls of the flagellated

chambers.

The flagellated chambers are spheroidal or pear-shaped, and

about 30 x 24 w in their longer and shorter diameters respectively.

The aphodi open either directly into an excurrent canal or join

with one or more aphodi.

The excurrent canals closely surrounded by dense masses

of flagellated chambers appear dark by contrast with the larger

incurrent canals surrounded by the “bristle” canals and loose

tissue.

From the above account it will be seen that there are six

distinct systems in the total canal system of Chondrosia plebeja,

viz. :—(1) the initial pore canals; (2) the larger incurrent canals ;

(3) the radiating “ bristle” canals terminating in prosodi; (4) the

cordon of flagellated chambers; (5) the aphodi; and (6) the

larger excurrent canals terminating in oscules.

Pigment-cells occur but are not abundant; thesocytes are

numerous. Along the walls of the incurrent canals are the cells

of what seems to be a unicellular alga. .

There appear to be five or possibly six known good species of

Chondrosia, viz. :—

C. reniformis Nardo.

. plebeya O. Schmidt.

CO. ramsayi Lendenfeld (¢ C. reniformis).

C. debilis Thiele.

C. corticata Thiele.

C. reticulata Carter,

i.)

C. collectrix Lendenfeld is, as Topsent surmised, a synonym of

C. reticulata Carter, of which latter species C’. spurca Carter is

also a synonym.

Distribution of C. plebeja:—Algiers; off Porto Santo Island

facing the Atlantic coast of Morocco, 60 fathoms (Airkpatrick

coll.); Grand Canary, on rocks at low tide (Zopsent); St. Helena,

30 fathoms (Cunningham).

Specimens from Christmas Island, which I had named C’ plebeja

(P. Z. 8. Lond. 1900, p. 129), belong to C. corticata Thiele.

* F. E, Schulze, “ Uber diplodale Spongienkammern,” Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss.

Berlin, 1896, ii. p. 891.

eNO) DEATHS AT THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS DURING 1909, Toil

EXPLANATION OF PLATES [V.-VII.

Prate IV.

Fig. I. Congromurena mellissii Giinther.

2. Murena sancte helene Gitinther.

PratE V.

Leirus moselii, sp. n.

Prats VI.

Pimelepteris gallveii, sp. n.

Pravre VII.

Hudendrium cunninghami, sp.n. Branchlets with polyps. 18.

The same. Female sporosacs. X 18.

. The same. Male sporosacs. X 50.

. Chondrosia plebeja O. Schmidt. Surface and vertical section showing pores

and pore-canals. , pore; ic, incurrent canal. > 50.

The same. Thick slice parallel to and a little below surface. ic, incurrent

canals; ec, excurrent canals. X 15.

. Flagellated chamber : pz, prosodus; ap, aphodus. > 750.

: Flagellated chambers. X 425.

: Collar- cell. XX 1000.

SES CONC) rs

Go ~T SD

3. Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological

Gardens during 1909. By H. G@. Pummer, F.LS.,

F.Z.S., Pathologist to the Society.

[Received January 18, 1910. |

On January 1, 1909, the number of animals in the Zoological

Gardens was 3307, and during the year 1996 animals were

admitted, making a total of 5303 for the year.

The number of deaths during the year has been 1492, that is

about 28 per cent.; but if from the above total we sinleimaclt 548

-animals which did not live for six months after their arrival in

the Gardens—that is, roughly, the time at which we find they

have got entirely used to their new envir onment—the percentage

of deaths is reduced to 17°8, that is practically the same as

the death-rate of 1908. In 1909 the total number of animals

was 305 less than in 1908, and the number of deaths 245 less,

The weather conditions of 1909 were not at all good, so that the

percentage of deaths is really more satisfactory than in 1908,

Of the 1492 animals which died, 1171 have been examined;

of the rest, 131 were killed by order or by companions, 8 were

preserved entire for anatomical purposes, and 182 were too

decomposed for examination.

The following Tables show the facts ascertained in outline, and

following them are some notes on the most important points.

Table I. sets forth the actual causes of death in each of the

three great classes of animals, Under Reptiles are included

batrachians and fishes,

152. DR. H. G. PLIMMER ON PATHOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS [ Jan. 18,

_ TABLE ih, me of 1171 Deaths.

Disease. |Mammals.| Birds. Reptiles. eee ue

otes.

1. Microbie and Parasitic |

Diseases.

LUUISEROWOES —— sonocnanocsnsnedso00c | 17 70 7 1

Miy.Cosis: Peeters tecs. ctocscore| sus 48 1 2

Mialania en ee eateries... cca seca a 14 1 3

Filaria Bp aula aataute irae ae 2 10 3 4

Hemogregarines Pepe dnccatcoas: 19 5

Spir illosis Rs ati ctire Niort rare ere | re 1 ahs

Worms ec aan. netton aa ee 1 2 2 6

Pneumonia ae 43 79 64 7

Septicemia ......... Biers 15 1 8

2. Diseases Cee atory 1 Organs.

Pleuritis ..... : 3

IO FONIOVROINE, coovoocosacaccaaccoon eco sey 2

Broncho- -pneumonia BH OASTBEAC 5k BHA EN:

Congestion of lungs ............ 38 124 38 10

BEOncHits. dye eae il ss Beh

3. Diseases of Heart.

Rericandutisapereeeeeee eee eee eee 1

Fatty degeneration eapena eee 1 1

4, Diseases of Liver.

Hepatitis, ieee qacceec sees teal 1 4 be

Fatty degeneration sansciescae ie 7 ahs 11

5. Diseases of glimeniatsy, T Tract.

Peritonitis .......... a 4, 2 igs 12

Gastritis Geena ERASE 5 il 10. =|)

Gastric ulceration 7 ae |

Gastro-enteritis 11 5 27 13

Enteritis 40 181 40 r

Wolittis': Oar. ue cren nett ce tetas are 6 : ae |

Ulcerative Colitis 4 ae)

Prolapse of Rectum : 1

6. Diseases of Urinary and

Reproductive Organs.

INGO) aos san oto'es0 nao see sve Sabece 11 8 1 14

Fibrosis of kidneys” Peer ce ne 4 2

Cystic kidneys if ee BE ae 1 15

Inflammation of oviduct ...... te 6

7. Diseases of the Nervous ie yoke

Myelitis ...... : 2

8. Various.

Sarcoma Be Ei ER RE et, 3 Sie ie 16

WEN DNTTIMOM — srocass.6ceosvoabn0b- 6 6 51 17

Abscess ; ey 2 $8 1

Anwmia without ascertaine

cause ecm) Aa 4 2 18

Injuries... Jabeeuee tsa 7 24, 1

No cause found .......0..0cc0ces 0. 4 3 4

288 605 278

Table I. is made up from those diseases which actually caused

death, but in more than half of the mammals and reptiles and in

more than a quarter of the birds therein tabulated there were

other pathological lesions which helped towards the fatal issue

of the principal disease.

The following Table II. sets forth these secondary lesions; and

if it be taken in conjunction with Table I., a much more e accurate

representation of the prevalence of disease in the Gardens will be

arrived at.

1910.]

AT THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS DURING 1909.

133

TasieE I1.—Other Diseases from which the Animals tabulated

in Table I. were also suffering.

Diseases.

Tuberculosis

Mycosis

Malaria

Filaria spauoetene

Trypanosomiasis Wyre

Heemogregarines ...... 02... cece

Wome sa RUDHOBBREA HRSA tS a3 Re eRoREe

Ftv alii sieeeener arma eae ceases see:

SPURGOOVSHIS, Goosonnooeononee

Pericarditis : bess oeoce

Myocarditis fragmentosa Sahatone

Dilatation of heart

Atheroma

Fatty degener ation of liver ...... le

Hepatitis ois Sire Gu SO AR es nue seeeene ere

Cirrhosis of liver RES aacee

Gastric ulceration

Gastritis ....

Enteritis (including Colitis)

JETROYGHALEISS Gor coe bon no eebede a <coRee sen poate

Intussusception ..........0.0..201e0e

Nephritis : ae

Fibrous degeneration of ‘kidneys se

Rachitis 3

Mammals.

> we:

bo Lae

OUR G2 Oo ST CO DD OUD ee

Birds.

14,

or:

> boo:

° be : : :

TRE epee: ee! HP:

Reptiles.

bka4

TaBieE III. showing the distribution of the diseases in Table I.

amongst the principal orders of Mammals.

Diseases.

Tuberculosis RI es

] EWEN aes she Beokeraeeeetee den auces

Worms

Septiceenmiay resus eee: cs

Helemnibish esac een cetacean soci

JOA GATE "A aase bee cee bao oben ab Sap aeewEn

Broncho-pneumonia ..................

Congestion of lungs

Gastro-enteribis yy csien- secs -ne ces os:

JBIOIGTE TS 28 1 on coon onedeE SE nEnaseee aed

Colitis (including ulcerative) ......

Prolapse of rectum

Nephritis

Myelitis

Sarcoma

Malnutrition

Abscess

Injuries ;

No cause found —

IBMENMONTaT A eae eae ean eees wate

IBTONCHIfISHsn eens eee eek aes |

Hart tyghearty artery e tess ce sene caja

Hepatitis

Peritonitis coke NASR See ae ene

Gastrrhiste one heads hae sess

Gastric ulceration — sph ed hae bap SHEARER

2 2

q “e

a ai

H 3

eo oO

10 13

4, 2

ea le ey

we 1

21 7

18 5

el! a

1 Bae

1 Bre

2 1

1 a

9 5

5 3

is 1

2 4,

alt

Rodentia.

ete: @poro: w:

bow:

Ungulata,

Ld coo: eo

Ge mre: boc:

> ROR:

rH: : [deta

ROR Be

Marsupialia.

CONT! ee

+ TOR:

hoe:

134 DR. H. G. PLIMMER ON PATHOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS [Jan. 18,

Tuberculosis and Mycosis have again been the cause of a large

number of deaths amongst the birds; the following table shows

their relative incidence in the various orders of birds.

TaBLe [V.—Comparative Table of the Incidence of Tuberculosis

and Mycosis in the various Orders of Birds

| Orders. Tuberculosis. Mycosis.

| Passeres 4a a | 19 6

I) SLEIGH Ces a OCS ere Oe ae a 17 9

WRRSiGEACH scearme eer rn acho ae eee 3 3

IATISCTES Sra ee ran ss Shes cis vy eck At 5 5

Coltunalbce si aeteeten sete. 2s iasneceesmrsereell 13 13

Gialllnitcetee ee Pen) Rene ae 20 8

SEG SCSe tans stern emcee eee Mn 9 8

[ilbantelaaee rene heen cate ad ucn omen eral 4. 5

| Struthiones “sosutcasesgsacrexensinnsa32 1 |

If this table be compared with a similar one for 1908 it wall

be seen that there is no one class of bird particularly liable to

either of these diseases, but that their incidence depends upon

accident of position or infection.

Notes on the foregoing Tables.

The following notes refer to a few points of special interest in

connection with the diseases mentioned in the tables :—

1. It will be noticed that there is a very satisfactory decrease

in the amount of mammalian and reptilian tubercle in the Gardens.

Although there has been a decrease also amongst the birds, there

has latterly been a considerable increase in the number of cases

in the New Bird House, mainly due, in all probability, to over-

crowding, but also in part to structural defects. The decrease in

the Reptile House appears to have been coincident with the use

of can in the cages, which is constantly changed.

2. All the cases of Mycosis: have been due to the Aspergillus

fumigatus.

3. Under the term Malaria are grouped cases in which intra-

corpuscular parasites, belonging to either the group of Halteridium

or of Proteosoma, are tonne | in sufficient number to cause death.

In the worst cases as many as 70 per cent. of the erythrocytes

have been invaded.

4. In all the cases entered uncer Filaria in Table I. there has

been a considerable disorganisation of the blood, and in six of the

birds there has been a plugging of the cerebral capillaries by the

embryos of the parasite. These birds have died suddenly with

so-ealled “ fits.”

On reference to Table II. it will be seen that Filaria have been

found in many other cases, 43 in all. Identification in most

instances has not been possible, as it is only in about a quarter of

the cases that the parent worms haye been discovered.

VOR

1910.] AT THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS DURING 1909. 135

In a Wallaby there were present filaria in the body-cavity and

embryos in the blood; and in the body-cavity of a fetus found

attached in the pouch there was also a parent worm similar to

those in the mother.

5. Hemogregarines have been found altogether in 51 reptiles,

in some for the first time. It is proposed to make these parasites

the subject of a further communication to the Society. The blood

destruction in the 19 cases in Table I. was enormous, as many as

75 to 80 per cent. (in one case 92 per cent.) of the erythrocytes

being invaded by the parasites.

6. The deaths recorded under Worms were due to their pene-

tration through the stomach or intestinal wall; it will be seen

from Table II. that they were present in 54 other animals. A

tape-worm was found in the gall-bladder of a Wallaby.

7. Pneumonia in the Mammals and Birds has been mostly of

the pneumococcal variety ; in 9 of the reptiles it was a traumatic

inflammation due to the irritation caused by the presence of

ascaris eggs or embryos in the lungs. In some of these, which

were more chronic, tubercular-like masses were formed in the

lungs.

8. The starting-point of the septic absorption in these cases of

septicemia was, 1n most instances, abscesses connected with the

teeth. Four Wallabies had pyorrheea alveolaris. Two of the cases

were due to the pneumococcus ; and in a Gayal abscesses in the

kidney, due to calculi, were the starting-points.

9. The cases of broncho-pneumonia were nearly all confined to

the first and last three months of the year. In four cases

(Monkeys) Friedliander’s bacillus was the cause.

10. Of the 38 Mammals, the actual cause of whose deaths was

congestion of the lungs, 14 had rickets badly. In the Birds, and

especially in the smaller ones, owing to the structure and partial

fixation of the lungs, this condition is very fatal, and is generally

associated with more or less ceedema of the lungs, and sometimes

with effusion of fluid into the air-sacs.

11. It will be seen from Table II. that a large number of

animals—39—had fatty degeneration of the liver. Most of these

were small birds, and it may in these be due to inevitable over-

feeding with no natural exercise.

12. Peritonitis in Mammals was in three cases due to a

sloughing appendix ; in the Birds the inflammation had spread

from the oviduct.

13. On account of the large number of cases of inflammation

of the intestinal tract, the investigation ito the probable causes

which was begun in 1908 has been continued. It seems certain

that there are five distinct varieties of enteritis in the Gardens:

one caused by errors in feeding ; one caused by foreign bodies,

e. g. peat, sand, hay, grass, etc.; one caused by worms, or by

worm-cysts, in the walls of the intestines; one caused by bacteria ;

and, lastly, one caused by protozoal organisms. The first, fourth,

136 DEATHS AT SOCIETY'S GARDENS DURING 1909. — [Jan. 18,

and fifth of the above probable causes are by far the most

important. With regard to the first, after every Bank Holiday

there are one or more deaths due to over-feeding or to unsuitable

food having been given to the animals. Again, in 95 out of 223

Reptiles there was an inflammation of greater or less extent of

the alimentary canal, which—as was urged last year—would seem

to suggest that the present unnatural and unphysiological method

of feeding the Snakes is not the right one. Often masses of

quite undigested food are found, the necessary secretions failing,

apparently on account of the natural stimulus of killing the

animal being absent.

Of enteritis proper, 13 of the cases in Mammals and 48 of those

in Birds were hemorrhagic and associated with necrosis of the

mucous membrane; and protozoal organisms, mostly amcebee, were

found in 49 of these. The bacterial cases occur mostly im the

autumn, and some of these, I think, will have to come under the

first division, since it seems probabJe that—at any rate, in some

cases—the use of boiled milk, as is the case in children, may be

the cause.

14. In an Iguana with nephritis, causing almost complete de-

struction of the kidneys, uric acid crystals were found in numbers

in the blood.

15. In this case occurring in a Bull-Frog the kidneys were

entirely converted,into a transparent cystic mass containing

clear fluid, and measuring 3 by 2 inches; the tissues and body-

cavity were full of fluid.

16. Three new growths have occurred this year: one in a wild

Swine in which both kidneys and both adrenals were involved.

There were two separate tumours, one on each side of the spine.

One of these was sent to the Museum of the College of Surgeons.

A second one occurred in the kidney of a Lemur, and the third in

the ovary of a Styan’s Squirrel. They all belonged to the group

of Sarcoma and were all mixed: in the Swine a small round-

celled variety, with much hemorrhage; in the Lemur a round-

celled and fibrous variety, rapidly growing; and in the Squirrel it

was mostly of the large round-celled kind.

17. Under this heading are included animals which have died

from exhaustion, due probably to depressed vitality from cold or

darkness, or from inability to get or take food, as has been the

case with many small reptiles.

18. In these cases there was very profound anemia with con-

siderable blood-changes. It is most probable that these cases

were all parasitic in origin, but no cause, parasitic or otherwise,

could be found. In a Turtle-Dove the very rare condition

of phagocytosis of the red corpuscles by the leucocytes was

observed.

1910.] ON HYDROIDS AND NUDIBRANCHS OF BERMUDA. 137

4. Notes on the Hydroids and Nudibranchs of Bermuda *.

By Prof. W. M. Smatiwoop, Syracuse University +.

[Received November 15, 1909. ]

(Text-figures 7-10.)

The writer spent the month of January 1909 in Bermuda,

studying at the Biological Station on Agar’s Island. The courtesy

of the use of the Station was extended to me by the director,

Professor E. L. Mark, to whom I express my thanks. The

specific problem of research was an inquiry into the condition of

the living nerve-cells of nudibranchs; but in addition some

observations were made that may be worth recording.

Hardly a day passed that one or more Awrelia were not seen.

Most of the specimens were small and none showed mature gonads.

Vast quantities of sargassum were blown on to the various islands,

and on all of this the common summer hydroids were found.

Specimens of Clytia simplex and some unidentified campanularians

were repeatedly examined, but on none of them were -gonothece

present. Aglaophenia minuta was taken the latter part of January

with many empty gonosomes ; but other than this the hydroids

on the sargassum did not show any signs of sexual activity.

Lytocarpus philippinus was in a very active healthy condition

during the month and showed plenty of vitality by forming

numerous asexual branches, but no gonosomes were noted.

Congdon (07) speaks of slight variations from Nutting’s descrip-

tion, in that “the colony [is] shorter.” All of the colonies

collected by us were at least eight inches high and some of them

nearly a foot. They were taken in shallow water off Fairy-land

Point.

Eudendrium hargitti was taken at Hungry Bay the last week

in January. ‘Two large colonies, about three inches high, were

found; one of them was in fruit, the orange-coloured gonophores

being very conspicuous.

One new hydroid, which has been handed to Professor Hargitt

for description, was found growing on Zoodbotryon pellucidus.

The writer regretted very much that the weather was

unfavourable for collecting in Castle Harbor, where further oppor-

tunity would have been afforded to study the winter conditions

of Pennaria and other hydroids.

Curomoporis zeBRA Heilprin. (Text-fig. 7.)

This is one of the largest nudibranchs of Bermuda. It was

first described, briefly, by Heilprin (89. p. 187, pl. 15. figs. 3, 3a),

as follows :—‘“Animal of the form typical of the genus; head

portion considerably extended and expanded in motion; caudal

* Contribution from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research, No. 18, and

from the Zoological Laboratory of Syracuse University.

+ Communicated by Dr. P, Caatmers Mitcwert, M.A., D.Sc, F.RS

138 PROF. W. M. SMALLWOOD ON HYDROIDS [Jan. 18,

portion moderately elongated; base flattened; mantle beaded

immediately over the tail.

“Color bright blue above, variously lined and streaked with

light yellow ; on the dorsal surface the yellow markings are

disposed in longitudinal wavy or nearly straight lines, one or more

specially prominent lines along the dorso-lateral border. Sides of

animal irregularly reticulated or angulated with yellow markings;

under surface pale blue, bordered with faint yellow. Rhinophores

deep indigo or black, the rhinophoral aperture bordered with

yellow ; gills 12 or 13, black, bordered with yellow, and carrying

blue cilia; under surface of head blue, with yellow spots.

“ Length, when expanded, three and a half inches. Three

specimens, dredged in about ten fathoms on the north side of

Harrington Sound.”

The few observations by Heilprin on the internal anatomy do

not serve to distinguish this species from the other Chromodoride

and so are omitted. He gives two rather generalized figures with

but httle accurate detail.

Other than the above, no description of this species has been

made, so far as I have been able to determine. Bergh (92)

questions whether C. zebra is a distinct species from C. villafranca,

but this can not be settled until the anatomy has been thoroughly

worked out; this will be done in a separate paper. The following

observations on the external morphology add a number of facts

to Heilprin’s description.

Over fifty specimens were available for observation during the

month, which gave ample opportunity to note a number of

variations. The length of the body from the anterior tip of the

mantle to the posterior end of the foot is 16cm. ‘This is the

average length of the animals as they were crawling around in

the aquaria. The body is much elongated and linear; it is

thickest just anterior to the branchial plumes, becoming slightly

depressed anteriorly. The mantle is rounded at each end and a

little wider than the foot ; it is slightly broader in its anterior

than in its posterior portion, and projects beyond the end of the

tentacles. The foot is uniformly narrow and linear; it tapers off

to a point posteriorly, but its anterior end is squarish with

rounded corners.

The ground-colour of the animal is blue. The foot is pale blue,

but the intensity of the colour varies with different individuals.

The margin and posterior tip are almost free from this ground-

colour. The bottom of the foot is not modified by any other

colour. The protrusible pharynx is likewise deeply coloured with

a similar unmodified blue. This ground-colour of blue is not as

conspicuous on the rest of the body, where there is a series of

irregular streaks and a mottled effect produced by colours which

range froma dark olive to orange. These markings are by no means

the same in all individuals. In fact, of two dozen animals

collected from the same spot at the same time, no two specimens

were found to be alike. The dorsal margin of the foot is free

1910.] AND NUDIBRANCHS OF BERMUDA. 139

from the olive to orange colours, and the under edge of the mantle

is generally so. The number of streaks and mottles is not

constant. About 5 mm. back from the rhinophores and a little

nearer the median plane, there are two oval spots of light blue,

which are constant in position but not in shape nor in relation to

the streaks.

The tentacles are short, retractile, conical, and blue in colour.

The rhinophores are perfoliate with 28 leaves in the clavus. The

clavus is of a deep ultramarine blue, the deepest colour seen any-

where on the animal. The rhinophores may be retracted within

conspicuous collars, which have smooth margins.

Chromodoris zebra Heilprin.

V-ewed from the right side; the branchial rosette turned toward the observer.

2 natural size.

The branchiz are from 12 to 14 in number; they are surrounded

by a high sheath with a smooth margin, within which they are

completely retractile. In the olive-coloured forms the branchize

are often more deeply coloured than the mantle, and in such

forms the backs of the plumes are slightly bronzed. The more

orange-coloured individuals have light coloured branchiz, which

are frequently lighter in colour than the mantle. The branchie

when fully expanded are rosette-like in outline and extend beyond

the kody. When in this expanded state, one readily notices an

inner flesh-coloured collar that expands beyond the limits of the

mantle-collar. The anal opening is subcentral, the ring formed

by the bases of the branchie being open on the posterior and

ventral margin. The tip of one or two of the branchie is seen

to end in a minute division into two, three, or four parts. This

is avery common characteristic, so that one hunts for some time

before finding an animal which does not show it; only two such

specimens were noticed. The gills occupy both sides of the plume

as a series of about fifty leaves.

On the ventral, posterior border of the mantle there are five or

six white conical elevations, which produce the beaded eftect

mentioned by Heilprin. The whitish colour is due to the presence

of numerous globular structures, which turn pinkish in strong

nitric acid. ‘They were not destroyed, nor was there any

effervescence, in nitric or hydrochloric acids. These white conical

papule are noticeable in the living animal, but become more

conspicuous after the animal has died.

‘The mouth is circular.

140 PROF, W. M. SMALLWOOD ON HYDROIDS [Jan. 18,

The genital opening is lateral and about one-third of the

distance from the rhinophores to the branchie. It is noticeable

as a slight prominence, which is blue in colour. The oviduct is

protruded during oviposition and has the pale blue ground-colour.

The deposition of the eggs does not seem to occur at any set time

during the year. Mr. Mowbray has found eggs during every

month of the year. and I secured a large quantity of them during

January, 1909. The eggs are laid at any time during the day and

often during the night. The external orifice of the oviduct is

widely distended, a centimetre or more, and one can see the eggs

within this opening for some distance, about 5 mm. The egg-

mass (text-fig. 8) is in the form of a long, thick ribbon, often

150 mm. long and 15 mm. wide. When free from the animal,

this ribbon tends to coil up, and it firmly adheres to the side of

the aquarium by one of its edges. ‘Two animals were timed

during a part of the act of deposition, and from this as a basis I

should estimate that the complete process would take three hours.

Text-fig. 8.

Kgg-mass of Chromodoris zebra Heilprin.

Seen obliquely. 4 natural size.

An hour after the animal ceased laying, some of the eggs, but not

all of them, showed two polar bodies. The eggs are laid in the

jelly as a continuous string, which takes the form of a somewhat

flattened spiral, so that when the broad face of the ribbon is

viewed the string usually looks as though regularly folded back

and forth across the ribbon. There are about one hundred eggs

in a complete turn of the spiral, although this number is not

constant. As there are from eighty to one hundred completeturns

of the spiral, this would give from eight to ten thousand eggs to

a single laying. It would be interesting to know how often each

year they are capable of depositing such large numbers of eggs,

but it is doubtful if this can be determined, as they are not hardy,

soon dying even when placed in running water. It is probable

that they come from the deeper water only to spawn, spending

the rest of their time at some distance from shore. The egg

are of a reddish-brown colour and develop slowly, as is shown

by the fact that four and one-half hours after deposition they are

still in the one-cell stage.

In the first lot of Chromodoris zebra collected there were over

thirty specimens. The variation in colour was marked; one

specimen of especial interest escaped my attention for a couple of

days. This individual on close inspection proved to be a kind of

albino. In size, shape, and general habits, it was undoubtedly

1910. ] AND NUDIBRANCHS OF BERMUDA. 141

the same as the other individuals coliected at this time, but the

bluish ground-colour was entirely wanting. ‘he following colour

differences were conspicuous. The foot was white with no blotches

or spots of any colour. The protrusible proboscis was entirely

white. The rhinophores were of a light brown tipped with white.

The collar of the branchial plumes showed an absence of colour,

as did the back of each plume, so far as any ground-colour was

concerned, a few spots of orange only remaining. The gills were

colourless. The remainder of the body was streaked and mottled

with a bright orange, but between these orange spots there was

an entire absence of the usual ground-colour. Even ina preserved

state, this albino can readily be distinguished from -specimens

which have the usual ground-colour of blue.

FACELINA AGART, sp.n. (Text-fig. 9.)

It is impossible to be certain to which of the Eolidee this species

belongs, because only a single specimen was found, and the

differences between the several subdivisions are so slight that a

critical study of the morphology of a new species is necessary

before one can feel certain where to place it. This form resembles

Facelina bostoniensis more than it does any other one of the

Eolide that I have thus far examined; but F. bostoniensis is

referred to by Bergh (92, pp. 36, 40) under the name Corphella

as well as Yacelina. This seems to indicate that there is a con-

siderable difference of opinion in reference to F/. bostoniensis, and

the same is true of several other forms. As soon as I can obtain

more animals of this species, I hope to work out its anatomy in a

eritical manner, but until then I shall regard it as one of the

Facelinide. This specimen was found under stones on the shores

of Agar’s Island, on which the Bermuda Biological Laboratory is

located; so it seems appropriate to give it the specific name

agart.

The body is long and slender—30 mm. long and 2 mm. wide.

The rhinophores are club-shaped with conical tips, slightly con-

tractile, and covered, except at the tip and base, with numerous

small blunt tubercles. The presence and the shape of these

tubercles on the rhinophores are a distinguishing characteristic of

this form, and make one hesitate to place it in the genus Facelina,

where the rhinophores are usually slender and perfoliate ; how-

ever, this latter character is not a constant one.

The head is rounded, narrow; the tentacles occupy the sides of

the head, and are conical, sinall in diameter, and longer than the

rhinophores. ‘Their surface is irregularly roughened. The foot

is rounded anteriorly and bears a pair of distinct, angular, auricu-

late processes, which at first are easily mistaken for a second

pair of head-tentacles. They are the foot-tentacles. The foot

gradually tapers behind to a sharp point, the least bit of which

can be seen posterior to the waving branchie. The foot is

colourless and wider than the body.

The branchiz are numerous and arranged along each side of the

142 PROF. W. M. SMALLWOOD ON HYDROIDS [Jan. 18,

body in several (six) more or less distinct groups. On the left

side, lateral to the rhinophore, there are in the first group nine

very small branchie. These are followed without any noticeable

interval by twenty-one branchiz of larger and uniform size.

These all arise from near the edge of the dorsum, but bend over

so as to give the appearance of growing out of the middle as well.

In the third group of the left side there are twenty-two branchie,

part of which grow out of the middle of the back. Then follows

a free space about equal to the area occupied by the third group ;

next comes the fourth group with fifteen branchie, several of

which are small. <A few of these likewise arise from the middle

of the back. Between the fourth and fifth groups there are two

small branchiz close to the foot (not shown in the figure). In

the fifth group, nine were counted. The rest of the dorsum and

side of the body has fifteen ; these extend quite to the tip of the

tail and entirely cover the body in this region. On the right

side of the body, taking the branchie in the same order as on

the left, first, there are nine small ones followed immediately by

twenty-five: in the next (third) group twenty-four, then (fourth)

thirteen, (fifth) eleven, and in the final group twenty-four.

Text-fig. 9.

Facelina agari, sp. n.

Viewed from the left side. Magnified 2 diameters.

Between the fourth and fifth groups on the right side there was

one small branchia. These enumerations show that the total

numbers (90 and 107) on the two sides of the body are not the

same, and that the corresponding groups may differ widely in

number. The branchiz have an oscillating movement, which is

quite regular when the animal is undisturbed.

The colour of the body is light chocolate. There area few

splotches of this colour on the dorsal-anterior portion of the foot.

The portion of the body free from the branchie looks to the un-

aided eye as if there were numerous minute white spots all over

it. Under the microscope, on a black background, these spots

are seen to consist of from one to many white spherules grouped

in a variety of odd shapes. These white spots thus viewed are so

prominent on the light chocolate background, that they appear to

be minute roughened areas; they do not, however, project beyond

the surface. The branchie, especially those nearest the dorsal line,

have a slight bluish colour around the base. Each branchia has

a ground-colour of light chocolate with many white splotches

irregularly disposed. The white splotches are many times larger

than those on the dorsum. The tentacles have similar white

splotches, but they are more numerous. The rhinophores are

1910. | AND NUDIBRANCHS OF BERMUDA. 143

slightly darker than the rest of the body, having less of the

white. Near the tip of most of the branchie there is an irregular

band of white; distal to this there is a narrow band of the

ground-colour surrounding a central spot of white, which gives

the appearance of an opening at the end of each branchia.

Extending from near the origin of each tentacle to the anterior

edge of the base of the rhinophore of its own side, is a series of

small tubercles. A similar row of tubercles runs laterally from

the posterior base of each rhinophore, while a short row appears

between the two rhinophores.

The species is hardy, living for some time in confinement.

The anal opening is lateral and is about one-third of the

distance from the anterior to the posterior end of the body.

POLYCERELLA ZOOBOTRYON, sp. n. (Text-fig. 10.)

‘The genus Polycerella was established by Verrill (80, p. 387 ;

82, p. 548) in 1880, when he described P. emertoni, taken at

Wood's Holl in 1875 and later at New Haven and Newport.

Since that time there have not been any additions to this genus.

The present species was first observed by Mr. L. Mowbray in

December 1908, while he was trying to determine the reproduc-

tive stages of Zoobotryon pellucidus. At present it seems to live

on this bryozoan and not on any of the other organisms growing

near it. Several specimens were taken during my stay in

Bermuda, and in every instance they were found on this bryozoan.

The fact that Zoobotryon pellucidus has recently taken up quarters

in Bermuda, would seem to indicate that this habitat was also

recently assumed by this species of Polycerella, especially as this

bryozoan was under observation during the past summer and no

nudibranchs were seen upon it. It is also probable that this

nudibranch did not come to Bermuda with Zoobotryon, because

the genus is very abundant in several localities and has been

thoroughly studied by Reichert (70), and yet no mention has ever

been made of a nudibranch belonging to the Polycerella in con-

nection with it.

Polycerella zoobotryon is a small nudibranch, from 5 to 6 mm.

in length and 13 mm. wide. The body is thickest just anterior

to the branchial plumes. The shape is much as in Polycera—

elongated, narrow, and about as high as broad. Body compressed,

smooth, sloping rather abruptly from the branchial plumes poste-

riorly until it merges into the long pointed tail, which is much

narrower and thinner, and nearly one-third the total length

of the animal. The head is blunt and squarish. The tentacles

are cylindrical, non-retractile, and one-fourth the length of the

rhinophores.

The rhinophores are non-retractile, cylindrical, each having

from three to six cup-like, equidistant folds on the posterior

surface of its distal two-thirds.

On the sides and dorsum of the body there are a number of

short clavate papille, the tips of which are translucent. The

144 PROF. W. M. SMALLWOOD ON HYDROIDS [Jan. 18,

number is not constant, but ranges from 16 to 19. Their distri-

bution is as follows:—Of eight which are constant in position,

two occupy the median plane, one of them behind the rhinophores

about one-sixth of the distance between base of branchial plumes

and rhinophores, the other in front of the plumes about one-fourth

of the same distance. The remaining six are arranged in pairs

near the median plane, one pair a little in front of the rhinophores

and distant from each other about the thickness of a papilla; a

second pair slightly in front of the posterior median papilla and a

little further apart than the anterior pair; the third pair nearly

as much behind the plumes as the posterior median papilla is in

front of them; these are still further from each other.

In addition to these eight papille, there are on the dorsum

near its lateral margins from eight to eleven papille. There are

four on each side, or four on one side and five on the other, or,

finally, five cn one side and six on the other.

Text-fig. 10.

Polycerella zoobotryon, sp. n.

Dorsal view. Magnified 8 diameters.

The ground-colour is whitish, mottled with light brown arranged

in irregular splotches. A less abundant darker brown is disposed

in streaks across the lighter brown. The foot is white and with-

out any colour markings. Its margin, as well as the tips of the

papille, is translucent.

The foot is smooth and slightly notched anteriorly. The

mouth is T-shaped. The anal opening is subcentral in position,

and the excretory orifice is just posterior to it, both being sur-

rounded by the gills.

The gills consist of four or five more or less irregularly branching

plumes.

When at rest the body is shortened, the tentacles drop back

alongside the body, and the rhinophores lie on the dorsum. The

papille, which are constantly in motion when the animal is

crawling, are bent dorsally when it is at rest, and are often knobbed.

1910.] AND NUDIBRANCHS OF BERMUDA. 145

Under a low power lens one can see the long cilia in motion.

The animal assumes a variety of positions while in this resting

state, and it frequently rests on its back. The foot may be fully

expanded or much contracted. When the animal was placed in a

weak solution of methylene-blue in sea-water, the cup-like folds

on the rhinophores appeared as swellings, and after a few hours

the lateral papille and rhinophores were sloughed off.

The eggs are laid in a cylindrical mass of jelly. The number

varies from one hundred to three hundred in each mass. Each

animal lays several egg-masses.

The animals are very hardy, living in confinement for over six

weeks.

A paper on the anatomy of this species is well under way and

will be published separately.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Conapon, E. D.

(07.) The Hydroids of Bermuda. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts

and Sci. vol. xlu. no. 18, pp. 461-485. Contributions

Bermuda Biol. Sta., No. 9.

Bereu, R.

ae ) System der Nudibr anchiaten Gasteropoden. In Karl

Semper’s Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, Theil ii.

Bd. 1. Heft 18, pp. 993-1165.

Also separately, Wiesbaden : Kreidel, 173 pp.

Hervprin, A.

(89.) The Bermuda Islands. Philadelphia, [vi]4 231 pp.,

17 pls.

Rercuert, K. B.

(70.) Vergleichende anatomische Untersuchungen iiber Zoo-

botryon pellucidus (Khrenberg). Abhandl. phys. KI.

konigl. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, Jahrg. 1869, pp. 233-

338, 6 Taf.

VERRILL, A. E.

(80.) Notice of recent Additions to the Marine Invertebrata of

the North-eastern Coast of America, with Descriptions

of new Genera and Species and Critical Remarks on

others. Part II. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. ii. pp. 356—

405, Dec. 1880.

(82.) Catalogue of Marine Mollusca added to the Fauna of the

New England Region during the past Ten Years. Trans.

Conn. Acad. Sci., vol. v. pt. 2, pp. 447-587, pls. 42-44,

57, 58.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No, X. 10

146 ON THE ‘‘ MILLIONS”? FISH AND MALARIA. [Feb. ],

February 1, 1910.

Prof. E. A. Mincuty, M.A., Vice-President,

im the Chair.

Mr. Charles A. Darling, General Manager of the British New

Guinea Development Co., exhibited a mounted specimen of a

Cuseus (Phalanger maculatus). The animal had been captured in

New Guinea and brought to England alive, but had subsequently

died, and was to be presented to the British Museum (Natural

History) by its owner, Mr. D. Elliot Alves. Mr. Darling called

attention to the soft white fur with brown spots and the prehensile

tail, and stated that when the living animal was asleep in daylight

the eyes remained open with the pupils fully contracted.

Malaria and the “ Millions” Fish (Givardinus peeciloides),

The Secretary read the following letter which he had received

from Captain J. A. M. Vipan, F.Z.8. :—

‘‘ During the last eighteen months a great deal has been said

regarding the absence of fever in Barbados and the cause of this

immunity, which has rightly been put down to the presence in

great numbers of a little fish, Girardius peciloides, locally known

by the name of Milhons, which feeds on water crustaceans and

insects including the larve of the mosquito, and from being in

such vast numbers, very effectively keeps down this insect and

consequently malaria. Now the reason of this little fish being

found in such vast quantities all over the island of Barbados is

not difficult to state, for it happens to be the only fresh-water

fish on the island and consequently has no enemies in the fish

line to reduce its numbers.

“Tn the island of Trinidad, where there is a certain amount of

fever, there is another little fish, Girardinus guppit, but in restricted

numbers, as there are plenty of other and larger fishes in the fresh

waters that keep it from multiplying to any great extent.

‘On the mainland in Venezuela where fever is rife, there is also

a little Cyprinodont, Pacilia reticulata Peters, but there are also

great quantities of other fishes.

“These three little Cyprinodonts—Gwardinus peciloides, Girar-

dinus guppi, and Pacilia reticulata—I have kept for some years

in an aquarium, and | have found that they all interbreed freely

and am quite sure they are all the same species under different

names.

“That being so, and the fact that in Venezuela and Trinidad,

where these fishes are indigenous, there is an abundance of fever,

what can be the use of expending large sums of money in

importing some of these little fishes to other fever-stricken countries

such as Nigeria, for even supposing they survive the attacks of

other fish, how could an importation of a few hundreds or

thousands be of any use in the great watershed of the Niger ;

1910.] DR. R. T, LEIPER ON ENTOZOA. 147

whilst, moreover, there are a good many species of an allied

genus (Haplochilus) distributed all over the West Coast of Africa,

and all of which feed freely on the larve of the mosquito.”—

J. A. M. Vipan.

The Secretary added that whilst he shared Captain Vipan’s

scepticism as to the efficacy of attempts to suppress malaria by

importing ‘‘ Millions” and endeavouring to establish them in new

localities, he had thought it right for the Society to assist any

experiments that were being made. The Agricultural Department

of Barbados had arranged to send from time to time consignments

of “ Millions” to the Zoological Gardens, and supplies of the fish

had been sent through the Colonial Office to various tropical

colonies. So far as he was aware, there had as yet been no

practical results.

The Secretary, on behalf of Col. Sir A. H. McMahon, K.C.LE.,

C.S.I., F.Z.8., exhibited some specimens of the Cicada (Sena

querula) collected at Quetta, Baluchistan, which had been visited

with great swarms of these insects in 1909. Similar swarms had

been known to occur at intervals of about six years. The Cicada

bores a hole in the ground, apparently intended merely to hold

the insect during its pupa stage. Hach hole is separate and quite _

open, holds only one pupa, and is bored vertically to a depth

varying from 1] inches to 2 feet. In diameter it is about half an

inch, but widens slightly at the bottom.

Dr. R. T. Leiper, F.Z.8., exhibited a series of specimens of

Entozoa, viz. :—

(a) A sexually mature Guinea worm (Dracunculus medinensis)

that had. recently been found by Mr. Charles Grey in a leopard

at Broken Hill, N.W. Rhodesia. Guinea-worm is normally a

parasite of man, but very occasionally it attacks horses and dogs.

This is the first record of its occurrence in the leopard. The

discovery of the parasite in Rhodesia is also of considerable interest,

for the Equator forms the southern limit of the endemic area of

the disease amongst the natives of Africa.

(6) A Nematode from the body-cavity of the Tsetse-fly (Glossina

palpalis), found by Dr. A. Gray, R.A.M.C., at Entebbe. The

specimen, three inches in length, is an immature female Mermis.

London for several years. The specimens included :— Ascaris

megalocephala, Oxyuris curvula, Strongylus equinus, Strongylus

edentatus, Strongylus vulgaris (developmental forms of this worm

causing aneurisms of the abdominal aorta), 7’riodontophorus serra-

tus, Gyalocephalus capitatus, Cylichnostomum elongatum, Cylichno-

stomumsp.n. The Sclerostomum tetracanthum Mehlis was absent.

The parasites were present in considerable numbers, and it seemed

evident that they reached London as semi-dried larve encysted

upon hay.

10*

148 THE HON. PAUL A, METHUEN ON | Feb. 1,

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Collection of Freshwater Crustacea from the Trans-

vaal. By Paun A. Meravsy, New College, Oxford *.

[Received October 30, 1909. |

(Plates VIIT.-XVIIL?; Text-figures 11 & 12.)

Tntroduction.

In the beginning of August 1908, I had the opportunity of

visiting the lake district of the Transvaal while out in that

country during the Oxford summer vacation. The lakes or

pans visited le in the Carolina district due east of Pretoria

near the borders of Swaziland. My object was to study and

make as complete a collection of the Crustacean fauna as I could

in the time at my disposal. I made Chrissie my headquarters.

Though not the highest point of the veldt, Lake Chrissie is

some 6000 feet above the sea-level, and is situated in a slight

hollow in the hills; in fact the word “ pan” appled to these

pieces of water ideally expresses their chief feature, in that they

resemble shallow basins to be found in certain parts of the

undulating stretches of ‘the veldt. The Ecca sandstone of the

Karroo formation characterises the geology of this district. At

the time I was there all the pans were very empty, some of

them had completely dried up.

It was cold most of the time, especially during the nights.

Lake Chrissie is about twelve miles in circumference: on the

north side the lake is shallow and tends to deepen very gradually

towards the centre, where it was found to be five or six feet

deep; approaching the southern margin, the tendency is to

deepen another foot or two and then to shallow rather rapidly.

Though there are no reeds, various weeds grow plentifully in

the shallows, especially in the northern parts. Many species

of wild-fowl frequent the western end of the lake where it has

of late years considerably receded, leaving mud flats behind.

Most conspicuous among the birds was the flamingo, whose

contrasting colours of black and crimson when on the wing

were most striking towards sunset. ‘The bottom of the lake is

composed of fine mud. The water was very discoloured, owing

to a great extent, I presume, to the activity of the large number

of birds on it, and savoured strongly of wild-fowl.

It was in the shallow httoral water that I found the Ento-

mostraca described in this paper, the Ostracoda on the muddy

bottoms, the Cladocera and Copepoda a little farther out among

the weeds. A small species of Barbel (Larbus anoplus Max

* Communicated by Prof. G. C. Bourns, D.Sce., F.Z.S.

+ Kor explanation of the Plates see pp. 165 & 166.

(dp)

PAM del,

E Wilson »Cambridge.

MP. Parker, lith.

14a, (Ge ISUnS SIE INUONS A.

a an V8 a byl -

i) 7 (ee ta ha An te x xi

iJ eae ve

i rt Se Cay Fie SP

f f a ery ra Ast foe

ty ‘ genie ieee ne %

; .

’

PAM.del.

M.P Parker, lith.

S28) OMEIRTS SIPUNO SA

JPG IS SUL NE Ia

Edwin Wilson, Cambridge

12) Ai Sy WENO), IPM. 3.

Edwin Wilson,Cambridge.

PAMdel.

M.P Parker, lith.

9-12. CYPRIS SPINOSA. 13. C. GUNNINGI.

ID aS). USO) 12 Qa.

PAM. del. Edwin Wilson, Cambridge.

M P Parker lith.

14.15.17. C.GUNNINGI. 16.C. CHRISSIENSIS.

18.C. MASTIGOPHORA.

IP Aas WMO) 12 IL.

PA M.del.

M.P. Parker lith.

Edwin Wilson,Cambridge.

19-22. G.GUNNINGI.

2 Se NNO) APL,

PA.M del. Edwin Wilson,Cambridge.

M.P. Parker, lith.

\ 93.C.GUNNINGI. 24-28. C.TUBERCULATA .

EZ) LUO) CEN e rele

DE api rasisae ey

BAWEEGE

i MP Parker, lith.

2S). SO) Sse (GaP US a UG WLAN SS C.MASTIGOPHORA.

34.35. C. CHRISSIENSIS.

Edwin Wilson,Gambridge.

1 ZaS ISO), PUD VE

PAM.del.

M.P. Parker, lith. Hdwin Wilson,Gambridge.

36.C€.GUNNINGI. 37.C.CHRISSIENSIS. 38.C. MAS TIGOPHORA.

39.DAPHNIA GIBBA. 40.D.PULEX. 41.SIMOCEPHALUS CORNIGER.

> RE Peg aed iy ee tla

- “ : , ahs R ree

;

‘c

‘

12 ZaS\< WMO), IPO

—S

SALES

CRE

46a \\\

Liza

WLLL:

PAM. del.

M P Parker, lith. Edwin Wilson,Gambridge

42.5.CORNIGEHR. 45.LEYDIGIA TRISPINOSA. 44.CHYDORUS CAROLINA®.

45.BROTHAS FALCIFER. 46.METADIAPTOMUS TRANSVAALENSIS.

12) ZS, WSO). PN OVAL:

PA.M.del.

Edwin Wilson,Cambridge.

47-50. ME TADIAPTOMUS TRANSVAALENSIS.

M.P. Parker, lith.

i Za'S). MONO IE 1 DCVAllis

rare:

esrrcees

ne,

fone

aes

Y),

MBE

Miers

PA.M.del.

M.-P Parker, lith. Hdwin Wilson,Cambridge

51-55. METADIAP TOMUS TRANSVAALENSIS.

1910.] FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM 'THE TRANSVAAL. 149

Weber) * used to come into my tow-net, when dredging through

the weeds; this was the only fish I came across, and I was told

that no other existed there. J might also add, that an effort

had been made to introduce a large species of Barbel but

without success.

Besides Lake Chrissie there are about a dozen other pans,

none however approaching that lake in size. The larger pans are

as a rule without reeds ; the smaller ones may be completely over-

grown. In the case of the former, the bottom may be composed

of sandstone with httle or no mud present; in the latter case,

fine mud is always present, very often of some depth. Very

few pans were at the time dry, but all of them, during certain

seasons after droughts, dry up completely; most of them depend

for their supply of water on rain-fall; others like Lake Chrissie

are furthermore fed by small spruits. Generally speaking the

water is somewhat brackish.

As to local distribution, I found most species of Entomostraca

in Lake Chrissie; but this result may be merely due to the fact

that since I had not the time to dredge all the pans very

thoroughly, I thought it best to pay most attention to Lake

Chrissie and to visit others but once or tw ice.

A feature of interest among this entomostracan fauna is, that

out of the six species of Cypride here described, in five

males and females were found in about the same proportion.

No doubt this interesting fact is correlated with the frequent

drying up of the pans, thus agreeing with the Cypride of South-

West Africa as noticed by Wavra (11), and differing from their

European freshwater representatives in which males occur so

rarely that some species are known only by descriptions of

females 7.

The species collected throw some not altogether uninteresting

light on recent theories of distribution, and tend to confirm these

theories. This paper will, I think, have added some evidence in

favour of those who contend that South Australian, Tasmanian,

New Zealand, and South American forms have been independently

derived, perhaps through some Antarctic continent, from those

now found inhabiting South Africa; I refer especially to a paper

recently read by Mr. “G. W. Smith (10). In this paper it is sug-

gested that such forms as the freshwater Gammarids and Isopods

ov the genus Lepidurus, being essentially Crustacea preferring

a temperate or cold climate, found their way to South America,

and the Bassian subregion of Australia (Prof. Baldwin Spencer),

by spreading along the Andes and thence to Australia by some

lost Antarctic continental connection. Now no forms, typical

of these said regions, have as yet been described from South

Africa ; no freshwater Gammarids or Isopods are known to

* I am indebted to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., for the identification of this

fish

+ R. Moniez (5) first alluded to male Ostracods in Algeria appearing regularly

amongst those forms which in Europe propagate their species parthenogenetically.

150 THE HON. PAUL A. METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1,

occur; in the family Apodide, Apus alone is represented ; among

the Copepods we find rather a striking fauna: Boeckella is

absent, and we find instead several genera some of which appear

to be peculiar to South Africa; Crayfishes are absent from the

spruits and rivers, the chief occupants appearing to be the river

crabs and prawns. Of further interest is the great resemblance

some of the forms found in the Transvaal bear to their European

representatives ; in all cases where possible, their points of

resemblance to particular European forms have been mentioned ;

it is also interesting that Daphnia pulex, which was found

in a dam near Pretoria, is in nearly every detail similar to the

Daphnia pulex of Kuropean waters (vide Pl. XV. fig. 40).

But to return for a moment to the Copepods. Including the

Metadiaptomus of this paper, in all, four genera peculiar to South

Africa have been determined. Of these the dominant genus

Broteas (= Lovénula) appears to be the most widely distributed.

Moreover, several species of Diaptomus have been described from

South Africa, notably by Mrazek (6) from German West Africa.

The genus Metadiaptomus resembles Adiaptomus, described by

A. W. Cooper (2), in that the antennule possesses twenty-six

segments instead of twenty-five as in Diaptomus; but a glance

at Pl. XVI. fig. 46a, and Pl. XVIII. fig. 55, will show two

further peculiarities ; (1) m that the antennal region of the thorax

appears to be distinctly divided from the rest of the body; and

(2) in the marked difference in the structure of the modified

sixth pair of thoracic appendages from that of Diaptomus,

especially in the male (vide text-fig. 11 6, p. 162).

Summing up the question of distribution here discussed, it

might be said briefly: (1) that the Hntomostraca here described

show no relation whatever to Crustacea from the Bassian Region

of Australia: (2) that they do show a certain approach, in some

cases a marked resemblance, to Huropean forms ; (3) that, further,

they have been evolved to a certain extent along lines of their

own, showing considerable modifications which are not paralleled

elsewhere.

In conclusion I take this as an opportunity of expressing my

gratitude to Dr. Gunning, of the Transvaal Museum, for his kind

assistance and advice; and to Mr. G. W. Smith, who just before

I left England suggested Lake Chrissie as likely to yield some

interesting results, for the help and encouragement he has given

me in preparing the following descriptions; and I feel, if there

is anything in this paper of interest or value, it is due to his

suggestions,

Order OSTRACODA.

Family CyPprip &.

The classification of G. W. Miller (7) has been adopted for

assigning to the Ostracods here described their systematic

position. They are all five undoubtedly Cyprids having eight-

segmented antennules which are provided with long and slender

1910. ] FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 151

hairs. However, it has not been without some hesitation that

they have all been placed in the genus Cypris. Miller gives

as characteristic for this genus, that the third biting process

of the maxillula has two claw-like bristles distinct from the others

which may or may not be toothed (p. 51). This is so in the

cases of Cypris gunningi, O. chrissiensis, and C. mastigophora,

and possibly of C. tuberculata; but although the maxillula of

C. spinosa possesses these toothed bristles, it has, in addition,

two small ones of similar character. It was not considered

expedient to create another genus for this species on that

character and others mentioned below, nor yet a new sub-genus,

so it has been placed temporarily in the genus Cypris.

As. to the common relationship of these five species, it will

be seen that whereas C. gunningi and C. chrissiensis are closely

connected one with the other, C. spinosa and C’. tuberculata are

aberrant, chiefly in the characters of the shell and of the maxillula.

C. mastigophora undoubtedly conforms in many particulars to

the subgenus Cypridopsis.

Besides the new species, Cypris venusta (Vavra, loc. cit.) was

found fairly plentifully in Lake Chrissie; the most notable

feature of this Cyprid is the presence of peculiar marginal

denticulations on the shell.

Genus Cypris O. F. Miller.

CYPRIS SPINOSA, sp.n. (Plates VIII., IX. & X. figs. 9-12.)

Length 3°3 mm.; breadth 2°52 mm.; height 2°05 mm.

External appearance : from the dor sal aspect, the shape of the

body is roughly quadrilateral, the ventral margins of the shell

being expanded horizontally into wings. From the dorsal posterior

region of each shell spring two long stout spines directed

backwards. The anterior dorsal border of each valve is

furnished with eight small spines; between the fourth and

last spines are regular groups of bristles. The lateral expanded

wings of the valves are much flattened and are produced along

their posterior border into four or five spine-like processes ; on

the rounded surface of each shell there are two small prominences

present.

The general colour is mottled umber ; specimens found in

Lake Chrissie were greenish.

Appendages. —The elght-jointed antennule resembles that of

a typical Cypris.

The antenna consists of four joints: the second joint is

furnished with five long swimming-hairs which reach to the

end of the claws; the claws are longer than the terminal

segments; just behind the claws are found three fine bristles.

The second joint is provided dorsally and ventrally with rows

of small fine hairs which vary somewhat in size and arrangement.

The mandible resembles very closely that of Hurycypris juin a

as described by Claus (1).

152 THE HON, PAUL A. METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1,

The maxillula consists of a branchial appendage, a palp, and

three biting processes. The branchial plate is provided with

twenty-eight plumose rays. The palp is two-jointed; the distal

joint bears five smooth bristles, and the proximal joint one short

and six long bristles, also smooth. The third biting process

carries terminally two simple bristles and two large and two

smaller foliaceous sete ; subterminally there are three plumose

bristles and a short smooth one. The second biting process

carries terminally nine bristles, some simple, some plumose,

and two foliaceous sete. The first bitmg process is provided

with seven bristles, some of which are simple, the others plumose,

and in addition three foliaceous sete.

The maxilla is precisely similar to that of Hurycypris pubera

figured by Claus except for the presence of an inconspicuous

group of hairs midway between the endopodite and the biting

process. The clasping organ attached to this appendage in the

male consists of a straight proximal and a curved terminal

segment; on the inner side and situated at the distal base of

the former piece are two spines, one considerably larger than

the other, and the terminal segment ends in a sharp spine.

The structure of this clasping organ is different on each side ;

on one side the proximal joint is shorter, and the distal joint

which is sharply recurved is slenderer than is the case in the

opposed portion. On the other side the distal joint is stout

and sharply recurved.

The fourth post-oral limb resembles that of the subgenus

Eurycypris 11 having the second and third segments fused, the

internal border of the first joint bearing groups of short bristles

which appear to spring from peculiar chitinous thickenings.

The terminal serrated claw is somewhat longer than the fused

second and third joints, and at its base springs a short serrated

spine with a V-shaped base.

The fifth post-oral limb, the cleaning-foot, closely resembles

that of Hurycypris pubera.

The caudal rami are a pair of slender, slightly curved rods,

each carrying terminally a serrated seta which is twice as long

as the outer seta inserted just proximal to its base; this latter is

also serrated. They resemble closely those of Hurycypris pubera.

The copulatory organ of the male resembles in general shape

that of Cyprinoius incongruens described by Miller. The

outer branch of the outer process is foot-shaped, the inner

branch being in the form of a curved spine; the outer border

has a large projection to receive the coils of the vas deferens.

Locality. I obtained a great number of specimens in the

littoral water of a small reed-pan near Chrissie and found two

or three specimens in Lake Chrissie itself.

Remarks.—This species is remarkable in the peculiar shape

of the shell and especially in the presence of the remarkable

spinous processes which have been described.

The large size of this species is also to be noted. The

1910. ] FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL, 153

appendages agree closely with the genus Cypris and especially

with the subgenus Hurycypris ; from this subgenus it differs

in certain characters, the most important of which is the presence

of a greater number of foliaceous sete on the biting processes of

the maxilla. C. puberoides as described by Vavra (loc. cit.) from

German South-West Africa, is not unlike this species, chiefly

in the character of the flattened shell, the penis and copulatory

styles of the maxilla, and in the character of the antenna, which

carries five claws.

CYPRIS GUNNINGI, sp. n. (PI. X. fig. 13; Pl. XI. figs. 14a, 6,

5 Ge, WG 3 TEU, LEE DSU artes 3} 79 (8 Tel OV snips 318),))

Length 1°30 mm.; height, greatest ‘74 mm., at centre *68 mm.

External appearance : a lateral view of this animal shows it

to be considerably longer than deep, the ratio of the length to

the depth being as 2:1. The whole surface of the bivalve shell

is covered with hairs of moderate length; they are longest on

the ventral marginal edge, becoming shorter near and disappearing

on the hinge-line; on the ventral inner margin of the shell,

denticulations are present, which become very minute as they

approach the dorsal hinge-line; these denticulations do not

project beyond the outer margin of the shell.

Appendages.-—The antennule is typical of the genus Cypris.

The antenna has the terminal segment considerably thinner

than in the foregoing species and the number and length of the

sete and hairs differ slightly; but two important distinctions

are found on the second segment: (1) the swimming-hairs

project considerably beyond the claws, a characteristic of the

subgenus Cypridopsis; (2) a row of movable (?) denticulations

is developed on that part of the distal marginal edge of the

second segment which is opposed to the proximal portion of the

third joint (Pl. XI. fig. 146). The exact function of these

tooth-like processes is not perhaps at once clear; but it may

be, that being so placed in conjunction with the distal segment

they serve the purpose of locking the second and third segments

together in a straight line, thus strengthening the whole ap-

pendage for swimming. It is to be noticed that when the

appendage is flexed at this point, the denticulations are flexed

also. When, however, the third joint is flexed back into a

straight line with the second, these processes would be brought

up into the same straight line and so form a strong support

to the two segments or actually lock them together.

The mandible is stouter than in C. spinosa; the two stout

hairs on the inner part of the gnathobase are much shorter. The

palp differs slightly in that the sete on the terminal segment

are not serrated, the stout plumose sete on the fourth segment

ave much shorter, and the palp futhermore differs from that of

C. spinosa in the number and character of the sete on the inner

margin of the first and second segments.

154 THE HON. PAUL A, METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1,

The maxillula: the forward-directed palp bears six fairly long

bristles, two of which are plumose and one short. The distal

joint bears three large and three small bristles, besides a number

of hairs set close behind the base of the bristles, and one stout

hair on the inner margin. The third biting process is peculiar.

Besides the normal foliaceous sete and bristles characteristic

of the genus, the process 1s provided with a short seta which

is armed with a number of hairs springing from its distal

extremity and set at right angles to this seta: close but external

to this structure is another seta considerably larger and thicker

whence spring several short bristles. The other two biting

processes, which are without the foliaceous structures found in

C’. spinosa, bear a number of stout smooth bristles.

The maxilla: the exopodite has fourteen plumose hairs as

against thirteen present in C. spinosa; the plumose median

seta of the endopodite is very long. The male accessory

copulatory processes are, on the whole, stout; the distal joint

of each differs considerably, one being slender, the other

pear-shaped.

The fourth post-oral appendage: the third segment distinctly

consists of two pieces; two rows of minute bristles border the

distal margin of the fourth and fifth segments; the arrange-

ment of the terminal sete of the fourth segment differs from

that found in C. spinosa.

The fifth post-oral appendage: the median seta of the third

segment is longer than in C. spinosa; otherwise similar.

The caudal furca: the rami are generally stouter than in

C'. spinosa ; distally a double row of serrations are borne along

half their lengths; the two large distal processes on each ramus

are relatively stout and short.

Locality. Found abundantly in littoral water of Lake Chrissie,

CYPRIS CHRISSIENSIS, sp. n. (Pl. XI. fig. 16; Pl. XIV. figs. 34,

308) Pl XV, fig. 37.)

Length °73 mm.; height -44 mm. External appearance: in

proportion to its depth this species is not so long as C. gunningi,

the ratio of length to depth being as 1:7:1; correlated with

this comparative decrease in length or increase in depth are two

factors, namely, that the convexity of the dorsal surface of the

body and a concavity in the ventral margins of the shell are

more evident. In nearly all other respects this species resembles

C. gunningt. It also bears a great resemblance to Cyprinotus

congener ( Vavra, loc. cit.), especially in the character of the accessory

copulatory processes of the maxille, The general shape of the

body and of the gnathobase of the mandible, and the structure of

the accessory maxillary copulatory organs, are sufficient evidence

that this is not a young form of C. gunningi; further, more

than one female was found with ripe ova and introduced

spermatophores, which leaves no doubt on the subject.

1910.] | FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 155

ia eeaeaitt —All the appendages are similar to those of

'. chrissiensis except the following :—

The mandible, which is somewhat slimmer.

The fifth post-oral appendage: the terminal bristle is as

long as the third segment. The median seta of the third

segment and terminal seta of the second segment are short as

in C. mastigophora.

The maxillary accessory copulatory structures are longer and

thinner than in C. gunningi. The basal joint of one is very

thick and stout, but of the other thin and long.

CMERIS MASIIGOPHORA, (sp. mn. (Pie OX tte nS) bls Sxenve

Hes ai Pl XeV. fis, 38.)

Length -52 mm.; height °25 mm. External appearance :

viewed from the side the ratio of the length to the depth is

roughly as 2:1. The hind-end tapers considerably; the fore-

part ends bluntly. Fairly long hairs cover the surface and

margins of the shell; denticulations are absent.

Appendages.—The antennule is typical of the genus Cypris.

The antenna: the swimming hairs extend beyond the claws.

The mandible: the disposition and number of sete and bristles

on the pulp are different from such as are found in the foregoing

species. The terminal joint bears two large stout bristles and

one small seta; the third segment is furnished with one large

plumose bristle, and four sete, three plumose, on the imner

margin; on the external surface one short and three long sete,

and a group of hairs just behind these structures. he third

segment of the palp bears on the external margin two long smooth

setee, and on the internal margin five stout pectinose bristles.

The second segment is provided on the internal surface with

three thick bristles, two of which are pectinose.

The maxillula: the terminal bristles of the palp are stouter

than in C. gunningi. On the third biting process, in addition

to the two foliaceous bristles, a number of fine setze are developed

below the extremity. Foliaceous bristles on the other biting

processes are absent.

The maxilla does not differ from C. gunning.

The fourth post-oral appendage: the third segment consists

of two pieces; the appendage is practically similar to that of

C. gunningi, except for the presence of additional sete at the

terminal end of the fifth segment and in the arrangement of

some minute hairs about the second segment.

The fifth post-oral appendage: the median seta on the third

and the end seta on the second segment are much shorter than in

C. spinosa; otherwise similar in structure.

The caudal furea differs from that of any of the other Cypride

described here in that the rami consist of long thin whip-like

processes with one short seta at the base, a character peculiar

to the subgenus Cypridopsis.

Remarks.—This species was comparatively rare ; unfortunately

156 THE HON. PAUL A. METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1,

no males were taken. It was found with the other Cypride in

Lake Chrissie in the shallow marginal parts of the lake.

CYPRIS TUBERCULATA, sp. n. (PI. XIII. figs. 24-28, & Pl. XIV.

figs. 29, 30, 33.)

Length 1:9 mm. Height, anterior portion 1:65 mm., central 1:50

mm., and posterior 1:53 mm. External appearance: the shell has

rather an exceptional appearance. It is covered with tubercles

and short spines ; the arrangement of these processes in no way

resembles that found in (. spinosa; moreover, those parts not

bearing tubercles or spines have everywhere smail indentations,

giving the appearance of beaten copper. The fore-part of the

shell bears a few hairs irregularly arranged. The marginal edge

is provided with hairs along most of its length. From tne

side, the outline of the shell is seen to have a slight anterior

prolongation.

Appendages.—The antennule is typical of the family Cypride.

The antenna: the swimming-hairs do not extend beyond the

bristles of the distal segment. The arrangement of the minute

hairs on the second and third joints resembles that found in

C’. spinosa, but differs chiefly in the absence of hairs just behind

the basal attachment of the swimming process on the second

joint. Denticulations, as in C. gunningi, found on third joint.

Distally only three curved serrated sete are present.

The mandibles: an external serrated seta is present on the

gnathobase ; a comb-like structure is found on one of the

external biting lobes of the same. The palp is provided with

a very strong plumose bristle which is conspicuously larger than

any of the other. bristles and seta which it has in addition;

the structure as a whole bears most resemblance to that of

C. gunning?.

The maxillula from the point of view of classification is of

most importance, in that no foliaceous hairs are present on the

biting processes, although the two large bristles characteristic

of the genus are present. The first biting process is provided

roughly with a dozen and a half bristles, all smooth save two

which are longer than the rest and serrated; at the basal

extremity on the inner surface of this process arise two hairy

bristles. The second biting process does not differ much from

the first; but the long serrated bristles of the first are in this

case absent. The third biting process is remarkable in possessing

no foliaceous sete. The two stout bristles shown in fig. 27

represent the foliaceous sete found in the genus Cypris, the

small grooves noticeable on these structures possibly indicating

the remains of the reduced “pinne.” This same character is

also found in C. virens described and figured by Claus (1), but

in this case the bristles are smooth. The palp resembles that

of C. guuningi, the only difference between the two being that

the short hair on the first segment is replaced by a longish one.

The maxilla: the exopodite is furnished with fifteen stout

1910. | FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL, 157

bristles; the first two bristles, which are short and thick, bear

distally a number of small sete; the third is large and hairy ;

the fourth and fifth are smooth; the sixth is short and serrated.

Small hairs are found to cover the ventral surface and other

parts of the appendage (Pl. XIII. fig. 28).

The fourth post-oral appendage : the third and fourth segments

are distinct: the arrangement of bristles and hairs resembles

that of C. gunning.

The fifth post-oral appendage: the bristle and curved seta

of the distal segment are comparatively long.

Each ramus of the caudal furca bears along nearly the whole

of its inner edge a row of seta and distally the four characteristic

bristles.

Remarks.—This species was found not uncommonly, together

with the other Ostracods described, in the shallow littoral water

of Lake Chrissie.

Order CLADOCERA.

Family Lyncrip #.

Genus Lerypiera Kurz.

LEYDIGIA TRISPINOSA, sp. n. (PI. XVI. fig. 43.)

Length 1:27 mm.; height °735 mm. This species resembles,

in the general shape of the body and character of the telson,

Leydigia acanthocercoides described by Lilljeborg (3) and figured

on pl. Ixxi. fig. 4. The head is small.

The posterior part of the carapace has the appearance of

having been “pulled out” in a ventro-posterior direction ; its

ventral margin is provided with a row of stout hairs. The two

large terminal spines of the telson are serrated; each bears at

its base one small spine and a group of small hairs: anterior

to these are eight pairs of fairly large stout spines; at the base

of each arise two small ones of which the most internal is the

smaller; the arrangement is therefore characteristically triple ;

in front of these spines, again, lie eight pairs of small spurs each

with its group of setz placed in an anterior position ; slightly

external to these, a row of fine sete, which runs nearly the whole

length of the body, is noticeable.

Locality. Shallow littoral water of Lake Chrissie.

Genus CHyporus Leach.

CHYDORUS CAROLINA, sp. n. (Pl XVI. figs. 44a, 6.)

Length -47 mm.; height 37 mm. Body rotund; posterior

angle distinct, without spine or process; the ventral margin of

the shell has a fringe of spines; the rostrum, which is long and

pointed, projects considerably beyond the end of both pairs of

antenne ; no striations visible on the carapace ; the arrangement

of bristles on the telson is somewhat unusual.

Found in same locality as preceding species.

158 THE HON. PAUL A. METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1,

Family DAPHNIID 4S.

Genus SIMOCEPHALUS Scheedler.

SIMOCEPHALUS CORNIGER, sp. n. (PI. XV. fig. 41 & Pl. XVI.

fig. 42.)

Length 2°34 mm.; height 1°76 mm. Body sub-ovate; head

region defined from thorax by a dorsal notch; the shape of the

body resembles that of S. vetewlus described by Lilljeborg (oc.

cit.) and figured on pl. xxiv. fig. 8; the ventral margin of the

carapace is provided with a row of minute spines reaching back-

wards from near the head along a considerable portion of its

length ; through three quarters of this length but slightly

internal to the row of spines, lies a line of closely-set stiff hairs ;

posterior to these structures, the carapace is furnished with a

single row of short stout spines which reach almost as far as the

posterior limit of the ventral margin of the body; they are

smallest at the posterior region of the carapace. Nearly the

whole surface of the body is covered with minute prickles. The

carapace is striated (only a portion is shown striated in fig. 41).

The two large claws of the telson are serrated, and at the

base of each lies a group of small sete. Of the other spines the

largest are curiously bent; each carries a group of sete; further,

groups of minute hairs, generally five or six to each group,

are produced on the inner part of the telson; their limits are

best realized on reference to tig. 42.

Locality. This species was found in Lake Chrissie, but oceurs

more abundantly in a little reed-pan three miles east of Chrissie.

Genus Dapunta O. F. Miiller.

DAPHNIA PULEX. (PI. XV. figs. 40 a-c.)

A few adult forms were found in Lake Chrissie, and a quantity

of young in a dam near Erasmus’ Farm, Pretoria. As already

mentioned this Daphnia appears to be similar to the EKuropean

form. There is one point in which it differs from D. pulex, but

it is so insignificant, that it was not thought desirable to give

this species specific distinction from D. pulex. The point is, that

caudal styles and dorsal processes just in front, which project

into the brood-chamber, are quite smooth. This South African

form was not found to differ from the European representative in

any other detail.

DAPHNIA GIBBA, sp. n. (Pl. XV. figs. 39 a, b.)

Length with tail6mm. Body rotund, but dorsal part of head

and neck region enlarged to form a hump. Carapace striated.

Tail, which is fairly long, covered with small spines which run a

short way up the carapace and also ventrally extend along the

margins of the carapace as far as the head.

1910. | FPRESIIWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 159

The distal claws of the telson are pectinate, and are provided

with small sete. The pectinate processes are divided into three

lots, each arranged in a semi-lunar form (vide fig. 39 6). Anterior

to these claws, the telson is fringed by a number of stout bristles ;

internal to this fringe, along half its length, groups of minute

setze are found. On following the course of this fringe of bristles,

it is found that they end gradually, passing internally into three

or four rows. Still further, a number of minute sete are found

arranged in parallel tiers which run at right angles to the sagittal

plane of the telson.

The caudal styles are partly plumose; the dorsal part of the

telson extending from these styles, so as to include the finger-like

processes which project into the brood-pouch, is hairy.

Locality. This striking and beautiful Daphnia was found fairly

abundantly in Lake Chrissie and in some of the other larger pans.

Order COPEPODA.

In all, four species of Copepoda were taken. But it is an

interesting fact that although the two species described below

were found in great quantities, only one specimen of Cyclops and

one specimen of Harpactid were taken. The latter may have

easily been overlooked on account of its small size, but the scarcity

of Cyclops is not a little remarkable. Unfortunately the Cyclops

was not well enough preserved to allow identification.

Family CENTROPAGIDS.

Genus Broreas Lovén = Lovénula Schmeil.

Broreas FALCIFER Lovén = Lovénula falcifera Schmeil.

(Pl. XVI. figs. 45 a, 6b.)

Length of male 4mm.; of female 3-6 mm. In nearly every

detail this species is identical with Broteas falcifer described by

G. O. Sars (8) from the Cape Peninsula; a few points of ©

structural difference are found : (1) in the length of the antennules,

which when flexed back in line with the body reach as far as the

proximal part of the caudal rami; (2) in the fact that the three

outer bristles on the right furcal ramus in the male, instead of

being smooth, as in the case of the species described and figured

by G. O. Sars, are serrated on the inner side only in the case of

the two internal and on each side in the case of the third bristle

internal to these two; (3) in that the small fine bristle on each

ramus, which occupies an internal position, slightly removed from

the fringe of stout bristles, is somewhat longer than in B. falcifer.

The caudal rami are asymmetrical.

It is considered that this Centropagid is no more than a local

variety of the Cape form and has not therefore been given specific

distinction.

Abundant in the larger pans.

160 THE HON, PAUL A, METHUEN ON (Feb, 1,

Genus MErADIAPTOMUS (gen. n.).

Diagnosis. Both antennules of female and left of male consist

of twenty-six segments. Proliferation to form this extra joint

has not apparently taken place in the same manner as in Adiaptomus

judging from the explanation and figure given by A. W. Cooper

(loc. cit.). In the sixth pair of thoracic limbs in the male, the

exopodite of the right appendage is three-jointed ; the basipodite

is much enlarged on the internal surface to form a double cushion.

The first joint of the two-jointed exopodite of the left leg carries

a large curved claw, and distally two cushion-like processes are

present. An endopodite to this left appendage appears to be

wanting, but it may be present in a very reduced condition.

In other respects like the genus Diaptomus.

METADIAPTOMUS TRANSVAALENSIS, Sp. n. (Pl. XVI. figs. 46 a-c,

& Pls. XVIL & XVIII.)

Description of female.—Length of cephalothorax 1-25 mm.; of

abdomen including furcal bristles °7 mm.: of antennule 1:27 mm.

Body subcylindrical, the greatest breadth at the junction of the

third and fourth segments; the anterior portion of the body

shaped like the nose of a bullet; the posterior part tapers

slightly. The cephalothorax is composed of six distinct segments,

the antennal region being distinctly divided from the rest of the

body ; the sixth segment bears projecting angular corners on its

marginal lobes; these corners do not seem to represent another

segment. The antennules when flexed back in line with the body

do not extend beyond the limits of the cephalothorax. The

abdomen consists of three distinct segments and the caudal rami.

Description of male.—Length of cephalothorax *8 mm.; of

abdomen, as for female, -45 mm.; of left antennule -86 mm.

The great difference of size between the male and female is to be

remarked upon. In general shape however and in its appendages

it resembles the female. The abdomen consists of five segments

and the caudal rami. The right antennule is geniculated.

Appendages.—The descriptions and drawings of the appendages

have been taken in nearly all cases from females.

The antennules of the female and the left one of the male are

made up of twenty-six distinct segments, a feature of Adiaptomus

(see introduction p. 150). It is to be noticed, however, that

whereas the proximal spine on the antennuie of a female

Adiaptomus occurs on the third segment, in that of Wetadiaptomus

it occurs on the second. From this evidence alone, it is concluded

that proliferation to form this additional segment has not taken

place in the same area or rather in the same way as in Adiaptomus

as explained by A. W. Cooper (loc. cit. p. 101 and figs. 5, 5a).

Now, from the sudden change of length exhibited in segments

twelve and thirteen, it is tentatively suggested that proliferation

may have taken place from a segment once representing segments

eleven and twelve (vide Pl. XVII. fig. 47). This explanation

1910. | FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM 'THE TRANSVAAL, 161

is put forward with all the more hesitation, seeing, first, that

it may be merely superficial, and secondly, ‘that the generally

accepted view is, that proliferation takes place from the pr. oximal

segment, which is in this case together with the second seement

admittedly short in comparison ih that of the antennule of

other Centropagide. Ten xsthetes were found on the female

antennule (they are coloured blue in the figure). The spines from

segment fifteen onwards are finely serrated. On segments three

to nine marginal groups of small setze are borne on the side other

than that bearing spines and esthetes: on the same side, and

situated at the distal extremity of each segment from eight to

thirteen, is‘a group of minute sete. The male geniculated

amtennule consists of the normal twenty-three joints.

The antenna is very much like that of Diaptomus castor as

figured by Schmeil (9): the exopodite consists of eight joints

instead of seven ; all the joints except the third and eighth bear

one bristle each ; "the third joint has two bristles and ‘he eighth

is provided with three long distal hairs and a much shorter

proximal: the terminal joint) of the endopodite has two lobes, one

bearing nine prominent sete, the other seven and a few

inconspicuous hairs marginally at the base of the long seta lying

opposite the exopodite. A row of eight small tere is placed

distally near the external marginal edge of the second joint of the

endopodite: the basipodite is “provided internally with one stout

bristle.

The mandibie: the gnathobase is stout and broad at the base,

but half-way between the basal tubercles and the point of

insertion of the palp, there is a marked ‘‘ neck.” The basipodite

of the palp bears four bristles, two sete, one serrated and one

smooth: the endopodite is two-jointed : a lobe is present on the

proximal joint which bears four smooth bristles ; the distal segment

carries seven long smooth hairs: in addition, on the outer margin

of this distal segment are developed small sete which extend

partly along the base of the terminal hairs. The exopodite

appears to be four-jointed ; the distal segment is to all appearances

single, and bears three long hairs; the other segments each carry

one long hair springing from the internal margin.

The maxillula (fig. 50) and maxilla (fig. 51) have nothing

remarkable apart from what these appendages in Diaptomus

possess. In the mavxillula, the first endite of the first basal joint

bears ten stout and Ses finer bristles; the second endite has

four bristles; the third endite has three; the first exite is

provided with nine large bristles and the second exite with ons; the

second basal joint and its endite together carry fourteen bristles,

The maxilla is very like that of Diaptomus castor, but the

third and fourth exites have two bristles each instead of three,

and the fifth exite has four bristles instead of three.

The first thoracic appendage or maxilliped is in the main like

that of D. castor but is quite different from that of Adiaptomus.

_The.second segment calls for special description, Dis'ally, on the

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1910, No. XI. ll

162 THE HON. PAUL A. METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1

inner margin three bristles are found, of which the proximal is

setaceous; between this bristle and the joint of the first and

second segments there is a close-set row of fine stiff bristles,

in the form of a long comb, placed just internal to the inner

margin of the joint which is itself partly frimged with fine hairs ;

occupying the centre of the surface of this same segment is a mass

of fine long hairs set in the long axis of the same and occupying

about a third of its length. —

The thoracic limbs (figs. 53 & 54) used for swimming are like those

of a typical Diaptomus; but the modified sixth pair is sufficient

to show the marked aberrancy of this species from Diaptomus or

Text-fig. 11.

Cushions-....._

Sixth Thoracic Appendages of (A) Diaptomus castor (after Schmeil); (B)

Metadiaptomus; (C) Adiaptomus natalensis (after Cooper). P.- possibly

indicates remains of endopodite.

any other Centropagid genus described. For convenience sake,

the sixth pair of thoracic appendages of the male of Diaptomus

castor, of Adiaptomus natalensis, and of the new species now

under discussion are here figured side by side for comparison,

since it is thought that the character of these limbs is of the

greatest importance for classification (vide text-fig. 11 4, B, C).

The whole organ is seen to consist of a pair of asymmetrical limbs,

1910. | FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 163

the right considerably larger than the left and armed with a long

terminal claw serrated on the inner side. This claw is borne by

the exopodite, which consists of three segments ; the distal one is

small, bearing, besides the long claw, a small protuberance or

knob on its outer margin ; the second segment, which has a short

spine terminally, is large; the endopodite is two-jointed; the

distal joint is much shorter than the proximal and is armed with

about: four fine sete terminally: between the endopodite and

exopodite arises, apparently from the basipodite, a conspicuous

thorn. The basipodite itself is somewhat peculiar; it has a

rounded inner face bearing a double cushion, an inner part

furnished with a row of short curved spines, and an outer part

with a row of digitiform processes. Left limb: the distal basal .

joint bears a bristle on its external surface and in addition an

exopodite, but no signs of a endopodite, unless a small knob on

its inner edge be taken as the remains of such. The structure of

the exopodite is not very clear; but the following points have

been made out, namely : a long proximal curved claw serrated along

its inner margin, a cushion with serrated margin which is

produced externally and distally into ashort curved spine, a second

distal cushion smaller than the proximal one, bearing two rows

of prickles.

In the female this pair of limbs is in the main like that

of Diaptomus; however, the first basal joint has no spines;

the second basal joint is as thick as it is long; both endopodite

and exopodite are present: the endopodite consists of one joint

only; internally it bears two very small spines some distance

apart, and terminally two bristles : the exopodite is two-jointed ;

the distal segment carries two spines, and is produced into a

serrated claw; the middle spine has further a small bristle and

two or three minute hairs on its inner margin.

The caudal furca are asymmetrical in both sexes, the left one

being longer in each case. Five stout plumose bristles are present,

and one small slender one which is smooth.

Locality. Very abundant in Lake Chrissie and in the pans

generally.

Family HARPACTICIDA,

Genus CANTHOCAMPTUS.

CANTHOCAMPTUS 2

The one specimen obtained, which was very small, was unfor-

tunately lost in attempting to macerate it. However, before

this happened, it had been determined that it belonged undoubtedly

to the genus Canthocamptus and closely resembled Canthocamptus

finnt,as described and figured by Prof. G. C. Bourne (2a) from the

neighbourhood of Zanzibar. This specimen from Chrissie was a

female and was remarkable in having asymmetrical caudal styles ;

a text-figure of these is inserted, and it will be seen that the right

style is peculiarly bent and fashioned. This may be merely an

abnormality, but the process was certainly intact. In the general

164 THE HON. PAUL A. METHUEN ON [ Feb. 1,

shape, the animal was seen to be comparatively broad and short.

The left caudal style was rather more than two-thirds as long as

the body.

Text-fig. 12.

Posterior region of the body of Canthocamptus ? seen from the right side, showing

the two asymmetrical caudal styles.

Literature referred to.

(1) Cuaus, C.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Stisswasser-

Ostracoden. I.” Zool. Inst. in Wien, 1893, Bd. x. Heft 2.

(2) Coorrr, A. W.—“ Notes on a new species of Gymmnoplea from

Natal.” Ann. Natal Gov. Mus. vol. 1. pt. 1, p. 97, June

1906.

(2) Bourne, G. C.—“ On two new species of Copepoda from

Zanzibar.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, pp. 164-166, pl. vi.

(3) LitisEBore.—Cladocera Suecie. Upsala, 1900.

(4) Lovin.—“ Fyra nya arter af Sétvattens-Crustacéer fran sodra

Afrika.” Kel. Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, 1845, p. 436, pl. vi.

(5) Montez, R.—‘ Les Males chez les Ostracodes d’eau douce.”

Revue Biol. du Nord de la France, 3. Ann. No. 9, 1891.

(6) Mr&zex, A.—‘ Die Copepoden.” —- Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 4.

1898, Berlin.

(7) Mouse, G. W.—Chun, Bibl. Zool. xxx.

(8) Sars, G. O.—Arch. f. Math. og Naturv. 1899, xxi. No. 2.

(9) ScHMEIL, O.—Chun, Bibl. Zool. 1896, Band vii. Heft 21.

(1G) SuirH, G. W.—“ The Fresh-water Crustacea of Tasmania,

with Remarks on their Geographical Distribution.” Trans.

Linn. Soc. 2nd ser, Zool. vol. xi. pt. 4, June 1909.

(11) VAvra.—* Die Siisswasser-Ostracoden.” Deutsch-Ost-

Afrika, 4. 1898, Berlin.

1910.] FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. 165

Literature on the Subject.

Bravy, G. Srewarpson.—‘ On Entomostraca collected in

Natal.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. ii. pp. 121-128, pls. vi.-

vill., and Ann. Natal Gov. Mus. vol. i. pt. 2, pp. 173-186,

pls. xxix.-xxxu., March 1907.

GiesBRECHT, W., & O. ScumetL.—Das Tierreich, 6. Lief.

Berlin, 1898 (especially p. 67).

Gurney, R.—‘‘On a small collection of Entomostraca from

South Africa.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. ii. pp. 298-301,

pl. xviii.

Werner, W.—‘ Die Cladoceren.” Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 4.

1898, Berlin.

For histology of soft parts, and especially of the spermatozoa of

Ostracods, see G. O. Sars, “On some Freshwater Ostracoda and

Copepoda, raised from dried Australian mud.” Christiania

Vid.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1889, No. 8.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

The appendages have been drawn with the aid of a Camera lucida, and in most

eases the nature of the lenses used has been inserted in this explanation together

with such reduction or magnification found to have been necessary for the

reproduction of the same from the original drawings.

Prater VIII.

All. figures of Cypris spinosa, sp. 1.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of animal. X 20.

2. Lateral view of shell.

3. Antennule. aa. AD. 4. Zeiss, 3 eyepiece. XX #.

4. Antenna. Ditto. x 2.

PratE IX.

All figures of Cypris spinosa, sp. 0.

Fig.da. Mandible. aa. AD.4. Zeiss, 3 eyepiece. $. 56. Terminal part of

enathobase. 74 Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. X 4.

6a. Maxillula. 65. Part of typical seta of branchial appendage. 6c. Palp.

6d. Third biting process.

7. Mavxilla.

8a &8b. Accessory copulatory processes of maxilla. aa. Zeis, 4 eyepiece. X }.

PLATE X.

Fig. 9. Fourth post-oral appendage of C. spinosa. aa. AD. 4 Zeiss, 4 eyepiece. X 7.

10. Penis of male of same.

11. Fitth post-oral appendage of same. aa. AD. 4 Zeiss, 4 eyepiece. XX 4,

12. Caudal furca of same, aa. AD. 4 Zeiss, 3 eyepiece. X #.

13. Antennule of C. guuningi, sp. n.

Prate XI.

Fig. 14a. Antenna of C. gunningi. B. Zeiss..2 eyepiece. X #.

146. Denticulations on second joint (vide p. 153).

15a. Mandible of same. 156. Terminal part of gnathobase. 15

16. C. chrissiensis in lateral view. AA. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. X 3

17. C. gunning? in lateral view.

18. CC. mastigophora in lateral view.

Pratp XII.

VWig.19a@. Maxillula of C. gunningi. 196. Palp. 19¢. Third biting process.

20a. Maxilla of same. 206 & ec. Accessory copulatory process of male.

21a. Fourth post-oral appendage of same. 216. Internal terminal bristles of

distal part of third joint.

22a & 226. Fifth post-oral appendage of same,

~ Palp.

166 ON FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. [ Feb. 1,

Fi 12.

Fig.

PrateE XIII.

23 a & 23h. Two views of a furcal ramus of C. gunningi.

24. Teme view of C. tubereulata, sp.n. AI>. aa. 6 Zeiss, 4 eyepiece. X 2.

25. Antenna of same. AD.aa. 6 Zeiss, 4 eyepiece. X 3. 2

26 a. Gnathobase of mandible of same, ‘ADs, 6D: Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. > $.

266. Palp. AD. 6. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece.

27. ‘Third biting process of maxillula of same. AD. 6. Zeiss, 4 eyepiece.

28. Maxilla of same.

Prate XIV.

.29. Fourth post-oral appendage of OC. tuberculata. AD. aa. 6. Zeiss, 4 eye-

piece. X # y

30. Terminal part. of fifth post-oral appendage of same. AD. 6 D. Zeiss, 2 eye-

piece. X 4.

31. Palp of mandible of C. mastigophora.

32. Third biting process of maxillula of same.

33. Furcal ramus of C. tuberculata. AD.aa. 6. Zeiss, 2 ey epiece. x 4.

34 & 35. 2.0es SSF copulatory process of maxilla of C. chrissiensis. AD. 6 D

Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. X 3.

PLare XV.

. 36. Penis of male C. gunningi. DD. Zeiss, 2 eyepeice. X 3.

37. Penis of male C. chrissiensis. AD. 6 D. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. 3.

38. Furcal ramus of C. mastigophora.

39 a. Lateral view of Daphnia gibba, sp.n. X 16.

39 6. Telson of same.

40a. Lateral view of Daphnia pulex.

40 6. Lateral view of terminal part of head of same.

40 ec. Yelson of same.

41. Lateral view of Simocephalus corniger, sp. 1.

PLatTE XVI.

42a. Telson of 8. corniger. 426. Enlarged drawing of a spine.

43. Lateral view of Leydigia trispinosa, sp. n. X 60.

44 a. Lateral view of Chydorus caroline, sp.n. XX about 100.

446. Telson of same.

45 a. Terminal portion of abdomen of male Broteas falcifer Sars.

45 6. Abdomen of female of same.

46 a. Lateral view of female Metadiaptomus transvaalensis, sp.n. XX 46.

46 6. Abdomen of temale. 46c. Abdomen of male.

Puate XVII.

All figures of Metadiaptomus transvaalensis, sp. n.

47. Antennule of female. AA. Zeiss, 4 eyepiece. X%. Atsthetes in blue.

48. Antenna. AA. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece.

49. Mandible. DD. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece.

50. Maxillula. DD. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. x

else leo

Prate XVIII.

All figures of Metadiaptomus transvaalensis, sp. i.

g.51. Mavxilla. DD. Zeiss, 2 2 eyepiece. X 3.

52. Maxilliped. DD. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. X 3.

53. Second thoracic appendage. AA. Zeiss, 4 ey epiece.

54. Fifth thoracic appendage. AA. Zeiss, 4, eyepiece.

55a. Sixth thoracic appendage of male. DD. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. X 3.

556. Sixth thoracic appendage of female. DD. Zeiss, 2 eyepiece. X23.

1910.] ON MARINE FAUNA FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 167

2. Littoral Marine Fauna : Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese

Hast Africa. Collected by James J. Simpson, M.A.,

B.Sc., University of Aberdzen, September 1907—

May 1908: HonornurtoipEa. . By JosEpH PrARson,

D.Sce., F.L.8., Demonstrator and Assistant Lecturer in

Tolley , University of Liverpool.*

[Received November 23, 1909.]

(Text-figures 13-17.)

IT am indebted to Mr. James Simpson for the opportunity of

making an examination of the Holothurians collected by him in

Portuguese East Africa.

The collection consists of twenty-one species most of which do

not offer any points of special interest. Cucumaria turbinata is

recorded for the third time. It was first obtained by Hutton in

New Zealand, who gave an unsatisfactory description of the

species. Professor Herdman also obtained it from Ceylon, and

a full account of the species was given by me in the report on

the Ceylon Holothurians (29)t. The form described by Théel as

Colochirus violaceus is represented by two specimens in the col-

lection. For reasons which I shall give later, I think it necessary

to establish a new genus for this species.

The following is a list of the species represented in the

collection :—

Synapta grisea Semper.

Jucumaria sempert Bell.

Cucumaria turbinata Hutton.

Pseudocolochirus violaceus Thee).

Stichopus chloronotus Brandt.

Stichopus variegatus Semper.

Miulleria lecanora Jaeger.

Milleria mauritiana Quoy & Gaimard.

Mulleria miliaris Quoy & Gaimard.

Holothuria albiventer Semper.

Holothuria atra Jaeger.

Holothuria atra, var. amboinenis Thee.

Holothuria curiosa Ludwig.

Holothuria dofletnti Augustin.

Holothuria impatiens Forskal.

Holothuria lineata Ludwig.

Holothuria marmorata Jaeger.

Holothuria martensii Semper.

Holothuria monacaria Lesson.

Holothuria scabra Jaeger.

Holothuria vagabunda Selenka.

* Communicated by Prof. W. N. Parker, Ph.D., F.ZS,

+ The numbers in brackets refer to the Bibliography, pp. 181 & 132.

168 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA | Feb. il

List of Stations at which Holothurians were obtained.

Sratron I. Tunghi Bay.

Bottom. Sand, mud, and shell. Depth. 5-18 fathoms.

Synapta grisea.

Holothuria marmorata.

HT, albiventer.

Hf. scabra.

IT, doflewnit.

Sration II. Maiyapa Bay.

Bottom. Sand, mud, and coral. Depth. 10 fathoms.

Pseudocolochirus violaceus.

Stichopus variegatus.

Milleria lecanora.

FLolothuria impatiens.

HH, lineata.

Sration VI. Kero-Nyuni Bay.

Bottom. Sand. Depth. 5-10 fathoms.

Pseudocolochirus violaceus.

Holothuria albiventer.

Station VII. Pekawi Bay. Exposed coral-reef.

Cucumaria senypert.

C. turbinata.

Holothuria albwwenter.

FI, squamifera.

H. monacaria.

sration IX. [bo Bay. Reefs around Matemo Is.

Stichopus chloronotus.

Miilleria mauritiana.

M. matiaris.

TTolothuria impatiens.

Hi. atra.

fH. vagabunda.

HH. curiosa.

H. atra, var. amboinensis.

Srarion XIII. Pemba Bay.

Bottom. Mud. Depth. 10-20 fathoms.

Holothuria albiventer.

SYNAPTA GRISEA Semper.

Synapta grisea Semper, 1868 (11); Ludwig, 1882 (15); Bell,

1884 (17); Theéel, 1886 (20).

Two mutilated specimens from Station I. Tunghi Bay.

The colour in spirit 1s grey with a greenish tinge.

There are fourteen digitate tentacles, each being about 25 mm.

long. Owing to the bad condition of the specimen it is difticult

to say whether the digits of the tentacles are webbed.

There appears to be very little difference between Synapta

1910.] FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 169

grisea and Synapta glabra. The spicules and the calcareous ring

are very similar in both species.

The calcareous ring consists of fifteen pieces. Hach of the five

radial pieces has a broad anterior prolongation which is perforated

by asmall hole. The ten inter-radial pieces are prolonged in front

as short rod-like processes.

The spicules agree with Semper’s figures.

Total length of anchor 315 pu.

Total length of anchor-plate 225

Diameter of miliary granules 15 p.

General distribution. Bohol, Fitzroy Is., Queensland, Indian

Ocean.

CUCUMARIA SEMPERI Bell.

Cucumaria sempert Bell, 1884 (17); Lampert, 1885 (18);

Théel 1886 (20).

One specimen from Station VIT. South of Pekawi. Length

45 imm.; breadth 15 mm.

There is nothing to add to previous descriptions and to my

notes given in the report on the Mergui Holothurioidea.

General distribution. Port Denison, Torres Str., Mergut.

CUCUMARIA TURBINATA Hutton.

Labidodesmus turbinata Hutton, 1878 (13).

Cucumaria turbinata Lampert, 1885 (18).

(2) Cucumaria (Labidodesmus) turbinata Théel, 1886 (20).

Cucumaria (%) turbinata Dendy, 1897 (27).

Cucumaria turbinata Pearson, 1903 (29).

One Specimen from Station VII. South of Pekawi. pe

48 mm.; breadth 13 mm.

I have already given a ful] description of this species in the

report on the Ceylon Holothurioidea (29). In the present

specimen the body has not the same shape as in the Ceylon

specimen. It is evidently in a contracted condition so that the

tapering anterior end which was characteristic of the Ceylon

specimen is not shown.

The whole of the body has a brown colour. The pedicels are

black and are arranged in five double rows at both ends of the

body. In the central region the tube-feet also spread over the

inter-ambulacra and are more numerous on the ventral surface.

The tentacles are absent. There is one Polian vesicle and

the stone-canal. There are two respiratory trees (see text-fig. 13,

eel):

In addition to the deposits in the general integument which

have been already described in the Ceylon Report, there are well-

deveioped tables in the pedicels. These tables are long and narrow

and are prolonged into two arms (text-fig. 14 A, p. 171). In the

centre are four holes and at the end of each arm there are two or

three holes (text-fig.14 B). From the centre of the table arises a

short tower having one cross-beam and being surmounted by a few

170 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [Feb. 1,

teeth. In addition to these tables there are a few perforated

plates (text-fig. 14 C) and also numerous miliary granules similar

to those present in Synapta (text-fig. 14 D).

Text-fig. 13.

Cucumaria turbinata, showing internal organs. X 2.

Size of crosses in general integument—length 67 p ; breadth

lly. Miliary granules 26 p.

Size of tables in pedicels—length 166; greatest width 44 pu;

height of tower on table about 50 p.

The perforated plates are about the sane length as the tables.

General distribution. Stewart Is., New Zealand, Ceylon.

PSEUDOCOLOCHIRUS VIOLACEUS Théel.

Colochirus violaceus Théel, 1886 (20); Koehler, 1895 (26);

Keehler & Vaney, 1908 (31).

One specimen from Station II. Maiyapa Bay.

Length 85 mm.; breadth 48 mm.

One specimen from Station VI. Kero-Nyuni Bay.

Length 95 mm.; breadth 50 mm.

The specimen from Station II.is white. That from Station VI.

1 910.] FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 171

Text-fig. 14.

Cucumaria turbinata.

A. Table with tower (side view). X 450.

B. Table with tower (plan). X 459.

C. Perforated plate. X 320.

D. Miliary granules. X 460.

is violet-coloured on the interambulacra and white on the

ambulacra. When the latter specimen first came into my hands

the colouring was very decided, but in the course of a few months

the colour has almost entireiy disappeared, owing probably to the

action of light and the effect of the preservative.

Externally the specimens agree with Théel’s description.

There are no pedicels on the bivium and those on the trivium

are confined to three definite rows. Very few papill are shown

172 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [ Feb. 1,

in the specimens under examination. In the ‘Challenger’

specimen the papille were very obvious.

There are nine arborescent tentacles in the larger specimen and

ten in the other specimen. All the tentacles are about the same

size.

There are five ill-defined calcareous teeth around the anus.

The calcareous ring has no posterior prolongations. There is one

large Polian vesicle—28 mm. long—and one stone-canal. There

are five well-developed retractor muscles extending from the

calcareous ring to the body-wall. They are attached to the latter

about half-way down the body. The respiratory trees are well

developed. The alimentary canal is large and the reproductive

organs are very large and consist of two bundles.

Théel gives drawings of the whole animal, of the spicules and

the calcareous ring.

The spicules are few in number and agree with Théel’s figures.

Length of buttons 63 »; breadth 55 p.

As Théel and Koehler have pointed out, this species differs in

a marked manner from the other species of the genus Colochirus.

After a careful examination I have decided to establish a new

genus for this form. Undoubtedly it does not possess any of the

outstanding features of the genus Colochirus. The body is not

quadrangular ; the anterior and posterior ends of the body are

not pentagonal; the mouth is not surrounded by five valves; and

the two ventral tentacles are not smaller than the rest. The

deposits are few in number and unlike those of Colochirus.

It agrees with Colochirus (1) in having three rows of pedicels

on the trivium and only papille on the bivium, (2) in being

a Dendrochirote having a calcareous ring without posterior

prolongation. :

General distribution. ‘Challenger’ St. 203, 11° 6’ N., 123° 9’ E.

Indian Ocean.

The characters of the new genus une be summarised as

follows :—

PSEUDOCOLOCHIRUS, gen. 0.

Body cucumiform. Pedicels present only on the trivium where

they are arranged in three well defined rows. Small papille

scattered on the biviam. <A few also on the trivium. Ten ai~-

borescent tentacles of equal size. The anus is surrounded by five

calcareous teeth. The perisome is thick but is not strengthened

by many deposits. The spicules are few in number and consist of

small perforated buttons. The calcareousring is devoid of posterior

prolongations and has five well developed retractor muscles.

STICHOPUS CHLORONOTUS Brandt.

Stichopus chloronotus (subgenus Perideris), Brandt, 1835 (6).

Stichopus chloronotus Selenka, 1867 (10).

Stichopus cylindricus Haacke, 1880 (14).

Stichopus chloronotus Ludwig, 1882 (15); Lampert, 1885 (1

1910. |] FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 173

Bell, 1886 (19); Théel, 1886 (20); Ludwig, 1887 (23); Sluiter,

1887 (24), 1901 (28); Pearson, 1903 (29); Koehler & Vaney,

1908 (81).

Two specimens from Station [X. Matemo Is.

Length 120 mm. and 140 mm.

Width 30 mm, and 42 mm.

The respiratory trees are well developed, extending almost the

entire length of the body. The gonads extend to the posterior

end of the body. There are no Cuvierian organs. ‘There are

twenty tentacles.

Deposits typical.

Diameter of tables 33°3 p.

Height of spine of table 33°3 p.

Length of C-shaped deposits 37 pu.

General distribution. Pacific Islands, Indian Ocean from East

Africa to the Malay Peninsula.

STICHOPUS VARIEGATUS Semper.

Stichopus variegatus Semper, 1868 (11).

Stichopus variegatus, var. herrmanni Semper, 1868 (11).

Stichopus nasso Haacke, 1880 (14).

Stichopus variegatus Bell, 1884 (17); Lampert, 1885 (18) ;

Théel, 1886 (20) ; Ludwig, 1887 (23); Sluiter, 1887 (24), 1901

(28); Pearson, 1903 (29); Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (81).

One specimen in bad condition from Station Il. Maiyapa Bay.

Length 80 mm.

The specimen undoubtedly belongs to the above species but is

much flattened and distorted.

The deposits are typical.

Diameter of tables 29°6 pu.

Height of spire of table 29°6 yu.

C-shaped deposits, length 166-5 p.

Length of dichotomous rods 15 p.

General distribution. Indo-Pacific, East Indies.

MULueriA LECANORA Jaeger.

Miilleria lecanora Jaeger, 1833 (3).

Holothuria dubia (subgenus Microthele), Brandt, 1835 (6).

Actinopyga lecanora Bronn, 1860 (9).

Miilleria lecanora Semper, 1868 (11); Lampert, 1885 (18);

Théel, 1886 (20); Sluiter, 1901 (28); Koehler & Vaney, 1908

(31).

Two specimens from Station II. Maiyapa Bay.

Length 145 mm. and 125 mm.

Breadth 80 mm. and 70 mm.

The specimens are dark brown on the dorsal side and lighter on

the ventral surface, Thereisalight patch around tie anus. The

pedicels are scattered over the trivium but are more densely

174 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA | Feb. 1,

aggregated on the thrée ambulacra. The papillze on the dorsal

surface are small.

There are three polian vesicles, their respective lengths being

26 mm., 10 mm., and 6mm. There is one madreporite.

The twenty tentacular ampulle are extremely long—39 mm.

Text-fig. 15.

co)

Gro a <p 0

i ¢ i

ee) Q fa

£ ae,

Os oo

Miilleria lecanora. Spicules. x 50

Both the respiratory trees are well developed.

The dichotomous rods occur in groups, each rod has a length

of 26 ju: (text-fig. 15).

General distribution. Philippines, Celebes, Bonin Is., Timor,

Mauritius, Fiji Is., Indian Ocean.

M@ULLERIA MAURITIANA Quoy & Gaimard.

Holothuria mauritiana Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (4).

Mulleria varians Selenka, 1867 (10).

Mulleria mauritiana Semper, 1868 (11); Lampert, 1885 (18);

Théel, 1886 (20); Sluiter, 1867 (24), 1901 (28).

Actinopyga mauritiana Bell, 1887 (22); Pearson, 1903 (29).

Milleria mauritiana Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (81).

Text-fig. 16.

Dope er.

Bae

E mo Oe

LA POH

RESIS

Milleria mauritiana. Various forms of spicules.

A. Spinous rods in dorsal integument. > 430.

3. “ Rosettes ” in dorsal integument. > 450.

C. Spherical bodies in ventral integument. > 430.

One specimen from Station IX. Matemo Is.

Length 175 mm.; breadth 60 mm.

As in the Ceylon specimen examined by me, there is a well-

defined white patch on the ventral surface The deposits are

1910. } FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 175

similar to those described by Théel. Those of the ventral surface

consist of large numbers of spherical bodies.

Length of spinous rods in dorsal integument 63 »

(text-fig. 16 A).

Length of rosettes in dorsal integument 22 p (text-fig. 16 B).

Length of spherical bodies in the ventral integument 18°5

(text-fig. 16 C).

Width of spherical bodies in the ventral integument 11 yp.

General distribution. Indian Ocean from E. Africa to the East

Indies ; Funafuti.

MULLERIA MILIARIS Quoy & Gaimard.

Holothuria miliaris Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (4).

Holothuria lineolatt Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (4).

Miilleria lineolata Brandt, 1835 (6).

Mulleria plebeja Selerika, 1867 (10).

Miilleria miliaris Semper, 1868 (11); Lampert, 1885 (18) ;

Théel, 1886 (20).

Muelleria miliaris Bell, 1887 (21).

Actinopyga miliaris Bell, 1887 (22).

Milleria miliaris Ludwig, 1887 (23); Sluiter, 1887 (24), 1901

(28); Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (31).

Two specimens from Station IX. Matemo Is.

Length 90 mm. and 125 mm.

Breadth 35 mm. and 45 mm.

The body is wrinkled and much contracted. The pedicels are

arranged in three indefinite rows on the ventral surface. The

papille are scattered over the dorsal surface. There are twenty

tentacles and a similar number of long tentacular ampulle. The

calcareous ring consists of ten simple pieces. The body has well

developed circular muscles and there are five rows of longitudinal

muscles, each row beingdouble. The deposits are typical. The

dichotomous rods vary in shape and size.

Minimum length of rods 7°4 pu.

Maximum length of rods 44-4 wp.

General distribution. Kast coast of Africa, Indian Ocean, Red

Sea, Sumatra, Fiji Is.

HOoLoTHuRIA ALEIVENTER Semper.

Holothuria albiventer Semper, 1868 (11); Lampert, 1885 (18) ;

Théel, 1886 (20); Sluiter, 1901 (28).

Six specimens altogether.

Length. Breadth.

WlunehiiBay.. Station = eee (V0 nim. 23mm.

85 mm. 30 mm.

Nero-Nyuni Bay. St. VI....... 40 mm. 20 mm,

Rekawiebay. St. Ville va erer 85 mm. oo mm.

iRemiba) Bay.y Sta oll ee ee 70 mm. 17 mm.

45 mm. 23 mm.

176 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA {| Feb. 1,

Colour. The dorsal surface is brown with a few large dark

brown spots. The ventral surface is lighter and each papilla 1s

surrounded by a white patch. All the papillee are white.

The anterior end of the body is blunt and the body tapers

towards the posterior end. Papille are present all over the body,

those on the dorsal surface being smaller than the ventral ones.

The mouth is surrounded by a ring of digitate papille.

The circular muscles of the body-wall are poorly developed.

There is one Polian vesicle and a long madreporite as described

by Théel. The calcareous ring agrees with Théel’s description.

The deposits consist of tables and buttons.

Diameter of tables 55:5 p.

Height of spire on tables 37 w.

Length of buttons 29°5 p.

General distribution. Philippines, Amboina, Red Sea, Labuan,

Pacific.

HoLorHuriA ATRA Jaeger.

Holothuria atra Jaeger, 1833 (8).

Holothuria (subgenus Microthele) affinis Brandt, 1835 (6).

Holothuria floridana Pourtalés, 1851 (8); Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria atra Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria amboinensis Semper, 1868 (11).

FHolothuria atra Semper, 1868 (11); Théel, 1886 (20); Bell,

1886 (19), 1887 (22).

Holothuria atra, var. amboinensis Théel, 1886 (29).

Holothuria atra Sluiter, 1887 (24), 1901 (28); Ludwig, 1887

(23); Pearson, 1903 (29); Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (81).

One specimen from Station 1X. Matemo Is. Length 115 mm. ;

breadth 35 mm.

This species is characterised by having numerous Polian vesicles

and madreporic canals. The numbers vary in different individuals.

In the specimen under examination there are four Polian vesicles

and twelve stone-canals.

The deposits are typical.

Width of table 22 up. Height of spine on table 52 p.

Average length of perforated plates 44:5 1.

General distribution. Celebes, Florida, Red Sea and Indian

Ocean, Hast Indies, Pacific Islands.

HoLotHURIA ATRA, var. AMBOINENSIS Théel.

Holothuria atra Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria amboinensis Semper, 1868 (11).

Holothuria atra, var. anboinensis Théel, 1886 (20).

Two specimens from Station IX. Matemo Is.

Length 130 mm. and 125 mm. -

Breadth 30 mm. and 30 mm.

_ Both specimens are black.

These specimens resemble Holothuria atra very closely except

1910.] FROM KEBRIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 177

in colour. There are some small points of difference in the

spicules.

The tables have a larger base than in H. atra and have

generally a few small peripheral holes. The edge of the base is

often spinous. Fenestrated plates similar to those in H. atra are

rare, but there are numerous small rods which branch dicho-

tomously and which may represent stages in the disintegration of

larger fenestrated plates.

Diameter of tables 44°5 pi.

Length of branched rods 11 j.

There are numerous Polian vesicles and stone-canals as in

HT, atra,

General distributeon. Amboina, Venezuela, East Africa.

Hoxoruuria curtosA Ludwig.

Holothuria curvesa Ludwig, 1875 (12); Lampert, 1885 (18) ;

Théel, 1886 (20); Sluiter, 1901 (28).

One specimen from Station IX. Matemo Is.

Length 32 mm.; breadth 12 mm.

The colour of this specimen does not agree with Théel’s descrip-

tion of the species. The dorsal surface is dark brown over which

are scattered numerous yellow spots. The ventral surface is much

lighter. There is a small light area around each end of the body.

This specimen resembles Helothuria euriosa very closely in most

respects. The deposits are very similar to those described by

Théel. The tables in most cases have rudimentary spires, but in

a few instances complete spires are present consisting of four

upright rods surmounted by a spinous ring.

Diameter of tables from 37 pu to 48 pu.

Length of buttons 41 p.

General distribution. Bowen, Fiji, New Guinea, Philippines,

Indian Ocean.

HOoLotuvRIA DOFLEINII Augustin.

Holothuria dofleinti Augustin, 1908 (30).

One specimen (much flattened) from Station I. Tunghi Bay.

Length 85 mm.

I have no hesitation in placing this specimen in Augustin’s

species.

The colour of the body is yellowish white. The papille have

a brown colour and theve is a dark brown ring around the base of

each papilla.

The deposits agree with Augustin’s description and consist of

tables and buttons. The tables (text-fig. 17 A & C) generally

have four large central holes and four smaller peripheral holes.

In a few cases the peripheral holes are more numerous. The

spines are short and are generally imperfectly formed. In the

most perfect specimens the spire has a rectangular top which

bears blunt spines. In the majority of instances, however,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1910, No. XII. 12

178 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [ Feb. 1,

the tops of the spires are very imperfect and irregular. The

buttons are very irregular in shape, and the more perfect speci-

mens suggest a derivation from perforated plates (text-fig. 17 B).

Diameter of tables up to 37 p.

Length of buttons 22 wp.

General distribution. Kast Africa, Japan.

Text-fig. 17.

Holothuria doflemii. Spicules.

A. Tables, from above. 860.

B. “Buttons.” 640.

C. Tables (side view). > 670.

HonoruuriA mpatiENs Forskal.

Fistularia impatiens Forskal, 1775 (1).

Trepang impatiens Jaeger, 1833 (3).

Holothuria fulva Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (4).

Thyone impatiens Blainville, 1834 (5).

Sporadipus impatiens Grube, 1840 (7).

Holothuria botellus Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria impatiens Lampert, 1885 (18); Théel, 1886 (20) ;

Bell, 1886 (19), 1887 (22): Ludwig, 1887 (23); Sluiter, 1887 (24),

1901 (28); Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (31).

1910.] FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, 179

One specimen from Station IX. Matemo Is.

Length 75 mm.; breadth 15 mm.

One specimen from Station II. Maiyapa Bay.

Length 90 mm. ; breadth 20 mm.

The colour and general characters agree with Théel’s descrip-

tion. There are eighteen pinkish coloured tentacles situated in

two rows. ‘The deposits consist of tables and buttons.

Diameter of tables 92°5 py.

Length of buttons 80 pw to 95 p.

General distribution. Mediterranean, Indian Ocean, East Indies,

Pacific Islands.

Hotornuria uNnEATA Ludwig.

Holothuria lineata Ludwig, 1875 (12).

Labidodemas punctulatum Haacke, 1880 (14).

Holothuria lineata Bell, 1884 (17); Lampert, 1885 (18); Theel,

1886 (20).

One specimen from Station IT. Maiyapa Bay.

Length 23 mm.; breadth 9 mm.

This extremely small specimen possesses the characters of the

above species.

There are twenty tentacles present.

The deposits are similar to those of Holothuria lineata and

Holothuria pardalis, and consist of tables and buttons. The

buttons are asymmetrical and are scattered.

Diameter of tables 75 pu.

Length of buttons 55 p.

General distribution. Bowen, Red Sea, Mauritius, Thursday Is.

HoLorHuRIA MARMORATA Jaeger.

Bohadschia marmorata Jaeger, 1833 (8).

Sporadipus walensis (subgenus Colpochirota) Brandt, 1835 (6).

Holothuria ualensis Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria brandtii Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria marmorata Semper, 1868 (11).

Holothuria utrimquestigmosa Haacke, 1880 (14).

Holothuria marmorata Lampert, 1885 (18); Théel, 1886 (20) :

Bell, 1887 (21); Sluiter, 1887 (24), 1901 (28); Pearson, 1903 (29).

One specimen from Station I. Tunghi Bay.

Length 90 mm. ; breadth 20 mm.

This specimen is eviscerated, but it agrees with Théel’s

description.

The deposits consist of irregularly branched rods, the largest

being about 48 yu long.

General distribution. Indo-Pacific region.

HoLoTHURIA MARTENSII Semper.

Holothuria martensii Semper, 1868 (11); Théel, 1886 (20).

Two specimens from Station VII. South of Pekawi.

Length 43 mm. and 30 min.

Breadth 13 mm. and 10 mm.

12"

180 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [ Feb. 1,

These specimens agree with Théel’s description.

Deposits. The tables vary in appearance and have a diameter

ranging from 70, to 110. The tables have an extremely high

spire—up to 110 in height—and have seven or eight cross-

beams. The buttons present great variations in size and appear-

ance. The largest are about 110 in length. These are

generally smooth and have eight or nine pairs of holes. The

smaller buttons are about 70 p in length and are often knobbed

and have about six pairs of holes.

General distribution. Amboina, Celebes, Banda, and Hast Africa.

Ho.LotHURIA MONACARIA Lesson.

Psolus monacaria Lesson, 1830 (2).

Holothuria flammea Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (A).

Holothuria fusco-punctata Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (4).

Holothuria fasciola Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (4).

Stichopus flammeus Brandt, 1835 (6). i

Stichopus gyrifer Selenka, 1867 (10).

Labidodemas leucopus Haacke, 1880 (14).

Holothuria monacaria Lampert, 1885 (18); Théel, 1886 (20) ;

Ludwig, 1887 (23); Sluiter, 1887 (24), 1901 (28); Pearson, 1903 ~

(29).

One specimen from Station VII. Pekawi Bay.

Length 60 mm. ; breadth 17 mm.

The spicules consist of tables and buttons.

The tables have twelve peripheral holes, those opposite the rods

of the spire being slightly larger than the others. These four

persist when the others are broken. Many of the tables, there-

fore, have only four peripheral holes.

Diameter of tables up to 55°5 pu.

Length of buttons 55:5 p.

General distribution. Indian Ocean, East Indies, Australia,

Pacific Islands.

HoLoTHURIA SCABRA Jaeger.

Holothuria scabra Jaeger, 1833 (8).

Holothuria tigris Selenka, 1867 (10).

Holothuria scabra Semper, 1868 (11); Lampert, 1885 (18) ;

Théel, 1886 (20); Ludwig, 1887 (23); Sluiter, 1887 (24), 1901

28).

Havin cadelli Bell, 1887 (21).

Holothuria gallensis Pearson, 1903 (29).

Holothuria scabra Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (31).

Two specimens from Station I. Tunghi Bay.

Length 150 mm. and 105 mm,

Breadth 40 mm. and 35 mm.

This is undoubtedly the same species as Holothuria gallensis

Pearson (29), so that this latter name must be included as one

of the synonyms of Holothuria scabra.

1910.] FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO. 181

The two specimens in this collection agree with my description

of H. gallensis (29) except with regard to the colour. In neither

specimen is the dorsal surface marked by the transverse black

and yellow bands that were present in the Ceylon specimens.

The dorsal surface is uniformly grey in colour and evidently

resembles the Fiji specimen described by Théel (20).

The ventral surface is yellowish-white and the dark grey

patches are not nearly so numerous as in the Ceylon specimens.

The deposits are similar to those described in the Ceylon

specimens.

Length of buttons 37 p.

Diameter of tables 63 p.

General distribution. Indian Ocean, Philippines, Fij1.

HOoLorTHURIA VAGABUNDA Selenka.

? Stichopus (subgen. Gymnochirota) leucospiiota Brandt, 1835 (6).

Holothuria vagabunda Selenka, 1867 (10); Semper, 1868 (11);

Lampert, 1885 (18); Théel, 1886 (20); Bell, 1886 (19); Sluiter,

1887 (24), 1901 (28); Pearson, 1903 (29); Koehler & Vaney,

1908 (81).

One specimen from Station IX. Matemo Is.

Length 80 mm.; breadth 17 mm.

There is nothing new to add to previous descriptions of this

species.

Length of buttons 44 p.

Diameter of tables 44 u

General distribution. Indian Ocean, Hong Kong, Pacific Islands.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Forskar, P.— Descriptiones animalium, que in itinere

queria observavit” ; post mortem auctor is edid. Niebuhr.

Havnie, 1775.

(2) Lusson, R. P.—Centurie Zoologique, 1830.

(3) Jazcrur, G. F.—‘“‘ De Holothuriis,” Dissert.-inaug., 1833.

(4) Quoy & Gatmarp.— Voyage de |’Astrolabe. Zoologie, T. iv.

Paris, 1833.

(5) pe Buainvinte, H. M. D.—Manuel d’Actinologie ou de

Zoophytologie. Paris, 1834.

(6) Branpt, J. F.— Prodromug descriptionis animalium ab

H. Mertensio observatorum. Fasc. 1, Petropoli, 1835.

(7) Gruse, A. E.—Aktinien, Behinadlsamen und Wirmer des

Adriatischen und Mittelmeers. Konigsberg, 1840.

(8) Pourratrs, L. F.—‘* On the Holothurie of the Atlantic

Coast of the United States.” Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.-

Washington, 1851.

(9) Bronn.—Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs. 1860.

(10) Srrenka, E.—* Beitriige zur Anatomie und Systematik der

Holothurien.” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. xvii., 1867.

(11) Semper, C.—Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Zeal

1. Band, 1868.

182 ON MARINE FAUNA FROM KERIMBA ARCHIPELAGO, [| Feb. 1

(12) Lupwic, H.—* Beitriige zur Kentniss der Holothurien mit

Nachtrag.” Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, Bd. ii.

Heft i1., 1875.

(13) Hurron, F. W.—‘“* Notes on some New Zealand Echino-

derma, with descriptions of new species.” Trans. & Proc.

New Zealand Inst. vol. xi., 1878.

(14) Haacke, W.— Holothurien, in Beitriige zur Meeresfauna der

Inseln Mauritius und der Seychellen bearbeitet von

K. Mobius, F. Richters und von Martens, nach Samml-

ungen angelegt auf eine Reise nach Mauritius von Mobius.

1880.

(15) Lupwie, H.—*“ List of the Holothurians in the Collection of

the Leyden Museum.’—Note X. Notes from the Leyden

Museum, vol. iv., 1882.

(16) Bru, F. J.—‘‘ Studies in Holothuroidea.” Proc. Zool. Soe.

1883, Part i.

(17) Bett, F. J.—Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

Holothuroidea. 1884.

(18) Lampert, K.—Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Die

Seewalzen: Holothurioidea. 1885.

(19) Brut, F. J.—‘“On the Holothurians of the Mergui Archi-

elago.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxi., 1886.

(20) Turret, Hs.—The Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ Vol. xiv.

Part xxxix. Report on the Holothurioidea (Part ii.).

1886.

(21) Beui, F. J.— Report on a Collection of Echinodermata

from the Andaman Islands.” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1887,

Part i.

(22) Bett, F. J.—“The HEchinoderm Fauna of Ceylon.” Sci.

Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. 1887, vol. 111. (ser. 2).

(23) Lupwic, H.—* Drei Mittheilungen tiber alte und neue

Holothurienarten.” $.B. Akad. Berlin, pp. 1217-1244.

1887.

(24) Suurrer, C.—“ Fauna des Java-Meeres.” Nat. Tijd. v. Ned.

Gale Jel, sxlkyiig Icke

(25) Lupwiec, H.—Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-

reichs. Echincdermen. 2. Band, 3. Abth. 1889-1892.

(26) Koruier, R.—“ Echinodermes des Iles de la Sonde.” Mem.

Soc. Zool. France, 1895, p. 383.

(27) Drenpy, A.—“ Observations on the Holothurians of New

Zealand.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi., 1897.

(28) Siurrer, C.—Die Holothurien der Siboga-Expedition. 1901.

(29) Pearson, J.—Herdman’s Pearl Oyster Reports. Supp.

Report, v. 1903.

(30) Auveustin, EH.—‘‘ Ueber japanische Seewalzen.” Abhand.

math.-phys. Klasse der K.B. Akad. d. Wissenschaften, ii.

Suppl.-Bd., 1 Abband. Miinchen, 1908.

(31) Korner, R., & Vanzy, C.—Echinoderma of the Indian

Museum. Littoral Holothurioidea collected by the

‘ Investigator.’ Calcutta, 1908.

1910. ] ON MARINE FAUNA FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 1835

3. Marine Fauna: Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma.

Collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Se., and R. N.

Rudmose - Brown, B.Sc., University of Aberdeen,

February 1907—May 1907: HoLoruuriomwEa. By

JosEpH Prarson, D.Sc., F.L.S8., Demonstrator and

Assistant Lecturer in Zoology, University of Liverpool *.

[ Received November 23, 1909. j

(Text-figures 18-21.)

Owing to the kindness of Mr. Simpson, I have had an oppor-

tunity of examining the collection of Holothurians obtained by

him and Mr. Rudmose-Brown from the Mergui Archipelago.

This collection, which comprises fourteen species, is typical of the

Indian Ocean. There are no new species to record, andI have

noted no points of special interest with the exception of the

occurrence of Thyone fusus var. papuensis. This form, which

differs only from Thyone fusus in the large size of the calcareous

ring, is interesting because of its distribution. The latter species

is distinctly northern in its distribution and occurs in the

cold waters of N.W. Europe. The variety papuensis has been

obtained only from tropical seas, once by the ‘ Challenger’ in the

Torres Straits, twice by Prof. Herdman off Ceylon, and it is also

represented in the present collection.

The following is a list of species in the collection :

Cucumaria imbricata Semper.

Cucumaria sempert Bell.

Colochirus inornatus von Marenzeller.

Colochirus cucunis Semper.

Thyone fusus, var. papuensis Théel.

Thyone sacellus Selenka.

Actinocucunis typica Ludwig.

Phyllophorus cebuensis Semper.

Milleria echinites Jaeger.

Holothuria curiosa Ludwig.

Holothuria tinpatiens Forskal.

Holothuria ocellata Jaeger.

Holothuria princeps Selenka.

Holothuria scabra Jaeger.

List of Stations at which Holothurians were obtained.

Sration [. East of Tavoy Is. and Port Owen.

Bottom. Sand, broken shell, and mud.

Depth. 4-12 fathoms.

Holothuria curiosa.

* Communicated by Prof. W. N. Parxer, Ph.D., F.Z.S.

184 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [ Feb. 1,

Station VII. Haycock Is. to Hummock Is.

Bottom. Rock and mud, or sand and shell.

Depth. 5-15 fathoms.

Cucumaria imbricata.

Holothuria princeps.

Sration VITY. Port Maria (Elphmstone Is.) and Castle Is.

Bottom. Sand.

Depth. 1-5 fathoms.

Holothuria impatiens.

Sration 1X. Between Bentinck Is. and Courts Is

Bottom. Sand and shell.

Depth. 12-26 fathoms.

Colochirus cucumis.

Sration XIV. Bushby Is. pearling ground.

Bottom. Sand and mud.

Depth. Shore to 21 fathoms.

Cucumaria senipert.

Station XVII. West of Sir John Malcolm Is.

Bottom. Coarse sand and broken shell.

Depth. 13-183 fathoms.

Colochirus cwewmis.

Station XVIII. W. & S.W. of Page Is.

Bottom. Sand, shell, and rock.

Depth. 10-21 fathoms.

Thyone sacellus.

Sration XXII. Hastings Harbour.

Bottom. Rock and sand.

Depth. 3-20 fathoms and shore.

Colochirus cucunis.

Station XXIV. Cat Is.

Bottom. Rock, sand, and broken shell.

Depth. 8-22 tathoms.

Colochirus cucumis.

Station XXV. Gregory Group.

Bottom. Stones and broken shell.

Depth. 4-14 fathoms.

Thyone sacellus.

Actinocucumis typica.

Phyllophorus cebuensis.

Srarion XXVIIT. Riou Is., Hobson Is. and adjacent islands.

Bottom. Rock and sand.

| Depth. 2-8 fathoms.

Miulleria echinites.

Holothuria scabra.

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 185

Sration XXXII. 8.W. of Domel Is.

Bottom. Sand and mud.

Depth. 26-29 fathoms.

Thyone fusus var. papuensis.

Sration XXXITI. Christmas Is. Group.

Bottom. Rock, sand, and mud.

Depth. 8-23 fathoms.

Colochirus cucwmis.

Moscos Islands.

Cucumaria senvperd.

Thyone sacellus.

CUCUMARIA IMBRICATA Semper.

Ocnus imbricatus Semper, 1868 (7).*

Ocnus javanicus Sluiter, 1880 (9); Lampert, 1885 (13).

Ocnus imbricatus Lampert, 1885 (18).

Ocnus typicus Théel, 1886 (15).

Ocnus gavanicus 'Théel, 1886 (15).

Ocnus typicus Ludwig, 1887 (17).

Cucumaria imbricata Ludwig, 1891 (19); Sluiter, 1901 (20) ;

Pearson, 1903 (21); Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (22).

One specimen from Station VII. Haycock Is.

This specimen agrees in every respect with the descriptions of

Semper and Théel. The body has a total length of 40 mm. and

is bent so that the trivium is on the convex side. There are 19

pedicels on each of the five ambulacra. The deposits are typical

and agree with the sizes given by Théel.

General distribution. Bohol, Java, Hongkong, Ceylon, Bay of

Bengal.

CUCUMARIA SEMPERI Bell.

Cucumaria semperi Bell, 1884 (12); Lampert, 1885 (13) ;

Théel, 1886 (15).

Two specimens :—

One from Station XIV. Bushby Is. Length 20 mm.; breadth

6 mm.

One from Moscos Islands. Length 15 mm.; breadth 6 mm.

In the larger specimen the pedicels are arranged in five double

_ rows. The smaller specimen is much crushed and the arrangement

of the pedicels is hard to determine. The colour of the two speci-

mens, which is yellowish-white in spirit, does not agree with the

colour of the ‘ Alert’ specimens described by Bell.

The calcareous ring (text-fig. 18 B) is one-sixth as long as

the body. Both the radials and inter-radials have short triangular

anterior prolongations. The radials also have long posterior

* The numbers in brackets refer to the Bibliography, pp. 193 & 194.

186 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [Feb. 1,

bifurcations. Both the radials and inter-radials are composed of

a large number of pieces. _

The retractor muscles connected with the calcareous ring are

well developed and are attached to the body-wall half-way down

the body.

Text-fig. 18.

Cucumaria semperi.

A. Spicules. X 700.

B. Calcareous ring. xX 16.

vr. =radial. ir. = inter-radial.

The deposits agree with Bell’s description and figures. The

plates in the general integument are subject to considerable

variation (see text-fig. 18 A).

The size of a normal plate is about 40 « long and 26 pv broad.

General distribution. Port Denison, Torres Straits.

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 187

CoOLOCHIRUS INORNATUS von Marenzeller.

Colochirus inornatus von Marenzeller, 1881 (10); Lampert,

1885 (13); Théel, 1886 (15).

Six specimens. Locality not given.

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

ene these... 65 45 AD 52 53 39

Bread thesis... 14 rat 13 14 14 12

These specimens agree with Théel’s description. They have

the form which is typical of the genus Colochirus, i. e. a quad-

rangulay body which becomes pentagonal at either end. The

pedicels are confined to the ventral surface and are arranged in

three rows. This species differs from many other members of

this genus in not having the large tubercles. The colour in

spirit is yellowish-white on the trivium and brown on the rest

of the body. The pedicels are yellowish-white. There are ten

tentacles, the two ventral ones being smaller than the rest. The

tentacles are yellow.

The deposits are typical.

Length of perforated plates 67 » ; width 48 p.

Length of large scales 300 jp.

Length of buttons 74 p.

General distribution. Japan, ‘ Challenger,’ 11° 6’ N., 123° 9" KE.

CoLocuirvus cucuMIS Semper.

Colochirus cucumis Semper, 1868 (7); Lampert, 1885 (18);

Théel, 1886 (15); Sluiter, 1887 (18); Sluiter, 1901 (20).

Eleven specimens from Station IX. Between Bentinck Is. and

Courts Is.

: mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm mm. mn. Mmm. mm. mm.

Length ...... 19) 9 Dae DOR" ODN EN RR AN) neal Aly AUS (0)

Breadth...... Olin ono. 6O. Uh TA Sr

One specimen from Station XXIV. Cat Is.

Length 62 mm.; breadth 24 mm.

One specimen from Station XX XIII. “ Christmas Is. Group.”

Length 25 mm.; breadth 9 mm.

One specimen from Station XVII. West of Sir John Mal-

colm Is.

Length 70 mm.; breadth 16 mm.

One specimen from Station XXII. Hastings Harbour.

Length 17 mm.; breadth 6 mm.

Externally the specimens agree with Théel’s description. The

posterior end of the body is upturned so that the anus assumes

a dorsal position. There are five anal teeth. Contrary to Théel’s

statement, there appear to be scales around the anus. The body

is broad in front and gradually tapers towards the posterior end.

There are the well-defined double rows of pedicels on the trivium.

The calcareous ring (text-fig. 19) is composed of ten simple pieces

188 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [ Feb. 1,

which have no posterior prolongations, Anteriorly each radial is

rod-shaped and the end is notched. The inter-radials also have

anterior prolongations, but these are not notched.

The spicules agree with Théel’s description. The spheres have

a diameter of 44 w, and the cups have a width of 37 «.

General distribution. Bohol, Java, Japan.

Text-fig. 19.

Colochirus cucumis. Calcareous ring. X 5.

ry. =yadial. 7.7. = inter-radial.

TTHYONE FUSUS, var. PAPUENSIS Théel.

Thyone fusus, var. papuensis Théel, 1886 (15); Pearson, 1903

(21).

One specimen from Station XXXII. S8.W. of Domel Is.

Total length 25 mm.; greatest width 12 mm.

This specimen has a characteristic appearance, being broad in

the middle and becoming suddenly much narrower at the anterior

and posterior extremities. Externally it resembles in a marked

degree the northern form Zhyone fusus. Of the four recorded

specimens of the above variety, I have had an opportunity of

examining three, and I find that the only important difference

between the variety and the parent species is in the nature of

the calcareous ring. In both cases the shape is identical, but the

ring is much larger in the variety than in Thyone fusus. In the

specimen under examination the calcareous ring has a length of

12 mm.,7.e. half the length of the body. In aspecimen of Zhyone

Jusus examined by Théel, the calcareous ring was only one-fifth

the length of the body, and in a specimen I have examined the

ring was even shorter.

The deposits agree with Théel’s description, and appear to be

very similar to the deposits of Thyone fusus. In the Ceylon

specimens examined by me (21), there were tables scattered

throughout the general integument as well as the deposits in the

pedicels. In the Mergui specimen there are practically no

deposits in the general integument, but in the pedicels there are

tables similar to those described by Théel, and resembling those

found in the pedicels of Thyone fusus.

Length of tables in pedicels 67 pu.

Diameter of tables in integument (Ceylon specimen) 59 yu.

General distribution. Torres Straits, Ceylon.

Se ee eee

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 189

THYONE SACELLUS Selenka.

Stolus sacella Selenka, 1867 (6).

Thyone rigida Semper, 1868 (7).

Stereoderma murrayt Bell, 1883 (11).

Thyone sacellus Bell, 1884 (12).

Stereoderma murrayt Lampert, 1885 (18).

Thyone sacellus Lampert, 1885 (13); Bell, 1886 (14).

Thyone sacella Théel, 1886 (15).

Thyone sacellus Sluiter, 1887 (18); Ludwig, 1891 (19) ;

Sluiter, 1901 (20); Pearson, 1903 (21).

Text-fig. 20.

Thyone sacellus.

A. Spicule. X 450.

B. Calcareous ring. X 8.

y, =radial. #7. = inter-radial.

One specimen from Station XXV. Gregory Group.

Length 33 mm.; breadth 8 mm.

190 DR. J. PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA | Feb. 1,

One specimen from Moscos Islands.

Length 60 mm.; breadth 9 mm.

Two specimens from Station XVIII. W. & S.W. of Page Is.

ihenet hye 105 mm. 106 mm.

Breadth e.ne sa: NO; iss Tia

The general features of this species have been fully described

by previous investigators. The hard integument due to the

closely-packed spicules is characteristic of this species.

In the Ceylon Report I described plate-like spicules in addition

to the deposits described by Théel and figured by Bell. A more

detailed examination proves that these additional spicules have

not the simple structure indicated by me in the Ceylon Report.

In that report I described them as “plates having more than

four holes and having short spines on the surface.” That is the

appearance presented from above, but in side view it is seen that

from the centre of the large plate there arises an irregular

massive superstructure which bears numerous spines (text-

fig. 20 A).

Diameter of the large spinous tables ... 110 p.

Menethvor ihe lutions) 5... -eaeeeeeeaece-ne 74 p.

In the calcareous rg both the radials and inter-radials have

short anterior processes which are notched in front. The radials

have posterior bifurcations. Both the radials and inter-radials

appear to be composed of numerous small pieces, the arrangement

of which is not easily determined (text-fig. 20 B).

General distribution. Bohol, Japan, Torres Str., Aden, Zanzibar,

Mozambique, Mergui, Java, Kurachee, Ceylon.

Actinocucumis typica Ludwig.

Actinocucumis typica Ludwig, 1875 (8).

? Actinocucumis difficilis Bell, 1884 (12).

Actinocucumis typica Lampert, 1885 (13); Théel, 1886 (15);

Ludwig, 1891 (19).

One specimen from Station X XV. Gregory Group.

Length 55 mm.; breadth 9 mm.

There is nothing to add to previous descriptions of the external

appearance.

The caleareous ring has no posterior prolongations (text-

fig. 21 A).

In addition to the small peculiar spicules, described by Théel

as being ‘‘ acorn-shaped,” and which are very numerous, there are

present delicate perforated plates which appear not to have been

noticed hitherto. This is probably due to their being almost

completely hidden by the other deposits (text-fig. 21 B).

Length of the “ acorn-shaped” bodies ... 40 p.

Length of perforated plates ............... 40 p.

General distribution. Bowen, Amoy, Albany Is., Torres Str.,

Kurachee.

1910.] FROM MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO, 191

Text-fig. 21.

Actinocucuimis typica.

A. Caleareous ring. X 7.

r.=radial. 7.7. = inter-radial.

3. Plate-like spicules. > 740.

PHYLLOPHORUS CEBUENSIS Semper.

Thyonidium cebuense Semper, 1868 (7); Lampert, 1885 (138);

Théel, 1886 (15).

Phyllophorus cebuensis Ludwig, 1891 (19); Pearson, 1903 (21).

One specimen from Station XXV. Gregory Group.

Length 15 mm.; breadth 6 mm.

An extremely small and much contracted specimen, which agrees

in the main with the descriptions given by previous authors,

Diameter of tables ... 85 py.

Height of tables ...... 85 p.

General distribution. Philippines, Ceylon.

MULLERIA ECHINITES Jaeger.

Milleria echinites Jaeger, 1833 (2); Semper, 1868 (7); Théel,

1886 (15); Ludwig, 1887 (17); Sluiter, 1901 (20).

One specimen from Station XX VITT. Riou Is.

Length 50 mm. ; breadth 30 mm.

Agrees with Théel’s description.

The pedicels on the trivium are arranged on three longitudinal

ridges.

The deposits vary in size from 29 p to 44 u.

General distribution. Indian Ocean, Celebes, Sumatra, Fiji Is.

192 DR. J, PEARSON ON MARINE FAUNA [ Feb. 1,

Hotornurtia curtosa Ludwig.

Holothuria curiosa Ludwig, 1875 (8); Lampert, 1885 (13);

Théel, 1886 (15); Sluiter, 1901 (20).

One specimen from Station I. Kast of Tavoy Is.

Length 53 mm.; breadth 17 mm.

This specimen agrees with the descriptions of previous authors.

Diameter of tables... 37 p to 48 p.

Length of buttons ... 41 p.

General distribution. Bowen, Fiji, New Guinea, Philippines.

Ho.ornuria IMPATIENS Forskal.

Fistularia impatiens Forskal, 1775 (1).

Trepang impatiens Jaeger, 1833 (2).

Holothuria fuloa Quoy & Gaimard, 1833 (8).

Thyone impatiens Blainville, 1834 (4).

Sporadipus impatiens Grube, 1840 (5).

Holothuria botellus Selenka, 1867 (6.)

Holothuria impatiens Lampert, 1885 (13); Théel, 1886 (15);

Bell, 1886 (14); Bell, 1887 (16); Ludwig, 1887 (17); Sluiter,

1887 (18); Sluiter, 1901 (20); Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (22).

One specimen from Station VIIT. Port Maria.

Length 50 mm.; breadth 17 mm.

The specimen is much shrunken, but agrees with Théel’s

description in all respects.

Diameter of tables ... 92 p.

Length of buttons ... 80 to 95 p.

General distribution.’ Mediterranean, East Coast Africa, Indian

Ocean, East Indies, Pacific Islands.

HoLoTHURIA OCELLATA Jaeger.

Holothuria ocetlata Jaeger, 1833 (2); Semper, 1868 (7); Théel,

1886 (15) ; Koehler & Vaney, 1908 (22).

Locality not given.

Two dried specimens.

Length ......... 220 mm. 135 mm.

Breadth .......-- 55 5, ALG)

There is a well-defined ventral surface on which are found

numerous pedicels not arranged in definite rows. The dorsal

side of the body is well arched, and at each side of the body there

are large protuberances. ‘The mouth is ventral.

The deposits agree with Théel’s description.

General distribution. Celebes, Torres Str.

HoLorHurRiA PRINCEPS Selenka.

Holothuria princeps Selenka, 1867 (6); Lampert, 1885 (18);

Théel, 1886 (15). ;

One specimen from Station VII. Haycock Is.

Length 93 mm.; breadth 20 mm.

This specimen agrees very closely with Selenka’s and Théel’s

1910. | FROM MERGUE ARCHIPELAGO. 193

descriptions. The tables have eight peripheral holes and a larger

central one. The margin of the table is spinous. The spine is

very short, and bears at the extremity eight large teeth as well

as numerous smaller.spines. The smooth buttons generally have

six holes, but in some cases there are eight or ten.

Height of the tables ...... 52 p.

Diameter of the tables ... 63 p.

Length of buttons......... DO fu.

General distribution. Florida, Egmont Key.

HoLorHuRIA SCABRA Jaeger.

Holothuria scabra Jaeger, 1833 (2).

Holothuria tigris Selenka, 1867 (6).

Holothuria scabra Semper, 1868 (7); Lampert, 1885 (13);

Théel, 1886 (15); Sluiter, 1887 (18); Ludwig, 1887 (17).

Holothuria cadelli Bell, 1887 (16).

Holothuria scabra Sluiter, 1901 (20).

Holothuria gallensis Pearson, 1903 (21).

Folothuria scabra Koehler & Vaney, 1903 (22).

One specimen from Station XX VIIT. Riou Is.

Length 175 mm.; breadth 60 mm.

This form is undoubtedly identical with Holathuria gallensis

Pearson.

Diameter of tables ... 70 p.

Height of tables ...... Ad py.

Length of buttons ... 37 ys.

General distribution. Indian Ocean from Hast Coast of Africa

to the East Indies, Philippines, Fiji.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Forskan, P.—-‘ Descriptiones animalium, que in itinere

orientali observavit”: post mortem auctoris edid. Niebuhr.

Havnie, 1775.

(2) Jazcer, G. F.—“ De Holothuriis.” Dissert.-inaug., 1833.

(3) Quoy & Garmarp.— Voyage de l’Astrolabe. Zoologie, T. iv.

Paris, 1833.

(4) pe Brainvirte, H. M. D.—Manuel d’Actinologie ou de

Zoophytologie. Paris, 1834.

(5) Gruss, A. E.—Aktinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer des

Adriatischen und Mittelmeers. Konigsberg, 1840.

(6) Sevenxa, E.—‘“ Beitrige zur Anatomie und Systematik der

Holothurien.” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xvii., 1867.

(7) Semprr, C.—Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. 2. Th.

1. Bd., 1868.

(8) Lupwie, H.—‘ Beitrage zur Kentniss der Holothurien mit

Nachtrag.” Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. Wirzburg, Bd. 1i.

Heft ii., 1875.

(9) Suurrer, C.—‘< Ueber einige neue Holothurien von der Wet-

Kiiste Java’s.” Nat. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind., Bd. xl., 1880.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XIII. 13

194 DR. G. S. BRADY ON 'THE [Feb. 1,

(10) von Marenzetier, E.—“ Neue Holothurien von Japin und

Shina.” Verhand. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. xxxi.,

1881.

(11) Betti, F. J.—“ Studies in Holothuroidea.” Proc. Zool. Soe.

1883, Part 1.

(12) Bett, F. J.—Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

Holothuroidea. 1884.

(18). Lamprrt, K.—Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen. Die

Seewalzen : Holothurioidea. 1885.

(14) Buti, F. J.—“ On the Holothurians of the Mergui Archi-

elago.” Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxi., 1886.

(15) Tren, Hs.—The Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ Vol. xiv.

Part xxxix. Report on the Holothurioidea (Part ii.).

1886.

(16) Bett, F. J.—‘*The Echinoderm Fauna of Ceylon.” Sci.

Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. 1887, vol. 11. (ser. 2).

(17) Lupwie, H.—‘ Drei Mittheilungen tiber alte und neue

Holothurienarten.” 5.B. Akad. Berlin, pp. 1217-1244.

1887.

(18) Suurrer, C.—“ Fauna des Java-Meeres.” Nat. Tijd. v. Ned.

Ind., Bd. xlvi., 1887.

(19) Lupwie, H.—Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-

reichs. Echinodermen. 2. Bd., 3. Abth. 1889-1892.

(20) Sturrer, C.—Die Holothurien der Siboga-Expedition. 1901.

(21) Pearson, J.— Herdman’s Pearl Oyster Reports. Supp.

Report, v. 1903.

(22) Konnter R., & Vaney, C.—EHchinoderma of the Indian

Museum. Littoral Holothurioidea collected by the

‘Investigator.’ Calcutta, 1908.

4, A Revision of the British Species of Ostracod Crustacea

belonging to the Subfamilies Cundonine and Herpeto-

cypridine. By G. Srmwarpson Brapy, M.D., LL.D.,

D.S8e., F.R.S., C.MLZ.S. (With Note on a Parasitic

Worm, by Miss M. V. Lesour, M.Sc.)

[Received December 10, 1909. }

(Plates XIX.-_XXX.*)

The species dealt with in this paper are separated from most

other Cypridide by the absence, or the very scanty development,

of setee on the posterior antenne, together with a full development

of the caudal rami. When a setose antennal fascicle is present

it never reaches further than the extremities of the terminal

claws, and usually falls much short of them, so that in all cases

the animal is destitute of swimming capacity. The species may

* For explanation of the Plates see pp. 217-220.

; (si

: :

= i

py a

oO 4

a :

Ay oe

Soe

els

is)

Bee

oO ©

4 9

| a

al ol

G.S.B. del

P.Z.S.1910.Pl. XX.

Huth, Lith? London.

G.S.B. del®

1 110), CVAD OINUN GAN GUIEAIEes

W=Le, GAINIDOINA CAUIDAIUE.

PGS LSUO IPL OM,

G.S.B.del®

Huth, Lith? London.

1— 8. CANDONA NEGLECTA.

9-14, CANDONA SILIQUOSA.

12) Ge SoM) PSO.

Huth, ithe London.

i SF CAND ONAS HIGONG AWAY

DO CAIN ID OIN ASS MGI) OSAG

ll, 1a. CANDONA STAGNALIS.

US, We, SOWIE S Ola GEZINIUAL

P.Z.S 1910, Pl. XXII.

Huth Lith? London «

G.S.B. del*

LS 18) (CAINIDIOINAL I IetOW 2 r,

9-14, CANDONA CALEDONIA,

gs miei i

- 4

a ¢

; /

PP Z.S51910 Pl Xx,

Huth, Lith? London,

11-15.CANDONA FABAFPORMIS.

= Ze ICvAINIDIOINSAL ILC IEA,

5) — 110). GeAINIDIOINDAL TRV NEVE INS),

12 SMSO I2U ORV

Va,

Hota Leadon |

=e Se G/NUBOINAS IEN@AMEIUNVAN:

6 2 CAND @N ACS Euaiviltsr

1) SG), PRUWONOG NOP IRIS) (Sid islsveul Ay

aie

IP) Zi (Sh EMO) TO SOOVAL,

ee ee ee

: ce

Hath, Lith London.

G.S.B. del®

CANDIONOP Sis) COUR Tar

ah : o /

fused Ds) Mh rn eh

mt Mt athe | me ‘

} : r ,

at yt Dae M

i Py we 4

e 1 ; \

‘

0 ‘

‘

PAZ Se WS WO) IL SOLVE,

1— 9. SIPHLOCANDONA SIMILIS.

10-14, SIPHLOCANDONA NORMANI.

= aoe ene Pee A

15.

POT

ST esc rare en ee NT

2 ceasing Up RD Se CNN a ean

ITP VAS WSO), JEP OCVANUE,

“Hiuth, Lath? Tondan.

6.3.B,del®

WS Sa JeEUUO IN OG SORES)" WOW IMM AIC a,

gee Gy JStMRe ly OC AGENaUUS) TSE IBINC VAIN,

IGS} ID) IRQ IWS IAL) 1S} 1h 1.1) ©) INVA.

N@) = 15),

2 ZS AUIO U2 OOM.

a ae

Huth Lith’ London.

G.S.B. del*®

JS Yésh,, alle taueis WONAe leaks CHEVREUAII.

8) = d0L, LOND IEUOIMTI SOM OVC EUS)

Le, DISCO DIO MOUS JON IBC TS) CINE.

1S MEMO) 12M OOS.

MY. Lebaour, del. Hiuth, Lath? Landon

WORMS PARASITIC IN CANDONA ANGULATA.

1910. ] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSPRACODA. 195

be grouped under two families or subfamilies, Candoninw and

Herpetocypridine, broadly separable from each other by the dis-

tinctly bisexual character of the former, with accompanying

sexual reproduction, and the non- sexual (or hermaphrodite)

character of the latter with a constant ‘“ parthenogenetic” repro-

duction. It is to be remembered, however, that in some cases

which at one time were believed to constitute examples of

“ parthenogenetic” reproduction, males have been found to exist ;

and it is possible that the existence of that sex may hereafter be

demonstrated in the case of other species. The number of species

hitherto recognized as natives of the British Islands is only twenty-

nine. This number will doubtless be considerably increased when

various areas, at present but little known, have been thoroughly

examined. The only parts of the country which can be said to

have received anything like a complete investigation are :—(1) the

southern counties of Scotland, which have been most diligently

overhauled by Dr. Thomas Scott of the “ Fishery Board for

Scotland” and the late Dr. David Robertson of Cumbrae ; (2) the

counties of Northumberland and Durham and—less completely—

Cumberland and Westmorland, where the Rev. Dr. Norman

and myself have worked for many years; (3) the Fen District of

East Anglia including the Norfolk Broads and the Cambridgeshire

Fens, which have been fairly well investigated by Dr. Robertson

and myself, and more recently by Mr. Robert Gurney and others.

But even in these well-worked districts, much, no doubt, remains

to reward future investigators.* The species here recorded are.

as follows :—

Candonine.

Candona candida O. F. Miller. | Candona fragilis Hartwig.

» angulata G. W. Biller. 5 tabeformis Fischer.

» neglecta G. O. Sars. | °° y hyalina Brady & Robertson.

» caudata Kaufmann. » brevis G. W. Miller.

», Slliquosa G. S. Brady. | » pubescens Koch.

» elongata Brady § Norman. » rostrata Bredy & Norman.

> protzi Hartwig. y euplectella Robertson.

», Zenckeri G. O. Sars. Candonopsis kingslei Br. g& Robertson.

» stagnalis G. O. Sars. ee scourfieldi G. S. Brady.

» caledonie G. 8. Brady. Siphlocandona similis Baird.

» lactea Baird. s norman! G. S. Brady.

Herpetocypridineé.

Herpetocypris reptans Bazrd. | Prionocypris tumefacta Br. & Robertsow.

+ chevreuxii Gt. O. Sarvs. | Tlyodromus robertsoni By. & Norm.

strigata O. F. Miller. | e olivaceus Br. §¢ Norm.

Prionocypris serrata Normaw. |

* The differences between so-called species are in many cases so small, and withal

so inconstant, that the diagnosis becomes a matter of considerable difficulty. I have

therefore attempted i in this paper to place such species: on a rather more stable

footing—heing at the same time quite aware @hat the attempt is only partially

swccesst ul.

hae

196 DR. G.. 8. BRADY ON THE [ Feb. 1,

Fam. CYPRIDID&.

Subfam. 1. Candonine.

Posterior antenne destitute of swimming sete.

Last foot with three unequal end sete. Caudal rami well

developed. Sexes distinct.

Subfam. 2. Herpetocypridine.

Sete of the posterior antennze not reaching beyond the ex-

tremities of the apical claws. First segment of maxilla with

two smooth or toothed spines. Last pair of feet forcipate,

with a curved claw. Caudal rami normal. Moncecious.

Subfam. CANDONINA.

Genus Canpona Baird.

Canpona CANDIDA O. F. Miiller (in part). (Plate XIX. figs. 1-11.)

(Syn. Candona lucens Baird.)

1785. Cypris candida Miller, Entomostraca, p. 62, tab. vi.

7 SUNS SS)

1866. Caindona candida Brady, (1)* p. 383, pl. xxv. figs. 1-5.

1889. Candona candida Brady & Norman (in part), (2) Part 1.

p. 98, pl. x. figs. 14-17.

1891. *Candona candida Vavra, (6) p. 48, fig. 14. 1-10.

1900. ¢?Candona candida G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 15, pl. ii. figs. 1-3,

7-12.

1900. Candona candida, Kaufmann, (4) p: 3/95.) pli tzcayan

figs. 10-13, pl. xxviii. figs. 18-25.

This is probably the commonest and most widely distributed

form of the fresh-water Candone, but near the sea it seems

generally to give place to C. angulata or C. neglecta, preferring

the purer water of lakes, ponds, and streams.

The drawings here given (figs. 1-11) are from specimens taken

in a pool above high-water mark at Penmaenmawr, which, how-

ever, would not be quite inaccessible to saline spray during storms.

These agree closely with the descriptions and figures of Herr

Kaufmann taken from Swiss specimens, and may I think fairly

be taken to represent the typical form of C. candida. But the

prehensile claws of the second pair of maxille as figured by G.

W. Miller and Vavra differ so much from those of the form now

under consideration, that I doubt whether they may not belong

to some other species. The form referred to by Brady and

Norman as var. twmida differs. scarcely at all from that here.taken

as typical C. candida.

The shell of the male, as seen from the side, is more elongated

than that of the female, and is more fully rounded posterior ly and

somewhat less tumid when seen dorsally.

Shell smooth, and devoid of reticulated sculpture ; colour white

* The numbers in brackets refer fo the corresponding numbers in the list of papers

given on p. 216.

1910.] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 197

or brownish ; seen by transmitted light of a smoky colour, and

ornamented with a few small distant circular papille. Length

1-1-1 mm. -

The anterior antenne are ‘slender; the last three joints

~ are twice or thrice as long as broad, and: bear long sete ;

posterior antenne destitute of setose fascicle, each joint bearing

only one or two short rigid hairs (fig. 5); ‘‘sense organ,” * simply

‘tapered, subsigmoid in shape (fig. 5); mandibular palp short

and stout (fig. 6); palp of the second pair of maxille in the female

not much elongated, bearing four apical sete; in the male the

prehensile portion of the limb both right and: left is short and

stout and has the usual spinous armature (figs. 7, 8); the feet of

the last pair are not forcipate, but bear four apical setze, three

long and one short (fig. 9). Caudal rami nearly alike in both

sexes, slender, bearing two slender non-pectinate terminal claws

(fig. 10); marginal seta nearly as long as the claws, situated slightly

beyond the middle of the limb.

Canpona AncuLATA G. W. Miiller. (Plate XX. figs. 1-8.)

1900. Candona angulata G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 18, pl. i.

figs. 1-17.

1866. Candona candida G. 8. Brady, (1) pl. xxv. figs. 8, 9.

1889. Candona candida Brady & Norman (in part), (2) p. 99.

Shell of the male (fig. 1) seen laterally, elongated, subreniform,

greatest height equal to more than half the length and situated

much behind the middle; anterior extremity narrowed and rather

obliquely rounded ; posteri ior wider and obtusely angulated below

the middle ; dorsal max ‘gin sloping with a very s slight curve from

the highest point to the front, with a very steep and well pro-

nounced curve backwards; ventral margin deeply sinuated in the

middle: seen from above (fig. 2) the outline is oblong oval, with

pointed extremities, more than twice as long as broad, widest in

the middle. Shell-surface smooth, with a few distant, circular

papille, often marked toward the posterior extremity with a

beautifully reticulated ornament. Right valve smaller than the

Jeft which overlaps at.both extremities. Length 1-6 mm.

Setee of the anterior antenne rather short, not exceeding in length

the last six joints of the limb ; prehensile portion of the second pair

of maxille (figs. 4, 5) faleate, bearing near the extremity of the

concave margin, on the left limb one spine, on the right two longer

spines. Caudal rami slender (fig. 7), bearing two slender. apical

sete and one short hair, and beyond the middle of-the posterior

margin a single long hair.

The shell os the female is somewhat smaller Seren |: 4 mm.—

longer in proportion to height, and having a-less sinuated ventr al

with a less strongly arched dorsal margin. (fig. B)ecctee:

This species was figured.and briefly noticed in ine Monograph

* “Spur-organ ” of Caneel Raeae Pech a TBAT

198 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON THE [ Feb. 1,

of British Ostracoda’ as a variety of C. candida, the only

examples then known to me being a few dried shells found at

Gravesend and senf to me by my friend Professor T. Rupert

Jones. I have since taken it abundantly in the river Coquet near

the Hermitage at Warkworth, and in Hickling Broad, Norfolk, ©

in ditches neay Arundel and Felixstowe, and in a pool above high

water at Penmaenmawr ; and I have specimens taken by the late

Dr. D, Robertson in Lough Neagh. In all these places the water

robably becomes slightly saline owing to the influence of sea-

spray or perhaps occasional tidal overflow. The shell of this

species is liable to be infested with circular papilliform excrescences

which are probably the encysted stage of a trematode worm

(Pl. XX. figs. 9, 10, Pl. XXX, figs, 1-4). A portion of the shell

with the circular cysts is shown in fig. 10, and in the interior

at two of the cysts may be seen the coiled young worm. And

within the valves is occasionally to be found a fully developed

worm, which has been examined for me at the Armstrong College,

Neweastle-on-Tyne, by Miss M, V. Lebour, M.Sc., now of Leeds

University. This is roughly represented in fig, 9. Miss Lebour

pronounces jt to be one of the group Acanthocephala belonging

to the genus Neorhynchus, prebably NV. claviceps Zaddach (see

Pl. XXX. fig. 5). Her remarks on the specimens—which she

kindly allows me to reproduce here—are as follows :—

“Tt is about 1 mm. long with a thick skin and a retractile

proboscis armed with few spines in number and arrangement the

same as in JV. claviceps. The most anterior spines are large, brown-

ish, and much wecurved, the two rows of smaller spines behind these

are simpler and quite clear and colourless, In the thick sub-

cuticular layer of the skin a few giant nuclei can be distinguished

asin WV. claviceps. All the specimens seen appear to be males.

There is only one testis instead of two as in WV, claviceps, which

occurs near the centre of the body, and an indistinct vas deferens

runs down from this, becomes more distinct where the glands

appear, and opens at the extreme posterior end, The retractors

af the proboscis are conspicnous, as are also the peculiar structures

known as the lemnisci. Four specimens occurred in one Candona

and single specimens in several others. Small Crustacea or water

insects are the usual hosts for these Acanthocephala, and in the

family Neorhynchide the larval forms are sexually mature, The

adult AV. claviceps lives in the carp, Cyprinus carpis, and the larval

form in the larva of Stalis lutaria, one of the Neuroptera

(Cambridge Natural History, vol. ii. p. 185). It is interesting to

get this speciés in a new host, for it does not appear to have been

noticed in Candona before.”

CANDONA NEGLECTA G, O. Sars, (Plate X XT, figs, 1-8.)

1887. Candona neglecta G, O. Sars, Nye Bidrag til Kundskaben

om Middelhavets Invertebratfauna, p. 107, pl. xv.

figs. 5-7, pl. xix.

1866. Cundona candidu G, 5. Brady (in part), (1) p. 385.

1910. | BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 199

1889. Candona candida Brady & Norman (in part), (2) Part i.

p- 98, pl. x. figs. 20-23, and var. claviformis, pl. x.

figs. 1, 2.

1900. Candona neglecta G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 17, pl.ii. figs. 4-6,

13-18.

1900. Candona neglecta Kaufmann, (4) p. 387, pl. xxix. figs. 1-5,

pl. xxx. figs. 12-18, pl. xxxi. fig. 21.

The shell of the male seen laterally is reniform, lower in front

than behind, greatest height situated much behind the middle

and equal to rather more than half the length ; extremities boldly

rounded, the posterior much the wider of the two; dorsal margin

boldly arched, sloping with a gentle curve toward the front, much

more steeply behind, ventral deeply sinuated in the middle. Seen

from above (fig. 2) the outline is ovate, slightly tapering to the

front which is obtusely pointed, posterior extremity well rounded,

greatest width in the middle and equal to half thelength. Surface

quite smooth. Length 1:55 mm.

The shell of the female differs in being smaller (figs. 3, 4), less

deeply sinuated ventrally, and in having the two extremities more

nearly equal in size. Length 1°35 mm.

The contained animal differs scarcely at all from that of

C. angulata.

Among the British localities in which it has been found are

Mutford (Suffolk), and other places in the Eastern fen district,

the river Went at Ackworth (Yorkshire), in ‘the Mere,”

Scarborough, the Warn Burn (Northumberland), a pond near

Sunderland now built over (G.S. B.), anda pond at Sedgefield,

Co. Durham (Rev. Canon Norman). It is probably generally

distributed, but has not usually been recognized as distinct from

C. candida.

Canpona cAuDATA Kaufmann. (Plate XIX. figs. 12-15; Plate

XX. figs. 11-13.)

1900. Candona caudata Kaufmann, (4) p. 365, pl. xxiv. figs. 16-

20, pl. xxvi. figs. 17-23.

The shell of the female, seen laterally (Pl. XIX. fig. 12), is

elongated, subreniform, greatest height situated in the middle

and equal to less than half the length: anterior extremity

obliquely rounded, posterior narrower, scarcely rounded, almost

angulated ventrally ; dorsal margin evenly arched, sloping very

gently in front, steeply behind ; ventral sinuated in the middle

and showing again a short sinus near the posterior extremity *

(fig. 14): seen from above (fig. 13) the outline is narrowly

oval, nearly thrice as long as broad, widest in the middle and

thence tapering evenly to the extremities which are rather sharply

pointed. Shell quite smooth, thin, semitransparent; colour

yellowish with darker and lighter patches and a few scattered

circular papille. Length 1:3 mm. Male unknown.

* T cannot certainly say whether this sinus is found in one or both valves.

200 - DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON THE hkteb ar,

Anterior antenne short (Pl. XX. fig. 11), the last four joints

bearing short and rather rigid sete ; all the joints, except the first,

nearly equal in length. Posterior antennze four-jointed, stout,

sparingly setiferous, the penultimate joint bearing a very rudi-

mentary brush of about three short setee (Pl. XIX. fig. 15). First

pair of feet with small bristles at the extremities of each joint

and at the apex a long curved claw ; second pair with three long

subequal setee arising from the small terminal joint and a smaller

one from the penultimate joint (Pl. XX. fig. 12). Abdomen

terminating in two stout nipple-shaped projections of the genital

lobe (fig. 13) which, however, are not so sharp nor so long as in

C. siliquesa. Caudal rami bearing two not very long curved

claws and near the middle of the posterior margin a single short

hair.

I have met with three or four examples of this species in

examining afresh a gathering made at Belsay, Northumberland, so

long ago as 1866. The small lake from which the specimens came

has, however, been drained and, I believe, built over. Candona

caudata has not as yet been noticed in any other British locality ;

and Kaufmann is wrong in suggesting that the species referred

to C. acuminata by Brady and Norman is identical with this

species, which is, however, very nearly allied to Candona elongata.

so nearly that I was disposed at one time to unite the two

forms under one specific name. The characters upon which I

rely to distinguish them are as follows :—the shell in C. caudata

(as seen by transmitted light) is without any definite structural

character, but bears a few distant circular papille, in C. elongata

it is coarse and vaguely areolated: seen externally the shell of

C. caudata has always a produced postero-ventral angle, which is

not seen in (. elongata. The anterior antenne in C. caudata are

not so stout nor are they so much dilated at the base as in the

other species, and the joints of the last pair of feet are longer ;

lastly the caudal rami are more slender and the marginal seta is

situated near the middle of the ramus. It is possible that the

specimen figured by Brady and Norman as perhaps the young

male of C’, elongata may belong to C. caudata.

CANDONA SILIQUOSA, nom, n. (Plate XXI, figs. 9-14; Plate

XXII, figs. 9, 10.)

1889. Candona acuminata Brady & Norman, (2) Part i. p. 104,

Olly abe HEY INOS ale oe ey eos

(Not C. acuminata Fischer & G. W. Miller.)

The species referred by Brady and Norman to C. acuminata

Fischer differs very considerably from the true acuminata, not

only in the form of the shell but in certain points of internal

anatomy. Iam indebted to Dr. G. W. Miller for specimens of

that species which put the matter beyond doubt. Our British

specimens are very similar in general aspect as well as in internal’

structure to C. cawdata Kaufmann, but they do not show the

characteristic backward production of the shell, and the posterior

1910. ] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 201

processes of the abdomen are sharper and more elongated, while

there are also some slight differences im the setz oP the limbs.

Another nearly allied species is C, proizi Kaufmann, but here

the differences are more conspicuous.

It therefore seems necessary to adopt a new name. It is

probable that if male specimens were forthcoming, serviceable

characters might be found, but none except females have hitherto

been observed.

In addition to the localities mentioned in the Monograph (loc.

cit.) I have found C. siliqguosa in Barton Broad, Norfolk, and in

ponds near Lyndhurst, Hants. Dr. T. Scott has taken it in many

Scottish waters.

CaNnDoNA ELONGATA Brady & Norman. (Plate XXII. figs. 1-8.)

1889. Candona elongata B. & N. (2) p. 100, pl. x. figs. 26-27.

1891. - fe (?) Vavra, (6) p. 111.

Female. Length 1:3 mm. Shell, seen laterally, reniform,

greatest height situated in the middle and equal’ to about half

the length ; “oxiemiities rounded, the anterior narrower than the

posterior ; dorsal margin evenly arched, ventral only slightly

sinuated (fic. 1): seen dor sally the outline is rather narrowly ovate

(fig. 2), pointed acutely in front, less acutely behind, width scarcely

eaual to half the length ; left valve somewhat larger than the right

and overlapping at the extremities. Surface of the shell smooth,

colour brown.

The anterior antenne are short and stout (fig. 3), the individual

joints also short, all but the last two broader than long; the setze

also short and stout, the three longest not as long as the antennule

itself, the rest very much shorter; mandible-palp very short and

stout (fig. 5); palp of the second maxilla more than usually dilated ;

terminal joints of the second pair of feet short and stout (tig. 7).

Caudal rami robust and curvate (fig. 8), the two apical claws

nearly equal in length; the marginal seta moderately long and

situated considerably beyond the middle of the limb.

In the original description of C. elongata, it seems probable

that two quite distinct species have been taken as representing the

two sexes, but it is impossible at present, owing to want of

specimens, to clear the matter up. Lough Neagh, where the

species was taken years ago by the Rev. Canon Norman, is up

to the present the only known British locality for it, though

specimens referred to it have been found in Bohemia by Herr

Vavra. Dr. Vavra, however, writes to me that his supposed

specimens of C. elongata were identified by the late Herr Hartwig

as belonging to C. protzi.

The species is very closely similar to C. siliquosa; but he limbs

genevally are much more robust and the individual joints thicker

andl shorter; the caudal rami are stouter and more curvate, and

the genital prolongation of the abdomen, which is so conspicuous

in C. siliquosa, seems to be entirely absent. The shell is slightly

larger than that of C. siliquosa.

02 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON THE [Feb. 1,

CanpDonA PRotzt Hartwig. (Plate XXIII. figs. 1-8.)

1898. Candona protzi Hartwig, Zool. Anzgr. p. 476.

1900. b, . G. W. Miller, (5) p. 35, Taf. vi. figs. 4, 5,

17-22.

1891. Candona elongata Vavra (2), (6) p. 111.

Shell of the male (fig. 1) seen laterally oblong, subreniform,

greatest height equal to half the length, situated in the middle ;

posterior extremity boldly rounded, anterior rounded but not so

fully as the anterior ; dorsal margin evenly arched, almost gibbous

in the middle, ventral sinuated, with a slight pouting protuberance

of both valves in front of the middle: seen dorsally (fig. 2) the out-

line is compressed, oblong-ovate, thrice as long as broad, acuminate

in front, narrowed more abruptly toward the posterior extremity

which is obtusely pointed. Shell-surface smooth: colour brown.

Length 1 mm. Shell of the female (fig. 3) longer in proportion

to the height and without protuberance of the ventral margin.

Anterior antenne slender, with long, delicate setze, the terminal

joints more than twice as long as broad ; setose fascicle of the

posterior antennee (fig. 5) scarcely reaching to the end of the last

joint, terminal claws not pectinated ; last joint of the last pair of

legs not forcipate, bearing three sete, two very long and one about

half as long as the other two, penultimate joint with one shoit

seta. Caudal rami slender, with smooth margins; terminal claws

simple, not half as long as the limb, marginal seta situated a little

beyond the middle (fig. 8). Prehensile claws of the posterior

maxille in the male very robust, strongly falcate, the tips obtuse,

emarginate, and armed with a minute hyaline mucronate apical

process (figs. 6, 7).

Some of the specimens hitherto referred to Candonopsis hingslei

belong undoubtedly, as has been pointed out by Dr. G. W. Muller, to

C. protzi. This is certainly the case with many Scottish examples,

as for instance those from Lochmaben and Lewis. It is by no

means easy to distinguish, except by careful dissection, between

such closely similar forms as C. protzi, C. kingsleii, C. hyalina,

and perhaps sometimes C. fabeformis. I am indebted to my

friend Mr. D. J. Scourfield for specimens of C. protzi from

Wanstead Park, Essex.

CANDONA ZENCKERI G. O. Sars.

1890. Candona zenckeri G. O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges

Crustaceer, 11. Branch., Ostrac., Cirrip.”, Vidensk.-Selsk.

Forhand. p. 66.

1896. Candona zenckeri Brady & Norman, (2) Part it. p. 730,

pl. lxiu. fig. 25, pl. Ixviii. figs. 12, 13.

This species was found many years ago by the Rev. Canon

Norman in a pond at Ferry Hill, Co. Durham, but has not been

taken since in Britain. .

T have nothing to add to the account given in the “ Monograph ”

(Joc. cit.).

ATO] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 203

CANDONA STAGNALIS G. O. Sars. (Plate XXII. figs. 11, 12.)

1890. Candona stagnalis G. O. Sars, “ Oversigt af Norges

Crustaceer, 11.,” p. 69.

1891. Candona ambigua T. Scott, ‘Invertebrate Fauna of

Inland Waters of Scotland” (Ninth Annual Report,

Fishery Board for Scotland) p. 277, pl. iv. figs. 7 a-c.

1896. Candona stagnalis Brady & Norman, (2) Part 11. p. 729,

pl. Ixvin. figs. 14-17.

The only known British localities for this species are Lochgelly

Loch and Loch Fitty, Fifeshire, where it was taken by Dr. T

Scott. I have nothing to add to what has already been published

respecting it.

CANDONA CALEDONIA, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 9-14.)

Female.—Shell seen laterally oblong, subovate, greatest height

situated in the middle and equal to half the length ; extremities

well rounded, the anterior the wider and more obtuse of the two

(fig. 9): dorsal margin forming an even and somewhat flattened

arch, ventral very slightly sinuated in the middle: seen from

above (fig 10) the outline is much compressed, tapering gently to

the anterior extremity, rounded behind, the right valve slightly

smaller than the left, width equal to one third of the length ;

hinge-margins depressed in the middle, forming a well-marked,

shallow groove. Shell thin, structureless, showing no surface-

markings whatever, mottled yeliow, the colour partly dependent

on the contained animal. Length 0°88 mm.

Posterior antennz devoid of any setose fascicle; the last two

joints bearing a few stout, claw-like sete (fig. 11); no sensory

sete. The mandible-palp is stout, the terminal joints short,

bearing a small branchial plate at the base (fig 12); last pair of feet

(fig. 13) bearing a very small forcipate process on the minute apical

joint, also two sete of unequal length; the long penultimate joint

has two marginal sete. Caudal rami (fig. 14) straight, slender,

bearing two stout, perfectly smooth terminal claws, the dorsal

one considerably in front of the other ; seta of the dorsal margin

very short, distant from the apex about one third of the length of

the limb.

Examples of this species have been in my collection for many

years, but have hitherto been erroneously identified with

Candonopsis kingsleii. A ve-examination of the contained

animal shows, however, that it has none of the distinctive generic

characters of Candonopsis, nor can IJ assign it to any known

species of Candona. Its nearest ally is probably Candona

stagnalis G. O. Sars, from which, however, it differs i the non-

flattened dorsal margin of the valves, in the absence of pitted

shell-structure, in the elongated, quite straight caudal rami, the

claws of which are distantly apart and devoid of marginal setee.—

My figures of the shell and caudal ramus of C. stagnalis ave drawn

from Norwegian specimens kindly sent to me by Professor Sars,

204 DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON THE [ Feb. 1,

but the figure of the caudal ramus does not agree very. accurately

with his description of it as being “almost straight.”

For this species I can at present only specify with certainty

a few localities in the West of Scotland :—lochs near Dumfries,

Lochmaben, Loch Fadd, and lochs in Lewis.

-CANDONA LACTEA Baird. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1-4.)

1850: Candona lactea Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 255,

pl. xvii. (Annulosa) figs. 25-27.

1866. Candona lactea & Candona detecta Brady, (1) pp. 382, 384.

1889. Candona lactea Brady & Norman, (2) p. 100.

female.—Length 0°75 mm. Shell seen from the side oblong

(fig. 1), subreniform, greatest height in the middle.and equal to

rather less than one half of the length, extremities well rounded

and about equal in width ; dorsal margin straight or very feebly

arched, ventral almost straight, the median sinuation being scarcely

perceptible: seen from above (fig. 2) oblong, subovate, abruptly

acuminate in front, rounded off behind, width scarcely equalling

half the length. Shell-surface smooth, very finely and closely

punctated, colour white. Valves equal in size, bordered throughout,

except on the hinge-line, with a wide, thick lip which is destitute

of the pitted sculpture of the general shell-surface but is marked

by numerous transverse hair-like lines (fig. 3): this appearance is,

however, seen only in the separated valves and best when viewed

by transmitted light. It forms a good diagnostic character.

This species has not to my knowledge been noticed by any

Continental author. It may possibly have been sometimes

mistaken for the young of C. candida, from which, however, it

may be at once separated by its evenly rounded extremities and

flattened dorsal surface. Nor have I noticed in C. candida the

delicate pitting of the shell surface which may always be found

in C. lactea. ‘The soft parts do not disclose any noteworthy

characters : the limbs—antenne especially—-are short and stout.

The male has not been seen. The species is common every-

where in Britain,

CANDONA FRAGILIS Hartwig. (Plate XXIV. figs. 5-10.)

1898. Candona fragilis Hartwig, Zool. Anzgr. p. 474.

1900. 3 " G.W. Miiller, (5) p. 31, pl. vii. figs. 8-11,

14, 17, 19.

Shell seen laterally oblong, subreniform (fig. 5), greatest height

situated in the middle, equal to less than half the length; dorsal

margin evenly arched, ventral slightly sinuated in the middle ;

extremities nearly equal in width and well rounded : seen dorsally

the shell is compressed, oblong (fig. 6), widest in the middle, with

equally tapered acuminate extremities, width scarcely equal to one

third of the length. Shell very thin and fragile; surface smooth,

colourless; the extremities slightly fringed with fine hairs.

Length 1 mm... The feet of the last pair are non-forcipate and

bear three apical sete, one of which is extremely long (fig. 9): .the

LOEOS BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 205

caudal rami (fig. 10) have two nearly equal terminal claws and a

minute marginal seta attached a little beyond the middle of the

limb.

I took a single specimen of C. fragilis in a roadside pool near

Carrick, Co. Donegal, and I am indebted to Dr. Thomas Scott for

others taken by him in Scottish lochs—L. Arklet, L. Doon and

Forfar loch; but in none of these cases have I found the

contained animal in good condition and cannot therefore give

complete illustrations of it; females only have been observed in

this country.

I did not observe in any of the imperfectly preserved British

specimens, the conspicuous processes of the female genital plates,

the figure of which (fig. 10) was drawn from a specimen kindly

sent to me by Dr, Vavra.

In two of Dr. Scott’s specimens I found parasitic organisms

which appear to be the scolices of some kind of Zenia: one of

these is shown in Pl. XXII. figs. 18, 14. The two specimens in

which the scolices were found are from different lakes—Loch Arklet

and one or other of the two further lakes referred to above, so

that it may be fairly inferred that this particular species acts as

intermediate host for the Zenia. In the ‘Cambridge Natural

History,’ vol. i1. p. 84, several Ostracoda and Copepoda are men-

tioned as the intermediate hosts of Cestode Worms which attain

their final development in the intestines of Birds (Anatide), the

larval forms belonging to the genus Cercocystis. And Professor

R. Blanchard has described in the ‘Mémoires de la Société

Zoologique de France’ (1891) a new genus of these worms found

in the same group of birds, the scolex of which occurred in an

Ostracod (“‘Cypris cinerea” Brady). This species Professor

Blanchard calls Hchinocotyle rosseteri, and it may possibly be

identical with that here referred to*. In F. rosseteri, however,

the crown of hooks is stated to be composed of tem spines, whereas

in the scolices found in Candona fragilis there are, so far as I can

make out, éwelve.

CanpoNA FABEFORMIS Fischer. (Plate XXIV. figs. 11-15.)

1851. Cypris fabeformis Fischer, (9) p. 146, pl. iti. figs. 6-16.

1870. Candona diaphana Brady & Robertson, (8) p. 18, pl. v.

figs. 1-3.

1889. Gumdone fabeformis Brady & Norman, (2) p. 1038, pl. ix.

figs. 1-4. .

1900. Candona fabeformis G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 29, pl. vii,

figs. 1-7, 12, 13. °

Although W. Hartwig, in a paper on the ‘ Candonine of the

Province of Brandenburg’ (1901), dissents from our identification

of the British specimens with Fischer’s C. fabeformis, 1 cannot

myself see any sufficient grounds for this dissent. The figures

* Since these lines were in print I have received from: Professor R. Blanchard

a note in which, after kindly examining my mountings, he refers these larv to

Drepanidotenia anatina Krabbe.

206 DR. G, 8. BRADY ON THE | Feb. 1,

given by Fischer, though incomplete and otherwise not very

satisfactory, are not, at any rate, contradictory, and G. W. Miiller

agrees with Dr. Norman and myself in our conclusion. I here

give drawings of some of the more important diagnostic details—

the shell only having hitherto been figured from British spe-

cimens. The figures are from a specimen taken at Hairmyres,

near Glasgow, by the late Dr. D. Robertson.

CO. fabeformis, though not by any means a common species, is

pretty widely distributed in England, Wales, and Scotland.

CANDONA HYALINA Brady & Robertson. (Plate XX V. figs. 1-5.)

1870. Candona hyalina B. & R., (8) p. 18, pl. v. figs. 4-11,

pl. ix. figs. 5-8.

1889. Candona hyalina Brady & Norman, (2) p. 247.

1900. i pre iG) Wai Miller, 4¢5)) p24 33.) eplay vane

figs. 14—21.

Shell of the female (fig. 1) seen laterally, oblong, subreniform,

ereatest height situated behind the middle and equal to about

half the length; anterior extremity rather obtusely rounded,

somewhat wider than the posterior, which is however move fully

rounded off; dorsal margin well arched, ventral very slightly

sinuated in the middle: seen dorsally (fig. 2) the outline is much

compressed, elongated, with acutely pointed, nearly equal extre-

mities, the lateral margins evenly curved, greatest width in the

middle and equal to one-third of the length. Shell thin and semi-

transparent; surface smooth, free from hairs. Length 1°35 mm.

Anterior antenne slender, the last three jomts bearing long

apical sete; posterior antenne stout, sparingly setiferous ; last

joint of the last pair of feet bearing three long sete. Caudal rami

(fig. 5) armed with two moderately strong claws of nearly equal

length, seta of the dorsal margin as long as the terminal claws

and arising a little behind the middle of the limb. Grasping

portion of the second maxilla of the male not very dissimilar on

the two sides, with chisel-like extremities; that of the right side

rather larger and stouter than the left (figs. 3, 4). ;

T have seen but one male specimen of C. hyalina—already im-

perfectly figured in previous papers, the dissection having been

a good deal distorted and otherwise injured in preparation.

Dr. Thomas Scott, however, records the male as having been taken

in Threipmuir reservoir near Balerno, and the female in several

Scottish localities. The type specimens are from Bartcn Broad

and other parts of the English Fen-district. I have recently

received from Mr. Robert Gurney some which were taken at

Sutton in Norfolk. The species has very probably been often

recorded as C. fabeformis. In my own collection are specimens

which have been erroneously so called.

CanpDonA BREVIS G. W. Miller. (Plate XXV. figs. 6-12.)

1900. Candona brevis G. W. Miller, (5) p. 20, pl. iv. figs. 5, 20,

pl. v. figs. 26 30.

1910. | BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 207

1900. Candona lobipes Hartwig, Zool. Anzeiger, xxiii. no. 628,

p. 570.

1901. Candona lobipes Hartwig, (3) p. 94.

Female.—Shell seen from the side (fig. 6) subreniform, greatest

height near the posterior extremity and equal to nearly two-

thirds of the length; anterior extremity well rounded, posterior

gently rounded, almost subtruncate ; dorsal margin forming

a flattened arch, sloping with a gentle curve to the front,

much more abruptly backwards, ventral almost straight: seen

from above (fig. 7) the outline is regularly ovate, greatest

width equal to much more than half the length. Shell-surface

smooth but beset, especially at the ends, with numerous rather

long hairs and bearing a few scattered circular papille; colour

white, but seen by transmitted light, dark brown, almost

opaque, with indistinct and irregular areolations which become

very evident when the colour-matter isremoved by a dilute alkali

(fig. 12); ventral border of the valves produced in the middle into

a broad flange bearing a pattern composed of a series of strongly

marked rectangular tongue-like areas. Length 0°85 mm. Male

‘unknown in Britain.

Anterior antenne slender and bearing very long, slender

sete ; posterior antenne (fig. 8) nearly devoid of sete except at

the apex which bears three or four setiform claws; first foot

having an unusually long terminal claw (fig. 9); second pair of

feet not forcipate, bearing three unequal terminai sete (fig. 10) ;

post-abdominal rami (fig. 11) rather short and stout, with two

apical claws and a very small marginal seta situated on the distal

third of the limb.

I am greatly indebted to Mr. R. Gurney for several gatherings

of Ostracoda from the Norfolk Fen-district, and in one of these

—the exact locality not noted—occurred a few examples of this

interesting species.

CANDONA PUBESCENS Koch.

1837. Cypris pubescens Koch, Deutschlands Crustaceen, H. 11,

nay

1838. Cypris compressa idem, ibidem, H. 21, p. 17.

1866. Candona compressa Brady, (1) p. 382, pl. xxvi. figs. 22-27,

1889. Candona pubescens B. & N., (2) Part i. p. 101, pl. xii.

figs. 32-37; Part i. p. 729, pl. Ixiii. fig, 24; pl. Ixiv.

figs. 20, 21; pl. Ixvin. figs. 7-9.

1891. Candona pubescens Vavra, (6) p. 43, fig. 11.

1900. bi if G. W. Miller, (5) p. 26, pl. iv. figs. 3,

2 Da MSDS hl) Cle OI,

A widely distributed species both in England and Scotland.

I am unable to recognize any specific difference between the two

forms C’. pubescens Koch and C. compressa Koch. Vawvra (loc. cit.)

has adopted this view, but by some authors the two species are

held to be distinct.

The species is too well known to need further description.

208 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON THE [ Feb. 1,

CANDONA ROSTRATA Brady & Norman.

1889. Candona rostrata B. & N., (2) p. 101, pl. ix. figs. 11, 12;

pl. xu. figs. 21-31.

1891. Candona rostrata Vavra, (6) p. 40, fig. 10.

1900, os 5 G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 23, pl. v. figs. 2,

3, 7-14.

The much produced anterior beak of the shell forms a very

distinctive character, and another good diagnostic point is to be

found in the very unequal lengths of the two terminal claws of

the caudal rami; this does not occur, so far as I am aware, in any

other member of the genus, though Hartwig figures a similar

condition in the male of his C. marchica, but this species he

identifies with the C. rostrata of G. W. Miiller, and this latter I

take to be identical with the C. rostrata Brady & Norman. If this

be really so, Hartwig’s name C. marchica has no locus standi

whatever.

CANDONA EUPLECTELLA Robertson, MS.

1889. Candona euplectella Brady & Norman, (2) p. 105, pl. ix.

figs. 7, 8, 8a.

1900. Paracandona euplectella G. W. Miiller, (5) pl. ix.

figs. 1-9, 14.

1901. Paracandona euplectella W. Hartwig, (3) p. 126.

Several Scottish localities for this species were noted in the

Monograph of Brady & Norman. In addition to these I have to

thank Mr. R. Gurney for specimens from Sutton Broad, Norfolk,

and Mr. Scourfield has taken it also in Catfield Fen, Norfolk. It

has been recorded in Germany by W. Hartwig and G. W. Miiller.

Hartwig, in 1899, proposed to constitute a subgenus* of

which C. euplectella would be the only known member, the

characters of which depended chiefly on the number of joints of

the posterior antenne. But these and other minor characters

seem to me too trivial to warrant the separation of a new sub-

genus.

Genus Canponorsis, Viavra.

This genus was by Vavra separated from Candona on the

strength of the following characters. The second pair of antennz

are, in the male, six-jointed, and have two “sense organs” on the

fourth and fifth joints; the mandibular palp is exceedingly long

and slender; the second pair of maxille have a branchial append-

age of three plumose filaments ; the caudal rami are slender and

have no sete on the posterior margin.

These characters were founded on the male only, the female

being unknown to Herr Vavra, but they apply likewise to the

female. The only hitherto recognized species of the genus is

O. kingsleii Brady & Robertson.

* “ Candona euplectella (Robertson), bildet eine selbsti andige Gattung,” Zoologisch

Anzeiger, Bd. xxii. no. 592, 1899.

1910.] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 209

CANDONOPSIS KINGSLEL Brady & Robertson.

1870. Candona kingsleii Brady & Robertson, (8) p. 17, pl. ix.

figs. 9-12.

1889. Candona kingsleti Brady & Norman, (2) p. 102, pl. ix.

figs. 19, 20 (not 21, 22), & pl. xiii. fig. 13.

1891. Candonopsis kingsleit Vavra, (6) p. 54, fig. 16.

1900. ' 68 G. W. Miller, (5) p. 38, pl. vi. figs.

6, 7, 23-28 ; pl. vil. figs. 22-25.

“This seems to be a widely distributed species. It is of frequent

occurrence in the Fen district of England, and in Scotland;

‘perhaps less frequent in other parts of England, but may very

possibly have been often confounded with other nearly allied

forms. This is undoubtedly the case with some Scottish speci-

mens, which, though supposed to belong to C. kingsleii, are

really Candona protzi. Others belong to the form here described

as Candona caledome.

CANDONOPSIS SCOURFIELDI, sp. n. (Plate X XVI. figs. 1-12.)

Male.—Length 0°85 mm. Shell, seen from the side, oblong,

subreniform (fig. 1), greatest height situated in the middle

and equal to rather less than half the length, extremities

equally and evenly rounded; dorsal margin gently arched, sloping

gradually towards each extremity, ventral almost straight: seen

dorsally (fig. 2) the outline is much compressed, widest in the

middle, the width being equal to one-fourth of the length, extrem-

ities sharply produced, acuminate. Surface of the shell smooth,

slightly hairy near the extremities; the free margins of the

valves when seen by transmitted hght are marked with a single

row of minute dark pigment spots (fig. 12). Anterior antenn

slender, six-jointed, the last four joints provided with long,

delicate sete ; posterior antenn five-jointed (fig. 3), the basal

joint bearing a slender triarticulate sense-organ (tig. 4), second

joint having at the extremity of its inner margin a single long

seta which reaches considerably beyond the apex of the limb, third

joint provided witha fascicle of three short sete, fourth and fifth

joints each bearing two stout sete but no claws ; niandible-palp

elongated, and otherwise having the typical characters of the

genus (fig. 5); second pair of maxille prehensile, clawed, that of

the right side the more robust (fig. 6) ; second pair of feet bearing

at the apex (fig. 8) two sete of unequal length. Caudal rami very

slender (fig. 9), the two terminal claws not quite equal in length,

no marginal seta: the penis rather small and compact, oblong, with

two subtriangular apical lamine (fig. 10); ejaculatory duct very

broad and massive, enclosed in a dense, transversely striated

capsule (fig. 11). The female does not differ materially from the

male except in purely sexual characters.

I am indebted to my friend Mr. D. J. Scourfield for two speci-

mens—male and female—of this very interesting species. ‘Chey

were taken in Catfield Fen, Norfolk.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1910, No, XIV. 14

210 DR. G. 8S. BRADY ON THE | Feb. 1,

Genus SIPHLOCANDONA*, gen. n.

Shell elongated, elliptical, thin and fragile. Posterior legs

almost obsolete, their place being taken by an ill-developed club-

shaped appendage. Caudal rami of the usual form, armed

with two terminal claws and a very small marginal seta situated

almost close to the distal extremity: of the two claws that

situated above (or nearer the dorsal surface) is much the larger

of the two. In other respects like Candona.

SIPHLOCANDONA SIMILIS Baird. (Plate XX VII. figs. 1-9.)

1845. Candona similis Baird, (7) p. 162, pl. xix. figs. 2,

2a (1850); Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, 11. p. 153 (1845);

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvii. p. 415, pl. ix. fig. 4.

Female.—Shell, seen laterally, elongated, subelliptical, rather

higher in front than behind (fig. 1), length equal to more than

twice the height; extremities well rounded, the anterior the

broader of the two; dorsal margin quite straight, ventral gently

sinuated in the middle: seen from above (fig. 2) the outline is

elongate-ovate, widest in the middle, nearly twice as long as

broad, lateral margins evenly arcuate and tapering equally to the

extremities which are sharply pointed. Shell very thin and fragile

and showing no trace of sculpture; almost colourless. Valves

equal, their margins scarcely at all inflexed. Length 0-98 mm.

Anterior antennz six-jointed, slender, their terminal setz long

and slender; posterior antennz four-jointed, moderately stout

(tig. 3); mandibles (fig. 4) bearing a stout four-jointed palp the

first jot of which is provided with a 4-setose branchial plate ;

first and second pairs of maxille of the usual form (figs. 5, 6);

feet of the first pair (fig. 7) four-jointed, inner margin of the

second joint rather densely setose, last joint bearing two very

unequally sized claws and a short seta: the homologue of the last

limb is a short, slightly curved, club-shaped process with a small

proboscidiform apex (fig. 8). Caudal rami simple, straight,

with smooth, non-setose margins, bearing two terminal claws, the

uppermost quite twice as long as the lower ; marginal seta very

small and situated almost close to the apical claw (fig. 9). Male

unknown.

This species, which, though collected in 1897, has remained

unrecognized until now, is, I have little doubt, identical with that

described long ago by Dr. Baird under the name of Candona

similis, his description and figures agreeing in every particular

with my specimens. These, of which I took only a very small

number—some three or four—are from “the Mere” at Scar-

borough, a small sheet of fresh water lying under Oliver’s Mount,

and I have more recently received specimens from Mr. Robert

Gurney, taken in Catfield Fen, Norfolk.

The characters which essentially distinguish this genus from

* oupdos, a cripple.

1910.] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 211

other Candonine, are the atrophied posterior foot, and the

abnormal structure of the caudal rami, the terminal claws of which

differ in their comparative size from those of other species, the

uppermost of the two being much the larger, and the marginal

seta is closely approximated to the claws.

In addition to the type species, I have recently detected in a

Scotch mounting kindly sent to me by my friend the Rev. Canon

Norman, a few specimens of another form distinct from S. similis,

but undoubtedly belonging to the same genus: this I propose to

name S. normant.

SIPHLOCANDONA NORMANI, sp. n. (Plate XX VII. figs. 10-14.)

Shell, seen laterally, compressed, oblong, siliquose (fig. 9), greatest

height situated in the middle, not nearly equal to half the length ;

extremities narrowly rounded, the posterior somewhat oblique ;

dorsal margin gently and evenly arched, ventral slightly prominent

in front, gently sinuated behind: seen from above (fig. 10), com-

pressed, subovate, greatest width equal to the height and situated

in the middle, gradually tapered to the extremities, which are

acuminate : surface of the shell smooth, colour milk-white.

Length 0°83 mm. Claws of the caudal rami stout (fig. 14), the

uppermost more than twice as long as the lewer; the marginal

seta short, stout, and claw-like, closely approximated to the

terminal claws.

The only specimens of this curious species which I have seen

were included in a series of Candonopsis kingsleii, from which,

indeed, it was not very easy to distinguish them. They were

taken by the Rev. Canon Norman in pools near the margin of

Loch Fadd, Isle of Bute.

Subfam. HEePETOCYPRIDIN®.

Genus Herrerocypris Brady & Norman.

HERPETOCYPRIS REPTANS Baird.

1850. Candona reptans Baird, (7) p. 160, pl. xix. figs. 3, 3 a.

1889. Hrpetocypris reptans Brady & Norman, (2) Part i. p. 84,

pl. xiti. fig. 27.

1891. Cypris reptans Vavra, (6) p. 86, fig. 28. 1-5.

1900. Herpetecypris reptans Te wtneain, (4) Dig 282 aol sevas

figs. 1-3, pl. xviii. figs. 21-26.

1900. Oypris reptans G. W. Muller, (5) p. 58, pl. xiv. figs. 4, 6,

WA, NBs Ire

The most abundant and apparently the most widely distributed

species of this subfamily—found everywhere in Great Britain, in

Scandinavia, and all over the continent of Hurope.

HERPETOCYPRIS CHEVREUXIIG.O.Sars, (Plate XXIX. figs. 1-7.)

Stenocypris chevreuaii G. O. Sars, “On a new fresh-water

Ostracod, &c.” (Archiv f. Mathem. og Naturvidenskab,

1896).

‘Shell, seen laterally (fig. 1), oblong, of nearly equal height

i4*

242 DR. G. S. BRADY ON THE | Feb. 1,

throughout, height equal to less than half the length ; extremities

well rounded and nearly equal in width; dorsal margin almost

straight, curving gently downwards toward the extremities,

ventral slightly sinuated in the middle: seen dorsally (tig. 2), the

outline is compressed, subovate, widest behind the middle, rather

acutely pointed in front, more obtuse and more abruptly tapered

behind; width equal to about one-third of the length: left valve

larger than the right and infolded at both extremities so as to

form an overlapping flange *; surface of the shell smooth; colour

a clouded green with lighter patches. Length 2°55 mm. (,/5 in.).

The antennal sete are beautifully plumose and reach to the

extremities of the terminal claws (fig. 3); the lobe of the first

maxilla next following the palp has two of its claws laterally

denticulated and terminating in a spear-head (fig. 5); palp of the

second maxilla (fig. 4) narrow and elongated, masticating portion

twisted upon itself toward the base; posterior legs of the usual

form (fig. 6), the last joint small, divided into three distorted

finger-like lobes, bearing a single long seta and a strongly falcate

claw. Caudal rami (fig. 7) slender, bearing two unequal, strong,

apical claws which are marginally pectinated, and two sete, a

small one on the dorsal and a uch longer one on the lower

angle; the dorsal margin of the ramus is ornamented at its distal

end with about four series of delicate spines separated from each

other by slight depressions of the margin; these spinules, reduced

very much in size, are continued without intermission along the

proximal portion of the limb.

This is so closely allied in genera] form and characters to the

foregoing species, H. reptans, that it seems to me undesirable to

assign it to a distinct genus (Stenocypris) as has heen proposed by

Professor G. O. Sars, especially as the variations in anatomical

points are comparatively unimportant.

A single specimen was taken many years ago at Lyndhurst,

and remained in my collection unnamed and without description.

Since that time I have found it in considerable abundance

in the Hatchett Pond (New Forest), in ditches near the River

Arun (Sussex), in Conway Marsh (North Wales), and in a pond

near Sellafield (Cumberland).

Herperocypris stricAta O. F. Miller. (Plate XXVIII.

figs. 4—9.)

1889. Hrpetocypris strigata Brady & Norman, (2) p. 85, pl. vii.

figs. 14, 15.

1891. Hrpetocypris strigata Vavra, (6) p. 84, fig. 27.

1900. Cypris strigata G. W. Miller, (5) p. 74, pl. xv. figs. 11-13,

IG), PAD)

Shell, seen laterally, oblong, subreniform, height equal to nearly

half the length; anterior extremity obtusely rounded, posterior

narrower, rounded off obliquely; dorsal margin forming a some-

* These duplicatures occur also on the right valve but are much less conspicuous.

1910.] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. PAL 33

what flattened arch, ventral gently sinuated in the middle: seen

dorsaily it is compressed, subovate, widest in the middle, with equal

acuminate extremities. Length 2:7 mm. The posterior antenna

bears a fascicle of six very short setz, and its terminal claws are

slender an‘ finely pectinated (fig. 6); the two principal claws of the

first maxillar segment are club-shaped (fig. 7) and have blunt,

terminal denticulations ; last joint of the second pair of feet

forcipate, bearing at the apex a slender curved claw and one long

seta, the penultimate joint forming distally on its inner margin a

convex pad which is fringed with a series of curved bristles, on its

outer margin a small finger-like ciliated process (fig. 8). Caudal

rami slender, bearing just within the upper margin along the

greater part of their length an interrupted series of minute cilia ;

terminal claws unequal in length, delicately pectinated, the

marginal seta almost close to the apical claws (fig. 9).

Not infrequent in Scotland ; less common in England. Noted

also by several Continental authors.

Genus PrionocyPris Brady & Norman.

PRIONOCYPRIS SERRATA Norman. (Plate XXV. figs. 13-16.)

1866. Cypris serrata Brady, (1) p. 371, pl. xxv. figs. 15-19,

pl. xxxvi. fig. 3.

1896. Prionocypris serrata Brady & Norman, (2) p. 725.

1900. Cypris serrata G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 72, pl. xiv. figs. 3,

11, 14.

1900. Prionocypris serrata Kaufmann, (4) p. 292, pl. xx.

figs. 10-12, pl. xxi. figs. 22-26.

A very distinct and well-marked species, far different in shell-

characters from any other fresh-water form. There are also

several minor abnormalities in the structure of the contained

animal which seem to warrant the use of the generic name

proposed in 1896 by Brady and Norman (Joc. cit.). The more

important distinctive characters are: (1) the extremely short

antennal setz; (2) the smoothly edged claws of the outer lobe of

the first maxille, and the dilated extremity of the palp; (3) the

perfectly smooth margins of the very slender caudal rami, and the

position of the dorsal seta very near to the apical claws; (4) the

simple termination of the second pair of feet which bear on the

small terminal joint only two setz, one long, and one short and

claw-like.

The species is nowhere common, but is widely distributed in

England. It does not seem to have been found in Scotland or

Treland, but is noticed by several Continental authors. In addition

to localities already published I have taken it in a backwater of

the River Wye at Rowsley, Derbyshire, and Mr. Scourfield records

it from reservoirs at Walthamstow and Purfleet, Essex.

The generic characters mentioned above, though none of them

separately very important, may, together with the exceptionally

marked characters of the shell, be taken as suflicient to warrant

the separation of the species as the type of a distinct genus,

214 DR. G. 8. BRADY ON THE [Feb. 1,

PRIONOCYPRIS TUMEFACTA Brady & Robertson. (Plate XXVIII.

figs. 1-3.)

1870. Cypris tumefacta Brady & Robertson, Ostracoda and

Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. vi.) p. 13, pl. iv. figs. 4-6.

1889. Hrpetocypris tumefacta Brady & Norman, (2) Part i.

p. 87, pl. vii. figs. 5-7, pl. xiii. fig. 18.

1900. Cypris tumefacta G. W. Miiller, (5) p. 73, pl. xvii.

figs. 4, 8, 13.

1900. Prionocypris tumefucta Kaufmann, (4) p. 295, pl. xvi.

figs. 13-15, pl. xxi. figs. 9-13.

Shell, seen laterally, subreniform, highest in the middle, height

greater than half the length; extremities rounded, the posterior

much the broader of the two; dorsal margin arched, sloping more

abruptly behind than in front: seen from above the outline is

ovate, excessively tumid, width equal to two-thirds of the length ;

anterior extremity abruptly tapered and forming a mucronate

prominence, posterior broadly rounded ; the two valves are nearly

equal in size but have the two extremities and, in a smaller degree,

the ventral margin incurved so as to form a very conspicuous

flange or duplicature (fig. 1). Shell-surface quite smooth, colour

white. Length 1:05 mm.

Setze of the posterior antennz very short, arranged in a distinct

fascicle of four (fig. 2); caudal rami (fig. 3) slender, the two

terminal claws equal in length, and almost imperceptibly pectin-

ated, marginal seta very small and not far removed from the

claws.

A very well marked species, recognizable at a glance by its

excessive tumidity and produced anterior extremity. The internal

duplicature of the margins of the valves is more pronounced than

in any other species known to me.

I have taken it in the Warn Burn, Northumberland, near

Sunderland, and in the River Lathkill, Derbyshire; it has been

found also by the late Dr. Robertson and by Dr. Thos. Scott in

several Scottish localities. ‘

Genus [tvopromus G. O. Sars.

Shell highly compressed, and, seen laterally, oblong; dorsal edge

straight in the middle, ventral sinuated. Valves generally not

very unequal, the left the larger; surface usually longitudinally

striated. Sete of the inferior antennz poorly developed, not

reaching beyond the terminal claws. Caudal rami coarse, armed

with three strong claws increasing in length distally. Animal

devoid of swimming power. Propagation parthenogenetical.

This generic definition is slightly condensed from that given by

G. O. Sars in a paper on the “ Freshwater Entomostraca of New

Zealand,” 1894. As applying to the British species, the state-

ments as to the straight dorsal edge and longitudinal striation

1910.] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA. 215

of the valves must be eliminated, but in other respects the

generic definition is perfectly applicable. Whether the fact of

the three-clawed caudal ramus is sufficiently important to call for

separation from Herpetocypris may perhaps be doubted, but it

seems to be the only distinctive character, if we except the not

very important matter of shell-sculpture ; from Candona, on the

other hand, it is differentiated by the anatomical structures con-

nected with “‘ parthenogenetic” propagation, as well as by the

presence, apparently, in the type species, of a setose fascicle on

the posterior antenne. The two British species at present known

are Llyodromus olivaceus and I. robertson.

InyoprRomus RopEeRTsonI Brady & Norman. (Plate XXVIII.

figs. 10-15; Plate XXIX. fig. 12.)

1889. Hrpetocypris robertsont Brady & Norman, (2) Part 1.

p. 88.

1896. Zlyodromus robertsoni Brady & Norman, (2) Part. ii.

p. 724.

Length 16mm. Shell oblong, subovate ; seen laterally, oblong,

subreniform (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 10), greatest height behind the

middle and equal to about half the length; anterior extremity

broadly and rather obliquely rounded, posterior also rounded but

narrower than the anterior; dorsal margin boldly arched, sloping

gently toward the point, more steeply backward, ventral margin

slightly sinuated: seen from above (fig. 11) the outline is com-

pressed, ovate, width. much less than half the length, obtusely

pointed in front, rounded off behind. Shell-surface smooth ;

colour variable, but generally dark green with mottled patches of

lighter shades: left valve larger than the right and overlapping

distinctly at the two extremities; the anterior margin rather

- densely clothed with long hairs, ventral margin slightly hairy :

general surface of the shell structureless, but marked with

distant, very minute, circular punctures. The posterior antenne

(fig. 12) are very sparingly provided with short sete and have no

distinct fascicle ; palp of the posterior maxilla (Pl. X XIX. fig. 12)

narrow and bearing three apical sete ; two principal spines of the

first lobe of the anterior maxilla finely denticulated (Pl. XX VIII.

fig. 15); terminal joint of the last leg (fig. 13) small, bearing a

slender falcate claw; penultimate joint with a long seta near the

apex. Caudal rami (fig. 14) with three stout terminal claws pro-

gressively increasing in length towards the apex, a single slender

seta adjoining the last claw. .

The types of J. robertsont were taken at Hayston Dam near

‘Peebies and at Portree, Isle of Skye. I have myself taken it in

a pool on Loughrigg, Westmorland, in a roadside pool near

Carrick, Co. Donegal, and in a ditch near Staward, Northumber-

land. It does not seem to have been observed by any Continental

authors.

216 DR. G. S. BRADY ON THE [Feb. 1,

Inyopromus oxivAceus Brady & Norman. (Plate XXIX.

figs. 8-11.)

1889. Hrpetocypris olivacea Brady & Norman, (2) Parti. p. 89,

pl. viii. figs. 3, 4.

1891. Llyodromus olivaceus Vavra, (6) p. 88, fig. 29. 1-4.

1896. Llyodromus olivaceus Brady & Norman, (2) Part ii.

p. 724.

1900. Zlyodromus olivaceus Kaufmann, (4) p. 299, pl. xx.

figs. 7-9, pl. xxi. figs. 17-21.

It is needless to repeat the descriptions already given (loc. cit.)

of this species, but, for the sake of comparison with the closely

allied J. robertsoni, I give drawings of some of the more charac-

teristic parts of the animal. The types of J. olivaceus were

found in the River Lathkill, Derbyshire. It has since been taken

by Dr. T. Scott in several Scottish localities, and has also been

recorded by Dr. Kaufmann as occurring in Switzerland, by

Dr. Vavra in Bohemia, and at Moscow by Croneberg.

The works referred to by numerals in the text are as

follows :—

(1) Brapy, G. S.—A Monograph of the recent British Ostracoda

(Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xxvi.), 1866.

(2) Brapy, G. S., & Norman, A. M.—A Monograph of the

Marine and Freshwater Ostracoda of the North Atlantic

and of North-Western Europe. Section I. Podocopa.

(Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, vol. iv.

series 11.), 1889. Part 11. Myodocopa, Cladocopa, and

Platycopa, 1896,

(3) Harrwie, W.— Ueber die Arten der Ostracoder Unterfamilie

Candonine der Provinz Brandenburg (Sitzungs-Bericht

der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin),

1902.

(4) Kaurmann, A.—Cypriden und Darwinuliden der Schweiz

(Revue Suisse de Zoologie), 1900.

(5) Miuuer, G. W.—Deutschlands Siisswasser-Ostracoden. Stutt-

gart, 1900.

(6) VAvra, WeENzEL.—Monographie der Ostracoden Bohmens

(Archiv der Naturwissensch. Landesdurchforschung von

Boéhmen), 1891.

(7) Barrp.—Natural History of the British Hntomostraca

(Ray Society), 1850.

(8) Brapy,G.8., & Ropertson, D.—The Ostracoda and Foramin-

ifera of Tidal Rivers (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. vi.), 1870.

(9) Fiscuer, 8.—Ueber das Genus Cypris (Mémoires des Savants

étrangers, t. vil.), 1851.

(10) Scorr, T.—A Catalogue of Land, Fresh-water, and Marine

Crustacea found in the Basin of the River Forth and its

Kstuary. 1906.

1910.] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XIX.

Candona candida.

. Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, x 40.

isi}

aoe

. Posterior antenna, X 140.

. Mandible, « 125.

. Second maxilla of male, left and right side, x 140.

Foot of second pair, X 125.

. Caudal ramus of male, X 140.

. Copulatory organ of male, X 110.

HOODOO

Candona caudata.

Figs. 12, 13. Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, x 40.

14. Posterior ventral angle of shell, x 84.

15. Posterior antenna, X 120.

PuatTE XX.

Candona angulata.

Vigs. 1, 2. Shell of male, seen laterally and dorsally, x 40.

3. os female, seen laterally, x 40.

4,5. Second maxilla of male, right and left, < 125,

6. End of foot of second pair, X 125.

7, Caudal ramus, X 84.

8. Copulative organ of male, X 84.

9. Parasite, X 84.

10. Parasitic cysts on shell, < 10.

Candona caudata.

Wig. 11. Anterior antenna, < 120.

12. Hnd of foot of second pair, * 125.

13. Caudal ramus with genital lobe of female, x 120.

PratEe XXI.

Candona neglecta.

2. Shell of male, seen laterally and dorsally, x 30.

4. » female 5 bs 8 x 30.

5, 6. Second maxilla of male, left and right, x 140.

7. Caudal ramms, < 100.

8. Copulative organ of male, X 100.

Candona siliquosa.

Vigs. 9, 10. Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, * 40.

11. Anterior antenna, X 125.

12. End of foot of second pair, & 125.

13. Caudal ramus and genital lobe of female, X 128.

14. Muscle-spots, * 125.

Prary XXII.

Candona elongata.

Figs. 1,2. Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, x 40.

38. Anterior antenna, < 240.

4, Posterior antenna, * 180.

5. Mandible, x 240.

§. Foot of first pair, x 180.

"lo » second pair, X 240.

8. Caudal ramus, x 240.

3 junr., seen laterally and dorsally, X 45.

Vig. 9.

10.

Figs. 9, 10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

10.

Ie, il

12, 13.

DR. G. S. BRADY ON THE

Candona siliquosa.

Posterior antenna, X 180.

Foot of first pair, X 180.

Candona stagnalis.

. Shell of female, seen from right side, x 50.

. Caudal ramus, x 240.

Candona fragilis.

. Scolex of Tenia from Candona fragilis, X 120.

. Crown of hooks of the same, X 3650.

PuatEe XXIII.

Candona protzi.

. Shell of male, seen laterally and dorsally, X 50.

» female ,, 9 » x 50.

. Anterior antenna, X 125.

. Posterior antenna, X 240.

. Second maxilla of male, left and right, X 240.

. Caudal ramus, X 150.

Candona caledonia.

Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, x 50.

Posterior antenna, < 240.

Mandibular palp, x 240.

End of foot of second pair, X 140.

Caudal ramus, X 240,

PuatTE XXIV.

Candona lactea.

. Shell, seen laterally and dorsally, x 65.

. Portion of shell, X 150.

. Caudal ramus, X 150.

Candona fragilis.

Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, x 40.

Posterior antenna, X 240.

. Posterior maxilla of female, x 240.

. End of foot of second pair, 240.

. Caudal rami with genital processes of female, 140.

Candona fabeformis.

Anterior antenna, X 125.

Second maxillz of male, left and right, 125.

. Caudal ramus, X 125.

. Copulative organ of male, X 125.

PLATE XXV.

Candona hyalina.

. Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, x 40.

. Second maxill of male, right and left, X 125,

. Caudal ramus, X 240.

Candona brevis.

. Shell of female, seen laterally and dorsally, 50.

8. Posterior antenna, X 120.

. Foot of first pair, & 120.

second pair, X 120.

. Caudal ramus, & 120.

. Shell structure, X 125.

[ Feb. 1,

1910. ] BRITISH SPECIES OF OSTRACODA.

Prionocypris serrata.

Fig. 13. Posterior antenna, 140.

14, Maxilla of first pair, x 240.

15. Foot of second pair, end, « 240.

16. Caudal ramus, X 140.

Pirate XXVI.

Candonopsis scourfieldi.

. Shell seen laterally and dorsally, x 65.

. Posterior antenna, X 240.

. Sense-organ of-same, 350.

. Mandible, x 540.

. Second maxille of male, right and left, x 240.

. End of foot of second pair, X 240.

. Caudal ramus, X 150.

. Copulative organ of male, x 150.

. Ejaculatory duct of male, x 240.

. Ventral edge of shell, 125.

or)

a RS

COO myne we

toe

PuatTeE XXVII.

Siphlocandona similis.

Figs. 1, 2. Shell seen laterally and dorsally, x 50.

. Posterior antenna, < 150.

. Mandible, x 150.

. Mavilla of first pair, X 240.

33 second pair, X 200.

Foot of first pair, X 240.

53 second pair, X 240.

. Caudal ramus, X 240.

OM me co

Siphlocandona normani.

Figs. 10, 11. Shell seen laterally and dorsally, X 55.

12. Foot of first pair, X 240.

Teen second pai, X 240,

14, Caudal ramus, X 240.

Prats XXVIII.

Prionocypris tumefacta.

Fig. 1. Left valve seen from inside, X 50.

2. End of posterior antenna, X 240.

3. Caudal ramus, X 240.

Herpetocypris strigata.

5. Shell seen laterally and dorsally, X 16.

6. Posterior antenna, < 84.

7. Tooth of first maxilla, X 350.

8. End of foot of second pair, X 240.

9. Caudal ramus, X 84.

Ilyodromus robertsoni.

Figs. 10, 11. Shell seen laterally and dorsally, < 30.

12. Posterior antenna, < 140.

13. End of foot of second pair, 240.

14. Caudal ramus, X 140.

15. Tooth of anterior maxilla, « 240,

MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE ~ [ Feb. 1,

PLATE XXIX.

Herpetocypris chevreuxii.

Figs. 1, 2. Shell seen laterally and dorsally, 20.

3. Posterior antenna, X 84.

4, 5 maxilla, x 84.

5. Tooth of anterior maxilla, x 300.

6. End of foot of second pair, x 240.

7. Caudal ramus, X 120.

7a. Marginal spines of same, 240.

LIlyodromus olivaceus.

Fig. 8. Posterior antenna, X 120.

9. Foot of first pair, x 84.

10. » second pair, end, X 210.

11. Caudal ramus, « 84.

Ilyodromus robertsoni.

Fig. 12. Posterior maxilla, x 200.

PLatTE XXX.

Fig. 1. Shell of Candona angulata with encysted trematodes.

2-4. Cysts of the above in various stages of development.

5. Neorhynchus (? claviceps Zad.).

P. Proboscis. LZ. Lemnisci. S.C.Z. Subcuticular layer. R. Retractor of pro-

boscis. G.N. Giant nucleus. 7. Testis. V.D. Vas deterens. G. Glands.

G.P. Genital pore.

5. A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hippopotamus am-

phibius. By Frank H. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 18, 1910. ]

(Text-figures 22-25.)

Our knowledge of the anatomy of this animal so far as the

viscera, are concerned is due principally to the great work of

Gratiolet *, and to shorter and more recent memoirs by Crisp Tf,

Clark ~, Garrod§, Flower ||, Alix, Chapman **, Weber 77,

Peters i}, as well as to Dr. Macalister’s $$ memoir upon the

Liberian Hippopotamus.

* Recherches sur Anatomie de ’Hippopotame. Ed. by Alix. Paris, 1867.

+ “On some Points connected with the Anatomy of the Hippopotamus,” 12) ys)

1867, p. 601.

t ‘Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of the Hippopotamus,” P. Z. S. 1872, p. 185.

§ “On the Brain and other parts of the Hippopotamus,” Trans. Zool. Boe. Xl.

p. 11.

|| “‘ Lectures on the Digestive Organs of Mammals,” Med. Times & Gazette, 1872.

{| “Sur la Glande-lacrymale de l’Hippopotame,” Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7) iii.

1879, p. 146. “Sur le Plexus cervicale,” ib. p. 167. “Sur le Glande Sympathique

de V Hippopotame,” ib. p. 168. “Sur Ja Glande lacrymale del’Hippopotame,” Bull.

Soc. Zool. Fr. iv. 1879, p. 117.

*“* “ Observations upon the Hippopotamus,” P. Acad. Philad. 1881, p. 126.

+} Studien tiber Saugethiere : i. Beitrage zur Anatomie von Hippopotamus amphi-

bius. Jena, 1886.

28 lim Reise nach Mossambique,’ Satigethiere, 1852, p. 180. :

« “The Anatomy of Cheropus liberiensis,” P, Roy. ae Acad. (2) i. 1874, p. 496.

1910. | ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIEIUS. 221

These numerous memoirs between them deal with all the

organs of the body. ‘The recent dissection of a male specimen

which died in the Society’s Gardens has enabled me to verify

a number of the recorded facts, and also to add some few details

to ow: knowledge of the anatomy of the Hippopotamus. In

particular, I believe that I am able to compare more satisfactorily

than has yet been done the intestinal tract of this animal with

that of its allies.

When the animal is cut open the stomach is seen to occupy the

greater part of the abdominal cavity; it completely hides the

liver, which is behind it. A transversely running section of

the colon is nearly all that is visible of that gut, and it lies

between sections of the small intestine. The only part of the gut

upon which I made observations worth recording as a contribu-

tion to our knowledge of the anatomy of this animal, was the

colon. Of this section of the gut Gratiolet * wrote: ‘“ Le célon

ascendant décrit une ligne sineueuse dans laquelle en peut

compter six anses successives. 1] y a ensuite un célon transverse,

une 5 iliaque médiocrement courbée, placée trés-prés de la ligne

médiane, et enfin un rectum trés-musculeux.” This description

is not in the present state of our knowledge of the mammalian

gut enough to indicate the relationships with other Artiodactyles.

Dr. Crisp figures the entire alimentary canal of this Pachyderm,

but gives so generalised a figure that no details can be ascertained

beyond the well-known absence of cecum, and the proportions,

roughly speaking, between the long small and the short large

intestine. :

The figure of Gratiolet is better, and represents some of the

essential features of this gut in the Hippopotamus as I would

interpret them. ‘The six successive loops of the colon are given

in his illustration, and then the sharp bend backwards to form

the straight running descending colon and rectum. According

to Flower, ‘‘ The colon is comparatively short, about one-tenth of

the whole intestine, and instead of the spiral convolution found

in most Artiodactyles, its first or ascending part is thrown into

about six transverse folds, and then it pursues the usual course

of the transverse and descending colon.” This description agrees

entirely with the figure of Gratiolet. There are, as I believe, no

further notes upon the alimentary canal of the Hippopotamus

tending to explain its relations to and differences from the

alimentary canal of other Artiodactyles, save a brief reference by

Dr. Mitchell in his comparative survey of the Mammalian gut 7.

The colon of the example of /:ppopotamus which I have myself

examined appeared to be like that of other examples; but my

own observations enable me to add some details which serve to

fix more plainly, as I think, the correspondence between the colon

of this animal and that of others among its allies. It is to be

noted, in the first place, that the colon has, to begin with, a

* Loe. cit. p. 395.

+ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xvii.

222 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 1,

descending direction. Its origin from the small intestine—

though, as is well known, there is no cecum—is quite marked,

and cannot be missed. ‘This descending origin is decidedly on

the left side of the body, the origin of the duodenum on the

right side really occupying the position so often seen in mammals

to be occupied by the cecum. ‘The first part of the colon is quite

loosely arranged, and although six tolerably regular folds are

figured by Gratiolet, it must not be inferred from the stress

laid upon these folds by him and by Flower, that they are

definite entities. On the contrary, the colon is in this region

entirely lax and can be passed through the fingers in a perfectly

straight line without in the least damaging the mesocolon by

which it is suspended. ‘There is, in fact, no really definite

series of colic loops. ‘The colon happens to lie in this way or

that to meet the conditions of space; but it is as free from any

anse coli as is that of the Primates or the Marsupialia, &c.

We have to note therefore, in the first place, that Hippo-

potamus in the arrangement of the gut is more primitive than

is any other Artiodactyle, or indeed than any other Ungulate,

excepting perhaps the Elephant. In surveying the various Orders

of Mammals with reference to the coiling of the gut *, I was

unable to find any Artiodactyle which had not a very specialised

gut. Even Tragulus, which lies near to the base of the series,

so far as living Artiodactyles are concerned, showed all the typical

artiodactyle features in the arrangement of its colon and in

the permanent loops thereof. The animal therefore furnishes

additional. evidence in favour of the contention that the gut

undergoes an evolution in separate groups, the stages being in all

cases the same in general outline. A knowledge of the intestinal

tract of the Hippopotamus thus fills a very considerable hiatus

in what is known concerning the group of Artiodactyles.

It is, however, important to notice that while the gut of the

Hippopotamus represents Stage II. among the Artiodactylest,

a stage which has been hitherto missing in that group, there is

not a precise correspondence between the gut and that of, for

example, a Kangaroo which represents the same stage. The

intestinal tract of Hippopotamus is distinctively Artiodactyle, or

at least Ungulate, in various features to which I now shall

direct attention. In the first place, the position of the vanished

cecum is on the left side of the body, and the colon therefore

commences by passing ina downward direction. This is precisely

what we find in other Ungulates, for example in Hyraxt. The

second feature of importance in which the gut showsan Ungulate,

and this time a distinctively Artiodactyle, character, is in the

* “On the Anatomy of Antechinomys, &c.,” P. Z. S. 1908, p. 561.

+ Tam not absolutely certain whether the gut of Hippopotamus may not really

belong to Stage I. Gratiolet speaks of a continuous mesentery for both small and

large intestine. Unfortunately my own notes are defective as to this point.

+ See Beddard, “On the Anatomy of Antechinomys, &c.,” P. ZS, 1908, p. 582,

fig. 415.

1910. ] ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIBIUS, 223;

sharp turn of the ascending to form the descending colon. This

is particularly well seen in, for instance, Zragulus. But it occurs

in other Artiodactyles also.

The enormous stomach of the Hippopotamus has been described

by so many writers, indeed by all those quoted above as well as

by some earlier contributors to our knowledge of this ‘ Pachy-

derm,” such as Daubenton, The various chambers of the stomach

seem to be now well understood, and in consequence I have not

troubled myself to revise the existing knowledge upon this

subject. But one matter which I noted in connection with

that organ has not been dwelt upon by previous writers. If it

has been noted at all, it has escaped my attention. I found

in the case of the young animal which I examined, that along a

line parallel with the elongated spleen and about coextensive

with that organ, the stomach was attached to the ventral parietes

by a strong white band of connective tissue. The direction of

this was rather obliquely longitudinal, being somewhat between

the transverse and the longitudinal planes of the body. On the

opposite side of the body the stomach was attached to the dorsal

parietes by an equally strong ligament. This latter may, of

course, be regarded as the mesogaster. But the homologies of

the ventral ligament are not so clear.

I showed the structure to my colleague Dr. Plimmer, who was

of opinion that the ligamentous band was not a pathological

structure, and indeed it hardly gave the impression of being of

that nature. It may perhaps be regarded as representing a

portion of the ventral mesentery, of which in other mammals the

falciform ligament is the only representative. In the case of the

Hippopotamus, however, the direction of this ligament was not

quite such as to lead to a confident assertion of this view of its

homology. The attachment of the stomach to the ventral

parietes is, I believe, a new structural feature for a mammal.

It obviously reveals the conditions which obtain in the Crocodilia

(and in Birds). The fixation of so huge an organ as is the

stomach of this great beast when distended with food would seem

to be a most useful fact in its economy, and it is possibly to be

looked upon in this light. For one can hardly make the com-

parison suggested with the aquatic Crocodilia save as due to a like

need.

The heart in the example which I have studied does not show

any marked bifidity of its apex such as has been described in this

animal. Indeed nothing of the kind was obvious to me. As

Gratiolet has observed, there are no corpora Arantii in the valves

of the pulmonary artery. These nodules are also absent from

the same valves in the Peccary. The accompanying drawing

(vext-fig. 22, p. 224) illustrates the interior of the aorta and

pulmonary artery, and shows the erescentic depression in each

which represents the former orifice of the ductus Botalli. It will

be noted that, in accordance with the direction of the tube (which

is a solid band in the adult and indicated in the figures already

224 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 1,

referred to), the rudimentary orifice is thickened along one side ;

b is the aortic orifice, a that in the pulmonary artery.

Text-fig. 22.

The aorta and pulmonary artery of Hippopotamus opened up to show the

vestigial orifices (a & 6) of the ductus Botalli.

The right ventricle fully opened is shown in text-fig. 23. It

will be observed from the very accurate figure that the free wall

of that ventricle is not sculptured into columne carnose, but

merely presents an honeycombed appearance. It is in fact only

unevenly pitted with variously sized excavations which acquire,

near to the attached wall of the ventricle, some approach to the

more usual arrangement of trabecule. The auriculo-ventricular

valve itself was markedly tricuspid, and it 1s shown in the text-

figure not in its normal position. For the cutting and reflection

of the free wall of the ventricle has carried with it the muscles

attached to the middle flap of the valve, the infundibular cusp of

human anatomy. On the extreme left the valve is attached to

the septal wall of the ventricle in a way which is not universal

among Mammals. There is, in fact, a thick and well-marked

papillary muscle in this situation which is shown in the figure, as

are the other papillary muscles, as striated longitudinally, to

distinguish them more definitely from the walls of the ventricle.

This septal papillary muscle is quite short and very stout.

The anterior papillary muscle is rather complex. Its actual

origin from the ventricular wall is marked by the letter ‘“ A ”

towards the right of the drawing (text-fig. 23), and a portion of

it also arises from the neighbouring cut edge marked “ B.” The

actual course of the papillary muscle and its subdivisions is

€

19102]. ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIBIUS. 225

shown on the left of the drawing with the same letters attached

to the corresponding parts. It will be noticed that this, the

anterior or great papillary muscle, arises very near to the junction

between the free and the septal wall of the ventricle. The septal

half of the auriculo-ventricular valve arises from or is connected

with two perfectly distinct papillary muscles, of which the left-

Interior of right ventricle of Hippopotamus.

AA, BB. Attachments of great papillary muscle.

hand one (that to the right in the figure) is the larger. From the

cut edge “A” to the left of the figure a muscle passing upwards

is seen. This I regard as the moderator band. An interesting

feature of this heart consists in the presence of chord ten-

dines, which run parallel with the margin of the auriculo-

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XV. 15

226 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 1,

ventricular valve and connect the successive papillary muscles.

The arrangement of these is such as to suggest a former great

extension of the membranous valve towards the apex of the

ventricles.

It seems to me from the account given by Gratiolet * of this

valve, that in the specimen which he dissected the papillary

muscles of the septal half of the valve were not much developed.

Otherwise there is no great difference between his account and

that given above, save that I have entered into the matter some-

what more in detail.

Dr. Crisp, in his account of the Hippopotamus, remarks of the

right auriculo-ventricular valve that the ‘‘ tendons of the Tricuspid

valve, seventeen in number, spring from three columns (so-called),

one prominent and nipple-like, the others but little raised above

the surface.” I fancy from this account that the specimen

examined by that anatomist was not unlike the one described by

myself in the present communication. My figure shows a number

of chorde tendinee which is not very far from the number

asserted by Dr. Crisp, while his description of the musculi papil-

lares, although not absolutely agreeing with the arrangement of

those muscles as I saw it, emphasizes, as I think, the stout

elevated muscle to the extreme right of the ventricular cavity in

the figure.

The accompanying figure (text-fig. 24) represents the interior

of the right auricle of the Hippopotamus, which has never been

figured so far as I am aware, though many of the features

there visible are referred to by previous writers. The auricular

appendix, shown to the right of the drawing, is not completely

opened up. <A seeker is shown passing through the auriculo-

ventricular orifice and appearing below, the ventricle being

supposed to be completely removed. This will serve to orient

the various parts of the auricle. Those parts of the auricle where

the endocardium is very thin so as to expose the musculature, are

represented as striated to emphasize this muscular appearance. On

the right upper side of the drawing is seen the precaval vein (A.C.),

which debouches very close to the orifice of the azygos (Az.).

The arrangement is, in fact, exactly that of the Peccary (Dicotyles

torquatus), of which animal I dissected a heart for the purposes

of comparison with that of Hippopotamus. The circumference

of the mouth of the azygos is 46 mm., while that of the precaval

I calculate to be fully 60 mm. It is obvious, however, that the

azygos is relatively very large. It has been already observed

that the posteaval vein is very small where it debouches into the

auricle. This is certainly the case in the heart which I examined

and as is shown in the drawing (text-fig. 24, P.C.). I find on

reference to the heart of the Peccary, that the conditions ob-

servable in the Hippopotamus are only an exaggeration of what

is to be seen in the former animal. In the Peccary the postcaval is

* Toc. cit. p. 358.

1910. | ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIBIUS. 227

distinctly smaller than the precaval. In the Hippopotamus’

heart the postcaval had unfortunately been cut away very close

to the heart; but it must, I imagine, be limited to the area

Text-fig. 24.

Interior of right auricle of Hippopotamus.

a. Orifice of tributary of azygos (Az.). A.C. Anterior vena cava. 1B. Deep recess.

b.v. Orifice of small blood-vessel. C. Coronary vein. P.C. Postcaval vein.

aw. Probe passed through auriculo-ventricular orifice.

marked P.C. in text-fig. 24. This corresponds with the position

of the same vein inthe Peccary. If this be so, the vein is actually

15%

228 MR. F.,E. BEDDARD ON THE (Feb. 1,

of less diameter than the azygos where both enter the heart. The

letters b.v. in the text-figure indicate a depression in the wall of

the auricle, which is here thick and muscular, as is also shown in

the figure. Beyond this (i. e., in the direction of the auriculo-

ventricular valve) the wall becomes thin and white and very

tough, suggesting the wails of a vein. This, however, can hardly

belong really to the cut vena cava, the position of which would

in that case become totally different to that of the Peccary.

Beyond this point the walls of the auricle again become muscular,

and a very sharp semicircular fold, as shown in the text-figure,

marks the commencement of this muscular region. The fold is

a little beyond (i.¢., towards the appendix auricule side) the

entrance of the coronary vein. In the Peceary’s heart the wall

of the auricle is muscular for a much greater distance towards

the orifice of the postcaval, and there is no membranous region,

such as I have described above, opposite to the orifice of the

coronary vein ; indeed the muscular layer is seen to extend over

about one-half of the flap which guards the orifice of the coronary

vein. Nevertheless, beyond this point in the direction of the

entrance of the postcaval the auricular wal] is thin and mem-

branous, 7.¢., non-muscular. This fact gives me confidence in

restricting the postcaval embouchure to the area lettered P.C. in

the accompanying figure. It is therefore evidently a very small

ovifice relatively speaking. It may be seen also in the figure

referred to (text-fig. 24, B) that the postcaval opens into an

almost separate chamber of the auricle which is separated from

the auricle itself by a high and broad ridge, beneath which, on

the opposite side, lies the orifice of the coronary vein. Other

than this there is no structure which can be termed an Eustachian

valve. It will be seen in the figure that besides the pit in the

auricular wall lettered 6.v., there are a few other and. similar

orifices scattered over the inside of the right auricle. These,

which are not numerous, are to be regarded, I imagine, as the

equivalents of the foramina Thebesii of human anatomists. I

did not find the second precaval vein which Macalister has stated

to be present in the dwarf Liberian Hippopotamus.

Through the kindness of Mr. R. H. Burne, I have been able to

examine the heart of a Hippopotamus preserved in the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons. The heart was a small one

and obviously that of a foetal or new-born animal, for the com-

munication between the auricles was present, and the ductus

Botalli was a wide vessel connecting the aorta and the pulmonary

artery. I looked particularly at the relative sizes of the postcaval

and precaval veins at their embouchure into the auricle; and

although I am not able to give actual measurements, it was

perfectly clear that both veins were roughly of the same size ; in

any case it is absolutely safe to say of this particular heart that

the postcaval was not markedly smaller than the precaval.

Gratiolet is very positive about the fact that in a young Hippo-

potamus which died about 24 hours after its birth, the postcaval

1910.} ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIBIUS. 229

opened into the heart by a narrow canal, while the precaval

opened “ par un sinus enorme.”

Dr. Chapman found in two Hippopotami, about five and a

half feet long, that the precaval was “very large and readily

transmitting blood to the heart, whereas the inferior cava, at least

that part above the diaphragm, is rather small.”

Dr. Crisp’s statements are a little uncertain in their inter-

pretation. He wrote that the “superior cava. . . is short, thin,

and very capacious, measuring 1} inch in diameter. The inferior

cava is also very capacious.” The latter phrase might, however,

refer to the postcaval below the diaphragm; otherwise it is

obviously in direct contradiction to Chapman. In any case the

specimen at the College of Surgeons Museum can be examined,

and it will, I think, be found that my statement concerning it is

correct.

The coronary arteries are very large. It is important, however,

to mention that (as my colleague, Dr. Plimmer, points out to

me) this is associated with degenerative changes in the muscle of

the heart and mucoid degeneration of the visceral layer of the

pericardium. Still a large size of these arteries seems to be found

in other aquatic Mammalia*. They are not dealt with by

Gratiolet t. In the heart examined by myself the arteries were

two, arising on opposite sides of the aorta. The two coronary

arteries differ in their size and distribution. That which is

concerned with the blood-supply of the right ventricle is much

the larger. This coronary passes with a sinuous course along the

anterior edge of the ventricle, between it and the auricle. At

the end of the right ventricle the artery bends downwards and

runs along the inter-ventricular border, but as two arteries, for

it divides near to the point of alteration of direction. Before

this the branches of the coronary are inconspicuous.

The lesser coronary artery supplies the walls of the left

ventricle. It passes straight from the aorta to the commence-

ment of the ventricle; here it bifurcates into two arteries, of

which the shorter (that which is to the right when the heart is

viewed from the side of the left ventricle) runs down towards the

apex of the ventricle along the border line of the left and right

ventricles. The other branch runs similarly along the base of

the left ventricle to the other side of the left ventricle, when it

suddenly changes its direction and runs towards the apex of the

heart, but at a considerable distance from the neighbouring

branch of the other coronary artery. It does not reach the apex,

at least not as so important a branch. I¢ is evident from their

course and relative importance that these arteries in Hippo-

potamus hardly differ from the coronary arteries of man.

Among the arteries dealt with by Gratiolet we do not find any

account of the intercostals. These I have represented in the

* Of. Beddard, ‘‘ Notes upon the Anatomy of a Manatee (Manatus inunguis),”

P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 52.

¢ Tac. cit. p. 361.

230 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 1,

accompanying figure (text-fig. 25), which does not, however,

show the complete series. In order to abbreviate the figure

conveniently, only a certain number of the anterior arteries are

shown ; but nothing is lost by this omission, since after the point

Text-fig. 25.

Commencing aorta of Hippopotamus cut open to show oritices of intercostal

arteries.

A. Cluster of intercostal and bronchial arteries. B. Series of regular intercostals.

at which the drawing ends the arteries have the same regular

arrangement as in the latter part of that section of the aorta

which is represented in the figure. The series commences with

a pair of equisized apertures lying side by side. These are, I take

1910. | ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIBIUS. 231

it, the mouths of origin of lung arteries. After a short gap

there is a group of four arteries placed as is shown in the figure

and crowded very close together. So close indeed, that the

appearance of one artery with a cribriform plate at its aortic

aperture is produced. Of the four, one or two are also lung

arteries, as I ascertained by means of an inserted seeker. The

others are intercostals. Then follow two arteries, one behind the

other, which are placed rather more closely in sequence than

those which follow. The latter form a series which are wider

apart and perfectly regular until the end of the series, which, as

already mentioned, is not shown in the drawing. It is to be

noted, therefore, that the intercostals of this animal are quite

unpaired at their origin from the aorta; the division occurs,

however, shortly after the origin. The most important point of

difference from the intercostal series of such other Mammals as

I have had the opportunity of seeing, is in the mass of four

arteries situated so close together at the beginning of the series,

and which are lettered in the accompanying text-figure. The

unpaired condition of the intercostals is perhaps rather less

common among Mammals than a paired origin of these arteries.

It is furthermore to be noted that there were no visible cesopha-

geal arteries on the opposite side of the aorta in this region of

that arterial trunk. Such arteries are commonly ventral instead

of dorsal in position, and thus contrast with the intercostals and

lung-arteries, which must be regarded as being one morphological

series. It may be, however, that in the Hippopotamus the

esophageal arteries are derived from twigs of the intercostals ;

but as to this I have no positive information to offer.

The azygos vein is mentioned by Gratiolet only in the observa-

tion that ‘“‘ Les libres communications de lazygos et des veines

mammaires avec la veine cave supérieure indiquent que les

muscles locomoteurs du trone sont, ainsi que les centres nerveux,

soustraits a toute case de congestion.” In examining the thorax

of the recently dead animal the apparent inconspicuousness of the

azygos was striking. This was possibly due to the pleura of the

thoracic wall being rather thick, but in other large animals such

as the Zebra, where I have observed the azygos, it was perfectly

obvious without further dissection, and I have figured it without

difficulty in a number of Antelopes. So difficult to detect is this

vein in Hippopotamus, that I had noted, before proceeding to

dissection of the neighbouring parts, that the vein was absent as

a distinct vein. I had in fact expected to meet with the condi-

tions that appear to characterise the Cetacea, a state of affairs

that would not perhaps have been unexpected. Nevertheless it

does not occur, as I ascertained after the heart and lungs were

removed, and therefore too late to give all the details desirable

about this important vein in a type where it is likely to be

interesting. I did, however, ascertain certain facts which are of

importance in the systematic placing of this Ungulate. In the

first place, there is a long azygos vein on the right side at any rate.

232 ON THE ANATOMY OF HIPPOPOTAMUS AMPHIBIUS. | Feb. 1,

This is of itself important, because in the Artiodactyle Ungulates

(with the exception only of the Tragulide—so far as we know at

present) the main azygos is on the left side. There is, I believe,

no other exception to this generalisation that has been described.

In the second place, the azygos must lie very close to, in fact

practically upon, the middle line of the centra of the dorsal

vertebre, for the cut ends of the intercostal trunks themselves

lay very close indeed to this line, and I passed a probe up the

intercostal vessel to its dorsal cut end, which was some way from

the actual orifice into the azygos which, as already stated, had

been removed. For some way along the ribs at any rate the

intercostal veins were simple veins as in other Mammals, and

there was no breaking up of the trunks into anything approaching

the retia which Gratiolet has described in the case of the other

veins.

In cutting away the aorta for further study the azygos was

found to have been removed with it, and was firmly attached

to the right side of the line along which the (at first sight)

single intercostal arteries emerge from the aorta. It was, there-

fore, completely concealed when the various viscera were in

position. It is obviously quite easy to determine upon which

side of the aorta the azygos lay, since the intercostals must be

supposed to emerge along the middle line, as they begin with

single arteries which later divide into two branches, one for

each side of the body. Judging in this way, the azygos of the

Hippopotamus is a right azygos, and in this it agrees with

Tragulus and differs from, at any rate, most of the Artiodactyles.

It is very noteworthy that these two primitive genera should

agree with each other and with the Perissodactyles and Hyrax*.

It must, however, be recollected that Cervus sika has also a right

azygos vein. I have already dealt with the opening of this

vein into the right auriclet. The openings of its branches

are very obvious, and have the same irregular arrangement

anteriorly followed by a regular arrangement posteriorly, that

we find in the case of the intercostal and other minor branches

of the thoracic aorta. The first branch was a large one, about

an inch from the auricular orifice of the vein. Behind this

were two successive pairs of veins, of which one vein in each

pair was rather larger than the other, and one vein of each pair

was rather in advance of the other. Then followed a group

of four inequisized venous orifices. At this point the azygos

vein ceases from its close association with the aorta and passes

straight to the right auricle, so that the veins hitherto considered

belong (at any rate nearly all of them) to the visceral (esophageal

and pulmonary) affluents of the azygos. After this poit come

the regularly paired intercostals which lie on the ventral surface

of the azygos just in front of the corresponding intercostal

arteries.

* Beddard, “On the Azygos Vein of Mammals,” P. ZS. 1907, p. 181.

+ Supra, p. 226.

1910.| ON ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 233

6. The Entozoa of the Hippopotamus. By RoperrT. Lriprr,

M.B., F.Z.S., Helminthologist to the London School of

Tropical Medicine.

{Received February 1, 1910. }

(Text-figures 26-35.)

The parasites described in this paper were, with two exceptions,

collected by me on the occasion of a visit to Uganda during the

summer of 1907, as a member of the Egyptian Government

Survey.

During a month’s stay near the Murchison Falls on the Victoria

Nile I dissected four Hippopotami for the purpose of ascertaining

to what extent they harboured parasitic worms.

In every case worms were present in large numbers in the

stomach, intestines, liver and subcutaneous tissues, comprising no

less than nine species, of which three were round worms and six

flat worms—no tapeworms occurred.

Shortly after my return to England I received from Dr. Sells,

of the Uganda Medical Staff, a collection of parasites from various

animals. Among these were two new species from the Hippo-

potamus that did not occur in my own series, but which for the

sake of, completeness are recorded here.

NEMATODA.

Family TRICHOSTRONGYLID&.

Genus NEMATODIRUS.

1, NEMATODIRUS HOPKENI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 26, p. 234.)

The habitat of this species is somewhat uncertain, as the few

specimens representing it were found upon the peritoneal surface

of the intestine and stomach after these had been opened. There

seems little doubt that they had escaped from the stomach. The

mates are easily distinguished from the females by the presence of

a bursa at their posterior ends and by their smaller size. The

males measure 12 mm. and the females 18 mm. in length.

The skin is transverselv striated, and the strie at the level of the

junction of cesophagus with intestine are 0:003 mm. apart.

The mouth is unarmed, but is surrounded by three tiny

lips.

The cesophagus is simple and gradually increases in diameter

from its anterior to posterior end. At 0°3 mm. from the mouth

it is crossed by the nerve ring, and at the same level the excretory

pore opens on the ventral surface of the body. In the male, the

bursa surrounding the posterior extremity consists of two long

lateral flaps supported by six rays. The third or posterior mem-

brane with its supporting posterior ray is entirely absent.

234 DR. R. T. LEIPER ON [ Feb. 1,

The spicules are equal in length and measure 0°43 mm. and are

of a brown colour; they have a peculiar and characteristic shape—

the proximal partis of uniform diameter, and then quite suddenly

tapers to a sharp point ; this attenuated portion resembling a note

of interrogation. There are two small pre-bursal papille.

Text-fig. 26.

)

Nematodirus hopkeni.

Bursa of male, showing absence of posterior lobe.

Cervical papille are present in both sexes: they project as

acicular points 0-4 mm. behind the nerve-ring. In the female

the cesophagus measures 1°5 mm.in length. The anus is 0°25 mm.

from the tip of the tail. ‘The vulva lies 3°83 mm. in front of the

anus. There is a short vagina of 0:1 mm., into which two uteri

open; these uteri are provided with ovejectors. The ova are

thin-shelled and measure 0°065 by 0:035mm. J name this species

in honour of Baron Hermann y. Hépken, companion of our

wanderings in Uganda.

Family FILARID &.

Genus FILarta.

2. FILARIA HIPPOPOTAMI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 27 A, p. 236.)

A couple of days after the dissection of one of the Hippos from

which the previously described material was obtained, I happened

to inspect some large pieces of the skin that my gun-bearer had

saved, and was drying in the sun. My attention was attracted

by the numerous white lines resembling pieces of cotton that

interlaced the strands of connective tissue still adherent to the

under surface of the skin. These on closer examination proved to

1910.) ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 235

be calcified filaria worms. A prolonged search resulted in the

discovery of four living specimens, but unfortunately they were

all females, and the description of the species must necessarily

remain incomplete for the present.

The parasites measure 100 mm. in length and havea transverse

diameter of 0-4 mm. The skin is quite smooth, the mouth is

simple, and does not appear to be provided with definite papille.

The esophagus, like that of other filaria in mammals, is long and

slender, measuring 2°6 mm. by 0:12 mm. At 0:5 mm. from the

mouth it is crossed by the nerve-ring. The anus is situated

0-45 mm. from the tip of the tail. The vulva opens 1°55 mm.

from the anterior end. The vagina is a muscular-walled tube

passing directly backwards therefrom to divide at the level of the

junction of the cesophagus with the chyle intestine into two long

uterine tubes. These tubes are at first narrow (0:05 mm.) and pass

backwards for a considerable distance side by side; they become

distended later with embryos, and together with the ovarian

tubules occupy the perivisceral cavity from 0°8 mm. behind the

vulva to the anus.

The posterior end of the worm is bluntly rounded, and in the

middle line terminates in a small cuticular knob with a slightly

depressed tip. On either side of this cuticular termination the

integument is distinctly raised by a pair of large fleshy papille.

This species is apparently closely related to Pilaria demarquai

of man.

3. COBBOLDIA VIVIPARA, gen. et sp.n. (Text-fig. 27 B, C.)

The mucous secretion upon the lining of the stomach of the

Hippopotamus was infested with myriads of a minute form of

Nematode that is, when alive, almost invisible to the naked eye on

account of its transparency. The males and females resemble

each other very closely, and can only be distinguished by a micro-

scopical examination. The former measure 4:0 mm., the females

4-3 mm. in length. The skin has no. transverse strive, but longi-

tudinal lines are visible through the cuticle. In the male the

body maintains an almost uniform diameter of 0-09 mm. from the

excretory pore to the genital opening. The body tapers anteriorly

from the excretory pore to 0:03 mm. at the head, and likewise

posteriorly from the anus to end at the tail in an acicular point.

In the female a uniform diameter of 0-1 mm. is only maintained

in the second quarter of the body length, whence it tapers gradually

to 0-04 mm. at the head, and uniformly through the whole of the

posterior half of the body to a sharp-pointed tail similar to that

in the male.

The mouth is surrounded by a collar of cuticle which has a

median triangular prolongation on its dorsal and ventral aspects.

The whole collar is supported by four finger-like papille, the

lateral pair supporting the apices of the triangular flaps being

twice the length of the median pair which maintain the basal

angles.

236 DR. R. T. LEIPER ON [ Feb. 1,

The cesophagus is long and slender and becomes bulbous in its

posterior fourth ; it unites with the chyle intestine at 0-65 mm.

from the mouth in both sexes.

The nerve-ring is very broad (0°01 mm.) and surrounds the

cesophagus in its middle third at 0°25 mm. from the head.

The excretory pore opens 0°5 mm. from the anterior end of the

body.

Text-fig. 27.

Yeates

OhSeee ree

MWA avateneennnt

PMT

‘aul Mit

UHL ty)

& 2 co~~~

[eer orse| Ss sf i

SE ada

A. Filaria hippopotami. ‘Tail of female.

B (head) and C (tail of male) of Cobbeldia vivipara.

In the male the testicular tube pursues an almost straight

course alongside of the intestine from the cloaca to within

0-5 mm. of the cesophagus, then sharply doubles upon itself for

0°24 mm. and ends in a blunted tip.

The two spicules are short undulating chitinous rods with fine

transverse markings; they measure 0°26 mm. and 0:055 mm. in

length.

The genital papille are sessile and consist of a circumanal

group of five pairs, and in addition there are four pairs of post-

anals distributed along the tail at gradually diminishing distances

from each other,

1910. | ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 237

In the female the anus opens 0°95 mm. from the posterior

extremity. The vulva is 0°07 mm. in front of the anus. The

anatomy of the female organs cannot be accurately determined as

these structures are greatly distended by two or three embryos of

enormous size, the containing cyst measuring 0°3 mm. by 0°] mm.

This retention of the ovum within the maternal body until it has

- completed its larval development and has attained adult form, is

found also in Probstmayria vivipara which occurs in horses in

various parts of the world.

I have named this genus in honour of the late Dr. Cobbold.

CESTODA.

No tapeworms were present in any of the animals examined.

Cobbold mentions that ‘‘ Livingstone has drawn attention to the

fact that the river-horse is much infested by tapeworms,” but I

cannot find a description of such parasites anywhere in literature.

TREMATODA.

Family Fasciouip &.

Genus Fascroua.

4, FASCIOLA NYANZH, sp.n. (Text-fig. 28, p. 238.)

This species was found exclusively in the bile-ducts of the liver,

and in most instances the specimens were somewhat macerated

owing to the length of time that necessarily elapsed before the

animal could be recovered from the water.

The genus Fasciola, in the restricted sense in which it was used

first by Cobbold, comprises only the species /”. hepatica, F'. gigan-

tica, F-. magna, from Ruminants, and /. jacksoni from Elephants.

These four species differ mainly in the shape and size of the body,

the character of the internal branches of the gut and the dis-

tribution of the yolk-glands, especially with reference to their

encroachment upon that region of the body which lies between

the main gut branches. /. wyanze is more closely related to

F. hepatica and F. gigantica than to the other forms, differing

mainly in the feeble development of spines on the integument,

and the restriction of the branched testes to the anterior third

of the body.

korm, etc.—The parasite measures 69 mm. in length; greatest

breadth 9°3 mm., 7. e.in the proportion of 7 to 1, whereas in

F. hepatica the proportion is only 2 to 1, and in FP. gugantica

4 to l.

The cephalic cone is well defined and when contracted measures

3 mm. in length.

The body expands almost immediately behind the cone to attain

its greatest diameter, whence it tapers very uniformly to the

posterior end of the body, having midway a diameter of only

6 mm.,, and 3 mm. at less than 2 mm. from the posterior end.

238 DR. R. T. LEIPER ON i Feb. 1,

The oral sucker measures 0-9 mm. broad by 0°7 mm. long. The

musculature is 073 mm. thick. The ventral sucker lies at the base

of the cephalic cone, is spberoidal and has an antero-posterior

diameter of 1:25 mm., and its muscular wall is 0-4 mm. in

thickness.

The alimentary canal has a well-developed pharynx and an

exceedingly short cesophagus. The two guts give off numerous

external ramifying branches. The internal branches on the other

hand are relatively few, and resemble those of F’. hepatica. They

rarely branch.

Text-fig. 28.

Fasciola nyanze. Nat. size.

a. Gut branches uncovered by yolk-glands.

6. Upper limit of yolk-glands.

¢. Area occupied by testes.

d. Area occupied by yolk-glands.

The yolk-glands are very extensive and occupy the whole of the

posterior 44 mm. of the hody; they extend forwards also on either

side of the testes to the level of the shell-glands, leaving the

“ shoulders” of the parasite free for over 2 mm.

The greatly ramified testes lie in the anterior third only of

the body, and in comparison with the other forms occupy a rela-

tively small area.

The specimens were not sufficiently well preserved to allow of

the differentiation, by staining, of the branched ovary from the

testes. The uterine coils lie immediately behind the ventral

sucker, and are few in number. They contain numerous large

dark brown eggs ovoid in shape and measuring 0°15 mm. by

0:07 min.

Family PARAMPHISTOMID2.

Genus GASTROTHYLAX.

5. GASTROYHYLAX CRUCIFORMIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 29 A, B, C.)

This species occurred in considerable numbers associated with

Paramphistomum buaxifrons in the stomach. When alive the

specimens are of a deep red colour which changes to brown atte:

preservation in formalin. They have the chavacteristic form oy

1910.) ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 239

Gastrothylax. The body measures 0°5 mm. to 0°8 mm. in length,

and is cylindrical in shape, tapering to a blunt point anteriorly,

the posterior end being truncate and occupied by the terminally

situated ventral sucker 0°9 mm. in dorso-ventral diameter, with a

muscular wall 1-8 mm. thick. All the specimens obtained were

sexually immature, but the peculiar configuration of the ventral

pouch is alone sufficient to distinguish this from all previously

described forms. The entrance to the cavity of this pouch is a

transverse slit on the ventral surface, 0°35 mm. from the oral

opening. When seen in sagittal section the cavity has an almost

uniform breadth of 0°5 mm. from a short way behind the genital

pore to its blind end upon the dome of the ventral sucker. In

transverse section the cavity maintains a distinctly pentagonal

Text-fig. 29 *.

Gastrothylax cruciformis.

A, B. Transverse sections. C. Median longitudinal section.

shape in all degrees of contraction of the body ; the base of the

pentagon lying parallel to and upon the ventral surface, and the

apex projecting towards the dorsal surface of the parasite. In

certain conditions of contraction the two sides that form the

apical angle and the side that forms the base frequently buckle so

as to produce the figure of a cross; under no circumstances are

the five angles obliterated.

The cuticle is thin and smooth, with tiny knob-like papille

near the mouth.

The pharynx is small, globular, and measures 0°32 mm. in

length and 0:26 in breadth, the muscular wall being 0:09 imm. in

thickness.

The cesophagus measures 0°2 mm. in length and 0:08 mm. in

breadth.

* For explanation of abbreviations used in the text-figures see p. 251.

240 DR. R, T. LEIPER ON [ Feb. 1,

The gut-branches have a width of 0:06 mm. and follow a wave-

like course to end at the level of and ventral to the testes.

The genital opening les immediately, behind the pharynx and

discharges into the narrow channel leading into the ventral pouch.

It lies in front of the bifurcation of the gut.

The genital atrium is 0:1 mm. deep and 0:1 mm. wide.

The testes are small rosette-like bodies lying one on either side

of the middle line in the pad of parenchymatous tissue that inter-

venes between the blind end of the ventral pouch and the dome

of the ventral sucker. They measure in my immature specimens

0:2 mm. in diameter. The various parts of the genital tube can-

not be satisfactorily delimited as the worm had not reached sexual

maturity.

The yolk-glands are undeveloped in the specimens.

The ovary rests upon the fundus of the excretory vesicle on

the connective tissue between the ventral pouch and the dorsum.

The shell-glands are undeveloped; their rudiment lies just

ventral to the ovary.

The uterus contains no eggs.

Laurer’s canal crosses over the fundus of the excretory vesicle

to open opposite its centre.

Excretory vesicle is a large egg-shaped cavity 0-6 mm. in length

by 0°3 mm. in breadth, lying with its longitudinal axis parallel to

that of the body. Its posterior more pointed half rests upon the

dorsal surface of the ventral sucker. The excretory duct is very

short (0°07 mm.) and passes diagonally from the excretory vesicle

to the dorsal surface. The excretory pore lies at a distance of

0:36 mm. behind Laurer’s canal, which curves over the fundus of

the vesicle.

Genus PARAMPHISTOMUM.

6. PARAMPHISTOMUM GIGANTOCOTYLE Brandes. (Text-fig. 30.)

Otto and Buchner have previously found this species in small

numbers, but only the former has given any account of the

parasite. Otto’s description is very incomplete, and on some

points is apparently incorrect. No mention is made of the

pharyngeal pouches, or of the openings of Laurer’s canal and

excretory vesicle. He states that there is only one testis. I

attribute my specimens to this species mainly on the ground of

the presence of an exceedingly large ventral sucker.

Form, etc.—The body is pyriform, the anterior being the pointed

end. It measures 8 mm. in length and 2:75 mm. in greatest

diameter. The dorsal surface is markedly convex, and the large

ventral sucker presents entirely on the ventral aspect of the body.

This sucker has an antero-posterior internal diameter of no less

than 3°2 mm., and its wall is 0°-4 mm. in thickness. The opening

of the sucker varies considerably in size in different specimens: in

well-preserved ones its usual diameter is about 1:6 mm., in

macerated worms it may exceed even 4 mm.

1910. ] ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 241

The cuticle is smooth and there are no papille surrounding the

mouth.

The pharynx is eval, and measures 1:1 mm. in length by 1 mm.

in transverse diameter, and its musculature has a thickness of

0-4 mm. ‘There are no pharyngeal pouches.

The cesophagus is S-shaped, measures 0°9 mm. in length by

0-2 mm. in breadth. The musculature of its wall is only slightly

developed.

The bifurcation of the gut lies anterior to the genital pore ona

level with the posterior fourth of the pharynx.

_ The gut-branches have a width of 1 mm. and end blindly upon

the sides of the ventral sucker at the level of its lower lip.

Text-fig. 30.

Paramphistomum gigantocotyle. Median longitudinal section.

The genital opening lies on the ventral surface midway between

the mouth and the anterior limit of the ventral sucker. The

genital atrium is slit-like. Its wall is strengthened by some

thickening of the subcuticle.

The testes, two in number, are deeply incised transversely so as to

give to each the appearance, in some sections, of two distinct bodies.

Otto makes the statement that there is only one testicular mass.

The testes are almond-shaped : they lie in contact, one behind the

other, with their longitudinal axis, 1-1 mm., at right angles to

that of the body. The maximum antero-posterior measurement

is 0°5 mm. |

The yolk-glands consist of numerous very small follicles

scattered throughout the parenchymatous tissue on the outer

aspects of the voluminous gut-branches.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XVI. 16

242 DR. R. 'T. LEIPER ON | Feb. 1,

The ovary occupies the centre of the triangular area limited by

the testis anteriorly, the anterior half of the excretory vesicle

dorsally, and the dome of the ventral sucker ventrally ; it has a

diameter of 0°5 mm.

The shell-glands lie in the posterior angle of the same area just

below the ovary.

Laurer’s canal crosses the excretory vesicle near its duct, and

opens upon the dorsum lateral to and behind the excretory

pore.

The excretory vesicle is an elongated fissure-like cavity 2°2 mm.

long and 0°3 mm. wide. It discharges by a duct only 0°15 mm.

in length on the dorsal surface, at a point in line with the anterior

borders of the ventral sucker and the ovary.

A few specimens of this species occur in Dr. Sells’ collection.

7. PARAMPHISTOMUM BUXIFRONS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 31.)

Enormous numbers of this species were found in the stomach,

attached to the mucous membrane. They are readily distinguish-

able by their brownish pigmentation and leaf-like shape. For

the present the species is placed in the genus Paramphistomum,

but it departs very considerably from the type as defined by

P. cervi in shape of the body, the position of the ventral sucker,

and the relation to each other of the two testes.

Form, etc.—The body is very similar in shape to the leaf of the

box tree, and on this account buxifrons has been selected as the

specific name of the parasite. The measurements vary very

considerably with the amount of contraction of the individual

specimens. <A large example may measure 5 mm. by 3 mm, in

breadth, and be only 0-4 mm. in thickness at the middle of the

body. Contracted specimens have a transversely corrugated ventral

surface and a distinctly convex but smooth dorsal surface. The

posterior end is always truncated, and the ventral sucker opens

quite terminally. This sucker has a dorso-ventral diameter of

0-7 mm., its wall is 0-3 mm. at its thickest part, and its aperture

is 0°15 mm. wide. The cuticle is smooth, but there are digitate

papillz surrounding the mouth, and the subcuticle on the ventrum

is pigmented and markedly thickened (0°01 mm.), and the cuticle

covering it thrown into irregular transverse folds.

The pharynx is pyriform, 0°45 mm. long by 0°24 mm. broad,

and the musculature is 0°08 mm. at its thickest part. There are

no pharyngeal pouches. .

The cesophagus has a length of 0°24 mm. and is 0:035 mm.

in breadth. Its wall is fairly strongly developed and measures

0:04 mm. in thickness. The whole cesophagus lies anterior to the

level of the genital pore.

The gut-branches are about 0:06 mm. wide; they pursue a

serpentine course and terminate about 0-1 mm. in front of the

ventral sucker.

Genitalia.—The genital opening lies at the junction of the

anterior quarter with the rest of the body, 0°5 mm. behind the

1910.] ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 243

bifurcation of the gut. The genital atrium is small; its wall is

formed by a thickening of the subcuticle.

The testes, two in number, are large, smooth, spheroidal bodies

occupying the anterior third of the posterior half of the body, and

are situated diagonally one slightly behind the other. They measure

0°55 mm. antero-posteriorly, and 0°5 mm. dorso-ventrally, occupy-

ing practically the whole space between the dorsal and ventral

integuments.

The vesicula seminalis is small and characterised by very few

coils.

The pars musculosa is short, well defined, and provided with a

thick muscular coat.

The pars prostatica has a greatly thickened wall composed

mainly of secretory cells.

Paramphistomum buxifrons. Median longitudinal section.

The ductus ejaculatorius measures 0:04 mm. in length, uniting

with the metraterm to form the ductus hermaphroditicus and so

discharges into the slit-like atrium.

The yolk-glands are poorly developed and lie wholly outside

the gut-branches ; the follicles are small and measure 0-1 mm. by

0-05 mm. in diameter.

The ovary hes between the testes and the exeretory vesicle ; it

measures 0°25 mm. by 0°13 mm.

The shell-glands lie lateral to and in contact with the ovary.

The uterus has few coils.

Laurer’s canal passes ovtwards from the ovary to the dorsal

244 DR. R. T. LEIPER ON [ Feb. |

surface of the body, passing over the fundus of the excretory

vesicle and opening 0°53 mm. in front of the excretory pore.

The excretory vesicle is pear-shaped, measures 0-7 mm. in

length by 0°3 mm. in greatest breadth at the fundus, tapering

gradually as it passes backwards to terminate in the excretory

duct, 0°1 mm. in length, that opens on the dorsal surface in

the middle line and at the level of the centre of the ventral

sucker.

The median longitudinal serial section of the parasite from

which the above measurements were all derived measured 3°5 mm.

in length, 1 mm. at the level of the dome of the ventral sucker,

0:65 mm. at the level of the genital pore dorso-ventrally.

8. PARAMPHISTOMUM MINUTUM, sp.n. (Text-fig. 32.)

Among the specimens of P. buaifrons collected from the stomach

were seen a number of very minute forms distinguished by the

absence of pigment. ‘These were at first regarded as young forms

of P. buaxifrons, but on cutting serial sections of two or three of

them I was surprised to find that they were sexually mature,

and that in each the uterus contained eggs. In other respects,

especially in the structure of the genital atrium, they differed

markedly not only from P. buxifrons but also from the other

amphistomes.

Form, etc.—The body is oviform in shape and measures 2°7 mm.

in length by 0-7 mm. in thickness. The ventral sucker lies sub-

terminally and measures 0°66 mm. in diameter ; its musculature is

0-28 mm. thick at the dome, its cavity is 0°46 mm. wide, and its

aperture is 0°32 mm. The cutick is smooth and of uniform

thickness on the dorsal and ventral surfaces. There are a few

papille around the mouth.

The pharynx is globular in shape, measuring 0°45 mm. long by

0-3 mm. broad, with a musculature of 0-14 mm. at its thickest

part. There are no pharyngeal pouches.

The esophagus is 0°18 mm. in length and has a diameter of

0:08 mm. The bifurcation of the gut lies behind the genital

atrium, which opens at the level of the junction of the esophagus

and pharynx. The two gut-branches have a width of about

0-1 mm., and end after a tortuous course just anterior to the

ovary.

The genital pore opens at the junction of the anterior fifth with

the rest of the body, immediately behind the pharynx.

The genital atrium has a well-developed muscular wall 0:1 mm.

in thickness and sharply delimited from the surrounding par-

enchyma.

The testes are relatively very small in size, oval in shape, and

measuring only 0°2 mm. antero-posteriorly by 0°15 mm. dorso-

ventrally ; they lie one in front of the other in the middle line of

the body, but nearer the ventral than the dorsal surface, and their

longitudinal axis is placed at an angle of 30° ventral to the median

line of the body. If the body length he divided into two equal

1910.] ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 245

parts, the anterior border of the front testis marks the commence-

ment of the second portion. The testes are separated from each

other by a space equivalent to their antero-posterior diameter.

The vesicula seminalis is represented by a small rosette-like

coil of the genital tube midway between the anterior testis and

the bifurcation of the gut. It merges into the pars musculosa, a

short feebly developed portion about 0°15 mm. long.

The pars prostatica, 0°15 mm. in length, is straight and has a

fissure-like cavity. It discharges by the penile ductus ejacula-

torius that protrudes into the metraterm.

The ductus hermaphroditicus, 0-1 mm. in length, projects like

the tip of a finger into the atrium for a distance of 0:03 mm.

The yolk-glands form two vertical rows around the gut-

branches, and range from the bifurcation of the gut to the level

of the ovary.

Text-fig. 32.

Paranphistomum minutum. Median longitudinal section.

The ovary is spheroidal and is placed dorsad of and slightly

posterior to the testis.

The shell-glands lie immediately behind the ovary, resting upon

the anterior wall of the excretory vesicle.

The uterus is filled with eggs and passes into the metraterm

0-3 mm. behind the atrium.

Laurer’s canal passes outwards from the level of the shell-glands

to open some little distance in front of the excretory pore ; it does

not cross any portion of the excretory vesicle or duct.

The excretory vesicle is small and, as seen in vertical section,

has an exceedingly irregular outline. “It lies almost wholly in

246 DR. R. T. LEIPER ON | Feb. 1;

front of, and somewhat dorsal to the ventral sucker. It dis-

charges at its posterior limit by a short, straight, thick-walled

duct that runs out to the dorsal surface parallel to, and 0°25 min.

behind Laurev’s canal.

9. PARAMPHISTOMUM SELLSI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 33.)

The specimens contained in one of the tubes sent to me by

Dr. Sells showed such marked variations in shape that at first I

separated them into three well-defined groups, thinking that these

would prove on further study to represent distinct though closely

allied species. A comparison of serial sections of these forms has

convinced me, however, that they represent merely different

degrees of contractility in one and the same species. One stage

showed distinct dorso-ventral flattening approaching in appearance

the outline of a Polyclad Turbellarian. The second stage resembled

in outline an ordinary Amphistome with the ventral sucker

presenting wholly on the under surface. In the third stage the

worm assumed an elongated form not unlike an ear of wheat: the

posterior sucker having become completely everted and presenting

terminally.

The parasite measures from 4 mm. to 6 mm. in length, and

varies considerably in breadth. The ventral sucker opens on

the under surface at the posterior end of the body, except in

greatly elongated examples as already mentioned. Its greatest

diameter is 0°53 mm., its cavity is 0-4 mm. in width, and the

musculature has an almost uniform thickness of 0°13 mm.

The cuticle is but feebly developed all over the body, having a

thickness of less than 0°01 mm. Surrounding the anterior end

of the body are numerous fungoid papille arranged in parallel

rows.

The pharynx is flask-like in shape, and is much less strongly

developed than in the other Amphistomes. It measures in length

0°35 mm., in breadth 0°27 mm., and its musculature has a depth

of only 0-1 mm. at its thickest part. There are no pharyngeal

pouches.

The esophagus is 0°5 mm. in length, 0°07 mm. in breadth,

with a very thin muscular sheath.

The gut-branches are 0°2 mm. broad in front of the ventral

sucker, and end about the level of the fundus of the excretory

vesicle.

The genital opening lies at the junction of the anterior third

with the rest of the body, and is situated at about 0°5 mm. behind

the bifurcation of the gut, There is a large genital atrium

exceeding in size the oral sucker and having an aperture of

0-3 mm. and a depth of 0°3 mm.; its muscular wall is 0°15 mm.

thick, and is sharply marked off from the parenchym.

The testes lie in contact, one in front of the other, in the

posterior half of the body, are oval in shape, and are not lobed ;

they have a diameter antero-posteriorly of 1:0 mm. and dorso-

ventrally of 0-7 mm.

1910.] ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 247

The vesicula seminalis is a wide tube filling with its coils almost

the whole space between the atrium and the anterior testes.

The pars musculosa is, on the other hand, almost absent, and

is represented only by a narrow duct discharging by a tiny pore

into the pars prostatica, a sausage-like dilated cavity.

The ductus ejaculatorius is funnel-like, its thick muscular walls

are really a portion of the atrial musculature. It is 0-14 mm. in

length and unites with the metraterm to form the ductus her-

maphroditicus, which discharges upon the summit of an enormous

muscular pad,

Text-fig. 33.

Parvamphistomum sellsi. Median longitudinal section.

The yolk-glands extend from behind the pharynx to the sides

of the ‘ventral sucker ; they are arranged in single file and the

follicles are clumped into masses of enormous size, measuring each

about 0-2 mm. in diameter.

The ovary is large and oval, placed with its greatest diameter

(0°5 mm.) dorso-ventrally between the posterior testis and the

fundus of the excretory vesicle.

The shell-glands lie immediately behind the ovary and occupy

almost wholly the space intervening between it and the excretory

vesicle.

The uterus passes dorsally over the testes following a fairly

straight course, and discharges into the metraterm 0°75 mm. from

its union with the ductus ejaculatorius.

Laurev’s canal runs from the shell-glands in an anterior direc-

tion, passing the ovary dorsally to open in the middle line at the

248 DR. R. T. LEIPER ON [ Feb. 1,

level of the posterior edge of the second testis; it does not cross

the excretory vesicle in any part of its course.

The excretory vesicle as seen in longitudinal section is Y-shaped,

embracing the shell-glands within its two arms ; its cavity merges

almost insensibly into the short excretory duct which passes back-

wards to open at the level of the dome of the ventral sucker

1:2 mm. behind Laurer’s canal.

The above measurements are all taken from serial sections of a

single specimen 6 mm. in median longitudinal section.

10. PARAMPHISTOMUM PISuM, sp.n. (Text-fig. 34.)

This form, unlike those hitherto described, lives in the small

intestine. It is white in colour with the faintest tinge of pink.

In shape it is pisiform, but the specimens preserved all exhibit a

certain amount of contraction. The ventral sucker lies sub-

terminally, and its aperture as seen with the naked eye isa minute

pore no larger than that of the mouth (0°3 mm.). Its greatest

diameter is 1°7 mm.; the muscular wall is 0-4 mm. thick, the

cavity 1-0 mm. wide.

The dorsal cuticle is 0°02 mm. thick and is differentiated into

two parts, the external layer being 0-01 mm. thick, and there do

not appear to be any papille at the anterior end of the body. The

cuticle on the ventral surface is very thin.

The pharynx lies some distance (0°9 mm.) from the oral pore,

is globular in shape, 1-2 mm. long, 1-1 mm. broad, and its muscular

wall is 0°4 mm. thick. ‘There are no pharyngeal pouches.

The cesophagus is short, exceedingly wide, and in contracted

specimens shows several transverse folds. Its wall has thick

strands of muscle. It measures 0°3 mm. in length by 0°6 mm. in

breadth.

The gut-branches are also very wide, measuring 0°6 mm.

The genital pore lies only 0°9 mm. behind the oral opening

(and in contracted specimens) at the level of the centre of the

pharynx.

The genital atrium is small and fissure-like, and its wall is

composed of an inward extension of the sub-cuticle, which is

sharply marked off from the parenchym. A few muscular fibres

are seen in its wall.

The testes are large and deeply lobed: they le in the ventral

half of the body, and occupy almost the whole of that region

between the pharynx and the ventral sucker. It is impossible

from serial sections to ascertain exactly their individual size; they

appear to lie one in front of the other.

The vesicula seminalis is a thin-walled voluminous tube

crowded with sperm-cells. It completely fills the ventral half of

the area intervening between the bifurcation of the gut and the

anterior testis.

The pars musculosa is spirally coiled and there is a fair amount

of contractile tissue in its wall.

TOMO R ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 249

The pars prostatica is pyriform, but, for the size of the animal,

is relatively small.

The ejaculatory duct is only 0°01 mm. long.

The ductus hermaphroditicus is about the same length and

opens upon a stunted crateriform thickening of the atrial wall.

The yolk-glands extend from the level of the base of the oral

opening to that of the dome of the ventral sucker. They also

stretch inwards dorsally over the gut towards the middle line.

The follicles are large, irregularly arranged masses, 0°5 x 0°3 mm.

The ovary is an oval body 0:8 mm. in dorso-ventral and

0-45 mm. in antero-posterior diameter, lying almost in contact

with the dome of the ventral sucker.

Text-fig. 34.

G.p- > aS

KS = i = Pere - Ph.

=e)

O 9Q0 a =a

Vere | es ----}}- 5h.

Paramphistomum pisum. Median longitudinal section.

The shell-gland mass is situated lateral to, and a little behind,

the ovary. It hes in contact with the dome of the ventral sucker

and the under surface of the posterior half of the excretory

vesicle.

The uterus is a widely dilated tube almost 1 mm. in diameter,

filled with eggs measuring 0°15 x 0:07 mm.

Laurer’s canal follows an almost straight course from the

shell-glands to the dorsal surface, crossing the excretory vesicle at

about its middle and opening about 1-4 mm. behind the excretory

pore.

The excretory vesicle discharges by an excretory pore situated

about 1-4 mm. in front of Laurer’s canal, and from this opening

its fissure-like cavity (0°15 mm. wide) stretches backw ards towards

the dome of the ventral sucker for a distance of 1:5 mm.

200 ON ENTOZOA OF THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [ Feb. 1,

11. PARAMPHIStOMUM COoTYLOPHORUM Fischoeder.

A phial sent by Dr. Sells and labelled “from the Hippo-

potamus” contained a number of specimens of this species. As

P. cotylophorum is by far the commonest parasite of cattle,

buffaloes and antelopes in Uganda, it is by no means impossible

that infection of the Hippopotamus may occur. On the other

hand, there may have been a mistake in the labelling, for another

phial of similar forms ‘“ from a Buffalo” was received at the same

time.

12, PARAMPHISTOMUM WAGANDI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 35.)

A few specimens of this species occur in Dr. Sells’ collection.

‘They are small and whitish and fairly closely resembling grains of

boiled rice. The specimens have a length, in section, of 3°5 mm.

and a dorso-ventral diameter of 1:2 mm., and are very like

P. sellsi in outward appearance. The genital pore is, however,

very minute, and a genital sucker is absent.

Text-fig. 35

P.p.-

Ves.sem.-

Paramphistomum wagandi. Median longitudinal section.

The pharynx is poorly developed when compared with other

forms. It is elongated in shape, measuring 0°3 mm. in length,

0-14 mm. in greatest diameter, and has a musculature of 0°07 mm.

The esophagus measures 0°33 mm. in length and bifurcates at

the level of the genital pore.

The ventral sucker lies subterminally and has a transverse

measurement of 0°5 mm. The musculature of its dome is 0°2 mm.

thick. The dorso-ventral diameter of its cavity is 0°37 mm.

The excretory vesicle lies dorsal to and slightly in front of the

1910.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 251

ventral sucker. It is pyriform in shape and discharges posteriorly

by a short thick-walled canal 0°16 mm. long in the mid-dorsal

line, 0°6 mm. in front of the lip of the ventral sucker, and 0°9 mm.

behind Laurer’s canal.

The genitalia discharge by a small common pore at the level of

the bifurcation of the gut. The arrangements of the various

structures in this region are well shown in text-fig. 35.

The testes are two large round or ovoid bodies 0°45 mm. by

0-6 mm. in diameter, lying one in front of the other, the posterior

resting upon the ovary and shell-gland.

The ovary is elongated dorso-ventrally, being wedged in between

the posterior testis and the fundus of the excretory vesicle. It

measures about 0°25 mm. by 0-09 mm.

The shell-glands form a well-defined mass lying slightly to one

side of the ovary. From them Laurer’s canal can be traced

forwards and to the dorsal surface to discharge there at about

the level of the centre of the posterior testis and in the middle

line 0-9 mm. in front of the excretory pore.

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE TEXT-FIGURES.

Fp. Exeretory pore. Ph, Pharynx.

Ex. Excretory vesicle. | P.m. Pars musculosa.

G. Gut, main branch. P.p. Pars prostatica.

G.b. Gut bifurcation. Sh.gl. Shell-gland.

G.c. Genital cup. T. Testis.

G.p. Genital pore. T.a. Anterior testis.

.c. Laurer’s canal. ' L.p. Posterior testis.

Mt. Metraterm. | Ut. Uterus.

Ces. sophagus. V.p. Ventral pouch.

O.p. Orifice of ventral pouch. V.sk. Ventral sucker.

Ov. Ovary. | Ves.sem. Vesicula seminalis,

February 15, 1910.

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, M.A., F:R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to

the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1910 :—-

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of January last was 117. Of these 72 were

acquired by presentation, 7 by purchase, 2 were received on

deposit, 31 in exchange, and 5 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by deaths

and by removals, was 199.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

One English Wild Bull (0s taurus var.), borin in the

Menagerie on Jan. 14th.

One Eland (Taurotragus oryx) 2, born in the Menagerie on

Jan. 20th,

252 KINEMATOGRAPH EXHIBITION IN NATURAL coLours. | Feb. 15,

One Congo Marsh-Buck (Limneotragus gratus), born in the

Menagerie on Jan. 14th.

One Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), born in the Menagerie

on Jan. 25th.

Four Persian Gazelles (Gazella subgutturosa) 1 3, 3 9, from

Meshed, presented by Capt. J. W. Watson, I.M.S., and Major

R. L. Kennion, LS.C., F.Z.8., on Jan. 8th.

One Wood-Brocket (Mazama nemorivagus), from Brazil, pre-

sented by Frederick Burgoyne, Esq., F.Z.S., on Jan. 31st.

One Mallee Bird (Leipoa ocellata), from Australia, deposited on

Jan. 24th.

Mr. James F. Ochs, F.Z.S., exhibited twelve heads of Wapiti,

Cervus canadensis typicus, obtained by Mr. A. Williamson in

1879 on the Piney Range, Rocky Mountains, and the head of a

Bison, Bos bison, which had formed part of a collection of hunting

trophies that had been presented to the Royal Automobile Club

by Mix. Williamson.

The following are the measurements in inches of the horns of

the five largest Wapiti heads :—

Boints meas: cheats oe 13 16 14 125 ysalp. geeks

ILGVERN os oovcnccrencssce|| Se), SDE 56, 59 54, 555 54,545 | 52,53

SPAN saaeee teen eee 50 45 45 42 51

Girth round burr ...... 1g = 155 12 123 125

Girth above burr ...... 104 125 104 11+ 10; =|

Mr. Charles Urban, F.Z.S., Managing Director of the Natural

Colour Kinematograph Co., Ltd., gave a display of motion pictures

of animals which had been exhibited hitherto in this country

only before T.M. the King and Queen at Knowsley, the Society

of Axrts, and the Palace Theatre, London. The pictures had been

taken, with one or two exceptions, at the Society’s Gardens in’

Regent’s Park, and at the National Zoological Park, Washington,

U.S.A. Mr. John Mackenzie, the expert who had photographed

the animals, introduced and explained the series and the processes

which had been employed in obtaining them.

The coloured pictures obtained by the Urban-Smith system of

Kinemacolor were particularly successful in reproducing faithfully

various shades of yellow, grey, and brown, the films exhibiting

the Giraffes feeding and the Elephants bathing being strikingly

good, whilst some of the brightly coloured birds were extremely

interesting. A series of uncoloured films gave faithful and

pleasing representations, of various animals in movement, some

of them displaying the effect on the animals of gramophone

music.

—E

PiZ:S., 1910, Pi, XOX

André & Sleigh, Ltd.

AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS.

DZ 5Soq UGIIO, 1s XOXGIL.

André & Sleigh, Ltd.

AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS.

1910. ] ON THE FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 253

The following papers were read :—

1. Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps of

Australia. By Rowxianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.H.S.

[Received February 16, 1999. |

(Plates XX XI. & XXXIT.*)

The material for the following descriptions is nearly all in the

British Museum collection, most of the Thynnide having been

received from Mr. H. M. Giles, and the Ceropalide from the

collection of the late Gilbert Turner. We may now assume that

our material, though very incomplete, is fairly representative of

the Fossorial Hymenoptera of Australia. It is most striking

that of the species described up to the present time nearly one-

half belong to the family Thynnide, which is almost entirely

without representatives in any other part of the world excepting

South America.

The wingless condition of the females must operate against a

wide distribution, but I think it quite possible that the family as

it exists to-day is derived from less specialised and much more

widely distributed ancestors of a form more nearly resembling the

modern Scoliide. The mouth-parts of the females in most

Australian species are aimost rudimentary, while in South-

American species they are usuaily developed, so that the degree

of specialisation in the two countries differs considerably. I am

inclined to believe that the ancestors of the group have been

exterminated in the northern continents and Africa by the keener

competition existing on large continental areas, and that their

descendants have survived on the smaller and more isolated land-

areas of the south. In South America the species are very few

in the tropical lowlands, but increase in number in the temperate

and mountainous regions. In Australia they are most numerous

in the south-west and decrease in number as they come into

contact with a fauna of a more Oriental character in Queensland.

Ido not therefore look on the occurrence of the group in such

distant localities as any proof of a land connection in the past,

but rather regard the South American and Australian species as

isolated survivors. The Mautillide of Australia mostly seem

generically distinct from those of other countries, and the Scoliid

genus Anthobosca is elsewhere only represented by a few species

in South America, South Africa, and Madagascar, but has been

found fossil in Colorado. The Ceropalide do not show any

remarkable peculiarities, being nearly all representatives of wide-

ranging genera. It is unfortunate that the old name for this

family, Pompilide, has to be superseded.

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 356.

254 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

Fam. MUTILLID-.

EPHUTOMORPHA CONDONENSIS, Sp. N.

@. Head much narrower than the thorax, longer than broad,

not much produced behind the eyes, rounded at the posterior

angles, rather coarsely reticulate. Eyes situated near the middle

of the lateral margin of the head, strongly convex and shining.

The second joint of the flagellum nearly twice as long as the third.

Thorax very coarsely reticulate; the anterior margin straight and

produced into tubercles at the angles, more than half as wide

again as the posterior margin, which is also produced into tubercles

at the angles and obliquely truncate posteriorly ; a large lateral

tubercle on each side close to the middle of the thorax, behind

which the thorax is sharply narrowed, a small rounded tubercle

on each side rather nearer to the posterior angle than to the large

lateral tubercle. First abdominal segment short, with a short

petiole, punctured ; second segment very coarsely reticulate, much

broader than the first or third segments, convex, feebly depressed

and much more finely reticulate on the middle; pygidial area

shghtly convex, very finely longitudinally striated. Ventral

segments rather sparsely punctured. Intermediate and posterior

tibiee with a row of four spines on the outer margin.

Fusco-ferruginous ; the head almost black; the vertex covered

with long whitish pubescence; a spot at the apex of the first

dorsal abdominal, one in the middle of the second segment, and

a very small one on each of the following segments covered with

whitish pubescence ; the apical margins of the ventral segments

fringed with pale fulvous pubescence.

Length 12 mm.

3. Head punctured, a longitudinal carina on the front reaching

the anterior ocellus, much narrower than the thorax, strongly

rounded behind the eyes. Mandibles with a tooth on the inner

margin before the apex; scape finely punctured and pubescent ;

all the joints of the flagellum except the first longer than broad,

the third about half as long again as the second. Eyes strongly

convex ; posterior ocelli quite as far from each other as from the

eyes. Thorax deeply punctured, the mesonotum reticulate in the

middle ; anterior margin of the pronotum almost straight, the

angles slightly produced anteriorly ; scutellum strongly convex

and subtuberculate; median segment very coarsely reticulate,

more than twice as broad as long, the posterior angles tuberculate,

very steeply sloped posteriorly. First abdominal segment small

with a short petiole; the second very large, coarsely punctured,

the punctures more or less confluent longitudinally, somewhat

flattened in the middle, with a low longitudinal median carina

which does not reach the base or apex, the remaining segments

very much narrower and finely punctured. Second ventral

segment swollen and subtuberculate at the base. Three cubital

cells and two recurrent nervures, the first received just before

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 255

the middle of the second cubital cell, the second at two-thirds

from the base of the third cubital cell; radial cell truncate.

Fusco-ferruginous ; head black, covered with grey pubescence ;

abdomen paler than the thorax, a tuft of white pubescence at the

apical angles of the second and third segments, the dorsal segments

with sparse black pubescence, white on the apical segment. Legs

black. Wings hyaline on the basal third, the remainder fuscous ;

nervures black.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Condon, North-West Australia (1. W/. Giles). February.

3 Q incop. —

Nearly allied to rugicollis Westw., which the female strongly

resembles in shape and sculpture; but the second segment is

somewhat broader in proportion. ‘The male is easily distinguished

from rugicollis § by the tubercles at the apical angles of the

median segment and the broader second abdominal segment. The

colour is also very different in both sexes. The two species both

occur in the Condon district.

EPHUTOMORPHA COCYTIA, Sp. n.

2. Black, clothed with long black hairs, the hairs at the apex

of the second and third ventral segments greyish ; the four apical

ventral segments testaceous brown at the base. Manduibles

smooth and shining, almost straight, with a small blunt tooth on

the inner margin. Head narrower than the thorax, rounded at the

posterior angles, strongly narrowed and produced anteriorly, finely

punctured rugose with a few longitudinal strize on the front.

Scape punctured, clothed with long black pubescence ; flagellum

opaque, the two basal joints shining. Thorax very coarsely rugose,

transverse on the anterior margin, about twice as long as the

width on the anterior margin, slightly widening to before the

middle, then gradually narrowing to the posterior margin, which

is not more than two-thirds as wide as the anterior. Pleure

shining and almost smooth. Second dorsal segment coarsely

rugose ; segments 3-5 punctured, the apical segment without

hairs, finely longitudinally striated ; second segment shallowly but

rather broadly depressed in the middle. First ventral segment

strongly carinated longitudinally ; the second rugose in the

middle, punctured at the base and apex, depressed on each side

at the base, leaving a low carina in the middle between the

depressed spaces, the apical margin very broadly depressed.

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Condon, N.W. A. (#. MW. Giles), 3.2. Cossack, W. A.

(Walker), 1 @.

In specimens which have lost some of the pubescence on the head,

and the sculpture shows more plainly, there can be seen a carina

on each side starting from the antennal tubercle and arching

toward the eye, and a short transverse carina at the base of the

clypeus. ‘The second joint of the flagellum is nearly half as long

256 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

again as the third. The eyes are large and prominent, situated

nearer to the occiput than to the base of the mandibles.

EPHUTOMORPHA GILESI, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 1 ¢,2 9.)

@. Mandibles slightly bent at the base, straight and pointed

at the apex, with a strong tubercle on the outer margin near the base,

the inner margin apparently without teeth. Head much narrower

than the thorax, rounded at the posterior angles, deflexed and

narrowed anteriorly, finely and shallowly punctured, a curved

carina on each side running from the antennal tubercle nearly

to the eye; the head below the carina strongly depressed. Scape

punctured and clothed with long greyish-white pubescence ; the

second joint of the flagellum nearly half as long again as the third.

Eyes large, strongly convex, situated much nearer to the occiput

than to the base of the mandibles. Thorax very coarsely reti-

culated, pro- and mesopleure coarsely punctured; the thorax

pyriform, straight on the anterior margin, narrowed and steeply

sloped posteriorly, strongly convex. First abdominal segment

short, shining, sparsely and finely punctured, much narrower

than the second, which is strongly raised at the base above the

first, shining and sparsely but very coarsely and deeply punctured,

with a very large, cordiform, shallow depression in the middle,

more finely punctured ; the third, fourth, and fifth segments finely

and closely punctured ; the apical segment without hairs, longi-

tudinally striated. First ventral segment with a strong carina ;

second segment subtuberculate at the base in the middle and

slightly depressed on each side, very coarsely but rather sparsely

punctured, the apical margin strongly and broadly depressed ;

the remaining segments delicately reticulate at the base, closely

and finely punctured at the apex.

Black, clothed with greyish pubescence, longest and closest on

the head and sides of the thorax and abdomen and everywhere

interspersed with long, erect, black hairs; a patch of silver-white

pubescence at the apex of the five basal abdominal segments, that

on the first the largest and with the hairs directed forward ;

the depression on the second dorsal segment clothed with grey

pubescence.

Length 14-18 mm.

3. Mandibles a little curved, with a feeble tooth on the inner

margin, pointed at the apex. Head small, much narrower than

the thorax, closely and finely punctured and covered with greyish

pubescence ; strongly rounded behind the eyes, without distinct

posterior angles. Eyes large and convex, situated not very far

from the base of the mandibles ; the ocelli small, the two posterior

ocelli much nearer to each other than to the eyes. Scape punctured

above and clothed with long pubescence, shining beneath and

deeply hollowed ; the second joint of the flagellum much shorter

than the third. Thorax closely and finely punctured, the pro-

notum slightly narrowed anteriorly and rounded at the angles,

clothed with long and very pale fulvous pubescence, the pubescence

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, DT

on the mesonotum and _ scutellum shorter and black; the

scutellum subtriangular ; the tegule smooth, with a few punctures

near the apex. Median segment very coarsely reticulated, very

steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen finely and closely punctured,

with long black pubescence on the side; the first segment short,

much narrower than the second, moderately constricted at the

apex ; the apical segment smooth and shining, with a low median

carina, rather broadly truncated at the apex. Radial cell broadly

truncated at the apex; three cubital cells, the first recurrent

nervure received beyond the middle of the second cubital cell, the

second less distinct and interstitial with the third transverse

cubital nervure. Second ventral segment tuberculate at the base

beneath.

Black ; a small pointed patch of white pubescence at the apex

of each dorsal segment, except the first and seventh. Wings dark

fuscous, nervures black.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Carlindia, North-West Australia, $ 2 in cop.; Strelley

River, N.W. A., 2 Q (H. M. Giles).

The female may be readily distinguished from other species of

the genus by the large depression on the second dorsal segment.

The shape approaches very nearly to the last species (cocytia).

EPHUTOMORPHA PERELEGANS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3, 2.)

9 . ‘Head closely and not very finely punctured, nearly as broad

as the thorax, broadly rounded behind the eyes, without posterior

angles, a little narrowed anteriorly ; an oblique carina on each side

reaching from the antennal tubercle to the eye. Antenne as

long as the thorax, the third joint of the flagellum as long as the

second. yes large and moderately convex, situated nearer to

the posterior margin of the head than to the base of the mandibles.

Thorax very coarsely punctured, the punctures confluent longi-

tudinally on the posterior half, not more than one-quarter as long

again as the greatest breadth, narrowed gradually from the

middle and nearly half as broad again on the anterior as on the

posterior margin, the anterior margin slightly arched, obliquely

sloped posteriorly. Pleurz almost smooth. Abdomen ovate, the

basal segment short and not very narrow ; finely and closely punc-

tured; the pygidial area finely longitudinally striated and rather

narrowly rounded at the apex.

Ferruginous red, with sparse erect pubescence, black on the

abdomen, dark brown on the head and thorax; the abdomen,

except the basal segment, and the nine apical joints of the

flagellum black. A broad longitudinal band of whitish pubescence

on the middle of the dorsal surface of the abdomen from the base

of the second segment to the apex of the fifth ; the pubescence

on the sides and ventral surface of the abdomen sparse and

whitish.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. Townsville, Q. (F. P. Dodd).

Proc. Zoou. S6c.—1910, No. XVII. 17

258 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

Somewhat allied to 1. aurigera Bingh., from the same locality,

but the thorax is much shorter and broader and also more coarsely

sculptured in the present species. It is remarkable that many

species were collected by Mr. Dodd at Townsville which are not

represented in the extensive collections of the Mutillide formed

by Mr. Gilbert Turner at Mackay and Cairns. The range of

many species, at all events from north to south, must be extremely

limited. .

EPHUTOMORPHA LABECULATA, Sp. N.

2. Head closely and rather coarsely punctured, a little broader

than the thorax, short and narrowed behind the eyes, without

distinct angles, narrowed anteriorly ; the carine from the antennal

tubercles ill-defined and not reaching the eyes. Second joint of

the flagellum distinctly longer than the third. Eyes large and

very strongly convex, nearer to the occiput than to the base of

the mandibles. Thorax finely and very closely punctured-rugose,

broadest in the middle, a little longer than the greatest breadth,

the anterior margin straight, about one-quarter broader than the

posterior margin, the angles not prominent; the posterior trun-

cation almost vertical, the lateral margins feebly serrate. Abdomen

ovate, very finely and closely punctured, the pygidium very finely

longitudinally striated.

Black, with sparse, erect, grey pubescence; the apex of the

first dorsal segment of the abdomen testaceous; the head and

apex of thorax sparsely covered with recumbent silvery pubescence,

an oval spot of silver pubescence on each side of the second dorsal

segment, a transverse band at the apex of the same segment, and

a broad longitudinal band on the middle of the third, fourth, and

fifth segments also of silver pubescence.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. Townsville, Q. (7. P. Dodd), June.

EPHUTOMORPHA ANCHORITES, Sp. n.

@. Head subrectangular, slightly rounded at the posterior

angles, broader than long, as broad as the thorax, evenly but not

very closely punctured ; a carina on each side from the antennal

tubercle not reaching the eye. Second joint of the flagellum

distinctly longer than the third; the flagellum rather stout in the

middle, the joints longer than broad. Eyes convex, not very

large, situated a little nearer to the base of the mandibles than to

the occiput. Thorax longer by one-third than the breadth on the

anterior margin, the sides nearly parallel, slightly narrowed

behind the middle, almost vertically truncate posteriorly, the

anterior margin straight, coarsely reticulate ; the pleure almost

smooth. Abdomen subovate, the second segment evenly but not

very closely punctured, the remaining segments much more finely

punctured ; the basal segment very short, depressed below the

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 259

base of the second segment. Apical dorsal segment deflexed,

elongate triangular, and finely longitudinally striated.

Entirely ferruginous brown, with sparse grey pubescence ; the

mandibles and pygidial area darker ; a very small patch of silver

pubescence in the middle of the apical margin of the first and

second dorsal segments.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Hermannsburg, Central Australia (7. J. Hillier).

Well distinguished from most species of the genus by the broad

head and thorax; in most of the species of the genus in which

the head is broad and rectangular, the thorax is very much

narrower than the head.

Fam. THYNNID 4A.

The material in this family dealt with here is mainly derived

from the splendid collection sent by Mr. H. M. Giles from South-

Western Australia to the British Museum. Some other species

described are from the collection of the Berlin Museum and from

collections sent to me by Messrs. G. A. Waterhouse and R. Illidge.

Mr. Giles has also furnished valuable information as to the habits

of the species. He says that, in spite of the minute mouth-parts,

the females do take food, though exclusively liquid. This, he has

observed in many species, is disgorged by the males and placed in

the mouth of the female, which is carried by the male for some

hours. The larger females also help themselves. In a female

examined for me by Mr. W. Wesché there was no trace of pollen,

though the specimen had been taken on Leptospermum-blossom by

Mr. Illidge ; whereas in the South-American female Spilothynnus

bituberculatus Turn. a good deal of pollen was to be found, showing

that the more normal mouth of the South-American females

is associated with a difference in feeding-habits. In several

cases Mr. Giles captured specimens cross-paired, males of the same

species being taken carrying widely different females. There can

here be no question as to any mistake in the observation, Mr. Giles

being a most careful observer. Professor Dahl observed in New

Britain that the female of Thynnus serriger Sharp is to be found

on leaves with the mandibles wide open, probably for the purpose

of seizing the male. I am inclined to think that the male may be

used in this way as a means of transport, and that the strongly

developed claspers may be used in carrying the female without

coupling actually taking place in cases where the two are of

different species. On the other hand, occasional cross-pairing

among the more nearly allied species is not. wholly improbable.

Mr. Giles has also observed a male of one species going into a

Bembex-burrow and returning coupled withafemale. On digging

up more Bembex-burrows he succeeded in finding another female

of the same species, thus showing that my suggestion that some

of the smaller species are parasitic on Bembex is almost certainly

correct.

Aah . 17*

260 MR. R. E, TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

RHAGIGASTER UNICOLOR Guér. st. LYELLI, nom. n.

Rhagigaster unicolor Guér. st. mandibularis Turn. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. xxxii. p. 217 (1907) (nee &. mandibularis Westw. ).

g. The second cubital cell is only about three-fifths of the

length of the third on the radial nervure, whereas in typical

unicolor it is fully four-fifths of the length.

Tt is possible that this may prove to be a sufficiently distinct

species, but I have not seen the two forms from the same

locality.

A pair taken in copula by Mr. G. Lyell at Gisborne, Victoria,

in February.

RHAGIGASTER FUSCIPENNIS Sin.

Rhagigaster fuscipennis Sm. Descr. n. sp. Hym. p. 175 (1879), 3

(nec Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxil. p. 218, 1907).

Rhagigaster gracilior Turn. Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. xxxil.

joe BAD (MOMs Ls

My identification of Smith’s species was mistaken ; it 1s

therefore necessary to give a name to the species described by me

as fuscipennis Sm. :—

RHAGIGASTER NIGRITULUS, nom. Ni.

Rhagigaster fuscipennis Turn. Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxil.

p- 218 (1907), ¢ 2 (nee Smith).

RHAGIGASTER ANALIS Westw.

Rhagigaster analis Westw. Arc. Ent. 11. p. 106 (1844), 2.

Rhagigaster tristis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vil. p. 63. n. 13

(1859), ¢.

Rhagigaster nitidus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vu. p. 63. n. 16

(1859), @.

Several pairs taken in cop. by Mr. H. M. Giles in the neigh-

bourhood of Perth. The female is a true Rhagigaster, having

the lateral grooves on the head; but the male is without the

frontal carina between the eyes which is usually present in males

of that group. This shows plainly that my genus Khytidogaster

cannot stand, there being no sufficiently distinguishing points

between the males. In some of the males sent by Mr. Giles the

second recurrent nervure is interstitial with the second transverse

cubital nervure, and the size varies from 12 to 15 mm.

RHAGIGASTER CINERELLUS, sp. 1.

3g. Mandibles bidentate, the inner tooth very large; clypeus

very short and broad, not produced in the middle, the anterior

margin almost straight, convex, with a carina from the base to the

middle, obliquely and very broadly triangularly depressed from

the middle to the apex, the margins of the oblique space and the

apical margin raised, forming low carine. Antenne inserted low

down, on the sides of the clypeus, about as long as the thorax and

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 261

median segment combined, rather stout, the apical joints slightly

arcuate, the prominence between the antenne not developed.

Head rather coarsely punctured, more finely and closely on the

front than on the vertex; no transverse carina, but the front is

sharply depressed a little in front of the anterior ocellus. Pos-

terior ocelli about two and a half times as far from the eyes as

from each other. Thorax closely punctured ; the scutellum rather

narrowly truncate at the apex, convex. Median segment rather

short, more finely punctured. Abdomen fusiform, shallowly and

not very closely punctured, the punctures rather larger than on

the thorax ; the segments slightly constricted at the base, with a

sparse fringe of short white hairs on the apical margin. Seventh

dorsal segment more deeply and coarsely punctured, rounded at

the apex. Hypopygium ending in a recurved spine which does

not reach far beyond the dorsal segment, without lateral spines.

Second recurrent nervure received at the base of the third cubital

cell, not quite interstitial with the second transverse cubital

nervure ; second abscissa of the radius a little shorter than the

third.

Black; the legs fuscous. Wings pale fusco-hyaline, nervures

fuscous.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Cape York, Q. (Daemel).

Type in Berlin Museum.

Daemel’s localities are not always accurate, and may have to be

corrected in the future.

The present species is very distinct, the very broad short clypeus

and strongly bidentate mandibles distinguishing it from other

species of the genus. The fusiform abdomen and the short

hypopygium point to a connection with the next-described species,

interstitialis.

RHAGIGASTER INTERSTITIALIS, Sp. i.

3. Clypeus short and broad, opaque and punctured, clothed

with long grey hairs, with a low carina from the base, branching

in the middle and forming a A-shaped carina which reaches the

anterior margin. Antenne as long as the thorax, stout and of

almost even thickness throughout. Head rugose, broader than

the pronotum, with an oblique carina above the base of each

antenna; without a transverse frontal carina. Thorax and median

segment finely and closely punctured, most closely on the median

segment; mesopleure rugose. Pronotum a little narrowed ante-

riorly, the angles not prominent. Scutellum almost triangular,

very narrowly rounded at the apex, the sides strongly depressed.

Median segment shorter than the pronotum, subtruncate or

very steeply sloped posteriorly, the posterior surface striolated.

Abdomen as broad as the thorax, stout, about one-third longer

than the head and thorax combined, very finely and closely punc-

tured ; segments 2-5 with a depressed transverse line near the base -

and a low transverse carina emarginate posteriorly in the middle

262 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

near the apex. Seventh dorsal segment very narrow at the apex.

Hypopygium ending in a recurved spine, shortly and less strongly

recurved than is usual in the genus. Second recurrent nervure

interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure ; the second

cubital cell about two-thirds as long as the third on the radial

nervure; the division of the first cubital cell clearly marked.

Opaque black; the spines of the tibie and tarsi testaceous.

Wings fusco-hyaline, nervures black, stigma fuscous.

Length 15 mm.; exp. of wings 24 mm.

fab. Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier). Apyvil.

A very distinct species, shorter and more stoutly built than is

usual in the genus. The female will probably prove to belong to

Rhytidogaster ‘Turn. rather than to Rhagigaster ; but the males

of the two groups are not distinguishable with any certainty, and

I think Ahytidogaster must sink.

RHAGIGASTER CORRUGATUS, Sp.n. (Plate XX XI. figs.1 ¢,2 92.)

3. Clypeus finely and closely punctured at the base and on

the sides, with a short longitudinal carina from the base, which

branches before the middle into two almost obsolete carinz, these

enclosing with the apical margin a shining triangular space

marked with a few large and sometimes confluent punctures ; the

apical margin almost straight, very broadly and feebly emarginate.

Antenne scarcely as long as the thorax without the median

segment, of almost even thickness throughout, inserted further

from each other than from the eyes. Vertex shining, rather

strongly punctured, with an almost obsolete longitudinal carina

behind the ocelli; front coarsely rugose, with an arched carina

not extending to the eyes below the anterior ocellus and a broadly

V-shaped carina between the antenne, the branches not extending

to the arched carina. Thorax closely and rather strongly punc-

tured; the pronotum nearly as broad as the head; the anterior

margin straight and raised, with a shallow groove behind it, the

anterior angles moderately prominent. Scutellum subtriangular,

narrowly truncate at the apex. Median segment rounded, finely

and closely punctured. Abdomen elongate, nearly half as long

again as the head and thorax combined, shining, strongly but not

very closely punctured, much more closely than in R. wnicolor

Guer.; the segments strongly constricted near the base, the base

of the segments where visible closely and very minutely punctured.

First ventral segment with a small acute tubercle at the base.

Seventh dorsal segment sharply depressed at the apex and pro-

duced into a small, flattened, smooth plate, rounded at the apex ;

the hypopygium not extending much beyond the dorsal process,

forming a very sharply recurved spine with a minute spine on

the upper surface and without lateral spines at the base. Second

recurrent nervure received close to the base of the third cubital

cell, nearer the base than in &. aicolor.

Black, with sparse whitish pubescence; the pubescence on the

head cinereous. Wings very pale fusco-hyaline, faintly flushed

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 2638

with purple, the radial cell narrowly fuscous along the costa. ;

nervures black.

Length 17 mm.

@. Mandibles bidentate, the inner tooth short and blunt.

Maxillary palpi short, six-jointed; labial palpi four-jointed ;

labrum transverse and strongly ciliated, borne on a narrow

petiole. Clypeus shining and almost smooth, the anterior

margin truncate, a carina from the base almost reaching the

apex. Head quadrate, slightly rounded at the posterior angles,

very coarsely longitudinally rugose. Thorax and abdomen very

coarsely longitudinally striated, the striz most regular on the

abdomen, more broken and irregular on the median segment ;

the sixth dorsal segment and the ventral surface sparsely punc-

tured. Pronotum more than half as broad as the head, rect-

angular, half as broad again as long, the mesopleure showing

a distinct dorsal surface on each side of the scutellum. Median

segment as long as the pronotum, broadened from the base to the

apex, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation

punctured. Abdominal segments almost smooth at the base when

extended, the first ventral segment with a small acute tubercle at

the base; the sixth dorsal segment shallowly emarginate at the

apex and not quite reaching the apex of the ventral segment.

~ Black; the flagellum, the mandibles (except at the “apex), the

upper surface of the head from the base of the antennz to the

posterior margin, the tarsi, and the spines of the tibiz dull fulvo-

ferruginous.

Length 11-13 mm.

Hab. Woodford, N.S.W. (G. A. Waterhouse), $ 9 in cop.

Victoria. (Berlin Museum), ©.

Described from three males and three females.

This remarkable species is very near f. wnicolor Guer. in the

male sex, except in the anal segment. But the female is com-

pletely distinct, and shows that my genus Ahytidogaster cannot

be maintained as distinct from Rhagigaster, unless by the character

of the oblique grooves on the head of the female, which are

wanting in this species.

RHAGIGASTER CASTANEUS Sm.

Rhagigaster castaneus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vu. p. 63. n. 15

(1859), 2

3. Clypeus with a prominent longitudinal carina from the base

to the middle, finely rugulose, shining at the apex, and rather nar-

rowly truncate. Head rugose on the front, coarsely punctured on

the vertex ; the interantennal carina well defined, V-shaped ; a low,

frontal, Jongitudinal carina not reaching the anterior ocellus ; no

transverse carina between the eyes. Pronotum as broad as the

head, closely and not very coarsely punctured, the anterior margin

straight and strongly raised, the angles slightly prominent. Meso-

notum, mesopleure, and scutellum coax sely punctured-rugose; the

scutellum trian gular, almost pointed at the apex. Median segment

264 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [Feb. 15,

finely and very closely punctured, rounded at the sides, short and

steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen elongate, the segments con-

stricted near the base, the extreme base very finely punctured, the

apical portion more sparsely and coarsely punctured, with a large

smooth patch on each side near the apical margin; the seventh

dorsal segment with a tubercle on each side at the apex, prolonged

between the tubercles into a short narrow process, which is as

broad as long and truncate at the apex. Hypopygium ending

in a long recurved spine. The position of the second recurrent

nervure is rather variable, being received by the third cubital cell

from one-fifth to one-quarter from the base; the division of the

first cubital cell is well marked, but not quite complete.

Black, the two apical abdominal segments ferruginous red.

Wings hyaline, slightly tinted with fuscous, nervures black.

The ventral segments are fringed at the apex with white

pubescence.

Length 14-15 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W.A (H. MW. Giles), 3 @ in cop.

“On Leptospermum bloom. Not common” (Giles).

RHAGIGASTER ACULEATUS Sauss.

Rhagigaster aculeatus Sauss. Reise Novara, Zool. 11. Hym. i.

p. 113 (1867), ¢.

Rhytidogaster aculeatus Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxii.

p. 235 (1907), 3.

©. Differs from the female of aculeatus st. acutangulus Turn.

in the shorter and broader head, which is rather less than half as

Jong again as broad in the typical form, and considerably more

than half as long again as broad in st. acutangulus. The mandibles

have a short blunt tooth on the inner margin.

Hab. Woodford, N.S.W. (@. 4. Waterhouse), 3 2 in cop.

EIRONE SCHIZORHINA, Sp. 0.

¢. Clypeus convex, narrowly produced and strongly porrect,

deeply and narrowly emarginate at the apex, the angles of the

emargination produced into short spines; closely and finely punc-

tured; with an obscure median carina from the base to the

middle. Head and pronotum shining, shallowly and not very

closely. punctured, the head slightly narrowed behind the eyes,

but broader posteriorly than the pronotum. Antennz inserted

as far from each other as from the eyes; the interantennal pro-

minence very small and low, V-shaped; a small longitudinal

depression halfway between the anterior ocellus and the base of

the clypeus ; antenne a little longer than the thorax without the

median segment, the apical joints slightly arcuate. Anterior

margin of the pronotum strongly raised; mesonotum and scu-

tellum closely punctured. Median segment smooth and shining

at the base, finely and very closely punctured rugulose beyond the

shining area which is divided by a very short longitudinal suleus,

1810.) FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 265

the segment gradually sloped posteriorly, not truncate. Abdomen

rather shorter than the head, thorax, and median segment com-

bined, tapering slightly at the extremities, the segments rather

closely punctured at the base, smooth and shining at the apex.

Hypopygium rounded, not projecting beyond the dorsal segment.

Third abscissa of the radius longer than the second; second

recurrent nervure received just beyond one-quarter from the

base of the third cubital cell.

Black, with sparse grey pubescence ; mandibles, tegule, femora,

tibie, and tarsi ochreous. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. New South Wales (Staudinger), 2 3.

Type in Berlin Museum.

This species approaches lJwcidus Sm., but may easily be dis-

tinguished by the remarkable form of the clypeus.

KIRONE RUFICORNIS Sm.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) ruficornis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 34

(1859), 3.

Kirone ruficornis Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxii. p. 265

(1907), s.

2. Head rectangular, very slightly rounded at the posterior

angles, longer than broad, very sparsely and minutely punctured, —

with a short, longitudinal, frontal sulcus; the mandibles stout,

blunt at the apex, bidentate ; antenne fully half as long again as

the head. Thorax very sparsely punctured ; the pronotum longer

than broad, very slightly narrowed anteriorly, a little shorter

than the median segment; scutellum rather broader than long,

the mesopleure showing a distinct dorsal surface on each side of

it ; the median segment longer than broad and slightly broadened

posteriorly. Abdomen elongate, subcylindrical, sparsely and

finely punctured, the punctures more or less elongate: the basal

segment shorter than the second, almost as broad at the base as

at the apex; the pygidium without a carina, rounded at the

apex.

Shining black ; the prothorax and median segment ferruginous ;

legs, antenne, mandibles, and pygidium fusco-ferruginous.

Length 7 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H.W. Giles). December. ¢ @ in cop.

“On Hucalyptus bloom.”

KIRONE FERRUGINEICORNIS, Sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3, ¢.)

3. Clypeus strongly convex at the base, raised and subcarinate

in the middle, flattened towards the apex, produced anteriorly

and rather narrowly truncate on the apical margin. Head and

thorax shining and rather sparsely punctured: the head broadly

emarginate posteriorly, not narrowed behind the eyes; antenne

as long as the thorax without the median segment, filiform,

a little more slender towards the apex. Pronotum scarcely nar-

rowed anteriorly, the anterior margin slightly raised; propleure

266 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

shining; mesopleure closely punctured. Seutellum narrowly

truncate at the apex. Median segment granulated, short,

abruptly truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation

punctured rugulose. Abdomen fusiform, shorter than the head

and thorax combined, shining and very minutely punctured ;

the seventh segment rounded at the apex, smooth; the hypo-

pygium not prominent, simple, rounded at the apex. Third

cubital cell longer than the second on the radial nervure,

receiving the second recurrent nervure just before one-third

from the base. The division of the first cubital cell is not

marked.

Black; the antennz, mandibles, prothorax, and legs ferru-

ginous; the apex of the clypeus pale yellow. Wings hyaline; the

stigma ferruginous ; nervures pale testaceous, almost colourless.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Hermannsburg, Central Australia (7. J. Hillier).

EIRONE MONTIVAGA, sp. n.

3. Clypeus convex, with a carina from the base not reaching

the apex, without a triangular truncation at the apex, closely

and microscopically punctured. Antenne shorter than the

thorax and median segment combined, inserted nearer to each

other than to the eyes, the apical joints slightly arcuate; the

interantennal prominence V-shaped and touching the base of

the clypeus. Head shining, closely and not very finely punc-

tured, the posterior ocelli more than twice as far from the

eyes as from each other. Thorax rather more finely punctured

than the head, especially on the pronotum, which is almost

smooth, with the anterior margin raised. Scutellum nearly

triangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment

no longer than the pronotum, obliquely sloped posteriorly, finely

aciculate, closely punctured on the posterior slope. Abdomen

slightly fusiform, shorter than the head and thorax combined,

shining, minutely punctured, the apical segment rounded at the

extremity, the hypopygium rounded and ciliated, not projecting

beyond the dorsal plate. Claspers broad and short, the apex

with a fringe of long curved hairs. Second cubital cell a little

more than half as long as the third on the radial nervure.

Black ; the anterior margin of the clypeus, two minute spots

between the antenne, the anterior margin of the pronotum

broadly interrupted in the middle, an oblique line on each side at

the posterior angle of the pronotum, and the spines of the tibie

white. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures black.

Length 6 mm.

2. Head rectangular, nearly one-third as long again as broad,

slightly rounded at the posterior angles, smooth and shining; the

eyes very small, ovate, not touching the base of the mandibles.

Thorax and median segment very sparsely punctured ; the pro-

notum a little shorter than the median segment, slightly

narrowed anteriorly; scutellum nearly half as long as the

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 267

pronotum, the mesopleure showing a distinct dorsal surface

on each side of it. Median segment twice as long as the breadth

at the base, flattened above and slightly broadened from the

base to the apex. Abdomen shining, shallowly and finely punc-

tured, the punctures elongate; first segment vertically truncate

at the base, not very short, not very narrow at the base; the

pygidium pointed. The abdomen is broadened in the middle,

not cylindrical.

Hntirely castaneous brown.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. Woodford, N.S.W. (@. A. Waterhouse), $ Q in cop.

Described from two pairs.

Nearest to vitripennis Sm., but the clypeus of the male is

without the triangular truncation at the apex, and the abdomen

of the female is shorter and less cylindrical, in addition to other

differences.

TACHYNOMYIA DISJUNCTA, Sp. 0.

3. Clypeus narrowly produced and truncate at the apex, very

coarsely punctured, the apical margin smooth. Cheeks at the

base of the mandibles produced into an acute spine. Head

rugose; the interantennal prominence very broadly rounded

and feebly bilobed, divided by a short, obscure, longitudinal

carina. Antenne as long as the head, thorax, and median

segment combined, inserted nearer to each other than to the

eyes, the apical joints slender and arcuate. Ocelli very close

together, the posterior ocelli about three times as far from

the eyes as from each other; the head strongly concave beneath,

the lateral fringe of hairs very long and grey. Apical joints

of the maxillary palpi not very long or slender. Posterior

margin of the head slightly arched, not emarginate. Pronotum

shining, almost smooth, much narrower than the head, the

anterior margin raised. Thorax and median segment closely

punctured, finely on the median segment, more strongly on the

mesonotum ; the scutellum large, broadly truncate at the apex.

Abdomen broadened from the base, closely and deeply punc-

tured, much more sparsely on the ventral than on the dorsal

surface; the second ventral segment very deeply separated from

the first and produced at the base into a large and prominent

tubercle. Hypopygium broadly rounded, with an acute apical

spine.

Black ; the mandibles, the apex of the clypeus, and the apex

of the interantennal prominence very narrowly whitish yellow ;

the apex of the tegule, the apex of the femora, the tibia,

tarsi, the second and third ventral segments, and the apical

margin of the first, second, and third dorsal segments very

narrowly dark ferruginous. Wings hyaline, very faintly clouded

with fuscous, nervures black, stigma fuscous.

Length 14 mm.

9. Head rather thick, subrectangular, more than half as

268 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

broad again as long, slightly rounded at the posterior angles,

shining, with large scattered punctures, the clypeus with a

carina. Thorax and median segment shining, very sparsely

punctured ; the pronotum narrower than the head, half as broad

again on the anterior margin as long, narrowed posteriorly,

no broader on the posterior margin than long; scutellum short,

much broader than long. Median segment as long as two-thirds

of the pronotum, slightly broadened posteriorly and sharply

truncate. Abdomen broader than the thorax, sparsely punc-

tured, very finely at the base of the segments, more coarsely

at the apex; the first segment vertically truncate at the base,

the dorsal surface finely longitudinally striated between deep

scattered punctures; the second segment finely and closely

longitudinally striated, the apical margin feebly raised, with a

narrow groove before it. Pygidium broad, not truncate or com-

pressed, longitudinally striated, broadly rounded at the apex, the

dorsal plate narrowed at the extreme apex. Ventral surface

shallowly but coarsely punctured, most finely on the fifth segment.

A minute spine on the mesopleure close to the base of the inter-

mediate coxe. Tarsal ungues bidentate.

Fusco-ferruginous; the head (except the mandibles andantenne),

the scutellum, median segment, and stains near the apex of the

third, fourth, and fifth dorsal abdominal segments black.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). November. ¢ 9 in

cop.

TACHYNOMYIA AURICOMATA, Sp. Nn.

3. Head punctured-rugose, clothed with long golden pubes-

cence, thin on the vertex, cloce on the clypeus, and forming the

usual fringe of long curved hairs on the cheeks; the clypeus

slightly convex and more broadly truncate at the apex than

in most of the allied species. Antenne as long as the thorax

and median segment combined, the apical joints feebly arcuate,

inserted nearer to each other than to the eyes; the interantennal

prominence bilobed. Pronotum very shallowly punctured, the

remainder of the thorax and the pleure more closely and deeply

punctured; the anterior margin of the pronotum raised, much

narrower than the head; thorax with sparse golden, pleure

with white pubescence. Median segment punctured-rugulose.

Abdomen shining, fusiform, very shallowly punctured, segments

2-4 with a faintly raised curved mark on each side near the apex ;

the first segment narrowed at the base, with a longitudinal sulcus

from the base to the middle, the second segment depressed at the

base. Hypopygium with the sides parallel close to the base, then

triangular, with a short apical spine.

Black; the apex of the mandibles, the femora, tibiz, and

tarsi ferruginous. Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous, the stigma

ferruginous.

Length 10 mm.

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 269

Hab. The locality is given on the label as Endeavour River,

Queensland, but others from the same source and similarly labelled

are Victorian, so probably this species is also from Victoria.

The palpi are not very slender, but the three apical joints of

the maxillary palpi are longer than the others. In all species of

Tachynomyia which I have taken in North Queensland these

three apical joints are very long and slender.

Type in the Berlin Museum.

ZELEBORIA OLIVEI, Sp. n.

3. Clypeus produced and rather narrowly truncate at the

apex, very finely punctured, clothed with short white pubescence.

Head finely and very closely punctured ; the interantennal pro-

minence not very broad, deeply bilobed at the apex; the antennze

filiform, slender, nearly as broad as the head, thorax, and median

segment combined ; ocelli very near together, the posterior pair

more than twice as far from the eyes as from each other; the

three apical joints of the maxillary palpi long and slender, the

galea with a faintly marked dividing-line ; the fringe on the sides

of the head sparse and white. Thorax rather slender, narrower

than the head, closely and finely punctured; the pronotum very

finely punctured, with the anterior margin strongly raised.

Median segment very finely rugulose, almost smooth at the base.

Scutellum rather narrowly truncate at the apex, with an obscure

longitudinal carina. Abdomen slender, elongate-fusiform, smooth

and shining, the division between the two basal ventral segments

searcely marked. Hyvpopygium rounded, with an acute apical

spine.

Black; the tegule fuscous. Wings very pale fusco-hyaline,

nervures fuscous.

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Cooktown, Q.

A slenderer species than longicornis Turn.

PHYMATOTHYNNUS NITIDUS Sin.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) nitidus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 30

(1859), 3.

6. The apical joints of the antenne are arcuate beneath.

@. Mandibles falcate, slender and pointed; clypeus with a

very short carina from the base not reaching the middle. Head

very slightly convex, twice as broad anteriorly as long, strongly

rounded at the posterior angles, rather sparsely but not finely

punctured, each puncture bearing a pale fulvous hair; a fine and

short frontal sulcus. Antenne inserted nearly as far from each

other as from the eyes, the front between them not bituberculate.

Thorax and median segment shining and almost smooth; the

pronotum about half as wide as the head, rectangular, nearly as

long as broad, with two small tubercles on the anterior margin.

Median segment raised into a hump-like tubercle just behind the

270 MR. R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

scutellum, then obliquely depressed and strongly concave on the

sides, broadened from the base, the depressed surface longer and

narrower than the pronotum. First abdominal segment rather

narrowly truncate anteriorly, shining, finely and sparsely punc-

tured, the dorsal surface nearly as long as the second segment,

the apical margin narrowly depressed; second segment trans-

versely rugose between two transverse carinz, the apical margin

strongly raised ; segments 3—5 very delicately punctured-rugulose,

with a few large scattered punctures. Ventral segments coarsely

punctured-rugose. Pygidium not constricted at the base, ver-

tically truncate, the surface of the truncation ovate; the dorsal

plate obliquely rugulose with a strong median longitudinal

carina, nearly as long as the ventral plate. ‘Tarsal ungues

bidentate.

Head, thorax, and legs ferruginous ; abdomen black ; the apex

of the pygidium fusco-ferruginous.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H. W/. Giles). December. ¢ 2 in cop.

“ On Hucalyptus bloom.”

GLAPHYROTHYNNUS SITIENS Turn.

Thynnus (Glaphyrothynnus) sitiens Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. xxxiti. p. 112 (1908), 3.

3g. The spine on each side near the base of the hypopygium

mentioned in the original description is really only a protrusion

of the apex of the claspers in the type specimen. As in other

species of this difficult group, the extent of the yellow markings

is variable.

@. Head fully twice as broad anteriorly as long, strongly

rounded at the posterior angles, shining, with a few scattered

punctures, more closely punctured on the front than on the

vertex. Antenne inserted much farther from each other than

from the eyes; the joints of the flagellum much broader than

long and produced at the apex beneath. Pronotum much

narrower than the head, nearly twice as broad on the anterior

margin as long, narrowed posteriorly, finely and sparsely pune-

tured, with a row of long white hairs on the anterior and lateral

margins. Scutellum transverse. Median segment short, scarcely

longer than the scutellum, very sparsely punctured, the punctures

piliferous, steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen impunctate, except

at the apex of the raised portion of the first, fourth, and fifth

segments; the first dorsal segment divided transversely into two

almost equal portions, the apical portion depressed and smooth,

the apical margin very feebly raised ; second segment with four

transverse carine including the moderately raised apical margin,

the basal carina low and sometimes hidden by the first segment,

the third very high and separated from the apex by a broad

depressed space; third segment depressed at the apex rather

narrowly, the raised portion before the apex strongly bilobed ;

fourth and fifth segments narrowly transversely depressed on the

1910. } FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 271

apical margin. Pygidium elongate, vertical, the sides almost

parallel, more than twice as long as broad, the sides raised into

marginal carine at the base, a few fine longitudinal strize at the

base, rounded at the apex. Fifth ventral segment rather coarsely

punctured. Intermediate tibiz shallowly emarginate near the

base beneath and produced at the apex of the emargination into

a short stout spine directed towards the base; intermediate tarsi

slender.

Testaceous brown; the head ferruginous brown; the apical

depressed portions of the abdominal segments luteous.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (#7. I. Giles). g 2 incop. January.

“On Leptospermum bloom.”

The head of the female is shaped as in marginalis Westw., but

in that species there is no spine on the intermediate tibiz and

the first abdominal segment is much more narrowly depressed at

the apex. In érifidus Westw. the head is much larger, but there

is a similar spine on the intermediate tibiz.

GULAPHYROTHYNNUS TRIFIDUS Westw.

Thynnus trifidus Westw. Arcana Ent. il. p. 119 (1844), ¢

2. Head large, less than twice as broad anteriorly as long,

rounded at the posterior angles, but not so strongly as in

sitiens and marginalis, shining, very minutely punctured, with

a distinct, longitudinal, frontal sulcus and a few large punctures

round the base of the antenne. Thorax shining, very minutely

punctured; the pronotum twice as broad anteriorly as long,

narrower than the head and narrowed a little posteriorly, the

anterior and lateral margins with a few long greyish hairs.

Scutellum transverse and short. Median segment distinctly longer

than the scutellum, broadened from the base and very steeply

sloped posteriorly. Abdomen with a few sparse punctures ; the

dorsal surface of the first segment divided transversely, the basal

portion raised and distinctly longer than the strongly depressed

apical portion; second segment with four transverse carine,

including the recurved apical margin; segments 3-4 with a

raised, curved mark on each side before the depressed apical

margin. Pygidium vertical, very feebly recurved at the apex,

elongate-ovate, twice as long as the greatest breadth, longitudinally

striated on the basal half, narrowly subtruncate at the apex.

Fifth ventral segment punctured-rugose. Intermediate tibize

beneath with a spine directed towards the base, emarginate

between the spine and the base.

Fuscous; the mandibles, antenne, and legs testaceous brown ;

the sides and depressed portions of the abdominal segments pale

luteous.

Length 9 mm.

| Hab. Cottesloe, near ee aie: W. A. (H.W. Giles), $ 2 in

cop. December.

“On Hucalyptus bloom.”

272 MR. R, E, TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

GLAPHYROTHYNNUS CARINATUS Sm.

Thynnus carinatus Sm, Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 29 (1859), 3.

¢ Zeleboria carinata Sauss. Reise Novara, Zool. 11. Hym. p. 131

(1867), 3 9.

I am very doubtful if Saussure’s description can be intended

for this species. Smith’s type was from Western Australia, and

specimens received from Mr. Giles and which I have compared

with the type are mated with the female described below.

@. Head not large, nearly twice as broad anteriorly as long,

strongly rounded at the posterior angles, shining and very

sparsely punctured, with a short frontal sulcus, the punctures

round the base of the antenne closer and piliferous. ‘Thorax

much narrower than the head; the pronotum less than twice as

broad anteriorly as long and half as broad again anteriorly as

posteriorly, the anterior and lateral margins with a sparse fringe

of long hairs, finely and sparsely punctured. Median segment

short, about the same length as the scutellum, strongly broadened

from the base, the posterior truncation almost vertical. First

dorsal abdominal segment divided into two almost equal parts,

the apical portion strongly depressed and smooth, the basal

portion raised and very sparsely punctured ; second segment with

four transverse carine, including the raised apical margin, the

basal carina very low and often covered by the first segment, the

third high and separated from the apical margin by a broad

groove. Third and fourth segments with a raised curved mark

on each side before the apex, the apical margin depressed, the

raised portion punctured at the apex. Pygidium almost vertically

truncate, long and narrow, about three times as long as the

greatest breadth, a little broader towards the apex than at the

base, rounded at the apex, the dorsal plate as long as the ventral,

the basal portion with a median longitudinal carina and two

lower carinz converging at the base on each side. Fifth ventral

segment coarsely punctured in the middle at the apex. There is

an emargination and spine near the base of the intermediate

tibie beneath as in sétiens and trifidus.

Pale luteous; head fusco-ferruginous; median segment, the apex

of the raised portions of the first, third, and fourth dorsal abdo-

minal segments, and the third carina on the second segment black.

Length 6-7 mm.

Hab. Claremont and Cottesloe, W. A. (H. dM. Giles).

The colour is very variable, the black in some specimens being

much more extensive.

Females from the east coast answer rather better to Saussure’s

description. The male is hardly distinguishable from the western

specimens.

GLAPHYROTHYNNUS FUSIFORMIS Sauss.

Zeleboria fusiformis Sauss. Reise Novara, Zool. ii. Hym. p. 132

(1867), ¢.

IT was evidently wrong in sinxing this as a synonym of

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 273

carinatus. Saussure’s description agrees with male specimens

sent by Mr. Giles, which closely resemble that species, but are

paired with a female which is quite sufficiently distinct.

@. Head rather large, nearly twice as broad anteriorly as

long, rounded at the posterior angles, but not so strongly as in

carinatus, very sparsely punctured, and finely shagreened. Thorax

and median segment rather strongly punctured, shaped as in

carinatus, but with longer and closer pubescence. Abdomen and

pygidium as in carinatus, but the abdomen is broader, the

punctures on the third, fourth, and fifth segments coarser and

closer, the same segments being also sparsely clothed at the apex

with long white hairs, and the raised marks not so strongly

curved. The emargination on the intermediate tibie is less

distinct, and the spine shorter and blunt.

Black; the antenne, legs, and pygidium fusco-ferruginous ;

the sides of the abdomen and first and second segments at the

apex pale luteous.

Length 7 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). November.

ASTHENOTHYNNUS DEDUCTOR, Sp. 0.

3. Clypeus produced and very narrowly truncate at the apex,

finely and closely punctured, with a carina from the base not

quite reaching the apex, the apical margin narrowly depressed.

Head finely and closely punctured, with a short, shining, longi-

tudinal sulcus on the front; the interantennal prominence not

much developed. Antenne inserted nearer to each other than

to the eyes, shorter than the thorax and median segment com-

bined, rather stout throughout, the apical joints very feebly

arcuate beneath. Thorax finely and closely punctured, more

sparsely on the scutellum ; pronotum narrowed anteriorly.

Median segment longer than broad, rounded, minutely punctured.

Abdomen slender, flattened, shorter than the head, thorax, and

median segment combined, very delicately punctured, shining,

broadened from the base; the first segment slender, with a

deep sulcus from the base not reaching the apex. Hypopygium

small, narrow, the sides parallel, subconical at the apex, without

spines.

Black ; the base of the mandibles, the inner orbits of the eyes

very narrowly as high as the base of the antenne, two very

minute spots between the antenne, the margins of the pronotum,

and the postscutellum yellow; the apex of the clypeus, the

tegule, the second and third abdominal segments, the apex of

the first, and the legs, except the coxe, bright ferruginous.

Wings hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures black, stigma pale

ferruginous.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (ZH. WZ. Giles). December.

Nearest to rubromaculatus Turn.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. X VIII. 18

274 MR. R.'E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

EOLOTHYNNUS CRENULATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8, 3.)

3. Clypeus moderately convex, advanced and truncate at the

apex, finely and shallowly punctured. Maxillary palpi rather’

stout, the basal joint short the apical lobe of the galea beyond

the dividing-lne large and rounded at the apex. Antenne as

long as the thorax without the median segment, of even thickness

throughout, inserted a little nearer to each other than to the

eyes. Head finely and closely punctured, no broader than the

pronotum ; the front and clypeus thinly clothed with long grey

pubescence. Thorax rather closely punctured, sparsely on the

scutellum, very closely on the mesopleure ; pronotum only slightly

narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin slightly raised and

almost straight; mesonotum less than twice as long as the pro-

notum ; scutellum broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment

finely and closely punctured, very short, steeply sloped posteriorly

but not truncate, the sides clothed with white pubescence ; an

almost obsolete impressed longitudinal line from the base not

reaching the middle. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax

combined, the sides nearly parallel; segments strongly constricted

at the base; the sixth ventral segment with a spine on each side

at the apical angles; the dorsal segments closely punctured ; the

ventral segments punctured-rugose, finely longitudinally striated

at the extreme base. Hypopygium broad, tridentate, the lateral

spines very short, the apical spine much longer.

Black; the mandibles at the base, the apex of the clypeus, and

two minute spots between the antennz whitish yellow, a large

quadrate spot on the mesonotum, the tegule and a curved line

above them, a spot on the mesopleurz below the anterior wings,

a broad transverse band on the scutellum, and a small spot at

each of the anterior angles, the postscutellum, a broad transverse

band interrupted in the middle on each of the five basal dorsal

abdominal segments, narrowest on the first, a spot on each side of

the sixth segment, and the apical half of the anterior and inter-

mediate femora beneath, yellow; tibiz and tarsi fusco-ferruginous.

Wings hyaline, nervures black, the stigma fusco-ferruginous.

The second cubital cell is much longer on the radial nervure

than the third, and receives the first recurrent nervure beyond

three-quarters from the base, the second recurrent nervure is

received near the base of the third cubital cell.

Length 12 mm., exp. of wings 20 mm.

Hab. Hermannsburg, Central Australia (77. J. Hillier). April.

Belongs to the cerceroides group, but is not very near any

described species.

AQOLOTHYNNUS PERTURBATUS, Sp. Nn.

3. Clypeus slightly convex, advanced and rather broadly

truncate at the apex, finely punctured; almost smooth in the

middle, Antenne rather short, of even thickness throughout.

Head finely and closely punctured, thinly clothed with white

pubescence, scarcely broader than the pronotum. Thorax finely

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 275

and closely punctured, with sparse white pubescence; the pro-

notum very broadly and shallowly emarginate on the anterior

margin, which is slightly raised; mesonotum nearly twice as long

as the pronotum; scutellum shining and sparsely punctured.

Median segment short, steeply sloped posteriorly, but not truncate,

very closely and finely punctured. Abdomen elongate, as long as

the head and thorax combined, the sides almost parallel from the

base; the segments very strongly constricted at the base, shining

and sparsely punctured. Sixth ventral segment with a spine on

each side at the apical angles. Hypopygium ending in three

long spines, the central spine the longest. Seventh dorsal

segment coarsely punctured, the apical margin raised and slightly

produced towards the middle. Second cubital cell twice as long

as the third on the radial nervure; the second recurrent nervure

received close to the base of the third cubital cell, almost inter-

stitial with the second transverse cubital nervure.

Biack ; the mandibles at the base, the apical margin of the

clypeus, a line on each side on the anterior margin of the pro-

notum, and the postscutellum pale creamy white; the two apical

abdominal segments ferruginous red. Tegule creamy white at

the base, testaceous at the apex. Wings hyaline, nervures black.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier).

Very near sanguinolentus Turn. from Liverpool, N.S.W., but

the median segment in the present species is more rounded, not

truncate, and is more finely punctured. The third eubital cell

in sanguinolentus is fully as long as the second on the radial

nervure. Also near decipiens Westw., but differs in the broadly

emarginate pronotum, the shape of the clypeus, and the presence

of whitish markings. The second recurrent nervure is more

nearly interstitial than in either of the species mentioned.

TMESOTHYNNUS PLATYCEPHALUS, sp. Nn.

3. Clypeus convex, punctured, produced and rather narrowly

truneate at the apex. Head rather small, closely punctured-

rugose ; the interantennal prominence not well developed ; a very

delicate longitudinal frontal carina not reaching the anterior

ocellus. Antenne no longer than the thorax without the median

segment, of nearly equal thickness throughout, the apical joints

very feebly arcuate beneath. Thorax finely and closely punctured ;

the pronotum short, narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin

slightly raised; scutellum strongly convex. Median segment

rounded, very finely and closely punctured, the extreme base

smooth and shining. Abdomen as long as the head, thorax, and °

median segment combined, tapering a little at the extremities,

the segments strongly constricted at the base, the apical margins

narrowly depressed, punctured at the base, smooth and shining

at the apex. Hypopygium short, projecting very little beyond

the dorsal segment, with a long apical spine, a short spine on

each side often concealed beneath the dorsal segment. Second

18*

276 MR, R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15

abscissa of the radius longer than the third; second recurrent

nervure received near the base of the third cubital cell.

Black; the mandibles, the apex of the clypeus, two minute

spots between the antenne, the posterior margin of the pronotum,

the anterior angles of the pronotum, the tegul, and the post-

scutellum pale yellow. Tibiz ferruginous brown. Wings hyaline,

nervures black, the stigma ferruginous.

Length 9 mm.

O.. ‘Head flattened, small, as long as the breadth anteriorly,

narrowed posteriorly, coarsely punctured on the front, very

sparsely on the vertex, without a frontal suleus. Thorax narrower

than the head, punctured; the pronotum a little broader than

long, the sides nearly parallel and raised into marginal carine,

with a longitudinal median carina; scutellum small, with a

median carina. Median segment no longer than the scutellum,

sharply broadened from the base and steeply sloped posteriorly,

punctured and with sparse long pubescence. First dorsal abdo-

minal segment divided into two portions, the basal portion raised

and strongly emarginate posteriorly, sparsely punctured, the

apical portion depressed and smooth ; second segment with four

transverse carine, including the raised apical margin, the two

basal carine rather broadly separated from those at the apex ;

segments 3-5 rather coarsely punctured near the apex, the base

finely aciculate, the apical margin narrowly depressed and smooth.

Pygidiumn deflexed and br oadened from the base; the dorsal

plate rather narrowly ovate, with a low median carina and raised

margins ; the ventral plate projecting beyond the dorsal both on

the sides and at the apex, rounded, with a narrow emargination

at the apex. Fifth ventral segment finely punctured.

Black: the mandibles, antenne, legs, and pygidium fuscous,

the apex of the first dorsal abdominal segment, the space between

the carinze on the second and the extreme apical margin of the

third whitish, in some specimens darker.

Length 5- 7 mm.

_ Hab. South Perth, W. A. ( H, M. Giles). 53, 52. January.

“On Leptospermum bloom.”

Nearest to truncatus Sm.

EPACTIOvTHYNNUS CYGNORUM Turn.

Thynnus (olothynnus) cygnorum Turn. Proc. Linn. Soe.

N.S.W. xxxiii. p. 141 (1908), ¢.

¢. Varies in size from 10 to 14 mm.

@. Head slightly convex, broader than long, strongly rounded

at the posterior angles, flattened on the vertex, sparsely punctured,

the vertex and the front in the middle almost smooth, a longi-

tudinal sulcus on the front ; a small patch of white pubescence on

each side about halfway between the eye and the posterior

margin of the head. Pronotum neaily twice as broad anteriorly

as long, narrowed a little posteriorly, closely punctured, margined

anteriorly and laterally with long grey hais, without a carina or

1910. | ‘FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 277

tubercle. Median segment a little shorter than the scutellum,

broadened from the base and obliquely truncate posteriorly,

closely punctured and thinly covered with long grey pubescence.

Abdomen smooth, with a few scattered punctures, the first seg-

ment with a deep transverse groove before the apex, the second

segment with four strong transverse carine in addition to the

raised apical margin. Fifth ventral segment coarsely punctured-

rugose. Pygidium truncate posteriorly, very narrow, the surface

of the truncation very narrowly elongate-ovate, about five times

as long as the greatest breadth, the lateral margins raised.

Head and thorax dark ferruginous; median segment and

abdomen black; a broad band on the first, third, and fourth

dorsal segments and the sides of the second segment pale luteous;

anterior and intermediate legs fusco-ferruginous.

Length 6-9 mm.

The colour varies much, some specimens being darker than the

type.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H.-W. Giles). December and January.

“On Hucalyptus bloom. Common.”

The absence of a carina on the pronotum is remarkable,

separating the female from the nearly allied species. The head

is somewhat compressed laterally behind the eyes.

EPACTIOTHYNNUS LABORIOSUS, Sp. 0.

3. Clypeus convex, produced and rather broadly truncate at.

the apex. Head finely and very closely punctured ; a very short

longitudinal carina between the antenne, which are inserted

further from each other than from the eyes and are a little shorter

than the thorax and median segment combined ; the second joint

of the flagellum scarcely more than half as long as the third.

Pronotum nearly as broad as the head, slightly narrowed anteriorly,

the anterior margin a little raised and straight, minutely punctured.

Mesonotum and scutellum finely and very closely punctured; the

scutellum rather narrowly truncate at the apex, with a well-

marked longitudinal carina on the apical half. Median segment

rounded, very finely punctured-rugulose. Abdomen a little

longer than the head, thorax, and median segment combined,

narrowed at the base, sparsely punctured ; segments 2—5 strongly

constricted at the base and depressed on the apical margin; the

basal segment with a deep sulcus from the base nearly reaching

the apex. Hypopygium with a short spine on each side near the

base, thence narrowed sharply to the base of the acute apical

spine. No spine on the sixth ventral segment.

Black ; the abdomen, except the base of the first segment, the

femora, tibiz, and tarsi ferruginous red; tegule testaceous ;

base of the mandibles, apical margin of the clypeus, a spot on

each side near the middle of the clypeus, the margins of the eyes

narrowly as high as the base of the antenne, and the posterior

margin of the postscutellum pale yellowish. An obscure spot

on each side of the vertex, near the summit of the eyes, dull

278 "MR. R, E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

ferruginous, Wings hyaline, faintly clouded near the apex,

nervures black, stigma fusco-ferruginous,

Length 11 mm.

2. Head rectangular, slightly rounded at the posterior angles,

a little broader than long, sparsely but rather coarsely punctured,

with a strong, longitudinal, frontal sulcus. Pronotum a litle

narrower than the head, broadly emarginate anteriorly, nearly

half as broad again as long, with a well-marked median carina,

depressed and slightly concave on each side of the carina, minutely

punctured. Median segment as long as the scutellum, broadened

from the base and obliquely truncate posteriorly, closely punctured.

Abdomen much broader than the thorax, the first segment trun-

cate at the base, with a transverse carina above the truncation,

the dorsal surface very broadly depressed to the apex, with a

raised curved mark on each side; the second segment with two

or three transverse carine near the base, the apical margin

very feebly raised; segments 3 and 4 broadly depressed at the

apex, with a raised, curved, punctured mark on each side; fifth

segment sparsely punctured. Ventral surface closely and rather

coarsely punctured on the fifth segment as well as on the rest.

Pygidium very narrow, deflexed and lanceolate, very narrowly

rounded at the apex.

Fuscous ; the apical margins of the abdominal segments broadly

pale testaceous; the carinze on the second segment and the

pygidium fusco-ferruginous.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H. WM. Giles). 3 9 incop. December.

“On Hucalyptus bloom.”

Nearest to eacellens Sm.

EPAcri0oTHYNNUS DAHLI, sp. 0.

3S. Clypeus advanced and not very narrowly truncate at the

apex, coarsely but shallowly punctured, convex. Antenne as

long as the thorax and median segment combined, a little

slenderer at the apex than at the base, the apical jomts very

feebly arcuate beneath; the third joint of the flagellum as long

as the first and second combined ; inserted a little further from

each other than from the eyes, the interantennal carinz oblique.

Head very closely punctured, with short grey pubescence on the

front, a little broader than the pronotum. Thorax very closely

punctured, more sparsely on the pronotum. Median segment

much shorter than the mesonotum, twice as broad as long,

scarcely narrowed to the apex, more finely punctured than the

mesonotum ; a large, shallow, smooth depression on each side at

the base. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctured, the sides almost

parallel, tapering very slightly at the extremities; the first seg-

ment with a sulcus from the base to beyond the middle; segments

2-5 slightly constricted at the base; the seventh dorsal segment

rugose, broad at the apex and with the apical margin raised to

form a low carina, Ventral segments 2-5 subtuberculate at the

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 279

apical angles, the sixth segment without a spine. Hypopygium

with a spine on each side close to the base, thence rather narrowly

triangular to the base of the acute apical spine. Second abscissa

of the radius more than half as long again as the third, the first

recurrent nervure received at three-quarters from the base of the

second cubital cel], the second at one-fifth from the base of the

third cubital cell.

Black; the clypeus, except a pyriform black mark on the

middle, the base of the mandibles, two oblique lines between the

antenne, the margins of the pronotum, a spot on the mesonotum,

the tegule, a broad curved band on the mesopleure beneath the

anterior wings, a spot before the intermediate coxe, a large spot

on the scutellum and a smaller one at each of the anterior angles,

the postscutellum, an irregular transverse band at the apex of

the median segment, sometimes interrupted, a narrow transverse

band on each side on dorsal segments 1—5, and a small spot at the

base of the anterior tibiz, yellow; a small spot close to the summit

of each eye dark ferruginous red; the anterior and intermediate

tibie and tarsi testaceous brown. Wings hyaline, nervures

fuscous, the stigma ferruginous brown.

Length 12 mm.

2. Head shining, sparsely punctured, more closely on the

front than elsewhere, much broader anteriorly than long, strongly

rounded posteriorly; the clypeus short and with a longitudinal

carina. Pronotum narrower than the head, narrowed posteriorly,

the anterior angles rather prominent (the dorsal surface destroyed

by the pin); scutellum very narrow, longer than broad. Median

segment punctured, shorter than the scutellum, broadened from

the base and obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the

truncation shining, at the base finely punctured and pubescent.

Abdomen shining, with a few scattered punctures, the first seg-

ment with the apical margin raised.and a broad transverse groove

before it ; second segment with five strong transverse carinz in

addition to the raised apical margin. Pygidium sharply deflexed,

long and narrow, nearly four times as long as the greatest breadth,

broadest at the middle, narrowly rounded at the apex, a tuft of

long golden hairs on each side. Fifth ventral segment very

coarsely and closely punctured.

Fuscous; head and pygidium fusco-ferruginous, legs ferru-

ginous brown ; apical margin of the second dorsal segment of the

abdomen pale testaceous,

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Ralum, New Britain (Dahl). 3 Q in cop.

Types in the Berlin Museum. Described from three males

and one female.

The male is very near abductor Sm. aud vagans Sm,, but. the

female differs from that of vagans in the shape of the head and

in the number of carine on the second dorsal segment; in the

latter character it also differs from Jevissimus Sm., which is

probably the female of abductor. The yellow band at the apex of

280 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

the median segment of the male is absent in all specimens I have

seen of abductor. The median segment is rather shorter and

more rectangular than in either of the two species mentioned.

GYMNOTHYNNUS (?) LESG:UFI, sp. n.

3. Clypeus strongly convex, produced and narrowly truncate

at the apex. Head very closely and rather coarsely punctured ;

the antenne about as long as the thorax without the median

segment. Thorax finely and closely punctured; the pronotum

narrower than the head, narrowed anteriorly; the scutellum

rather broadly truncate at the apex. Median segment rounded,

smooth and shining at the base, very finely punctured at the

apex. Abdomen about as long as the head, thorax, and median

segment combined, elongate fusiform, punctured, the segments

strongly constricted at the base, the apical margin narrowly

depressed. Sixth ventral segment without spines. Hypopygium

broad, tridentate at the apex, the lateral spines short. Second

cubital cell about equal in length to the third on the radial

nervure, the first recurrent nervure received at about three-

quarters from the base of the second cubital cell, the second

received at one-fifth from the base of the third cubital cell.

Black; the mandibles at the base, the anterior margin of the

clypeus, the margins of the pronotum, tegule, a narrow and

obscure longitudinal line on the mesonotum, a broader one on the

scutellum, and a transverse band on the postscutellum pale luteous

yellow; anterior tibize and tarsi ferruginous. Wings hyaline,

nervures black, the stigma pale ferruginous.

Length 8 mm.

@. Head strongly compressed laterally, as thick as broad, the

sides slightly concave at the posterior angles, broadened at the

base of the mandibles, nearly twice as long as the greatest breadth,

deflexed anteriorly, the front-rather strongly punctured, with an

obscure longitudinal sulcus, the vertex smooth. Pronotum

broader than the head, almost rectangular, nearly half as long

again as broad, quite flat and opaque; scutellum shining, small

and narrow. Median segment shining and punctured, very narrow

at the base, broadened and abruptly truncate posteriorly, a little

longer than the scutellum. Abdomen much broader than the

thorax, the segments very broadly depressed at the apex, punctured

at the base, with a smooth rounded mark on each side before the

depressed area. Pygidium long and narrow, deflexed, with long

pubescence at the sides.

Black; the depressed apical portion of the abdominal segments

shining and very pale lutaceous; pygidium fusco-ferruginous.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (#7. M. Giles). g$ 2 in cop. January.

““On Leptospermum bloom.”

The female is very distinct ; the shape of the head is remarkable

and also the absence of carinz on the second abdominal segment.

In the flattened pronotum it approaches gilberti Turn,

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 281

GYMNOTHYNNUS (?) TRIANGULICEPS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI.

fig. 4, 2.)

Q. Mandibles falcate, rather long and acute at the apex.

Clypeus slightly produced, truncate at the apex, without a carina.

Head very thin, slightly convex, as long as the breadth on the

anterior margin, much narrowed posteriorly, subtriangular, nar-

rowly truncate posteriorly, subopaque, with a few scattered

punctures, an obscure longitudinal carina on the front, the lateral

margins slightly raised. Pronotum rectangular, a little longer

than broad, flat, subopaque, and without punctures, the lateral

margins slightly raised, broader than the posterior margin of the

head. Scutellum shining, very small; pleure finely aciculate.

Median segment scarcely longer than the scutellum, broadened

from the base and obliquely truncate: posteriorly. Abdomen

much broader than the thorax, the segments divided into two

nearly equal parts transversely, the basal portion raised and

broadly emarginate in the middle posteriorly, the apical portion

strongly depressed, the sculpture of the second segment not

differentiated. Pygidium long, elongate-ovate, convex, sub-

carinate longitudinally, not truncate or deflexed, with long grey

hairs at the base.

Fuscous; the legs and mandibles fusco-ferruginous ; pygidium

testaceous; the depressed apical portions of the abdominal

segments pale shining luteous.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Cossack, W. A. (J. J. Walker).

Allied to leseufi described above, but the shape of the head is

very different.

HEMITHYNNUS PRASTABILIS, Sp. N.

¢. Clypeus transversely rugulose, almost smooth at the apex,

deeply triangularly emarginate, the angles of the emargination

produced into short spines, a narrow and shallowly impressed

line from the base not reaching the apex. Head finely and

closely punctured, thickly clothed with long fulvous pubescence,

which is longest between the antenne and on the cheeks, with a

shallow frontal suleus which reaches the anterior ocellus. Antenne

a little shorter than the thorax and median segment combined,

the apical joints tapering and slightly arcuate. Thorax finely

and closely punctured, the anterior margin of the pronotum

rather strongly raised, the angles not prominent; the pronotum

and scutellum clothed with sparse and long fulvous hairs. Median

segment more finely and shallowly punctured, the pubescence on

the sides long and white. Abdomen slightly fusiform, shining,

finely and very sparsely punctured; the apical dorsal segment

narrowly truncate at the apex, with curved striz; a thick tuft of

long fulvous hairs below the dorsal segment and above the hypo-

pygium, which is produced on each side near the base into a sharp

angle, thence triangular, with the sides curved upwards to the

base of the slightly recurved apical spine. Second abscissa of the

282 MR. R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

radius a little longer than the third, the first recurrent nervure

received at three-quarters from the base of the second cubital cell,

the second at one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.

Black; the mandibles and the anterior margin of the clypeus

yellow; the seventh abdominal segment and the sixth, except the

extreme base, ferruginous red ; tibiz and tarsi light ferruginous.

Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with yellow, nervures ferruginous

at the base and apex and on the costa, fuscous in the middle.

Length 17 mm.

Hab, Western Australia (Preiss).

Type in Berlin Museum.

The emargination of the clypeus is unusual in Australian

species, :

HEMITHYNNUS PETULANS Sm. (Plate XXXII. figs.5 5,6 2.)

Thynnus petulans Sm. Descr. n. sp. Hym. p. 165 (1879), 3.

2. Clypeus very broadly and shallowly emarginate at the apex,

with a short carina from the base not quite reaching the apex.

Head moderately thick, slightly convex, half as broad again as

long, rounded at the posterior angles, shining and sparsely punc-

tured, the front between the antenne coarsely punctured and

divided by a delicate longitudinal sulcus. Thorax subopaque,

closely and minutely punctured; the pronotum nearly twice as

broad as long, with a row of deep setigerous punctures along the

straight anterior margin. Median segment as long as the scu-

tellum, broadened from the base and obliquely truncate posteriorly.

A few large scattered punctures on the scutellum and median

segment. Abdomen broad, nearly twice as long as the head and

thorax combined, smooth, with a few scattered punctures; the

first segment broad and short, not narrowed towards the base,

with three or four low and fine transverse carine at the apex ;

second segment with about nine well-raised but more or less

irregular transverse carine ; fifth ventral segment longitudinally

striated. Pygidium vertically deflexed posteriorly, the dorsal

plate more than twice as long as broad, coarsely longitudinally

striated at the base, smooth at the apex and very feebly trilobed.

Head and thorax ferruginous red; legs fusco-ferruginous;

abdomen black, the first, third, fourth, and fifth dorsal segments

with a broad yellow transverse band near the apex, the second

dorsal segment with a large yellow spot on each side.

Length 11-16 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. /. Giles). ¢ Qincop. December

and January.

“ Resting on Jnula shrub and Hucalyptus bloom. Not regular

in its appearance, some years none are seen.” ((les.)

The female is nearly allied to those of protervus Sm. and

inconstans Sm., but differs from the former in the colour of the

head and thorax and in the shape of the first abdominal segment ;

from the latter species in the development of the carinz on the

two basal segments and in the rather narrower pygidium.

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 283

HEMITHYNNUS WALLISII Sim.

Thynnus wallisti Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 14 (1859), 5 2.

Specimens of this species in the Berlin Museum have the antenn

of the male ferruginous. The locality given for these specimens

is New South Wales without any more precise information,

ONCORRHINUS XANTHOSPILUS Shuck. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7, 2 .)

Oncorrhinus xanthospilus Shuck., Grey’s Journal of two Ex-

peditions to N.W. and W. Australia, ii. p. 471 (1841), o.

@. Mandibles simple, not bidentate; clypeus truncate at the

apex, finely punctured, without a carina. Head slightly convex,

nearly twice. as broad as long, with a short, longitudinal, frontal

suleus ; smooth, with deep sparse punctures above the base of the

antenne and on the vertex. Antenne shorter than the breadth

of the head; the joints of the flagellum broader than long.

Posterior angles of the head rounded, Thorax sparsely punc-

tured ; the pronotum narrower than the head, twice as broad as

long, very slightly narrowed posteriorly ; scutellum much broader

than long. Median segment very short, obliquely truncate a

little behind the scutellum, the surface of the truncation finely

shagreened. Abdomen broader than the thorax; very shallowly

and sparsely punctured; the basal segment concavo-truncate

anteriorly, very narrowly depressed on the apical margin; second

segment irregularly and finely transversely carinated, with a

strong transverse carina near the apex separated by a broad

groove from the strongly raised apical margin. Pygidium not

contracted at the base, vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface

of the truncation broadly ovate and longitudinally striated, the

striz strong and arched at the base. Fifth ventral segment

coarsely longitudinally striated. Intermediate tibize moderately

thickened ; the first jot of the intermediate tarsi normal, not

thickened ; tarsal ungues bidentate, small.

Fusco-ferruginous, the legs and pygidium paler ; head black;

the sides of the abdominal segments pale testaceous.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. South Perth, Guildford, W. A. (H.W. Giles). 3 2 incop.

“On Hucalyptus bloom. Fairly common.” (iles.)

The disparity between the sexes is great and the female is not

so aberrant as the male, showing close relationship to other species

allied to the Macrothynnus group. The palpi are minute as in

Thynnus, the maxillary palpi two-jointed, the labial palpi three-

jointed.

MACROTHYNNUS SIMILLIMUS Sm.

Thynnus simillimus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 15 (1859), ¢.

A male specimen sent by Mr. Giles differs from the typical

form from New South Wales in the somewhat less robust form,

the presence of a low longitudinal carina on the scutellum, and the

more triangular shape of the hypopygium.

Hab. South Perth, W. A.

284 MR..R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

THYNNOIDES PREISSIL, sp. 1.

Thynnus preissi Klug, MS.

3. Clypeus rounded at the apex, shallowly and rather sparsely

punctured, prominent at the base. Antenne as long as the

thorax and median segment combined, inserted much further from

each other than from the eyes, of almost equal thickness through-

out; the interantennal prominence very broadly rounded at the

apex, divided by a short longitudinal carina. Head and thorax

closely and finely punctured, the front more coarsely, the scutellum

more sparsely; the anterior margin of the pronotum almost

straight, very slightly emarginate, strongly raised, with a deep

groove behind it, the angles rather prominent ; scutellum broadly

truncate at the apex. Median segment very delicately punctured-

rugulose, obliquely depressed from the postscutellum, rounded at

the sides. Abdomen elongate, much longer than the head, thorax,

and median segment combined, the segments very slightly con-

stricted at the base; the first segment with a sulcus from the base

nearly reaching the apex, very finely and closely punctured; the

apical segment more coarsely punctured, subtruncate at the apex,

with a few indistinct transverse strie. Sixth ventral segment

without spines. Hypopygium with a blunt spine on each side at

the base, thence produced in a very narrow triangular shape to the

base of the apical spine. First ventral segment not carinate.

Second abcissa of the radius quite as long as the third; second

recurrent nervure received at one-third from the base of the third

cubital cell.

Black; the mandibles, except at the apex, and the clypeus

yellow ; a transverse mark near the apex of the clypeus brown.

Wings fusco-hyaline, nervures black.

Length 18 mm.

Hab. Western Australia (Preiss).

Type in Berlin Museum.

Easily distinguished by the rounded margin of the clypeus.

THYNNOIDES RUFITHORAX, sp. Nn.

@. Clypeus small, transverse, punctured, without a carina.

Head shining , sparsely punctured, more closely on the front than

on the saree, rather longer than its greatest breadth, much

narrowed posteriorly, very slightly convex, with a short blunt spine

on each side near the middle of the lateral margin. Thorax

shining, obsoletely punctured ; the pronotum nearly as broad as

the broadest part of the head, twice as broad as long, the anterior

margin arched, with a row of setigerous punctures behind it,

slightly narrowed posteriorly. Pleurz shining and almost smooth.

Median segment closely punctured, very short, shorter than the

scutellum, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the trun-

cation finely aciculate. Abdomen much broader than the thorax,

the segments smooth at the base, finely punctured at the apex;

the first segment truncate anteriorly, the dorsal surface divided

TOLON i + FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 285

into two equal portions by a transverse carina, the basal half

sparsely punctured, the apical half depressed and finely aciculated ;

second segment with three transverse carine at the base, followed

by two more broadly interrupted in the middle, then broadly

depressed to the apex, the apical margin raised. Pygidium almost

vertical, long and narrow, longitudinally striated near the base,

compressed near the middle and smooth at the apex. Fifth

ventral segment coarsely rugose.

Black ; the mandibles at the base, the apex of the scape, thorax,

median segment, and legs ferruginous red; the apex of the

pygidium testaceous; flagellum fuscous.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Avarat, Victoria.

Type in the Berlin Museum.

‘THYNNOIDES NEPHELOPTERUS, Sp. 0.

3. Clypeus large, produced and very broadly subemarginate at

the apex, rather sparsely punctured, some of the punctures con-

fluent longitudinally ; the labrum projecting and very shallowly

emarginate at the apex. Head very closely and finely punctured,

the front punctured-rugose; the interantennal prominence very

broadly rounded at the apex, connected bya short carina with the

base of the clypeus, divided by a short, fine, longitudinal carina.

Antenne inserted a little further from each other than from the

eyes, as long as the thorax without the median segment, very

slightly slenderer at the apex than in the middle. Thorax finely

and closely punctured, more sparsely on the scutellum ; pronotum

with the anterior margin a little raised, the anterior angles some-

what prominent; scutellum very broadly rounded at the apex.

Median segment rounded at the sides, obliquely depressed from

near the base, very finely punctured rugulose. Anterior coxze

strongly concave beneath. Abdomen fusiform; segments 2-5

slightly constricted at the base, the segments very finely and

closely punctured at the base, a little more strongly and sparsely

at the apex; seventh dorsal segment rugulose, rounded at the

apex, without a flattened plate; sixth ventral segment without

spines. Hypopygium with a prominent tooth on each side at the

basal angles, thence elongate-triangular to the base of the apical

spine, with a few transverse striae on the dorsal surface. The

groove between the two basal segments is deep, the second seg-

ment is without a tubercle at the “base.

Black; the mandibles (except at the apex) and the clypeus

(except a fuscous spot on each side near the apex) orange-yellow ;

wings fusco-hyaline, nervures black.

The second recurrent nervure is received just beyond one-

quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.

Length 13-19 mm.

@. Clypeus without a carina; mandibles faleate. Head

strongly convex, nearly as long as the breadth on the anterior

margm, much narrowed posteriorly, shining, with a few small

286 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15

scattered punctures and a longitudinal frontal sulcus; the

posterior margin shallowly emarginate. Pronotum shining, with

a few small punctures, a little broader than long, the sides almost

parallel, the anterior margin feebly rounded in the middle.

Median segment less than half as long as the pronotum, broadened

from the base, the apical angles subtuberculate, obliquely truncate

posteriorly, and very minutely punctured. Abdomen micro-

scopically punctured, with a few large scattered punctures; the

basal segment with a transverse carina before the apex, separated

by a deep and broad groove from the raised apical margin; second

segment with five even and strong transverse carinz, including

the raised apical margin; fifth ventral segment coarsely longi-

tudinally striated. Pygidium deflexed, long, exceedingly narrow,

almost linear, slightly expanding at the apex, which is very

narrowly rounded ; the dorsal plate much shorter than the ventral

and very feebly and narrowly trilobed at the apex. Anterior

coxe not concave; intermediate tibiz scarcely broader than the

posterior ; basal joint of intermediate tarsi normal, not flattened.

Black; the mandibles at the base, the second dorsal abdominal

segment, and the spines of tibize and tarsi fusco-ferruginous.

Length 8-10 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (7. MW. Giles). December.

“On Leptospermum, occasionally on Hucalyptus. Plentiful

every season.” (Giles.)

THYNNOIDES LANIO, Sp. Nn.

3. Clypeus large, broad and subemarginate at the apex,

sparsely punctured ; the extreme apex of the labrum only visible ;

outer margin of the maxille fringed with long hairs. Head

finely and very closely punctured ; the interantennal prominence

pointed at the apex and connected by a short and broad carina

with the base of the clypeus. Antenne as long as the thorax

without the median segment, tapering very slightly towards the

apex. Thorax and median segment finely and closely punctured,

most sparsely on the scutellum, most closely and finely on the

median segment; the pronotum narrowed anteriorly, the anterior

margin slightly raised; median segment short, rounded at the

sides, obliquely sloped from just behind the postscutellum.

Abdomen elongate fusiform, the segments feebly constricted at

the base, rather closely and not very finely punctured ; the basal

segment oblique from near the apex to the base, divided by a

median sulcus which nearly reaches the apex; the apical dorsal

segment deflexed and strongly punctured ; the groove between

the two basal ventral segments broad but rather shallow, the

sixth ventral segment without spines. Hypopygium with a tooth

on each side at the basal angles, thence triangular to the base of

the acute apical spine. Anterior cox not concave.

Black, with sparse grey pubescence, long and close on the

median segment ; the clypeus, mandibles (except the apical teeth),

the margins of the eyes interrupted on the summit, a short oblique |

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 287

line on each side between the antennez, a narrow transverse band

broadly interrupted in the middle on the pronotum, and two spots

on the tegule, yellow ; ashort transverse band broadly interrupted

in the middle on dorsal segments 2-5 ferruginous brown, tinged

with yellow on the second and third, very obscure on the fifth

segment; the base of ventral segments 2-5 narrowly fusco-fer-

ruginous. Wings hyaline washed with fuscous, nervures black.

Anterior tibize beneath fusco-ferruginous,

Length 20 mm.

2. Clypeus without a carina. Head nearly rectangular,

slightly rounded at the posterior angles, a little convex, broader

than long by about one-quarter, smooth and shining, with a short,

longitudinal frontal suleus. Pronotum more than half as broad

again anteriorly as long, a little narrowed posteriorly, very sparsely

and finely punctured, with larger setigerous punctures on the

anterior and lateral margins, the anterior margin very broadly

and shallowly emarginate, the anterior angles prominent and sub-

tuberculate. Scutellum and median segment sparsely punctured ;

the scutellum not very narrow; the median segment a little

shorter than the scutellum, broadened from the base and almost

vertically truncate posteriorly. First abdominal segment truncate

anteriorly, the dorsal surface divided into, two almost equal parts

by a transverse carina; the basal portion coarsely but rather

sparsely punctured, the apical portion depressed and almost

without punctures, the apical margin slightly raised; second

segment with five strongly raised transverse carine including the

raised apical margin ; segments 3-5 smooth at the base, coarsely

but sparsely punctured at the apex ; fifth ventral segment coarsely

longitudinally striated. Pygidium sharply deflexed, long and

almost linear, slightly broadened at the apex into a narrow,

elongate-ovate surface; both the dorsal and ventral plates very

narrowly rounded at the apex ; a tuft of golden hairs on each side

near the base.

Black; the thorax and median segment ferruginous red; the

mandibles at the base, the apex of the scape, and the anterior

tibie and tarsi beneath ferruginous.

Length 11 mm.

Hab) South Perth) We A, (2. iM. Giles). 3$ 9 im cop:

February.

“ Hucalyptus bloom. Rare, only one pair seen.” ((iles.)

This is not very close to typical T’hynnoides, the male being

without the concave coxe. It is perhaps nearer to the medleus

group.

CAMPYLOTHYNNUS ASSIMILIS Sm.

Thynnus assimilis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 20 (1859), ¢.

Thynnus flavofasciatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 45

CISD) Or,

Hab, South Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). 3 2 in cop.

This species is most nearly allied to 7. favopictus Sm.

288 MR. R: E, TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

ELIDOTHYNNUS AGILIS Sm.

Thynnus agilis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M, vii. p. 20 (1859), 3S.

@. Clypeus without a carina ; mandibles rather flattened, with

avery small tubercle near the middle of the inner margin. Front

sparsely but coarsely punctured and very sparsely clothed with

greyish hairs, vertex shining, very sparsely and finely punctured ;

the head broader than long, rounded at the posterior angles. A

short and obscure longitudinal sulcus between the antenne ; the

scape smooth above, punctured beneath, with a few long grey

hairs. Pronotum half as broad again anteriorly as long, narrowed

a little posteriorly, sparsely punctured, with a row of punctures

along the anterior margin, all the punctures piliferous. Median

segment sparsely punctured, half as long as the pronotum,

broadened from the base, obliquely truncate posteriorly, the

surface of the truncation almost smooth. Abdomen very sparsely

punctured, the segments smooth at the base and apex, the sides

and apex of the abdomen thinly clothed with long grey pubescence;

the basal segment with a transverse carina strongly emarginate

posteriorly before the apex, the apical margin broadly depressed ;

second segment with four transverse carine on the basal portion,

the space between the raised apical margin and the carine finely

transversely striated; fifth ventral segment longitudinally striated.

Pygidium long and very narrow; the basal portion long and

strongly compressed, bearing two or three longitudinal carine ;

deflexed obliquely posteriorly and broadened, the surface narrowly

elongate-ovate ; the dorsal plate with a median carina not reaching

the apex which is trilcbed; the ventral plate narrower than the

dorsal and rounded at the apex. Intermediate tibiz no thicker

than the posterior, basal joint of the intermediate tarsi normal,

Black; the head and legs ferruginous; the middle of the

ventral abdominal segments and the pygidium fusco-ferruginous ;

a tuft of long golden hairs on each side of the pygidium.

Length 12-14 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (7. I. Giles). 3 2 incop. January

and February.

“ Hucalyptus bloom. Rare.” (Géles.)

ELIDOTHYNNUS MOBILIS, sp. n.

3g. Clypeus sparsely punctured, rather broadly truncate at

the apex. Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and median segment

finely and closely punctured, scutellum and abdomen more

sparsely and strongly punctured. Interantennal prominence

V-shaped ; the antennz stout, of even thickness throughout, as

long as the thorax and median segment combined. Median

segment obliquely depressed from the postscutellum, rounded at

the sides. Abdomen elongate, tapering slightly at the extremities.

Seventh dorsal segment deflexed, coarsely punctured and truncate

at the apex, without a flattened plate. Hypopygium short, only

projecting a little beyond the dorsal segment, produced into

1910. | FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 289

lateral angles near the base but not toothed, thence triangular to

the base of the short apical spine.

Black; the clypeus, the orbits of the eyes narrowly, broadly

interrupted at the summit, the apex of the interantennal

prominence, a broad arched band on the pronotum, a quadrate

spot on the mesonotum, another on the scutellum, a transverse

band on the postscutellum, a spot on the mesopleure below the

anterior wings, the tegule, a large spot on each side of the six

‘ basal dorsal segments of the abdomen and on each side of ventral

segments 2-5, yellow; femora, tibie, and tarsi ferruginous.

Wings hyaline, tinged with yellow, nervures fuscous.

Length 17 mm.

®. Clypeus without a carina; the mandibles broad and rather

stout. Head half as broad again anteriorly as long, strongly

rounded at the posterior angles, very slightly convex, thin,

shining, very sparsely and finely punctured both on the vertex and

front; a well-marked longitudinal sulcus on the front. Thorax

rather closely punctured, the pronotum much more finely than

the median segment; the pronotum nearly twice as broad as

long, the sides almost parallel, with a row of long grey hairs on

the anterior margin. Median segment no longer than the

scutellum, broadened from the base and obliquely truncate

posteriorly, the surface of the truncation shining, with a few

scattered punctures. Abdominal segments smooth at the base ;

the first segment truncate anteriorly, with a row of setigerous

punctures above the base of the truncation, the apical margin

broadly depressed, leaving a raised mark strongly emarginate im

the middle and rounded at the sides before the depression ; second

segment with three transverse carine near the base, the space

between the raised apical margin and the carine indistinctly

transversely striated ; third segment depressed at the apex as in

the first segment, the raised mark before the depression very

sparsely punctured near the apex; fourth and fifth segments

closely punctured at the apex; fifth ventral segment longi-

tudinally and coarsely striated. Pygidium deflexed, very long

and narrow, almost vertically truncate posteriorly, compressed

and linear before the truncation, the surface of the truncation

very narrowly elongate-ovate ; the dorsal plate trilobed at the

apex ; the ventral plate extending beyond the dorsal and narrowly

rounded at the apex.

Black; the mandibles at the base, clypeus, scape, vertex,

pygidium, the middle of the second dorsal segment, the depressed

apical margin of the first and third segments, and the extreme

apex of the fourth and fifth fusco-ferruginous ; legs and the whole

ventral surface light testaceous brown. A tuft of golden hairs on

each side of the pygidium. Basal joint of intermediate tarsi not

broadened.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Guildford, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). 3 2 in cop. December.

“On Leptospermum bloom. Scarce.” (iles.)

Proc. Zoon. Soc—1910, No. XIX. 19

290 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

Allied to mellews Westw. and also to insidiator Sm. and agilis

Sm., from the last of which the male is hardly distinguishable by

any constant character, though the size is different. But the

female has the head somewhat broader than in agilis, the pygidium

narrower, and the sculpture different. In the male the yellow

marks on the abdomen are less extensive than in agilis, the spot

on the mesonotum is more developed, being often entirely absent

in agilis, and the angles at the base of the hypopygium are some-

what less prominent in the present species.

ELIDOTHYNNUS BASALIS Sm.

Thynnus basalis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 23 (1859), g

A long series of this species and of 7’. tuberculifrons Sm. sent

by Mr. Giles, who states that they are two of the commonest

species in the neighbourhood of Perth and that the females seem

to him to be identical. The females sent are similar to that

previously described by me froma damaged specimen as the female

of 7. tuberculifrons Sm., but the low carina on the pronotum is

absent. I am therefore driven to the conclusion that the speci-

mens with the red abdomen (basalis) and those with the black

abdomen (tuberculifrons) are two forms of the same species distinct

from vastator Sm., though intermediate colour-varieties do not

seem to occur. One specimen, apparently identical with basalis,

is, however, paired with a female closely resembling that described

by Smith as vastator, though differing in the presence of four

raised carinee instead of three at the base of the second dorsal

segment. I have dissected out the genitalia of basalis and tuber-

culifrons, and can find absolutely no difference.

LESTRICOTHYNNUS CONSTRICTUS Sm.

Thynnus constrictus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 19 (1859), 5

¢. Clypeus with an obscure carina at the base, the anterior

margin feebly and very broadly rounded; mandibles stout and

rather short. Head moderately convex, rather large, nearly as

long as broad, rounded at the posterior angles, shining, very

sparsely and shallowly punctured, with a short, longitudinal, fr ontal

sulcus ; three large punctures in a triangle on the vertex. Thorax

very finely and sparsely punctured, a row of deeper punctures each

bearing a seta along the anterior margin of the pronotum, which

is narrower than the head, nearly rectangular and almost twice

as broad as long. Median segment a little longer than the

scutellum, broadened from the base and abruptly truncate

posteriorly, deeply and rather closely punctured, the surface of

the truncation almost smooth. Abdomen very sparsely and finely

punctured, the first segment with the apical margin raised and a

deep transverse groove before it ; the second segment with about

eight transverse carinz including the raised apical margin, the six

basal carinee low and more or less irr ‘egular, the two apical carinee

higher and regular; fifth segment more closely punctured.

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 291

Ventral surface more closely and coarsely punctured, the fifth

segment coarsely longitudinally striated. Pygidium long and very

narrow, linear at the base; sharply deflexed posteriorly and very

narrowly elongate-ovate, with a short but strong longitudinal

carina at the base. Basal joit of intermediate tarsi normal.

Ferruginous brown; the apex of the mandibles, median seg-

ment, the apical half of the third dorsal abdominal segment, and

the whole of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments black.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. MM. Giles). S$ 2 in cop.

“On Leptospermum bloom.”

A male of this species was sent by Mr. Giles paired with a

female of C. assimilis Sm. taken on Hucalyptus jficifolia. He

states that cross-pairing is occasionally met with in the Thynnide.

LEsTRICOTHYNNUS OPTIMUS Sm.

Thynnus optimus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 29. n. 74

(1859), 3S.

Thynnus (Aeolothynnus) optimus Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

Exxil, p. 125 (1908), ¢.

This should probably be placed in the section of the genus

near nubddlipenais Sm., though differing in the more flattened

abdomen, the shape of the hypopygium, and in the position of the

second recurrent nervure, which is strongly curved and received

very near the base of the third cubital cell. Except in the latter

character it is very near L. dllidgei described below. L. sulcatus

Sm. is most probably the female of this species, being allied to the

female of L. illidgei, but the very fragmentary condition of the

type renders close comparison in some points impossible.

LESTRICOTHYNNUS ILLIDGEI, sp. n.

3. Clypeus convex in the middle, produced and rather broadly

truncate on the apical margin, very finely and sparsely punctured,

with a slightly depressed mark on each side before the apex,

pointed at the base and connected with the interantennal

prominence by a short carina; the labrum projecting slightly

beyond the clypeus and broadly rounded at the apex. Palpi

slender, but not elongate; the basal joint of the labial palpi about

as long as the second and third combined. Antennz longer than

the thorax and median segment combined, the apical joints very

feebly arcuate and a little slenderer than the others; the distance

between the antenne at the base rather less than that between

the base of the antennz and the eyes. Head small, opaque and

closely punctured, broader than the pronotum ; the interantennal

prominence V-shaped. Pronotum shining and almost smooth, the

anterior margin very slightly raised; mesonotum closely punctured,

less closely so on the dise than on the sides, with the usual two

longitudinal sulci on each side. Scutellum and median segment

shining, shallowly and rather sparsely punctured ; the scutellum

Loh

292 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

convex and rather broadly truncate atthe apex ; median segment

rounded a, little longer than broad. Abdomen elongate, the sides

nearly par. allel, the segments not strongly convex above; segments

9-4 inarked with a depressed transverse line close to the base,

but not appreciably constricted ; the segments closely and rather

shallowly punctured ; the basal segment longer than the breadth

at the apex, with a longitudinal sulcus from the base to beyond the

middle. Seventh dorsal segment narrow, much longer than broad

and very narrowly rounded at the apex, the apical half rugose.

Hypopygium small, without basal spines, ending in a spine which

alone projects beyond the dorsal segment and is sometimes feebly

recurved. Second recurrent nervure received by the third cubital

cell just before one-third from the base.

Black ; the mandibles (except at the apex), clypeus, the margins

of the eyes very broadly, narrowing on the inner margin and not

quite reaching the summit, the band on the outer margin more

narrowly continued and undulating on the posterior margin of the

head, the interantennal prominence, the margins of the pronotum,

the pleurz, coxee beneath, tegule and a line above them, a spot

bifureate anteriorly on the disc of the mesonotum, scutellum, post-

scutellum, an oblique band curved at the apex on each side of the

median segment and a broad transverse band, broadly interrupted

in the middle, on both dorsal and ventral segments 1—6 of the

abdomen, represented on the first ventral segment by a triangular

spot, yellow; the seventh segment and the femora, tibic, and tarsi

dull ferruginous. Wings hyaline, with a small fuscous cloud at

the apex of the radial cell; nervures fuscous, the stigma fusco-

ferruginous.

Length 14-15 mm.

@. Mandibles rather broad and flattened, pointed at the apex ;

the clypeus small, without a carina. Head half as broad again as

long, rounded at the posterior angles, smooth and shining, with a

longitudinal frontal sulcus and a large shallow depression on each

side reaching more than halfway from the base of the antennz to

the vertex. Thorax and median segment closely and rather finely

punctured; the pronotum twice as broad as long, nearly as broad

as the head, the sides nearly parallel ; scutellum not very narrow,

rounded at the apex ; median segment very short, obliquely trun-

cate posteriorly. Abdomen broader than the thorax; the first

segment with a broad, shallow, transverse groove close to the apex,

the second segment with four strong transverse carine and the

apical margin raised ; the first, third, fourth, and fifth segments

closely and finely punctured and covered with short greyish

pubescence. Pygidium truncate posteriorly, narrow at the base

but not contracted at the base of the truneation, the surface of the

truncation elongate-ovate with three longitudinal carine at the

base, the apex smooth and shining; the hypopygium extending

far beyond the epipygium. F.fth ventral segment rugose.

Black ; the flagellum, the tibiz and tarsi, the dorsal surface of

the first abdominal segment, the sides of the other segments, and

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 293

a transverse band near the base of segments 3-5 obscure creamy

yellow. The colour is very variable.

Length 8-9 mm.

Hab. Mooraree, near Brisbane, Q. (2. /ilidge).

On Leptospermum blossom. 5 pairs in cop.

Near LZ. optimus Sm. from Western Australia, and related,

though less nearly, to LZ. nubilipennis Sm. The female is related

to L. sulcatus Sm., but the depressions on the head are much

smaller and shallower than in that species.

LEsTRICOTHYNNUS SUBTILIS, sp. n.

3. Clypeus strongly convex, broadiy truncate at the apex,

very coarsely punctured, with a low carina from the base to the

apex. Head punctured-rugose, the interantennal prominence

very broadly truncate at the apex ; antenne inserted further from

each other than from the eyes, as long as the thorax and median

segment combined and of nearly even thickness throughout.

Thorax and median segment very finely and closely punctured,

most finely on the pronotum and median segment; the pronotum

narrower than the head, the anterior margin very slightly raised,

the posterior margin almost smooth ; median segment rounded.

Abdomen elongate, rather slender, tapering a little at the ex-

tremities, the segments not constricted, very closely and finely

punctured, the sixth ventral segment without spines ; dorsal plate

of the seventh segment flattened, triangular, and longitudinally

striated. Hypopygium short, scarcely projecting beyond the

dorsal segment, broadly triangular, with a short apical spine.

Second abscissa of the radius longer than the third; second

recurrent nervure received near the base of the third cubital

cell.

Black, with short white pubescence on the sides of the thorax

and abdomen. Wings pale fusco-hyaline, nervures fuscous.

Length 19 mm.

@. Clypeus without a carina, smooth and shining. Head

closely microscopically punctured, twice as broad as long, rounded

at the posterior angles, with a delicate, longitudinal, frontal sulcus.

Pronotum rectangular, more than half as broad again as long,

“narrower than the head, finely and sparsely punctured, with a few

setigerous punctures on the anterior margin; scutellum trans-

verse, about three times as broad as long; median segment

obliquely truncate from just behind the scutellum, very minutely

punctured. Abdomen sparsely and shallowly punctured; the

second segment with a low transverse carina at the base and two

higher carine, rather widely separated from each other, at the

apex, one being formed by the raised apical margin, the space

between them and the basal carina with about four low, ill-defined,

undulating and broken carine. Fifth ventral segment coarsely

longitudinally striated. Pygidium vertically truncate posteriorly,

the face of the truncation rather narrowly ovate and coarsely

longitudinally striated; the ventral plate extending a little

294 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

beyond the dorsal, without any constriction at the base. First

joint of the intermediate tarsi slender; tarsal ungues small,

bidentate.

Entirely castaneous brown, varying in darkness according to

the age of the specimen.

Length 10-11 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A.(H. MW. Giles). 3 Q incop. December.

Allied to ZL. vigilans Sm.

LestricoTHyNnNnvs (?) TENUATUS Sm.

Thynnus (Agriomyia) tenuatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 31

(1859), o.

Thynnus Uiaueen tenuatus Turn. Proc. Linn. oe N.S.W.

Xxxlil. p. 173 (1908), 3

2. Clypeus without a carina. Head subopaque, very minutely

and closely punctured, the cheeks and vertex shining and almost

smooth, with a short and obscure longitudinal frontal suleus, more

than half as broad again anteriorly as long, the posterior angles

strongly rounded. Pronotum sparsely punctured, with a row of

large setigerous punctures on the anterior margin, broader than

long and slightly narrowed posteriorly. Scutellum sparsely

punctured. Median segment shorter than the scutellum, very

minutely and closely punctured, broadened from the base and

steeply sloped posteriorly. First abdominal segment concavo-

truncate anteriorly, the dorsal surface shining and sparsely

punctured, the apical margin raised slightly, with a narrow groove

before it ; second segment with about eight more or less irregular

transverse carine, including the raised apical margin, the carine

at the base much lower than those at the apex; segments 3-5

finely and rather closely punctured, delicately aciculate at the

base, narrowly smooth at the apex ; fifth ventral segment coarsely

longitudinally striated. Pygidium not very narrow at the base,

vertically truncate posteriorly, with arched carine above the base

of the truncation, the surface of the truncation ovate, narrowly

truncate at the apex, and with four strongly raised arched carine

on the basal half. The intermediate tibie are thickened and

spinose, but the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi is not un-

usually broad.

Fusco-ferruginous, the second, fourth, fifth, and apical segments

of the abdomen almost black.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. M. Giles). & 2 in cop.

November.

“On Leptospermum bloom. Very rare.” (Giles.)

The female seems more nearly allied to crudelis Turn. than to

any other, although the male is without spines on the sixth

ventral segment. It does not seem to be well placed either in the

Agriomyia or Lophocheilus groups.

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 295

TACHYNOTHYNNUS PICIPES Westw.

Thynnus picipes Westw. Arc. Ent. 11. p. 114 (1844), 3.

Specimens of the male sent by Mr. Giles have the legs black

and the wings rather darker than in the typical form. One

specimen has the apex of the first abdominal segment dull

ferruginous.

2. Mandibles stout, acute at the apex, with a small tooth near

the middle of the inner margin. Clypeus without a carina.

Head coarsely punctured on the front, the punctures piliferous,

smooth and shining on the vertex, nearly half as broad again as

long, the posterior angles rounded, slightly narrowed anteriorly,

scarcely convex. Pronotum nearly as broad as the head, more

than half as broad again as long anteriorly, a little narrowed

posteriorly, the anterior margin not quite straight, very shallowly

emarginate, sparsely punctured on the sides, smooth in the middle,

~a row of large setigerous punctures along the anterior margin.

Scutellum and median segment sparsely punctured, the median

segment as long as the scutellum, broadened from the base and

almost vertically truncate posteriorly. First dorsal segment of

the abdomen coarsely punctured-rugulose, the apical margin a

little raised, with a broad groove before it ; second segment with

about eight transverse carine including the raised apical margin,

those near the base lower, the apical margin with a very broad

groove before it; segments 3-5 shining, sparsely punctured at

the apex. Pygidium obliquely deflexed, narrow at the base,

gradually broadened to the apex, elongate-triangular, with strong

transverse carinee, slightly arched; the ventral plate rounded at

the apex and expanding on each side of the dorsal. A tuft of

hairs on each side springing from below the apex of the fifth

segment. Fifth ventral segment rugose, with oblique curved

strie at the apex. Intermediate tibie thick and spinose, basal

joint of intermediate tarsi not flattened.

Black ; head, middle of the pronotum, second abdominal seg-

ment, and the spines of the tibie and tarsi fusco-ferruginous.

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Cottesloe, near Fremantle, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). 3g 2 in

cop. December.

“On Hucalyptus bloom.”

The female, as would be expected, is near the shuckardi group.

PoGONOTHYNNUS (2?) WALKERI Turn.

Thynnus walkert Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxiii. p. 236

(1908), 3.

2. Clypeus without a carina. Head finely and sparsely punc-

tured, shining, with a short, longitudinal, frontal sulcus, slightly

convex, half as broad again as long. Pronotum as broad as the

head, nearly twice as broad as long, the sides almost parallel,

smooth and shining, with a few minute scattered punctures and

a row of deeper setigerous punctures along the straight anterior

296 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

margin. Scutellum very sparsely punctured, slightly depressed

on the middle of the apical margin; median segment more

closely and coarsely punctured, less than half as long as the

scutellum, steeply sloped and almost smooth posteriorly. First

abdominal segment concavo-truncate anteriorly, the dorsal surface

with two well-marked transverse carinz at the apex and two or

three ill-defined transverse striz before them; second segment

with six strong transverse carine including the raised apical

margin; segments 3-5 smooth at the base, very sparsely punc-

tured near the apex; fifth ventral segment coarsely obliquely

striated. Pygidium deflexed from the base and smooth, truncate

posteriorly, the surface of the truncation twice as long as broad,

the sides nearly parallel, the apical margin deeply and broadly

emarginate ; the dorsal plate reaching beyond the ventral, smooth

and opaque, with a short transverse carina close to the base; the

pygidium narrow and subconcavely depressed just before the base

of the truncation.

Ferruginous brown, the abdomen fuscous or fusco-ferruginous.

Intermediate tibiz broad and swollen, basal jomt of inter-

mediate tarsi slightly broadened.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H.W. Giles). 3 Qincop. February.

“On Melaleuca bloom. Rare.” (Giles.)

The shape of the pygidium is remarkable. This species is

doubtfully distinct from morosus Sm.

PoGoNOTHYNNUS VESTITUS Sm. (Plate XXXI. figs.9 g,10 9.)

Thynnus vestitus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 15 (1859), ¢;

Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxiil. p. 209 (1908), ¢.

3g. The hypopygium of the male is lanceolate beyond the basal

spines, long and narrow, ending in an acute spine; similar in

shape to that of fenestratus Sm. In the type, the only specimen

I had seen until Mr. Giles’ collection came to hand, the hypo-

pygium was broken.

2. Head not quite half as broad again as long, slightly convex,

not thick, rounded at the posterior angles, very sparsely and

shallowly punctured, shining, the front coarsely punctured in the

middle ; a small arched concave space above the base of each

antenna extending nearly to the eye. Clypeus without a carina ;

scape of the antennz very finely and sparsely punctured. Pro-

notum a little narrower than the head, much broader anteriorly

than long, but very little broader posteriorly than long; broadly

emarginate anteriorly, with a row of setigerous punctures along

the margin; the remainder of the pronotum shining and almost

smooth. Pleurz smooth and shining; scutellum narrowed

posteriorly, smooth in the middle, punctured on the sides. Median

segment shorter than the scutellum, broadened from the base and

abruptly truncate posteriorly, almost smooth in the middle and

on the face of the truncation, punctured on the sides. Abdomen

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 297

stout; the first segment truncate at the base, as broad as the

second, the dorsal surface with six strong transverse carine

including the recurved apical margin ; the second segment with

the same number of carine; segments 3-5 shining, with a few

scattered punctures. Fifth ventral segment with strong broadly

curved strie. Pygidium narrowed at the base, with two or three

arched carine; steeply sloped posteriorly, with three arched

carine at the base of the truncation; the dorsal plate not reaching

to the apex of the ventral, broadened from the base and truncate

at apex; the ventral plate rounded at the apex. Intermediate

tibie very broad.

Length 11-13 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (A. MM. Giles). 4 pairs in cop.

March.

“On Leptospermum bloom; not common.” (Giles.)

The male hypopygium is of the same shape as that of fenes-

tratus Sm., and the sculpture of the two basal dorsal segments of

the female is very similar, though there is one carina less on each

segment in fenestratus. That species also has lateral lobes at the

apex of the dorsal plate of the pygidium, and the number of the

arched carinz on the plate is greater.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS TRILOBATUS, Sp. N.

3. Clypeus rather prominent at the base, then almost vertically

depressed and broadly truncate at the’ apex, longitudinally

striated, punctured on the sides. Head closely punctured, finely

rugose on the front; the interantennal prominence very broadly

rounded at the apex, connected with the base of the clypeus by

a short carina; a fine longitudinal carina below the anterior

ocellus. Antenne inserted a little further from each other than

from the eyes, scarcely as long as the thorax without the median

segment, and of almost even thickness throughout. Thorax,

median segment, and abdomen closely punctured, more finely on

the median segment and abdomen than on the thorax; the

pronotum punctured-rugulose, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the

anterior margin strongly raised; median segment rounded at

the sides, obliquely flattened posteriorly, with a shallow sulcus

from the base to the middle. Abdominal segments 2-5 mode-

rately constricted at the base, with a curved, slightly raised mark

on each side close to the apical margin; the abdomen elongate,

‘tapering at the extremities. Sixth ventral segment with an

acute spine on each side at the apical angles; seventh dorsal

segment produced from the base into a flattened plate, longi-

tudinally striated and truncate at the apex. Hypopygium with

a blunt tooth on each side at the basal angles, thence produced in

an elongate-triangular form and narrowly rounded at the apex,

transversely striated above, with an obscure longitudinal carina

and without an apical spine. The anterior coxe are not concave,

and the groove between the first two ventral segments of the

abdomen is shallow, the second segment without a tubercle at

298 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

the base. ‘The second recurrent nervure is received just before

one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.

Black with sparse grey pubescence ; the apical abdominal seg-

ment ferruginous red. Wings hyaline, nervures black.

Length 13 mm.

Q. Clypeus without a carina, transverse. Head subrect-

angular, slightly rounded at the posterior angles, more than half

as broad again as long, sparsely but coarsely punctured. Pro-

notum sparsely punctured, with a row of large setigerous punc-

tures on the anterior margin, nearly twice as broad anteriorly as

long, slightly narrowed posteriorly. Scutellum very sparsely,

median segment more closely punctured, as long as the scutellum,

broadened from the base and obliquely truncate posteriorly, the

surface of the truncation very minutely and closely punctured.

First abdominal segment closely punctured, smooth at the extreme

apex and with the apical margin slightly raised, with a shallow

groove before it; second segment with about eight irregular

transverse carine, lowest at the base, including the raised apical

margin, which is further from the other carine than they are from

each other ; third and fourth segments smooth at the base and

apex, punctured in the middle; fifth dorsal segment smooth at

the base, sparsely punctured in the middle, with a few delicate

curved striz at the apex; fifth ventral segment coarsely longi-

tudinally striated. Pygidium not very narrow at the base,

obliquely sloped posteriorly and slightly broadened, with three

A-shaped carine at the base of the slope, the apex of the dorsal

plate strongly trilobed, the ventral plate extending much beyond

the dorsal, rounded at the apex, with a very feeble emargination

in the middle.

Black ; the two apical segments ferruginous red.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (ZH. W. Giles). $ 2 in cop. 2 6,

22. October.

“On Leptospermum and Stypelia bloom. Rare.” (Giles.)

Nearly allied in structural details to 7. psewstes Turn.

A male in the Berlin Museum, from Adelaide, has the apex of

the sixth dorsal segment red and the flattened dorsal plate of the

seventh less strongly striated.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS CRUDELIS Turn.

Thynnus crudelis Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxul. pp. 83,

238 (1908), ¢.

? Enteles wagnert Schulz, Fauna Siidwest Australiens, 1. 13,

p. 452 (1908), .

@. Clypeus without a carina. Head more than half as broad

again anteriorly as long, strongly rounded at the posterior angles,

strongly but not very closely punctured, with a short and almost

obsolete longitudinal frontal sulcus. Pronotum almost rect-

angular, about one-quarter broader than long, finely, but not very

closely punctured, with a few scattered grey hairs, longest on the

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 299

anterior margin. Median segment finely and closely punctured,

more than half as long as the pronotum, broadened from the base

and obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation

microscopically punctured. First abdominal segment concavo-

truncate anteriorly, the dorsal surface coarsely rugose; second

segment with about nine irregular transverse carine, including

the strongly raised apical margin, the apical carine much higher

than the basal ; segments 3-5 smooth or very delicately aciculate

at the base, finely and closely punctured at the apex ; fifth ventral

segment coarsely longitudinally striated. Pygidium not very

narrow at the base, vertically truncate posteriorly, with about

four arched carine before the base of the truncation, the surface

of the truncation elongate oval, smooth, with two arched carine

at the base, the ventral plate extending beyond the dorsal and

both rounded at the apex.

Dark fuscous brown; head and legs dull ferruginous; pro-

notum and pygidium fusco-ferruginous.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). 3 2 in cop. October.

“On Stypelia bloom. Rare.” (Giles.)

Very similar to trilobatus in general appearance, but the hypo-

pygium of the male and pygidium of the female are very

different.

J am not sure which name has priority for this species. Schulz’s

description was published apparently late in June, though no date

is given ; whereas my diagnosis in the key to the species appeared

early in June, though the full description did not appear until

August. I feel little doubt that the descriptions refer to the same

species, though Schulz does not give any notice of an apical spine

on the hypopygium either in the text or the figure; but this

spine is very liable to be broken in many species. The species is

in no way connected with Hnteles, in which the males always have

the apical spine strongly recurved as in /ehagigaster.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS LIGNATUS, Sp. D.

3. Clypeus strongly convex, coarsely punctured, with a low

median carina not reaching the apex, produced and rather broadly

truncate at the apex, the apical margin obliquely depressed and

smooth; labrum prominent, broad and feebly bilobed. Head

closely punctured-rugose, the interantennal prominence rounded

at the apex; antenne a little longer than the thorax and median

segment combined, the apical joint more slender than the others.

Thorax finely and very closely punctured; the pronotum nearly

as broad as the head, the anterior margin slightly raised ;

scutellum subtriangular, narrowly truncate at the apex. Median

segment short, very finely punctured-rugulose. Abdomen elon-

gate, tapering slightly at the extremities, very finely and closely

punctured ; the segments very feebly constricted at the base, the

first dorsal segment with a tubercle at the base, the sixth segment

more sparsely and coarsely punctured ; the seventh deflexed, very

300 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [Feb. 15,

broadly rounded at the apex, with strong curved transverse striz.

Hypopygium subtriangular, the basal angles bluntly produced,

the apex narrowly rounded, without a spine. Second abscissa of

the radius shorter than the third; second recurrent nervure

received at one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell.

Sixth ventral segment with a very short spine at the apical angles.

Black ; legs fusco-ferruginous. Wings hyaline, the radial cell

clouded with fuscous along the costa ; nervures black.

Length 22-24 mm.

2. Clypeus without a carina, truncate at the apex, shining,

with a few scattered punctures. Head rather small, half as

broad again as long, rounded at the posterior angles, deeply

punctured, the front closely, the vertex rather sparsely, the

punctures bearing short grey hairs. Pronotum rectangular, half

as broad again as long, sparsely and deeply punctured, the

punctures along the anterior margin setigerous, the pronotum

quite as broad as the head; scutellum and median segment

coarsely punctured ; the scutellum broader than long, as long as

the median segment. First dorsal segment of the abdomen

coarsely punctured, the apical margin raised, with a transverse

groove before it ; second segment with five well-marked transverse

carine including the raised apical margin ; segments 3-5 smooth

at the base, sparsely punctured at the apex. Fifth ventral seg-

ment coarsely transversely striated. Pygidium rather narrow,

deflexed and truncate posteriorly, with five arched striz at the

base, suightly widened to the apex and more than three times as

long as broad. Intermediate tibiee moderately thickened, basal

joint of intermediate tarsi slightly broadened.

Black; with sparse white pubescence on the sides of the

abdomen ; mandibles, legs, pygidium, and carine of the second

dorsal segment fusco-ferruginous.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H. UM. Giles). $ 2 incop. 24,29.

December.

“On Hucalyptus bloom. Rare.”

ZASPILOTHYNNUS DILATATUS Sim.

Thynnus dilatatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 43 (1859), 9.

Thynnus atroe Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxxill. p. 237

(1908), o.

Hab. South Perth, W. A.(H. MW. Giles). 3 Qincop. November.

“On Leptospermum, occasionally on Hucalyptus. One of our

commonest species.” ( Giles.)

ZASPILOTHYNNUS NEGLECTUS, sp. nh.

Extremely near Z. novare Sauss. in both sexes, but differs as

follows :—

3S. The delicate frontal suleus is longer, reaching from the

anterior ocellus to the apex of the interantennal prominence ; the

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 301

hypopygium is much more broadly triangular, with the basal

angles rounded and not produced into lobes.

@. Anterior margin of the pronotum more strongly emar-

ginate; intermediate tibie thicker, very broad, though they are

considerably thickened in novare ; pygidium strongly constricted

at the base of the truncation, ne surface of the truncation very

broadly ovate, nearly as broad in the middle as long; the apical

half smooth, the basal half marked with five A- shaped carne as

In novare.

Length, ¢ 15 mm., 2 12 mm.

Hab. New South Wales (Staudinger). Types in B. M, ex

coll. Turner. A female in the Berlin Museum.

The species in this group are very closely allied, 7. novare

being intermediate between pseustes ‘Turn. and neglectus.

4. pseustes has the clypeus yellow and less strongly sculptured in

the male, while the pygidium of the female has lateral lobes near

the apex and is a more slender insect.

Z. dilatatus Sm. is also closely allied, the intermediate tibize

of the female being much thickened and the truncation of the

pygidium broad as in weglectus, but the pygidium is not contracted

before the truncation.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS NIGRIPES Gueér.

Thynnoides nigripes Guér. Mag. de Zool. xii. p. 10 (1842), 3.

6. Clypeus punctured-rugose, moderately convex, the apical

margin straight but not very broad; antenne as long as the

thorax without the median segment, of even thickness through-

out; the interantennal prominence bilobed. The whole insect

closely punctured, with sparse greyish-white pubescence. Median

segment not truncate, broad, with an obscure median sulcus.

Abdomen elongate; segments 2—5 with an impressed transverse

line near the base, the base of the segments before the line almost

smooth. Second ventral segment with a tubercle at the base; a

spine on each side at the apical angles of the sixth ventral

segment. Seventh dorsal segment without a produced flattened

plate, the basal portion marked with strong rounded strix, the

apex strongly deflexed and transversely striated. Hypopygium

elongate-triangular, with prominent basal angles, the apical spine

feebly eal

Black. Wings hyaline faintly flushed with purple, nervures

black.

Length 20-22 mm.

@. Clypeus without a carina; head and pronotum deeply but

rather sparsely punctured, more closely on the front; head

moderately thick, much broader than long; the eyes separated

from the base of the mandibles by nearly half their own length.

Pronotum subrectangular, slightly narrowed posteriorly, nearly

twice as broad as longs, ine punctures on the anterior margin

deep and setigerous. Scutellum sparsely punctured; median seg-

ment minutely and closely punctured, with a few large scattered

302 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

punctures, as long as the scutellum and broadened from the base,

the surface of the posterior truncation almost smooth. First

abdominal segment truncate at the base, sparsely punctured

immediately above the truncation, then irregularly transversely

striated, the strize low and about four in number, the apical

margin raised, with a deep groove before it; second segment

with many transverse strie, the striz irregular and more than

twelve in number, the basal striz very low, those near the apex

moderately elevated ; segments 3-5 smooth at the base, sparsely

punctured at the apex; fifth ventral segment coarsely longitu-

dinally striated. Pygidium not much narrowed at the base,

obliquely striated near the base, deflexed posteriorly; the

posterior surface ovate, with three or four arched carine at the

base ; the extreme apex of the dorsal plate smooth, rounded and

slightly recurved, not reaching to the apex of the ventral plate.

Black; head and prothorax ferruginous red; sometimes the

scutellum is red also.

Length 15-17 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). g¢ 2 incop. 55,39.

January and February. One female in the Berlin Museum from

Western Australia.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS RADIALIS, sp. n. (Plate XX XI. fig. 11, 3.)

3. Clypeus large, rather prominent and almost pointed at the

base, broadly truncate at the apex, finely longitudinally striated.

Antenne shorter than the thorax and median segment combined,

of even thickness throughout; the interantennal prominence

broadly V-shaped. Head closely punctured, a very fine longi-

tudinal carina from the apex of the interantennal prominence

almost reaching the anterior ocellus. Posterior ocelli a little

further from the eyes than from each other. Pronotum shallowly

and not very closely punctured, nearly as broad as the head,

only shghtly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin straight

and raised. Mesonotum closely, scutellum sparsely punctured.

Median segment obliquely truncate from the postscutellum, very

finely and closely punctured on the sides, shallowly punctured-

rugulose on the surface of the truncation. Abdomen shallowly

punctured, the segments not constricted, as long as the head and

thorax combined, shghtly narrowed at the base and apex; the

sixth ventral segment with an acute spine on each side at the

apical angles, Dorsal plate of the seventh segment flatly pro-

duced and rounded at the apex. Hypopygium obliquely striated

above, longer than broad, with a short outwardly curved spine

on each side at the base, then sharply narrowed and produced

with almost parallel sides to the base of the acute apical spine.

The groove between the two basal ventral segments is very shallow.

Second and third cubital cells nearly equal in length on the radial

nervure, the second recurrent nervure received by the third

cubital cell at one-fifth from the base.

Orange-yellow ; antenne, the extreme apex of the mandibles,

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 303

vertex, mesonotum except a quadrate spot near the middle, meso-

pleure except a spot beneath the anterior wings, mesosternum

and the two apical abdominal segments, black. Wings hyaline,

tinged with yellow, the radial cell clouded with fuscous ; nervures

black, except at the base; stigma and costa ferruginous.

Length 18 mm., exp. 28 mm.

Hab. Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier).

This comes nearest to the genus Zaspilothynnus Ashm., but is

a smaller and slenderer insect than leachiellus Westw.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS GILESI, sp.n. (Plate XX XI. figs.12 ¢,139.)

3. Clypeus large, broadly truncate at the apex, the labrum

projecting beyond the clypeus and narrowly truncate at the apex ;

the clypeus punctured at the extreme base, finely longitudinally

striated at the apex, tne striz arching narrowly above the middle.

Head closely punctured-rugose ; the interantennal prominence

broadly rounded at the apex and connected with the base of the

clypeus by a very short carina. Antenne as long as the thorax

and median segment combined, of almost even thickness through-

out. A few long hairs on the outer margin of the maxille.

Thorax finely and closely punctured ; the middle of the pronotum

finely rugulose, the anterior margin slightly raised; the longi-

tudinal furrows on the mesonotum deeply marked; scutellum

large and slightly convex. Median segment obliquely truncate

from just behind the postscutellum, the surface of the truncation

shining and finely rugulose, the sides of the segment sparsely

clothed with long whitish pubescence. Abdomen finely and

closely punctured, a little longer than the head and thorax

combined; the basal segment obliquely truncate anteriorly,

narrower at the base than at the apex, as broad at the apex as

the second segment ; the apical dorsal segment produced into a

flattened plate, which is longitudinally striated and rounded at

the apex. The groove between the two ventral segments is

moderately broad, and there is a small blunt tubercle at the base

of the second segment. Sixth ventral segment with a small

spine on each side at the apical angles. Hypopygium with a

rounded lobe on each side at the base, thence rather broadly

produced to the base of the apical spine, obliquely striated above,

punctured beneath.

Black; mandibles, clypeus, the inner margin of the eyes as

high as the base of the antenne, the outer margin narrowly to

the summit, the anterior margin of the pronotum interrupted in

the middle, and a spot usually rather small on each side of dorsal

abdominal segments 1—5, yellow. Wings very pale fusco-hyaline,

nervures black.

Length 24-27 mm.

Var. a. A yellow spot on each side of the sixth dorsal segment.

Var. 6. Femora ferruginous, abdominal spots enlarged.

2. Clypeus without a carina. Head moderately convex,

shining, sparsely and irregularly punctured, nearly twice as broad

304. MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15,

as long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, rounded at the posterior

angles. Thorax sparsely punctured ; the pronotum much broader

than long, slightly narrowed posteriorly, broadly emarginate

anteriorly, with a row of setigerous punctures along the margin.

Median segment as long as the scutellum, broadened from the

base and obliquely truncate posteriorly, the surface of the trunca-

tion almost smooth. First dorsal abdominal segment obliquely

striated, the striz arched in the middle; second segment with

many transverse strie, higher at the apex than at the base;

segments 3-5 with a few scattered punctures near the apex; fifth

ventral segment obliquely striated. Pygidium narrowed at the

base, then deflexed, broadened and transversely striated, truncate

posteriorly, the surface of the truncation smooth and broad; the

dorsal plate shorter than the ventral, broadly and shallowly

emarginate at the apex, the angles of the emargination produced

into blunt lobes. Intermediate tibie broad and thick, the basal

joint of the intermediate tarsi broad.

Length 14-18 mm.

Var. b, in copula with ¢ var. 6. The surface of the posterior

truncation of the pygidium obliquely striated.

Hab. South Perth, W. A.(H. Wf. Giles). 3g 2 incop. January.

Also in the Berlin Museum from Western Australia (Preiss).

‘Common, some seasons scarcer ” (Giles).

This belongs to the Zaspilothynnus group.

ZASPILOTHYNNUS MATURUS, sp. lh.

@. Clypeus without a carina, sparsely punctured, very broadly

and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Head slightly convex,

shining, sparsely punctured, with a short, longitudinal, frontal

suleus, half as broad again as long and rounded at the posterior

angles. Pronotum rather more closely and finely punctured than

the head, with a row of large setigerous punctures along the

anterior margin, as broad as the head, more than half as broad

again as long, slightly narrowed posteriorly. Scutellum and

median segment shining, very sparsely punctured; the median

segment shorter than the scutellum, broadened from the base and

almost vertically truncate posteriorly. First abdominal segment

truncate anteriorly, very sparsely punctured, with a few fine

transverse striz before the apex, the apical margin raised, with a

broad groove before it; second segment with twelve or more

transverse carine, those at the base low and irregular, those at

the apex higher; segments 3-5 shining, sparsely punctured near

the apex; fifth ventral segment longitudinally and coarsely

striated. Pygidium narrow at the base, vertically truncated

posteriorly, sharply contracted before the base of the truncation,

the surface of the truncation large, broadly ovate, with a number

of low arched carine at the base not reaching the middle, the

apex smooth. A tuft of long pale hairs on each side at the base

of the pygidium. Intermediate tibie very thick and spinose, the

basal joint of the intermediate tarsi broadened.

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 305

Black; a spot on each side at the posterior angles of the pro-

notum, a transverse band on the first dorsal abdominal segment

above the truncation, a spot on each side of the second segment,

a transverse band interrupted in the middle on the third segment

and a transverse spot on each side of the fourth, pale yellow.

Anterior tibie fusco-ferruginous beneath.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. Mf. Giles).

ZASPILOTHYNNUS CLELANDI, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 14 5,

15 2.)

3. Clypeus large, very broadly truncate at the apex, almost

pointed at the base, punctured at the extreme base, elsewhere

finely Jongitudinally striated, with sparse punctures between

the strie. Antenne as long as the thorax without the median

segment, of almost even thickness throughout. Head closely

punctured ; the interantennal prominence broadly rounded at the

apex and connected with the base of the clypeus by a very short

narrow carina. Thorax and median segment finely and closely

punctured, more sparsely on the scutellum and on the disc of the

mesonotum ; scutellum large and broadly rounded at the apex.

Median segment more than half as long as the scutellum on the

dorsal surface, then obliquely sloped and subconcave to the apex.

Abdomen sparsely punctured, shining, longer than the head,

thorax and median segment combined, tapering slightly at the

extremities; the apical dorsal segment produced from the base into

a small, flat, longitudinally striated plate which is very feebly

emarginate at the apex. Sixth ventral segment with a spine on

each side at the apical angles. Hypopygium with a blunt spine

on each side at the basal angles, thence narrowly produced and

elongate to the base of apical spine, transversely striated above,

with a median longitudinal carina.

Black ; the clypeus, the margins of the eyes interrupted at the

summit, the band on the outer margin continued along the

posterior margin of the head, the interantennal prominence

narrowly continued to the anterior ecellus, the mandibles (except

at the apex), the margins of the pronotum, a large spot on the

dise of the mesonotum, the tegule and a longitudinal line above

them, the whole front of the mesopleure, a large spot before the

intermediate coxee, the middle of the scutellum very broadly and

a spot at each of its anterior angles, the postscutellum, the median

segment with a longitudinal black band on each side, a broad

transverse band on each of the six basal abdominal segments

interrupted in the middle on the dorsal surface, the prosternum,

the apex of the mesosternum, the cox, the femora beneath and

the tibize above, yellow. Wings hyaline, nervures black. The

labrum is pale testaceous, shallowly emarginate at une apex.

Length 13-20 mm.

@. Mandibles long, falcate, acute at the apex; the clypeus

without acarina. Head smooth and shining, with a few scattered

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1910, INO; ROX, 20

306 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

punctures, the front between the antenne more closely punc-

tured, eyes not touching the base of the mandibles; the head

broader than long, strongly rounded at the posterior angles,

scarcely convex and rather thin. Pronotum nearly twice as

broad as long, the anterior margin almost straight with a row of

setigerous punctures, the posterior margin broadly emarginate,

finely punctured rugulose. Scutellum and median segment very

sparsely punctured ; the median segment nearly as long as the

scutellum, broadened from the base and almost vertically truncate

posteriorly. The intermediate tibiz and the basal joint of the

tarsi are scarcely more thickened than those of the posterior legs.

Abdomen very sparsely punctured ; the basal segment truncate

anteriorly, sparsely clothed with long grey hairs, the apical

margin raised, with a transverse groove before it; second seg-

ment with seven transverse carine lower at the base than at the

apex, including the raised apical margin ; fifth ventral segment

longitudinally striated ; pygidium very narrow at the base, almost

vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface of the truncation

smooth, elongate-ovate, the dorsal plate much shorter than the

ventral and produced in the middle at the apex. Pale castaneous

brown; the mandibles, the sides of the head, the pleurz, the fifth

abdominal segment, the middle of the second dorsal segment, the

base and apex of the third, the extreme apex of the fourth, the

middle of the second and third ventral segments, and the femora,

black; pygidium and antenne fusco-ferruginous. ;

Length 11-12 mm.

Hab. Strelley River, N.W. Australia (7. Mf. Giles). g 2 in

CO, IAS, Q. Coroozir,

“All on two small plants of Grevillea” (Giles).

A rather distinct species, approaching the leachiellus group, but

the female shows some points of resemblance to typical Thynnus,

though differing in the absence of concave areas on the head.

Fam. SCOLIID 4.

ANTHOBOSCA STRANDI, Sp. Nn.

2. Clypeus strongly but rather sparsely punctured, trian-

gularly flattened from near the base to the apex. Front closely

and coarsely, vertex more finely punctured ; head and pronotum

thinly covered with long pale fulvous pubescence. Pronotum

and median segment very finely and closely punctured; meso-

notum more strongly punctured ; scutellum strongly but sparsely

punctured, very broadly rounded at the apex. Abdomen shining,

very finely punctured, with sparse, long, grey pubescence on the

sides ; the apical dorsal segment thickly clothed with stiff fusco-

ferruginous hairs, rounded at the apex. Pleurz very finely and

closely punctured, the sides of the median segment smooth and

shining at the base. Radial cell broadly rounded at the apex,

the second abscissa of the radius twice as long as the first and

distinetly longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received

POTS FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 307

at one quarter from the base of the second cubital cell; second

recurrent received at one-fifth from the base of the third cubital

cell.

Black; the apex of the scape and the flagellum beneath fusco-

ferruginous; the basal half of the mandibles, tegulz, tibiz, tarsi,

the apex of the femora and the whole of the posterior femora

ferruginous. Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with yellowish

brown, nervures fuscous, stigma ferruginous. A dull ferruginous

spot on the outer margin of the eyes, close to the summit,

The posterior femora are produced below near the apex into a

broadly rounded flattened projection, rather more strongly deve-

loped than in most species of the genus.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. The locality on the label is Endeavour River, Queens-

land, but as other species received from the same source and

bearing the same locality are undoubtedly Victorian, I consider

that this also is almost certainly from Victoria.

Most nearly allied to A. cognata Sm. from the Swan River, but

differs in neuration and in the sparser sculpture of the abdomen.

Type in Berlin Museum.

ANTHOBOSCA NUBILIPENNIS, Sp. Nn.

2. Clypeus coarsely but sparsely punctured, broadly rounded at

the apex. Scape smooth above, very sparsely punctured beneath

and with afew short hairs. Head sparsely but deeply punctured,

the front rugose in the middle, the vertex behind the ocelli

almost smooth. Eyes very broadly and feebly emarginate on the

inner margin. Pronotum and scutellum coarsely but not closely

punctured, the pronotum almost as wide as the head ; mesonotum

as long as the pronotum, smooth, with a few scattered punctures

on the sides and near the posterior margin ; propleure punctured

above and in front, obliquely striated below and behind ; meso-

pleurz coarsely but not very closely punctured ; the sides of the

median segment obliquely striated. Scutellum very broadly

rounded at the apex. Median segment finely rugose, subtuber-

culate in the middle at the base, shorter than the scutellum,

abruptly and almost vertically truncate posteriorly, the surface of

the truncation shining and almost smooth. Abdomen rather

sparsely punctured, more closely and finely at the base of the

third and fourth segments, the basal segment almost smooth.

Sixth dorsal segment coarsely longitudinally striated from the

base to beyond the middle, the apex rounded and very delicately

rugulose; the ventral plate subtriangular, very narrowly rounded

at the apex. Wings rather short, the second abscissa of the

radius half as long again as the first, the third nearly half as long

again as the second. Radial cell very narrowly rounded at the

apex, almost pointed, separated from the costa at the apex ; stigma

small and narrow. First recurrent nervure received by the

second cubital cell at two-thirds from the base, second received

by the third cubital cell just before one quarter from the base.

20*

308 MR. R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

Black, with very sparse grey pubescence; the tarsal ungues

fusco-ferruginous. Wings fusco-hyaline, nervures fuscous.

Length 16 mm.; length of costa 8 mm.

Hab. Clavemont, W. A. (1. J. Giles). December.

Well distinguished by the truncated median segment and the

coarse longitudinal carinz on the pygidium.

ANTHOBOSCA GILESI, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 4, g.)

3. Clypeus convex, closely punctured, rounded at the sides,

truncate at the apex. Antenne shorter than the thorax and

median segment combined, very stout, inserted nearer to each

other than to the eyes; the second joint of the flagellum nearly as

broad as long, much shorter than the third jomt. Head, thorax,

and median segment very finely and closely punctured ; the

posterior ocelli as far from each other as from the eyes; the

pronotum rounded anteriorly ; the scutellum broadly truncate at

the apex, with an obscure median carina on the apical half.

Median segment very little longer than the scutellum, almost

rectangular, nearly twice as broad as long’ Abdomen tapering

to the apex, the apical segment very narrowly rounded, the

basal segments finely shagreened, the two apical segments very

finely and closely punctured. Second abscissa of the radius twice

as long as the first and half as long as the third, the first

recurrent nervure received just beyond the middle of the second

cubital cell, the second just beyond one quarter from the base of

the third cubital cell.

Black ; the base and sides of the clypeus, a broad band on the

pesterior margin of the pronotum, and the tegule yellow ; femora,

tibie, and tarsi ferruginous. Wings hyaline, nervures black,

yellow at the base.

Length 11-14 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (7. MW, Giles). January. 3 3.

The first abdominal segment is longer than the second and is

narrowed towards the base. The tarsal ungues are thickened and

bluntly produced at the base, not bidentate at the apex. The

abdomen is much broader at the base than in dA. australasie

Guér., and the tarsal ungues are less distinctly toothed. The

yellow marks on the clypeus vary much both in size and position,

in one specimen the base is black and the apex yellow.

Fam. CEROPALID&.

In working on this family I have attempted to use the classifica -

tions of Kohl and Ashmead. The former is, however, hardly

to be taken as more than a sketch, and is not worked out with

much detail, though useful as far as it goes. Ashmead on the

contrary makes many new genera, some of which will doubtless

stand, but the characteristics given are often insufficient ; and

too much importance is attached to minute points of neuration,

which an examination of a large collection shows to be often more

Poon FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 309

or less variable in geographical races. But the habit of this

author of taking undescribed species as the types of his genera is

most objectionable, and no editor should have published work in

which such a fault is evident. The form of his tables is also

occasionally incorrect or unfinished, making them very difficult to

follow.

AGENTA BARBATULA, Sp. n.

@. Clypeus transverse at the apex, twice as broad as long; a

tuft of very long pale creamy hairs at the base of the maxille.

Eyes scarcely touching the base of the mandibles, a little nearer

together on the vertex than on the clypeus; posterior ocelli a

little further from each other than from the eyes. Antenne a

little longer than the thorax and median segment combined, the

second joint of the flagellum half as long again as the third and

at least three times as long as the first. Pronotum nearly as long

as the mesonotum, narrowed and rounded anteriorly, the posterior

margin very feebly arched. Median segment much longer than

broad, with an obscure median sulcus, roundly depressed near the

apex. Shining, microscopically punctured ; the median segment

opaque, finely shagreened. Abdomen ovate, with a short petiole.

Tarsal ungues with a tooth beyond the middle. Radial cell

broad, second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long as the

third, first recurrent nervure received at the middle of the second

cubital cell, second before one quarter from the base of the third

cubital cell. Median cell scarcely shorter than the submedian ;

cubitus of the hind wing originating well beyond the transverse

median nervure.

Black; legs and antennz dark fusco-ferruginous, mesonotum

and abdomen with a bluish gloss. Wings hyaline, a fuscous band

erossing the wing at the basal nervure, a broader one from the

stigma not reaching beyond the discoidal cell.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). November.

This is the first species of the genus recorded from Australia,

for Pogonius lunulatus Sauss. seems to belong to Pseudagenia.

AGENIA GILESI, sp. n.

9. Clypeus transverse at the apex, fully twice as broad as long,

the labrum exposed and broad. Eyes not nearly reaching the

base of the mandibles, the inner margins nearly parallel ; ocelli

in a broad triangle, the posterior pair as far from each other as

from the eyes. Antenne scarcely longer than the thorax and

median segment combined ; the second joint of the flagellum equal

in length to the third. Pronotum not depressed or narrowed

anteriorly, as broad as the head and as long as the mesonotum.

Median segment broader than long, steeply sloped posteriorly.

Abdomen subpetiolate, ovate, the apical segment broadly rounded

at the apex. Microscopically punctured; head, thorax, and

median segment opaque, abdomen shining. Legs not very long,

310 MR. R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

posterior tibiz quite smooth, tarsal ungues with one tooth.

Radial cell broad, second abscissa of the radius nearly as long as

the third, first recurrent nervure received beyond the middle of

the second cubital cel], second before one-third from the base of

the third cubital cell. Submedian cell equal in length to the

median; cubitus of the hind wing originating some distance

beyond the transverse median nervure. Black; legs fusco-

ferruginous. Wings hyaline, crossed by a fuscous band which

extends from the basal nervure to the middle of the radial cell ;

a small fuscous cloud at the apex.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. W. Giles). January.

Differs from the characters of Agenia as given by Ashmead in

the eyes not reaching the base of the mandibles. I have been

unable to see any long hairs at the base of the maxille, but the

general facies is that of Agenia rather than of Pseudagenia.

Key to the species of Psewdagenia mentioned here.

Dal

A. Abdomen and thorax marked with yellow ................... P. gilberti.

B. Abdomen and thorax without yellow markings.

a. Antenne black, rarely marked with white.

a2, Fifth joint of the flagellum creamy white above... P. eneopilosa.

62, Antenne entirely black.

a, Clypeus narrowly produced into a stout tooth... P. camilla.

b3. Clypeus broadly rounded or transverse at the

apex.

a, thera and abdomen glossed with steel-blue.

Benet hvAviminse peeeucpeeenaceseesmosesecncseecee P.una.

64, Thorax and abdomen entirely black. Length

8-13 mm.

a°, Median segment longer than broad ......... P. valeria.

b°. Median segment broader than long ......... P. dispersa.

b. Antenne entirely or in great part orange-yellow.

a>. Wings fuscous, without darker bands.

a, Three basal joints of antenne only orange.

Front with golden pubescence......... 0.20.50... P. flavicornis Sm.

$3, Eight basal joints of antennz orange. Pubes-

cence on front paler ............... P. provida.

. Wings hyaline or fusco-hyaline, crossed. “by

fuscous bands.

a’, Wings fusco-hyaline.

a, Clypeus shallowly bisinuate, with a short

median tooth .........-........ Listrssresceseeeee P. consociata.

64, Clypeus transverse at the apex ...............-.. P. novare Sauss.

b3, Wings clear hyaline.

a’. Median segment rather coarsely transversely

striated) Ceek aig. theese ctrmse ren cbeeree aap s P. fasciata Faby.

BA. Median segment not transversely striated.

. Median segment withont a median

sulcus. Length 7 mm.. . P. cornelia.

B®. Median segment with a “shallow median

sulcus.

a®, Median segment longer than broad ...... P. fusiformis Sauss.

8. Median segment as broad or broader

than long...........ccscccecreeeerereeerteeeeeee P. australis Cam.

The species seem to vary geographically toa certain degree as

to the relative size of the cubital cells.

1910.1] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 311

PsEUDAGENIA UNA, Sp. n.

2. Clypeus transverse at the apex, more than three times as

broad as long; eyes not quite touching the base of the mandibles,

their inner margins nearly parallel; posterior ocelli nearly half as far

again from the eyes as from each other. Antenne rather slender,

longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined ; the

second joint of the flagellum only a little longer than the third.

Closely microscopically punctured and slightly shining. Head

nearly twice as broad as the thorax. Pronotum broad, nearly as

long as the mesonotum, slightly rounded at the anterior angles ;

median segment slender, convex, at least twice as long as broad.

Abdomen small, subpetiolate, shorter than the thorax and median

segment combined. Second cubital cell almost triangular, nearly

pointed on the radial nervure, third abscissa of the radius less

than half as long again as the first, the third cubital cell short,

very little longer than the second on the cubitus. Radial cell

rather short, rounded at the apex; recurrent nervures received

close to the middle of the second and third cubital cells ; cubitus

of the hind wing originating far beyond the transverse median

nervure. Legs smooth.

Black, glossed with dark steely blue. Wings hyaline, crossed

by a fuscous band at the basal nervure and by a very broad pale

fuscous band almost reaching the apex from the base of the radial

cell. Mandibles fusco-ferruginous.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). March.

The neuration of this species is most like Agena, but I cannot

see the tuft of long hairs at the base of the maxille characteristic

of that genus, so place it provisionally in Pseudagenia.

PSEUDAGENIA GILBERTI, sp. n.

@. Clypeus broadly rounded anteriorly, much broader than

long, slightly convex. Hyes almost touching the base of the

mandibles, a little nearer together on the vertex than on the

clypeus; the posterior ocelli further from the eyes than from each

other. Second joint of the flagellum nearly half as long again as

the third. Pronotum rather short, broadly rounded anteriorly ;

median segment obliquely sloped, a little longer than broad.

Abdomen petiolate, the petiole occupying about one-third of the

length of the first segment. Legs long and slender, the tarsal

ungues with one tooth. Third abscissa of the radius more than

half as long again as the second, first recurrent nervure received

beyond the middle of the second cubital cell, second before one

third from the base of the third cubital cell ; submedian cell longer

than the median ; cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond

the transverse median nervure, almost interstitial. Second ventral

segment with a well-marked transverse groove near the base.

Black; the anterior half of the clypeus, the margins of the eyes

very narrowly not reaching the summit, a spot on the propleure,

pronotum stained with black on the middle and sides, tegule, a

312 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

transverse band on the scutellum, another broader on the post-

scutellum, the apex of the median segment produced in the middle

into a longitudinal band which almost reaches the base, apex of

the first abdominal segment, four apical segments, coxee beneath,

and a spot before the intermediate coxe, yellow; first abdominal

segment (except the petiole) legs and nine apical joints of the

flagellum pale ferruginous brown. Front, pleurz, coxze, and abdo-

men with short golden pile, only showing in some lights. Wings

hyaline, faintly clouded with fuscous along the costa, nervures

ferruginous brown,

Length 12 mm.

3S. Similar, but with the first abdominal segment more slender,

and the front round the base of the antenne yellow.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Z'urner).

PSEUDAGENIA CAMILLA, Sp. Nn.

@. Clypeus about twice as broad as the greatest length,

produced at the apex into a long blunt tooth; inner margins of

the eyes almost parallel, posterior ocelli more than half as far

again from the eyes as from each other ; eyes touching the base of

the mandibles. Second joint of the flagellum more than half as

long again as the third. Pronotum a little depressed anteriorly,

strongly rounded at the anterior angles, the posterior margin

broadly arched. Median segment transversely striated, much

longer than broad, not truncate or sharply sloped posteriorly.

Abdomen with a short petiole. Hind tibize with a few minute

spines, tarsal ungues with one tooth. Second abscissa of the

radius half as long again as the third; first recurrent nervure

received before the middle of the second cubital cell, second at one-

third from the base of the third cubital cell; submedian cell a little

longer than the median; cubitus of the hind wing originating

beyond the transverse median nervure.

Black ; the mandibles ferruginous at the apex ; head and thorax

opaque; abdomen shining, with bluish reflections, covered with

short griseous pile. Wings hyaline; a fuscous band crossing the

wing at the basal nervure, another, much broader, from the radial

cell.

Length 9 min.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

PSEUDAGENIA ENEOPILOSA, Sp. Nn.

@. Clypeus transverse at the apex, about three times as broad

as long; the labrum slightly exposed, emarginate at the apex.

Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about equal to the

length of the second joint of the flagellum, a little further apart

at the base of the clypeus, just touching the base of the mandibles;

posterior ocelli rather nearer to each other than to the eyes.

Second joint of the flagellum less than one-third longer than the

third. Opaque, pruinose. Pronotum less than half as long as the

mesonotum, broadly arched posteriorly. Median segment longer

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 313

than broad, finely transversely striated, with a shallow median

suleus not reaching the apex, not truncate or steeply sloped

posteriorly. Abdomen with a very short petiole, the segments

except the first covered with short, very pale, golden pile. Hind

tibize feebly spined ; tarsal ungues toothed. Second abscissa of

the radius a little longer than the third, recurrent nervures

received just before the middle of the second and third cubital

cells ; submedian cell longer than median ; cubitus of hind wing

originating just beyond the transverse median nervure.

Black ; the fifth joint of the flagellum beneath, the apex of the

fourth and base of the fifth creamy white. Wings hyaline, a

fuscous band crossing the wing at the basal nervure, another,

much broader, from the base of the radial cell.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

PSEUDAGENIA VALERIA, Sp. 0.

2. Clypeus about twice as broad as long, broadly rounded at

the apex. Eyes touching the base of the mandibles, the inner

margins nearly parallel; posterior ocelli about half as far again

from the eyes as from each other. Antenne slender, the second

joint of the flagellum about one-fifth longer than the third. Pro-

notum depressed anteriorly and strongly rounded at the angles,

the posterior margin feebly arched. Median segment slender,

longer than broad, gently sloped posteriorly, indistinctly trans-

versely striated, with an obscure median sulcus at the base.

Abdomen petiolate, fusiform, the petiole occupying one-third of

the length of the basal segment. Legs slender, posterior

tibie smooth. Second abscissa of the radius as long as the third,

second cubital cell nearly as long on the cubitus as the third ; first

recurrent nervure received well before the middle of the second

cubital cell, second at one-third from the base of the third cubital

cell ; submedian cell longer than the median ; cubitus of hind wing

originating a little beyond the transverse median nervure.

Opaque black ; tegulze fuscous. Wings hyaline, a broad fuscous

band crossing the wing at the basal nervure, another very broad

from the radial cell, leaving a small hyaline patch at the apex.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Cairns, Q. (Zurner). February.

Very near nwmeria Sm. from Mysole, but in this species the

median segment is longer, and »wmeria has the third cubital cell

much shorter than the second on the radial nervure especially, the

recurrent nervures are also both received nearer the middle of

the cells. From camilla this species may be easily distinguished

by the form of the clypeus.

PSEUDAGENIA DISPERSA, Sp. Nn.

@. Anterior margin of the clypeus very slightly arched; head

wider than the thorax; posterior ocelli about half as far again

from the eyes as from each other; eyes separated on the vertex

314 MR, R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

by a distance about equal to the length of the first and second

joints of the flagellum combined, and by almost the same distance

on the clypeus; the second joint.of the flagellum more than half

as long again as the first. Pronotum not much narrowed ante-

riorly, its posterior margin arched. Median segment finely

transversely striated, convexly declivous, broader than long, with

a longitudinal median suleus. Abdomen subpetiolate, the first

segment shorter than the second, narrowed at the base, but

without a distinct petiole. Pruinose and subopaque.

Black, with short silver pile on the clypeus, face, pleure, and

coxe. Wings hyaline, with a very narrow fuscous band along

the basal nervure of the fore wing, another much broader half

crossing the wing from the base of the radial cell, the apex of both

wings slightly clouded with fuscous. Second abscissa of the

radius nearly equal to the third, second transverse cubital nervure

short, the radial cell very broad. Cubitus of the hind wing

originating just before the transverse median nervure.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

Very near callisto Sm. from Aru, but differs in the absence of

a distinct petiole to the first segment of the abdomen, in the

sculpture of the median segment, the greater distance between

the eyes on the vertex, the short second transverse cubital nervure,

and the point of origin of the cubitus of the hind wing, which in

callisto is just beyond the transverse median nervure. The Indian

species identified as callisto by Colonel Bingham is intermediate

in the form of the petiole, but differs both from callisto and

dispersa in the form of the median segment which is slender and

much longer than broad. PP. erigone Bingh. is really nearer to

the present species than his callisto. The difference in the point

of origin of the cubitus of the hind wing is interesting as showing

the slight systematic importance that can be attached to a

character largely used by both Kohl and Ashmead in their classi-

fications of the family.

PsEUDAGENIA FAScrIATA Fabr. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5, 9.)

Sphex fasciata Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 350 (1775), ©.

Hab. Mackay to Cooktown, Q. (Z'urner).

This species is very near the last, but has the antenne yellow,

and differs in the neuration and in the form of the clypeus. The

submedian cell of the fore wing is very much longer than the

median, the third abscissa of the radius half as long again as the

second, the cubitus of the hind wing originates beyond the trans-

verse median nervure.

PSEUDAGENIA AUSTRALIS Cam.

Pseudagenia australis Cam. Entomologist, 1906. ¢.

This species has the second abscissa of the radius scarcely more

than half as long as the third. My specimens are from Victoria.

I doubt if it is more than a geographical race of fasciata Fabr.

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 315

PsEUDAGENIA FUSIFORMIS Sauss.

Agenia fusiformis Sauss. Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii. Hym. i.

p. 53 (1867), @.

Hab. Sydney, N.S.W.; Mackay, Q. (Zurner).

The second abscissa of the radius is longer than in australis

Cam.. and the petiole is longer ; it is also a smaller species.

PSEUDAGENIA NOVAR Sauss.

Agenia novare Sauss. Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii. Hym.i. p. 54

(1867), 3.

Nearly allied to P. fasciata Fabr., but is a larger insect. The

female has the antenne shorter and stouter than in fasciata; the

clypeus shorter, less convex and more broadly truncate at the

apex; the abdomen less distinctly petiolate, the apical segment

more pointed, and the wings clouded with fuscous.

Hab. Victoria and New South Wales.

PSEUDAGENIA CORNELIA, Sp. n.

@. Clypeus very short, broadly rounded anteriorly, very

slightly convex. Head thin; eyes touching the base of the

mandibles; ocelli situated very near the posterior margin of the

head, the posterior pair near together, more than half as far

again from the eyes as from each other. Antenne longer than

the head, thorax and median segment combined ; the second joint

of the flagellum hali as long again as the first. Thorax narrower

than the head ; pronotum rounded anteriorly, much shorter than

the mesonotum. Median segment flattened, finely granulate,

opaque, as long as broad, narrowed to the apex. Abdomen shining,

elongate-ovate, with a short petiole, the apical segment narrow

and pointed. Second abscissa of the radius less than half as long

as the first ; first recurrent nervure received before the middle of

the second cubital cell, second at one-third from the base of the

third cubital cell; submedian cell very little longer than the

median ; cubitus of hind wing interstitial with the transverse

median nervure.

Black; the antennz orange-yellow, the scape black at the base,

the apical joint fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a fuscous mark at

the base of the radial cell extending through the second cubital

cell into the discoidal cell.

Length 7 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

PSEUDAGENIA CONSOCIATA, Sp. Nn.

2. Clypeus less than twice as broad as long, feebly bisinuate

on the rather narrow apical margin, with a very short tooth in

the middle, slightly convex. Eyes slightly convergent towards

the vertex, almost touching the base of the mandibles; posterior

ocelli about half as far again from the eyes as from each other.

Antenne moderately long ; second joint of the flagellum fully half

316 MR, R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

as long again as the third. Pronotum depressed, narrowed and

rounded anteriorly, the posterior margin arched. Median segment

convex, about as long as broad, coarsely transversely striated, with

a broad, shallow, median sulcus. Abdomen with a short petiole ;

the petiole distinctly longer than in /fasciata Fabr., occupying

about one-third of the length of the first segment ; apical segment

with a flat, oval, pygidial area, shining and sparsely punctured.

Third abscissa of the radius about one-third longer than the

second, first recurrent nervure received before the middle of the

second cubital cell, second at one-third from the base of the third

cubital cell; cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond the

transverse median nervure. Posterior tibie with very small

spines ; tarsal ungues with one tooth near the middle.

Black ; pruinose; seven basal joints of the antenne and the

eighth and ninth beneath orange. Wings fusco-hyaline, with the

usual two darker transverse bands, one narrow on the: basal

nervure, the other broad and not quite crossing the wing from

the radial cell.

3. As in the female, but the antenne are very long and

slender, as long as the thorax and abdomen combined, the clypeus

less than twice as long as broad, median segment half as long

again as broad, less convex and more finely striated ; petiole long ;

the first abdominal segment only very slightly widened at the

apex, much longer and narrower than in fasciata 5. Base of

the mandibles, sides of the clypeus, and inner orbits of the eyes

as high as the base of the antenne, pale yellow.

Length 9 14mm., ¢ 12 mm.

Hab, Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Z'urner).

Very near fasciata Fabr., but in that species the wings are

hyaline with fuscous bands, the petiole shorter, the second joint

of the flagellum shorter in proportion to the third, the clypeus

rounded at the apex, and the three apical joints of the flagellum

only black. The first recurrent nervure in jfasciata is received

beyond the middle of the second cubital cell, the second only just

before the middle of the third.

PSEUDAGENIA PROVIDA, sp. 0.

2. Black; the clypeus and front as high as the base of the

antenne with short silvery pubescence slightly tinted with yellow ;

seven basal joints of the antenne bright orange-yellow. Wings

fuscous, hyaline tinted with fuscous from near the base of the

third cubital cell.

Very near P. flavicornis Sm. Second joint of flagellum half as

long again as third, in flavicornis the third joint isa little shorter ;

clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex ; head broad. Pronotum

more than half as long as the mesonotum, the posterior margin

very feebly arched ; median segment transversely striated, with a

shallow median sulcus, about twice as broad as long. Abdomen

subpetiolate, Third abscissa of the radius more than half as long

again as the second, first recurrent nervure received beyond two-

1910. ] " FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. oli

thirds from the base of the second cubital cell, second at one-third

from the base of the third cubital cell ; submedian cell longer

than median ; cubitus of hind wing originating just beyond the

transverse median nervure.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (@urner) ; Melbourne (French).

In flavicornis 2 the three or four basal joints of the antenne

only are yellow, the pubescence on the front is golden, the median

segment is slightly longer in proportion to the breadth, the head

and clypeus narrower, and the whole insect smaller and less stoutly

built; the second recurrent nervure is received only just before

the middle of the third cubital cell, and the wings are darker at

the apex. It also occurs at Mackay, but does not seem to have

as wide a range as the present species.

PSEUDAGENIA LUNULATA Sauss.

Pogonius lunulatus Sauss, Reise d. Novara, Zool. 11. Hym. 1.

p. 58 (1867).

*Pompilus spectrum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi.

p- 329 (1886).

T think Kohl’s name is probably intended for this species. He

states, however, that there is no transverse groove on the second

ventral segment, whereas in lunwlatus it is distinctly visible,

though in some specimens almost hidden by the apex of the first

segment. The hind tibie, though feebly spined, are much more

distinctly so than is usual in Psewdagenia, so that it can only be

placed in the genus with doubt.

CRYPTOCHEILUS AUREOSERICEUS Guer. st. AUSTRALASIA Sm.

Mygnimia australasie Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii.

p- 259 (1873), 2.

The Australian form has the apical segment orange-brown

clothed with golden pubescence, but does not seem to differ

otherwise from Indian specimens.

Hab, Mackay and Cairns, Q. (7'urner).

CRYPTOCHEILUS ASPASIA Sm.

Mygnimia aspasia Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. ii. p. 157

(1858), 2.

Salius aspasia Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv. p. 45

(1884).

Hab. Avu, New Guinea (Wallace); Mackay and Cairns, Q.

(Turner).

Not previously recorded from Australia. Cameron’s remarks

on this species are correct (Nova Guinea, vol. 1. p. 55).

CRYPTOCHEILUS COMMIXTUS, Sp. n.

2. Clypeus more than twice as broad as long, very sparsely

punctured, slightly porrect, the apical margin transverse. Eyes

318 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

almost touching the base of the mandibles, converging towards the

vertex, separated on the vertex by a distance slightly less than

the length of the second joint of the flagellum; the posterior

ocelli nearly twice as far from the eyes as from each other.

Antenne not very stout, slightly longer than the head, thorax and

median segment combined. Pronotum short, very broadly

rounded anteriorly, with a delicate median sulcus. Median seg-

ment coarsely transversely striated, with a tubercle on each side

at the base, nearly twice as broad as long, obliquely sloped

posteriorly. Abdomen shining, slightly pruinose; the apical

segment rather coarsely punctured, with long sparse fuscous

pubescence. Posterior tibie serrate, tarsal ungues with one tooth

before the middle, not bifid. Cubitus of the hind wing origin-

ating just beyond the transverse median nervure ; radial cell of

the fore wing rounded at apex, second abscissa of the radius

shorter than the third, the second cubital cell shorter than the

third on the cubital nervure, receiving the first recurrent nervure

distinctly before the apex, second recurrent nervure received at

about one-third from the base of the third cubital cell.

Orange-ferruginous ; head and thorax covered with short golden

pile; abdomen black, the apical segment fusco-ferruginous.

Wings flavo-hyaline, without a discoidal spot, a narrow fuscous

band on the outer margin.

Length 28 mm.

do. Asin the female, but the fuscous marginal band of the wings

is broader, the sides of the thorax marked with black, and the

clypeus rather jonger and not porrect, The second joint of the

flagellum is shorter in proportion, being less than half as long

again as the third.

Length 19 mm.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner).

Differs in neuration from C. awreosericeus Guér., to which it

bears a strong superficial resemblance. The shape of the second

cubital cell is very different, also the position of the cubitus of the

hind wing.

CRYPTOCHEILUS DARWINI, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6, 2.)

@. Clypeus very slightly convex, a little broader than long,

truncate at the apex, sparsely punctured, the labrum slightly

exposed. Eyes almost touching the base of the mandibles, slightly

converging towards the vertex, the posterior ocelli a little further

from the eyes than from each other. Antenne slender and very

long, about as long as the thorax and abdomen combined; the

second joint of the flagellum more than half as long again as the

third. Head, thorax, and abdomen without punctures; front

produced into a rounded tubercle at the base of each antenna, the

tubercles separated by a deep sulcus which nearly reaches the

anterior ocellus. Pronotum narrowed and depressed anteriorly,

about as long as the breadth on the anterior margin ; mesonotum

with a longitudinal median furrow and a furrow on each side.

1910. ] -FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 319

Median segment more than half aslong as the breadth at the base,

slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a large tubercle on each side

near the base, very steeply sloped posteriorly, with an indistinct

median sulcus and a few obscure striz near the apex. Apical

segment of the abdomen subtriangular, very narrowly rounded

at the apex, and clothed with fulvous pubescence. Posterior

tibie spined and slightly serrate; spines of the anterior tarsi

short. Tarsal ungues long and slender, with one small tooth

before the middle of the inner margin, not bifid. Radial cell

rounded at the apex ; second abscissa of the radius shorter than

the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the

base of the second cubital cell, second before the middle of the

third cubital. Cubitus of hind wing interstitial with the trans-

verse median nervure. Orange ferruginous; sternum, pleure,

scutellum, postscutellum, median segment, first abdominal seg-

ment, cox, trochanters, and the base of the femora black. Wings

flavo-hyaline stained with black at the base and narrowly margined

with fuscous at the apex.

Length 29 mm.

3. Clypeus longer than broad; posterior tibie with short

spines, not serrate; vertex black. Otherwise as in the female.

Length 14-17 mm.

Hab. Port Darwin (Turner). November. 1 9,2.

Nearest to C. tuberculatus Sm., but the antenne and legs are

much longer, and the mesonotum is not black as in that species.

CRYPTOCHEILUS FULVIDORSALIS, sp. n.

Q. Clypeus short, three times as broad at the base as long,

very sparsely punctured, the apical margin very feebly and widely

emarginate, almost transverse ; the labrum slightly exposed. Hyes

very slightly convergent towards the vertex ; posterior ocelli rather

far apart, almost as far from each other as from the eyes.

Antenne moderately long, not very slender ; the second joint of

the flagellum about half as long again as the third. Head and

thorax smooth, subopaque, a short frontal sulcus not reaching the

anterior ocellus. Pronotum rounded at the anterior angles, about

half as long as the mesonotum, with a delicate, impressed, longi-

tudinal line on the middle. Median segment twice as broad as

long, steeply sloped posteriorly, transversely striated, more finely

on the dorsal surface than on the posterior slope; a blunt, low

tubercle on each side near the base. Abdomen a little longer than

the head and thorax combined, slightly pruinose. Posterior tibie

serrate ; tarsal ungues with one tooth, not bifid; legs of moderate

length. Radial cell bluntly rounded at the apex, second abscissa

of the radius much shorter than the third, second cubital cell

receiving the first recurrent nervure at about one-third from the

apex, third receiving the second recurrent nervure just before the

middle; submediam cell much longer than the median; cubitus

of the hind wing originating just beyond the transverse median

nervure.

320 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [Feb. 15,

Fulvous orange; scutellum, postscutellum, median segment,

basal segment of the abdomen, second and third ventral segments,

pleure, thorax beneath, coxe, trochanters, and base of the femora,

black. Wings flavo-hyaline, very faintly clouded at the apex.

Length 19 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Z'urner). December.

Resembles C. darwinii in colour, but the legs and antenne are

much shorter. The mesonotum is also much smoother and the

median segment is striated.

CRYPTOCHEILUS SATHANAS, Sp. 0.

2. Clypeus convex, more than twice as broad as long, opaque

and sparsely punctured, the apical margin depressed and very

narrowly shining. Inner margins of the eyes almost parallel,

slightly diverging towards the clypeus ; posterior ocelli as far

from each other as from the eyes, the eyes touching the base of

the mandibles. Antenne moderately stout, as long as the thorax

and median segment combined ; the second joint of the flagellum

more than half as long again as the third. Head opaque, almost

smooth, a short longitudinal sulcus between the antenne. Pro-

notum more than half as long as the mesonotum, the anterior

angles strongly rounded. Thorax opaque ; the mesonotum with

an impressed, longitudinal, median line which is continued on the

base of the scutellum. Median segment nearly twice as broad at

the base as long, vertically truncate posteriorly, rectangular, with

a deep median sulcus, indistinctly transversely striated on the

apical half. Abdomen opaque, pruinose, the apical segment de-

flexed, rounded at the apex. Anterior tarsi with very short spines

on the basal joint, posterior tibie serrate ; tarsal ungues with one

tooth on the inner margin. Radial cell pointed at the apex ; first

recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the

second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third cubital cell ;

second abscissa of the radius shorter than the third ; cubitus of

the hind wing originating before the transverse median nervure.

Entirely black : wings dark fuscous without coloured reflections.

Length 25 mm.

Hab. Port Darwin (Turner). November.

CRYPTOCHEILUS ERYTHROTHORAX, Sp. N.

2. Clypeus short, much broader than long, slightly convex, the

apical margin very feebly and widely emarginate, almost trans-

verse. Eyes scarcely separated from the base of the mandibles,

converging a little towards the vertex, where they are separated

by a distance about equal to the length of the third joint of the

flagellum ; posterior ocelli considerably further from the eyes than

from each other. Antenne rather slender, as long as the head,

thorax and median segment combined; the second joint of the

flagellum a little longer than the third. Pronotum narrowed and

rounded anteriozly, the posterior margin arched, more than half

as long as the mesonotum. Median segment as long as broad,

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. e21

steeply sloped posteriorly, with a median suleus, the apex and the

posterior slope transversely striated. Abdomen subpetiolate,

fusiform, pruinose, with a transverse groove on the second ventral

segment. Posterior tibiz with a ridge above, spinose, not serrate ;

tarsal ungues with a tooth, not bifid; anterior tarsi without a

comb ; the tarsilong. Second abscissa of the radius almost equal

to the third; radial cell rather blunt at apex, not truncate or

rounded, first recurrent nervure received just before the middle

of the second cubital cell, second at. the middle of the third cubital

cell ; submedian cell longer than the median; cubitus of the hind

wing interstitial with the transverse median nervure.

Black; antennz, legs, pleurs, thorax, and median sqemnen

above ferruginous red ; ; extreme apex of the clypeus and _ base of

the mandibles fusco-ferruginous. Wings hyaline, crossed by two

broad fuscous bands, one on the basal nervure, the other from the

radial cell; nervures black.

Length 12 mm.

3. As in the female, but the legs are black excepting the

anterior tibie and tarsi, and the median segment is not striated.

Hab. Mackay and Kuranda, Q. (Zurner). December to May.

This belongs to a rather distinct group, being without serrations

on the hind tibie. It is found occasionally running on the stem

of Hucalyptus in proximity to the Reduviud bug Hntomocoris

decoratus Stal, which it closely resembles when the wings are

closed.

CALOPOMPILUS TENULUS, Sp. n.

@. Clypeus about three times as broad as long, slightly convex,

the anterior margin almost transverse. Hyes reaching to the base

of the mandibles, converging towards the vertex, where they are

separated by a distance equal to the length of the second and two-

thirds of the third joint of the flagellum ; posterior ocelli a

little further from the eyes than from each other. Pronotum

short, the posterior margin strongly angled in the middle; median

segment convex, as long as broad, not truncate posteriorly, with

a shallow median sulcus not reaching the apex. Abdomen slender,

fusiform, subpetiolate ; the second ventral segment with a trans-

verse groove. Posterior tibie strongly spinose, with a ridge;

anterior tarsi without a comb; tarsal ungues with one tooth.

Second abscissa of the radius nearly half as long again as the

third; first recurrent nervure received at the middle of the second

cubital cell, second at one-third from the base of the third ; sub-

median cell longer than the median ; cubitus of the hind wing

interstitial with the transverse median nervure. Opaque,* the

abdomen slightly shining.

Black ; joints 2-6 of the flagellum orange-yellow ; anterior

tibie pale testaceous brown. Wings hyaline, crossed by two pale

fuscous bands, one on the basal nervure, the other from the radial

cell, the apex also pale fuscous.

Length 9-10 mm.

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1910, No. X XI, 21

322 MR, R. E. TURNER ON THE [| Feb. 15,

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

This species has the form of a Psewdagenia, from which it is

removed by the spinose posterior tibie. The shape of the median

segment is very different to typical Calopompilus.

CALOPOMPTILUS RAPTOR Sm.

Pompilus raptor Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (3) i. p. 54

(1862), °.

Priocnenis polydorus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868,

p. 246, 2.

Pompilus pollens Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi. p. 332

(1886), 2.

As noticed by Kohl this species is somewhat intermediate

between Anoplius and Cryptocheilus, having a transverse groove

on the second ventral segment.

CALOPOMPILUS PICTIPENNIS Sm.

Pompilus pictipennis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. i. p. 165

(1855), 9.

Pompilus pachycerus Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi.

p. 833 (1886), 2.

Hab. Victoria.

CALOPOMPTLUS MOLESTUS Sm.

Pompilus molestus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (3) i. p. 54

(1862).

Hab. Melbourne to Brisbane.

Specimens from Stradbroke Island, Q., differ in having all the

tibiz ferruginous and the third abscissa of the radius longer than

the second. :

CALOPOMPILUS DEFENSOR Sim.

Priocnemis defensor Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868,

p. 245, 9.

Pompilus fulvipennis Sm. Descr. n. sp. Hym. p. 151 (1879), d 2.

I cannot see that fulvipennis is anything but a small specimen

of defensor.

Calopompilus Ashm. is in my opinion a good genus, unless

indeed it has to sink under Hemipogonius Sauss. The present

species is not a typical example of the genus, as the cubitus of the

hind wing originates a little before the transverse median nervure

and the submedian cell of the fore wing is very little longer than

the median. The male has no transverse groove on the second

ventral segment, but this character seems to be common to the

males of this genus. The differences noticed in neuration do not

seem to be constant, for in some specimens, including the type,

the cubitus of the hind wing is very nearly interstitial with the

transverse median nervure.

1910. | FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 323

CALOPOMPILUS VELOX Sm.

Pompilus velox Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 240, ¢.

Pompilus ahasuerus Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvi

p. 333 (1886), ¢:

I think this is a Calopompilus, though it is not quite certain,

the female being still unknown.

CALOPOMPILUS ANTENNALIS Sm.

Pompilus antennalis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. p. 161 (1855), 3.

2. Clypeus about three times as broad as long, the anterior

margin not quite transverse, very feebly and widely emarginate,

the labrum slightly exposed. Eyes very slightly convergent

towards the clypeus, separated on the vertex by a distance about

equal to the length of the first and two-thirds of the second joint

of the flagellum ; the posterior ocellia little further from the eyes

than from each other. Front very feebly raised at the base of

the antenne, marked with a short and shallow sulcus; third joint

of the flagellum a little shorter than the second. Pronotum

strongly rounded anteriorly, the posterior margin rather feebly

arched, shorter than the mesonotum. Median segment fully

twice as broad as long, with a median sulcus, abruptly truncate

posteriorly. Abdomen subsessile; the second ventral segment

with a transverse groove. Posterior tibize spinose, with a ridge,

not serrate; anterior tarsi without a comb, tarsal ungues with one

cooth. Second abscissa of the radius very little longer than the

third ; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base

of the second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third

cubital cell; submedian cell longer than the median; cubitus

of hind wing interstitial with the transverse median nervure.

Opaque, pruinose.

Black; flagellum orange-yellow; mandibles, labrum, anterior

tarsi and apical joints of all the tarsi fusco-ferruginous ; spurs of

the tibie whitish; a band of white pile on the apical marzin of

the five basal abdominal segments. Wings fuscous, a subhyaline

band beyond the third transverse cubital nervure.

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

Specimens from Cumberland, N.S.W., have the second joint of

the flagellum nearly half as long again as the third, the apical

joint black, the second abscissa of the radius half as long again

as the third.

CALOPOMPILUS NUGENTI, sp. nh.

2. Clypeus very short and broad, transverse at the apex, the

labrum exposed. Head broader than long, the front not raised

at the base of the antenne, rather flat, smooth and shining.

Eyes almost touching the base of the mandibles, their inner

margins almost parallel, separated on the vertex by a distance

21% ;

324 MR. R. BE. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

equal to the length of the three basal joints of the flagellum

combined ; the posterior ocelli a little further from the eyes than

from each other. Antenne rather stout, scarcely as long as the

thorax and median segment combined ; the second and third joints

of the flagellum about equal in length, the fourth a little longer.

Pronotum about one-third shorter than the mesonotum, slightly

rounded anteriorly, more than twice as broad as long, the

posterior margin very feebly arched. Median segment about half

as broad again as long, with a shallow median sulcus, vertically

truncate posteriorly, the face of the truncation coarsely trans-

versely striated. Abdomen subsessile, fusiform. Tarsal ungues

with one tooth; anterior tarsi without a comb; posterior tibie

spinose, with a distinct ridge. Second abscissa of the radius

nearly half as long again as the third; first recurrent nervure

received at the middle of the second cubital cell, second at the

middle of the third cubital cell; submedian cell longer than the

median; cubitus of hind wing interstitial with the transverse

median nervure. Opaque, pruinose.

Black ; antenne orange-yellow ; apex of clypeus, labrum,

mandibles, tegule and legs fusco-ferruginous. Wings subhyaline,

crossed by a fuscous band on the basal nervure and by another,

very broad, from the radial cell, the apex pale fuscous. Three

basal dorsal segments of the abdomen with narrow bands of

silver pile on the apical margin. Spines of the tibize whitish.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner). December.

Specimens from Mackay have the legs black, except the

anterior tibiz and tarsi.

CALICURGUS (?) BASIPENNIS, Sp. n.

@. Clypeus short, broadly truncate at the apex. Eyes almost

touching the base of the mandibles, their inner margins slightly

curved, separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the

combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

posterior ocelli a little nearer to the eyes than to each other.

Antenne longer than the thorax and median segment combined ;

the second joint of the flagellum half as long again as the third.

Front very slightly raised at the base of the antenne, with a short

median suleus. Pruinose and slightly shining. Head not very

flat. Pronotum only a little shorter than the mesonotum, a little

narrower than the head, rounded at the angles, the posterior

margin scarcely arched. Median segment about half as broad

again as long, obliquely deflexed near the apex. Abdomen

subsessile, fusiform; the second ventral segment with a feeble

transverse groove. Posterior tibize spinose, anterior tarsi with-

out a comb; tarsal ungues bifid. Second abscissa of the radius

more than half as long again as the third; the second cubital cell

higher than long, much shorter than the third on the cubital

nervure ; first recurrent nervure received beyond two-thirds from

the base of the second cubital cell, second at the middle of the

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 325

third cubital cell; submedian cell just longer than the median ;

cubitus of the hind wing originating well beyond the transverse

median nervure.

Black, with a little very fine greyish pile; mandibles fusco-

ferruginous, spines of the tibiz whitish. Wings flavohyaline at

the base, as far as the basal nervure on the fore wing, thence

hyaline, crossed by two almost confluent pale fuscous bands;

nervures fulvous at the base, fuscous from the basal nervure.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

The neuration differs somewhat from typical Calicurgus.

CALICURGUS (?) BASIPENNIS st. AGNATUS, St. n.

2. Very near C. basipennis, from which it differs only in the

following points: the median segment is shorter and more steeply

sloped, the tibiz, tarsi, and second joint of the flagellum are

ferruginous, and the colours of the wings darker. The third

abscissa of the radius is longer, being nearly or quite as long as

the second.

Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner). November to February.

This is almost certainly a mere geographical form of basipennis.

FERREOLOMORPHA ARTEMIS, Sp. nN.

@. Clypeus extremely short and broad, transverse, the labrum

exposed as long as the clypeus, broadly rounded at the apex. Head

longer than broad, slightly convex, the front strongly raised and

pointed at the base of the antenne ; eyes very narrowly separated

trom the base of the mandibles, the inner margins parallel ;

posterior ocelli scarcely further from the eyes than from each

other. Antenne a little longer than the thorax and median

segment combined ; the second joint of the flagellum about one-

fourth shorter than the third joint. Pronotum a little longer

than the mesonotum, nearly as broad as the head, the sides

paraliel, distinctly broader than long, the posterior margin very

feebly arched, almost transverse. Median segment half as broad

again as long, vertically truncate posteriorly, with a well-marked

median suleus on the dorsal surface. Abdomen subsessile, the

sides almost parallel; second ventral segment with a transverss

groove. Opaque, with very short and rather irregularly dis-

tributed brownish pile, thickest on the median segment. ‘Tarsal

ungues with one tooth ; anterior tarsi without a comb; posterior

tibize spinose but not serrate, not quite cylindrical. Second

abscissa of the radius as long as the third, recurrent nervures

received at the middle of the second and third cubital cells;

submedian cell equal in length to the median ; cubitus of the hind

wing in the type originating just beyond the transverse median

nervure, in another specimen interstitial with it. Wings rather

short, when closed not reaching the apex of the abdomen.

Black ; antenne (except the three apical joints) orange-yellow,

a very narrow band of silver pile on the apical margin of the three

326 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

basal abdominal segments. Wings fusco-hyaline, a flavo-hyaline

lunule at the apex of the radial and third cubital cells, extending

about half-way to the outer margin beyond the third transverse

cubital nervnre.

Length 8-11 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

I think I am correct in assigning this species to Ashmead’s

genus Ferreolomorpha, with which the neuration agrees well, but

his description is somewhat brief.

ANOPLIUS AHRIMANES, sp. n.

Q. Clypeus short and very broad, transverse at the apex,

slightly convex. Eyes separated from the base of the mandibles

by a distance considerably less than the length of the first joint of

the flagellum, their inner margins slightly sinuate and converging

towards the vertex, where they are separated by a distance

slightly exceeding the length of the third joint of the flagellum ;

posterior ocelli as far from each other as trom the eyes.

Antenne as long as the head, thorax, and median segment

combined; the second joint of the flagellum nearly half as long

again as the third. Front not raised into tubercles at the base

of the antenne, the frontal sulcus very short. Head not flattened,

moderately thick. Pronotum a little more than half as long as

the mesonotum, rounded at the anterior angles, the arch of the

posterior margin not angulate in the middle. Median segment

subtuberculate on the sides before the stigma and with a blunt

lateral tubercle before the posterior angles, nearly twice as broad

as long, with a deep median sulcus and almost vertically truncate

posteriorly. Thorax finely aciculate; median segment opaque.

' Abdomen subsessile, smooth and slightly shining, elongate fusi-

form; the apical segment long and narrow, finely punctured ;

second ventral segment without a transverse groove, but not

quite even, showing a very obscure transverse depression. ‘Tarsal

ungues with one tooth ; anterior tarsi witha long comb; posterior

tibize spined, not serrate, almost cylindrical. Third cubital cell

very short on the radial nervure, only one-fifth of the length’ of the

second, but nearly as long as the second on the cubital nervure ;

first recurrent nervure received close to the apex of the second

cubital cell, second beyond the middle of the third cubital cell ;

transverse median nervure interstitial with basal nervure; cubitus

of hind wing interstitial with the transverse median nervure.

Black ; the orbits of the eyes narrowly whitish grey, not

reaching the summit. Wings black.

Length 24 mm.

Hab. Townsville, Q. (Dodd).

This species approaches the genus Cryptocheilus.

ANOPLIUS ATAVUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7, 9.)

2. Clypeus transverse at the apex, short, more than twice as

broad as long. Eyes separated from the base of the mandibles by

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 327

a distance about equal to the length of the first joint of the

flagellum, their Inner margins converging towards the vertex,

where they are separated by a distance about equal to the length

of the second joint of the flagellum; posterior ocelli a little

further from the eyes than from each other. Front not raised at

the base of. the antenne, which are not very stout, a little longer

than the thorax and median segment combined ; second joint of

the flagellum long, nearly as long as the third and fourth

combined. Pronotum broadly arched posteriorly, the apex of the

arch forming a slight angle, the sides almost parallel, the anterior

angles scarcely rounded. Median segment shorter than the

scutellum, about twice as broad as long, with a deep median sulcus,

steeply and obliquely sloped posteriorly. Abdomen almost smooth,

the three basal segments slightly shining ; second ventral segment

without a transverse furrow. Second abscissa of the radius half

as long again as the third; second cubital cell receiving the first

recurrent nervure near the apex, third receiving the second

recurrent nervure near the middle; transverse median nervure

interstitial with the basal; cubitus of hind wing interstitial with

the transverse median nervure. ‘Tarsal ungues with one tooth;

anterior tarsi with a comb.

Black ; head, prothorax, and mesonotum closely covered with

white pile, a narrow line across the vertex behind the ocelli with-

out pile. Wings dark fuscous.

Length 22 mm.

Hab. Strelley River, N.W. Australia (7. WW. Giles).

The white pile renders this species very conspicuous.

- ANOPLIUS SENEX, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8, 2.)

2. Clypeus slightly porrect, transverse at the apex, more than

twice as broad as long. Eyes separated from the base of the

mandibles by a distance not quite equal to the length of the first

joint of the flagellum, their inner margins converging towards

the vertex, where they are separated by a distance not quite equal

to the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Antenne a

little longer than the thorax and median segment combined; the

second joint of the flagellum more than half as long again as the

third. Head moderately thick ; a very faint frontal sulcus reach-

ing the anterior ocellus. Pronotum scarcely more than half as

long as the mesonotum, the anterior angles slightly rounded; the

posterior margin arched, without an angle. Median segment

more than half as broad again as long, with a deep median sulcus,

almost vertically truncate posteriorly, sloped gradually to the base

of the truncation. Abdomen subsessile, the second ventral seg-

ment without a transverse sulcus. Fore tarsi with a long comb ;

tarsal ungues with one tooth, not bifid. Second abscissa of the

radius very little longer than the third ; first recurrent nervure

received close to the apex of the second cubital cell, second

received at the middle of the third cubital cell; transverse

median nervure almost interstitial with the basal nervure;

328 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

cubitus of the hind wing interstitial with the transverse median

nervure.

Black, covered with whitish-grey pile ; a transverse line on the

vertex, the front of the mesonotum, the apical abdominal segment,

and the extreme apex of the clypeus bare. Wings subhyaline,

with a rather broad fuscous band on the outer margin.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Victoria (French).

Allied to A. atavus, but differs in the shape of the cubital cells,

the colour of the wings, and the much greater extent of the pile.

ANOPLIUS LABILIS Sm.

Pompilus labilis Sm. Descr. n. sp. Hym. p. 151 (1879).

Hab. Townsville, Q. (Dodd); Nicol Bay, W. A. (Dr. Clement).

ANOPLIUS DODDI, sp. n.

2. Clypeus about twice as broad as long, rounded at the sides,

almost transverse at the apex. Eyes almost touching the base of

the mandibles, their inner margins converging towards the vertex,

where they are separated by a distance equal to three-fourths of

the length of the second joint of the flagellum ; posterior ocelli a

little nearer to the eyes than to each other. Front not produced

into tubercles at the base of the antennz; second joint of the

flagellum long, more than half as long again as the third joint.

Pronotum short, narrower than the head, the posterior margin

strongly arched, with a slight angle at the apex of the arch.

Median segment short, twice as broad as long, with a faint

median sulcus, abruptly truncate posteriorly. Second ventral

segment of the abdomen without a transverse groove. Tarsal

ungues bifid; posterior tibice spined, cylindrical; anterior tarsi with

along comb. Third abscissa of the radius very short, no longer

than the first ; third cubital cell as long as the second on the

cubitus, receiving the second recurrent nervure at two-thirds from

the base; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the

base of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure inter-

stitial with the basal nervure; cubitus of the hind wing interstitial

with the transverse median nervure.

Opaque black, with silvery grey pubescence on the clypeus, face,

cheeks, continued along the posterior margin of the head, posterior

margin of the pronotum, coxe, pleur, posterior margin of the

mesonotum, scutellum, anterior and posterior angles of the median

segment, and base of the first abdominal segment ; a band of grey

pile narrowly interrupted in the middle at the base of abdominal

segments 2-5. Wings hyaline, broadly fuscous along the basal

nervure ; another fuscous band beyond the radial cell, very broad

but not quite touching the apex and continued on the hind wing ;

a fuscous patch occupying the radial and third cubital cells and

extending into the second cubital and discoidal cells.

Length 9 mm,

Hab, Townsyille, Q, (Dodd).

1910.] -FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 329

ANOPLIUS AMGENULUS, sp. n.

2. Clypeus about three times as broad as long, transverse at

the apex. Eyes almost touching the base of the mandibles, their

inner margins almost parallel, slightly curved towards the vertex,

where they are separated by a distance equal to the length of the

second joint of the flagellum; posterior ocelli about half as far

again from the eyes as from each other. Antenne as long as the

head, thorax, and median segment combined; the second joint of

the flagellum half as long again as the third and twice as long as

the fourth. Pronotum depressed, shorter than the mesonotum,

the posterior margin with a slight angle at the apex of the arch.

Median segment a little broader than long, with a faint median

suleus at the base, obliquely sloped posteriorly. Abdomen fusi-

form; second ventral segment without a groove. Posterior tibize

cylindrical, spinose; tarsal ungues with one tooth; anterior tarsi

with a few short spines on the basal joint. Second abscissa of

the radius nearly twice as long as the third; first recurrent

nervure received near the apex of the second cubital cell, second

close to the middle of the third cubital cell ; submedian cell a little

longer than the median; cubitus of hind wing interstitial with

the transverse median nervure.

Black ; with a transverse band of cinereous pile at the base of

the second and third dorsal abdominal segments; silvery pile on

the clypeus, sides of the postscutellum, coxe, and angles of the

median segment. Wings fuscous, an obscure band outside the

third transverse cubital a little paler.

Length 13 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). March.

This differs from nubilipennis Sm. in the structure of the

posterior tibiz as well as in other details. A. cinereus Fabr., a

common Queensland species, has paler wings with a fuscous

margin, and is a smaller species.

ANOPLIUS SERICOPS, sp. n.

2. Clypeus about twice as broad as long, widely emarginate at

the apex, the labrum exposed. Eyes separated from the base of

the mandibles by a distance not exceeding half the length of the

first joint of the flagellum, their inner margins nearly parallel,

slightly curved towards the vertex, where they are separated by a

distance about equal to the length of the third joint of the

flagellum ; the posterior ocelli about as far from each other as

from the eyes. Front not raised into tubercles at the base of the

antenne; the second joint of the flagellum scarcely longer than

the third. Pronotum as long as the mesonotum, narrower than

the head, the arch of the posterior margin with an obtuse angle

at the apex. Median segment distinctly broader than long, with

a rather obscure median sulcus, truncate posteriorly. Abdomen

elongate fusiform; second ventral segment without a transverse

groove. Tarsal ungues bifid; posterior tibize spined; comb of

anterior tarsi very short. Radial cell short, less than twice as long

330 MR. Rk. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

as broad, first abscissa of the radius. nearly twice as long as the

second ; third cubital cell petiolate, the petiole occupying about one-

fourth of the length of the second transverse cubital nervure ;

transverse median nervure almost interstitial with the basal

nervure ; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the

base of the second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third

cubital cell; cubitus of hind wing interstitial with the transverse

median nervure.

Black, opaque, with cinereous pile on a broad band on the

anterior margin of the pronotum and on the base of each

abdominal segment from the second to the fifth inclusive ;

clypeus and face with silvery pile, the pile on the coxee and thorax

beneath grey. Wings fuscous, with a darker band at the apex.

Length 13-15 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

This is the only Australian species, so far as I know, in which

the third cubital cell is petiolate.

ANOPLIUS NIGRICORNIS Fabr.

Sphex nigricornis Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 351 (1775), 9.

Pompilus diversus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 244,

®. (Wee Smith 1873, nec Dahlbom.)

Pompilus bos Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. viii. p. 277 (1897).

The sculpture on the median segment is more distinct in recent

specimens, which are also much larger, the Fabrician type being

only 8 mm. in length, but I do not think they are specifically

distinct.

ANOPLIUS ELATUS Sm.

Pompilus elatus Sm. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vii. p. 82

(1864), 2.

Hab. Morty (Wallace); Mackay, Q. (Z'urner).

I identify this species with some doubt, but my specimens

answer well to the short description.

Awop.ius (EPISYRON) ORIENTALIS Cam.

Ceropales orientalis Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. Phil. Soe. (4) iv.

p-. 432 (1891), ¢.

Pompilus orientalis Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 157

(1897), 3.

Hab. Mackay and Kuranda, Q. (Z’wrner).

Though the inale is not uncommon, I do not know the female.

ANOoPLIUS (EPISYRON) JUBILANS, Sp. n.

$ . Clypeus about twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed to

the apex which is transverse ; the labrum exposed, as long as the

clypeus and narrowly truncate at the apex. Eyes separated from

the base of the mandibles by a distance equal to about half the

length of the scape, their inner margins slightly diverging

TOT OR FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 331

towards the vertex, where they are separated by a distance equal

to the length of the second and third joints of the flagellum

combined. Antenne very stout, a little longer than the thorax

and median segment combined, tapering to the apex, the joints

arcuate beneath ; scape very short, little more than half as long as

the second joint of the flagellum, which is equal in length to the

third. Pronotum short, depressed, rounded anteriorly, the

posterior margin feebly arched. Median segment convex, as long

as broad, longer than the mesonotum, very gradually sloped

posteriorly. Abdomen subpetiolate, elongate fusiform ; second

ventral segment without a transverse sulcus. ‘Tarsal ungues

bifid ; legs slender, a few minute spines on the posterior tibie.

Second abscissa of the radius twice as long as the third, the second

cubital cell a little longer than the third on the cubital nervure ;

first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the

second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third cubital cell ;

submedian cell slightly longer than the median; cubitus of the

hind wing originating before the transverse median nervure.

Opaque, pruinose.

Black; the antennz (except the three apical joints) bright

orange; labrum, sides and base of the clypeus, scape beneath,

and the face as high as the base of the antenne continued

for a short distance on the inner margins of the eyes, creamy

yellow; posterior margin of the pronotum, a transverse band

on each side at the base of the second dorsal abdominal seg-

ment, another shorter and narrower on each side near the

base of the third segment, the spines of the tibie, and a line near

the base of the posterior tibiz, white; anterior tarsi and tibive

testaceous brown. Bands of greyish pile at the apex of the

abdominal segments, very narrow on the first three, a little

broader on the others. Thorax and median segment with patches

of silvery pile. Wings hyaline, margined with pale fuscous, a

pale fuscous band from the radial cell crossing the third cubital

celi.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Zurner). January.

I place this species in the subgenus Episyron with some doubt,

as it is very difficult to separate the males of that group from those

of Calopompilus.

ANOPLIUS (EPISYRON) LEPIDOHIRTUS, Sp. 0.

©. Clypeus very slightly convex, nearly three times as broad

as long, the apical margin transverse. Hyes very narrowly

separated from the base of the mandibles, slightly convergent

towards the vertex, where they are separated by a distance about

equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum ; posterior

ocelli a little further from each other than from the eyes.

Antenne about as long as the head, thorax, and median segment

combined ; the second joint of the flagellum nearly twice as long as

the third. A very delicate frontal sulcus, not reaching the

332 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

anterior ocellus. Pronotum depressed, short, narrowed anteriorly

and strongly rounded at the angles, the posterior margin arched not

angular at the apex. Median segment short, more than twice as

broad as long, steeply sloped posteriorly, the median sulcus almost

obsolete. Abdomen subsessile, elongate fusiform ; second ventral

segment without a groove. Tarsal ungues bifid; anterior tarsi

with a comb. Third cubital cell very short, only one-third of the

length of second on the radial nervure and only a little more than

half as long as the second on the cubital nervure ; first recurrent

nervure received beyond the middle of the second cubital cell,

second close to the middle of the third cubital cell; transverse

median nervure interstitial with the basal nervure; cubitus of

hind wing originating just before the transverse median nervure,

almost interstitial.

Black, opaque; a very narrow line near the middle of the inner

orbits of the eyes, the outer orbits very narrowly, the posterior

margin of the pronotum, and a transverse band very narrow in

the middle at the base of the third dorsal abdominal segmeut, dull

ochreous; clypeus and face clothed with silvery pubescence, apex

of the median segment and the whole of the first dorsal abdominal

segment covered with close-lying, coarse, bluish-grey shining

pubescence. Wings pale fusco-hyaline, the outer margin broadly

fuscous.

Length 14 mm.

3. Clypeus rather longer, the labrum slightly exposed, median

segment longer and less sharply sloped ; basal half of the flagellum

ochreous beneath ; band on the third abdominal segment white.

Length 9 mm.

Hab, Mackay, Q. (Turner). February to May.

This is probably only a geographical form of papuensis Sm.,

from which it differs in the much broader clypeus and face. In

papuensis the anterior margin of the clypeus is yellow and there

is a yellow line on the posterior margin of the mesonotum; the

second recurrent nervure is also received nearer to the apex of

the third cubital cell.

ANOPLIUS (HPISYRON) LIMPIDUS, Sp. .

@. Clypeus transverse at the apex, more than twice as broad

as long. Eyes very narrowly separated from the base of the

mandibles, their inner margins slightly curved and converging

towards the vertex, where they are separated by a distance equal

to two-thirds of the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;

posterior ocelli a little further from the eyes than from each other.

Antenne as long as the head, thorax, and median segment com-

bined ; the second joint of the flagellum about half as iong again

as the third. Pronotum depressed anteriorly and rounded at the

angles, the hind margin arched, with a slight angle in the middle.

Median segment convex, obliquely sloped posteriorly, about twice

as broad as long, the median sulcus almost obsolete. Abdomen

subpetiolate, elongate ovate. Tarsal ungues bifid, anterior tarsi

1910. } FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 333

with a comb. Third abscissa of the radius half as long again as

the second ; first recurrent nervure received near the apex of the

second cubital cell, second beyond the middle of the third cubital

cell; transverse median nervure interstitial with the basal nervure ;

cubitus of the hind wing originating just before the transverse

median nervure.

' Opaque, pruinose ; a narrow frontal sulcus reaching the anterior

ocellus ; second ventral segment without a transverse groove.

Black; the posterior margin of the pronotum dull luteous ;

antenne, femora, tibie, and tarsi ferruginous; the apex of the

median segment with shining silvery pubescence, an obscure

transverse band of dark grey pile at the base of the third abdominal

segment and a spot of the same at the apical angles of the second.

Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with yellow, crossed by two fuscous

bands, one on the basal nervure, the other, very broad, from the

racial cell.

Length 11 mm.

3. Clypeus at the apex pale luteous; first dorsal segment of the

abdomen covered almost to the apex with rather long silvery

pubescence, a white transverse band much narrowed in the middle

at the base of the third segment. Abdomen somewhat compressed

laterally.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Kuranda near Cairns, Q. (7'urner). January and

February.

ANOPLIUS (EPISYRON) KURANDENSIS, sp. n.

@. Clypeus short, more than three times as broad as long,

transverse at the apex. Eyes almost touching the base of the

mandibles, the inner margins parallel near the base, curved

towards.the vertex, where they are separated by a distance about

equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum com-

bined ; posterior ocelli a little further from the eyes than from

each other. Antenne longer than the thorax and median segment

combined ; the second joint of the flagellum more than half as.

long again as the third. Pronotum short, depressed, rounded

at the angles, the posterior margin broadly arched. Median

segment deflexed, rounded posteriorly, about as long as broad.

Abdomen small, narrowly fusiform. Tarsal ungues bifid ; anterior

tarsi almost without a comb, only one or two spines on the basal

joint ; posterior tibiz spined. Second abscissa of the radius about

three times as long as the third, first and third about equal in

length ; second cubital cell longer on the cubitus than the third ;

first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the

second cubital cell, second beyond the middle of the third cubital

cell; transverse median nervure interstitial with the basal nervure;

cubitus of hind wing originating just before the transverse median

nervure.

Opaque black; the apex of the clypeus broadly, but deeply

emarginate from the base in the middle, the inner orbits of the

334 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

eyes, posterior margin of the pronotum, a spot on the posterior

margin of the mesonotum, a spot on the tegule, and a broad

transverse band at the base of the third dorsal segment of the

abdomen, ochreous yellow; tibiw, tarsi, five basal joints of the

antenne, and the base of the mandibles dull ferruginous brown.

Wings subhyaline, slightly iridescent, broadly pale fuscous at the

apex of the anterior pair; nervures testaceous brown. First

dorsal segment clothed with greyish pubescence.

Length 6-8 mm.

Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner). January and February.

‘['wo specimens.

APporuUS CINGULATUS Fabr.

Sphea cingulata Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 250 (1775).

Aporus cingulatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. p. 175 (1855).

Hab. Mackay to Cooktown, Q. (Zurner).

The second abscissa of the radius is no longer than the first in

the typical Queensland form, but in specimens from Victoria and

South Australia it is much longer. As I cannot detect any other

appreciable difference I consider it better to treat this as a

geographical variation, though it is quite possible that it may

prove to be distinct. Southern specimens are usually larger than

the typical form. This is probably the species described by Kohl

as Pompilus apantelus, but his description is very poor.

APORUS NIGROCINERASCENS, Sp. Nn.

@. Mandibles bidentate ; clypeus broadly truncate at the apex,

convex, nearly three times as broad as long, the labrum exposed.

Eyes almost parallel on the inner margin, a little nearer together

on the vertex than on the clypeus; the ocelli in a very broad

triangle, the posterior pair rather further from each other than

from the eyes. Head very thin; pronotum not very short,

depressed and narrowed anteriorly. Median segment broader

than long, obliquely sloped posteriorly, slightly shining, with an

obscure median suleus and a small triangular depression at the

base, the posterior angles bluntly produced. Abdomen subsessile ;

the first segment longer and narrower than the second, broadened

from the base; apical segment elongate, pointed, sparsely punc-

tured. Second joint of the flagellum more than half as long again

as the third. Anterior tarsi with a long comb; posterior tibiz

spinose; tarsal ungues toothed but without a comb. Second

abscissa of the cubitus twice as long as the first; radial cell broad,

not more than twice as long as broad; first recurrent nervure

received a little before the middle of the second cubital cell, the

second near the apex; cubitus of hind wing interstitial with the

transverse median nervure.

Black, with short obscure cinereous pubescence on the front,

clypeus, margins of the pronotum very narrowly, posterior slope

of median segment and apical margin of two basal abdominal

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 335

segments, the first broadly, the second narrowly ; apical segment

fuscous. Wings hyaline, broadly margined with pale fuscous at

the apex.

Length 11 mm.

3. Very similar, but the emargination of the eyes which is

very feeble in the female is rather more distinct in the male.

The first dorsal segment of the abdomen is entirely covered with

cinereous pubescence.

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Zurner).

APORUS IMMITIS, sp. n.

@. Clypeus transverse at the apex, about three times as broad

as long. Hyes very widely and shallowly emarginate, a little

nearer together on the vertex than on the clypeus; posterior

ocelli as far from each other as from the eyes. Antenne a little

longer than the thorax and median segment combined ; the third

joint of the flagellum long, nearly as long as the second.

Pronotum depressed anteriorly, about twice as broad as long, the

posterior margin very feebly arched. Median segment with the

sides parallel, “vather broader than long, sloped posteriorly, but

not truncate. Abdomen subsessile, rather slender, the apical

segment pointed. Posterior tibize spinose, anterior tarsi with a

rather feeble comb. Radial cell short and rather narrow, about

three times as long as the greatest breadth ; the second cubital

cell arched towards the radial nervure, the second abscissa of the

radius not more than half as long as the first; both recurrent

nervures received by the second cubital cell, the first very near

the base, the second close to the apex ; cubitus of the hind wing

originating just beyond the transverse median nervure, almost

interstitial with it.

Black, with cinereous grey pubescence as follows: on the

clypeus, front, margins of the pronotum, angles of the scutellum

and median segment, mesopleurz, and a broad transverse band on

the apical margin of the four basal segments of the abdomen;

mandibles fusco-ferruginous at the apex. Wings hyaline at the

base, fusco-hyaline towards the apex and along the nervures.

Length 8mm. :

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

Differs from cingulatus Fabr. in the slenderer antenne, the

different proportion of the joints of the flagellum, the shorter

pronotum, the more gradual slope of the median segment, the

shorter second abscissa of the radius, the narrower radial cell, and

the much greater distance between the recurrent nervures,

APORUS ACER, Sp. Nn.

. Clypeus about three times as broad as long, slightly convex ;

the anterior margin very feebly and widely emarginate, almost

transverse. Hyes nearly parallel on the inner margin; the

posterior ocelli-almost as far from each other as from Oe eyes.

336 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

Second and third joints of the flagellum of about equal length.

Pronotum depressed anteriorly, the posterior margin broadly

arched. Median segment obliquely sloped posteriorly, the dorsal

surface before the oblique slope about twice as broad as long.

Anterior tarsi with a few short spines ; posterior tibie spinose ;

tarsal ungues with one tooth. Second abscissa of the radius as

long as the first, the two recurrent nervuces received far apart

near the base and apex of the second cubital cell, radial cell rather

broad. Cubitus of hind wing originating far beyond the trans-

verse median nervure. Transverse median nervure of fore wing .

joining the median nervure before the origin of the basal nervure.

Black, with cinereous pubescence on the clypeus, front, anterior

angles and posterior slope of the median segment, and a broad

transverse band on the apical margin of each of the four basal

abdominal segments. Wings hyaline, with a narrow fuscous

band crossing the wing at the basal nervure and another broad

band from the radial cell; hind wing pale fuscous at the apex.

Length 9mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). October.

Very near A. immitis, but differs considerably in neuration

and in the colour of the wings.

APORUS TENELLUS, Sp. n.

2. Mandibles bidentate; clypeus rather more than twice as

broad as long, transverse on the anterior margin. Eyes nearly

parallel, slightly converging towards the vertex; the ocelli ina

broad triangle, the posterior pair further from each other than

from the eyes. Head smooth and siightly shining. The antennz

scarcely as long as thorax and median segment combined; the

second joint of the flagellum no longer than the third. Pronotum

about twice as broad as long, not depressed anteriorly. Median

segment a little longer than broad, the posterior slope steep but

not abrupt, the posterior angles very feebly produced. Abdomen

subsessile, slender, a little compressed laterally, the apical

segment very narrowly rounded at the apex. Anterior tarsi

without a comb, posterior tibiz spinose. Second cubital cell

pointed on the radial nervure, the distance between the recurrent

nervures a little greater than their distance from the base and

apex of the second cubital cell. Cubitus of the hind wing

originating a little beyond the transverse cubital nervure.

Transverse median nervure of fore wing received a little beyond

the basal nervure.

Black, with greyish-white pubescence as follows: on the clypeus,

front, margins of the pronotum narrowly, a transverse line on the

mesonotum, two spots on the scutellum, the postscutellum, pleure,

a large spot at each angle, anterior and posterior, of the median

segment, a spot at the base of the first dorsal abdominal segment,

and a broad transverse band, narrowly interrupted in the middle,

on the apical margin of the four basal segments. Wings very

pale fuseo-hyaline, rather darker on the apical third of the fore

wing.

Nhe

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA.

¢ similar to 9.

Length, 2 8mm., ¢ 5mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). January. °

A very distinct species, differing from other Australian species

in the absence of the tarsal comb, the long median segment, and

the pointed second cubital cell.

PLANICEPS UMBRATICUS, Sp. n.

@. Clypeus produced over the mandibles, twice as broad as

long, very broadly rounded, subtruncate at the apex. Eyes

reaching to the base of the mandibles; posterior ocelli far apart,

nearly twice as far from each other as from the eyes. Antenne

only a little longer than the thorax without the median segment ;

the third joint of the flagellum almost as long as the second; the

insertion of the antenne distinctly higher than the base of the

eyes. Pronotum as long as the mesonotum, a little narrowed

anteriorly. Median segment half as long again as broad, depressed

in the middle at the apex, the apical angles acutely produced.

Abdomen subsessile, elongate. Fore femora not swollen, posterior

tibiz spinose. Two cubital cells, the second receiving the two

recurrent nervures near the base and near the apex; second

abscissa of the radius two and a half times as long as the first ;

the submedian cell shorter than the median ; cubitus of the hind

wing originating well beyond the transverse median nervure.

Very minutely punctured, the abdomen and head slightly shining.

Black ; the antennz fuscous. Wings very pale flavo-hyaline,

nervures black.

Length, 92 7mm., ¢ 5mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).

The head is flattened as in the genus Planiceps, and the long

pronotum removes the species from the group of Aporws most

nearly allied to typical Pompilus. The anterior tarsi are without

a comb.

PLANICEPS AUREOVESTITUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 9, 2.)

@. Clypeus short, about three times as broad as long, the

apical margin transverse. Hyes not nearly reaching the base of

the mandibles, slightly convergent towards the vertex; ocelli in

a wide triangle, the posterior pair further from each other than

from the eyes. Antenne about as long as the thorax and median

segment combined, inserted a little higher than the base of the

eyes; the second and third joints of the flagellum about equal in

length. Pronotum as long as the mesonotum and almost as broad

as the head, feebly rounded at the anterior angles, the posterior

margin widely arched. Median segment broader than long,

obliquely truncate posteriorly, with a deep suleus on the surface

of the truncation. Abdomen subsessile; the first segment as

long as the breadth at the apex, the second segment longer than

the first and slightly broader. Fore femora only slightly thicker

than the intermediate, basal joint of the fore tarsi longer than

the three following joints combined. Two cubital cells, the second

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1910, No. XXII. 22

338 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE | Feb. 15

receiving the two recurrent nervures at one-fifth from the base

and one-fifth from the apex; second abscissa of the radius three

times as long as the first, transverse median nervure interstitial —

with the basal nervure; cubitus of hind wing originating just

beyond the transverse median nervure.

Black ; smooth and slightly shining; a spot of dull and very

short greyish pubescence at the base of the first dorsal abdominal

segment and another at each of the apical angles: the third and

fourth dorsal segments covered with coarse, close-lying, almost

seale-like hairs of an ochreous colour. Wings hyaline, fuscous

from the basal nervure to beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Victoria (C. French).

This species does not quite correspond with the characters given

by Ashmead for Planiceps, the fore femora being Jess swollen

and the antenne inserted a little higher. But, until the family

is revised as a whole, I do not consider it advisable to found

new genera.

PEDINASPIS EXULANS, Sp. nN.

@. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, much broader than

long, covering the mandibles. Eyes reaching the base of the

mandibles, their inner margins curved, convergent both towards

the clypeus and the vertex, separated on the vertex by a distance

exceeding the length of the three basal joints of the flagellum ;

posterior ocelli twice as far from each other as from the eyes.

Head much longer than broad, slightly convex, strongly concave

beneath ; the front slightly produced between the antennz, which

are inserted distinctly higher than the base of the eyes; the second

and third joints of the flagellum of about equal length, each

about twice as long as the first. Pronotum nearly as long as the

mesonotum, depressed anteriorly, broader than long, the sides

nearly parallel. Median segment about one-third longer than

broad, the sides parallel, gently sloped towards the apex, the

apical margin very widely emarginate, the angles produced into

spines. Abdomen sessile, the two basal segments the broadest,

the second longer than the first ; second ventral segment without

a transverse groove. Posterior tibiz spined, anterior tarsi without

a comb, tarsal ungues bifid. Second abscissa of the radius as long

as the third, first recurrent nervure received before the middle of

the second cubital cell, second near the apex of the third cubital

cell; transverse median nervure interstitial with the basal nervure ;

cubitus of hind wing originating beyond the transverse median

nervure. Minutely punctured, opaque.

Black, with close cinereous pubescence, which is thickest on the

clypeus and pronotum and forms broad transverse bands on the

apical margins of the abdominal segments. Wings subhyaline,

nervures fuscous. Spines of the tibie whitish.

Length 9-10 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). March.

1910. | FOSSORTAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 339

PEDINASPIS NUDIVENTRIS, Sp. n.

Q. Nearly related to P. exulans, but differs as follows :—the

eyes are rather nearer together at the base than on the vertex,

so that the clypeus is not so broad; the second joint of the

flagellum is slightly shorter than the third and less than twice as

long as the first; the third transverse cubital nervure is much less

oblique; the whole insect is less opaque and almost without grey

pubescence; the spines of the tarsi are pale testaceous; the wings

flavo-hyaline on the basal half, subhyaline at the apex, nervures

fulvous at the base, fuscous at the apex.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). October.

The male has the eyes more nearly parallel, the joints of the

flagellum arcuate beneath, pronotum and median segment shorter,

and abdomen subconical. Antennz fusco-ferruginous ; fore tibize

and tarsi testaceous brown.

CEROPALES LIGEA Bingh.

Ceropales ligea Bingh. Fascic. Malay. Zool. 1. App. 5 (1903), 9.

@. Clypeus more than twice as broad as long, broadly sub-

truncate at the apex; the labrum exposed and narrowly truncate

at the apex. Eyes broadly and rather deeply emarginate ;

posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from each other.

Antenne stout, slightly tapering at the apex; a very delicate

longitudinal sulcus on the front not reaching the anterior ocellus.

Pronotum short, the posterior margin feebly arched, the anterior

angles rounded ; mesonotum with two rather obscure longitudinal

furrows; scutellum convex. Median segment oblique, rather

broader than long, with a short furrow from the base not

reaching the middle. Abdomen ovate, short, not compressed

laterally. Median segment opaque, the remainder of the insect

smooth and slightly shining. Legs long and slender, the posterior

tibiz with minute spines.

Black; labrum, clypeus (except a median black line), inner

margins of the eyes broadly as high as the emargination, outer

margins of the eyes very narrowly, scape beneath, posterior

margin of the pronotum, propleure anteriorly, tegule, post-

scutellum, apical angles of the median segment, coxz, a line on

the anterior and intermediate femora beneath and on the anterior

tibie and tarsi, and a narrow, short, curved band on each side on

the apical margin of the four basal abdominal segments yellowish

white; anterior tibiew fusco-ferruginous; posterior femora

ferruginous. Wings hyaline, with a faint and narrow fuscous

marginal band at the apex, nervures black. Second abscissa of

the radius longer than the third.

Length 6-7 mm.

¢. Asin female, but the head is entirely black, the clypeus and

labrum fuscous, the scape alone marked with white beneath ; the

apical dorsal segment of the abdomen is white.

22%

340 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

Length 6 mm.

Hab. Shwegyin, Tenasserim (Bingham); Mackay, Queensland

(Termiver) onl NS pao P

Australian specimens differ in having the third abscissa of the

radius almost if not quite as long as the second, but not otherwise.

This species is noticed in the ‘ Zoologicai Record’ for 1903 as

Cerceris ligea.

CEROPALES TENUATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10, 2.)

@. Clypeus subtriangular, a little broader than long, broadly

truncate at the apex, the labrum exposed and broadly rounded at

the apex. Eyes converging towards the clypeus, broadly but

very shallowly emarginate ; posterior ocelli rather less than twice

as far from the eyes as from each other. Antennz stout, the

apical joints feebly arcuate beneath ; the front not raised into a

prominence between the antenne. Pronotum short, the anterior

margin straight, not rounded at the angles, the posterior margin

searcely arched; mesonotum with two distinct longitudinal

furrows. Median segment rounded at the sides, rather steeply

sloped, broader than long, with an obscure median sulcus.

Abdomen nearly as long as the head, thorax, and median segment

combined, very strongly compressed laterally. Legs unarmed,

not unusually long. Head opaque, sparsely punctured; thorax

shining, almost smooth ; median segment very finely transversely

striated ; abdomen smooth, slightly shining. Second abscissa of

the radius less than half as long as the third.

Black; labrum, clypeus, front as high as the base of the

antenne, scape, margins of the eyes broadly interrupted on the

summit, prothorax, sternum, a broad band on the mesonotum

from before the middle to the posterior margin, a narrow band

above the tegule, pleura, scutellum (except on the sides and

extreme apex), postcutellum, median segment (except a large black

spot on each side at the base), and the femora beneath yellow ;

first and second abdominal segments, the base of the third, and

the legs (except the posterior tarsi) light testaceous brown. Wings

hyaline, iridescent, nervures fuscous, stigma testaceous brown.

Length 12mm.

Hab. Cairns, Q. (Turner). February.

Fam. SPHEGID4.

Genus ParacraBro Turn.

Paracrabro Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 274

(1907).

This genus is perhaps nearest to Stigmas, but also shows points

of affinity to Pemphredon.

Type of genus, P. froggatti Turn. (Plate XXXII. fig. 11, 9.)

1910.] FCSSGRIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 341

Genus APHELOTOMA Westw.

APHELOTOMA AURIVENTRIS Turn.

Aphelotoma auriventris Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix.

p. 269 (1907), °.

3. As in the female, but the antenne, mandibles, tibiz, and

tarsi are much darker than in the female, the antenne and

mandibles being almost black. The apical segments of the

abdomen are also more withdrawn. The second recurrent

nervure in this species is interstitial with the second transverse

cubital nervure.

APHELOTOMA STRIATICOLLIS, Sp. Nn.

@. Clypeus small, shining ; the labrum prominent and notched

at the apex. Mandibles very sharply bent near the base, the

apical half falcate and acute at the apex, the basal half much

broadened, with a tooth near the middle of the inner margin.

Antenne inserted much further from each other than from the

eyes, filiform; the second joint of the flagellum as long as the

first joint and the scape combined. Head opaque, the front very

finely and indistinctly longitudinally striated ; the immer margin

of the eyes nearly parallel; the posterior ocelli nearer to the eyes

than to each other. Pronotum much narrower than the head,

longer than the mesonotum, longer than broad, finely rugose, the

sides raised and forming marginal carine, two parallel longi-

tudinal carine close together near the middle reaching from the

anterior to the posterior margin. Mesonotum and scutellum

coarsely longitudinally rugose ; propleure finely, mesopleure

coarsely rugose. Median segment very coarsely reticulate, the

sides obliquely striated, vertically truncate posteriorly, longer

than the pronotum, broader than long. Abdomen smooth and

shining, the third and following segments very minutely punc-

tured. First recurrent nervure received beyond two-thirds from

the base of the first cubital cell, second received near one-fifth

from the base of the third cubital cell. The branch nervure from

the first transverse cubital nervure reaching into the first cubital

cell is very short. j

Black; the mandibles and the apical joints of the tarsi beneath

fusco-ferruginous; abdomen shining bronze. Wings fusco-hyaline,

clearer at the apex, with a broad hyaline band crossing the first

cubital cell; nervures fuscous, testaceous in the hyaline band.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. Townsville, Q. (7. P. Dodd). - October.

Near auriventris Turn., but the position of the recurrent

nervures is different ; it also differs in the shape and sculpture

of the pronotum and in colour.

APHELOTOMA AFFINIS, Sp. n.

@. Mandibles shaped very much as in striaticollis, but more

broadly flattened on the basal half and with a small tubercle near

342 MR. R. E, TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

the base on the outer margin. Clypeus small, shining. Second

joint of the flagellum about equal to the scape in length; the

antenne inserted further from each other than from the eyes.

Head opaque, a delicate longitudinal carina below the anterior

ocellus. Pronotum much narrower than the head, longer than

broad, the sides parallel, finely rugulose, the lateral margins

raised, with a longitudinal median suleus. Mesonotum and

scutellum coarsely longitudinally rngose, the mesonotum with

an impressed, obscure, longitudinal line on each side. Median

segment narrowed to the apex and vertically truncate posteriorly,

reticulated, the margins slightly raised and with three rather

obscure carine, the two lateral ones converging towards the apex.

Abdomen smooth and shining. Second recurrent nervure received

close to the base of the third cubital cell,

Black; mandibles and antenne, except the three apical joints,

ferruginous; tegule, tibie beneath, and tarsi fusco-ferruginous.

Anterior wings pale fusco-hyaline, a broad hyaline band crossing

the first cubital cell,

Length 6 mm,

Hab, Townsville, Q. (7. P. Dodd), November.

This may possibly be the female of A. aterrima Turn., but the

sculpture of the thorax is very much coarser in the present species

and the median segment more narrowed to the apex, so | think

it is distinct,

AMMOPHILA (PARAPSAMMOPHILA) EREMOPHILA, sp. n. (Plate

XXXII, fig. 12, g.)

3. Clypeus sparsely and shallowly punctured, very thinly

clothed with long cinereous pubescence, very slightly convex,

with a very faint longitudinal carina not extending to the base

or apex, a little broader than long, the apical margin broadly

truncate. Eyes slightly convergent towards the clypeus, sepa-

rated on the vertex by a distance one-quarter greater than on

the clypeus; the posterior ocelli a little further from the eyes

than from each other, connected with each other behind by a

deeply impressed and feebly arched suleus, Head irregularly and

rather sparsely punctured ; the front clothed with short silver-

white pubescence, with a few long cinereous hairs; a shallow

sulcus running from the anterior ocellus to the base of the

antenng. First joint of the flagellum very short, the second a

little longer than the first and third combined. Pronotum closely

punctured and clothed with long cinereous pubescence, short and

almost vertically sloped anteriorly ; mesonotum closely punctured,

the punctures running into longitudinal strize on the posterior

half. Secutellum and postscutellum rather indistinctly longi-

tudinally striated. Median segment strongly convex, reticulate

on the middle, obliquely striated on the sides. Mesopleurz

coarsely punctured, separated from the metapleure by a deep,

shining, oblique groove, and very sparsely pubescent. Abdomen

shining and almost smooth; the ventral plate of the petiole seen

from above almost as long as the two basal joints of the posterior

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 343

tarsus. Tarsal ungues bidentate at the base, the pulvillus large,

Second cubital cell very short on the radial nervure, not more

than one-third of the length of the third, which is longer on the

radial than on the cubital nervure; the second cubital cell is

nearly twice as long as the third on the cubital nervure and

receives the first recurrent nervure just before the middle, the

second just before the apex.

Entirely black; wings pale flavo-hyaline, clearer towards the

apex, nervures testaceous.

Length 24-25 mm., expanse of wings 32 mm.

Hab, Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier).

Described from two specimens in the British Museum.

SCELIPHRON LH©TUM Sm. st. CYGNORUM st. n.

9. Very near typical letwm, but differs in the following

details : the depression in the middle of the pronotum is much

deeper, the second cubital cell is longer on the radial nervure,

and the yellow markings are absent from the scutellum, post-

scutellum, apex of the median segment, and fourth abdominal

segment; the base of the intermediate femora is marked with

black and the yellow on the pronotum and fifth abdominal

segment is more or less reduced.

Hab. South-Western Australia.

An intermediate form occurs in the north-west, in which the

second cubital cell is of the same shape as in the typical form and

the intermediate femora and postscutellum are coloured as in the

type, the scutellum is also marked with yellow. The typical

form occurs at Hermannsburg, Central Australia, and on the

north and east coasts.

Key to the Australian Species of Sphex.

Pg.

A. Second cubital cell higher than broad ..... Subgenus HaRPAactorus.

a. Wings flavo-hy aline, the apical third pale

fuscoztyalime: nsec eee ane S. sevus Sm.

b. Wings hyaline, clouded at the apex . .... 8. globosus Sm.

18. Pevond cubital cell as broad as high or broader.

. Third abscissa of the radius “half as long as

the second transverse cubital nervure or

nearly; the median segment without a

Stimmalusuleusieyesss nse eee ccmeae noe 3a: Subgenus IsoponTra.

a. Legs ferrnginous..................400.2.4..-..-.. S. abditus Kohl, st. nagenti.

62. Legs black.

a. Petiole much shorter than the basal

joint of the hind tarsi; wings pale

Mayo: hyalinesety..-Aaasthe cceeneeee ce ee S. claviger Sm.

6%. Petiole nearly as long as the basal joint

of the hind tarsi or longer; wings

hyaline or fuscous.

a+. Wings fuscous or fusco- bya

glossed with purple .. S. albohirtus Turn.

b4. Wings hyaline, clouded at the apex,

a, Petiole longer than the basal joint

of the hind tarsi. : S. nigellus Sm.

6°. Petiole scarcely as long as the basal

joint of the hind tarsi ............... 8. obscurellus Sin.

344 MR. R. E.

6. Third abscissa of the radius much less than

half as long as the second transverse cubital

nervure; median segment with a stigmal

sulcus .....

a2, Scutellum divided bya longitudinal sulcus.

a’, Postscutellum bituberculate in the

middle.

a+, Median segment coarsely sila sind

rugose- -carinate AS, ae

64. Median segment not rugose- carinate.

a, Legs and abdomen at the base and

apex ferruginous orange ............

6°. Entirely black.

a®, Pubescence on thorax and median

segment very sparse ...............

68, Pubescence on thorax and median

segment close, white on median

segment, pale golden on meso-

notum, scutellum bare

63. Postscutellum not bituberculate.

a4. Median segment transversely rugose-

carinate ..........

> Aben ai segment. not Tugose-carinate.

Legs and abdomen light ferruginous.

a Legs and abdomen black.

a®,. Mesonotum and median segment

very thickly covered with pile.

a’. The long hairs on the clypeus

LEYS amb aes sugeedteceadceusce sauces

67, The long hairs on the clypeus

golden.

a’, Scutellum strongly convex,

the longitudinal sulcus

rather indistinct ............

68. Seutellum not strongly con-

vex, the suleus distinct......

65, Mesonotum and median segment

rather sparsely pubescent.

a’. Postsentellum divided by a

longitudinal sulcus; wings

flavo-hyaline at the base ......

6’. Postscutellum without a sul-

cus, wings subhyalin>

62. Scutellum without a Y sulcus.

a3, Abdomen black.

a‘. Clypeus notched on the middle of the

anterior margin.

a°. Wings hyaline, clouded at the

apex, the nervures at the base

broadly dark .......

6°, Wings fuscous with a faint. # purple

flush, paler at the apex..

64. Clypeus without a notch

6°, Abdomen steel-blue.

a‘, Wings fuscous with a pnrple flush ...

64, Wings flavo-hyaline with a light tus-

cous border at the apex

S. gilberti has sometimes a very faint

bituberculate.

SpuHex (HARPAcTOPUs) GLoBosus Sm.

TURNER ON THE

[Feb. 15,

Subgenus SpHEX.

. umbrosus Chr.,

. aurulentus Fabr.

decoratus Sin.

. umbrosus Chr.

[narius Sm.

var. carbo-

. rugifer Kolil.

. argentifrons Sim.

- ahasuerus Kohl.

. cognatus Sm.

. vestitus, Sm.

modestus Sm.

. bilobatus Kohl.

. Luctuosus Sm.

| pennis Sm.

. luctuosus Sm., var. faumni-

. ermineus Kohl.

. gratiosissimus D. T.

. gilberti Turn.

line on the scutellum,

and in S. modestws Sm. the postscutellum is sometimes almost

Sphex globosa Sm, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 251 (1856), g 9.

Harpactopus australis Sauss.

(1867), 2.

Reise Novara, Zool.

il. 42

1910.] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 340

I cannot agree with Kohl in treating these forms as different.

The extreme specimens of a series show considerable difference

in the sculpture on the mesopleure, but intermediate forms, of

which the type of globosus is one, seem to occur. The pile on the

sides of the abdominal segments seems to be present in all fresh

specimens, and the brown margin of the abdominal segments

is variable, almost absent in the type. I have not seen any

specimens exceeding 17 mm. in length.

Spuex (Isopont1A) aspirus Kohl, st. NUGENTI, st. n.

@. Differs from the typical form in the following details :—

the second joint of the flagellum is distinctly longer than the

third, the punctures on the thorax are very shallow, the pubes-

cence on the thorax and median segment is black, erect, and

sparse, and the apical joint of the tarsi is ferruginous, leaving

only the coxe and trochanters black on the legs.

Length 19 mm.

Hab. Cairns, Q.

Kohl gives the locality Sikkim, but expresses doubt as to the

correctness of the information. In my opinion abditus is scarcely

distinct from aurifrons Sm. from Aru, the latter species differing

in the testaceous margins of the abdominal segments which are

also slightly pruinose. In Queensland the present form seems to

be very scarce and has not been previously recorded.

SPHEX VESTITUS Sm.

Sphex vestita Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 248 (1856), @.

Sphec pretexta Sm. Brenchley’s Cruise of the ‘ Curagoa,’

p- 461 (1873), @.

Sphex imperialis Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, v. p. 398

(1890), @. ;

This is very near cognatus Sm., but where they occur together

the female cognatus has the wings flavo-hyaline at the base, and

the pubescence on the median segment is much paler in both

sexes. The male genitalia are also different, the eighth ventral

segment being produced into a point in cognatus, whilst in vestitus

it is deeply longitudinally grooved beneath and not pointed ; the

petiole is somewhat longer in cognatws, and it 1s a much smaller

species than vestitus. Kohl gives pretexta as a synonym of

formosus, but this is not correct.

Hab. Gayndah, Q. (Kohl); Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner).

SPHEX COGNATUS Sm.

Sphex cognata Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 248 (1856), ©.

Sphex opulenta Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 250 (1856), ¢.

Sphex formosa Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 254 (1856), ©.

Kohl gives opulenta as a synonym of wmbrosus, but it is quite

distinct from that species.

Hab. Australia (the northern half); Ceram; Semao Isl.

346 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

SPHEX MODESTUS Sm.

Sphe« modesta Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 248 (1856), 2

Sphex dolichocerus Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, v.

p. 390 (1890), 3.

eee bien Kohl, Asin Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, x. p. 62

(1895), 9

As Kohl suggests, his bannitus is undoubtedly a synonym of

modestus, and I consider that dolichocerus is almost certainly the

male of the same species. In all three descriptions the locality

given is only Australia, but there is a series in the British

Museum from Alexandria in the Northern Territory, and it is

also in the collection sent by Mr. Giles from Perth.

SPHEX BILOBATUS Kohl.

Sphex canescens Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 246 (1856), ¢ 2.

Sphex bilobatus Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, x. p. 59

(EOD), 6 Qs

‘The name canescens having been previously used by Dahlbom

is a synonym of S. vidwatus, and Kohl’s name should be used.

Hab. Adelaide (Kohl); Cumberland, N.S.W.

SPHEX GRATIOSISSIMUS Dalla Torre.

Sphex nitidiventris Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. iii

p. 158. n. 4 (1858), 2 (nec Spinola, 1851).

Sphex gratiosus Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. ‘Boee, Zool. iii. p. 158.

n. 6 (1858), 3 (nec Smith, 1856).

Sphex gratiosissimus 1). 'T. Cat. Hym. viii. p. 424 (1897), 3.

Sphex wallacet Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, p. 467, 2.

As gratiosus and nitidiventris are sexes of the same species,

Dalla Torre’s name stands. It is very near resplendens Kohl,

but as I have not seen Amboina specimens I cannot be sure that

they are identical.

CERCERIS GILESI, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 13, ¢.)

@. Clypeus sparsely but rather coarsely punctured, the middle

lobe almost semicircular but broader at the apex than long,

broadly but rather shallowly emarginate at the apex, the angles

of the emargination produced into very short blunt teeth, with

another more acute tooth on each side beyond the emargination.

Antenne inserted near together, separated from the base of the

clypeus by a distance equal to two-thirds of the length of the

middle lobe of the clypeus ; the first joint of the flagellum globular,

the second joint a little longer than the third, the apical joint

subconical, a little longer than the tenth. Inner margins of the

eyes slightly divergent towards the clypeus, separated from each

other at the nearest point by nearly two and a half times the

length of the scape. Posterior ocelli about half as far again from

the eyes as from each other. The whole insect coarsely and

closely punctured ; the punctures on the mesonotum more or less

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA, 347

confluent longitudinally. The triangular space at the base of the

median segment is almost smooth in the middle and at the apex,

obliquely striated at the basal angles and divided by a deep

longitudinal median sulcus. Petiole short, nearly twice as broad

as long; pygidial area elongate-ovate, truncate at the apex,

coarsely punctured at the base, smooth at the apex.

Black; the clypeus, interantennal carina, mandibles, the face

as high as the base of the antenne and extending to the eyes,

only narrowly separated from the interantennal carina, the scape,

flagellum beneath, a broad transverse band narrowly interrupted

in the middle on the pronotum, tegule, a transverse band at the

apex of the scutellum, postscutellum, two basal abdominal seg-

ments, the dorsal surface of the fifth segment, and the legs bright

reddish orange. Wings hyaline, the fore wings clouded with

fuscous along the costa, nervures black.

Length 11 mm.

3. Differs from the female in the form of the clypeus which

is longer and not emarginate at the apex, the narrower front and

the more nearly parallel sides of the pygidial area, which is also

more strongly punctured towards the apex. The fifth, sixth, and

seventh dorsal segments are orange—not only the fifth, as in the

female—and the clypeus and front are yellow.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H. WM. Giles). December.

CERCERIS MINUSCULA, Sp. Nn.

2. Clypeus rather sparsely punctured, the middle lobe broadly

and shallowly emarginate at the apex, not toothed, slightly

narrowed towards the apex, a little shorter than the greatest

breadth. Antenne separated from the base of the clypeus by

about two-thirds of its length; the third joint.of the flagellum

as long as the second, the apical joint stout and subconical, longer

than broad. Posterior ocelli more than half as far again from

the eyes as from each other; inner orbits of the eyes nearly

parallel, separated by a distance equal to more than two and

a half times the length of the scape. The whole insect closely

and deeply punctured, the triangular space at the base of the

median segment transversely striated. Petiole broader than

long, narrowed a little to the base and the apex; pygidial area

elongate-ovate, narrowly rounded at the apex, finely punctured.

Black ; mandibles (except at the apex), clypeus, the sides of the

face broadly as high as the base of the antennz, the scape beneath,

the frontal carina, a transverse spot on each side of the pronotum,

postscutellum, the sides and apex of the third dorsal segment of

the abdomen, the sides of the third ventral segment, and the sides

and apex of the fifth dorsal segment, pale dull yellow ; the scape

above, the flagellum, tegule, petiole, the extreme apical margin

of the second dorsal segment, the base of the third, and the

pygidium, dull ferruginous. Intermediate and anterior tibie

yellow above, posterior tibie yellow beneath; intermediate and

anterior femora, the apex of the posterior femora, the tibie

348 MR. R. F. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

(excluding the yellow parts), and the tarsi ferruginous. Wings

hyaline with a faint fuscous cloud at the apex, nervures black.

Length 7-8 mm.

¢. Similar to the female, but the clypeus is toothed at the

apex and not emarginate, the third joint of the flagellum is

distinctly longer than the second, the striz on the triangular

space at the base of the median segment are less distinct, the

sides of the pygidial area are almost parallel and it is narrowly

truncate at the apex; the sixth dorsal segment and a transverse

band at the base of the second are yellow, the petiole black, the

tegule yellow, and yellow replaces the ferruginous colour on the

anterior and intermediate legs.

Length 6-7 mm.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner); Townsville, Q. (Dodd); Her-

mannsburg, Central Australia (Hillier). February to April.

TACHYSPHEX SUBOPACUS, nom. n.

Tachysphex debilis Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, p. 490 (nec

Perez, 1907).

Key to the Australian Species of Tachytes.

A. Abdomen red or testaceous red.

a. Abdomen red. Head and thorax black, without

[OU ihre Sa iaoaco bat ee Her ons cud as Beebeacose cue con uauccn eho mene mee Maria Una Nitin

6. Abdomen testaceous red. Thorax covered with

Polen ypllehenaee stor each eae EE ECE Cerne T. formosissimus Turn. |

B. Abdomen black.

a. Pile of abdomen golden.

a*, Tibie and tarsi black. Length 20mm. ... .. T. plutocraticus.

62. Tibie and tarsi ferruginous. Lengthl4mm.. JZ. approximatus Turn.

6. Pile of abdomen silver.

a*, Stiff pubescence on pygidial area golden......... T. tarsatus Sm.

62. Pubescence on pygidial area silver ............... ZT. australis Sauss.

IT am not sure that my identification of australis is correct,

the description being poor and of the male only. I have not been

able to recognise 7’. tachyrrhostus Sauss., of which the male only

has been described. 7’. australis Sauss. 1854 seems to be a Larra

and certainly does not belong to Tachytes.

TACHYTES TARSATUS Sm.

Tachytes tarsatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 297 (1856), 2.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q@. Also from India.

I think I am correct in my identification of this species, but I

have not seen the type, and the species run very close in this genus.

TACHYTES PLUTOCRATICUS, Sp. n.

@. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, finely and

closely punctured, the apical margin strongly raised, with a

narrow transverse depression before it. Head and clypeus

clothed with rather long, close, cinereous pubescence, which

changes to silver-white in some lights; the head finely and

1910. | FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 349

closely punctured. Second joint of the flagellum almost as long

as the first and third combined. Eyes separated on the vertex

by a distance almost equal to the length of the second joint of

the flagellum. Thorax very finely and closely punctured; the

mesonotum margined with shining silvery pubescence on the

sides above the tegule; the scutellum with a delicate median

sulcus. Median segment very delicately punctured-rugulose,

narrowed to the apex and very steeply sloped posteriorly, with a

large triangular puncture at the apex and a longitudinal sulcus

on the posterior slope, the dorsal surface thinly clothed with

cinereous pubescence, the sides and the mesopleure more closely

clothed with greyish-white pubescence. Six spines on the basal

joint of the anterior tarsi, including the apical spine. Abdomen

clothed with rather pale golden pile, thickest and brightest on a

broad band at the apex of each segment and on the pygidial area,

which is elongate-triangular, very narrowly rounded at the apex.

The third cubital cell is very long on the cubital nervure,

approaching as near as half its own length to the outer margin

of the wing, and about equal in length to the second on the

radial nervure.

Black; the tegule, the spines of the tibie and tarsi, and the

apical margin of the abdominal segments (broadly on the dorsal,

very narrowly on the ventral surface) testaceous. Wings pale

flavo-hyaline, nervures pale ferruginous.

Length 19 mm.

Hab. Townsville, Q. (7. P. Dodd). January.

This fine species is nearly related to monetarius Sm., from

which it differs in the narrower pygidial area, the greater length

of the third cubital cell on the cubital nervure, and the paler

colour of the wings and of the pile on the abdomen. The sulcus

on the scutellum is absent in the type of monetariws, which is from

North India. The species has a wide range in Africa, but in

specimens I have seen from West Africa the eyes approach each

other more closely on the vertex than in the typical form, and

the pygidial area is narrower as in the Australian species.

SPHODROTES CYGNORUM, sp. n.

@. Mandibies very deeply and rather widely excised on the

outer margin. Clypeus very broadly rounded anteriorly. Head,

thorax, and abdomen closely and coarsely punctured, the punctures

on the abdomen finer than on the thorax. Inner margins of the

eyes diverging very slightly towards the clypeus; posterior ocelli

nearly as far from each other as from the eyes; the posterior

margin of the head broadly emarginate. Pronotum much

narrower than the head, narrowed and steeply sloped anteriorly.

Median segment much broader than long, very coarsely rugose,

longitudinally striated at the base, almost vertically truncate

posteriorly, the surface of the truncation coarsely rugose, the

sides of the segment coarsely obliquely striated. Abdomen broad

at the base, narrowed and pointed at the apex, the first segment

350 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE [ Feb. 15,

rounded at the anterior angles, the second segment very large, a

little broader than the first; the apical segments narrowing

rapidly; the sixth segment small, narrowly triangular, pointed

and sparsely punctured, smooth and shining beneath.

Opaque black; the legs (except the coxz), the tegule, and the

apex of the scape ferruginous; mandibles fuscous. Wings

hyaline, clouded with fuscous, nervures fuscous.

Flagellum missing. The neuration is as in Kohl’s figure of

S. punctuosus, but the third cubital cell is much shorter on the

radial nervure, the third abscissa of the radius being little more

than half as long as the third transverse cubital nervure; the

radial cell is rounded at the apex, not appendiculate.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. Claremont, W. A. (H. MW. Giles).

Very near punctwosus Kohl, which was described from a male,

and I should have hesitated to separate the present species but

for the marked difference in the shape of the third cubital cell,

which is not likely to be sexual.

Nysson (ACANTHOSTETHUS) OBLITERATUS, Sp. 0.

3. Clypeus produced in the middle over the mandibles and

truncate at the apex, strongly transversely depressed at two-

thirds from the base, the depressed apical portion microscopically

punctured, the raised basal portion sparsely punctured and pro-

duced at the apical angles into very short carine bordering the

depressed portion at the base. Eyes converging towards the

clypeus, separated on the vertex by a distance at least half as

great again as that separating them on the clypeus; the posterior

ocelli as far from each other as from the eyes. Head rather

shallowly punctured-rugose, covered with short white pubescence,

close on the clypeus, sparse elsewhere; a transverse carina on the

front, nearer to the base of the antenne than to the anterior

ocellus, not reaching the eyes, slightly pointed in the middle and

produced into a strong longitudinal carina reaching to the base

of the clypeus. Antenne gradually thickened to the apex, the

second joint of the flagellum the longest, a little longer than the

apical joint. Thorax coarsely punctured-rugose, the anterior

margin of the pronotum broadly arched, the anterior angles of

the propleure with a minute spine. Scutellum and median

segment longitudinally striate-rugose; the scutellum almost flat ;

the apical angles of the median segment produced into stout

spines, the surface of the posterior truncation longitudinally

striated at the base, then reticulate; the sides of the segment

indistinctly obliquely striated. Abdomen ovate, broadly truncate

at the base, rather closely punctured, coarsely on the basal

segment, more finely on the second and third segments, the

punctures on the apical segments more or less confluent longi-

tudinally ; the apical dorsal segment much broader than long,

rather narrowly truncate at the apex.

Opaque black; the first dorsal segment of the abdomen dull

1910.| - FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. By ayIl

ferruginous; a short transverse line on each side at the apex

of each of the three basal dorsal segments yellowish white ;

mandibles, apex of the scape, anterior tibie and tarsi, and the

apical joints of the posterior tibie and tarsi ferruginous brown ;

the depressed apex of the clypeus testaceous. Wings pale fusco-

hyaline, nervures black.

The second cubital cell is petiolate; second recurrent nervure

interstitial with the first transverse cubital nervure.

Length 9 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. IM. Giles).

This seems to differ too much from basalis Sm. to be the

opposite sex of that species; the second cubital cell in basalis is

pointed on the radial nervure but not petiolate, and the sculpture

differs considerably.

BEMBEX CURSITANS Handl.

Bembex cursitans Hand. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii. p. 762

(1893), 3 Q.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles).

BEMBEX FURCATA Erichs.

Bembex furcata Erichs. Arch. f. Naturges, viii. 1, p. 266 (1842).

Hab. The southern coast of Australia from Perth to Sydney ;

Tasmania.

BEMBEX FLAVIVENTRIS Sim.

Bembex flaviventris Sm. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 299

(1873), 5 Q.

? Bembex calearina Hand. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii.

p. 754 (1893), 3.

The dilated spur of the anterior tibize in flaviventris answers

well to Handlirsch’s figure. The type answers to the description

of calcarina, but none of the bands on the six basal dorsal

segments are interrupted and the postscutellum is also banded

with colour. Handlirsch does not notice the structure of the

apical joint of the intermediate tarsi, which is very slender at the

base, long, and broadened at the apex.

BEMBEX MACKAYENSIS, Sp. Nn.

g. Clypeus strongly convex, not flattened in the middle.

Antenne inserted as near to each other as to the eyes, the apical

joint of the flagellum curved at the apex, joints 8-11 very feebly

spined beneath. Hyes very slightly divergent towards the

clypeus. Anterior tarsi normal, the basal joint with six spines

on the outer margin; intermediate femora not serrate, the spurs

of the intermediate tibie distinct. Seventh dorsal segment of

the abdomen narrowly rounded at the apex, the sides slightly

sinuate; second ventral segment with a large, curved, longitudinal

tubercle which is broadly truncate at the apex; sixth segment

armed with a large, flattened, triangular plate; seventh small,

352 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE Feb. 15

’

with a longitudinal carina; eighth segment with a well-developed

apical spine. Finely and closely punctured; the head, thorax,

and base and sides of the abdomen covered with short grey

pubescence, the second ventral segment shining and more sparsely

punctured.

Black; the labrum (except on the sides and apex), the apical

half of the clypeus, an obscure curved line on each side of the

ocelli, the anterior and intermediate tarsi, tibie above, femora at

the apex above, base of the posterior tibize and the outer orbits

of the eyes very narrowly yellow; a narrow curved band, broadly

interrupted in the middle on dorsal segments 2—5, and a spot on

each side of the second and third ventral segments whitish.

Wings hyaline, nervures fuscous. One very short vein springs

from the apex of the median cell of the hind wing.

Length 12 mm.

©. Sixth dorsal segment very narrowly rounded at the apex,

sparsely punctured and without a median area. Clypeus black,

the apical margin very narrowly yellow; labrum yellow, black at

the extreme apex; scape beneath, posterior margin of the pro-

notum, propleure, a spot on the mesopleurz, a short narrow line

on each side of the disc of the mesonotum, and a small spot on

each side of the scutellum yellow; a transverse spot on each side

of the first abdominal segment and a minute one on each side

nearer the middle dull creamy white. Otherwise marked as in

the male, but the abdominal bands are broader.

Hab. Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Zurner). 33,192. October

and December. .

Very near tuberculiventris Turn., but in that species the

anterior tarsi have eight spines and the seventh ventral segment

is different. The colour also differs considerably, especially on

the ventral surface of the abdomen, which is black in the present

species. Also allied to flavipes Sm.

BEMBEX FLAVIPES Sim.

Bembex flavipes Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 325 (1856), ©.

3. The seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth joints of the flagellum

are slightly produced at the base beneath, the eleventh is

broadened and flattened above and produced into a tubercle

beneath, the apical joint is sharply curved and terminates in an

acute spine. The three basal joints of the anterior tarsi are

broadened, but not strongly so. The tubercle of the second

ventral segment is truncate at the apex, resembling that of

B. tuberculiventris Turn. in form, and the sixth ventral segment

is armed with a triangular plate. Intermediate femora not

serrate. The clypeus is white and is very prominent at the base,

then almost vertically truncate to the apex, the extreme base is

black.

Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner). $ 2. October.

Allied to the group musca Handl., and most nearly related to

tuberculiventris Turn.

1910. | FOSSORTAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 353

BEMBEX LITTORALIS Turn.

Bembea: littoralis 'Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, p. 502, 3.

This is very near &. musca Handl. and may prove to be

identical, but the antenne in muasca seem to be rather different.

The species in this group seem to be very close to each other.

BEMBEX ATRIFRONS Sm.

Bembex atrifrons 8m. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 327 (1856), 2.

¢ Bembex flavilabris Sm. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 299

(1873), @.

I can see no difference between atrifrons and flavilabris, except

in the greater development of the markings on the latter.

The male has the labrum black; the eighth joint of the

flagellum slightly produced at the base, the three following joints

feebly spined beneath at the apex; anterior tarsi with a row of

well-developed black lobes on the outer margin; intermediate

femora emarginate and serrate in the middle beneath; second

ventral segment with a large, compressed, curved, longitudinal

tubercle, third segment with a faint longitudinal carina, sixth

segment unarmed.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (4. WW. Giles). December and

January.

BEMBEX FUNEBRIS, Sp. Nn.

$. Mandibles with one tooth on the inner margin; labrum

longer than the mandibles, shining, very finely and sparsely

punctured. Clypeus convex, with very short, fine pubescence.

Antenne inserted as far from the eyes as from each other; the

second joint of the flagellum about half as long again as the

third, the seventh emarginate at the apex beneath, the eighth

with a small spine at the base beneath; a low longitudinal carina

between the antenne. Inner margins of the eyes almost parallel,

diverging very slightly towards the clypeus. Basal joint of the

anterior tarsi not thickened, feebly lobed on the outer margin,

with seven spines; intermediate femora rather feebly serrate

beneath. Abdomen rather slender; the second ventral segment

with a compressed, moderately elevated, longitudinal tubercle,

not curved at the apex; the third segment subcarinate longi-

tudinally ; seventh and eighth segments longitudinally carinate,

the eighth with a short apical spine. Seventh dorsal segment

broad, very broadly rounded at the apex. Finely and closely

punctured.

Black ; a spot at the base of the scape, the tibize beneath, the

anterior tarsi beneath at the base, and the femora beneath at the

apex pale yellow. A very short and very narrow transverse

band, sometimes entirely absent, on each side of the second and

third dorsal segments pale greenish grey. Wings hyaline, tinged

with fuscous, nervures black.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1910, No. XXIII. 23

354 MR. R. E. TURNER ON THE ~ [ Feb. 15,

There is a delicate, longitudinal, median carina on the anterior

half of the mesonotum.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. W. Giles). 3 $. January.

Very near airifrons Sm., but differs in the more even serration

of the intermediate femora, which in this species is continued

from the apex almost to the base, whereas in atrifrons the apical

half is not serrate and the extreme base is rather abruptly

broadened and also smooth. In atrifrons the lobes of the basal

joint of the anterior tarsi are more strongly developed and the

seventh dorsal segment is more narrowly rounded at the apex.

BEMBEX AUREOFASCIATA, Sp. nh. (Plate XXXIT. fig. 14, 3.)

6. Mandibles with one tooth on the inner margin; labrum

longer than mandibles, smooth, and without a suleus. Clypeus

convex, somewhat flattened in the middle, covered with very

short, delicate, white pubescence. Inner margins of the eyes

parallel; the antenne inserted a little further from each other

than from the eyes, the scape rather stout; second joint of the

flagellum nearly as long as the third and fourth combined, none

of the joints emarginate, spined, or hollowed. Anterior tarsi not

thickened ; the basal joint with six spines on the outer margin

including the two apical spines, the outer margin very feebly

lobed and narrowly margined with black; intermediate femora

serrate beneath ; intermediate tibiz with the apical spines well

developed. First ventral segment with a longitudinal carina at

the base; the second segment with a very strong longitudinal

carina, which is rounded, curved, and very prominent at the apex,

very similar in shape to that of B. museca Handl. Sixth ventral

segment not modified, the eighth ending in an acute apical spine.

Seventh dorsal segment rounded at the apex. Closely and finely

punctured; the head, thorax, and base of the abdomen with

cinereous pubescence.

Black; the mandibles (except at the apex), labrum, clypeus,

the extreme base of the scape, pronotum, tegule, the scutellum

(except in the middle), postscutellum, femora, tibiee and tarsi, a

broad band at the base of the first dorsal segment of the abdomen,

a narrow band at the apex of the first ventral segment, a broad

band on the middle of the second segment above and beneath

marked with a small black spot on each side on the dorsal surface,

and a narrower band emarginate on each side anteriorly on the

third dorsal segment, orange-yellow. Wings pale fusco-hyaline,

clear hyaline at the apex, nervures fuscous.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (H. MW. Giles). January.

Allied to B. atrifrons Sm., but in that species the seventh and

eighth joints of the flagellum are not normal and there is a

seventh spine on the basal joint of the anterior tarsi; the colour

is very different, being in awreofasciata of the orange shade which

is characteristic of many Australian Aculeates, but which does not

occur, so far as I know, in any other species of Bembex.

1910. ] FOSSORIAL WASPS OF AUSTRALIA. 355

Genus AucHENOPHORUS Turn.

Auchenophorus Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 270

(1907).

I was quite wrong in considering this genus as in any way

related to the Ampulex section of the family. The true affinity

is with Vitela, with which the neuration agrees fairly well, but

the radial cell is not appendiculate and the cubitus of the hind

wing originates further from the transverse median nervure; in

these points agreeing with WVitelopterus Ashm. In that genus,

however, the mandibles are deeply emarginate on the outer

margin. The species of Auchenophorus resemble Mutillide, with

which the female of A. fulvicornis was taken at Cairns, running

on the ground with closed wings in localities where females of

Ephutomorpha were plentiful.

Type of genus, A. coruscans Turn. (Plate XXXII. fig. 15,2.)

PisON PERPLEXUM Sm.

Pison perplecus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 314 (1856), ¢.

2. Clypeus rather strongly advanced in the middle anteriorly,

the anterior margin undulating at the sides, the produced apical

portion smooth, the remainder closely and finely punctured.

Head opaque, very minutely punctured, with a short longitudinal

carina on the front; the eyes half as far again from each other on

the clypeus as on the vertex; antenne inserted nearer to each

other than to the eyes; the second joint of the flagellum scarcely

longer than the third. Pronotum rounded at the anterior angles.

Thorax very finely and closely punctured. Median segment very

finely and closely obliquely striated, punctured between the strie,

a longitudinal sulcus from the base to the apex in which lies a

low carina. Abdomen opaque, very minutely punctured, the

segments depressed on the apical margin and bordered with fine

silver pubescence. Second cubital cell half as high as the third,

receiving the two recurrent nervures near the base and very

close to the apex.

Black; the tegule testaceous at the apex. Wings fusco-

hyaline; nervures black.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. South Perth, W. A. (7. MW. Giles). January.

Easily distinguished from the allied species by the shape of the

clypeus, which is broadly rounded in fuscipenne Sm., and much

less produced in spinole Shuck. The type is a male in which the

second joint of the flagellum is much longer than the third. The

clypeus of the male is produced into a point; but I think I am

right in placing the female described above with perplexum.

Pison ARGENTATUM Shuck.

Pison argentatum Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1837, p. 79.

Pison ignavum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, p. 511.

The median segment in ignavum is more strongly striated than

in the typical form, but the difference is not sufficient to be of

full specific value.

Dah

306 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUYTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratTE XXXI.

Fig. 1. Rhagigaster corrugatus, sp.n. | Fig. 9. Pogonothynnus vestitusSm. 6.

: 10. Pogonothynnus vestitus Sm. 2.

2. Rhagigaster corrugatus, sp. 1. ll. Zaspilothynnus radialis, sp. n.

3. Hirone ferrugineicornis, sp. Nn. 12. Zaspilothynnus gilesi, sp. n.

A. Gymnothynnus (?) trianguli- | 13. Zaspilothynnus gilesi, sp. n.

ceps, sp.n. &. | ;

5. Hemithynnus petulans Sm. 6. | 14. Zaspilothynnus clelandi, sp. n.

6. Hemithynnus petulans Sm. &. :

7. Oncorrhinus xanthospilus 15. Zaspilothynnus clelandi, sp. n.

Shuck. 2. :

8. Aolothynnus crenulatus, sp. 0.

é.

Prate XXXII.

Fig. 1. Hphutomorpha gilesi, sp.n. 6. | Fig. 9. Planiceps aureovestitus, sp. 1.

2. Ephutomorpha gilesi, sp.n. 2. .

3. Ephutomorpha perelegans, 10. Ceropales tenuatus, sp.n. °.

sp-n. 9. 11. Paracrabro froggatti Turn. ¢.

4. Anthobosca gilesi, sp.n. 6. 12. Ammophila (Parapsammo-

5. Pseudagenia fasciata Fabry. 2. phila) eremophila, sp.n. 6.

6. Cryptocheilus darwiniti, sp. 1. 13. Cerceris gilesi, sp.n. 3

; 14. Bembex aureofasciata, sp. n.

7. Anoplius atavus, sp.n. 2. :

8. Anoplius senex, sp.n. 9. 15. Auchenophorus coruscans

Tum. &.

2. Descriptions of new Lycanipa and Hesperupa from

Tropical West Africa. By Haminron H. Druce,

F.L.S., F.Z.8., &.

[Received December 13, 1909. ]

* (Plates XX XIII._XXXV.* and Text-fig. 36.)

The following descriptions are of new forms of butterflies

contained in the rich collections recently made by Mr: G. L.

Bates in the Cameroons and by Mr. P. Landbeck in the upper

Kasai district of the Congo.

LYCHNID2.

TELIPNA TRANSVERSTIGNA, sp. n. (Plate X XXIII. fig. 2, 9.)

Female. Upper side: both wings dark orange-red with black

apices and margins. Fore wing with a large pure white subapical

patch. Under side pale brownish yellow, with the usual black

markings and white spots, and in addition to these on the hind

wing, arising from the base and from the anal margin near the

base, are two prominent black bars running almost at right angles

to the black costal bars.

Expanse 2,15 inches.

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 378.

Je, Asis), WS) INO), TEAL OXOIMUL.

Horace Knight delet lith. West,Newman chr.

TROPICAL W. AFRICAN LYCA;NIDA:.

i) ZnS WS) NO), Tell, 2OOCVE

Horace Knight delet lith. West,Newman chr.

TROPICAL W. AFRICAN LYCA{ NIDA.

2 Zt. hulOh IPL 2O.O0Y,

Horace Knight del.et lith. West,Newman chr.

TROPICAL W.AFRICAN LYCA;NIDA AND HESPERIIDA.

1910.] FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 357

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet season

(G. L. Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

The markings on the under side of the hind wing give this

‘insect a very different appearance from any other described in the

genus.

PENTILA PARDALENA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 1, 3.)

Male. Upper side: both wings pale yellow, darker towards the

base, heavily spotted with black over the cellular and discal areas ;

apex and outer margins broadly black, containing rows of pale

yellow spots. Under side clear pale yellow, darker on the hind

wing and towards base of fore wing. JDiscal and cellular black

spots as above, except on the hind wing where there are several

additional black basal spots. The apex and outer margin have a

marginal and a submarginal row of large elongated black spots

running alternately.

Expanse 1,%5 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (@. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

This is a more heavily spotted form than Pentila christina

Suffert* (a photograph of the type of which I have before me) and

the ground-colour below is clear, not speckled as in that insect.

PENTILA INCONSPICUA, sp.n. (Plate X XXIII. fig. 3, 9.)

Female. Upper side: allied to Pentila petrea Hew., paler and

without the reddish tinge. In the fore wing the dark apical

border is much broader, and there is an additional black spot

on the disc situated near the base of cell 2. On the hind wing

there is trace of a submarginal row of small black spots situated

between the veins, which in some specimens is clearly indicated.

Under side: differs from that of P. petrea by the addition of the

black spot in cell 2, by the absence of the two black spots at the

angle in the fore wing, and by the submarginal row of spots

on the hind wing being placed further in from the margin.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State, Uganda.

Type, Mus. Druce.

This insect is even paler than P. preussi Staud., a large series

of which we have received from the same locality.

The British Museum collection contains six specimens from

Entebbe, Uganda.

PENTILA PARADOXA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 4, 3.)

Male. Upper and under sides: both wings semitransparent,

creamy white, without markings. Basal third cf costal margin of

fore wing on both surfaces grey. When held at an angle the

whole of the upper and under surfaces is suffused with a greenish

* Pentila christina Suttert, ‘ Iris,’ xvi. p. 45 (1904).

358 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

opalescence which is most pronounced over the discal areas.

Abdomen black above, pale brown below; legs pale brown, trans-

parent. Antenne black.

Expanse 13 inch. ‘

Hab, Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season

(G@. L. Bates). i

Type, Mus. Druce.

Described from two specimens which are identical. It is

allied to P. tirza Hew.* which has a black costal margin and

apex.

rthe wings of this insect are so transparent that it is possible

to read the printed locality label through them.

PENTILA BITJE, sp.n. (Plate XXXITI. fig. 5, ¢.)

Male. Upper side: both wings uniform pale cream; semi-

transparent. Fore wing with the apex narrowly fuscous, and the

costal margin dusted with fuscous scales; three clearly defined

circular black spots on the disc, placed as follows: one in the

centre of the cell; oneat the end of the cell, and one in cell 2 rather

before its middle. Hind wing also with three black spots, placed,

one on the costal margin before the middle, above the cell, one

at the end of the cell, and one in cell 2 near its base. Cilia

concolorous with wings. Under side as above excepting that the

fore wing is without the dark apex and that the whole area of

both wings is slightly dusted with fuscous scales. Abdomen

fuscous above, pale below. Palpi and legs ochreous.

Female. Marked exactly as the male.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry and wet

seasons (G. L. Bates).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Described from seven specimens. “The black spot in cell 2 of

the hind wing is very minute in several examples, and in two is

entirely wanting, but on one wing only.

There is also a specimen in the British Museum from the

Cameroons.

MIMACRHA LANDBECKI, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 7 g,

8 2.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing dull blackish brown, with the

inner marginal area brownish ochreous, shading paler and

decreasing in width to vein 4. A pale yellow, slightly ochreous

edged, subapical band placed rather more than half-way

between the end of the cell and the apex and crossed by the

brown nervules. Hind wing brownish ochreous, gradually

merging into a brownish black apical and outer marginal area ;

inner margin, excepting extreme edge which is pale yellow, fuscous.

Under side: fore wing—costal area to subapical band black,

* Pentila tirza Hew., Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 125 (1873).

1910.] FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 359

inner marginal area broadly ochreous; apical area with the veins

and interspaces dusted with rows of ochreous scales. Hind wing:

ground-colour blackish brown, thickly dusted with reddish

ochreous scales over the cellular and basal areas, and arising from

the cell are a number of narrow ochreous lines composed of

dusted scales, which before they reach the margin become divided

into two, The basal area supports ten deep black spots, most of

which are distinctly ringed with ochreous; one is placed at the

extreme base, two are above the cell, two in the cell, another

partly closing the cell, and four below. Palpi black. Head

black, with the eyes white-ringed. Abdomen ochreous fuscous,

with a black spot on each segment below. Legs black with white

spots. Antenne black.

Female. Differs from the male in that the subapical band on the

fore wing is the same shade of reddish ochreous as the inner

marginal area and the hind wing. On the fore wing the ochreous

area 1S more compact, and does not extend so near to the base,

and on the hind wing the dark apical area is much broader and

the conspicuous dusting of the male is absent, whilst the veins

for some distance into the dark area are ochreous, those in the

male being fuscous well into the ochreous area. On the under

side it differs only from that of the male by the less extensive

ochreous area and the concolorous subapical band on the fore

wing.

Expanse, male 22 inches, female 2,5 inches.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Types, Mus. Druce. |

I thought this might be J. darwinia Butl.,* the figure of which

appears to be a female, but it is entirely without the yellow fascia

on the hind wing below described by Dr. Butler. The type of

M, darwinia is now in the Tring Museum.

Although obviously Acreeine in appearance I am unable to find

any species in that group which it is exactly like.

PSEUDERESIA MINIUM, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 6 g,7 2.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing uniform dark blackish brown,

without markings. Hind wing bright orange-red with the apex

and outer margin broadly and evenly dark brown; the inner

margin is narrowly and evenly dark brown. The basal area

has several elongate dark brown markings, some of which are

confluent. Cilia whitish, brown at the termination of the nervules.

Under side: both wings silvery brown, with the central areas

shading to dark brown. Fore wing with a brown mark in the

middle of the cell and another, larger, at the end. Hind wing

with several small red spots near the base, and a curved

discal band of five bright red spots, commencing on the costa

and reaching almost to the inner margin. Thorax and abdo-

men black above, paler below. Legs black, with white spots.

* Mimacrea darwinia Butl. Lep. Ex. p. 104, pl. 38. fig. 8 (1872). Sex not stated.

360 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 15,

Palpi fuscous, with black tips. Antenne black with white

spots.

nent Upper side: differs from the male by the inner

marginal area being heavily marked with orange-red, up to

and beyond the end of the cell, to which are joined two orange

patches, one in the cell, the other just beyond. On the under

side, the orange-red patch is divided by a large brown spot;

otherwise as above. Hind wing as in male.

Expanse, male 1,3, inch, female 15 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Allied to Pseuderesia isca Hew.,* but differently marked.

PsEUDERESIA RUTILO, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 9, 3.)

Male. Allied to the preceding P. miniwm, but much smaller.

Upper side differs from that species by the inner margin of hind

wing being broadly bordered with dark brown blotches from the

base to the anal angle. The under side differs from that of

P. minium by the brown shading over the central areas being

more extensive and by the possession of one red spot on the

discal area of the hind wing, placed at the end of the cell.

There are also several minute red dots near the base and one

in cell 1.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet season

(G. L. Bates). .

Type, Mus. Druce.

This may prove to be a variety of P. miniwm, but the under

side of the hind wing is so differently marked that for the present

I prefer to consider it distinct. It is also a much smaller insect.

PSEUDERESIA RUSSULUS, sp. n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 8, 3.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing clear orange-red ; the basal and

apical areas broadly dark brown, tapering to a point at the angle.

Cell wholly dark brown. Hind wing clear orange-red, a black

streak partially closing the cell; basal, inner and outer marginal

borders rather broadly dark brown. Cilia of fore wing brown, of

hind wing whitish between the nervules. Under side: fore

wing—costa, apex and outer margin dull brownish yellow, dusted

with dark brown scales, thickest on the veins; basal area black,

with several deeper spots in the cell; discal area orange-red,

becoming paler towards the inner margin; a subapical black

band reaching across the wing. Hind wing brownish yellow,

dusted with brown along the costa; basal area with eight distinct

black spots of varying sizes; an irregular submarginal black

band enclosing a row of whitish triangular lunules, and a marginal

row of yellow lunules. Thorax and abdomen brown above,

* Liptena isca Hew., Exot. Butt. v. Pent. & Lipt. pl. 2. figs. 14-16 (1878). °

1910. | FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 361

yellowish below. Legs black with white spots. Palpi black,

with white hairs.

Expanse 15% inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Not very nearly allied to any other species of the genus.

LARINOPODA SPUMA, sp. n. (Plate XX XITI. fig. 12, 3.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing cream-colour, darker than

L. lircea Hew.*, with the costa very narrowly and the apex and

outer margins rather broadly and unevenly blackish brown; a

slight indication of a blackish-brown tooth on the costa opposite

the end of the cell. Hind wing cream, with the black spots of

the under side showing through; outer margin rather broadly

blackish brown, inwardly dentate. Cilia of both wings creamy.

Under side cream-colour ; fore wing with the apex and outer

margin blackish brown as on upper side, the costa, from the base

to the clearly defined black tooth on the costa, dusted with

blackish brown. Hind wing with outer margin brown as on

- upper side, inwardly bordered with a submarginal row of darker

brown large spots. A small black spot near the centre of cell 1.

Thorax fuscous above. Abdomen cream above and below. Legs

yellow dusted with black scales. Palpi yellow tipped with black.

Female. Differs from the male by the dark margins of both

wings being narrower and paler on both surfaces.

Expanse, male 1,5, female 14 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry and wet seasons

(G. L. Bates).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Described from eight specimens. Amongst the wet season

examples is a female in which the dark outer margin of the hind

wing on both surfaces is reduced to an anteciliary line, and on

the under side the submarginal row of spots is almost obsolete as

also is the dark apex to the fore wing. May prove to be a form

of L. lircea.

LarinopoDA EMILIA Suffert.

Larinopoda emilia Suffert, ‘ Ivis, xvii. p. 48 (1904); H. H.

Druce, Ill. Afr. Lye. pl. i. figs. 1, 1 a (1910).

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet and dry seasons

(G. L. Bates); Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

We have a series of eighteen specimens from the above localities

which agree exactly with an excellent photograph of the type of

L. emilia in the Berlin Museum.

Possibly this is the same as L. hermanst Auriv. +, which I

know only from the description, and if so, the latter name has

priority.

Ab. punctata, 9. Differs from the typical form on the under

* Liptena lircea Hew., Exot. Butt. iit. Pent. & Lipt. pl. 2. figs. 10, 11 (1866).

+ Larinopoda hermansi Auriy. Ofyers. Vet.-Akad. Forh. liii. p. 435 (1896).

362 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

side by the apex of the fore wing being but slightly laved with

brown, and by the possession on the hind wing of an ultramedian

row of black spots varying in intensity and placed between the

veins, continuing on from the usual spot on the costa near the

apex to the inner margin.

It is very difficult to arrive at a correct conclusion with regard

to the insects of this genus. Professor Poulton has recently

received a series from Lagos which contains examples of the

broad bordered form (Z. aspidos mihi), the typical L. lagyra Hew.,

and the form with the submarginal row of spots on the hind

wing below, named by me L. brenda, from Benin. This latter

I am now inclined to consider an aberration. It seems quite

possible that there is only one white variable species of Larinopoda,

as the black cell-spot on the under side of the hind wing of

L. ewrema Plotz is sometimes nearly obsolete, and this spot

constitutes its only distinction, specimens from Sierra Leone and

from Addah having a broad dark border to the hind wing almost

as in LZ. aspidos. It will be interesting to know the result of an

examination of the ancillary appendages.

LiprENA PEROBSOURA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 13, 2.)

Female. Upper side: fore wing pale creamy white, costa, upper

half of cell, apex, and outer margin broadly blackish brown ; a_

small brown spot at the end of the cell. Hind wing pale

creamy white; outer margin pale brown divided by the white

nervules. The black spot of the under side at the end of the cell

showing through the wing. Under side pale creamy white, both

wings dusted with fine brown scales, densest towards costal and

apical margins of fore wing. Outer margins of both wings with

faint submarginal brown lines. Hind wing with an inner line

composed of faint brown lunules; a small brown spot near the

‘apex and three near the base. Apical area of fore wing with two

semicircular faint brown lines much broken. Cilia of fore wing

brown, of hind wing white. Palpi pale yellow. Legs orange.

Expanse 1+ inch. .

Hab. Bitje, Ja viver, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (@. ZL.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce. .

Near to LZ. allwaudi Mabille *, but differently marked.

LIPpTENA NUBIFERA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 14, 3.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing pure white with the apex and

outer margin broadly blackish brown; costal margin narrowly

and evenly blackish brown. A dark brown spot at the end of

the cell joining the costal border. Hind wing: apex and outer

marginal area broadly pale brown; a minute brown spot at the

end of the cell. Cilia of both wings brown. Under side: both

wings much as above, except that there is a clearly defined

* L. alluaudi Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6) x. p. 28, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1890).

1910.] FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 363

submarginal line common to both wings, on the outer margin,

composed of white crescent-shaped lunules. On the hind wing

there is a dark brown spot near the base, and another, larger, at

the end of the cell, and the whole wing is laved with brown,

excepting the costal margin which is broadly white. Thorax

and abdomen brown above, white beneath. Legs and palpi

brown.

Female. Differs from the male only by being rather paler.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G@. L.

Bates).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Not closely allied to any with which I am acquainted.

LIPTENA SUBVARIEGATA ALIQUANTUM, subsp.n. (Plate XXXV.

fie. o57 2 .)

Liptena subvariegata Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i. Lye. Afr.

pl. xi. figs. 3, 4 (1890), ¢.

Male. Differs from the typical form on the under side only.

There are on the disk of the hind wing, three clearly defined

black spots which are wanting in Cameroon specimens; one,

small, near the base in the cell, another, larger, near the end

of the cell, and the third, small, resting on vein | near its

centre. .

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbech).

Type, Mus. Druce.

The female, which is a very different looking insect from the

male, is dull reddish brown on both wings, with dark brown

borders, and the fore wing has a subapical white band divided

into three by the brown veins. On the under side the fore wing

is as on upper side, with the addition of white spots on the

costal and outer margins, whilst the hind wing is marked as in

the male described above.

Received along with two males from Upper Kasai district,

Congo Free State.

Laprena Dm=MON, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 10 ¢, 11 9.)

Male. Upper side uniform dark brown, without markings ;

fore wing slightly tinged with purple. Cilia fuscous. Under side

dark brown; apex of fore wing and outer marginal half of hind

wing paler and with some faint grey shadings. Hind wing with

four orange spots, two in the cell and two in cell 1 near the base,

these latter two centred by black dots. Head, thorax, abdomen,

and palpi dark brown. Legs dark brown with pale spots.

Antenne black with white rings.

Female. Upper side: fore wing dark brown, discal area from

the base bright orange adjoining a large orange patch beyond

end of the cell. An orange spot in the centre of the cell. Hind

wing uniform dark brown, paler than in fore wing, with a few

orange scales dusted over the end of the cell. Under side: fore

364 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

wing coloured as above but paler and without the orange spot in

the cell; outer margin with a row of pale triangular shades,

most prominent towards the apex. Hind wing as in male.

Expanse, male and female, 14 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameron. 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates); Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Described from seven males and one female.

From the description this insect seems to be allied to

L.? o-rubrum Holland*, described by its author as a female.

The female of Z. demon is strikingly different on the fore wing.

MICROPENTILA CINGULUM, sp. n.

Female. Closely allied to Jf. alberta Staud.t, from which it

does not differ on the upper side, but on the under side the hind

wing carries a submarginal row of crescent-shaped lunules in

place of a wate line.

Expanse 58; inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

NEAVEIA, gen. n.

Differs from Deloneura Trimen by the longer cell in both fore

and hind wings and by vein 5 in the fore wing arising from near

the middle of the end of the cell, consequently the middle disco-

cellular nervule is present. Vein 1 bears a well-marked brand

much as described in Deloneura millari Trimen. The fore tarsi

are undeveloped, not jointed and without claws, and are spinulose

beneath.

Type, V. lamborni, sp. n.

Text-fig. 36.

7 A 7 B

The accompanying woodcuts show the venation of Poultonia

ochrascens Neave, kindly lent to me by Professor Poulton (text-fig.

36 A), and of NVeaveia (text-fig. 36 B).

Mr. Trimen has shown (T. E. 8. 1906) that Pouwltonia sinks to

Deloneura.

* Pseuderesia o-rubrum Holland, ‘ Psyche,’ v. p. 425 (1890).

+ Teriomima alberta Staud. ‘ Iris,’ iv. p. 220 (1891).

1910.] FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 36:

NEAVEIA LAMBORNI, sp.n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 1, ¢.)

Male. Upper side: both wings uniform creamy white with a

faint greenish tinge, slightly opalescent at the base of the hind

wing. The basal half of the costal margin of the fore wing is

pale brown, merging into the blackish-brown apical and outer

margins. Under side pale opalescent greenish white without

markings, but slightly yellowish over the discal area of fore wing.

Cilia of both wings on both surfaces fuscous except towards the

apex of the hind wing, where it is white. Thorax clothed with

white hairs; abdomen yellowish white above and below. Antenne

black with minute white spots. Palpi deep black, shining, second

joint inwardly clothed with pale brown hairs. Legs black with

pale brown patches.

Expanse 1% inch.

Hab. Oni, 70 m. east of Lagos, W. Africa (W. A. Lamborn) *.

Type, Hope Coll., Oxford University Museum.

The specimen described above has a number of small black

spots irregularly placed over the dark apical area of the upper

side of the fore wing, but as those on the right wing are not

placed in the same position as those on the left wing, I am

inclined to believe that they are due to some external cause.

The outer margin of the hind wing has, on both surfaces, a few

brown scales which seem to point to the fact that it has lost,

or is acquiring, a dark marginal border. The insect’s Pierine

appearance is very marked, and Mr, Lamborn is to be congratulated

on a very interesting capture.

EPIToLa BATESI, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 2 ¢,3 9.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing uniform rich blue with the

apical third evenly deep black. Cilia black, white at the angle.

Hind wing uniform rich shining blue, costal margin evenly and

broadly dull black; inner margin dark grey. A black anteciliary

line, slightly thickened at the extremity of the nervules. Cilia

white. Under side silvery ashen grey with pale bluish-grey

markings. Both wings with a marginal anda submarginal row of

crescent-shaped lunules. Fore wing with a central circular band

of markings commencing on the costa where they are small, and

continuing to the anal angle where they become large patches.

Hind wing: discal area covered by a number of small irregular

markings. Thorax and abdomen black above, pale below.

Antenne black above, white-spotted below. Palpi cream, terminal

joint black. Legs black with cream spots.

Female. Upper side: fore wing white with the apex and outer

margin rather broadly blackish brown; basal area including

upper part of cell and costal margin dark grey, more or less

suffused with pale blue scales. Inner margin very narrowly grey

* Tn a letter recently received from Mr. Lamborn he states that he captured this

insect in the wet season, at dusk, on the veranda of his house.

366 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 15,

dusted with pale blue scales. Hind wing uniform dark grey.

Cilia paler. Under side as in male, excepting that the white area

of the fore wing is reproduced as on upper side.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry seasou (G. Z.

ates).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Near to “pitola dorothea Beth.-Baker *, but vein 1 of the fore

wing is not heavily thickened and the shape of the wings is

different, the outer margin of the fore wing being decidedly

concave and the hind wing not angled.

Described from five specimens.

EPITOLA TUMENTIA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 15, 3.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing dark smoky brown; inner

marginal area from base to vein 3 shining blue, not reaching

beyond the wall of the cell. The base of vein 2 is much swollen

almost to the origin of vein 3. Hind wing suffused with shining

blue scales on a smoky ground; costal margin rather broadly, and

outer and inner margins narrowly smoky brown. Under side:

both wings uniform pale nut-brown with a common central fascia

composed of very indistinct greyish spots, beyond which are

dusted some greyish scales. Palpi brown, tipped with black.

Legs brown with cream spots. Abdomen bluish grey above,

brown beneath. Antenne black above, white-spotted below.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Afikpo, N. Nigeria (Reddick).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Remarkable for the swollen vein on the fore wing, which is

more prominent than in any other species of the genus, excepting

perhaps /. cercene Hew.?, to which, as also to H. carcina Hew. f,

it is allied.

EPIroLa NITIDE, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1, ¢.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing rich shining blue with the costa,

apex, and outer margin rather broadly deep black, very narrowly

so towards the anal angle. Vein 1 is evenly thickened and

covered with deep black scales from its base for rather more than

half its length, vein 2 is also thickened and black from its base

to the origin of vein 3. Hind wing rich shining blue with the

costal margin broadly and evenly black, the inner margin dark

grey and the outer margin very narrowly black. Cilia white.

Under side white; both wings with an anteciliary line and two

submarginal rows of crescent-shaped lunules, pale brown. Fore

wing with a pale brown marking closing the cell, beyond which is

* Epitola dorothea Beth.-Baker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiv. p. 227

(1904).

+ Epitola cercene Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 150 (1878).

*~ Hpitola carcina Hew. 1. ec. (1873).

1910. | . FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 367

a crescent-shaped short band composed of pale brown linear

markings. The discal area of the hind wing is marked by a

number of pale brown striz irregularly placed. The apical area

of the fore wing 1s slightly clouded. Thorax black above, white

below. Abdomen black above, dark grey below. Legs white,

dusted and spotted with black. Palpi white, terminal joint, which

is long and slender, black. Antenne black above, white-spotted

below.

Expanse 1,9, inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (4. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

This is a fine insect which has a very straight outer margin

and an acute apex to the fore wing. On the under side it

is marked much like #. goodw Holland*, which seems to be

the same as //. gerina Hewitson t, whose figure is a very poor

one. HH. nitide is a much larger insect with different shaped

wings.

POWELLANA.

Powellana Beth.-Baker, P. Z. 5S. 1908, p. 114.

POWELLANA COTTONI.

Powellana cottoni Beth.-Baker, P. Z. 8. 1908, p. 114, pl. ix.

ee See

Female. Upper side: pale brown with a broad white central

band common to both wings. Fore wing with a white costal

marking above the end of the cell. The basal area of the fore

wing and the whole of the hind wing, except the apex and outer

margin, are dusted with pale violet-blue scales. Under side as

in male.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Mr. G. L. Bates sent a good series of this remarkable insect

from Ja river, Cameroons, some males showing faint traces of

the white central band described in the female.

Dr. Godman’s collection, now in the British Museum, contains

a single female from W. Africa, but the precise locality is not

stated. It has been there for many years.

BATELUSIA, gen. n.

Allied to Powellana Beth.-Baker, from which it differs by veins

10 and 11 in the fore wing arising directly from the cell,. not

stalked from a short stalk as in that genus,

Type, Batelusia zebra, sp. n.

% Epitola goodii Holland, ‘ Psyche,’ v. p. 424 (1890).

+ Epitola gerina Hew. Ill. Exot. Butt., Lye. suppl. p. 19, pl. 18. figs. 13, 14

(1878).

368 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [| Feb. 15,

BATELUSIA ZEBRA, Sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6, 2.)

‘female. Upper: side: both wings creamy white with the dark

lines of the under side showing through. Fore wing with the

apex and outer margin rather broadly and evenly blackish brown.

Cilia of fore wing fuscous, of hind wing pale brown. Under

side creamy white shaded with pale brown, with a series of six

dark brown lines of varying intensity common to both wings.

A faint submarginal line also common to both wings. Cilia pale

brown. Palpi and legs black. Abdomen creamy white.

Expanse 1,%, inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

This curious little insect, which is very Pierine in appearance,

is quite unlike anything known to me.

The type is unique.

LACHNOCNEMA NIVEUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4, 2.)

Female. Upper side: both wings pure white with the costa,

apex, and outer margin dark brown; inner margin rather

narrowly dark brown, especially in hind wing. Basal areas of

both wings slightly suffused with grey. Cilia of both wings

fuscous, whitish above apex of hind wing. Under side: fore

wing pure white, costa narrowly and evenly, apex and outer

margin rather broadly and unevenly grey shaded with reddish

brown. Along the costal and outer margin from the base to

the anal angle is a row of minute black dots and crescents

heavily bordered with silver. Beyond the cell about half-way

to the margin are two confluent, oval, dark brown spots, placed

one above the other, containing silver ocelli. The hind wing is

marked much as in L. bibulus Fab.* 2, but the discal area is

more distinctly white and the central band is more broken and

comparatively smaller. Thorax and abdomen and legs, which

are densely hairy, cream colour. Palpi cream, shading to dark

brown at tips.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. Z.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Described from two specimens which do not differ.

Perhaps nearest to L. busoga Beth.-Baker 7, from Busoga, a

specimen of which is in the British Museum, but quite distinct.

It will be noticed that there are no dark spots closing the cells

in this insect.

LACHNOCNEMA LUNA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 5, 9.)

Female. Upper side: fore wing rich dark brown with an

* Hesperia bibulus Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 807 (17938).

+ Lachnoenema busoga Beth.-Baker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvi.

p. 105 (1906).

1910. | FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 369

ochreous discal band crossed by the brown nervules, commencing

beyond the cell below vein 6 and extending to vein iL above which

it reaches almost. to the base. Cilia distinctly chequered dark

brown and cream. Hind wing ochreous, costal half and outer

and inner margins rather narrowly dark brown ; the veins

crossing the ochreous area are not brown as in fore wing. Cilia

cream, ‘faintly brown at the termination of the nervules.’ Under

side: fore wing much as in the preceding ZL. niveus, but the

discal area yellow suffused with grey scales from the base and

between the nervules, a double brown marking closing the cell.

Hind wing much as in ZL. niveus, but the discal area cream and

all the spots darker brown. Legs and palpi dark fuscous.

Abdomen brown above, dark fuscous below.

Expanse 1,5 inch. :

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G@. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Seems to be allied to LZ. reutlingert Holland *, by the colour

of the upper surface.

LACHNOCNEMA MAGNA.

Lachnocnema magna Auviv. Ent. Tidskr. xvi. p. 209 (1895).

Arrugia umbra Grose Smith, Rhop. Exot. 111. ie liyer, oe U28;

pl. 27. figs. 5, 6 (1901).

Henle, Differs from the male only by being slightly paler

on both surfaces and by the outer margin of the fore w ing being

considerably more convex.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet and dry

seasons (G'. LZ. Bates); upper Kasai district, Congo Free State

(P. Landbeck:).

Mr. Bates obtained a large series of this insect in the

Cameroons which scarcely vary.

RAPALA ANGELITA.

Deudorix angelita Suftert, Tris, xvii. p. 54 (1904).

Deudorix schultzii Auriy. Arkiy Zool. iii. no. 19, p. 2, figs. 37,

38 (1907).

ee makala Bethune-Baker, P. ZS. 1908, p. 111, pl. ix.

fig. 4

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet and dry seasons

(G. LZ. Bates).

An excellent photograph of Suffert’s type (a female) in the

Berlin Museum shows that the above synonymy is correct.

DIoPETES KEDASSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13, ¢.)

Male. Closely allied to D. catalla Karsch Upper side

less brilliant in hue, and with the apical hal ‘outer marginal

* Lachnocnema reutlingeri Holland, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. x. p. 286

(1892).

+ Diopetes catalla Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 318 (1895).

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1910, No. XXIV. 24

370 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,.

areas of the fore wing more broadly black. On the hind wing

all the veins are distinctly black, which is not the case in ). catalla.

On the under side the markings are much as in D. catalla, but

much less prominent.

Female.. On the upper side differs from. D. catalla .g by the.

entire absence of the purple sheen on the basal and discal areas

of both wings. Under side as male but paler.

Expanse, “s 1,4; inch, 2 1} inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., ony season (@. L

Bates). !

Types, Mus. Druce.

This is a smaller insect than D. catalla, ¢ ae long series of which.

together with D. aucta Karsch * were obtained by Mr. Bates at

Bitje. Good photographs of Karsch’s types in the Berlin

Museum have enabled me. to identify these species with

certainty.

DIoPETES PASTEON, sp. n.. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 14, 3.)

Male. Upper side dull purple, brilliant only when held at an

angle; apical third of fore wing and veins of hind wing black.

Under side pale olivaceous brown marked with hes. shades,

but without lines. Fore wing: some white scales'in and at the

end of the cell; the outer margin is broadly shaded with white

and the inner margin is broadly white. Hind wing: discal and

inner marginal area thickly shaded with white; a white spot

on the glandular patch and some whitish shades on the outer

margin. A small black spot near the apex and another, marginal,

surrounded with orange in cell 3. An orange spot with a black

dot at the extreme apex. Thorax and abdomen. purple above,

paler below. Legs brown, white-spotted. Palpi brown with

white’ hairs. Antenne brown spotted ‘with white.

Expanse 1+ inch. :

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates).

- Type, Mus. Druce. i at

The absence of all lines on tine under side at once distinguishes

this insect from its allies.

PsEUDALETIS BATESI, sp.n, (Plate XXXV. fig. 6, 9 3)

Female. Upper ‘side : fore wing white with the apex and

outer, margin ,broadly blackish brown; costal margin narrowly

pale brown, __A brown spot in the ‘middle of ‘the cell and

another, like it, closing the cell. The basal, cellular, and

outer edge iof tie. white discal ‘areas are dusted: with ° yellow

Scales... “Hind -wing. pure white. with, the apex and outer

margin blackish, brown. From the anal angle to vein 2 is an

anteciliar °y DES line inwardly dusted with greyish-blue metallic

* Diopetes aucta, Karsch, Ent. Nachy, xxi. p, 318 (1895). |

HOOF FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. | 3/1

scales. Cilia of both wings brown. Underside: fore wing

white ; apical area crossed by three indistinct pale brown bands

originating on the costal margin and converging to the angle

where they become linear. The cell from its base is wholly

pale brown excepting towards the end, where it is crossed by

a white bar. Outer margin and cilia pale brown. Hind wing

white, apical half crossed by four indistinet brown lines which

converge near the margin on vein 2 and are thence angled to

the anal margin. Anal angle yellow, supporting two black

spots on the margin, one on either side of vein 1, also a few

metallic greyish scales. Thorax and abdomen brown above,

yellow below. Legs and front of head yellow. Anal tuft

blackish brown. ‘Tails brown.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Nearest to P. antimachus Staud.*

EPAMERA NEAVEI, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 4, 3.)

Male. Upper side rich cerulean blue, colour of H. laon Hew.

Fore wing with apical half .deep black. Hind wing with apex

very narrowly and evenly black; large shining patch dark grey.

Lobe black, crowned with orange and dusted with rich blue

scales. Cilia of fore wing fuscous, of hind wing pure white.

Tail on vein 1, which is much longer than usual in this genus,

pure white; tail on vein 2 black, tipped with white. Under

side pure white. Fore wing with apex and outer margin rather

narrowly shaded with brown; a faint submarginal brown line

followed by a clearly defined brown line; the inner margin is

broadly shining white and has attached to its edge a large tuft

of long blackish hairs. Cilia white, tipped with black. Hund

wing with a black anteciliary line followed by two brown lines

as described in the fore wing, the innermost angled above the

lobe to the inner margin. Near the margin between veins .2

and 8 is a large black spot surrounded by orange, which orange is

continued in a very irregular line to the inner margin. Lobe

black, inwardly bordered with red on which are dusted violet

seales. Cilia pure white. Thorax and abdomen rich blue above ;

white below. Legs white; the tarsi spotted with black, An-

tenne black and white spotted ; palpi white with black’ tips.

Head bright orange. fa cua

Expanse 13 inch, i. ghee ey a

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft. (@. ZL. Bates). .

Type, Mus. Druce. . : a tee ab

This beautiful insect is not nearly allied to.any with which I

am acquainted, but by the shape of the wings and by: the

possession of the long tail-on vein | of the hind wing it seems

* Pseudaletis antimachus Staud. Exot. Schm. i. p, 276, pl. 95 (1888).

372 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

to be near Tanuetheira timon Fab.*, but unlike that species has

only four branches to the subcostal werlviie in the fore wing.

I have named it after Mr.-S. A. Neave, whose fesearelies in

the Congo regions have already revealed so many new forms

of insects.

EPAMERA SIBELLA, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2, ¢.)

Male. Closely allied to #. bellina Plétz, from which it differs

by the upper side being violaceous blue without the greenish

reflections, by the large shining patch on the hind wing being

paler, and by the almost total absence of the black at the anal

angle of the hind wing. On the under side the orange areas near

the anal angle are much less extensive and do not reach the

black line above the lobe. The front of the head is bright

orange.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft.; dry season (G. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

I have compared this insect with the type of #. iaspis +, which

according to Prof, Aurivillius equals #. bellina Plotz¢. The

orange head distinguishes it at once. In that respect it is like

i. iasis Hew. §

EPAMERA GEMMARIUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 3, ¢.)

Male. Closely allied to #..sappirus mihi||. Differs in the

shade of blue which closely approaches that of #. laon Hew., in

the much less concave inner margin of the fore wing, and by the

reduced area of the shining patch on the hind wing. On the

under side the ground- oot 1S whiter, but the markings, though

paler throughout, are the same as in 4. sappirus. The front of

the head is whites:

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja viver, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G@. LZ

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

This may prove to be a varietal form of /. sappirus, but the

totally different colour and different shaped inner margin to

the fore wing seem to point to another insect.

SPINDASIS LEONINA BITJE, subsp. n.:

_Zeritis leonina K. M. Sharpe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vi.

p. 104 (1890) ; id. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, pl. xviii. fig. 5

Male. Differs from the typical form by the orange on the

fore wing spreading along the inner margin almost to the angle

* Papilio timon Fab. Mant. Ins. 11. p. 65 (1787).

+ Tolaus iaspis H. H. Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 30 (1880)

Y Lolaus bellina Plotz, 8S. BE. Z. xii. p. 200 . (1880).

§ Tolaus iasis Hew.,1l\. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 42, pl._xix. figs. 11, 12 (1868),

|| Hpamera sappirus H. H. Druce; P. ZS. 1902, p. 117, pl. xii. tig. 1.

1910.] FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 373

and upwards to the cell. On the under side the outer margins

of both wings are entirely without the broad orange bands.

Female. On the upper side the orange area of the fore wing

is more extensive than in the typical form and the hind wing

is entirely orange, excepting at the base. Under side as male.

., Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet and dry

seasons (G'. L. Bates).

Mr. Bates obtained a good series of this species, all of which

differ from the typical form as described above.

LyYC@NESTHES.

The new forms in this genus described here and the two

following have been submitted to Mr. Betliune- Baker, who has

lately written a monographic revision of the African species of

this group, and he agrees with me that they are undescribed.

LYC2NESTHES MIMETICA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11, 2.)

Female. Upper side pure white ; apical half and costal border

of fore wing dark brown; hind wing with outer margin dark

brown supporting a marginal row of triangular black spots ringed

with pure white and of varying size, the two largest being placed

between veins 2 and 3, and 3 and 4. A dark brown anteciliary

line. Cilia of both wings brown. Under side: fore wing

white ; apex and outer margin pale brown with a marginal

and submarginal row of slightly dark lunules. A double brown

mark closing the cell, and another, broader, near the centre of

cell) 1. Hind wing white, the apex and outer margin brown

as on fore wing and with the marginal: row of lunules as

described on the upper side, the two larger ones only being

black; at the éxtreme anal angle is a small orange spot. <A

double brown mark closing the cell. A small black spot near

the centre of the costal margin, another near the base, and a

third on the extreme anal margin towards the base. Thorax

and abdomen brown above, white below. Legs black and white,

Palpi white with black tips. Antenne black, ringed with white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Not closely allied to any described species.

LYCENESTHES BITJE, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 15, ¢.)

Male. Upper side dark brown; fore wing with a rather large

discal ovular orange spot; hind wing with an ultra-medial

orange fascia, a pale anteciliary line, and a black, red-crowned

marginal spot in cell 2.. Under side pure white, with com-

paratively few brown markings and those broad and clearly

defined. Fore wing ;. a long cellular streak, a broad band crossing

the cell and reaching the inner’ margin, a dentate spot closing

374 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

the cell and another opposite to it on the inner margin, an

ultra-median band meeting a submarginal band at vein 3, and a

fine marginal line. Cilia brown. Hind wing: a broad basal

streak, several spots and patches on the diseal area, and a sub-

marginal brown band; an anteciliary, brown line ; cilia whitish.

In cell 2 is a marginal black spot surrounded with orange and

dusted with metallic blue scales. There is also a small black

spot at the extreme anal angle with a few metallic scales.

Thorax and abdomen brown above, pale below.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., wet season (G. L.

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Somewhat like a small Z. zenkeri Karsch* (Pl. XXXV.

fig. 14, g) on the upper side but quite different below..

LYC#NESTHES BAKERI, sp. n- (Plate XXXIV, fig. 12, 9.)

Female. Allied to L. makala Beth.-Baker. Upper side rich

orange; fore wing with costal and outer margins more broadly dark

brown ; a brown linear marking at the end of the cell, confluent

with the brown costal margin. Under side with brown patches

and white bands arranged much as in L. makala but much. less

in number; the whole discal area of the fore wing and the anal

half of the hind wing having a rich orange ground-colour.. Four

internervular black marginal spots at the anal angle dusted with

pale blue scales. Thorax and abdomen brown above, pale below.

Legs black and white. Palpi white, with black hairs and tip.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce. . ;

I thought this might be the female of L. makala, but it

presents such differences from that species, several specimens of

which we have received from the same locality, that Mr. Bethune-

Baker writes me that it is certainly distinct.

TRICLEMA INCONSPICUA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 9, 3.)

Male. Upper side uniform dark smoky brown, without

markings. Under side: ground-colour dark brown with pure

white bands arranged much as in JL. lacides Hew.*, but all

much broader.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season (G. L.

Bates). |

Type, Mus. Druce.

Distinguished by the pure white broad bands on the under side.

Mr. Bates also obtained Z. lactdes at the same place and

season.

* Lycenesthes zenkeri Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 293 (1895).

+ Lycenesthes lacides Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 348. -

1910.] - 8! FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA.“ 375

~ TRICLEMA OBSCURA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 10, 3.)

Male. Upper. side brownish black, with an inconspicuous dull

shining purple patch over the central area of the inner margin

of the fore wing and over the whole of the discal area of the

hind wing. On the hind wing near the apex is a faint pale

marking corresponding with the white patch on the under side.

On the under side the ground-colour is rich brown with darker

patches and pure white bands and marks arranged much as in

7. staudingert Smith and Kirby * but narrower. Thorax and

abdomen brown above and with some whitish ‘hairs below.

Expanse 1,), inch.

Hab. Bitje, Ja river, Cameroons, 2000 ft., dry season @.. zB

Bates).

Type, Mus. Druce.

HESPERIIDA.

SARANGESA LUNULA, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 8, )

‘Male. Upper side: fore wing dark olivaceous brown with semi-

hyaline white spots arranged as follows: a double spot closing

the cell, five subapical spots, a linear marking at the base of

cell 3, a crescent-shaped spot in cell 2, and two minute dots in

cell 1 placed one above the other. Hind wing olivaceous brown

with paler shades and darker brown blotches placed irregularly

over the discal and basal areas. Cilia of both wings fuscous with

some whitish patches. Underside paler than above. Fore wing

with spots as on upper side and an additional white dot near the

centre of cell 1. There is also some pale yellow shading near

the angle, beyond the white dots. Thorax and abdomen brown

above and below. Palpi thickly clothed with black and yellow

hairs. : i al

Female. Differs from the male by being paler and by the spots on

the fore wing being rather larger, and by the cilia of the hind wing

being distinctly chequered yellow and brown. The minute dot

near the middle of cell 1 of the fore wing, which is absent in most

specimens of the male sex, is usually clearly seen on both surfaces

in the female.

Expanse, ¢ @, 1,4 inch.

Hab. Upper. Kasai. district, Gans Free State (P, beste

. Types, Mus. Druce.

Described from three males and five females.

The curious crescent-shaped mark in cell 2 of the fore wing

should distinguish this insect from all others in the genus.

FAGRIS LANDBECKI, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 9, 2.)

Female. Upper side: fore wing dark olivaceous brown; a

minute semihyaline white costal spot opposite the end of the cell ;

two larger spots, within and near the end of the cell; three minute

* Lycenesthes staudingert Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., African Lycenide,

p. 112, pl. xxiy. figs. 9, 10 (1894).

376 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW BUTTERFLIES [ Feb. 15,

subapical spots and a discal series of spots placed in cells 1—5,

that in cell 2 being the largest. Hind wing dark olivaceous

brown, paler over the discal area ; three semihyaline white spots,

the centre of which is much the largest, near the base, and beyond

these an ultramedian row of distinct black spots, from the costa

to the anal margin. Cilia of both wings brown; some whitish

scales between veins 5-7. Under side: both wings exactly as

above and but slightly paler. Thorax brown above, clothed with

yellow hairs below. Palpi brown above, thickly clothed with

yellow hairs below. Abdomen brown above, pale below. Legs

yellowish. Antennz brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P?. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Distinguished at once by the semihyaline basal spots on the

hind wing.

OXYPALPUS NIGER, sp. n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 10, ¢.)

Male. Upper side rich dark brown. Fore wing with a small

patch of reddish ochreous scales towards the centre of the inner

margin. Hind wing with two reddish ochreous lines radiating

from the base towards the inner margin. Cilia of both wings dark

brown. Under side, both wings: ground-colour dark brown, thickly

suffused with dark reddish ochraceous excepting over the cell and

inner margin of fore wing. Thorax clothed with ochreous hairs

above and below. Abdomen brown above, yellow below. Legs

yellow.

Expanse 1,1, inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P?. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Quite unlike any other species in the genus.

PARDALEODES NEVEA, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 7, 3.)

Male. Allied to P. ligora Hew.* Upper side: fore wing dark

olivaceous brown with one subapical white semitransparent spot

only, two at the end of the cell, a series of three placed on the

disc in cells 1, 2, 3, that in cell 1 being very small. Cilia

brown. Hind wing dark olivaceous brown, with the central

semitransparent patch, which in P. ligora is yellow, pure white

and almost divided into two by a broad brown tooth projecting

upwards from the brown border. Cilia fuscous excepting towards

anal angle, where they are pure white. The under side difters from

that of P. ligora by the absence of the subapical pale patch on the

fore wing and the pale yellow shading on the white ground and

cilia, Abdomen pure white above and below except the anus,

which is dark brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce.

The apex of the fore wing is less produced in this insect than

in P. ligora, and I have no doubt it represents a distinct species.

* Hesperia ligora Hew. Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. scr. 4, vol. xviii. p. 450 (1876).

1910.] - FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. 377

CERATRICHIA AUREA, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. figs. 11 ¢,12 2.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing dark brown with a series of about

nine semitransparent pale yellow spots placed almost in a circle ;

two large ones at the end of the cell, one each in cells 2, 3, 4, the

rest, which are smaller, being placed on the costa and beyond the

end of thecell; the base of the costa as also the base of the inner

‘margin and discal area up to the cell-wall is dark ochreous.

Hind wing dark ochreous with rather less than the costal half

dark brown. Under side—fore wing: costal and apical areas

dark ochreous, the series of circular spots as above, four subapical

silvery spots bordered with dark brown; on the centre of discal

area below the series of spots is a large pale yellow patch; the

rest of the wing is brown. An anteciliary brown line. Cilia

ochreous, tipped with fuscous. Hind wing ochreous with a

number of irregular silver spots narrowly margined with brown.

Cilia ochreous. Thorax thickly covered with ochreous hairs.

Abdomen ochreous, slightly fuscous at the base of each segment.

Legs ochreous spotted with fuscous.

Female. Upper side: fore wing differs from that of male by the

costal and discal areas being without the ochreous, and on the

hind wing the ochreous area is much reduced and paler. Under

side: fore wing much as above and slightly yellowish towards

centre of inner margin. Hind wing marked as in male, pale

yellow, and with costal margin broadly brownish.

_ Expanse, ¢ 9, 12 inch.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State.

Types, Mus. Druce.

Nearest to Ceratrichia argyrosticta Plotz*, but the arrange-

ment of the semihyaline spots is quite different.

CHENIDES ARTOPTA, Ssp.n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 13, 3.)

Male. Allied to C. cenira Hew. t

Upper side differs by the central pearly white band on the fore

wing being much narrower, divided into three spots by the brown

veins, the spot in cell 1 being the smallest. The three subapical

spots are not in a line as is usual in C. cenira. On the under

side the fore wing is marked as above and is laved with pinkish

towards the apex, but is without the yellow costal patch of

C. cenira. The hind wing is wholly brown, the basal two-thirds

being darkest. Thorax and abdomen brown above and below.

Legs brown. The sides of the palpi and the hairs around the

eyes are white; the fronts of the palpi are dark brown, thickly

sprinkled with white hairs. Head brown.

Expanse 2,1, inches.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Distinguished at once by the dark under side of hind wing.

* Apaustus argyrosticta Plotz, 8. K. Z. vol. x1. p. 358 (1879)

+ Hesperia canira Hew. Exot, Butt. vol. iv. Hesperia, pl. ii. figs. 15, 16 (1867).

378 | ON NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM TROPICAL WEST AFRICA. [Feb. 15,

CNIDES CEUCENIRA, Sp. 0.

Male. Closely allied to C’. cenira Hew.

Upper side paler and with the pearly white fascia on the fore

wing much narrower and divided by brown veins. On the under

side the pale area of the hind wing is much more extensive and

without the pink shading towards the apex. Thorax, abdomen,

palpi and legs dark brown.

Expanse 22 inches.

Hab. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (P. Landbeck).

Several specimens of the typical C’. ceenira were contained in

the same collection.

‘EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prare XXXII.

Fig. Fig.

1. Pentila pardalena, sp.n., 3, 8. Pseuderesia russulus, sp. n., 3,

D. 357. : p. 360.

2. Telipna transverstigna, sp. n, 9, 9: on rutilo, sp.n., 6,

p. 356. p. 360.,.:

3. Pentila inconspicua, sp. n., §, 10. Liptena demon, sp. n., b; p. 363.

p. 357. > iil 35 3 9, p. 363.

4 5 paradoxa, sp.n., 6, p.357. | 12. Larinopoda spuma, sp.n., 6 ,p. 361.

5. Pmoztie; Sp. Ni., 6, p. 358. 13. Liptena perobscura, sp.n., 2,

6. Pseuderesia iminium, sp. n., 6; é p. 362. —

2 p. 359. 14. i nubifera, Sp. n., 6, p. 362.

i 5s 2, p. 360. 15. Epitola tumentia, sp.n., 3, p. 366.

Prate XXXIV.

Fig. 7 Fig.

1. Epitola nitide, sp. n.,°6, p. 366. 8. Mimacrea landbecki, 9, p. 359.

2. H batesi, sp. n., g, p. 36d. 9. Triclema inconspicua, sp. 0., 6;

3. 64 55 9, p. 365. p. 374.

4. Lachnocnema niveus, sp. n., 2, OSs Me obscura, sp.n., d, p- 376.

p. 368. 11. Lycenesthes mimetica, sp.n., 2,

5 tes luna, sp.n., 2, p. 373.

p. 368. 12. 3 bakeri, sp. n., §,

6. Batelusia zebra, sp. n., 9, p. 368. p. 374.

7. Mimacrea landbecki, sp. u., 6, 13. Diopetes kedassa, sp.n., 6, p. 369.

p. 358. 14. »» pasteon, sp.n., g, p. 379.

PuaTeE XXXV.

Fig. Fig.

1. Neaveia lamborni, sp. n., 6, p. 365. 8. Sarangesa lunula, sp. n., 6, p. 375.

2. Hpamera sibella, sp. n., 6, p. 372. 9. Hagris landbecki, sp.n., 9, p. 375.

3. x gemmarius, sp.n., 3, 10. Oxypalpus niger, sp. n., 3, p. 376.

p. 872. | 11. Ceratrichia aurea, sp.n., 6, p. 377.

4., 5 neavei, sp. n., d, p. 371. 12. pe ends SH

5. Liptena subvariegata aliquantum, 13. Canides artopta, sp. ie ‘8, p- 377.

subsp. n., 9, p. 363. 14. Lycenesthes zenkeri, Karsch, 6,

6. Pseudaletis batesi, sp. n., 2, p. 370. p. 374.

7. Pardaleodes nevea, sp.n., 6, p.d76. | 16. 55 bitje, sp. n., 6, p. 373.

1910.] ON FAT-BODIES IN TOADS OF THE GENUS BUFO. 309

3. On certain Sbeutaneons Fat-Bodies in Toads of the.

Genus Bufo. By C. L. Boutznerr, M.A., F.Z.S.,

- -King’s College, Cambridge.

[Received January 10, 1910. |

(Text-figures 37 & 38.)

I. Introductory.

Some little while ago, when engaged in dissecting some African

toads of the genus bufo, Mr. EH. Degen, F.Z.S., noticed that certain

specimens possessed curious gland-like deposits of fat between the

skin and ventral body-wall of the abdominal region. He was

so kind as to call my attention to these structures, and I came to

the conclusion that it would be of interest to more fully investi-

gate this point in Batrachian anatomy.

Examination of specimens of Bufo regularis obtained by Dr.

Cunnington and myself from the Fayam province of Egypt

showed similar fat-bodies to be present in this species and induced

me to examine other allied toads, many of which were found to

possess analogous deposits of fat.

I was able to dissect a large number of adequate representatives

of various species of Bufo. For this my grateful acknowledgments

are mainly due to my father, Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S.,

who allowed me to examine numerous duplicates from the col-

lections under his care at the British Museum. To Dr. F. Werner,

of Vienna, I am indebted for a number of living specimens of

the Huropean Green Toad, Bufo viridis.

The very rare occurrence of adipose tissue in connection with

the muscular system of Batrachia has often been commented on ;

thus Ant. Dugés (1) in his classical work on the myology and

osteology of Batrachians, published in 1835, made the following

generalization in his definition of the group :—“ Une particularité

dés longtemps remarquée c’est Visolement réciproque des muscles

et dela peau, di a l’absence du pannicule graisseux dont on trouve

&peine quelques paquets autour du cou chez les sujets 4 grand

embonpoint.”

Corpora adiposa below the skin are, however, not quite

unknown. cue

The most recent contribution to our knowledge of this subject

is to be found in a paper by F. E. Beddard (7) on the anatomy

of the Engystomatid Hemisus, the author describing a pair of

conspicuous fat-bodies in lymph-sacs in the iliac region. These

structures are lobulated masses of fat of considerable size, in

380 MR. C. L. BOULENGER ON FAT-BODIES [ Feb. 15,

appearance resembling the well-known abdominal fat-bodies at

the anterior end of the gonads.

Similar fat-bodies are described as occurring in the neck-region

and are probably connected with the thymus glands*. ;

The following brief remark by Leydig (2) shows that the

presence of these bodies in Bufo had not escaped the attention

of this accomplished investigator, who, however, abstains from

any allusion to their structure: “ Die Fettkorper in der Achsel-

grube und Weichengegend waren bei calamita rothgelb, bei

variabilis graugelb, welche Farbenabinderung wohl nur in den

verschiedenen Fiillung der Blutgefasse gesucht werden darf.”

Text-fig. 37.

Bufo viridis, 2.

Ventral view, with the skin reflected to show the position of

the subcutaneous fat-bodies.

FB. Fat-body. A.V. Ventral abdominal vein. C.V. Cutaneous vein.

* These fat-bodies were noticed by Cope (8) so long ago as 1889, a fact which

Mr. Beddard seems to have overlooked. In that author’s description of Hemisus

(‘ Batrachia of North America’ p. 383) we find the following remarks :—

“This genus exhibits also an external corpus adiposum which I have not found in

Callula, Engystoma, or any other genus of Batrachia. Each one is subtrihedral, the

apex resting near the coracoid, the ee £038 between the strata of the external

and internal oblique muscles .. .

1910.] IN TOADS OF THE GENUS BUFO. 381

II. The Abdominal Fat- Bodies of Bufo viridis.

The fat-bodies which I am about to describe are very well

developed in the common European Bufo viridis, fresh material

of which I had the opportunity of examining; it will, therefore,

be well to preface my remarks with an account of their structure

in this form. On reflecting the skin from the ventral surface of

a specimen of B. viridis, one cannot fail to notice a pair of gland-

like, fatty structures at the junction of the hind limbs with the

trunk.

These corpora adiposa, which are present in both sexes and vary

considerably both in size and colour in different individuals, are

quite constant in position; each extends for a considerable distance

along the face of the septum inguinale which separates the

abdominal and femoral lymph-saes.

Text-fig. 38.

Bufo viridis, 2.

Transverse section of part of the subcutaneous fat-body, showing the

fat-cells and the connective-tissue capsule. (Obj. 4.)

. F.C. Fat-cell. C.C. Connective-tissue capsule. B.V. Blood-vessel.

When fully developed (as in the female specimen figured, text-

fig. 37) the fat-bodies are of a bright orange-yellow colour and cof

considerable thickness. They may 7 extend some <listance along the

side of the abdomen, their transverse diameter being ante the

greatest, attaining a length of nearly 15mm. In the opposite

Tinggi the wien is greatest near the middle line of the body,

the body thinning one gradually on the side wall of the

abdomen.

The outer free margin of the fat-body is 1Stilaed the inner

side being attached along its whole length to a conspicuous blood-

382 MR. C. L. BOULENGER ON FAT-BODIES [ Feb. 15,

vessel from which it obtains its blood-supply. This vessel is the

vena cutanea femoralis, which runs into the pelvic vein just

behind its junction with its fellow from the opposite side to form

the ventral abdominal vein.

_ Sections of the fat-body (text-fig. 38, p . 381) show aia organ to

consist of an aggregation of fat- cells ee large fat- globules,

with enough undifferentiated connective-tissue cells to hold the

mass firmly together. Numerous sections of small blood-vessels

are to be recognized, and a well-developed connective-tissue

capsule surrounds the whole structure.

As mentioned above, the subcutaneous fat-bodies were found

to occur in individuals of both sexes; it is, however, necessary to

record the fact that these structures, at least in the specimens

examined by me, are always better developed and more brilliantly

coloured in the females, being somewhat inconspicuous and of a

neutral grey colour in the males.

Ill. The Fat-bodies in other Species of Bufo.

Altogether, examples of twenty different species of Bufo were

cut open and examined, and in fifteen of them fat-bodies were found,

identical in structure and in position with those of Bufo viridis ;

in others, as for example the common B, vulgaris, no trace of these

organs was present.

The complete list of species examined is given below, the forms

possessing subcutaneous fat-bodies being marked + :—

+ Bufo andersoni Blgr. Bufo marinus L.

» asper Gravh. + ,, mauritanicus Schleg.

+ ,, boreas B. & G. + ,, melanostictus Schneid.

+ , calannta Laur. + ., pentoni Anders.

+ °,, carens A. Smith. + ,, raddiu Strauch:

+ ,, dodsonii Blgr. + ,, regularis Reuss.

+ ., granti Bigr. + ,, spinulosus Wiegm.

+ 5, halloabiine B. & G. ,, tuberosus Gthr,

», latifrons Bler. + ,, viridis Laur.

+ ,, Jlentiginosus Shaw. , vulgaris Laur.

In addition a number of other tailless Batrachians were ex-

amined, including. European representatives of the families

Hylide,, Pelobatidee, and Discoglosside; in none of these were

fat-bodies to be found at the pase of the thighs.

The above list shows that the species of Bufo possessing

such fat-bodies are not by any means closely related forms; and

that this point in Batrachian anatomy is therefore of no great

1910.} _.. IN TOADS OF THE GENUS BUFO. | 383:

systematic value. Thus Bufo latifrons and Bufo reqularis are

so closely related to one another that some authors refer them to

the same species, yet they differ in that the former is devoid of

subcutaneous fat-bodies, whereas in -the latter these: structures

are constantly present.

IV. The Function of the Subcutaneous Fat-Bodies.

Conspicuous deposits of fat on the ventral abdominal wall are,

as is well known, of frequent occurrence in Reptiles (4), and the fat-

bodies of Bufo described above are similar in certain respects to

those found in Lizards on the course of the pelvic and ventral

abdominal veins. The latter veins in both Reptiles and in Bufo

remove the blood from the corpora adiposa and convey it to the

liver.

The function of these bodies is difficult to ascertain exactly :

they are probably to be regarded as stores of food matter which

are drawn upon when necessary. This view is supported by the

fact that emaciated specimens have the fat-bodies much reduced,

sometimes scarcely visible.

In order to further investigate this point a number of specimens

of Bufo viridis were kept without food for a considerable time

(15 weeks); all showed great reductions in the size of the

fat-bodies as compared with those of well nourished specimens.

I mentioned above that the corpora adiposa of this toad were of

greater size and contained more fatty matter in the females than

in the males ; examination of a number of specimens of B. calamita,

the Natterjack, and of the closely related African form, B. regularis,

showed this to be correct also of these species. It seems therefore

probable that the fat-bodies have also some relation to the repro-

ductive processes, as for example the production of large masses

of yolk and albumen for the eggs.

Bibliography.

1. Ducks, Anr.—Recherches sur VOstéologie et la Myologie des

Batraciens. Paris, 1835.

Leypie, F.—Die Anuren Batvachier der deutschen Fauna.

Bonn, 1887.

. Copr.—The Batzrachia of North America. Washington,

1889.

. Butter, G. W.—‘‘ On the Relations of the Fat-Bodies of the

Sauropsida.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889.

. Gieii0-Tos, E.—‘ Sui Corpori grassi degli Anfibi.” Atti Ace.

Morino, xxx Wl695:

on Pp wo

384 ON FAT-BODIES IN TOADS OF THE GENUS BUFO. {[ Feb. 15;

6. Funke, R.—‘‘ Ueber die Schwankungen des Fettgehaltes der

fettfiihrenden Organe im Kreislauf des Jahres.” Denkschr.

Akad. Wien, Ixviui. 1900, p. 595.

7. Bepparp, F, E.—‘‘ Some notes on the muscular and visceral

Anatomy of the Batrachian Genus Hemisus.” Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1908, p. 894.

INO:'7'7.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

January 18th, 1910.

Prof. J. Rosz Braprorp, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The SECRETARY read a Report on the additions that had been

made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December

1909.

Mr. C. W. Buzz, Curator of Birds of the New York Zoological

Society, exhibited a series of lantern-slides made from photographs

he had taken on a recent Natural History Expedition to British

Guiana.

My. 8. A. Neave, M.A., B.8c., F.Z.8., communicated a paper

on the Collections of Butterflies made by him during four years

spent in Northern Rhodesia and adjacent territories. The collec-

tion comprised 450 species, of which 30 were new to science,

besides several rare and little-known species, including the rare

Acrea miritica Lathy and the hitherto unknown female.

Mr. J. T. Cunnincuam, M.A., F.Z.8., read a paper on the

Marine Fishes and Invertebrates of St. Helena, containing the

scientific results of a visit which he had made to the island in

February and March 1909, in company with, and at the invitation

of, Alfred Mosely, Esq., C.M.G., for the purpose of investigating

* This Abstract is published oy the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W.., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who

subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent pest-free for the sum of Six ”

Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.

the condition and prospects of the fisheries of the island. Mr.

Cunningham’s Report on the results of the investigation froin

the economic point of view had been presented to the Colonial

Office. The Invertebrates collected had been examined and iden-

tified by specialists of the Natural History Museum—namely,

Dr. Calman, Mr. Edgar Smith, Prof. Jeffrey Bell, and Mr. Kirk-

patrick, the last-named having described a new species of Sponge

and a new Hydroid. The Fishes had been worked out by Mr.

Cunningham himself, and included two new species, one belonging

to the Stromateide and one to the Cyphoside. The three kinds

of Albacore occurring at St. Helena were shown to be identical

with the three species diagnosed at Madeira by the Rev. R. T.

Lowe in 1839, namely, Zhynnus alalonga, T. albacora, and

T'. obesus, species which had been confused or rejected by recent

ichthyologists ; the synonymy and distribution of these were for

the first time correctly elucidated.

The paper was illustrated by lantern-slides from photographs

of the larger fishes and of the scenery of St. Helena.

Dr. H. G. Pummer, F.L.8., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society,

reported on the Deaths which occurred in the Society’s Gardens

during 1909, and illustrated his remarks with a series of lantern-

slides.

Dr. W. T. Caiman, F.Z.S., presented the second and concluding

part of a Report on New or Rare Crustacea of the Order

Coumacna, from the collection of the Copenhagen Museum. This

portion of the Report dealt with the families Nannastacipm and

DiastyLip#, and 27 species were described, all of which were

regarded as new, and 3 new genera were established. This

communication will be published in the ‘ Transactions.’

The SECRETARY communicated a paper by Prof.W.M. SMALLwoop,

of Syracuse University, New York, U.S.A., on the Hydroids

and Nudibranchs of Bermuda.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, the 1st February, 1910, at half-past Hight

o'clock P.mu., when the following communications will be

made :—

I. ; The Hon, PAUL A, METHUEN.

On a Collection of Fre: eshwater Crustacea from the Transvaal.

2. Dr. JosepH Pearson, F.L.S8.

(a) Littoral Marine Fauna: Kerimba Archipelago, :Portu-

guese Hast Africa, collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc.,

University of Aberdeen. Sept. 1907 to May 1908. Hoto-

THURIOIDEA.

(6) Marine Fauna: Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma,

collected by Jas. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc.,and R. N. Rudmose-

Brown, B.Sc., University of Aberdeen. HoLotHuRtorpEa.

3. D

Dv. G. Smmwannson Bray, LL.D. D.Se., FR.S., CM.

A Revision of the Br ish Species of Cxmeun aa to

the Subfamilies CaNDONIN/ and HERPETOCYPHRIDINA.

The following communications have been received :—

1. Rowxanp EK. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps of

Australia.

2. Hamitton H. Drucz, F.L.S., F.Z.S8.

Descriptions of new Lyca#nipm and Hesperia from Tro-

pical West Africa.

3. J. Lewis Bonuors, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On the Varieties of Mus rattus in Egypt, with General Notes

on the Species having reference to Variation and Heredity.

4, C. L. Boutencer, M.A., F.Z.S.

On certain Subcutaneous Fat-Bodies in Toads of the Genus

Bufo.

5. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hippopotamus amphibius.

i ( re Ae ie < Mi

hans 1 ay i pees ay

; ; es Pars f nt Tips

, hry

Pa p

i) ue

Communications intended for the Scientific

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon should be

eo P. CHALMERS MIT HELL, oa

. Secretary

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W. pot

January 25th, 1910.

han

No. 78.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,*

February 1st, 1910.

Prof. K. A. Mrncuin, M.A., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

Mr. Cuartes A. DarninG, General Manager of the British New

Guinea Development Co., exhibited a mounted specimen of a

Cuscus (Phatanger maculatus). The animal had been captured in

New Guinea and brought to England alive, but had subsequently

died, and was to be presented to the British Museum (Natural

History) by its owner, Mr. D. Elliot Alves. Mr. Darling called

attention to the soft white fur with brown spots and the prehensile

tail, and stated that when the living animal was asleep in daylight

the eyes remained open with the pupils fully contracted.

The SecrETarY read a letter from Captain J. A. M. Vipay,

¥.Z.S., which suggested that the probable cause of the immense

numbers of the freshwater Cyprinodont fishes known as “ Millions”

(Girardinus peciloides) in Barbados, and their consequent agency

in suppressing malaria by destroying mosquito larve, was the

absence of other freshwater fishes in that island. The writer

added that in his opinion there was no specific distinction between

G. peciloides and G. guppw of Trinidad, and that Pecilia reticulate

Peters, of Venezuela, was the same fish. The presence of other

freshwater fishes in these localities prevented extensive multipli-

cation of these small fishes, with the result that they had no

effective action in keeping down mosquitoes.

—<

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who

subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

The Srcrerary, on behalf of Col. Sir A. H. McManoy, K.C.L.E.,

C.8.I., F.Z.8., exhibited some specimens of the Cicada (Sena

querula) collected at Quetta, Baluchistan, which had been visited

with great swarms of these insects in 1909. Similar swarms had

been known to occur at intervals of about six years. The Cicada

bores a hole in the ground, apparently intended merely to hold

the insect during its pupa stage. Hach hole is separate and quite

open, holas only one pupa, and is bored vertically to a depth

varying from 11 inches to 2 feet. In diameter it is about half an

neh, but widens slightly at the bottom.

Dr. R. T. Lerpsr, F.Z.8., exhibited a series of specimens of

Entozoa, viz. :—

(a) A sexually mature Guinea-worm (Dracunculus medinensis)

that had recently been found by Mr. Charles Grey in a Leopard

at Broken Hill, N.W. Rhodesia. Guinea-worm is normally a

parasite of man, but very occasionally it attacks horses and dogs.

This is the first record of its occurrence in the Leopard. The

discovery of the parasite in Rhodesia is also of considerable interest

for the Equator forms the southern limit of the endemic area of

the disease amongst the natives of Africa.

(6) A Nematode from the body-cavity of the Tsetse-fly (Glossina

pdlpalis), found by Dr. A. Gray, R.A.M.C., at Entebbe. The

specimen, 3 inches in length, is an immature female Mermis.

London for several years. The specimens included :—Ascaris

megalocephala, Oxyuris curvula, Strongylus equinus, Strongylus

edentatus, Strongylus vulgaris (developmental forms of this worm

causing aneurisms of the abdominal aorta), Triodontophorus serra-

tus, Gyalocephalus capitatus, Cylichnostomum elongatum, Cylichno-

stomum sp.n. ‘The Sclerostomwm teiracanthum Mehlis was absent.

The parasites were present in considerable numbers, and it seemed

evident that they reached London as semi-dried larve encysted

upon hay.

Dr. Lurrer also gave an account of the Entozoa of Hippopotamus

amphibius, collected by him in Uganda in 1907, when a member

of the Egyptian Government Survey.

The Hon. Paunt A. METHUEN read a paper “On a Collection of

Freshwater Crustacea from the Transvaal,” communicated by

Prof. G. C. Bourng, D.Sce., F.Z.S., containing an account of some

Entomostraca collected from Lake Chrissie and other pans or lakes

in the Carolina District, which is high veldt country lying

near the borders of Swaziland. The paper also gave a short

description of the “lie” of the lake and notes on the geology of

the district and the ccmposition of the water.

Dr. JosepH Pearson, F.L.S., presented two papers, communi-

cated by Prof. W.N. Parker, Ph.D., F.Z.8., on HoLorHuriomeEA

from the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese East Africa, and from

—

the Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma. The collection from the

Kerimba Archipelago contained 21 species, all of which had been

previously described. In this paper it is proposed to establish

a new genus for the inclusion of Colochirus violaceus Théel.

The collection from the Mergui Archipelago called for no special

comment, none of the 14 species being new.

Dr. G. Stewarpson Brapy, LL.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., presented

a paper entitled ‘‘ A Revision of the British Species of Ostracoda

belonging to the Subfamilies Canponinm/ and HerprrocyPHrt-

DIN&.” The paper was a synopsis intended to show our present

knowledge of the families referred to, describing briefly the known

British species. Some few new genera and species, and others

already described by foreign authors but not previously recognized

as British, were dealt with.

Mr. Frank HK. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., read a paper

“On the Anatomy of Hippopotamus amphibius,” based on a male

specimen which had died in the Society’s Gardens.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, the loth February, 1910, at half-past Hight

oclock p.mM., when the following communications will be

made :—

1. KinEMATOGRAPH DEMONSTRATION, BY COURTESY OF Mr. CHARLES

The Society’s Animal Collection kinematographed for the first

time in their Natural Colours by the Urban-Smith process

known as “ Kinemacolor.” Also a new series of Studies in

Monochrome kinematographed during the Summer of 1909.

2. RownaAnp H. Turner, F.Z.S8., F.E.S.

Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps of

Austyalia.

3. Hamitton H. Drucs, F.1.S., F.Z.8.

~ Descriptions of new Lycanib# and Hxsreriup” from Tro-

pical West Africa.

4. C. L. Boutencer, M.A., F.Z.8.

On certain Subcutaneous Fat-Bodies in Toads of the Genus

Bufo.

tt tty nn ——

The following communications have been received :——

1. J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

On the Varieties of Mus rattwus in Keypt, with General Notes

on the Species having reference to Variation and Heredity.

. Sir Gzorcr F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and Adjacent

Territories: LepipoprerA HETEROCERA.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

VOOLOGICAL SoctiETY OF LONDON should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.

February 8th, 1910.

No. 79.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

February 15th, 1910.

Dr. 8. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Secrerary read a Report on the additions that had been

made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January

TOTO.

Mr. Jamzs F. Ocus, F.Z.8., exhibited twelve heads of Wapiti,

Cervus canadensis typicus, obtained by Mr. A. Williamson in

1879 on the Piney Range, Rocky Mountains, and the head of a

Bison, Bos bison, which formed part of a collection of hunting

trophies that had been presented to the Royal Automobile Club

by Mr. Williamson.

The following are the measurements in inches of the horns of

the five largest Wapiti heads :—

EXO UES Me acekieks douiss doe Dealaniss 13 16 | 14 12 16

Momo tleyentenecscecccwces ces cak 59,593 | 56,59 | 54,552 | 54,544 | 52,53

SD aneyen apenas clisiascsieseaeaiaye 50 51 | 45 42 51

Girth roun@ burr ..........:. 13 153 12 123 125

Girth above burr ............ 103 123 | 1023 112 103

Mr. Cuarztes Ursan, F.Z.S., Managing Director of the Natura

Colour Kinematograph Co., Ltd., gave a display of motion pictures

of animals which had been exhibited hitherto in this country

only before T.M. The King and Queen at Knowsley, the Society

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W.., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who

subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siz

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

of Arts, and the Palace Theatre, London. The pictures had been

taken, with one or two exceptions, at the Society’s Gardens in

Regent’s Park, and at the National Zoological Park, Washington,

U.S.A. Mr. John Mackenzie, the expert who had photographed

the animals, introduced and explained the series and the processes

which had been employed in obtaining them.

The coloured pictures obtained by the Urban-Smith system of

Kinemacolor were particularly successful in reproducing faith-

fully various shades of yellow, grey, and brown, the films exhibiting

the Giraffes feeding and the Elephants bathing being strikingly

good, whilst some of the brightly coloured birds were extremely

interesting. A series of uncoloured films gave faithful and

pleasing representations of various animals in movement, some

of them displaying the effect on the animals of gramophone

music.

Mr. Rownanp EH. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S., read a paper en-

titled “‘ Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps of

Australia.” Many new species were therein described, belonging

chiefly to the Families Thynnide and Ceropalide. The Thynnide

had been collected chiefly by Mr. H. M. Giles in South-western

Australia, and many interesting notes had been contributed by

him on their habits. The sexual differences were extreme, and

hitherto few Western Australian species had been correctly

paired, The females were wingless, and the mouth - parts

extremely minute, so that only liquid food could be taken, and

_ this was usually disgorged by the male and placed in the mouth

of the female. Mr. Giles had observed several cases of cross

pairing, in which the male was carrying the female of a different

species; there could be no doubt as to the accuracy of this

observation, though it was possible that the male claspers might

be used for carrying the female when coupling did not take place.

The geographical distribution of the genus Anthobosca (Fam.

Scoliide), now almost entirely confined to the Southern Hemi-

sphere, was also discussed.

Mr. Hamitton H. Druce, F.LS., F.Z.8., presented a paper

entitled ‘“‘ Descriptions of new Lycenide and Hesperiide from

Tropical South Africa,” which contained an account of the

numerous new forms collected by Mr. G. L. Bates, F.Z.8., on

the Ja River, Cameroons, and by Herr landbeck in the Upper

Kasi district of the Congo. The author stated that until recently

it had been almost impossible to identify many Lyczenidz de-

scribed from this region by Dr. Karsch and by Herr Suffert

without visiting the Imperial Museum at Berlin, where the types

were deposited, but that by the kindness of the Director he had

been able to obtain about forty excellent photographs of these,

which he was on the point of publishing on eight plates.

The Srcrerary, on behalf of Mr. C. L. Bounenczr, M.A.,

F.Z.S., presented a paper entitled ‘On certain Subcutaneous

Fat-Bodies in Toads of the Genus Bufo.” In Bufo viridis, of

which the author had examined fresh material, these fat-bodies

were very well developed, and on reflecting the skin from the

ventral surface, one noticed a pair of gland-like fatty structures

at the junction of the hind limbs with the trunk. They were

present in both sexes, and varied considerably in size and colour

in different individuals, but were quite constant in position.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, the Ist March, 1910, at half-past Hight

o'clock pP.M., when the following communications will be

made :—

1. J. Lewis Bonnort, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On the Varieties of Mus rattus in Egyyt, with General Notes

on the Species having reference to Variation and Heredity.

2. Sir Gzoree F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and Adjacent

Territories: LEepipopTERA HETEROCERA.

3. T. H. Burtenp, M.A., B.Sc.

The Urogenital Organs of Chimera monstrosa.

The following communications have been received :—

1. R. H. Wauirenouse, M.Sc.

The Caudal Fin of the 'Teleostomi.

2. T. Goopry, M.Sc.

A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of Chlamydoselachus

anguimeus, Garman,

- Communications intended for the Scien

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon should be ad

dres

Reh (

P. CHALMERS MI

ny : Ms eae Hanover Square, Lonvon, W.

Hebruary 22nd, 1910.

ConTENTS (continued),

Page

2. Littoral Marine Fauna: Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese Hast Africa. Collected by -

James J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc., University of Aberdeen, September 1907— May 1908:

Hototnurioira. By JoszpH Parson, D.Sc., Mb Demonstrator and Assistant

Meehurer im Zoolory, University of Liverpool Ws... li... oe dace eles se ot ce ee ne 167

& 3. Marine Fauna: Mergui Archipelago, Lower Burma. Collected by James J. Simpson,

M.A., B.Se.,and R. N. Rudmose-Brown, B.Sc., University of Aberdeen, February 1907—

o May 1907: HotornurioipEa. By JosepH Prarson, D.Sc., F.L.S., EROS EL: and

* Assistant Lecturer in Zoology, University of Liverpool ..-.........--....++++..% 183

4. _ 4, A Revision of the British Species of Ostracod Crustacea belonging to the Subfamilies

Canponin# and Herperocyeripins. By G. Srmwarpson Brapy, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc.,

E.R.S., C.M.Z.S. (With Note on a Parasitic Worm, by Miss M. V. Lesour, M.Sc.)

GETateseN UX, XXX.) lc e cae ees cee. ee sore nn anion dacnctoolgnaichooeuco aja 194

5. A Contribution to the Anatomy of Hippopotamus amphibius, By Franx EH, Bepparp, M.A.,

EMRE SeehZio:,) erosector boi the Society Sls. cistecieie vss sohiciey elewiete eprint cn ee 220

6, The Entozoa of the Hippopotamus. By Roszrr 1’. Lurrre, M.B., F.Z.S., Helminthologist

Puenondon school of Tropical’ Medicine, <... 2 wis sale ele = yea asia cee ce 233

February 15, 1910.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

eherpnivensayanho (Oiererare snare ets tish atin elond Qa gave ata. vigiesal a 'eldre ins 6 ARSE Rena an Dien Senn eee 251

Mr, James F. Ochs, F.Z.8. Exhibition of the heads of twelye Wapiti, Cervus canadensis

UCC Dm ATONE SO, YO OSKOUSON «5 ‘Sivcls © c's eis «00a 9.6 oc dein leia ove teepeiel ane wae eer DOS

‘ Mr. Charles Urban, F.Z.8. Kinematograph exhibition of pictures of animals, in natural

. BE LORIAE) | Ctclaidhd Sis ORE Sina aibe fiche cena ane aera MRIS woh AC dame ea co aban ae 252 |

1. Additions to our Knowledge of the Fossorial Wasps of Australia. By Rowxanp E.

Turner, F.Z.8., FHS. (Plates XXXI. & XXXIT.) ........ 1. eee e eee eee ee eee 253

& _ 2, Descriptions of new Lycznip# and Husprrimpsx from Tropical West Africa. By

2 Hammon EH. Drucr, FL.S., F.Z.S., &c. (Plates XX XILIE-XXXV.) o0.0-...5. 2 es 356

3. On certain Subcutaneous Fat-Bodies in Toads of the Genus Bufo. By C. L. Boutznerr,

Miaeyh.Zi8., King’s: College, Cambridge 0. \.1e0) so <s qeae on ltesinle oo one 379

LIST OF PLATES, — am

1910, pp. 1-884.

Plate Page

Al ;

a New or Little Known Butterflies from Northern Rhodesia&e. 2

IV. 1. Congromurena 1 mellissit. 2. Murena sancte helene .... \

V. Letrus moselii....... 0s Pe tear oh ee UR OT A tr Lee | hu Ce

VL. ee 16S) GULL UCU 1a) ale reoiaborninanvtantetas) siatelater ie elemnerene ki ielete . 869 arb ae

VII. 1-3. Kudendrium cunninghami, sp. n. 4-8. Chondrosia | pee

PB al AMO, siclistsilhwnmoriysdoh ooh SeOmAs seo oL oe osdanue )

Se Gress aes

LX. f CYBIES SPINOSE veer ee ere e eerste eee e ere e tence ce ee tees \

X. 9-12. Cypris spinosa. 13.C. gunmningi -...,+.0+++++-s-

XI. 14,15,17. C.gunningi. 16. C. chrissiensis. 18. @. Ee i

VO MIM A Moti asor cone DOB ado tC Ona ie Ob made Bh eonn9 0048

MAD) Oe QUnningd oe see Wea sob as HAGE Re 8 too tis ans nnllelateln ie

XIII. 23. C. gunningt. 24-28. C. ned £ ohalaloicy «Gd: ot een |

XIV. 29, 30,33. C. twbereulata. 31, 32. C. mastigophora, 34, |

De OV CRTUSSICNISIS. |.) 2s sa ee ck ae ee ne 148

XV. 36. C. gunningi. 37. C. chrissiensis. 38. C. mastigophora.

39. Daphnia gibba. 40. D. pulex. 41. er |

: CORTUGET. Saino sao loua Sapiro cna rele Aptale apelin, bel eas 2, aise ee

XVI. 42. S. corniger. 48. Leydigia trispinosa. 44. Chydorus |

caroline. 45. Broteas falcifer. 46. vee

ERGISUGUDETISUS) Ne ascot cite a (ors) exe's) seorprelenegeaietel srelsaan Ragta koecia

oer Metadiaptomus tr ansvaalensts '.: cco. ra o/s Bh h

XIX. 1-11. Candona candida. 12-15. Candona eine Meester ey

> XK. 1-10. Candona angulata. 11-13. Candona caudata ...... :

XXI. 1-8. Candona neglecta. 9-14. Candona siliquosa ....-.++

XXII. 1-8. Candona elongata. 9,10. Candona siliquosa. 11, 12.

Candona stagnalis. 18, 14. Scolex of Tenia............

XXIII. 1-8. Candona protzi. 9-14. Candona caledonie@ .......... Me

XXIV. 1-4. Candona lactea. 5-10, Candona fragilis. 11-1d.

CONGONGTANETOTIUS |) iavale ns «6 nie ¥ nels tetera Tce aah

XXV. 1-5. Candona hyalina. 6-12. Candona brevis. 13-16. 119 ait

Prionocypris SETTAEM oor cece ce cw neve cc enctasseecvens Be

XXVIL. Candonopsis scowrfieldi ..\. 010s. cc sescevee n= os ee eneees

XXVIII. 1-9. Stphlocandona similis. 10-14. ‘Sipilocandene norman .

XXVIII. 1-3. Prionocypris twmefacta. 4-9. Herpetocypris strigata. |

10-15. Ilyodromus robertsont.. s+... ee rr eeee tects ee ee i

XXIX. 1-7a. Herpetocypris chevreuxti. 8-11. Ityodromus olivaceus. | ‘tee oe

12. Lyodromus robertsont .1 1... ee ec ee esate cent eee ee | wi a

XXX. Worms Parasitic in Candona angulata ..........+.......)

ath } Australian Fossorial Wasps ... weet eee eee eee oa veeeee 253

ee | Tropical West African Lycenide TSiGee isa sahapey tele tetas reiieauene ot \ 356

XXXYV. Tropical West African Lycenide and Hesperiide ........)

NOTICE. ae rs

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively, —

so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1910, p... . The Distribution _

is as follows: —

Papers read in January and February, issued in June. —

March and April, » », August.

May and June, 3, October.

November and December, ,, ,, April.

” Oh)

” a2

” 2

‘ Proceedings,’ 1909, pp. 739-952, were published on April 18th, 1910.

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in

J peat ec and February are contained in this Seley

PROCEEDINGS

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1910.

Pages 385-588.

Parr I]. conTAINING PAPERS READ Ke

MARCH. \

‘ sp

“Aa C8 d ji

AUGUST 1910.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,

realty) PATERNOSTER ROW. oie

[Price Twelve Shillings]

List: OF CONDENS:

1910, pp. 385-588.

“March 1, 1910.

Page

The Secretary. Exhibition of photographs of a iihpianine (Thylacinus neers) and

WRIS Hila W oe Cada dodo oo ada doy ao Goins neh Gia qe UROONS He fevahelens Gales hea teNCten ee eee 385 |

The Secretary. Remarks upon Mr. A. Radelyffe Dugmore’s book ‘Camera Adventures in

the African Wilds’ ...... Uae ARAN AIGA Hee eather Liar eaho eee Ey Se OS eee 385

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a preparation of, and remarks upon, the

yena cava inferior, diaphragm, and liver of a Seal (Phoca vitulina) that had lately been

living anvthe Societys: Gardens wir wiles wen cus state ele ese Bate aed ao Sie eee « 085

Mr. Frank E. Beddard, M.A.. F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of specimens of Earth-

worms from Luzon, Philippine Islands 387

we tw em we er we et OC Ce Oe ee tt oo ese or ar Sewers o

Mr. C. W. Andrews, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of some teeth of Hlephas (Stegodon)

insignis and of a species of Horse from China ..... .. Guba odUrGoboerounoOosos oe LOOT,

Dr. R.'T. Leiper, F.Z.8. Exhibition of the larval stage of Trichostrongylus pergracilis, and

a specimen of Cyclops containing a living embryo of Cucullanus elegans ......... SOK I

1. Zoological Collections from Northern Rhodesia and adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera

Heterocera, By Sir Grorcze F. Hamrson, Bart., F.Z.S. (Plates XXXVI-XLI.) .... 388

2, The Urogenital Organs of Chimera monstrosa. By T. H. Bururnn, M.A.(Camb.),

B.Se. (Lond.), late Scholar of Christ’s College, Cambridge; Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in Zoology, University College, Cardiff .......................-. Se tah)

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Turs Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrins,

Mr. J. Sasrnz, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

Patron.

HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Tue Kart or Atramont, F.S.A.

Grorce A. Bovunencer, Ese.,

FE.RS., Vice-President.

Ricuarp H. Burne, Ese., M.A.

Lr.-Cot. Sir R. Havenock

Cuarues, K.C.V.0O., M.D.

Atrrep H. Cocks, Ese., M.A.

F, D. Dawtrey Drewrtt, Esa.,

M.A., M.D.

Cartes Drummonn, Ese.,

Treasurer.

Sir Epwarp Doranp, Br., C.B.

FREDERICK GILLETT, Esa.

Srpvey F. Harmer, Ese., M.A.,

Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Str Epuunp G. Lover, Br.

E. G. B. Muave-Watpo, Esa.,

Vice-President.

Pror. Epwarp ALFRED Mincarn,

M.A., Vice-President.

P, CHatmers Maircnett, Ese.,

M.A., D.8c., Hon.LL.D.,

F.R.S., Secretary.

ALBERT Pam, Esa.

Aprian D. W. Pottocg, Esa.

OxpFieLD Tuomas, Esea., F.R.S.

Avspyn Trevor-Bartyz, Esa.,

M.A.

A.Smrrm Woopwarp, Esa.,LL.D.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Henry Woopwaprp, Ese., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It

carries out the objects of its foundation by means of the collection

of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications.

The Office of the Society, where all communications should be

sent, addressed to “The Secretary,” 1s open from Ten till Five,

except on Saturdays, when it closes at Two p.m.

The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Waterhouse,

is open daily at the above hours, except in September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held on

the third Wednesday in every month of the year, except in

September and October, at Five p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held fortnightly on

Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and October, at

half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the

nearest convenient day, at Four p.m.

The Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until Sunset.

Mr. R. 1. Pocock, F.L.S., is the resident Superintendent and Curator

of Mammals and Reptiles. Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator of Birds

and Inspector of Works. The Prosectorium for Anatomical and

Pathological work is under the charge of Mr. Frank E. Beddard,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector, assisted by Mr. H. G. Gao F.R.S.,

M.R. (. S., Pathologist to the Society.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £45 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £50.

No person can become a Frriow until the Admission Fee and

first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Fettows elected after the 31st. of August are not liable for the

Subscription for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

The Wire or Huszanp of a Fetitow can exercise these privileges

in the absence of the Fellow.

Every Fettow is entitled to receive annually 60 undated Green

Cards, and, when no specific instructions are received, the supply

will be sent in this form. If preferred, however, 20 Green Cards

may be exchanged for a book containing 2 Orders for each

Saturday * throughout the year. A similar book of Sunday Orders

may also be obtained in lieu of 20 Green Cards. A Green Card

may also be exchanged for 2 Buff Cards for the use of Children

under 12 years of age.

It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every Ticket

before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned Tickets are not

available.

Green and Buff Tickets may be used on any day and in any year,

but in no case can two Children be admitted with one Adult’s

Ticket, or an Adult be admitted with two Children’s Tickets.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the

1st. of January in every year, upon filling up and returning the form

of Standing Order supplied to Fellows.

Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written

order or on presentation of their visiting cards.

Frtiows are exempt from payment of the fee for Painting,

Sketching, and Photographing in the Society’s Gardens.

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary

Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional

Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the

Ist. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary

Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise

entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than

the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per

cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior

to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of ‘ The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works

and Publications relating | to Zoology in each year, for the sum of

* The Saturday Onions are not ayailable if the Fellow introduces friends

personally on that day. $

One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to-

42 can also be supplied. Full particulars of these publications can

be had on application to the Secretary.

Fextows may obtain a TransrERABLE Ivory TickEr admitting

two persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the

“dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

the annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty

to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the

Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

Regent’s Park, London, N.W.,

August, 1910.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

1910.

Turspay, NovemMBER 15 & 29

oh DecemBER 13

The Chair will be taken at half-past [Iight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

HE object of the ZoonoeicaL Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its

value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ having been amalgamated with the

International Catalogue of Scientific Literature, Zoology, Volumes

from 43 onwards can now be obtained only from Messrs. Harrison

& Sons, except when purchasing complete sets from the Zoological

Society.

Under the scheme of amalgamation, Fellows of the Society, and

Institutions already on the subscription-list, have the privilege of

subscribing at the old rate of 30s. per annum, which covers the

cost of carriage of the volume. The subscription becomes due on

July 1st. in each year, and lapsesif not paid by the Ist. of December

following.

The Society is able to supply complete sets of the Record on the

following terms :—

Vols. 1 to 37, Price £14 10s. net.

~ Vols. 38, 39, and 40 at 10s. net.

Vol. 41 and onwards at 40s. each.

The prices for separate volumes are as follows :—

Vols. 1 to 40 (except Vols. 4 and 6) 10s. each net.

Vols. 41 and 42 at 40s. each. The price of the ‘Zoological Record,’

Vol. 43 and subsequent volumes, published now by Messrs. Harrison

and. Co., is 40s. each.

Inpex Zoonocicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera

and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the

‘Zoological Record,’ 1880-1900; together with other names not

included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-

piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuarres Ownn

WarterHousse and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the ‘ Zoological

Record.’ London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the

public, 20s., or if sold with a set, 10s.

Divisions of the ‘ Zoological Record’ of Vols. 39 to 42 can be

supplied by the Society, but after Vol. 42 they can be had only of

Messrs. Harrison & Sons, 46 St. Martin’s Lane, W.C.

[P. 1. 0.

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

Divisions of the ‘ Zoological Record,’ Vols. 39-42, containing

the literature of the years 1902-1905, may be obtained separately

as follows :—

List of abbreviations of journals, etc.

to?

Special Records, viz. :—

Index of new names of genera and subgenera.

. General Subjects ..

. Mammalia

. Aves PR ree Bois

. Reptilia and Batrachia..

. Pisces

. Tunicata

. Mollusca

. Brachiopoda ..

. Bryozoa

. Crustacea

. Arachnida

. Myriopoda

. Insecta ..

. Echinoderma

. Vermes ..

. Coelenterata ..

XVII.

XVIII.

Nwporwownhdr wood £ eH pp do Dd bw bw

Spongiee

Protozoa

Divisions from Vol. 48 onwards are now supplied

Harrison & Sons, 46 St. Martin’s Lane, London, W.C.

O net.

by Messrs.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Recent's Park, Lonpon, N.W.

August, 1910.

Secretary.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the

*“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals described therein. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings”’ for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume

for the last half of the preceding year. JT'rom January 1901

they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the communications

made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of

the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better

adapted for publication in the quarto form. They are issued

at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s.

(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the 1st. of July

in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the Ist. of December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued.

TRANSACTIONS* OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

4to. 19 vols. and Index Bee Ee hp tis

Fellows. Public.

Vol. _L., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £3 138 6.... £418 OF

%, 3 Ms TL” yy ow MULS8O—-AD) ee A 0 OL a oemOmmon

vee allo. | op 633 4.) oe (hS4 2240) eee Oma AWG Oi

Selig As U1 45 cee (LSb1—62) a Ome Ole Se Zeeoii

San eON sy 55 SH noon AUST) by y5 GB 4B, 619 0

Fe tea eo 69 5, ) 5.8. (866269)... wal Gn OBOE) tals ano mG

FNAL, i (Cyan (ks (Py was 4) 0) Soe dey 12. @

5 NEOUS op 82), a we s CIST2=74) ORS meteors lb uelelaemn

ai ok - US) ee sede EER) oso WA 1G. ig 2

ot Ne 9 O55 occa (Clewere)) - LOO oe em e ()

Vol. Xd, containing 97 Plates.).) (@880—85)) 9 12 OR lla GeO

yey oxdliliss ee emo Cisco monpemaye Oayaa fa O

oy OMIM Cre oo) ons OG 8 Bi. cu EEN

a on eee Clstlo— en ean nd oy Os Gey oO

RXV, iy OA Ty oe (USES) 64.6 ls G.. 714 0

oy WAIL, og Dy B50 (Co, ISS) s. IO ees tO O

xXIX., 4 24% ye Se (SO9=1910) 2S 0) ASO Reels alan

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). frice te Price toute

ieenan J IBS, sya @WO@s “coocoooosne8as 4s. 6d. .... 68.

II. 1882. 8 Weboussooseoous As. Gd) Ve nose

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

, Men yf GA 5 GR 4 Xe 1842... 4.) 4AReueaes

» 0 1E2B, gy AO ng OS >» XL 1648. -,, “4s, G@ategemenen

abtve 1e3608 enn oyedaees Gs: | R844, (Osean

Co Sue Wee nh a alo, Gh, oes OSs » MIL 1845. ° 4s56qh ees

NAL TERE g a B Ga 5) XLV. 1846. 5, das CG

” vii. 1840. ;, 48. 6d. .. 6st | Index 1880-1847, ,, 4s. Gd. .. 6,

8vo. 18 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. _ With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s.6d. .. 65. ........ £1 0.8 Seon

0 XVII. 1849. 5 ASO, ih 1 (GSN aeaeresee LO; 85) 3 aa

Jae XQVIMII 185050) aR CCU ee Gs eee 18. 6 118 O+

55 XIX. 1851. i ASO caw “OSS getoriniontns 015 9 1 “i -10F

: BO Te5 Ot NE TAS Gs) A ae 015 9 1 1 OF

tia SCI Me Calcd nora Wha de: 018 0 1 4 OF

7 SOLIS SAY “yoxt by dee Oils ia) Gah mete 7 ON) G 1 6 OF

GW SOMUMIGTSSD Vast pg dopOOl nO aie eaaerinees 1 8 6 118 0+

Ee OC n ee ye EOE fas OS) Lonee vad 1ll 6 2 2 OF

» AXAVIIT. 1860. 1 AS IGG hse GSS Eas hiner Wu & 2° 250%

Index 1848-1860. ¥ 4s. 6d. 6s.

+ Out of print.

* In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society is

now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £80, sets of Vols. v.—xvi. inclusive, and

separate papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

MS GMMee ASN GGA tan eg OSS aisray.) « 9s. Lava IDSs Care aie BES Sh bono GYOSaP

1862 ASE OUST sen OSs. te ianaess 9s, putes wltDsk 3 Aeon Ba Bh onan 2S

1863 ASS OGNE Sven GSH) tee ea, 9s. DD sii ae ea B39, Sh, coon SRSA

1864 ASG Ga aia OSA Sioa s 9s. NPA aS so Oo Bee OF sooo 45s.*

1865 ASR OCLSR cttw OS ttn eres 9s. Dstt ae as. Od. .... 408

1866 ASMIGQ at shire OSNibeeies: 9s, WgsP. 30s. Od. ..., 458

ISOY 2c Be en ae ees Qs. 123.%, 30s. 9d. .... 45s

IUSSS) in Be roca ee AO Oe Qs TD SEN een Bom Wh sooo 4S

ICD cig ecrco Coren eee cee nee 9s. pelle aes SE, Bh coon ZS

LSTO) ocelot cece ceeone eee 9s. eid ka Sila eee B35 hh coon 4S

Index, 1861-1870 ............ As. Gah soon 6s.

oie Bion OOId eoremnenicte Croc area 9s 6 Ue cooos CSS Ch coon CRS

IST sc cheroaecnee nen Cann Ree ee 9s 5 WEBS. oo 00-6 dos. 9d. .... 458.

TSB Rh aNeeER ek PRN tire thd Sams enol dare Os Aen Dien aa a 33s. Od. .... 45s

SA ee ecciar ve Sahota ee aitarsne vis 9s ES cee 36s 48s.

TSG). Seer nae OT er iret 9s ee ans eee 36s 48s

HS GBs ort sre A siete he cost gts Qs LG tet a & 36s 48s.+

MSG e sent eats oon rate tare 9s BOD Sv aaa 36s 48s

TS ZAS) o.oo cron ORSTORRRS Smee CoE are 9s EAD esa ae He ene 36s 48s

SOMES pac aie sie caiouiecacnerscee gesve ots 9s. eel Pears nti, 36s. noon 4485,

MS SOM ies atet a ahorer rene aston 9s. Dhl ose cies 36s. LSS:

index aS /l=—1880) Sanescs s- eMIaSs 00d. a. <s 6s.

WSS Peeters ekerera rev eie’ a ante aehesernvere are 9s BOS ee cee 36s 48s

AS SOR a tcc eiguesapk tore aveccka/eene 9s Biya etc 36s 48s

SS} 5 5 8 Sh Gis 9s el Sie eee 36s 48s

US SAPP sak craves ak vacniiertiae, cee 9s OS oe ees 36s 48s

TIGISS ~-c. 6 Slo ree ROI REL eee 9s Sse neat 36s 48s

SSG Mie ates ine visto antes ee ede 9s re AG aaa re 36s 48s

NS SMe ceaayse es ahaa e ceed Oke eaves 9s loss. ee 36s ‘ 48s.+

GES): oo SSSR eee ear 9s 12s. 36s A8s

SS ORT re is ie PAPAS ee eye 9s. ue pe cay ane at 36s. co00 48a,

BUS OO eeepc tons cies ek ianereeeeee nots 9s. Fret mo Sau ce a OSS cooo 48s,

Ibagless, USSMIESNEIO Se acvesccc00 Uy Bt soon OB

LCR a'a:6, ISS AOU SONG clin 6. Ce eee 36s. soon 483,

JERE a9 go pibl oO OL nd c.0 Ble Same een ar IE 36s 48s

NGOS 5.0 eRe Gdn bee db 6 OO ee TR OOS: 48s

SD AO I RR oe eis adhe oe wade bears ke 36s A8s

WEDS bie gore Beng Gee bie cee IA a De 36s. 48s

HES. ass Sa sid bie deo 8 od oka So Seer ee eT a 36s. . ABs

NS OMe erent Pad eokichalaie ected ue axhare Ae 36s 48s

SS SHC PES Te Se Poin GO aeh wiSigecnene te cene poet eee aes 36s 48s

NED) obGW bBo 08 6 Re OCU ee ae ne sateen nae 36s. ooo ake,

NS OO MRRP re rarer Mena te Siis- occu a gidhaly a tuaeatora oie 36s. OS

ImdexcolS9ISTSO0N yeaa... AS Oda nnOs

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tuzs GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or trozr ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 19 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

LOOLeVol.. Ltrs eee 8 oes Oe OE a Galen ee eee NSS ne SES ES: 24s.

i Pil Ree nnnene NS chr Adee sh bhp cones} WS Ss ste ctsis 24s,

LOE a Eee eee Sen Pere Dee aie Sine evh cro df d.o 0 pink USS. 24s,

“f rial eer aren ae rn aes PE CHER | oo ao Sse Kee et 24s

MOOS yes Ua ll ikea aces whe ad dle, cooks ats RU a reece eee BB Ee eect eteve 24s.

i PU Ee Cane Hira. eM entree ans Ld MSS H Res x wieees

OO As co Maleate iis. utPace Cupiedetil sin ev Relep ales ACRE ects a eae ae HS Say, 24s.

a Fe be gear ee Ca MR EM ee AMM aT ah CY i NS Stee NAL 94s.

OOD saps ee Ree ak sacle wie aha eoblele aul Mate ream Ua aeeme mae LSS ees 24s.

3 BEEN) in doce tee tate toil Bite RAN AP OG ee TRS Tene at ee ae SS ane LOS ee 24s.

QOG es ARPES ci vs eet a la evel each ates ISSR ee Lesh eyes:

Bae cage WE eee veteicns ccc ih eee ek 4 inieun opt eon eiat eae eee SES aoe on 24S.

MOO Ze pay altel Mattar sadepets case cot cls, ovat Mee ier Ae ee eae CS 18s. 24s.

Fae shigys Le ee Rete an are care, ee dk ORL GN Rea WE Secon Hs,

WOO S vor e rep UL we Rac Yaeat hx: Goel dake mia te ie nettne d Rite nee, con eee e ey ena ISS Lres ae 24s.

Ba ates aL Waeted fesisiates vos Vane: acre mre S Se coker ta eee NSS. "eA naes 24s.

AUSTEIo SAeane E osment cde Meee pee eNO ate aE es vakl, cr. Les een eee 24s,

‘ Pr El Ae ieee ne AeA OE LP RRR D A Pa nL VR ences 18s) ee 24s

OO, Wha ALG cc ahs esis wine aaa ae ah obi rare ee ee ee DUS dieedo' 24s

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo.

1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.

1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London

(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE— 8th Edition

—with (1) a Railway and Street Map, showing a direct

route to the ‘“‘ Zoo” from all parts of London and the Suburbs ;

(2) a Plan of the Grounds, showing at a glance the location of

the animals; (3) a short description of some of the principal

animals in the Collection (now containing over 3000 spe-

cimens), together with 48 Photographic Illustrations and

Index. Price 6d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 14d., or in

Green Cloth Cover price 1s. 2d. post free.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

Regent's Park, London, N.W.,

August, 1910.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrmry’s Orricn,

at Messrs. Longmans’ (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any

bookseller.

SOM MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE VEINS OF A SEAL, 385

March 1, 1910.

Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited photographs of a Thylacine (Thyla-

cinus cynocephalus) and three cubs which had been sent him by

Mis. Mary G. Roberts, C.M.Z.8., of Hobart, Tasmania. Mrs.

Roberts had informed him by letter that the Thylacines had been

in her possession for about eight months, and were tame and

playful, and that the mother had nursed them until they were

nearly as large as herself, although throughout that time they had

also taken raw meat. Mrs. Roberts added that the Thylacine had

extremely strong maternal instincts and that these animals, in her

opinion, were not of low intelligence.

The Secretary called attention to the recently published

‘Camera Adventures in the African Wilds, by A. Radelyffe

Dugmore, remarking on the great additions to knowledge of wild

animals that were being obtained by this new form of sport. He

directed special attention to the photographs of Grévy’s Zebra,

obtained near the Guaso Nyiro River, not far from Mt. Kenia, as

evidence of the range of that species, and to an extremely interest-

ing photograph of the Giant Bush-Pig (Hylocherus meinertz-

hageni) taken in the same locality.

Mr. R. H. Burne, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a preparation * of

the vena cava inferior, diaphragm, and liver of a Seal (Phoca

vitulina) that had lately been living in the Society’s Gardens.

The specimen showed a strong sphincter band of muscle (Spi. V.C.)

surrounding the lower end of the thoracic vena cava similar to

that which was figured in the case of a Walrus in a note in the

‘ Proceedings’ last year (p. 733). But this preparation showed in

addition the continuity of some few of the muscle-fibres of the

sphincter vene cavee with those of the diaphragm towards the left

ventral side and the innervation of the sphincter by a branch of

the phrenic nerve (PA.N.). The vena cava was injected so that

the enormous size of the venous reservoir (V.S.) formed by the

dilatation of the vena cava and hepatic veins in the upper part of

the liver could be clearly seen. Some reference was made to

speculations on the physioiogical significance of these structures 7

in relation to the special needs of an aquatic life.

* R. College of Surgeons Museum, Physical Series, No. 980 E aa (prepared by the

Prosector, Mr. W. Pearson).

+ Gratiolet, ‘ Anatomie de lHippopotame,’ p. 370. Burne, P. Z. 8. 1909, p. 734.

Paramore, ‘ Lancet,’ 1910, May 28th.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XXV. 25

386 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE VEINS OF A SEAL. [ Mar. 1,

Particular attention was drawn to a pair of venous plexuses *

(V.Pl.) connected with the ventral surface of the vena cava just

above the sphincter venz cave. The plexus consisted of a coil of

branching veins of considerable size and a relatively minute artery

derived from the phrenic artery (Ph.A.). The blood-vessels with a

small amount of fat lay enclosed within a sac of pleural membrane

Text-fig. 39.

The thoracic and hepatic vena cava inferior and liver of a Seal (Phoca vitulina).

D. Diaphragm; LD. Liver; #h.A. Phrenic artery; Ph.N. Phrenic nerve;

Pi.M. Pleural membrane (cut edge); Sph.V.C. Sphincter vene cave ;

V.C.I, Vena cava interior (thoracic); V.Pl. Venous plexus; V.S. Venous

sinus.

(P1.4.), the whole structure projecting freely into the pleural

cavity at the point of contact of the pleura and pericardium.

The margins of the pleural sac were produced to form a fringe of

arborescences, which were compared (following a suggestion of

Professor Keith) with the fimbriez of the synovial fringes in the

* The plexus of the left side was accidentally removed.

1910.] ON A ROUNDWORM AND THE INFECTION OF CYCLOPS. 387

joints or to the Pacchionian bodies in the venous sinuses of the

dura mater.

It was suggested that these pleural venous plexuses were

possibly of use in regulating the pressure of the pleural fluid in a

manner similar to that in which the pressure of the cerebro-spinal

fluid is regulated by the Pacchionian bodies.

Mr. Frank E. Beddard, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the

Society, exhibited a series of specimens of Earthworms from

Luzon, Philippine Islands.

Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks

upon some teeth of Hlephas (Stegodon) insignis and of a species

of horse from China. The former were from Sze-chuen, probably

from beds of Lower Pliocene age, and were sent to the British

Museum by the Rev. W. C. Taylor, of the China Island Mission.

The horse teeth were from Tsi shan, N. China, from'a depth of

about 300 feet in the Loess, probably of Pleistocene age; these

were sent by the Rev. R. Gillies, also of the China Inland

Mission.

Dr. R. T. Leiper, F.Z.8., exhibited the larval stage of Tricho-

strongylus pergracilis, the causal factor of Grouse disease. He

found experimentally that the development follows almost exactly

the same course as that of the Ankylostome—the cause of miner’s

disease in Cornwall. The egg developed into embryos in about

two days, and metamorphosed on the eighth day into a peculiarly

active larva that climbed heather only in wet weather. These

larvee were found in extraordinary numbers on the plants, the

roots of which were experimentally infected. Subsequent drying

did not kill the larvee, for by encysting they could survive several

weeks without additional moisture, but were unable, however, to

resist desiccation. They underwent no further developmental

change, and this stage, when fed to healthy Grouse, alone was able

to produce infection, and within four days eggs were found in the

droppings.

Dr. Leiper also exhibited a specimen of Cyclops containing a

living embryo of Cucullanus elegans, a blood-sucking parasite of

Perch, and discussed the mode of entry into Cyclops of this worm

andthe guinea-worm. Experiments showed that the embryos only

penetrated living Cyclopide, and led to the conclusion that the

Cyclops actually swallowed the living embryos and that these

penetrated the stomach.

25*

388 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

The following papers were read :—

1. Zoological Collections from Northern Rhedesia and

adjacent Territories: Lepidoptera Phalene. By Sir

Grorcu IF’. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

[Received January 21, 1910. ]

(Plates XXXVIL-XLL*)

The collection of Moths made by Mr. 8. A. Neave during his

two journeys in Central Africa was, with the exception of a few

species taken in Portuguese EH. Africa on his journey homewazds,

entirely from the N. Western and N. Eastern districts of

N. Rhodesia and the adjacent Katanga district of the Congo Free

State. As the country is of moderate elevation without either

high ranges of mountains or deep river valleys, the Moth fauna

has a very uniform tropical African character with no mountain

forms or forms of the faunas of the drier parts of either Southern

or Northern Africa, and is mainly of a West African type together

with a considerable number of forms found in East Africa and

Mashonaland. The collection consists of 668 species, exclusive of

au few Pterophoride, Tortricide, and Tineide which are not in-

cluded, and of these 202 species are described as new; as follows:

SOMUCUNOGIS asssdsc0cs0so200e5 21 species, 5 new.

PARCEL ECL CCL SS ck ca ae snes 2 aie Cla ss

AGOPUSIMUET Be popreormeoe nas 2 Ole aes i es

UOCUULUE ks see eons os 2S Sieh teas 86,

Pterothysande .........6.. ) ee Le

LY MULT TAN 02) ee... eee eee 5 95 Be

LLY DSIC Got ais. 4 So occ eset 12408 Dees

ISR UILO NOE. ee eee eee LS he Sa Es

THY DIAR OBOE? a5 Sepenn 6308048: (fOr Diels

WV otodonttd een eee ee (Oy deal Dy Ja

GCOMet Ce yee soso s ey 103 ee PAs

DNC OUP OOCHONED =) <=) CORB DOO SERA - Lae

Sabal ion Ge seep eee ee TG ewe

OER DOEONE sre Ab eb annsnageor 4

Ar belid Resi kok usritte oslo alee Lectin

Casside: WER isola aesis ie ne Sy RES Dyas

Lasiocampid@ ............ «- ORs Si gee

Chrysopolomide ..........4. Se keh Dee

VA MOCOMIG Cera THe ares OL

ZY GOCTADC ue aie ei se ie Sa aes S ee

PUNE ROCITOID Wachee HORSE Cs 205 00 TL aes Lee

Pyralide@. ..: .:)eeeeereeneee Siganks 28 «1,

VEO CRIOU CE: ee MN Gi sas One

Ja ONUOIA® aed aaeadsoocsee De) ts Dies

* For explanation of the Plates see p. 508.

Tee gos iL SOL WOO OVAL

Horace Knight delet lith

West,Newman chr

MOMS OM Gib IN RAL VAR RICA.

Asie ASLO Ned SOCOV I,

West,Newman chr.

Horace Knight del.et lith.

MOTHS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.

P ZS. 1910. Pl. XXXVIIL

Horace Knight delet lith. West,Newman chr,

MOTHS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.

ISAS MELO REM OOCINC

err,

Best eS

West, Newman chr.

MOTHS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.

TEA aS als Onde AU,

Horace Knight del.et lith. : West, New

MOTHS FROM CENTRAL APRICA.

BOARS s Los Ome ee Glade

13 20

Horace Knight del.et lith. West, Newman chr.

MOTHS FROM CENTRAL AFRICA.

1910.] “MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 389

SYNTOMID2.

CrRYX ALBIMACULA WIk. i. 128 (1854).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

TRICHATA PTEROPHORINA Mab, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. 139.

Coneo, Lualaba R.; N.E. Ruopssta, Luangwa R., Chambezi R.

TRICHZTA FULVESCENS W1k. i. 132 (1854).

N.E. Ruopssia, Luangwa distr., Chinsala distr., Bangweolo

distr., Chambezi R., Kalungwisi distr.

SYNTOMIS HEMIPHENICA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 1.)

3. Head and thorax black with a faint metallic gloss; antenne

white at tips; frons white; tarsi whitish at base; abdomen

crimson, the last three segments and the ventral surface black

with a faint metallic gloss. Fore wing black with a faint metallic

gloss; a wedge-shaped hyaline patch in cell, an oblique patch

below vein 2 and elongate patches above veins 7, 6, 4, 3. Hind

wing black with a faint metallic gloss; a large hyaline patch

below the cell from before middle to near tornus and a round

patch beyond the cell above vein 2.

@. Abdomen with dorsal maculate black fascia on segments

3 to 5.

Hab. Conco, Kambove distr. (Weave), 1 3, 2 9 type. Hap.

24 mm.

SYNTOMIS MIOZONA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 2.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep metallic green; frons

pure white; antennee white at tips; pectus with lateral crimson

patches; basal joint of tarsi white; abdomen with dorsal crimson

patch at base. Fore wing deep metallic green; a hyaline patch

below base of cell, wedge-shaped patch in end of cell, oblique

patch below vein 2 and elongate patches above vein 6 and below

veins 4 and 3; cilia white below apex. Hind wing deep metallic

green with hyaline patches below the cell and beyond the cell

between veins 4 and 2.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, Fort Jameson (Weave), 1 2 type. Hap.

40 mm.

Subsp. 1. Wings more purplish black except costal area of fore

wing; cilia not white below apex.

Hab. Guru. BE. Arrica, Magila, 3 9. Hap. 30 mm.

Differs from S. ceres in the frons being white.

SYNTOMIS CROCEIZONA, sp. n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 3.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen black shot with metallic green ;

tarsi with the basal joint white ; abdomen with orange-red dorsal

patch at base. Fore wing black shot with purple, the costal area

with a metallic green tinge; a small hyaline spot below the cell

390 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [Mar. 1,

near base, a quadyvate patch in end of cell, an oblique patch below

vein 2 and elongate spots above vein 6 and below veins 4 and 3;

cilia white towards apex. Hind wing black shot with purple, a

hyaline patch below the cell and small spot between veins 4, 3.

Ab. 1. Wings shot with metallic green instead of purple.

Hab. N.W. Ruovesta, Alala plateau (Weave), 4 9; N.E. Ruo-

DESIA, Bangweolo distr. (Neave), 1 9 , Kalungwisi valley (eave),

22 type. Hap. 30 mm.

Differs from S. ceres in being without the scarlet patches on

pectus.

SyNToMIS CERBERA Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 363 (1764).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa distr.,

Bangweolo distr., Chambezi R., Tanganyika plateau, Lofu valley.

Synromis tomasinA Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xii. p. 348

(1876).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove. .

Synromis ENDoCROssIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xi. p. 338 (1903).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

Synromis MARINA Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xii. p. 348

(1876).

N.E. Ruopest4, Kalungwisi distr.

ERESSA PLEUROSTICTA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 4.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown; antenne white

at tips; shoulders with yellow patches; fore legs with the ex-

tremities of tibie and the tarsi yellowish; abdomen with dorsal

yellow band at base and ill-defined yellow lateral and sublateral

spots on medial segments. Fore wing black-brown with quadrate

hyaline patch in middle of cell, elongate oblique patch below

vein 2, small patch above its base and postmedial patches above

veins 6, 5, 4, 3. Hind wing black-brown with hyaline sub-

terminal spots above and below vein 2 and smaller spot above

vein 3.

Hab. Congo, Lualaba R. (Weave), 1 2 type. Hap. 30 nm,

PSEUDONACLIA PUELLA Boisd. Voy. Delegorgue, ii. p.569 (1847).

N.E. Rxopesta, Chambezi R.

THYRETES MoNTEIROI But]. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xii. p. 359

(1876).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

METARCTIA LATERITIA Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett. f. 274

(1855).

N.E. Ruopes1a, Luangwa distr., Fort Jameson.

POLOS} MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 391

_ Merarcria BuRRA Schaus, Lep. 8. Leone, p. 23, pl. i. f. 6 .

(1893).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

METARCTIA FLAVIVENA Hmpsn. Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus. i. p. 40

(1900).

Portuegugse E. Arrica, Makanga distr.

PSEUDAPICONOMA NIGRIPENNIS Auriv. Ark. f. Zool. 11. 4, p. 30

(1904).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

PSEUDAPICONOMA FENESTRATA Jord. Nov. Zool. xi. p. 442 (1904).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

Genus PSEUDMELISA, nov.

Type, P. chalybsa.

Proboscis absent; palpi small, porrect; antenne of female

laminate ; tibie with minute terminal pairs of spurs; abdomen

very elongate. Fore wing narrow and elongate, the termen very

obliquely curved ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ;

6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 10 from beyond 7; 11

from cell. Hind wing small; vein 3 from before angle of cell,

4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 coincident.

PSEUDMELISA CHALYBSA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 5.)

@. Head and thorax black slightly irrorated with metallic

blue; shoulders and pectus at sides with crimson spots ; abdomen

black with a slight metallic blue gloss; a crimson dorsal band at

base and lateral patches on the next four segments, a slight

yellow dorsal spot on 6th segment, the two terminal segments

dorsally yellow, the anal tuft crimson. Fore wing brilliant

metallic blue. Hind wing black shot with metallic blue.

Hab. Conco, Kambove distr. (Weave), 1 2 type. Hap. 46 mm,

EUCHROMIA LETHE Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 553 (1775).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

EUCHROMIA SPERCHIA Cram. Pap, Exot. ii. pl. 146, f. C (1777).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

ARCTIADA.

LItHOSIANA.

TLemMA ELEGANS Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 347.

Subsp. restricta, nov.

Abdomen dorsally orange; male with the terminal band of fore

wing much narrower, of hind wing hardly more than a line;

392 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

female with the band of fore wing narrowing to a point at tornus;

hind wing without band.

Hab. N.E. Ruovesta, BE. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 23,12 type.

Exp. 3 32, 2 38 mm.

JLEMA HETEROGYNA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 6.)

3. Head and tegule orange-yellow; thorax fuscous brown

with a greyish tinge; pectus and legs yellow, the fore and mid

tibie and tarsi, the hind tibie at extremity and tarsi towards

extremity black above; abdomen orange-yellow, dorsally blackish

on basal half. Fore wing fuscous grey, the costal area yellow

narrowing to a point at apex. Hind wing fuscous brown with

some orange suffusion on disk and inner area; cilia yellow ; the

underside orange-yellow, the termen suffused with fuscous except

at apex and towards tornus, some fuscous irroration in cell and

below costa.

2. Fore wing paler, the cilia yellow ; hind wing yellow.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 3, 1 Q type.

Hep. 3 39, 2 32 mm.

Genus PSEUDLEPISTA, nov.

Type, P. atrizona.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi porrect, short, not reaching as

far as the large rounded frontal prominence ; antennz of male

bipectinate, with very short branches, of female typically very

minutely serrate; fore tibie very short, with short outwardly

curved claw on outer side at extremity. Fore wing with vein 2

from towards angle of cell, straight; 3, 4 stalked; 5 absent; 6

from upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from before 9; 10, 11 typi-

cally stalked or from a point, 11 bent upwards and touching 12.

Hind wing with vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3, 4 strongly

stalked; 5 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 from middle of cell.

PSEUDLEPISTA ATRIZONA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 7.)

Head orange, the palpi, sides of frons, and antenne black ;

thorax black, the tegule with some orange on edges, the patagia

orange with black upper edge ; coxee and fore femora at extremities

with some orange; abdomen orange, dorsally black at base.

Fore wing orange with broad black terminal band expanding into

a large rounded patch on apical area. Hind wing orange with

black terminal band, broad at costa, narrowing to a point at

ternus.

Hab. N.E. Ruyovesia, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 ¢, 1 @ type.

Hep. 22 mm.

PsEUDLEPISTA FLAVICOsTA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 8.)

Antenne of female ciliated; fore wing with vein 11 well

separated from 10 and anastomosing with 12.

2. Head and thorax orange, the metathorax with a whitish

1910.] - MOTHS FRCM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 363

patch ; palpi with the 3rd joint black ; fore legs, mid tibize and tarsi

and hind tibie at extremity, and the tarsi brown above ; abdomen

pale yellow. Fore wing very pale yellow, the inner area more

ochreous, the costal edge orange. Hind wing very pale yellow.

Underside of fore wing and costal area of hind wing more orange,

the disk of fore wing tinged with fuscous.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga distr. (Veave), 1 2 type. Hap. 34 mm.

CARIPODIA CHRYSARGYRIA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ii.

p. 248 (1900).

Coneo, 8.E. Katanga; N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr.

ANAPHOSIA CYANAGRAMMA Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xi. p. 344

(1903).

Conco, S.E. Katanga.

ANAPHOSIA ASTRIGATA, sp. n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 30.)

Head orange; antenne black; thorax yellowish white, the

tegule edged with orange ; pectus and legs orange, the fore femora

blackish above, mid tibize streaked with black, the tarsi blackish ;

abdomen orange. Fore wing silvery yellowish white; the costa

black; an oblique black medial line slightly bent outwards to

inner margin ; postmedial line black, oblique to vein 2, then erect,

joined at vein 4 by a curved black line from costa before apex ;

cilia orange. Hind wing orange-yellow. Underside of fore wing

suffused with brown except terminal half of costal area and

terminal area.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga distr. (eave), 2 5,22 ; MASHONALAND,

Salisbury (JZarshall), 1 Q type. Hap. 34-44 mm.

ANAPHOSIA PECTINATA, sp. n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 31.)

Antenne of male bipectinate, with short branches ending in a

bristle, of female serrate.

Head, thorax, and abdomen orange; sides of frons with black

patches; antenne black; fore and mid tibie above and the tarsi

black. Fore wing yellow ; the costa and inner margin except at

base narrowly black; a black medial line, excurved from costa to

middle of cell, then oblique and shghtly sinuous ; a black post-

medial line, slightly excurved below costa, then oblique and

slightly excurved in submedian interspace, a black streak from

it in discal fold bent upwards to costa before apex, its angle

connected or nearly connected with termen and with an oblique

black streak from postmedial line to termen below vein 4, a

terminal black line; cilia black at base, yellowish at tips. Hind

wing orange with narrow black terminal band, its inner edge

somewhat diffused inwards between veins 6 and 3.

Hab. Conco, Kambove distr. (Weave), 2 5, 192 type. Hap.

36-38 mm.

394 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

ANAPHOSIA EURYGRAPHA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 32.)

3. Head, tegule, and patagia pale yellow; frons with black

bands; antenne brown; neck black; dorsum of thorax dark

brown; fore femora at extremities, fore and mid tibie, hind

tibie at extremities, and the tarsi dark brown ; abdomen dorsally

dark brown, ventrally orange. Fore wing yellowish white; the

costa and inner margin except at base black; a‘ narrow medial

black band, oblique below median nervure and connected by a

streak on median nervure with the narrow black postmedial band

which is slightly excurved below costa, then oblique and slightly

excurved in submedian interspace, with a black fascia from it in

discal fold bent upwards to costa before apex, its angle expanding

into a patch to near termen, an oblique black fascia from

postmedial line to termen below vein 4; termen and cilia black.

Hind wing orange; a broad terminal black band narrowing to

tornus and with a blackish line just before its inner edge between

vein 6 and submedian fold; the underside with narrow black

terminal line.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hap.

36 mm.

PHILENORA UNICoLOR Hopff. Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1857,

p. 422.

N.E. Ruopesia, upper Luangwa valley.

ARCTIAN E.

DiAcRIsIA PUNCTULATA Wllgrn. Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 161

(1860).

N.E. Ruopesia, upper Luangwa valley, E. Luangwa distr.

Driacrisia MACULOSA Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 370. f. B (1781).

N.W. Ruopesi4, Alala plateau. ° ,

DIACRISIA DIPLOSTICHA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i. p. 57

(1900).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

Dracrisia LUTESCENS WIk. ii. 672 (1855).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

ACANTHARCTIA TENUIFASCIATA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 33.)

3g. Frons yellow, the vertex of head and thorax white ; palpi

black above; antenne black, the shaft white above on basal half ;

legs yellow, the tibiz and tarsi brown above; abdomen white at

base, then yellow with dorsal brown bands. Fore wing white ;

the costal edge yellow; the interspaces with faint brownish

fascize, the fascia in discal fold from middle of cell to termen and

the fascia above vein 6 more distinct. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga distr. (Weave), 2 g type. Hap. 38 mm.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 395

TERACOTONA EUPREPIA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i. p. 58

(1900).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau.

TERACOTONA RHODOPH HA, Wlk. xxxi. 302 (1864).

N.W. Ruopesra, Petauke distr.

UTETHEISA CALLIMA Swinh. A. M. N. H. (7) xix. p. 202 (1907).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

UYTETHEISA PULCHELLA Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 534 (1758).

Portucusese E. Arrica, Nyanji; N.E. Ruopssia, KE. Luangwa

distr., Feira, upper Luangwa valley.

SECUSIO STRIGATA, WIk. 11. 559 (1854).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu.

SECUSIO ATRIZONATA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 34.)

S$. Head and thorax orange with black streaks on vertex and

sides of head and vertex of thorax and patagia and spots on frons

and tegule; palpi black except at base; the antenne black with

the shaft white above except towards tips; legs striped fuscous

and whitish ; abdomen orange with lateral and sublateral series

of black points, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing brown

suffused with grey, the veins and discal and submedian folds on

basal half streaked with whitish; a small whitish spot in end

of cell; cilia greyish at tips. Hind wing orange with black

terminal band, rather broad from apex to vein 2, then narrow to

vein 1 where it terminates; cilia orange, whitish at tips, tinged

with fuscous at base towards tornus. Underside of fore wing

orange, the terminal area black from costa beyond middle to inner

margin near tornus, its inner edge slightly irregular.

Hab. N.E. Ruopssia, Tanganyika plateau, Lofu valley (Weave),

1 g type. Hap. 44 mm.

AGARISTID&.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX POGGEI Dewitz, Mitth. Ent. Ver. 111. p. 31,

pl. 2. £. 3 (1879):

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX PERDIX Druce, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 668.

N.E. RaopestA, E. Luangwa distr.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX INDECISA But]. A. M. N. H. (6) vii. p. 50

(1891).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

396 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [Mar. 1,

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX AFRICANA Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xv. p. 142

(1875),

N.E. Ruopssia, upper Luangwa valley, KE. Luangwa distr.

| Yanthospilopteryx africana Butl.and allied species are common

everywhere during the wet season from October to April. They

ave diurnal in their habits and have a rather powerful flight.

They are very conspicuous on the wing and almost certainly form

the models for butterflies such as Huphedra crawshayi Butl. and

allied species.—S. A. N.]

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA Butl. A. M. N. H. (4)xv. p. 141,

pl. 13. f. 3 (1875).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove. The form with yellow hind wing.

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, upper

Luangwa valley, Mpika, Bangweolo distr. ; Porrucurse H.

Arrica, Makanga distr. The form with crimson hind wing.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX ATRIVENTRALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI.

fig. 13).

3. Head and thorax black; 1st and 2nd joints of palpi, sides

of frons, vertex of head and tegule at middle and sides with

paired white points; patagia with yellowish spots; tibiae with

yellowish bands, the femoro-tibial joints and tarsi with white

points ; abdomen black with dorsal and lateral yellow bands, the

ventral surface black. Fore wing black with oblique silvery blue

bar in middle of cell with slight streaks above and below it, a

discoidal lunule and short streak on middle of vein 2; a subbasal

yellow spot below costa, elongate antemedial spot below costa and

small spot above vein 5, a spot in middle of cell and medial spot

above vein 1; an oblique yellow band from below middle of costa

to vein 1 towards tornus, dilated at vein 2 and ending in a point;

an oblique subapical band from below costa to vein 3 near termen,

its extremities rounded, and a small subterminal spot above

vein | ; cilia whiteat apex. Hind wing scarlet with black terminal

band expanding somewhat towards apex and at vein 2; cilia

whitish at apex ; the underside with the costa narrowly black to

near base.

Hab, N.K. Ruopesta, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 ¢d type. Hap.

56 mm.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX DISCOSTICTA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 23.)

3g. Head and thorax black; Ist and 2nd joints of palpi, sides

of frons, and back of head with white points ; gule white; tegule,

shoulders, and patagia with yellowish white points, the last with

some yellowish at tips; tibize with yellow bands, the base and

extremities of tibie and the tarsi with white points; abdomen

orange-yellow tinged with fuscous, the extremity and vential

surface black, sublateral and vential series of small yellow spots.

1910.] : MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHOD#SIA. 397

Fore wing black; whitish points at base below costa and cell; a large

triangular antemedial yellow patch extending from below costa

to vein 1; an oblique band from below middle of costa to above

tornus, constricted just below the cell and rather pointed at lower

extremity; a broad band from below costa beyond middle to near

termen below vein 3, where its extremity is pointed and somewhat

recurved ; three obliquely placed small yellow spots across apical

area and a subterminal spot in submedian fold; oblique silvery

blue lines in and below middle of cell and on Hiscocellivlans = =yenlia,

with a series of white spots. Hind wing scarlet with black

discoidal striga and terminal band slightly angled imwards at

vein 2; the cilia with series of white spots. Underside of fore

wing with the yellow markings tinged with scarlet; hind wing

with small subapical patch of yellow scales.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau (Weave), 1 g type. Lup.

64 mm,

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX NEAVI, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 14.)

®. Head and thorax black; Ist and 2nd joints of palpi, frons,

and back of head with white points; gule white: tegule, shoulders,

and patagia with white points ; tibie banded with orange, the

tibize at base and extremity and the tarsi ringed with white ;

abdomen orange-yellow tinged with fuscous the eat emity blackish

above, a lateral series of black points. Fore wing black ; some

small whitish spots below base of costa and two subbasal spots

below the cell; a triangular yellow antemedial spot in cell,

slight mark below the cell, and wedge-shaped mark above vein 1 ;

a broad oblique bar across end of cell, expanding at lower

extremity, and oblique patch below end of cell; an oblique band

from below costa beyond middle to near termen at vein 3,

somewhat constricted at vein 5 and its inner edge excised at

vein 4; a subterminal spot above tornus; a silvery blue striga

in middle of cell and some scales below the cell and on discocellulars;

cilia white at apex. Hind wing crimson with black terminal

band somewhat angled inwards at vem 2; the cilia white at

apex ; the underside with the black extending on costa to middle.

Hab. N.K. Ruovesia, Chinsali distr. (Weave) Jil Go vype.. Harp:

72 mm.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX ZMULATRIX Westw. Oates’ ‘ Matabeleland,’

p- 355 (1881).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX FLAVIPENNIS Bartel. Verh. Ges. Wien, iii.

p- 121 (1903).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

XANTHOSPILOPTERYX HORNIMANNI Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xvi.

p- 269 (1880).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

398 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

PovacanrHoropa tiGRINA Druce, P. LS. 18825 p-eiio, pple (G0:

£04: .

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

ANDRHIPPURIS CAUDEQUINA Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 358,

pl. 1. ff 1, 2 (1895).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

[Andrhippuris caudequina Karsch. This species, in common

with many other diurnal moths, appeared in considerable numbers

at the beginning of the rainy season in October. I met with

it only in Katanga, never in Northern Rhodesia.—S. A. N.]

CHARILINA AMABILIS Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. 13. f. 3 (1773).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Chinsali distr., Fort Jameson.

PSEUDOSPIRIS PAIDIFORMIS Butl. P. Z.S. 1895, p. 267, pl. xv.

tiOsno:

N.E. Raopes1a, Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr.

Pais NyAssANA Bartel. Verh. Ges. Wien, liii. p. 128 (1908).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

ZEcgocrrA AFFINIS Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 155 (1883).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

AMGOCERA GEOMETRICA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 15.)

2. Head white, black at sides; palpi chocolate-red fringed

with yellow and brown hair, the extremity of 2nd joint white,

the 3rd joint white at base, black at tip; antenne black with

some white above; thorax chocolate-red with white patches on

shoulders and metathorax ; pectus and legs orange, the fore and

mid femora with some black above and the tibiz with black spots,

the terminal joints of tarsi black above’; abdomen orange with

dorsal black patch at base. Fore wing chocolate-red ; the costa

black irrorated with white, the costal edge white except towards

base; an oblique white streak from below base of costa to vein 1

beyond middle, where it is met by a narrow white band from

costa; cilia white. Hind wing orange with broad black terminal

band ; cilia yellow at tips. Underside of fore wing yellow with

the terminal area black-brown, a round black spot in end of cell

almost confluent with a black bar beyond the cell angled inwards

below its extremity.

Hab. Congo, Kambove distr. (Weave), 19 type. Hap. 42 mm.

ANGOCERA MENETE Cram. Pap. Exot. 1. pl. 70. f. D (1775).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

1910.) MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 399

ANGOCERA TRICOLORA B. Baker, A. M. N. H. (8) iii. p. 434 (1909).

-Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssta, Kapopo.

ANGOCERA DISPAR Roths. Nov. Zool. ii. p. 43. pl. 15. ff 27, 28

(1896).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

LoPHONOTIDIA NocTURNA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ii

p-. 617 (1901).

N.E. Ruopesi4, KE. Luangwa distr.

Genus Hopuarista, nov.

Type, H. hemaplaga.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi with the 2nd joint obliquely

upturned and moderately fringed with hair, the 3rd porrect,

rather long and somewhat dilated at extremity ; frons with long

flattened corneous process at middle, bifid at extremity, and

corneous plate below it excised in front; eyes large, round;

antenne slightly dilated towards extremity; thorax clothed with

hair and scales mixed, the metathorax with spreading crest ;

tibie moderately fringed with hair; abdomen with hairy crest at

base only. Fore wing with the apex rounded, the termen

evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3 and 5 from near angle

of cell; 6 from upper angle; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to

form the areole; 11 from cell. Hing wing with veins 3,4 from

angle of cell; 5 obsolescent from middle of discocellulars ; 6,7

from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the cell near base only.

HopLARISTA HHMAPLAGA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 24.)

3g. Head and thorax dark chocolate-brown mixed with pale

yellow and some orange; frons with lateral yellowish white spots

above; pectus orange ; legs banded black and orange; abdomen

banded black and orange, the ventral surface dark brown with

series of yellow bars. Fore wing dark chocolate-brown irrorated

with silvery blue and some yellow scales; a triangular yellow

antemedial patch in cell with elongate blood-red patch below it,

connected with the oblique yellow medial band extending from

below costa to submedian fold, edged by blood-red at sides, its

inner edge slightly angled inwards at median nervure and sub-

median fold and its outer edge strongly dilated below; a post-

medial yellow patch from below costa to vein 2, rounded above

and its lower extremity pointed and bent inwards. Hind wing

deep orange; a slight black discoidal lunule; a black-brown ter-

minal band, its inner edge slightly incurved at discal fold and

strongly at vein 2; a small yellow spot on termen at submedian

fold. Underside of fore wing yellow, the costa black-brown

except towards base, a black-brown and red spot in middle of

cell with red spot below it in submedian interspace, a large

400 STR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

lunulate discoidal patch connected with the dark costa and with

some dark suffusion below it, a broad dark terminal band expanding

towards apex and interrupted by yellow below vein 2; hind wing

with the costa black-brown to near base.

@. Fore wing with the antemedial patch in cell red with

slight yellow spot on it, widely separated from the medial band

which is narrower and less dilated below, the postmedial patch

not extending below vein 4 where it 1s somewhat pointed on outer

side ; hind wing with the terminal band broader and without

yellow spot at submedian fold.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Lake Bangweolo (Weave), 1 3,12 type.

Lup. 3 50, 9 52 mm.

TUERTA OVIFERA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 25.)

Q@. Head and thorax black-brown ; palpi with the 2nd joint

white in front towards base, the 3rd joint white at base ; sides of

frons and streaks on tegule and patagia yellowish white; pectus

and base of legs yellow, the tibiz banded with yellow ; abdomen

orange-yellow with dorsal black-brown stripe, the ventral surface

black-brown with white bands. Fore wing deep chocolate-brown,

the terminal area irrorated with grey-white scales; a pale yellow

wedge-shaped patch in and below cell from base to origin of vein

2, its upper edge excised towards extremity ; a minute triangular

yellow spot in upper end of cell; an oblique elliptical pale yellow

postmedial patch from below costa to below vein 3; some silvery

scales below costa near base; oblique greyish bars with silvery

scales on them in middle of cell and on discocellulars; post-

medial line double, the inner line grey, the outer silvery, obliquely

excurved round the yellow patch from costa to vein 2, then

angled inwards to below end of cell and again excurved : cilia

greyish, silvery at tips. Hind wing deep orange with broad

black-brown terminal band ; cilia brownish at base, white at tips.

Underside of fore wing with the basal half orange with small

black spot in end of cell.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 2 2 type.

Eap. 48-54 mm.

OmpHALOcErs DARIA Druce, A. M. N. H. (6) xv. p. 42 (1895).

N.E. Ruopzsia, KE. Luangwa distr.

HESPAGARISTA CAUDATA Dewitz, Mitth. Miinch. Ent. Ver. 111.

p. 30, pl. i. ff. 3, 3a (1879).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopesra, Alala plateau.

[Hespagarista caudata, Dewitz. This seems a very local

species which appears to prefer open grassy situations near water.

Hig) AN |

HESPAGARISTA RENDALLI Roths. Nov. Zool. 11. p. 97 (1896).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau ;

N.E. RuopesiA, Mpika, Mansya R., Bangweclo distr.

POLO pa MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. AOL

MASSAGIDIA HESPARIA Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 56. f. C (1775).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

MASSAGIDIA TENUIFASCIA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 12.)

_ 9. Head and tegule crimson, the 3rd joint of palpi and

antennze black ; thorax and abdomen black slightly shot with

blue, the terminal segments of abdomen crimson ; pectus in front

and fere femora crimson. Fore wing black shot with blue, the

veins and submedian fold streaked with brilliant blue, a rather

broad medial white band, oblique from costa to lower angle of cell,

then erect ; cilia white at apex. Hind wing black shot with blue ;

a medial white band narrowing to inner margin and with its

outer edge curved; cilia white at apex.

One specimen has veins 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 of fore wing stalked.

Hab. Coneo, Kambove distr. (Veave), 3 9 type. Hap. 48-54 mm.

NocruipD2.

AGROTIN A.

CHLORIDEA OBSOLETA Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1. 1. p. 456 (1793).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopssi4, Alala plateau ;

Portrucusse EK. Arrica, Chinde.

CHLORIDEA FLAVIGERA Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xix. p. 248

(1907).

N.E. Ruyopssia, Luangwa valley.

TIMORA ALBIPUNCTA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 28.)

Antenne of male serrate.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow. Fore wing

ochreous yellow, with blood-red or purplish-red markings ; costal

edge red; a diffused red antemedial line angled outwards in sub-

median fold where there is a spot beyond it; a small spot in

middle of cell and discoidal lunule constricted at middle; a

diffused subterminal band with series of white points near its

outer edge, oblique from below apex to discal fold, then excurved

and formed of somewhat dentate marks to submedian fold where

there is a small spot before it; a terminal series of red points.

Hind wing white, the terminal area tinged with yellow.

Hab. N.K. Ruovesta, upper Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 3,1 2

type. Hap. 26 mm.

TrMoRA LANCEOLATA W1k. xxxill. 767 (1865).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

TIMORA DAPHENA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 29.)

3g. Head and thorax deep pink ; palpi fuscous; antenne

‘brownish ; pectus and legs ochreous white tinged with pink;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XX VI. 26

402 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing deep glossy pink; costal

edge whitish ; median nervure and bases of veins 4, 3 white; a

white fascia in submedian fold, another in discal fold from end of

cell to near termen, and a short streak above terminal part of

vein 6; cilia brownish tinged with pink and with fine white

line at base. Hind wing ochreous white, the termen faintly

tinged with pink; the underside with the costal area tinged. with

pink.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley (Veave), 2 3 type.

Hep. 34 mm.

ADISURA ATCINSONI Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 368, pl. 37. f. 6.

N.E. Ruopes1a, Luangwa.

AGROTIS LEUCOGASTER Frr. Neu. Beitr. Schmett. 1. p. 38, pl. 21

(1831).

N.E. RuopsstA, Serenji distr.

HADENIN &.

CHABUATA RUFILINEA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 35.)

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow tinged with rufous.

Fore wing yellow irrorated with rufous, the veins of terminal half

streaked with rufous; antemedial line rufous, slightly bent

inwards to costa, then erect; a slight rufous discoidal striga ;

postmedial line rufous, slightly bent outwards below costa, then

oblique; subterminal line rufous, slightly excurved at vein 7 and

bent outwards to tornus; a fine rufous terminal line. Hind wing

pale yellow slightly tinged with brown except on basal and costal

areas; a fine brown terminal line; cilia yellow; the underside

yellowish white.

Hab. N.W. Ruovesta, Alala plateau (Veave), 1 g type. Hap.

30 mm.

DIAPHONE EUMELA Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 347. f. G (1781).

N.E. Ruopesta, Lukashashi R.

Crrputs LoREYI Dup. Lép. Fr. vii. p. 81, pl. 105. f. 7 (1827).

Congo, Katanga distr.

CirPHIS NEBULOSA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. 11. p. 274 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley.

CIRPHIS DIALEUCA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 36.)

¢. Abdomen with lateral tufts of black hair from base; wings

on underside suffused with silvery scales.

Head and thorax brownish ochreous tinged with dark brown ;

tegule with two dark medial lines and a line near tips; abdomen

whitish tinged with ochreous brown, the lateral tufts from base

black. Fore wing pale pink irrorated with a few black scales, the

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 403

costal edge ochreous, the veins finely streaked with white, the

median nervure and vein 4 to near termen with a stronger streak

defined above and below by brownish ochreous, the veins of

terminal half defined by fine blackish streaks and the interspaces

of terminal half with fine black streaks; a black point at lower

angle of cell ; a diffused oblique whitish fascia from apex to beyond

lower angle of cell; a fine black terminal line; cilia white at base

and with three fine brown lines through them. Hind wing white,

the veins and terminal area except towards apex suffused with

brown ; cilia white. Underside of both wings white clothed with

silvery scales except basal costal and inner areas ; the costa pink ;

a terminal series of black points.

Hab. N.E. Ruepesta, Luangwa. valley (Veave), 1 ¢, E. Lu-

angwa distr. (Weave), 2 ¢ type. Hap. 36 mm.

CiRPHIS POLYRHABDA Himpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. v. p. 507,

pl 92: f. 13 (1905).

N.W. RuopestA, Alala plateau.

CIRPHIS INSULICOLA Guen. Noct. i. p. 82 (1852).

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau.

CirnpHis pH@A Hmpsn. Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 275 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley, Kalungwisi valley.

CIRPHIS CORTICEA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 19.)

@. Head and thorax purplish brown mixed with black and some

greyish; abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing purplish red-brown

thickly irrorated with black; antemedial line indistinct, blackish,

excurved ; a black discoidal striga; postmedial line blackish,

oblique and slightly sinuous from costa to vein 4, then inwardly

oblique, a series of minute black streaks followed by minute white

streaks beyond it on the veins. Hind wing grey-brown.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 2 type.

Hop. 32 mm.

Borouia TORRENTIUM Guen. Noct. i. p. 88 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesra, Luangwa valley.

BorouiA ROSESCENS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 9.)

2. Head and thorax pink mixed with some white; abdomen

white tinged with ochreous, ventrally suffused with pink. Fore

wing pink, the cestal edge white ; a blackish point at lower angle

of cell ; a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing pure white ;

the underside with the costal area suffused with pink and sparsely

irrorated with black, a terminal series of black points from apex

to vein 3.

Hab. N.K. Raopesta, Lake Bangweolo (Weave), 1 Q type.

Keep. 40 mam.

26*

A404 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

CUCULLIAN.

~ RHODOCHLHNA CUNEIFERA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 18.)

Antenne of male bipectinate, with moderate branches to apex.

6. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with some rufous and

grey ; tarsi ringed with white; abdomen dark red-brown mixed

with grey. Fore wing rufous mixed with some greyish, the

medial area dark brown except towards costa; subbasal Jine

represented by a black striga from costa and a small angled white

mark defined below by black below the cell, with a dark shade

from it to inner margin ; antemedial line indistinctly double filled

in with rufous, excurved below costa and obliquely excurved from

cell to inner margin; orbicular and reniform rufous mixed with

whitish and with silvery white annuli defined by black, open

above, confluent on median nervure, and the orbicular extending

to well below the cell; postmedial line black defined on outer side

by white, slightly bent outwards below costa, then minutely waved,

incurved below vein 4, some white points beyond it on costa;

subterminal line formed by slight white lunules defined on inner

side by black lunules, slightly angled outwards at vein 7 and in-

curved at discal fold and below vein 3; a terminal series of slight

white points; cilia chequered with white at tips. Hind wing

yellowish white, the veins and costal and terminal areas suffused

with red-brown ; a brown spot at upper angle of cell; the under-

side yellowish white irrorated with red-brown except on basal

inner area, a black spot on upper discocellular and minutely

waved postmedial line.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 3S type. Hap.

30 mm.

AGRONYCTIN®.

TRACHEA consumMatTA WIk. xi. 591 (1857).

N.E. Ruopesta, Fort Jameson.

Maroro nigrivirratA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. 1. p. 291

(1902). .

N.E. RuopestA, Serenji distr.

DELTA PH@NICRASPIS Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ix. p. 521,

pl. 148, f. 1 (1910).

N.W. RuopesiA, Kapopo.

Propenta trrurA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 501 (1775).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

ATHETIS POLIOSTROTA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. viii. p. 304,

pl. 129. f. 13 (1909).

N.E. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley, Chinsali distr.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 405

ATHETIS ATRILUNA Guen. Noct. 1. p. 252 (1852).

N.E. Ruovesi4, Serenji distr.

ATHETIS SATELLITIA Hmpsn. Ann. 8S. Afr. Mus. i. p. 302

(1902).

N.W. RuopesiA, Alala plateau.

ATHETIS CRocEIPUNCTA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. viii.

p. 343, pl. 130. f. 12 (1909).

N.E. Ruopzs1a, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley.

ARIATHISA EXCISA Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett. f. 129

(1850).

N.E. Ruopesia, Tanganyika plateau.

Eruropica potyastrA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. viii. p. 419,

pl. 133. f. 6 (1909).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

Proxenus camprocramMA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ix.

p- 523, pl. 148. f. 13 (1910).

N.W. Ruopssia4, Alala plateau.

PERIGEA CAPENSIS Guen. Noct. i. p. 213 (1852).

N.E. Ruopes1a, Luangwa valley ; N.W. Ruopss1a, Kapopo.

ErHIoTerPIA NEAVI Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ix. p. 112

(1910).

N.E. Ruopzs1a, Tanganyika plateau.

HYPERCALYMNIA METAXANTHA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ix.

p-. 185 (1910).

Conao, S.E. Katanga.

Crrropes PH@NIcEA Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B. M. ix. p. 210

(1910).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

CaLamistis FuscA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 296 (1902).

Conco, 8.E. Katanga.

SESAMIA EPUNCTIFERA Hmpsn. Ann, 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 298

(1902).

N.E. Ruopssia, Luangwa valley.

Mazuca stricicincra Wk. xxxv. 1777 (1868).

N.E. Ruopssia, E, Luangwa distr.

406 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

Leucovis ALBA Roths. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 183 (1897).

N.E. Raoprsia, EK. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Fort Jameson.

ERASTRIANA,

AMYMA RUPTIRENA, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some

grey ; pectus whitish ; tibie and tarsi fuscous ringed with white ;

abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface white at base. Fore

wing red-brown suffused with dark greyish brown ; subbasal line

represented by a whitish striga from costa; antemedial line brown

slightly defined on outer side by whitish, somewhat sinuous,

oblique from costa to median nervure beyond the fovea, then in-

wardly oblique; reniform broken up into small white spots of

which the two at lower angle of cell are elongate, and with white

striga above it from costa; postmedial line blackish, minutely

dentate and produced to a series of white points, excurved from

costa to vein 4, then oblique, some white points beyond it on costa ;

subterminal line indistinet, dark, with white bar from costa, ex-

curved below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal series of minute

black and white points. Hind wing dark greyish brown; a fine

dark terminal line, and some whitish on termen at tornus; cilia

with a fine pale lineat base and whitish tips; the underside white

irrorated with rufous especially on apical area, a blackish dis-

coidal spot, postmedial line with minute dark streaks and white

points at the veins, and terminal series of minute triangular

black marks.

Hab. N.E. Ruopests, Tanganyika plateau, Lofu valley (Weave),

1 3g type. Hxp. 26 mm.

AmyNa ocTo Guen. Noct. 1. p. 233 (1852).

N.W. RuopesiA, Alala plateau, Kapopo; N.E. Ruopssia, E.

Luangwa distr., N. Luangwa, Chambezi valley, Bangweolo distr.,

Mansya R.

AMYNA PUNCTUM Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. 2. p. 34 (1794).

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala -plateau, Kapopo; N.E. Ruopest,

K. Luangwa distr., N. Luangwa, Tanganyika plateau, Kalung-

wisi valley, Mansya R.

LirHACoDIA BLANDULA Guen. Maillard’s Réunion, Lép. p. 38

(1863).

N.E. Ruovesia, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley.

OZARBA CORNICULANS Wllgrn, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 173

(1860).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Chinsali distr.

OZARBA PERPLEXA Saalm. Lep. Madag. p. 281, f. 161 (1891).

N.E. Ruoprsia, Luangwa R.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 407

OZARBA PHAOCROA, Sp. n.

3S. Head and thorax dark brown slightly mixed with grey ;

tarsi blackish ringed with white; abdomen brownish ochreous

irrorated with fuscous. Fore wing fuscous tinged with greyish

and irrorated with black; traces of a double minutely waved black

subbasal line from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line

double, black filled in with greyish, minutely waved, oblique;

orbicular absent; reniform with faint whitish annulus, narrow

and constricted at middle; postmedial line indistinctly double

filled in with greyish, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then

slightly incurved and oblique to inner margin near tornus, some

white points beyond it on costa; subterminal line indistinct,

whitish very near termen, slightly excurved below vein 7 and at

middle; a terminal series of small black lunules defined by a

waved whitish line. Hind wing dark cupreous brown; a dark

terminal line with faint pale spots before it; the underside

brownish white thickly irrorated with black, a black discoidal

spot, traces of a pale curved postmedial line, and a series of whitish

spots just before termen.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Huxp.

26 mm.

OZARBA HEMIMELANA, nN. n.

Tarache transversa Pag. in Voeltzkow, Reis in Ostafrika,

p- 109, pl. 6. f. 18 (1907), nec Moore, 1884.

N.W. Ruopesta, Kafue R.; N.E. RHopssta, Chambezi valley.

OZARBA HELIASTIS Himpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 410 (1909).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

OZARBA SUBTERMINALIS, Sp. i.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown mixed with white ;

palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white

irrorated with brown. Fore wing black-brown mixed with

white; subbasal line white, oblique, dentate, from costa to median

nervure ; antemedial line double filled in with white and defined

by white on outer side except at costa, slightly angled outwards

below costa, then minutely waved; orbicular represented by

minute obliquely placed white spots in ceil and on median nervure

with black points in centres; reniform with brown centre and

white annulus, narrow, constricted at middle and rather oblique ;

postmedial line double filled in with white, oblique from costa

to vein 6, then inwardly oblique, minutely waved and slightly

angled outwards ab vein 1, some white points beyond it on costa ;

subterminal line white, minutely waved, excurved below vein if

incurved below vein 3 and bent sutianle to tornus; a peel

terminal line defined on inner side by white except at apex.

Hind wing orange, the base suffused with brown extending above

408 _ SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [Mar. 1,

vein | to the rather diffused dark postmedial line, with a diffused

dark patch beyond it at apex; a black terminal line except at

tornus ; cilia white and black. Underside of fore wing yellow

suffused and irrorated with brown, the inner area whitish, a dark

discoidal spot, indistinct postmedial and subterminal lines, and a

diffused apical patch; hind wing with the costal and inner areas

irrorated with fuscous, a black discoidal spot, indistinct and in-

complete postmedial line and diffused subterminal band.

3. Fore wing without white line before the terminal black

points; hind wing with the brown suffusion at base slight, the

subterminal band more or less interrupted and with streaks

beyond it towards apex.

Hab. N.K. Reopesta, upper Luangwa valley (Weave); MasHona-

LAND, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 9 type; Becnuuanatann, L. Ngami

(Lugard), 1 $ ; TransvaaLt, Warmbad (Janse), 1 $. Hap. 20—

24 mm.

OZARBA APICALIS, Sp. n.

Head and thorax fuscous brown mixed with greyish; abdomen

fulvous suffused with fuscous and with white segmental lines on

basal segments; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

whitish irrorated with brown, the fore tibize and the tarsi black

ringed with white. Fore wing reddish brown suffused and irro-

rated with fuscous and mixed with some whitish ; subbasal line

represented by slight obliquely placed whitish spots below costa

and cell; antemedial line double filled in with white and defined

on outer side by white, minutely waved and slightly curved ;

orbicular represented by obliquely placed whitish points defined

by black in cell and on median nervure; reniform with brown

centre and white annulus, narrow and slightly angled inwards

on median nervure ; an indistinct oblique waved dark line from

lower angle of cell to inner margin ; postmedial line double filled

in with white, minutely waved, oblique from costa to vein 6,

slightly incurved at discal fold, incurved below vein 4 and

slightly angled outwards at vein 1, some white points beyond

it on costa; subterminal line white, slightly angled inwards

at discal fold, incurved below vein 3 and bent outwards to

tornus towards which it is yellowish; a minutely waved black

terminal line defined on inner side by yellow except at apex; cilia

blackish with a white patch at apex. Hind wing deep orange;

diffused brown streaks at base in and below cell and on inner area ;

a large black apical patch and obsolescent subterminal line; a

black terminal line ; cilia blackish with whitish patch at tips below

apex. Underside of fore wing orange with black discoidal striga,

postmedial point on costa, and apical patch with white points on

costa and slight subterminal yellow marks, the patch extending

subterminally to vein 4, a terminal series of minute black lunules ;

hind wing with the costal area irrorated with red, a black dis-

coidal point, traces of a red postmedial line from costa to discal

fold and with black points at costa and discal fold, subterminal

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 409

black band from costa to vein 4 with streaks beyond it towards

apex.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Bondoni plains (Crawshay), 1 3,

Machakos (Crawshay), 1 6, 4Q type; N.E. Ruaopzsia, EH.

Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley (Weave).

Hap. 24-26 mm.

OZARBA HEMICHRYSEA, Sp. 0.

3. Head and thorax black mixed with some grey; palpi,

pectus, and legs whitish irrorated with black, the tarsi banded

with black; abdomen orange irrorated with black, ventrally

whitish irrorated with black. Fore wing blackish mixed with

grey, the area towards tornus more purplish, the apical area’

chocolate-brown ; a subbasal blackish mark on median nervure ;

antemedial line ill-defined, blackish, curved and slightly waved ;

orbicular represented by a whitish point above median nervure ;

reniform with slight incomplete whitish annulus faintly defined

by black, constricted at middle ; postmedial line double and filled

in with ochreous white towards costa, slightly excurved from below

costa to vein 4, then incurved and oblique to inner margin near

tornus, some whitish points beyond it on costa; subterminal line

represented by faint whitish and black marks, slightly excurved

below vein 7 and ending on termen at submedian fold; a black

terminal line defined on inner side by whitish ; cilia with a whitish

patch below apex. Hind wing orange, the costal area suffused

with black-brown ; a diffused black-brown streak in submedian

fold, not reaching termen, and the inner margin suffused with

black-brown ; a black terminal line; cilia blackish with whitish

patches at apex and discal fold. Underside of fore wing orange

irrorated with black, a black discoidal spot and streak in sub-

median fold, a wedge-shaped patch from apical part of costa to

submedian fold ; hind wing with black discoidal spot, indistinct

waved postmedial line, and rufous wedge-shaped patch from apex

to vein 2 with black point below it on vein 1.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 $ type. Hap.

20 mm.

OZARBA CHRYSEIPLAGA, Sp. 0.

2. Head yellowish mixed with black; palpi black at tips;

thorax purplish fuscous; pectus and legs whitish mixed with

brown, the tarsi blackish ringed with yellowish white ; abdomen

orange dorsally banded with fuscous, ventrally irrorated with

black. Fore wing purplish fuscous, the outer half of medial area

and the terminal area suffused with cupreous brown except to-

wards inner margin ; indistinct waved black antemedial and medial

lines; reniform with faint whitish annulus slightly defined by

black, constricted at middle; postmedial lime black with a small

whitish spot before it at costa, excurved from below costa to vein 4,

then incurved, some slight whitish points beyond it on costa;

subterminal line with oblique yellowish white mark from costa,

410 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

then vepresented by faint dentate blackish and grey marks; a

terminal series of black striz; cilia white at tips towards apex.

Hind wing black-brown with large orange patch on inner area

from near base to beyond middle, not extending to inner margin,

and expanding beyond the cell to vein 6, a dark streak on it on

vein | and traces of a medial line; cilia whitish at tips at apex.

Underside of fore wing with orange fascia on basal half of costa,

a small spot beyond it before the oblique narrow orange postmedial

band slightly exeurved at middle ; hind wing orange with black

patch on middle of costa and a discoidal lunule, the terminal area

black, expanding towards costa, its inner edge irregularly sinuous, a

series of small yellowish white spots just before termen.

Hab. Congo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 Q type. Hap.

20 mm.

HUS?ROTIA ALBISIGNA, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown mixed with grey, the last

with the anal tuft and ventral surface whitish. Fore wing grey-

brown slightly irrorated with fuscous brown; antemedial Jine

sight, brown, angled outwards below costa and in cell, then

sinuous; Claviform and orbicular absent; reniform with brown

centre and white annulus, obsolescent on outer side above, oblique

elliptical, some dark suffusion before it; postmedial line dark,

bent outwards at vein 7, meurved at discal fold, oblique from

vein 4 to submedian fold and bent outwards above inner margin,

some white points beyond it on costa; subterminal line double,

dark filled in with olive, minutely waved, excurved below vein 7

and at middle, an oblique dark shade before it from below costa

to vein 4; a terminal series of black and white points. Hind

wing dark grey-brown ; a fine black terminal line; the underside

whitish irrorated with brown, a slight discoidal point, curved

postmedial line, and diffused subterminal shade.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the reniform more triangular and filled

in with white.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Kalungwisi valley (Veave), 1 Q type,

Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 2. Hap. 24 mm.

EUsTROTIA MICROPIS, Sp. Nn.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with grey

and slightly tinged with rufous; tarsi black ringed with white.

Fore wing dark glossy brown, the inner half rufous to end of cell ;

very faint traces of a sinuous antemedial line; orbicular and

reniform minute, white ringed with black, the former round; an

indistinct sinuous brown line from lower angle of cell to inner

margin; terminal area slightly tinged with grey, the veins and

interspaces streaked with black; cilia with a rather punctiform

whitish line at base. Hind wing greyish wholly suffused with

glossy brown ; the underside whitish irrorated with brown.

Hab, Conco, Katanga distr. (Veave), 1g type. Hxp. 22 min.

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 411

CORGATHA HYPOXANTHA, sp. 0.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow strongly suffused with

rufous ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen yellow. Fore

wing yellow strongly suffused with rufous and irrorated with red-

brown, the costa and terminal area tinged with grey-brown ;

antemedial line brown, waved; a blackish point in middle of

cell; medial line brown, slightly simuous; postmedial line brown

excurved below costa, at middle and to inner margin, with white

poimts on its outer edge at veins 7, 6, 4, 3, 1; subterminal line

brown, excurved below vein 7 and at middle and slightly waved ;

a series of black points just before termen; a fine terminal red

line; cilia with a red line at middle. Hind wing yellow suffused

with rufous and irrorated with red-brown ; an indistinct oblique

brown antemedial line; postmedial line indistinct, brown, excurved

at middle and with slight black and white points on its outer

edge at vems 4, 3, 2; an indistinct waved brown subterminal

line ; a series of sen ime black points just before termen; a fine

red terminal line; cilia pencilled with red. Underside of both

wings yellow, the apex of fore wing irrorated with rufous.

Hab. N.Mi. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr. Petauke (eave),

1 ¢ type, Kalungwisi distr. (% eave), 1g. Hap. 26mm.

KUBLEMMA TRIGRAMMA, Sp. Nn.

g. Head white tinged with rufous ; tegule pale rufous ; thorax

and abdomen white tinged with brown; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with palerufous. Fore wing creamy

white suffused with brown leaving the costal area white to near apex,

the termen bright rufous; antemedial line brown defined on inner

side by white, very oblique, arising from below costa beyond middle;

postmedial line creamy white, very oblique, arising from apex and

crossing the sight punctiform dark subterminal line which is

oblique below vein 4; cilia brown with white line at base except

at tornus, Hind wing creamy white, the terminal half of inner

margin and the termen suffused with brown and tinged with

rufous; cilia white tinged with rufous at base; the underside

creamy white, the apical area suffused with fiery red.

Hab. N.K. Ruopssta, H. Luangwa distr. (Weave); MasHona-

LAND, Umtali (Warshall), 1 3 type. Hap. 22 mm.

EvusLemMMA raposa Guen. Noct. ii. p. 254 (1852).

N.H. Ruopesra, Chambezi valley.

THYATIRINA ACHATINA Weym. Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1896, p. 90.

Conco, 8.E. Katanga ; N.K. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr,

Hiccopa posaRrorpEs Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 135 (1882).

PortucuEseE EK. Arrica, Chinde.

TARACHE ZELLERI Wllgrn. Anteckn. i Zool. i. p. 59 (1856).

N.H. Ruopesis, upper Luangwa valley.

412 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

TARACHE GRATIOSA Wllgrn. Anteckn. i Zool. i. p. 59 (1856).

N.E. Reopssra, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Fort Jameson.

TARACHE NIPHOGONA Hmpsn. Trans. Zool. Soc. xix. p. 109,

pl. 4. f. 17 (1909).

N.W. Ruopssi4, Alala plateau.

TARACHE DiscorDEA Hopff. Peters’ Reise Mossamb. p. 433, pl. 28.

lig) (CUsko 2a)

N.E. Ruopgsta, E. Luangwa distr.

Eutocastra zrutops Dist. A. M. N. H. (7) i. p. 223 (1898).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

MIMASURA QUADRIPUNCTA, Sp. Nn.

Head and tegule orange ; thorax ochreous white; pectus, legs,

and abdomen orange. Fore wing ochreous white, the costa

narrowly orange; obliquely placed ante- and postmedial small

black spots in submedian fold and on inner margin ; cilia tinged

with yellow. Hind wing pale yellow.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 3, 1 2 type.

Exp. 3 26, 9 30 mm.

MIMASURA INNOTATA, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white slightly tinged

with brown; palpi orange-yellow. Fore wing silky ochreous

white, the costal edge yellow. Hind wing whitish suffused with

fuscous brown. Underside of fore wing suffused with fuscous

brown.

Hab. N.K. Reopvesia, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 3g type.

Exp. 20 mm.

HyposaDA HypDRocAMPATA Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 438 (1857).

N.E. Ruopssia, Luangwa R.

KUYVELIANA.

EUTELIA OPERATRIX Wllern. Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 170

(1860).

N.E. Ruopest4, E. Luangwa distr.

_Evurenia sympHonicA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i. p, 309

(1902).

N.E. RuopestA, Serenji distr., Petauke distr.

EuTELIA cyANOLOPHA Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xvi. p. 384

(1905).

N.E. Ruopusia, E. Luangwa Ccistr., Luangwa valley.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 413

EUTELIA PpoLycHorpDA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. il. p. 308

(1902).

N.E. Raopssia, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley ;

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau.

STICTOPTERIN A.

STICTOPTERA PHCILOSOMA Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1880, p. 276;

id. Lep. Madag. p. 491, i. 99, 100, 121, 124, 125.

Germ. HE. Arrica, Dar-es-Salaam.

STICTOPTERA LITIGIOSA Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. & Maur.,

Lep. p. 93, pl. 16. f. 3 (1833).

N.E. Ruopesia, EK. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi

valley.

STICTOPTERA METHYALEA Hmpsn. Ann. §. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 309

(1902).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr.,

Bangweolo distr.

ACONTIANA.

PARAXESTIS IRRORATA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 10.)

3. Head and thorax whitish ochreous tinged with rufous and

irrorated with fuscous ; antenne tinged with rufous; abdomen

ochreous dorsally suffused with rufous. Fore wing whitish

ochreous slightly tinged with rufous and irrorated with black ;

antemedial line very indistinct, angled outwards on median

nervure ; a black discoidal point ; postmedial line very indistinct

and oblique from costa to vein 6, then pale rufous, strongly in-

curved below vein 5; a faint diffused rather maculate subterminal

blackish shade, excurved below costa; cilia blackish at tips.

Hind wing yellowish white with slight rufous terminal line except

towards tornus; the underside with the costal area white.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hep.

26 mm.

ARCYOPHORA LONGIVALVIS Guen. Noct. i. p. 379, pl. 12. f. 9

(1852).

N.W. Ruopesti4, Alala plateau.

ARCYOPHORA FUSCICONA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 11.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale rufous ; palpi black,

white at tips; lower part of frons black with white spot; antennze

tinged with fuscous ; pectus and legs greyer, the fore legs fuscous

in front, the mid and hind tibie and tarsi irrorated with fuscous.

Fore wing greyish suffused with rufous and slightly irrorated

with fuscous ; a conical black-brown patch on middle of costa ;

414 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [Mar. 1,

a minute blackish point at lower angle of cell; a diffused fuscous

subterminal shade, angled outwards below vein 7 and at middle.

Hind wing silky ochreous suffused with reddish brown; cilia

whitish at tips; the underside whitish irrorated with brown.

2. Head, thorax, and fore wing much greyer and with hardly

any rufous tinge.

Hab, N.K. Ruopesia, EK. Luangwa, distr. (Veave), 2 29; Por-

TuGUESE EH. Arrica, Chinde (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 26 mm.

METACULASTA ENDOGLAUCA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 20.)

3. Head and thorax grey mixed with white; abdomen ochreous

white dorsally tinged with rufous. Fore wing yellowish white,

the costal area suffused with rufous to beyond middle, the inner

area, and the terminal area slightly, suffused with grey ; the sub-

costal nervure defined by slight rufous streaks on basal half; a

rufous streak below base of cell; a very oblique rufous striga

from costa before middle to upper angle of cell and a slight

oblique yellowish lne from lower angle of cell to inner margin

near base ; postmedial line rufous and very oblique from costa to

vein 6 below apex, where it is met by an oblique fuscous streak

from apex, then oblique and somewhat dentate to inner margin

before middle; the costal area towards apex with some dark

ivroration and the veins defined by slight dark streaks; a fait

obliquely curved dark subterminal shade arising below apex ; cilia

brownish. Hind wing ochreous white, the termen tinged with

brown.

Hab. N.¥i. Ruovesta, Chinsali distr. (Veare), 1 g type. Hap.

24 mm.

URBONA LACTEATA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVI. fig: 21.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen creamy white, the palpi tinged

with rufous behind, the antenne tinged with fuscous. Fore wing

creamy white irrorated with a few black-brown scales; a black

discoidal point; postmedial line brown, arising very near apex,

angled outwards below apex, then very oblique and_ slightly

sinuous to middle of inner margin, some dark poimts on it to-

wards apex; a slight oblique minutely waved brownish sub-

terminal line somewhat excurved at middle; a terminal series of

black strize; cilia finely pencilled with brown. Hind wing

ochreous white.

Hab. N.E. Ruopxsia, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Veave), 1 3,

1 @ type, Luangwa R.,1 3. Hap. 26 mm.

Ursona NivEA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. 11. p. 315 (1902).

N.E. RuopssiA, Chambezi valley.

ACONTIA GRAELLSI Feisth. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 300, pl. 12.

f. 3 (1837).

N.E. Rropesta, Bangweolo distr,

1910.) MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RUODESIA. 415

HARIAS INSULANA Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. & Maur., Lep.

Dalaileepl 16. f. 9.(1833).

N.E. Raopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

EIRIZADA ESMERALDA, Sp. un. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 16.)

3. Head and thorax pale emerald-green; pectus and legs

white ; abdomen brownish ochreous, ventrally whitish. Fore

wing pale emerald-green ; a subbasal black point on costa ; ante-

medial line fine, white defined on outer side by a black striga

from costa, slightly angled outwards below costa, then oblique;

a minute black discoidal point; postmedial line fine, white,

defined on inner side by a black striga from costa, slightly bent

outwards below costa, then somewhat excurved and incurved

below vein 4; the costa towards apex rufous with slight dark

marks on it; traces of a minutely dentate dark subterminal line ;

cilia blackish at base, rufous at tips. Hind wing ochreous yellow

with a diffused dark streak below extremity of vein 2; cilia white

at tips except at apex ; the underside with the apex tinged with

rufous.

Hab. N.K. Ruopusta, KE. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 3 type.

Kap. 22 min.

WESTERMANNIA @DIPLAGA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVI. fig. 27.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous grey irrorated with

brown ; palpi with the second joint fuscous at sides; fore tibie

and the tarsi fuscous, the latter with slight pale rings. Fore

wing ochreous grey lrorated with brown, the terminal area

suffused with rufous except at tornus, the costal edge pale; a

large chocolate-brown patch tinged with violaceous grey from

costa beyond middle to submedian fold where it ends in a point,

its inner edge incurved, its outer strongly excurved and bounded

by the fine dark postmedial line slightly defined by whitish on

outer side, angled inwards just above submedian fold and ex-

curved to inner margin near tornus ; traces of a punctiform dark

subterminal line excurved below vein 7; cilia dark brown, white

at tips. Hind wing pale suffused with reddish brown, the cilia

brown with yellowish line at base and whitish tips; the under-

side yellowish irrorated with brown, a curved postmedial line.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 9 type. Hap.

36 mm.

WESTERMANNIA ALBIGRISEA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 26.)

Head white tinged with olive-yellow ; thorax white, the fore

legs brownish in front ; abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore

wing with the basal area white tinged with violaceous grey, the

terminal half violaceous grey, the costal edge rufous; a rather

diffused and somewhat inwardly oblique pale olive-yellow medial

line with large quadrate silvery white patch beyond it from just

below costa to vein 5, defined on outer side by a series of black

416 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

striz with some silvery scales on their outer side before the post-

medial line, which is indistinct, somewhat excurved below costa

and at middle, then bent inwards to near the medial line; traces

of a maculate rufous subterminal line, somewhat angled outwards

at vein 7 and excurved at middle; a terminal series of grey

strie slightly defined on inner side by white. Hind wing white

suffused with brown especially on terminal area; cilia white ;

the underside white.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley (Weave), 13, 1 2 type,

L. Bangweolo, E. Luangwa distr. Hap. 24 mm.

WESTERMANNIA LuMINOSA WIk. xv. 1759 (1858).

N.E. Ruopesia, KE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

CAREA THERMISTIS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 17.)

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous mixed with some

fuscous. Fore wing pale rufous suffused with some brown on

basal costal area, beyond the antemedial line on inner area, and

between the postmedial and subterminal lines; antemedial line

indistinct, brownish, minutely waved, bent outwards below the

cell; a black point in end of cell and whitish discoidal lanule

defined on inner side by black; postmedial line rather diffused,

brown, oblique from costa to vein 4, angled inwards just above

submedian fold and bent outwards to inner margin, a rather

oblique diffused dark streak from it to termen below apex; a

yather indistinct brown subterminal line, excurved at vein 7 and

middle and ending on termen above tornus; a brown apical

patch ; cilia with some brownish spots. Hind wing yellowish

white tinged with rufous, the termen fiery red; cilia whitish at

tips; the underside whitish, the marginal areas suffused with

fiery red.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hap.

32, mm.

CATOCALIN&.

CYLIGRAMMA LATONA Cram. Pap. Exot. 1. p. 20, pl. 13. f. B

(1779).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove, Lualaba R.; N.W. Ruopesta,

Kafue R.; N.E. Raopss1a, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke distr.,

Kalungwisi distr., Bangweolo distr.; Porrucursn HK. Arrica,

Makanga distr.

CyLicRAMMA Gouporr Guen. Noct. i. p. 189 (1852).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

CyzuigraAmMa FLUcTUOSA Drury, Ins. Exot. 11. p. 24, pl. 14. f. 1

(1770).

Conco, Katanga Kambove; N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau ;

N.E. Ruopesta, Chinsali distr., E. Luangwa distr.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 417

CYLIGRAMMA Limacina Guér. Icon, R. Anim., Ins. pl. 89. f. 2

(1829).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssia, Lualaha R.,

Kalungwisi distr.

CYLIGRAMMA AMBLYoPS Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. xe.

N.E. Ruopes1a, Kalungwisi valley.

[Cyligramma amblyops Mab. This species and most of its

allies are usually to be found only in deep shade in patches of

dense forest. They have a clumsy flight and always settle on the

ground. The abundant and ubiquitous C. latona Cram. is not

thus limited to forest, but occurs everywhere and frequently

comes to light.—S8. A. N.]

CALLIODES APOLLINA Guen. Noct. 11. p. 193 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesia, upper Luangwa. valley.

CALLIODES PRETIOSissIMA Holl. Entom. xxv. Suppl. p. 94 (1892) ;

id, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvii. p. 254, pl. 8. f. 2.

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopssta, Kafue R.;

N.E. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley, E. Luangwa distr.,

Bangweolo distr.

CALLIODES GLAUCESCENS Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 680.

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Raoprsra, Chambezi valley ;

Portucugse E. Arrica, Makanga distr.

SprraMA CAPENSIS Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett. ff. 121,

122 (1850).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsra, L. Bangweolo,

Kalungwisi valley, E. Luangwa distr., Mansya R.

[Spirama capensis H.-Schiff. This species has a very curious

habit of settling upon leaves, generally not far from the ground.

Attached by the fore legs, it hangs loosely from a leaf with

expanded wings, the secondaries covering and concealing the

abdomen. In this position the insect looks exactly like a dead

leaf attached by a cobweb or by damp to a living one. The dark

line across both wings represents the midrib of the leaf, and the

resemblance is enhanced by the insect resting with the long axis

from tip to tip of the wings nearly vertical.—S. A. N.]

SPIRAMA RUFESCENS Kirby, A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 391 (1896).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa R.

SrrRAMA AFRICANA Kirby, A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 392 (1896).

N.E. Ruopesia, Luangwa valley. _

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XX VII. i

418 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

SprraMA PaRDUS Guen. Noct, i. p. 205 (1852).

N.E. Ruoprsta, Luangwa valley, EK. Luangwa distr., Tangan-

yika plateau.

AUDEA HUMERALIS Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 327 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesta, Mpika.

DERMALEIPA PARALLEPIPEDA Guen. Noct. 11. p. 230 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesta, Bangweolo distr.

OpHiusa KLUGI Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. & Maur., Lép. p. 105

(1833).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

OPHIUSA XANTHOPTERA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVI. fig. 22.)

Head and thorax orange; palpi and fore and mid tibix

brown irrorated with white; tarsi brownish; abdomen pale

yellow. Fore wing orange, the costal edge reddish brown; sub-

basal line represented by a red-brown point below costa and

fuscous spot in cell; antemedial line red-brown, minutely waved,

oblique to submedian fold, below which there is a fuscous spot

before it ; orbicular a dark point; reniform an elliptical rufous

spot with some fuscous on its inner edge; a lunulate rufous

medial line excurved beyond the cell, then incurved ; postmedial

line formed of rufous lunules, indistinctly double below vein 4,

oblique from costa to vein 6, then inwardly oblique ; an indistinct

minutely waved rufous subterminal line with fuscous spot on it

below vein 7; terminal area tinged with rufous except at apex ;

a series of black points just before termen. Hind wing orange-

yellow faintly tinged with rufous ; a series of minute dark points

just before termen; the underside suffused with rufous and

white except on inner area; a black discoidal point, indistinct

curved minutely waved postmedial line, and traces of medial and

subterminal lines.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the dark marks on basal area and the

spot below vein 7 absent.

Hab. SrerrA Lrons, 1 9; N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau

(Veave), 1 ¢; N.E. Ruopesia, Tanganyika plateau (Weave), 1 3

type. Hap. 66 mm.

OPHIUSA ALBITERMIA, sp.n. (PI. XX XVII. fig. 21.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow, the last shghtly irro-

rated dorsally with fuscous; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen slightly tinged with brown. Fore wing pale

yellow slightly irrorated with fuscous, the terminal area whitish,

tinged with brown at apex; subbasal line represented by slight

dark striz below costa and cell; antemedial line indistinct, dark,

oblique, waved; a dark point in middle of cell and two shght

discoidal points ; medial line indistinct, double, dark, excurved

‘

191 0.| MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 419

beyond the cell, then inecurved and waved; postmedial line dark,

erenulate, slightly curved ; subterminal line blackish, oblique

from below apex to discal fold, then erect, a brownish tinge

beyond it. Hind wing pale yellow, obliquely curved ; antemedial

and medial lines sometimes present; a postmedial fuscous mark

below costa with line from it to tornus; a blackish apical patch

with diffused line from it to tornus, the area beyond it whitish ;

the underside white irrorated with brown, a black discoidal point,

indistinct medial and postmedial lines and minutely waved whitish

subterminal line incurved below costa.

Hab. N.K. Ruoprsia, E. Luangwa distr. (Veave), 2 3,1 @

type. Hap. 54 mm.

OPHIUSA GONOPTERA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 13.)

¢ . Head and thorax pale olive-brown; palpi blackish irrorated

with grey; antenne, tibie, and tarsi fuscous; abdomen pale

brown. Fore wing grey-brown suffused with brown and irrorated

with black; antemedial line very indistinct, blackish, oblique,

strongly angled outwards in submedian fold; a black point in

middle of cell ; reniform indistinct, brown, defined by white points

above on outer side and below on inner and outer sides; post-

medial line very indistinct, waved, excurved below costa, then

oblique, a paler patch before it in submedian interspace; sub-

terminal line represented by a grey striga from costa, a dentate

black mark defined on outer side by grey below apex, then by an

incurved series of slight black points and by a faint olive-yellow

spot above tornus, an oblique dark striga beyond it from apex ;

traces of a series of black points before termen and of some

black points on termen. Hind wing grey-brown with broad

diffused fuscous subterminal shade ; cilia whitish from below apex

to the lobe. Underside brownish grey; fore wing with slight

discoidal lunule, the terminal area broadly suffused with fuscous.

Hind wing with the termen lobed at middle.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 3S type. Huxp.

598 mm.

OPHIUSA TUMIDITERMINA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 22.)

¢. Head and thorax pale olive-yellow ; palpi, tibiz, and tarsi

fuscous irrorated with grey ; abdomen pale brownish grey. Fore

wing pale olive-yellow slightly irrorated with dark brown; ante-

medial line brown, indistinct, obsolete towards costa, angled

inwards on median nervure and outwards in submedian fold; a

black point in middle of cell; reniform pale red-brown defined

by some black scales and with white points on its outer side above

and on inner and outer sides below; postmedial line brown,

obsolete at costa, then oblique sinuous ; subterminal line repre-

sented by two black-brown lunules below costa defined on outer

side by grey and brown, then by an incurved series of grey and

brown points on the veins and by two grey spots defined by

420 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

brown above tornus, the lower one large ; a crenulate brown line

just before termen with grey points at the veins; cilia grey,

brown at. base and tips. Hind wing pale reddish brown with

broad diffused fuscous subterminal shade; some grey on termen

at the lobe; cilia white, fuscous at the lobe. Underside brownish

white; fore wing with broad fuscous subterminal shade not

reaching inner margin ; hind wing with fuscous apical patch.

2. Head, thorax, and fore wing pale red-brown ; underside of

hind wing with faint diffused fuscous subterminal shade. Hind

wing of male with the termen lobed at middle.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Tanganyika plateau (Weave), 1 ¢ type,

Chambezi valley (eave), 1 9, Lake Bangweolo (Veave), 1 2,

Mansya R.,1 9. Hap. 58 mm.

OPHIUSA TIRRHACA Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 172. f. EK (1779).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr. .

Opuiusa TETTENSIS Hopff. Mon. Konigl. Akad. Wissen. 1857,

p. 422; id. Peters’ Reise Moz., Ins. p. 436, pl. xxvii. f. 12.

N.E. Ruopestra, Luangwa valley.

Opniusa DAvID Holl. Psyche, vii. p. 70 (1894).

N.E. Ruopest1A, Kalungwisi distr.

‘Opuiusa FrntrasciA Wlk. xv. 1676 (1858).

N.E. Ruopzsta, E, Luangwa distr.

OPHIUSA MEJANESI Guen. Noct. iii. p. 232 (1852).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.H. Ruopesra, upper Luangwa

valley, EK. Luangwa distr.

OPHIUSA CANCELLATA Saalm. Lep. Madag. p. 414, f. 186 (1891).

N.E. Ruoprsia, Luangwa R., E. Luangwa distr.

OpuHiusA FABER Holl. Psyche, vii. p. 69 (1894).

N.E. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley.

_ OpHtusa Bovis Geyer, Ziitr. Ex. Schmett. ff. 793-4 (1827).

Coneco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsta, EH. Luangwa

distr., Luangwa R., Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr., Bangweolo

distr.

Opuiusa MoRMorDES WIk. xiv. 1393 (1858).

N.E. Ruopssia, Luangwa R.

OPpHIUSA LIENARDI Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. & Maur., Lép.

p. 102, pl. 15. £. 5 (18383).

Conao, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsra, Lake Bangweolo,

Mansya R.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 421

OPHIUSA CATELLA Guen. Noct. iii. p. 247 (1852).

N.W. Raopesia, Alala plateau, Kafue R.; N.E. Reopsst,

Serenji distr., Bangweolo distr.

OPHIUSA PORPHYRESCENS, sp. n.. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 14.)

Head and thorax brown mixed with purplish grey ; abdomen

grey suffused with fuscous brown. Fore wing brown suffused

with purplish grey and with dark patches on costal area before

the postmedial and subterminal Jines; antemedial line brown

slightly defined on each side by whitish, angled outwards below

costa, then oblique; a blackish discoidal line defined on inner

side by whitish; an indistinct dark medial line excurved beyond

the cell, then sinuous; postmedial line dark defined on outer

side by whitish, angled outwards at vein 6, oblique to vein 2,

then erect, two white points beyond it on costa; subterminal

line indistinct, pale faintly defined on outer side by fuscous,

angled outwards at vein 7, then minutely waved and bent out-

wards to tornus; a series of black points just before tornus; a

fine dark terminal line and pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing

fuscous brown, the termen tinged with grey; a fine dark terminal

line with black points at the interspaces and pale line at base of

cilia; the underside whitish suffused and irrorated with brown

except on inner area, traces of a dark postmedial line excurved

below costa, then oblique, and of a double waved subterminal

line.

Hab. N.K. Ruoprsia, Chambezi valley (Veave), 2 5, 1 9

type. Hap. 44 mm.

Opurusa ProximA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 335, (1902).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Raopusia, Luangwa R.,

E. Luangwa distr., Lake Bangweolo, Tanganyika plateau,

Mansya R.

OpnHiusa PALPALIS WIk. xxxili. 968 (1865).

N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa R., Chambezi

valley.

OpuHrusa ALGIRA Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 836 (1766).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssra, E. Luangwa

distr., Chambezi valley, Mansya R., Bangweolo distr.

OpPHiusA DEROGANS WIk. xv. 1832 (1858).

N.W. Ruopsgsia, Alala plateau; N.E. Raoprsra, Tanganyika

plateau.

OpuHivsa ERECTATA Himpsn. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 1. p. 341 (1902).

N.E. Ruoprsra, Luangwa R., Kalungwisi valley.

OPHIUSA ABNEGANS Wlk. xv. 1831 (1858).

N.E. Ruopesia, Luangwa R., Kalungwisi valley.

429, SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON Mar. |

OruiusaA ANGULARTS Boisd, Faun. Ent. Madag. & Maur., Lép.

p- 103, pl. 13. f. 2 (1833).

N.E. Ruopesia, KE, Luangwa distr.

OPHIUSA MESONEPHELE, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 23.)

gvey ; palpi white at extreme tips ; tarsi ringed with whitish.

Fore wing brown suffused with purple-grey ; antemedial line

black, rather diffused on inner side, straight, erect ; postmedial

line with band of black suffusion before it, excurved at discal

and submedian folds, some pale points beyond it on costa; two

obliquely placed dentate subapical black spots with traces of a

waved line from them to inner margin; a fine waved dark ter-

minal line. Hind wing grey-brown with fine waved dark terminal

line; the underside grey-brown with slight dark irroration and

traces of a curved postmedial line.

Hab. N.E. Ruopvesta, Chambezi valley (Weave), 2 2 type,

Mansya R. (Weave), 1 2. Hap. 36 mm.

OPHIUSA GONIOPHORA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 15.)

¢. Head and thorax ochreous grey mixed with black ; pectus

ochreous white ; tarsi fuscous with pale rings ; abdomen dorsally

fuscous, ventrally ochreous white. Fore wing grey-brown with

a purplish tinge, the basal half irrorated with black, the area

between the medial and postmedial lines suffused with black-

brown becoming velvety black at the postmedial line; traces of a

fuscous sinuous subbasal line from costa to vein 1; antemedial

line indistinctly double, blackish, sinuous; medial line diffused,

fuscous, inwardly oblique; postmedial line very acutely angled

outwards at vein 6, then strongly incurved and excurved between

veins 3 and 2, its angle met by an oblique. sinuous streak from

apex, the enclosed costal area tinged with rufous and with some

pale points on costa; a series of black points just before termen ;

cilia with a fine pale line at base. Hind wing fuscous brown;

the underside greyish suffused and irrorated with fuscous, a black

discoidal point and two indistinct postmedial lines excurved below

costa.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Haxp.

52 mm.

Genus CrENUSA, Nov.

Type, C. carnicolor Hmpsn.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint

reaching vertex of head and moderately fringed with hair in

front, the 3rd moderate, oblique ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round ;

antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the apex

simple; thorax clothed with hair only and without crests; tibiz

moderately fringed with hair, the mid and hind tibie strongly

spined; abdomen without crests. Fore wing broad, the apex

rectangular, the termen evenly curved, crenulate; veins 3 and 5

1910.4] ‘MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 423

from near angle of cell; 6 from upper angle; 9 from 10 anasto-

mosing with 8 to form the areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

the termen produced to a slight lobe at vein 4; the cell nearly

half the length of wing; veins 3, 4 from angle; 5 from just

above angle; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with the

cell near base only.

SPENUSA PALLIDA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 321 (1902).

N.E. Ruovesia, Kalungwisi distr.

CTENUSA RUFIRENA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 12.)

2. Head fiery red, the vertex and tegule chocolate-brown ;

palpi with dark line at sides; thorax and abdomen yellow tinged

with rufous, the pectus in front and fringes of hair on fore legs

fiery red, the fore tibie and tarsi fuscous in front, the former

irrorated with white. Fore wing yellow tinged with rufous and

irrorated with fuscous; antemedial line indistinct, red slightly

defined on inner side by yellow, curved; reniform rufous defined

by yellow, an oblique red striga above it from costa; postmedial

line red slightly defined on outer side by yellow and with dark

striga from costa, excurved below costa, then waved; sub-

terminal line yellow, almost straight ; a series of slight red points

before termen ; cilia red with fine yellow lines at base and middle.

Hind wing yellow tinged with rufous and irrorated with fuscous,

the costal area whitish to beyond middle; a minutely waved

fuscous postmedial line; a faint broad fuscous subterminal shade ;

cilia with fine yellow lines at base and middle. Underside of

fore wing with blackish discoidal striga, hind wing with point,

both wings with fuscous subterminal shade.

Hab, N.W. Ruovesta, Alala plateau, Ndola distr. (Weave),

12 type. Hap. 54 mm.

GRAMMODES GEOMETRICA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 599 (1775).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopssia, Alala plateau;

N.E. Ruopssta, Kalungwisi valley, Chambezi valley, Luangwa

valley, E. Luangwa distr., Chinsali distr., Bangweolo distr.

GRAMMODES STOLIDA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 599 (1775).

PorruGcuEsE EK. Arrica, Chinde.

GRAMMODES EUCLIDICOLA WIk, xiv. 1438 (1858).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

GRAMMODES BENITENSIS Holl. Psyche, vil. p. 85. pl. ii. f. 25

(1894).

N.E. Ruopssia, Kalungwisi distr., Mansya R.

GRAMMODES DELTA Boisd. Faun, Ent. Madag. & Maur., Lép.

p- 105, pl. 13. f. 1 (1888).

N.E. Reopssia, E. Luangwa distv., Chambezi valley.

424 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [Mar. I,

CHALCIOPE BYPPASIA Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 250. f, E (1779).

Conco, Kambove, Katanga; N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa

_distr., Lake Bangweolo distr., Kalungwisi valley.

CHALCIOPE DITRIGONA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVHII. fig. 5.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish ochreous mixed with

some fuscous. Fore wing greyish ochreous tinged with red-

brown and irrorated with fuscous; a velvety black triangular

mark defined by silvery white, its angles on vein 1 near base and

beyond middle and its apex on median nervure; another velvety

black triangular patch defined by silvery white on postmedial area,

its angles on discocellulars, at vein 7 below apex and above vein |

towards tornus; two brown subterminal lines bent outwards to

apex: a terminal series of black points; cilia whitish with a

fuscous line near base. Hind wing grey suffused with brown; a

fuscous subterminal shade from apex to vein 2; a terminal series

of black points; cilia whitish with a fuscous line from apex to

vein 2; the underside white tinged with brown and irrorated

with fuscous except on inner area, a faint curved pale postmedial

shade from costa to vein 2.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, HK. Luangwa distr., Petauke (Weave),

1g,1 29 type. Hxp. 42 mm.

CHALCIOPE ALBIFISSA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 6.)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing

greyish ochreous suffused with red-brown; a velvety black

triangular patch, its angles on median nervure near base and

lower angle of cell and on vein | near tornus, divided by an

oblique white streak from another velvety black triangular mark

on postmedial area, defined on outer side by white, its angles on

discocellulars, on vein 7 below apex and submedian fold above

tornus:; afuscous subterminal line diffused on outer side and bent

outwards to apex ; a fine waved black terminal line; cilia white

at tips. Hind wing grey-brown; a fine black terminal line; cilia

white at tips; the underside grey suffused with reddish brown.

Hab. N.W. RuopesiA, Alala plateau, Mkushi ce (Veave),

19 type; N.E. Ruovesta, Bangweolo distr. Neave), 2nee

Hap. 40 mm.

CHALCIOPE MICROGONIA, sp. n. (PI. XXXVII. fig. 24.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing grey-

brown irrorated with fuscous;-a triangular velvety black patch

in submedian interspace from near base to middle, its outer edge

obliquely excised and slightly defined by white; a blackish point

in end of cell; a triangular velvety black patch on postmedial

area defined on inner and outer sides by whitish, its angles on

discocellulars and vein 6 and its apex below vein 2, followed by a

rufous band from vein 6 to above inner margin, met at vein 6 by

an oblique diffused black fascia from apex, its outer edge then

defined by small dentate black marks, the mark above inner

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, 425

margin diffused to tornus; a fine blackish terminal line. Hind

wing grey-brown with a broad diffused fuscous subterminal

shade; a fine black terminal line; the underside grey-brown

tinged with fuscous.

Hab. N.E. Ruovesta, EB. Luangwa distr., Petauke (eave),

1 2 type. Hap. 44 mm.

ATTATHA ETHIOPICA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 17.)

Head orange, the frons with black bands at middle and above ;

palpi with some black above; antennz blackish; thorax yellow,

the tegule at tips, the meso- and metathorax with velvety black

bands; pectus in front and fore legs orange; abdomen orange

above, yellow below. Fore wing ochreous yellow tinged with

rufous towards tornus; a triangular velvety black patch in and

below base of cell, its outer edge somewhat excised and its lower

extremity rather produced; a black fascia on inner margin from

near base to beyond middle, its extremities acute; a triangular

velvety black patch from middle of costa, its outer edge produced

to a point between veins 4, 3 and its lower extremity produced to

a long oblique fascia where it is somewhat dilated and squarely

truncate; a triangular velvety black patch from costa before apex,

its lower extremity obliquely produced to a point near termen

below vein 3, rather lobed on outer side, a fine oblique brown line

before the patch from vein 7 to below vein 3; a fine black

terminal line from apex to vein 4, followed by small spots at

veins 4, 3, 2; a few black scales at tornus; cilia black at tips

between veins 4 and 2. Hind wing orange-yellow with narrow

black band or series of small spots between apex and vein 3,

sometimes followed by some points towards tornus; the underside

yellow with more or less complete series of small black spots just

before termen.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 9; N.E. Ruopesia,

E. Luangwa distr., Mterize R. (Weave), 4 5, 6 Q type ;

MozampiqueE, Gorongoza. Hap. 44 mm.

CoLBusa BuCLIDICA WIk. xxxill. 978 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesra, H. Luangwa distr.

REMIGIA REPANDA Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2. p. 49 (1792).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa

distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr., Lake

Bangweolo, Kalungwisi distr., Mansya R., Mpika.

REMIGIA FRUGALIS Fabr. Syst. Ent. vi. p. 601 (1775).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi

valley, Bangweolo distr.

REMIGIA PERSINUOSA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 16.)

3. Head and thorax brownish grey with a few fuscous scales ;

palpi with the 2nd joint blackish at sides; fore and mid tibie

426 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

and tarsi blackish, the tarsi with pale rings; abdomen brownish

ervey slightly irrorated with black and dorsally tinged with fuscous

except at base. Fore wing brownish grey slightly irrorated

with black; a black discoidal point; postmedial line slight, black,

outwardly oblique from below costa to vein 6, then inwardly

oblique, slightly excurved from vein 5 to below 3, then incurved

to below middle of cell, then stronger and angled outwards at

vein 1, then bent upwards to submedian fold before middle where

it terminates in a minute angle; an, oblique rather diffused black

streak from apex to vein 4 just beyond postmedial line, with two

small obscure black spots on it below apex; a subterminal series

of slight black marks from below apex to submedian fold where

the mark is further from termen; a terminal series of black

points. Hind wing greyish tinged with brown; traces of an

oblique fuscous postmedial line; a large fuscous apical patch and

faint subterminal shade; a terminal series of black points except

towards tornus. Underside of both wings with small discoidal

blackish spot, obliquely curved diffused postmedial line except on

inner area; fore wing with subterminal shade expanding into a

patch below middle; hind wing with faint subterminal shade.

@. Fore wing with the markings obsolescent.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 2 ¢ type; N.W.

Ruopesta, Kapopo (Weave), 1 9. Hap. 48 mm.

Remicia unDAtA Fabr. Syst. Ent. vi. p. 600 (1775).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruoprsta, Kapopo; N.E.

RuopestA, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley,

Chinsali distr., Kalungwisi valley, Lake Bangweolo, Tanganyika

plateau.

ReEMIGIA MUTUARIA WI1k. xiv. 1506 (1858).

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau; N.E. Raopssia, EK. Luangwa

distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr., Kalung-

wisi valley, Lake Bangweolo, Tanganyika plateau, Fort Jameson.

Remie1a JuDIcANS Wk. xv. 1831 (1858).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopesia, Serenji distr.,

EK. Luangwa distr., N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu, Chambezi valley,

Kalungwisi valley, Lake Bangweolo; Porrucurss EH. Arrica,

8. Angoniland.

REMIGIA HETEROCHROA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 1.)

Head and thorax olive-grey mixed with brown; palpi blackish

irvorated with grey; pectus and legs greyer, the tarsi fuscous

with pale rings; abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing olive grey-

brown irrorated with fuscous; antemedial line blackish, slightly

angled outwards below costa, then erect and almost straight; a

slight brown discoidal striga; postmedial line indistinctly double,

blackish with small black spot at costa, very minutely waved,

excurved to vein 4, then erect; subterminal line brown, straight,

VOLO] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 427

bent outwards to apex and with three black points on it below

apex; a crenulate terminal line; cilia fuscous. Hind wing fuscous

brown ; traces of a nearly straight postmedial line; subterminal

line greyish slightly defined on each side by brown, from vein 4

to tornus: a fine waved dark terminal line; the underside grey

thickly irrorated with brown and with traces of a curved post-

medial line.

Ab. 1. Head, thorax, and fore wing much more rufous and

without any olive-brown tinge or dark irroration, the outer

postmedial line with white points on it except towards costa.

Ab. 2. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing much darker and

tinged with purplish grey, the last with two small black discoidal

spots.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau (Weave), 3 5, 3 2 type;

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., 3 2, Luangwa R., | Q,

Chambezi valley, 1 ¢, Chinsali distr. (Weave), 1 ¢,1 2. Hap.

3 34, 2 38 mm.

REMIGIA GRISEICILIA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 2.)

3S. Head and thorax grey suffused with rufous; palpi blackish

irrorated with white; pectus and legs greyer, the tarsi fuscous

ringed with white; abdomen pale reddish brown irrorated with

fuscous, ventrally greyer. Fore wing pale greyish rufous slightly

irrorated with brown, the terminal area deeper rufous ; antemedial

line indistinct, brown, slightly sinuous; a slight brown discoidal

lunule; postmedial line slight, brown with series of black points

on it, oblique to vein 6 and below vein 4; subterminal line very

indistinct, greyish with slight dark streak on its outer side, bent

outwards to apex, then almost straight; a waved brown terminal

line; cilia grey-white with dark lines at middle and tips. Hind

wing fuscous brown, the terminal area darker, a faint pale

postmedial shade; a fine waved dark terminal line; cilia grey,

tinged with brown at base; the underside brownish ochreous

irrorated with fuscous, the terminal area suffused with fuscous.

@. Head, thorax, and fore wing cupreous red.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau, Mkushi distr. (Weave),

26,4 9 type. Hap. 42 mm.

REMIGIA MOLYBDOPASTA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 3.)

@. Head and thorax brown suffused with fuscous; palpi at

base, pectus and legs whitish, the tarsi black ringed with white ;

abdomen red-brown, ventrally whitish. Fore wing fuscous brown

suffused with silvery blue especially on costal area to beyond

middle, the postmedial area pale reddish brown, whitish at costa ;

a sinuous black subbasal line from costa to submedian fold ; ante-

medial line black, expanding into a bar at costa, obliquely excurved

and slightly sinuous ; a faint blackish discoidal lunule; postmedial

line black, expanding into a spot at costa, slightly incurved below

vein 3; a faint dark subterminal shade towards costa; cilia with

some grey at base. Hind wing pale rufous, the basal area tinged

428 SIR GEORGH F. HAMPSON ON [Mar. I,

with brown, the terminal area suffused with brown; an oblique

brown medial line; an oblique rufous subterminal bar from vein

4 to 1; the underside ochreous yellow, a blackish discoidal point,

faint oblique postmedial line with some dark points on it, the

terminal area suffused with fuscous narrowing to a point at

vein 1.

Ab. 1. Fore wing wholly suffused with silvery blue, the post-

medial area hardly paler; hind wing darker.

Hab. N.W. RHODESIA, Alala plateau, Udola distr. (eave),

2 2 type. Hap. 40 mm.

REMIGIA MODERATA Wllgrn, Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 174 (1860).

N.W. RaopesiA, Alala plateau, Kafue R.; N.E. Ruopmsta,

Luangwa R., Bangweolo distr.

EGYBoLis VAILLANTINA Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. 31. f. 3 (1790).

PorruGcursE HE. Arrica, Chinde.

PLUSIAN.

Puusia cHaucytes Esp. Schmett. pl. 141. f. 3 (1789).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopssta, Alala plateau,

Kapopo; N.E. Raopesra, Serenji distr., E. Luangwa distr.,

Luangwa R., Bangweolo distr. , Mansya R., Mpika.

PLUSIA FURCIFERA WI1k,. xil. 927 (1857).

N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr.

PuustA ORICHALCIA Fabr. Spec. Ins. 1. 227 (1781).

N.E. Ruopesta, Serenji distr.

Nocruin.

R#HANIDOPHORA cincTIGUTTA Wlk. Trans. Ent. Soc. (3) 1. p. 77

(1862).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsta, Kalungwisi

valley, Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr., Bangweolo distr.

RHANIDOPHORA RIDENS Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. 11. p. 370

(1902).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsra, Serenji distr.,

EK. Luangwa distr.

CALESIA SAMBESITA WIk,. xxxiil. 962 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa _ valley ;

PortucurEsE HK. Arrica, Makanga distr., 8. Angoniland.

CALESIA ARHODA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 4.)

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark purplish brown nixed

with some grey, the palpi, frons, and anal tuft tinged with

1910.| MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 429

ochreous; tarsi with pale rmgs. Fore wing dark purplish brown

irrorated with grey; antemedial and medial lines indistinct,

dark, waved; an ochreous white discoidal point; postmedial line

indistinct, dark slightly defined on outer side by grey, angled

outwards below costa and at middle, then oblique, sinuous; sub-

terminal line indistinct, dark, waved, excurved at middle; an

indistinct sinuous dark terminal line. Hind wing dark purplish

brown tinged with grey; traces of curved waved dark medial,

postmedial, and subterminal lines; an indistinct dark terminal

line; the underside greyer with indistinct waved dark medial,

postmedial, and subterminal lines.

Hab. N.K. Reopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke (eave),

1 g type. Hap. 36 mm.

CALESTA SOBRINA Méschl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xv. p. 91, pl. f. 13

(1887).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

SPEIREDONIA PLICATA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 25.)

Fore wing of male with depressed groove in discal fold from

before middle to near termen; veins 4, 5 depressed at base.

6. Head and thorax dark reddish brown; abdomen fuscous

brown; palpi in front, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen greyer. Fore wing greyish brown irrorated and suf-

fused in parts with fuscous; subbasal line indistinct, blackish,

from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line indistinctly

double, strongly incurved below the cell and execurved above

inner margin; a rather diffused medial line, expanding into an

obscure annulus below the cell; reniform with faint pale annulus

somewhat concave on inner side and displaced towards costa

above the fold; postmedial line double, blackish filled in with

greyish, waved, excurved from costa to vein 3, then incurved,

some pale points beyond it on costa; subterminal line greyish

defined on inner side by black suffusion, somewhat dentate,

angled outwards at vein 7; a series of small black and whitish

spots just before termen; cilia fuscous with a fine pale line at

base. Hind wing greyish brown; an indistinct simuous dark

antemedial line; medial line double, blackish filled in with grey,

minutely waved, sinuous; postmedial line double, the inner line

strong, blackish, minutely waved, sinuous; a series of small black

and whitish spots just before termen; a fine pale line at base of

cilia; the underside grey-brown with the lines indistinct and

more even.

Q@. Darker; fore wing with indistinct discoidal bar, the

obscure annulus at lower angle of cell.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 9; N.E. Rwopssra,.

N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Neave), 7 3, 9 2 type; Ponpotanp

(Swinny), 1 2. Hp. 48-56 mm.

430 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. I,

SPEIREDONIA PRUNICOLORA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 7.)

Femora and tibie of male with fringes of long hair, the mid

tibie greatly dilated and with thick fringes of hair and scales.

Head and thorax black brown irrorated with grey, the hinder

part of thorax with a purplish gloss; palpi streaked with black

and ochreous; pectus and legs ochreous white mixed with some

brown; abdomen fuscous brown with paler bands on _ basal

segments, the crests with golden metallic scales, the terminal

seements tinged with purple. Fore wing black-brown suffused

with brilliant purple, slightly on terminal area, and irrorated

with some whitish scales; subbasal line black defined by rufous,

waved, from costa to submedian fold; antemedial line black

defined on each side by rufous, waved; medial area with a rufous

streak below costa; reniform rufous, its centre defined by black,

white points at its upper and lower extremities and a rufous

streak from it to postmedial line; a sinuous black medial line

closely approximated below the ce!l to the postmedial line, which

is black slightly defined on each side-by rufous and at costa by

ochreous white, oblique to vein 6, then sinuous, at vein 3 bent

upwards to lower edge of reniform, some whitish points beyond

it on costa; subterminal line ochreous white towards costa, then

erey defined on each side by black suffusion, slightly angled

inwards below costa and excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a

series of black and ochreous white spots just before termen; a

fine ochreous white line at base of cilia. Hind wing dark brown

with some purple suffusion from origin of vein 2 to termen and

along terminal half of vein 1; two simuous black postmedial

lines; subterminal line grey defined on each side by black

suffusion, waved; a series of black and ochreous white striz just

before termen; a fine ochreous white line at base of cilia; the

underside whitish tinged with brown except on inner area, a

slight discoidal bar, two crenulate black postmedial lines, a

dentate grey subterminal line defined on each side by fuscous, and

a series of black lunules before termen defined on outer side

by ochreous white.

Hab. Sierra Luonr (Dudgeon), 1 3 type; ASHANTI, Obuasi

(Bergman), 13; N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley (Weave),

19. Hap. 40-44 mm.

ARGADESA MATERNA Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xu. 2. p. 840 (1766).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssra, EK. Luangwa R.,

Bengweolo distr; Porrucurse EH. Arrica, 8. Angoniland.

Hatastus piviriosA Wlk. Tr. N. H. Giasg. i. p. 356, pl. vu.

f. 11 (1878).

Coxeo, Lualaba R.; N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley, Kalun-

ewisi distr.

SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 104. f. C.

(ON07$)).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Rroprsra, E. Luangwa

ASHE O) | MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 451

distr., Serenji distr., Kalungwisi valley, Bangweolo distr. ;

Portucuerse H. Arrica, Chinde.

PANDESMA JuBRA Swinh, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 413, pl. 44. f. 4.

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

ERICEIA INANGULATA Guen. Noct. ili. p. 210 (1852).

N.W. Ruopssia, Kafue R.; N.E. Raoprsia, E. Luangwa

distr., Luangwa R., Chinsali distr., Mansya R.; Porrucursn

HK. Arrica, 8. Angoniland.

POLYDESMA COLLUTRIX Geyer, Ziitr. v. p. 22, ff. 885-6 (1837).

N.E. Ruoprsra, EH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Fort

Jameson.

Hypocata DEFLoRATA Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 472 (1792).

Coneo, 8.E. Katanga; N.E. Rroprsta, Serenji distr.; Porru-

curse H. Arrica, 5. Angoniland.

CALPE EMARGINATA Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2. p. 82 (1792).

N.E. Ruopesta, EK. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

PrusIoponTAa ComMoDA WIk. xxxiii, 844 (1865).

N.E. Reopesra, EK. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi

valley.

CosmopHiLA bROSA Hubn. Ziitr. Samml. Exot. Schmett. ii. p. 19,

ff. 287-8 (1827).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruoprsia, Kapopo; N.E.

Ruopgsia, EH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa R., Chambezi valley,

Chinsali distr., Bangweolo distr., Mansya R., Mpika.

CosMOPHILA SABULIFERA Guen. Noct. il. p. 404 (1852).

N.W. Ruopesra, Kapopo; Porrucurse HE, Arrica, Chinde.

CosmopHitA LuPERCA Moschl. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

oe py G00) pl. xvi. 1, No (issoi:

N.E. Ruopesia, H. Luangwa distr.

COsMOPHILA BIDENTATA, sp.n. (PI. XXXVII, fig. 11.)

g$. Head and thorax bright rufous slightly mixed with greyish ;

abdomen grey slightly tinged with rufous; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing ochreous greyish

suffused with rufous, the terminal area deep rufous; a small grey

patch at base of inner margin; antemedial line deep rufous,

oblique, sinuous; orbicular a white point ringed with rufous;

reniform rufous with slight white points at the angles of cell;

ostmedial line deep rufous, excurved below costa, then incurved

and with some dark points on it, dentate at veins 4, 3, then bent

inwards to origin of vein 2 and oblique to vein 1; subterminal

432 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

line indistinct, pale, excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a fine

yellowish line at base of cilia. Hind wing grey-brown, the cilia

brownish at base, white at tips; the underside whitish, the costal

half tinged with rufous, a curved punctiform postmedial line

from costa to vein 3.

2. Head, thorax, and fore wing deeper and more uniform

rufous, the last with the ante- and postmedial lines defined by

white.

Ab. 1. 3 2. Head, thorax, and fore wing dark purplish brown.

Hab. N.W. Ruovesia, Alala plateau (Weave), 15, 32,

Kapopo (Veave), 2 5, 1 2 type; N.E. Raopssia, KE. Luangwa

distr. (Weave), 1g, 2 9, Luangwa valley (Neave), 13,19, Ka-

lungwisi distr. (Weave), 1 9 , Bangweolo distr. (Weave), 5 2, Mansya

R. (Neave), 7 3, 12, Mpika (Weave), 1 § ; MasHonaann,

Salisbury (Marshall), 1 3. Hap. 36-40 mm.

CosMOPHILA RETRACTA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 20.)

g. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen grey-brown; pectus,

femora, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing silky

red-brown with a greyish olive tinge and slight fuscous irroration ;

antemedial line indistinct, double, waved; a blackish point in

middle of cell and two blackish and white discoidal points;

postmedial line whitish, obliquely excurved from costa to vein

3, then retracted to before lower angle of cell and obliquely

excurved to inner margin; an indistinct pale subterminal line

with small obscure fuscous spots on its Inner edges, excurved

below vein 7 and at middle. Hind wing grey-brown, the

terminal area rather darker; cilia with a fine white line at base

and white tips; the underside white tinged and irrorated with

brown, a brown postmedial line from costa to vein 5.

Hab. Congo, Katanga, Kambove (eave), 3 ¢ type; N.W.

Ruaopesta, Kapopo (Weave), 1 d. Hap. 36 mm.

MESoGENEA PERSINUOSA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 10.)

2. Head and thorax red-brown with a white streak on vertex ;

palpi white at base and tips; abdomen grey-brown ; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen white slightly irrorated with

brown, the last with blackish sublateral points on terminal

segments. Fore wing red-brown sparsely striated with black ;

antemedial line white, slightly angled outwards below costa, then

somewhat inwardly oblique; a black point in middle of cell;

postmedial line white, very strongly bent outwards from below

costa to vein 4, then retracted to origin of vein 2 and very

oblique to inner margin; faint traces of a sinuous dark sub-

terminal line; a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing

greyish suffused with brown, the terminal area darker; a fine

pale line at base of cilia which are white at tips; the underside

with the costal area grey striated with black.

Ab. 1. Head, thorax, and fore wing brown tinged with grey,

the head and thorax without the white streak; fore wing with

1910.} MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESTA. 433

the lines dark, the postmedial line faintly defined by grey on

outer side and with patches of dark suffusion on it in its sinus

and at inner margin, no white line at base of cilia.

¢. Head, thorax, and fore wing black-brown, the tegule in

front and the edges of patagia sometimes white; the fore wing

with the lines very indistinct, the point in cell edged with white

above, some white irroration before subterminal line especially

towards costa.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (eave), 1 ¢ type; N.E.

RuopestA, Petauke (Veave), 2 2; Br.C. Arrica, Zomba (Rendall),

1g; MasHonaLann, Salisbury (Marshall, Dobbie), 2 3. Hap.

24-28 mm.

RHYNCODES NIGRICILIATA, sp.n. (PI. XX XVII. fig. 18.)

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching to above vertex of

head and fringed with hair above at extremity, the 3rd porrect ;

antenne of male minutely serrate and ciliated; fore wing with

the termen strongly excised below apex and excurved at middle, .

then again excised.

Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow suffused with whitish;

palpi, antenne, and fore and mid legs in front rufous. Fore wing

yellow suffused with whitish with a faint violaceous tinge, the

costal edge rufous; a rufous medial line with blackish mark at

costa, angled outwards below costa, then oblique; two blackish

discoidal points; a straight rufous line with blackish mark at

costa from costa before apex to tornus; two black points on costa

towards apex, three on termen at the excision below apex, and

three above tornus ; the cilia rufous, black-tipped at the excisions.

Hind wing yellow, with black points on termen between veins 7

and 3; the underside faintly tinged with rufous and with slight

dark irroration, a black discoidal point and terminal series of

points.

Hab. Goud Coast, Kumasi (IWhiteside), 1 $ type; N.E.

Ruaopesi4, Kalungwisi valley (Weave),1 2. Hap, go 24, 2 34mm.

Panrip1a ANDERSONI Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 115. f. 13 (1874).

N.W. RuopestA, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruoprsta, Luangwa R.

PantipiA scissA WIk. xxxili. 851 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesia, Kalungwisi valley.

Fopina EMBoLOPHORA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 364

(1902).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

BANIANA HETEROSPILA, sp.n., (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 27.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the apical

part ciliated, of female with short branches, mid tibie with fringe

of long hair below.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1910, No. XX VITI. 28

Ana STR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar: dy

Head, tegule, and front of thorax chocolate-brown, the rest of

thorax and abdomen yellowish white irrorated with brown:

antenne brown. Fore wing yellow tinged with rufous and

irrorated with dark brown; a small dark brown spot at base of

costa; an oblique chocolate-brown antemedial mark from costa

and clavate band from just above median nervure to inner margin

forming a triangular mark in submedian interspace, these mark-

ings defined by whitish; orbicular and reniform. black-brown

defined by whitish, the for mer small, round, the latter an oblique

lunule ; postmedial line chocolate-brown defined by whitish,

forming a wedge-shaped mark at costa, then slight, oblique to

vein 3, then retracted to origin of vein 2 and sinuous to inner

margin where it forms a spot; a conical black-brown patch on

costa towards apex, defined by whitish and with two whitish

points on costa, a somewhat lunulate chocolate-brown line just

before termen; cilia rufous. Hind wing yellowish irrorated

with red-brown: a slightly sinuous rufous terminal line; cilia

. rufous with a yellowish line at base; the underside yellow, the

costal area irrorated with brown.

Hab. Ucanpva, Entebbe (Minchin), 1 2; Coneo, Lualaba R.

(Neave), 1 2; N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr. (Neave), 1 2,

Luangwa valley (iKgane), IL oy I 2s Chanabend valley (Weave),

26,19 type. Hap. 34 mm.

BANIANA PYRAMIDALIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 28.)

3. Head and tegule rufous; thorax and abdomen yellowish

white with some rufous on prothorax and base of patagia. Fore

wing yellow; the costal edge chocolate-brown at base; a triangular

chocolate-brown mark in gsubmedian inters space just before middle,

its inner angle connected with a small triangular spot on inner

margin, another small triangular spot on inner margin just beyond

it; a conical chocolate-brown patch on costa towards apex with

two yellowish points on costa. Hind wing pale yellow.

@. Fore wing sparsely irrorated with dark brown; a dark

brown point on costa near apex and a series of slight lunules just

before termen.

_ Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 3 type,

Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 9. Hap. 36 mm.

BANIANA ANGULINA Mab. C. R. Ent. Soc. Belg. xxi. p.1xi (1881).

N.E. Ruopssra, Luangwa R., Chambezi valley.

BANIANA ASPILA, sp. n. (PI. XX XVII. fig. 29.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches to near

apex ; mid tibie fringed with hair above, the hind tibiz below.

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow faintly tinged with

rufous, the back of head and tegule velvety black; fore ‘and tid

tibie in front black-brown. Fore wing yellow tinged with rufous

and irrorated with black; an antemedial black point just below

cell with traces of an oblique line from it to inner margin ; a black

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, A435

point in middle of cell and slight discoidal lunule; postmedial

line faint, yellowish with very incomplete series of black points

and striz on it, bent. outwards below costa, at vein 3 retracted

to just below angle of cell and slightly bent outwards to imner

margin; faint trace of a subterminal dark shade incurved at

discal fold ; a series of black points just before termen. Hind

wing ochreous white, the terminal area suffused with fuscous

except at tornus; cilia ochreous white: the underside with the

costal area slightly irrorated with brown, the terminal area with

fuscous from apex to vein 2.

@. Hind wing darker with dark discoidal lunule.

Hab. N.K. Ruopzsia, E. Luangwa. distr., Mterize R. (Weave),

1 ¢ type, Mbala country (Weave), 1 ¢, Chambezi valley,

(Neave), 33, 12, Mansya R. (Weave), 1 ¢ ; Br. C. Arrica,

Zomba (Johnston), 2 3. Hap. 38 mm.

BANIANA DisJUNCTA WI1k. xxxiil. 999 (1865).

N.E. Ruoprsta, Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Chinsali

distr., Bangweolo distr.

BANIANA HAMIFERA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 401 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa distr.

BANIANA TRIGONOSPILA, Sp. n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 19.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the apex

ciliated ; palpi with the 3rd joint long, with tuft of hair above

at base.

3. Head white, the palpi and antenne brown; thorax and

abdomen grey mixed with brown. Fore wing grey suffused and

irrorated with brown, the subcostal area whitish to postmedial

line; a shght subbasal dark mark on costa and two antemedial

marks; a triangular black-brown patch on inner area from near

base to before middle where it extends from cell to inner margin ;

a small clavate black mark in middle of cell and a U-shaped black

mark filled in with white at lower angle, a dark mark above it on

costa: postmedial line blackish defined on outer side by whitish

and with dark mark at costa, slightly incurved below costa and

incurved below vein 4; a whitish subterminal line excurved below

vein 7 where there is a blackish mark on its inner side and ex-

curved at middle, then incurved and obsolescent; an oblique

blackish mark from apex; a terminal series of black striz and

whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing grey-brown; the under-

side whitish irrorated with fuscous, the terminal area suffused

with fuscous, a small black discoidal spot, traces of a curved

medial line and indistinct crenulate postmedial line.

Hab. N.W. Ruovesta, Kapopo (Weave), 1 ¢ ; N.E. Ruopssi,

upper Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 3 type. Hup. 28 mm.

BANIANA ATRIPLAGA W1]k. xv. 1795 (1858).

N.E. Ruaopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

28*

436 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON (Mar. 1,

3ANIANA CULMINIFPRA, sp. n. (PI. XX XVII. fig. 30.)

Antenne of male with serrations ending in a bristle, of female

ciliated : fore and mid tibiee with tuft of long hair below.

Head, thorax,and abdomen greyish ochreous mixed with fuscous,

the anti of head and tips of tegule blackish ; palpi, pectus, and

ventral surface of abdomen reddish ochr eous, the palpi with darker

band at extremity of 2nd joint. Fore wing greyish ochreous

tinged with rufous and irrorated with brown to the postmedial

line, the terminal area grey suffused with fuscous; subbasal line

represented by a black striga from costa; antemedial line with

black mark at costa, then red-brown, waved; a black striga from

middle of costa defined on outer side by whitish ; a black discoidal

striga; postmedial line black slightly defined on outer side by

rufous, arising below costa, ineurved at discal fold, at vein 3 bent

upwards to the discoidal ain iga, then sinuous to mner margin,

some white points beyond it on costa; faint traces of a sub-

terminal line, excurved below vein 7 and at middle; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing grey-brown, the termimal area

suffused with fusecous; cilia grey at tips; the underside with

terminal series of slight dark lunules.

Ab. 1. Fore wing il the pale area reddish ochreous without

erey tinge, a plac discoidal point not connected with the post-

medial line.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau (Veave), 1 9; N.E.

Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distv. (Weave), 535,49 type, Luangwa R.

(Weave), 1 3. Hap. 28-30 mm.

_ Puiecorrera rripaLis Wligrn. Wien. Ent. Mon. vii. p. 149

(1863).

N.E. Ruaopgsta, EK. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

PLECOPTERA MEGARTHRA, sp.n. (PI. XX XVII. fig. 31.)

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate.

Mid tibiz of male fringed with very long hair below, the Ist

joint of tarsus dilated ; tibize, coxee, and base of abdomen below

with tufts of hair.

¢. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey; legs with the

tufts of hair ochreous white ; abdomen grey with fuscous mixed.

Fore wing purplish grey irrorated with brown, the terminal area

suffused with chocolate-brown ; antemedial line black defined on

inner side by whitish, almost straight and erect; two black dis-

coidal points connected by a whitish striga, with a black and

whitish striga above it from costa; postmedial line black defined

on inner side by whitish and on outer slightly by rufous, arising

below costa, straight, oblique ; some white points on postmedial

part of costa; faint traces of a sinuous subterminal line; a

terminal series of black points. Hind wing fuscous brown, the

terminal area darker; a fine dark terminal line; cilia greyish at

tips ; the underside grey thickly irrorated with brown, the terminal

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, 437

area darker, a dark discoidal point and indistinct curved post-

medial line.

Hab. N.K. Ruopusta, E. Luangwa distr., Mbala country (eave),

1 S$ type, Petauke (Weave), 1 g, Niamdazi R. (Weave), 1 g. Hap.

34 min.

PLECOPTERA MELALEPTS, sp.n. (Pl. XXX VII. fig. 32.)

Mid tibize of male fringed with long hair below.

Head and tegule pale rufous; thorax purplish grey mixed

with brown; mid tibie of male with the tufts of hair blackish ;

abdomen grey suffused with brown. Fore wing purple-grey, irro-

rated with large black and whitish scales except on costal and

terminal areas; antemedial line slight, black defined on inner

side by whitish, nearly straight and erect; two black discoidal

points with a black striga defined on outer side by whitish above

them from costa; postmedial line black defined on inner side by

white, arising below costa, nearly straight and oblique; some

white pomts on postmedial part of costa ; subterminal line indis-

tinct, grey, angled inwards at discal fold and outwards at middle,

then incurved ; a series of black points just before termen. Hind

wing fuscous brown; a terminal series of blackish striz:; the

underside whitish thickly irrorated with brown, the terminal

avea darker, a black discoidal point and indistinct curved post-

medial line.

Hab. N.K%. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 4 ¢, 2 2

type, Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 9. Hxp. 32 mm.

PLECOPTERA FLAVILINEA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 33.)

Head and tegule yellow tinged with rufous; thorax purplish

grey mixed with brown; pectus and legs whitish mixed with

brown ; abdomen grey suffused with brown. Fore wing purplish

grey tinged with brown and irrorated with a few black scales,

the postmedial area suffused with chocolate-brown; antemedial

line rufous defined on inner side by yellow, slightly angled out-

wards below costa, then erect and somewhat sinuous; two black

discoidal points on a red-brown bar, a red-brown bar above them

from costa defined on outer side by whitish ; postmedial line rufous

defined on inner side by yellow, arising below costa, oblique,

straight ; some white points on postmedial part of costa; traces

of a waved grey subterminal line; a terminal series of black

points; cilia whitish at tips. Hind wing grey-brown, the

terminal area tinged with fuscous; cilia whitish at tips; the

underside whitish thickly irrorated with brown, the terminal

area darker, a slight dark discoidal lunule and traces of a post-

medial line.

Hab. 8. Nicrrta, Lagos (Loag),1 3; Br. C. Arrica, Fwambo,

1 $6; N.W. Ruopssta, Alala plateau (Weave), 2 3, 1 9 type;

N.E. Ruovesta, E. Luangwa distr. (eave), 1 e Bangweolo distr.

(Neave), 33. Hap. 30-34 mm,

438 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar’. 1,

PLECOPTERA THERMOZONA, sp.n. (PI, XX XVII. fig. 34.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey mixed with brown. Fore

wing pale grey tinged with rufous and slightly irrorated with

black ; antemedial line rufous defined on inner side by yellow,

slightly angled outwards below costa, then erect and somewhat

sinuous; two rufous discoidal points with a striga above them

from costa ; postmedial line dark brown with a narrow yellow band

on inner side, its inner edge defined by a faint sinuous brown

line, arising below costa, oblique, straight; the postmedial area

chocolate-red with some white points on costa, its outer edge bent

outwards to apex, at middle, and to tornus and incurved at discal

fold and below vein 3, the slight grey subterminal line just before

the edge and somewhat dentate at veins 7, 6,4, 3; a series of

black points just before termen. Hind wing pale grey-brown, the

terminal area darker; the underside pale grey thickly irrorated

with brown, a slight discoidal Junule and curved postmedial line.

Hab. N.K. Ruovesia, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Weave), 1 9,

K. Luangwa distr., Mterize R. (Weave), 1 3 type. Haup. 34 mm.

PLECOPTERA LANIATA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 35.)

Antenne of male minutely serrate with long bristles and cilia ;

mid and hind tibie fringed with long hair below; the ventral

surface of abdomen with woolly hair on basal segment.

Head and thorax grey mixed with red-brown; abdomen grey

suffused with fuscous brown, the hair on ventral surface of male

ochreous white. Fore wing grey tinged with rufous and slightly

irrorated with black; antemedial line red-brown defined on inner

side by yellow, straight, erect; two brown discoidal points with

a slight angled mark above them on costa defined on outer side

by yellowish ; postmedial line red-brown defined on both sides

by yellowish and with slight blackish line beyond it arising just

below costa, oblique, slightly bent outwards to inner margin ;

- some white points on postmedial part of costa; subterminal line

blackish, angled outwards at veins 4, 3, then incurved and ending

at tornus; a series of black points just before termen. Hind

wing grey-brown, the terminal area suffused with fuscous; the

underside greyish suffused and irrorated with brown, a shght

discoidal lunule and diffused sinuous postmedial line, the terminal

area suffused with fuscous.

Ab. 1. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing pale ochreous

yellow, the last with the postmedial area tinged with brown;

hind wing yellowish except the terminal area.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 ¢. 1 9

type, Luangwa R. (Weave), 4g, 19; Transvaat, White R.

(Cooke), 1 $. Hap. 34-40 mm,

PLECOPTERA INFUSCATA, Ssp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 17.)

Antenne of male minutely serrate with long bristles and cilia;

mid femora from extremity and hind femora from base with tufts

of long rufous hair.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, 439

3S. Head deep rufous, the basal joint of antenne yellowish

white in front; thorax and abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing

grey tinged with rufous and suffused with fuscous brown, the

postmedial area pale, the terminal area darker; traces of a dark

antemedial line, excurved to below cell, then oblique; a white

point at origin of vein 2; a diffused blackish discoidal lunule;

postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 6, then hardly traceable,

incurved below vein 4; subterminal line indistinct, dark with

series of slight white points on it, excurved below vein 7 and at

middle, then incurved and ending at tornus; a terminal series

of slight dark strie ; cilia rufous. Hind wing pale reddish brown,

the terminal area suffused with fuscous, narrowing to tornus;

cilia rufous, fuscous towards apex. Underside of fore wing white

_ tinged with brown except on postmedial area, the terminal area

fuscous, the costa rufous irrorated with brown, the discoidal

lunule blackish; hind wing whitish irrorated with brown, the

terminal area fuscous, a dark discoidal spot and rather diffused

postmedial line.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke (eave),

1 3 type. Hxp. 40 mm.

PLECOPTERA TRICHOPHORA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVII. fig. 26.)

Antenne of male with long bristles and cilia; fore femora and

tibie below, mid tibiz below and Ist joint of tarsus above and

hind coxe with tufts of long hair; fore wing with the inner area

near base clothed with long woolly hair.

3. Head and thorax grey-brown; palpi pale ochreous; fore

and mid legs with the tufts of hair fuscous brown, hind cox

with ochreous tufts; abdomen grey suffused with fuscous, the

anal tuft tinged with rufous. Fore wing purplish grey irrorated

with black, some black suffusion beyond postmedial line and on

apical area, the woolly hair near base black-brown ; two black

discoidal points; postmedial line black slightly defined by rufous,

strongly bent outwards and obsolescent below costa and slightly

incurved below vein 4, some white points beyond it on costa ;

subterminal line blackish, dentate, angled outwards at vein 7 and

excurved at middle; a terminal series of black points. Hind

wing grey-brown suffused with fuscous; the underside suffused

with fuscous brown, a black discoidal striga.

Hab. N.E. Ruoprsta, Chambezi valley (Weave), 2 3, Lake

Bangweolo (Weave), 1 d type. Hup. 38 mm.

PLECOPTERA SARCISTIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 8.)

Legs of male normal.

g. Head and tegule black-brown; palpi whitish in front ;

frons with white bar connecting lateral streaks; vertex of head

creamy white ; thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; pectus, legs,

and abdomen ochreous tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous

strongly tinged with rufous; a black discoidal point; postmedial

line black, arisimg below costa, oblique to discal fold, then faint

440 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

and inwardly oblique to vein 2, where it joins an oblique black

line from lower angle of cell and terminates; a series of slight

blackish points just before termen; cilia fuscous brown. Hind

wing pale glossy brown tinged with rufous, the cilia whitish

except at base; the underside white tinged and irrorated with

brown.

Hat. N.K. Ruopesta, Kalungwisi distr. (Weave), 2 g type.

Hap. 34 mm.

PLECOPTERA RESISTENS, Wk. xv. 1749 (1858).

N.E. Ruopesi, BH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Kalungwisi

valley.

PLECOPTERA PUNCTILINEATA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 9.)

Head and tegule pale rufous ; thorax and abdomen grey-brown ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing

red-brown very slightly irrorated with black: obliquely placed

subbasal black points below costa and cell; antemedial line with

black striga from costa, then red-brown, smuous ; reniform rufous

or black with slight white annulus; postmedial line with black

striga from costa, then red-brown with series of black points on

it, slightly bent outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold and

below vein 4, some white points beyond it on costa; subterminal

line with series of black and white points on it, forming two small

spots below costa, angled outwards at vem 7 and excurved at

middle; a series of black points just before termen. Hind wing

pale reddish brown, the terminal area suffused with fuscous; the

underside whitish irrorated with brown, the terminal area suffused

with fuscous, a dark discoidal point and indistinct sinuous pose

medial line.

Hab. W. Arnica, Oil Rivers,1 9; Br. H. Arrica (Gregory),

1 @, Takaunga (Thomas), 1 9; Ucanpa (Christy), 1 6; N.E:

Ruopesta, H. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 4 o, 9 2 type, Luangwa

valley (Weave), 1 ¢, Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 3, Mpika

(Weave), 1 6 ; Masuonaand, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 3, 3 9;

GAZALAND, Chirinda forest (Marshall), 1 ¢,1 9. Hap. 30-34 mm.

PLECOPTERA GRISEA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 1.)

Antenne of male minutely ciliated.

Fore femora and tibie of male below and mid tibiwe above

fringed with long hair.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey slightly tinged with

brown; palpi, frons, antenne, and the fringes of hair on legs

fuscous black. Fore wing grey irrorated with brown ; antemedial

line very indistinct, dark, waved; a black point in middle of cell;

reniform tinged with rufous and faintly defined by blackish ;

postmedial line indistinct, dark, minutely waved, incurved below

vein 4, some whitish points beyond it on costa; subterminal line

whitish defined on inner side by red-brown suffusion and a blackish

spot in submedian-interspace, waved, slightly excurved below

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 441

vein 7 and at middle; a series of black points before termen and

a fine waved black terminal line. Hind wing grey irrorated with

brown ; traces of a dark medial line and of a minutely waved

subterminal line; a series of black points just before termen, a

fine black terminal line and white line at base of cilia. Underside

of fore wing and costal area of hind wing suffused with black-

brown, the rest of hind wing whitish striated with fuscous.

Hab. N.K. Ruopvesta, Kalungwisi valley (Weave), 1 3 type.

Hep. 36 mm.

PLECOPTERA RUFIRENA Hmpsn. Ann. 58. Afr. Mus. i. p. 367

(1902).

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau; N.E. Raoprsta, Chambezi

valley, Fort Jameson; Porrucurse HE. Arrica, 8. Angoniland.

PLECOPTERA FLAVICEPS Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. u. p. 403

(1902).

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopesta, Serenji distr.,

Luangwa distr., Chinsali distr., Chambezi valley.

GNAMPTOGYIA DIAGONALIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 2.)

Head and thorax pale yellow pencilled with red-brown ; abdo-

men pale yellow dorsally tinged with rufous and with slight

white and fuscous segmental lines; palpi in front, pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white, the fore and

mid tibie streaked with rufous. Fore wing yellowish white,

the terminal area greyish rufous; a double very oblique rufous

line from costa before middle to inner margin near base ; a black

point in end of cell; three very oblique white lines defined on

each side by rufous from below costa beyond middle to middle of

inner margin ; a double very oblique rufous line from below apex

to inner margin beyond middle; an indistinct double obliquely

curved rufous subterminal line with a series of black points

beyond it; cilia white at base followed by a dark line, brown at

middle and white at tips, with a dark line through them. Hind

wing pale yellow with some rufous striz above medial part of

vein 1; two rufous subterminal lines indistinctly double towards

inner margin, with some black suffusion beyond them towards

apex and some black points towards tornus; cilia white at base

followed by a dark line, brown at middle and white at tips, with

a dark line through them; the underside pale yellow sparsely

irrorated with brown scales, a series of black points before termen

from apex to vein 2.

_ Ab. 1. Head, thorax, and fore wing grey suffused with brown

and without yellow tinge ; ; abdomen grey suffused with fuscous ;

hind wing grey tinged with brown and with three double medial

lines extending to below costa, the terminal area suffused with

fuscous except towards tornus.

Hab. Br, E. Arrica, Taveta (2ogers), 1 ¢, Tana R. (Crawshay),

442 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

1 9; N.E. Ruaovesta, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 3 g, Luangwa

valley (Weave), 1 g¢ type. Hap. 20-28 mm.

ANTARCH#HA SUBFLAVALIS W1k, xxxiil. 1205 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley.

ANTARCHHA FRAGILIS Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 413 (1875).

N.E. Reopesta, upper Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley.

ANTARCHHA DUPLICALIS Wk. xxxiil. 1205 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

ANTARCHHA HEMACEPS, sp.n. (PI. XXXVITI, fig. 10.)

_ Head and tegule blood-red mixed with some black: thorax

and abdomen ochreous tinged with blood-red ; legs blood-red, the

tarsi fuscous. Fore wing olive-ochreous tinged with blood-red,

the terminal area tinged with brown except at apex and tornus;

a blackish point in base of cell, a subbasal blackish striga below

costa and point in cell; obliquely placed antemedial reddish points

below costa and in and below cell; reniform faintly defined by

blood-red, with reddish point in upper part and blackish point in

lower, an incurved reddish line from just beyond it to inner

margin where there is a blackish point; postmedial line reddish,

slightly bent outwards below costa, then minutely waved, slightly

angled inwards at discal fold and incurved below vein 4; sub-

terminal line brownish, slightly excurved below vein 7 and at

middle, the veins beyond it with faint pale streaks with black

points on them before termen; cilia blood-red with a fine dark

line near tips. Hind wing yellowish tinged with blood-red, the

area from end of cell to just before termen suffused with fuscous,

leaving the termen blood-red with a series of black points just

before it; cilia blood-red; the underside whitish thickly irrorated

and suffused with blood-red except the inner area, a series of

black points before termen.

Hab. N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa. distr. (Weave), 2 3 type,

Luangwa R. (Weave), 1 6; Navan, Durban (Leigh), 1 2. Hap.

30 mm.

ANTARCH#A OLIVESCENS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 13.)

3S. Head blood-red mixed with black-brown; thorax and

abdomen olive-ochreous faintly tinged with red; fore and mid

tibie strongly tinged with red, the tarsi fuscous with pale rings.

Fore wing olive-ochreous faintly tinged with red and sparsely

irrorated with brown; an antemedial brown point below the cell ;

two black discoidal points; a faint reddish medial line, oblique

from costa to beyond lower angle of cell, then inwardly oblique ;

faint traces of a double postmedial line with slight brown spots

on it at discal and submedian folds, excurved from below costa to

vein 4, then incurved; a series of small black-brown subterminal

spots from costa to vein 4 and a series of points just. before

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 443

termen with slight strie beyond them; cilia reddish with a black-

brown line near tips. Hind wing yeilow, the inner half faintly

tinged with red and sparsely irrorated with black; some fuscous

suffusion at apex ; a series of black points just before termen and

fine waved terminal line; cilia reddish with brown line near tips ;

the underside yellow sparsely irrorated with black except on

inner area, the apex tinged with crimson, a black discoidal striga.

2. Wings not tinged with red.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley, Petauke (Weave), 1 3

type, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Weave), 1 9. Hap. 30 mm.

ANTARCH#HA LENTISTRIATA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 20.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow, the head

tinged with red, the antenne blackish ; fore and mid tibie red.

Fore wing ochreous yellow finely striated with pale red-brown

and irrorated with a few black scales; traces of a brownish ante-

medial line, oblique from costa to middle of cell, then sinuous ;

a minute black point at lower angle of cell; postmedial line faint,

brownish, excurved below costa and incurved at discal fold and

below vein 4; subterminal line represented by faint dark points

from below costa to vein 5; a series of blackish points just before

termen. Hind wing ochreous yellow finely striated with pale

red-brown except on basal and costal areas, and irrorated with a

few black scales; faint traces of a sinuous postmedial line; a

series of blackish points just before termen and a terminal series

of slight strie; the underside pale yellow slightly irrorated with

brown except on inner area.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Mterize R. (Weave),

1 g type. Hap. 32 mm.

ANTARCHZA UMBRIFERA, Sp. n. (Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 3.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown mixed with grey ;

tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-

brown and thickly striated with dark brown, the postmedial area

paler ; traces of a curved blackish subbasal line; antemedial line

rather diffused, blackish, sinuous, interrupted; a black point

defined by whitish at lower angle of cell; an indistinct sinuous

medial dark shade; postmedial line rather diffused, dark, double

from costa to vein 4, excurved below costa and at middle; traces

of a subterminal dark line with a series of blackish points on it,

slightly excurved at vein 7 and middle; a series of black points

just before termen. Hind wing whitish tinged with red-brown

and striated with brown ; an indistinct double postmedial line on

inner area, traces of a sinuous subterminal line and a series of

black points just before termen; the underside white faintly

tinged with brown and irrorated with fuscous, a blackish discoidal

point, traces of a postmedial line excurved beyond the cell and

three black points before termen towards apex.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley (Veave), 1 3 type.

Exp. 32 mm.

444 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. I,

ANTARCHHA HHMATOESSA, sp.n. (PI. XX XVIII. fig. 23.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with blood-

red. Fore wing ochreous suffused with blood-red; a small sub-

basal red spot in cell; antemedial small red spots below costa

and in cell and blackish striz below the cell and above inner

margin; a small red spot in middle of cell; a figure-of-eight-

shaped ochreous discoidal mark, defined by red and with black

points in upper and lower parts; postmedial line double, the

outer line formed of small lunulate spots defined on outer side

by ochreous, excurved below costa, then oblique; subterminal

line formed of red striz defined on inner side by ochreous,

slightly excurved below costa and minutely waved from vein 5

to inner margin; a series of red points well before termen ; cilia

with a fine crimson line at middle and whitish tips. Hind wing

ochreous suffused with blood-red ; a terminal series of red striz :

cilia white at tips; the underside suffused and irrorated with

blood-red, two indistinct postmedial lines.

Hab. N.W. Ruovesta, Alala plateau, Mkushi distr. (Weave),

1 9 type. Hap. 26 mm.

Raparna tritontaAs Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 395 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesia, Tanganyika plateau, Kalungwisi distr., Bang-

weolo distr.

ACANTHOLIPES NoTaTa Hmpsn. Ill. Het. B. M. vii. p. 84, pl. 146.

f, 3 (1891).

N.E. Ruopesra, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu.

ACANTHOLIPES MISER Butl. P. Z.S. 1883, p. 166.

N.E. Rucpesia, EK. Luangwa distr.

ACANTHOLIPES TRIFASCIATA Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 612.

Congo, Katanga, Kambove, Lualaba R.

ACANTHOLIPES ocuROTA Hmpsn. Trans. Zool. Soc. xix. p. 113,

pl. iv. f. 23 (1909).

N,E. Ruopesta, Bangweolo distr.

PLEURONA TROGOPERA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 4.)

Fore wing with the termen excised below apex and angled

at vein 5, a minute hyaline groove just beyond the discocellulars.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey suffused with reddish

brown and irrorated with fuscous, the last with sublateral series

of black points. Fore wing grey suffused with brown and thickly

irrorated with black; antemedial line rather diffused, black,

angled outwards below costa, then very oblique; medial line

black, stronger at costa, angled outwards beyond the slight black

discoidal striga, then very oblique ; postmedial line double, black

at costa, then slight, oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique and

1910. | MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESTA. 445

waved ; subterminal line slight, dark, minutely waved and some-

what angled outwards above and below vein 4; a series of minute

black points just before termen; a fine black terminal line ; cilia

black-brown. Hind wing grey suffused with brown and thickly

irrorated with black; an oblique black antemedial line not

reaching costa; indistinct double waved medial and subterminal

lines, the latter with a series of black points on its inner edge;

a series of minute black points just before termen and a fine black

terminal line; cilia black-brown; the underside whitish tinged

with brown and wrorated with black, the antemedial and medial

lines as above, a subterminal series of black points.

Hab, N.K. Ruopestia, Chinsali distr. (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Hap.

28 mm.

Droma@a TENFBROSA Holl. Psyche, vii. p. 90, pl. iii. f. 17 (1894).

N.E. Rropesta, E. Luangwa distr.

THERMESIA IRRORATA Fabr. Spec. Ins. 11. p. 506 (1781).

N.E. Ruopesra, K. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Chambezi valley, Bangweolo distr., Mansya R., Mpika.

PARATHERMES LOPHOCERA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 6.)

Antenne of male with large tuft of hair at one-third from base.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown ; palpi with the ex-

tremity of 2nd joint blackish, the 3rd joint blackish, white at

base and tips; mid and hind tarsi whitish; abdomen with slight

whitish segmental lines. Fore wing grey-brown ; subbasal line

represented by a black and white point on costa, then by slight

points ; antemedial line black defined on each side by white at

costa, excurved below costa, then slight, oblique. sinuous, inter-

rupted ; a slight dark discoidal spot; postmedial line blackish,

defined on each side by white at costa, then slightly by grey on

outer side, excurved below costa, then oblique and minutely

waved, some small triangular pure white marks beyond it on

costa with blackish streaks between them; a faint dark sub-

terminal shade; a terminal series of black and white striz. Hind

wing grey-brown; a shght dark discoidal bar; postmedial line

black- brown faintly defined on outer side by grey, slightly

sinuous; a fine black-brown terminal line defined on inner side

by a fine white line; the underside with blackish discoidal spot

and curved minutely waved postmedial line.

Hab. Conco, Lualaba R. (Weave), 1 o; N.E. Ruoprsra, Cham-

bezi valley (Weave), 11 3g, 24 9 type. Hap. 24-28 mm.

PARATHERMES MARCHALI Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. & Maur.,

Lép. p. 105, pl. 13. f. 4 (1834).

Conco, Lualaba R.; N.W. Reopesra, Alala plateau, Kapopo ;

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Mt. Ulungu,

Chambezi valiey, Kalungwisi valley, Lake Bangweolo, Fort

Jameson, Tanganyika plateau.

446 SIR GHORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

PARATHERMES ATRIPUNCTATA, sp.n. (PI. XX XVIII. fig. 7.)

Head and thorax rufous irrorated with fuscous ; palpi whitish

irrorated with fuscous and with red band near extremity of 3rd

joint ; antenne blackish ; tegule grey at base; pectus and legs

white irrorated with brown, the tibize rufous, the tarsi black

ringed with white; abdomen grey-brown, the base tinged with

rufous, the anal tuft rufous, the ventral surface white irrorated

with brown. Fore wing grey-brown more or less strongly suf-

fused with rufous and sparsely irrorated with black ; subbasal

line double, red with black point at costa, inwardly oblique and

ending at submedian fold ; antemedial line red, inwardly oblique

and minutely waved, with black point at costa and sometimes

two others in cell; a slight brown discoidal lunule; medial line

indistinct, dark, bent outwards below costa, angled inwards at

discal fold, incurved below vein 4 and with black point on it at

submedian fold, closely approximated to the postmedial line,

which is red with black point at costa, defined on outer side by

ochreous, bent outwards below costa, slightly incurved at discal

fold, incurved below vein 4; subterminal line ochreous, defined

on inner side by black spots between veins 7 and 4 and on outer

by blackish points and striz, incurved to vein 4 where it is angled

outwards, then again incurved, some dark and pale points before

it on costa; a series of small black spots just before termen and

a terminal series of striz; cilia with blackish spots near base

and black line defined on inner side by ochreous near tips. Hind

wing grey-brown more or less suffused with rufous and irrorated

with black, the costal area suffused with fuscous; a red post-

medial line defined on outer side by yellow and with two black

points before it on inner area only; a slight pale subterminal

line from vein 4 to tornus; a series of black points just before

termen ; cilia rufous with yellow lines at base and near tips; the

underside grey tinged with rufous and thickly irrorated with

fuscous, the terminal area suffused with fuscous, a blackish post-

medial line.

Hab. N.E. RuovestA, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 9, Kalung-

wisi distr. (Weave), 1 $ type, Bangweolo distr. (Veave), 1 3,

1 2, Mansya R. (Neave), 15. Hup. 26 mm.

Mxcopina suBsEcTA WIk. xxxiii. 1012 (1865).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Raopxsra, Chambezi valley,

GRACILLODES CAFFRA Guen. Noct. 11. p. 370 (1852).

Congo, Lualaba R.; N.E. Raopesta, EK. Luangwa distr.,

Luangwa valley, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu, Feira, Kalungwisi

valley.

Eaenasta vicartaA WIk. xxxv. 1972 (1866).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Cham-

hezi valley.

1910. | MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. AAT,

ZEVHES CENOTYPE, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 8.)

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey mixed with brown, the

tibial spurs and tarsi brown ringed with white, the anal tuft

whitish. Fore wing grey suffused and irrorated with reddish

brown and dark brown ; antemedial line indistinct, dark, oblique

from costa to median nervure, then inwardly oblique and slightly

sinuous ; orbicular and reniform white defined by brown, the

former small, round, the latter rather bar-shaped; a diffused

black medial line, oblique from costa to reniform, then inwardly

oblique ; postmedial line black slightly defined on outer side by

grey, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then oblique; some

sight pale points beyond it on costa; subterminal line whitish

defined on inner side by fuscous suffusion, minutely dentate; a

fine black terminal line. Hind wing grey suffused and irrorated

with reddish brown and dark brown; a double diffused black

medial line, sightly sinuous postmedial line, indistinct double

subterminal line with series of black points beyond it, and fine

black terminal line; the underside paler with more blackish

irroration, a black and greyish discoidal spot, the lines as above

but with no points beyond the subterminal line.

Hab, N.K. Ruopesta, Chinsali distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hap.

28 mm.

HYPENIN#.

NopariA PLANA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 261.

N.E. Ruopesra, KE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

NopariA EXTERNALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 64 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley.

Noparia Noposauis Herr.-Schaff. Kur. Schmett. ii. p. 385, Noct.

f, 605 (1845).

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley; Porru-

GuEsE K. Arrica, Chinde.

NopaRiA EXTINCTALIS Zell. Vet. Acad. Hand]. 1852, p. 13 (1854).

N.E. Ruopesra, Kalungwisi distr.

SIMPLICIA PACHYCERA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. oy)

Antenne of male thickened and fringed with hair at about

one-third length ; fore tibie with sheath enclosing a fringe of

hair.

Head and thorax grey-brown tinged with rufous; antenne

with the shaft whitish towards base; legs fuscous; abdomen

grey-brown, the anal tuft whitish. Fore wing grey-brown tinged

with rufous; faint oblique subbasal and antemedial dark striz

and a slight discoidal lunule; the terminal area brownish white

from below apex to tornus where it narrows to a point; a

terminal series of brown striz; cilia brownish white. Hind wing

grey-brown ; an indistinct diffused subterminal dark line angled

448 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

outwards to termen at vein 2; cilia pale; the underside white

tinged and irrorated with brown, a brown discoidal point and

indistinct curved postmedial and subterminal lines.

Hab. W. Arrica (Dudgeon), 1 3, 2 2 type; N.E. Ruopesta,

Kalungwisi distr. (Weave), 1 3. Hep. 34-36 mm.

’ DEINHYPENA LAcISTA Holl. Psyche, vii. p. 124, pl. 11. fig. 3 (1894).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

DEINHYPENA APICATA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 35.)

2. (Palpi broken). Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown.

Fore wing black-brown, the costal area paler ; a small white spot

at lower angle of cell followed by a point ; postmedial line brown

placed on a grey band, bent outwards below costa, then oblique ;

a large quadrate creamy white apical patch extending to below

vein 5, with an oblique black bar on it from apex and some

blackish spots on termen; cilia chequered black and whitish.

Hind wing fuscous brown with a slight pale subterminal line

from vein 3 to inner margin; cilia chequered fuscous and whitish ;

the underside whitish irrorated and suffused with brown and

with indistinct curved media! and postmedial lines.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 2 type. Hap.

52 mm.

DICHROMIA LEUCOZONA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 27.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing brown

with a leaden grey gloss; a black spot in middle of cell; a white

postmedial band delined on outer side by black spots except on

costal area, its inner edge oblique and slightly sinuous, its outer

oblique to vein 3 and slightly dentate at veins 8, 6, below vein 3

erect and somewhat dentate. Hind wing grey-brown.

Hab. Coxco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 2 type. Hap.

40 mm.

Hyrrna stricata Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 467 (1798).

N.E. Ruopesia, BE. Luangwa distr., Chambezi valley.

Hyrena gussatis Wlk. xvi. 52 (1858).

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopesra, EH. Luangw:

distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Mpika.

HiypENnA VERTICALIS, sp. n. (PI. XXXVITI. fig. 28.)

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown tinged with grey ;

palpi white at extreme tips; tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing

dark brown tinged with purplish grey ; antemedial line indistinct,

dark, waved, oblique from costa to above vein 1; a small black

spot in middle of cell and slight discoidal lunule ; postmedial line

black-brown slightly defined on outer side by ochreous grey,

minutely waved, oblique from costa to vein 6, then erect, some

whitish points beyond it on costa; a subterminal series of small

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 449

black and grey spots in the interspaces, excurved at middle; a

terminal series of small black lunules slightly defined on inner

side by greyish ; two fine waved black lines at base of cilia, Hind

wing fuscous brown with terminal series of slight black stria ;

two fine black lines at base of cilia which are greyish at tips; the.

underside tinged with grey.

2. Fore wing with band of grey-white suffusion beyond the

postmedial line defined on outer side by a sinuous black line, an

oblique dentate black shade from termen below apex.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 5, 1 2

type, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Weave), 1 3d, Chambezi valley

(Weave), 1 9, Tanganyika plateau (Veave), 1d. Hap. 26-30 mm.

HIYPENA TETRASTICTA, sp.n. (Pl. X XXVIII. fig. 29.)

tarsi ringed with whitish. Fore wing grey mostly suffused with

reddish brown and irrorated with black ; two minute black sub-

basal points below the cell; antemedial line pale defined on outer

side by black marks, slightiy angled outwards below costa, then

oblique to above vein 1 where it is angled outwards; a ininute

black point in middle of cell and slight discoidal lunule ; post-

medial line dark brown defined on outer side by ochreous, then

by grey suffusion, oblique and almost straight, some black suf-

fusion before it between lower angle of cell and vein 1, the grey

beyond it defined by a faint sinuous fuscous line; subterminal

line represented by an incurved series of four small dentate black

and white marks from below costa to vein 5, then by a faint pale

waved line; a grey-white apical patch defined below by an oblique

black shade from apex with two dentate marks below it; a ter-

minal series of slight black lunules and two fine lines at base of

cilia. Hind wing reddish brown with a dark terminal line; cilia

greyish with two fine dark lines at base; the underside reddish

brown irrorated with grey.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the point in cell black and white, a

black spot beyond the cell on inner side of postmedial line, she

black patch below the cell wedge-shaped and extending to the

antemedial line.

Hab. N.K. Ruovesra, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Veave), 2 2

type. Hap. 30 mm.

HypEna sentAtis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 30 (1854).

N.E. Ruopes1a, Luangwa valley.

Hypena vARIALIS WIk. xxxiv. 1132 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesra, Luangwa valley.

Hyprena RECURVATA Himpsn. Trans. Zool. SIG: wads, To, TG ES lV.

inane ClOO9):

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr. .

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1910, No. X XIX, 29

450 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. ]

HyPrna ECTOGLAUCA Himpsn. Ann, 8S. Afr. Mus. ii. p. 432

(1902).

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa

distr., Chambezi valley, Kalungwisi valley, Lake Bangweolo,

Tanganyika plateau, Mansya R.

Hypena MAsuriAuis Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 38 (1854).

N.W. RuopesiA, Kapopo; N.E. Raoprsia, BE. Luangwa distr.,

Luangwa valley, Mt. Ulungu, Mansya R.; Porrucurse K, Arrica,

Chinde.

Hypena tivipanis Hiibn. Sammi. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. ff 11, 186

(1827).

N.E. RuopesiA, Serenji distr.

Hyeena conscirauis Wik. xxxiv. 1509 (1865).

N.W. Ruopesra, Alala plateau; N.E. Raoprsra, Chambezi

valley, Kalungwisi valley.

RHYNCHINA REVOLUTALIS Zell. Vet. Acad. Handl. 1852, p. 10.

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr.

RHYNCHINA CRASSISQUAMATA, Sp. n. (PI. XX XVIII. fig. 33.)

tarsi with slight pale rings. Fore wing grey suftused with

cupreous red-brown and slightly ivrorated with black; ante-

medial line indistinct, rufous, sinuous; a tuft of raised black

and grey scales in middle of cell, and another on discocellulars ;

postmedial line rufous, angled outwards below costa, then very

oblique and defined on inner side by ochreous grey, defined on

outer side by tufts of raised black and grey scales and met at

lower angle of cell by a very oblique grey streak from apex ; sub-

terminal line represented by a series of tufts of raised rufous and

grey scales, angled outw ards below costa, then oblique and slightly

excurved at middle; cilia red-brown, greyish at base and white

at tips. Hind wing grey-brown with a cupreous tinge; cilia

fuscous brown, grey at tips; the underside whitish tinged with

rufous and irrorated with dark brown.

Hep. 28 mm.

RHYNCHINA LEUCODONTA, Sp-n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 34.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen cupreous red-brown, the last with

slight pale segmental lines; palpi white below ; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing cupreous red

sparsely irrorated with black ; antemedial line w Beal very oblique

from costa near base to above vein 1 near postmedial line, then

acutely angled inwards on vein 1; a white streak from antemedial

line along terminal part of median nervure, obliquely bent upwards

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 451

on discocellulars ; a minute black point in middle of cell; the

area between these white markings and an oblique white fascia

from costa towards apex to middle of inner margin pale greyish

fawn-colour; postmedial line represented by a slight oblique

black line from costa to the white fascia, then by an obliquely

curved series of slight tufts of raised black scales beyond the white

fascia; some white points on postmedial part of costa; slight

subterminal black points below veins 8,7, and 4 and towards

inner margin ; cilia grey-brown with a white line at base. Hind

wing pale cupreous brown, the cilia grey tinged with brown; the

underside whitish tinged with cupreous red, a fine dark terminal

line.

Hab. N.W. Ruoprsia, Alala plateau, Mkushi distr. (Weave),

1 S type. Hap. 26 mm.

NAARDA XANTHONEPHRA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 32.)

®. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown irrorated with

leaden silvery scales. Fore wing dark brown suffused with leaden

silvery scales ; antemedial line indistinct, dark, somewhat inwardly

oblique and slightly sinuous; an indistinct diffused dark medial

line; reniform yellow, narrow, elliptical; postmedial line dark,

somewhat diffused and almost evenly curved ; a minutely dentate

grey-white subterminal line; a terminal series of blackish points.

Hind wing brown with a purplish grey gloss; indistinct rather

diffused dark medial and postmedial lines, a greyish subterminal

line faintly defined on inner side by brown, and a fine blackish

terminal line; the underside greyer, a faint dark discoidal striga,

rather diffused postmedial line and sinuous grey subterminal line.

Hab. N.K. Reopesia, upper Luangwa valley (eave), 1 2 type.

Hep. 16 mm.

MacGunaBa Ma@stTaLis Wlk. xxxiv. 1126 (1865).

N.E. Reovesta, upper Luangwa distr.

RHESENA SUBCUPRALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1167 (1865).

N.E. Raovssia, KE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

HYyBLAIN».

HYBL#A FLAVIPICTA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVITI. fig. 19.)

Head and thorax olive fuscous mixed with some grey; palpi

below, pectus and legs yellow, the mid tarsi above and hind tibiz

and tarsi suffused with scarlet; abdomen blackish with scarlet

segmental lines, the anal tuft scarlet, black at tip, the ventral

surface scarlet. Fore wing blackish suffused with leaden grey,

the costal edge rufous; obliquely placed rounded pale yellow

antemedial patches below costa and cell; a small patch of pale

yellow scales above middle of inner margin; a large more or less

prominent pale yellow patch striated with fuscous from costa

29*

452 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

beyond middle to just above tornus, its outer edge obliquely

rounded ; a minute pale yellow streak on costa just before apex

and a patch on cilia below apex. Hind wing with the basal area

black-brown with a yellowish streak above vein 1, its outer edge

inwardly oblique and irregular to vein 2, then angled outwards

to above tornus leaving the inner margin scarlet; the rest of

wing yellow becoming deep scarlet before and beyond the black

subterminal band which is excurved to vein 3, then bent inwards

and oblique to above tornus. Underside of fore wing yellow

with scarlet suffusion on costa, a black streak in submedian fold,

a black discoidal patch, its inner edge indented at lower angle of

cell, its lower extremity connected by a fascia with the curved

black subterminal band arising below costa and ending at vein | ;

hind wing scarlet with some yellow at base, in submedian inter-

space and below lower angle of cell, subterminal black patches

between vein 3 and submedian fold and below vein |, and some

minute points on apical area.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 4 ¢ type; N.E.

Ruopesia, EB. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 ¢,2 9; Br. C. Arrica,

Zomba (Manning), 1 5. Hap. 26-34 mm.

HiyvBL@A FLAVIFASCIATA, sp.n. (Pl, XX XVIII. fig. 16.)

3. Head and thorax olive-fuscous tinged with grey; palpi

white below at base; pectus and legs yellow, the tufts at extremity

of hind tibie tinged with scarlet, the tarsi brownish with pale

rings; abdomen black-brown with yellow segmental lines, the

ventral surface yellow tinged with scarlet. Fore wimg black-

brown suffused with olive-grey and some ochreous ; faint traces

of a sinuous antemedial line; a very ill-defined ochreous grey

postmedial band with the faint dark postmedial line on it,

obliquely excurved from costa to vein 3, then incurved. Hind

wing orange-yellow, the basal area black-brown, with wregularly

sinuous outer edge angled outwards below vein 2 to above tornus;

a black-brown band, terminal from apex to vein 2, then incurved

and leaving a yellow patch on termen ; cilia yellow, faintly tinged

with scarlet from apex to vein 2. Underside of fore wing orange-

yellow, the costa and termen tinged with scarlet, medial black

points below costa and in cell, a black discoidal patch, its lower

extremity connected by a fascia with the broad curved black sub-

terminal band arising below costa; hind wing yellow, the costal

aren except at base and the terminal area tinged with scarlet, a

black discoidal point, two below angle of cell, two in subterminal

fold, the outer half of costal area and the terminal area with

numerous points and with subterminal patch below vein 2 and

terminal patch in submedian interspace.

ochreous irrorated and in parts tinged with greyish fuscous, an

‘oblique antemedial striga from discal fold to vem 1, a patch on

-costa above end of cel] and oblique shade from lower angle of cell

+o inner margin, an oblique streak across apical area ; hind wing

LOLOS MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 453

with the postmedial yellow band narrower, the subterminal black

band more incurved at submedian fold.

Hab. N.K. Raoprsta, Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 ¢ type, Feira

(Neave),1 2. Hap. $ 30, 2 32 mm.

HysL#A XANTHIA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 26.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow faintly tinged with

rufous ; palpi brownish ; tarsi brownish with pale rings. Fore

wing yellow irrorated and striated with pale rufous; a faint

curved rufous medial shade rather darker at costa; a faint oblique

shade across apex and blackish apical mark; cilia deep rufous.

Hind wing yellow; a diffused black-brown band on termen from

apex to vein 3, then incurved and not connected with the spot

on termen at vein 1; cilia tinged with rufous from apex to vein 3.

Underside of fore wing with the costal and terminal areas tinged

with red and irrorated with brown points, a brownish discoidal

point; hind wing with the costal area tinged with red except

towards base and irrorated with brown points.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 ¢; N.E. Ruopesra,

K. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 ¢, Tanganyika plateau (Weave),

1 g type. Hap. 24-28 mm.

PTEROTHYSANIDEA.

Hiprinpes FLAVA Auriv. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 697, pl. 33.

ff. 5, 6.

N.E. Ruopesia, KE. Luangwa distr.

Hipritpes venosa Kirby, A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 388, pl. 19.

£. 4 (1896).

N.W. Raopesra, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopgsia, EH. Luangwa

distr., upper Luangwa valley.

HipritpEs NorAx Druce, P. 4.8. 1887, p. 675 (1888).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopesta, EH. Luangwa

distr.

HrpriLpes cravusHayt Butl. A. M. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 162 (1896).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsia, E. Luangwa

distr., upper Luangwa valley.

The typical form is fulvous red; in some specimens the basal

area of both wings is tinged with fuscous, in another there is a

broad cblique ochreous white area beyond the cell of fore wing,

in another the fore wing is suffused with fuscous leaving some

ochreous white in cell, as streaks on inner area, and as a broad

oblique postmedial band, the whole hind wing being suffused with

fuscous.

The numerous specimens of H. norax and venosa are all males,

whilst the fifteen specimens of 1. craushayi, ansorget, and néavi are

all females. It seems possible that 1. venosa is a variety of norax

454 SIR GEORGE F. HAMFSON ON [ Mar. I,

rather yellower with stronger streaks on the vems and an oblique

shade across apical area of one wing, and that craushayi, ansorget,

and neavi are all forms of the femole the two former having the

terminal band of hind wing narrow; craushayi has the fore

wing fulvous, the hind wing with fulvous subterminal spots,

ansorget fuscous, with a broad whitish postmedial band, the hind

wing with white subterminal spots, whilst neavi has a very broad

terminal band to hind wing, the subterminal spots very smal! and

either white or fulvous. All the forms were taken in one district

by Mr. Neave except typical ansorgei, which he did not get,

though some of the varieties approach it: the type was taken in

the same locality in E. Africa as the type of venosa, On the

other hand, H. flava has a female similar to the male.

[ Hibrildes craushayi Butler. There is nothing in my experi-

ence in the field which would make improbable Sir George

Hampson’s suggestion that this species and the new H. neavi are

the females of H. norax and venosa. Both craushayt and neavi

are remarkable Acreine mimics, the former of dcrea natalica

Boisd., the latter, with its heavy black mar gins to the secondaries,

of A orca anemosa Hew.

I found both these species of Acrea extremely abundant at

Petauke in the Luangwa valley, whence most of the specimens

of craushayi and neavi come. These moths only resemble the

large Acreas fairly well on the wing as their flight differs a good

deal. At rest, however, the resemblance is remarkable, the moth

resting hanging from a grass stem, etc., with wings folded above

its back, exactly as the Acrea does.—-S. A. N.]

HIBRILDES NEAVI, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 18.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown ; frons orange ;

tegule, patagia, and ‘metathorax with small paired white spots ;

abdomen with subdorsal and lateral series of paired white spots,

sublateral orange fascia, and the anal extremity orange. Fore

wing fulvous red with some blackish suffusion on basal half, the

veins streaked with black; an irregular black discoidal bar, its

inner edge concave, its outer somewhat dentate at the veins ; the

termen and cilia black, expanding into a patch on apical part of

costa. Hind wing fulvous red with some blackish suffusion on

basal half, the veins finely streaked with black; a black discoidal

spot; the terminal area broadly black with minutely waved inner

edge and more or less complete subterminal series of small white

or orange spots.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesta, Kansanshi (Weave), 1 2 type; N.E.

Ruopesi4, E. Luangwa distr. (Veave),2 2. Hap. 60-70 mm,

LYMANTRIAD &.

VIANA VELUTINA Wlk. Proc, Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg. i. p. 341

(1869).

Coneo, Katanga, Kamhove,

1910.] “MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 455

PTEREDOA USEBIA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 382.

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Feira.

PTEREDOA PLUMOSA Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. iii. p. 412

(1905).

N.W. Raeopesra, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruoprsta, Chambezi

valley, Lake Bangweolo.

REDOA MELANOCRAsPIS Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. iil. p. 393

(1905).

N.W. Ruopest4, Kapopo.

NaRoMA SIGNIFERA WIk. vii. 1744 (1856),

N.E. Ruopesta, EK. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley.

Baziza peRcuLTA Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 201 (1897).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopresia, Chambezi valley,

Fort Jameson.

BazizA PHZOPHLEBIA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 11.)

3. Head, tegul, and patagia deep orange ; antenne whitish,

the branches brown; thorax ochreous white; palpi, pectus,

femora, and abdomen fulvous orange; tibie and tarsi ochreous

white streaked with black-brown above. Fore wing ochreous

white, the veins finely streaked with dark brown. Hind wing

pale ochreous, the veins of terminal half finely streaked with dark

brown. Underside of both wings with the costal area fulvous

orange, the terminal half of fore wing suffused with brown.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Eup.

40 mm.

Baziza VENATA Swinh, A. M. N. H. (7) xvii. p. 546 (1906).

N.E. Ruopesra, Chambezi valley, Lake Bangweolo, Mansya R.

Oxapa NuDA Holl. Donaldson Smith’s Travels, p. 409, pl. fig. 5

(1897).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopesta, Alaia plateau ;

N.E. Ruopesi4, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley, Cham-

bezi distr., Lake Bangweolo.

OLAPA FLABELLARIA Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 188 (1787).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

OLAPA FULVICEPS, sp.n. (PI. XX XVIII. fig. 15.)

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the head, tegulx, patagia,

and legs strongly tinged with orange fulvous; branches of antenne

pale rufous. Wings uniform hyaline white, the costal and inner

areas of fore wing with a faint yellowish tinge, the costal edge

pale fulvous.

Hab. Conco, $.E. Katanga (Veave), 3 g type, Hap. 48 mm,

456 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

Lauia PHLeBITIs Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. iii. p. 394 (1905).

N.E. Raopesia, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley.

La&LiA ADSPERSA Herr.-Schiff. Aussereur. Schmett. fig. 109

(1854).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsra, EK. Luangwa

distr.

CIMOLA OPALINA WIk. iv. 817 (1855).

N.W. Ruopsesta, Alala plateau.

Marsta pivisa Wlk, iv. 815 (1855).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruoprs1a, Kapopo; N.E.

RuopesiA, Kalungwisi valley.

Genus LEPTAROA, nov.

Type, L. fulvicolora.

Palpi very short, porrect ; eyes small; antenne of male bi-

pectinate with very long branches to ¢ apex, of female with shorter

branches; build slender; tibize with the spurs short, the hind

tibie with two pairs, the tarsal joints with tufts of hair above.

Fore wing short and broad; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of

cell; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 10 stalked, 9 absent, 10 from

towards apex; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from

angle of cell; 5 from above angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

LEPTAROA FULVICOLORA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 5.)

3 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep fulvous ; antenne with

the branches dark brown. Fore wing deep fulvous; a greyish

white, rather diffused, almost straight and erect subbasal line ;

two similar antemedial lines, the outer rather excurved at middle;

two small black spots before the discocellulars and one beyond

them; a rather diffused greyish white postmedial line excurved

between vein 6 and submedian fold and somewhat bent outwards

to inner margin ; aslightly waved greyish white subterminal line,

incurved below vein 3 and with the area beyond it somewhat

darker. Hind wing deep fulvous with rather diffused darker

terminal band. Underside fulvous orange; fore wing with

blackish discoidal spot, the apical area suffused with fuscous ; hind

wing with blackish spot at upper angle of cell.

Ab. 1. ¢. Both wings orange-yellow with prominent dark

brown terminal band.

Ab. 2. ¢. Similar, but without the dark terminal band.

@. Yellowish white, the fore wing with the lines defined by

orange-yellow.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (1 eave), 6g, 1 @ type,

Beek R. (v. eave), 1 g ; N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr.

(NVeave) lacuna or liraamewal valley (Weave), ZA shes Chinsali

distr, (Weave), 2 3. Bip. 94-34 mm.

1910. ] -MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 457

BRACHAROA QUADRIPUNCTATA Wllern. Cifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1875,

p. 99.

N.E. Ruopxsta, Chambezi valley, Lake Bangweolo.

Aroa piscatis WIk. iv. 792 (1855).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Raopxsra, Chinsali distr.,

Mansya R.

AROA ACHRODISCA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXVIII. fig. 30.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown mixed with

grey; palpi white below except at tips; fore coxee in front, hind

tibie and tarsi, and the ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore

wing fuscous brown mixed with grey and suffused in parts with

chocolate-red ; a diffused dirty white band beyond the cell from

below costa to above tornus, crossed by the slight reddish post-

medial line incurved between vein 4 and submedian fold; an

indistinct reddish subterminal line faintly defined on outer side

by grey, excurved below vein 7 and at middle. Hind wing

fuscous brown mixed with grey and faintly tinged with red, the

apical area somewhat darker. Underside of fore wing with the

band whiter; hind wing greyer with indistinct dark discoidal

striga and oblique sinuous postmedial line.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 $ type. Lup.

26 mm.

LAcIPA QUADRIPUNCTATA Dewitz, Verh. L.-C. Akad. xlili. p. 67,

pl. i. fig. 4 (1881).

N.W. Ruopesra, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruoprsia, upper Luangwa

valley, Bangweolo distr., Mansya R.

Lacrpa Gemmata Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 200 (1897).

N.W. Ruopvesra, Alala plateau.

Evproctis sancuicurta Hmpsn. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. iii. p. 407°

(1905).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke distr.

EvPRocTIS stELLATA Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 202 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley.

Evuprocris rasciata WIk. iv. 809 (1855).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

Evproctis ToRRIDA Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 202 (1897).

N.E. RuopesiA, E. Luangwa distr., Chinsali distr., Kalungwisi

valley.

EvpRocTIs NEPHELOPTERA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 21.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow tinged with fulvous ;

antenn with the branches brown; palpi with the 3rd joint black

458 SIR GEORGE’ F, HAMPSON ON [Mar. 1,

above; fore coxee with some black; mid and hind tibie, the spurs

and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing ochreous yellow, the

costal area tinged with fulvous, the costal edge black at base; a

diffused pale fuscous subbasal shade with minute black points on

it from costa to submedian fold ; a faint antemedial line, inwardly

oblique from below costa to inner margin; medial area suffused

with pale fuscous leaving a yellow patch trom costa to lower angle

of cell where it is slightly angled inwards, the outer edge of the

dark area diffused outwards along vein 6, then curved; a sub-

terminal series of small black spots excurved below vein 7 and

with faint patches of dark scales beyond them on the veins.

Hind wing yellow tinged with brown, the cilia yellow ; the under-

side yellow with diffused brown postmedial shade.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 ¢ type.

Hep. 32 mm.

EUPROCTIS FULVIPENNIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 31.)

Head and thorax fulvous orange ; antennze with the branches

black; palpi with the 3rd joint blackish ; anal tuft of female

brownish grey. Fore wing fulvous orange; indistinct somewhat

diffused and slightly sinuous whitish ante- and postmedial lines.

Hind wing uniform fulvous orange.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesia, Kapopo (Weave), 1 ¢ type; N.E. Rao-

pEsIA, Kalungwisi valley (Weave), 1 5,19. Hap. S 30, 9

34 mm.

NycTEMERA VARUNEHA Druce, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 780.

Conceo, Katanga, Kambove, Lualaba R.

[Nyctemera varunea Druce.—This large species was not un-

common in Katanga. It js diurnal in its habits and has an

extremely powerful flight. It usually flies very straight and at a

good speed some 10 or 12 feet from the ground.—s. A. N.]

DasyCHIRA EDDELA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 494.

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau.

NUMENES LIBYRA Druce, A. M. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 353 (1896).

N.E. Reopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

Homocu1ra RENDALLI Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 203 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

LYMANTRIA FLAVICILIA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 14.)

2. Head and thorax brown mixed with greyish ; pectus pale;

femora crimson above ; abdomen crimson with subdorsal series of

slight blackish spots and ventral series of black bands, the anal

tuft yellowish. Fore wing fuscous brown mixed with some grey ;

traces of a curved antemedial line; a small black spot on a pale

patch in end of cell and an oblique black discoidal lunule ; traces

1910.] “MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, 459

of a diffused dark postmedial line defined on outer side by greyish,

minutely dentate, excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved ;

a very indistinct, dentate, subterminal line, incurved below vein 3

and bent outwards to tornus, the area beyond it greyer; cilia

chequered black-brown and yellowish. Hind wing pale grey-

brown, the inner margin ochreous white ; cilia yellow at tips ; the

underside with slight blackish discoidal point.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke (eave),

1 9 type. Hap. 54 mm.

HETERONYGMIA STRIGITORNA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 24.)

3. Head and thorax pale reddish brown ; antenne with the

shaft whitish, the branches dark brown. Fore wing pale reddish

brown with slight blackish discoidal point and traces of a sub-

terminal series of blackish points in the interspaces. Hind wing

pale yellowish faintly tinged with red-brown; a blackish bar

above tornus; the underside with two blackish discoidal points, a

curved postmedial line and subterminal series of slight diffused

spots.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Hep.

52 mm.

HETERONYGMIA LEUCOGYNA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 25.)

3. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; antennz with the shaft

whitish, the branches dark brown; antenne ochreous white

tinged with red-brown. Fore wing pale red-brown; a faint

oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; a small black discoidal

spot; a faint reddish medial line, angled outwards below costa,

then oblique; postmedial line blackish, dentate, slightly incurved

below vein 3; traces of a dark subterminal line. Hind wing

yellowish white; the underside with blood-red striga at upper

angle of cell and traces of a sinuous postmedial line.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish white; fore wing

brownish white, thinly scaled ; a faint dark shade before the

slight dark antemedial line, which is bent outwards from costa to

median nervure, then sinuous; a sinuous dark medial shade;

postmedial line very faint, waved, with maculate shade beyond

it. Hind wing white, thinly scaled.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke (Weave),

8 5,9 Q type. Hap. 3 40, 2 50-58 mm.

Hypsip4a@.

DicamaA AGANATS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 106. fig. 21 (1874).

N.W. Raopesia, Alala plateau.

AEODENA ACCRA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 149.

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

460 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON ~ [ Mar. 1,

GEODENA CONIFERA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 12.)

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous slightly irrorated with

grey, the tegule fulvous in front ; palpi at base, neck, coxe, and

bases of femora and ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white,

the last fulvous at extremity. Fore wing fuscous with a large

white patch from subcostal nervure to inner margin extending

from close to base to well beyond middle, its outer edge rather

irregular; a conical white spot beyond the cell between veins 7

and 5, its upper edge rounded, its lower edge straight. Hind

wing white with the terminal area fuscous, its inner edge irregular

towards costa, deeply indented between veins 5 and 3 and running

inwards on inner margin to near middle.

ree Coneo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 2 type. Luxp.

mm.

Diora rascraTA Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. 1897, p.. 220.

N.E. Ruopesi1a, Kalungwisi valley.

DEILEMERA LEUCONOE Hopff. Monatsb. Akad. Berl. 1857, p. 422.

~ Coneo, Katanga, Kambove, Lualaba R.; N.W. Ruopssta,

Kapopo; N.E. Ruopssta, KE. Luangwa distr., Chambezi valley,

Lake Bangweolo, Tanganyika plateau.

DEILEMERA ITOKINA Auriv. Ark. f. Zool. i. 4, p. 40 (1904).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopxs1a, Chambezi valley,

Chinsali distr., Lake Bangweolo, Mansya R.

DEILEMERA CHALCOSIDIA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XVIII. fig. 22.)

head just above and behind the eyes yellowish; thorax white

with black stripes on vertex and patagia and spots on tegule,

pectus tinged with yellow at sides, the legs striped black and

white; abdomen yellowish white with slight black dorsal strize on

the segments and black ventral bands, the anal tuft orange.

Fore wing fuscous brown with a rufous tinge; the basal half

semi-hyaline white from below costa to inner margin, with slight

dark streaks on the veins and in discal and submedian folds; a

semi-hyaline white patch in end of cell bisected by the slight dark

streak in discal fold, connected with a rather oblique quadrate

patch between lower extremity of cell and submedian fold. Hind

wing semi-hyaline yellowish white with black terminal band, broad

at costa and narrowing to vein 2 where it terminates.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 9 type. up.

44 mm.

ARGINA LEONINA WIk. xxxi. 262 (1864).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsta, E. Luangwa

distr., N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu, Kalungwisi valley, Feira,

Tanganyika plateau.

1910.] ‘MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 461

ARGINA AMANDA Boisd. Delegorgue’s Voy. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 597

(1847).

Coneo, Lualaba R.; N.E. Raopesra, K. Luangwa distr., upper

Luangwa valley, Chambezi distr., Chinsali distr., Petauke distr.,

Fort Jameson; Porrucugse H. Arrica, Makanga distr.

CALLIORATIS BELLATRIX Dalm. Anal. Ent. p. 50 (1823).

N.E. Ruopesia, Kalungwisi valley.

Puacorisra stmitis Wlk. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg. i. p. 332,

pl. 2. f. 4 (1879).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

PHAGORISTA XANTHOSOMA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 12.)

@. Palpi with the 2nd joint long, oblique, and dilated above

at middle, the 3rd joint upturned and very long.

Head and thorax black-brown mixed with yellow and white ;

palpi yellow below towards base: fore and mid legs with the tibiz

and tarsi brown, hind legs with the spurs and extremities of tarsi

brown ; abdomen yellow with some white hair at base, a dorsal

black patch at base followed by a series of fuscous dorsal bars,

sublateral series of black bars. Fore wing black-brown with large

triangular white patch between subcostal nervure and vein 1

from base to beyond middle, its outer edge oblique; a large

oblique white patch beyond the cell from vein 7 to submedian

fold near termen, its extremities rounded. Hind wing white

with terminal black band. Underside of both wings with some

yellowish at base.

Hab. N.K. Ruovesta, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke (Veave),

1 2 type. Hap. 52 mm.

SPHINGIDG.

ACHERONTIAN A.

HeERsE CONVOLYULI Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490 (1758).

N.E. Ruopesi4, Fort Jameson.

AcHERONTIA ATROPOS Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 490 (1758).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

AMBULICIN A.

PLATYSPHINX sTIGMATICA Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. ii. p. 491

(1878).

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr.

LEUCOPHLEBIA XANTHOPIS, sp.n. (Pl. XXXTX. fig. 15.)

¢. Palpi and frons crimson-red; head and thorax greyish

ochreous tinged with pink, and with the dorsum of thorax red-

brown in front with a slight yellow tuft on prothorax and some

462 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

yellow on metathorax ; antenne fulvous; legs purplish pink ;

abdomen blackish with orange segmental bands, the ventral

surface brownish ochreous tinged with pink, the anal tuft ochreous

white. Fore wing pale purplish pink, the costal area ochreous

white narrowing to apex, the costal edge yellow ; a small discoidal

ocellus with whitish centre and orange annulus defined by dark

brown; an ochreous yellow fascia from base in submedian interspace,

at lower angle of cell bent upwards obliquely to below apex and

defined above by fuscous brown, its outer edge oblique and dentate

on the veins, faintly defined by fuscous, a slight orange streak on

it in submedian fold ; cilia and the ailln of inner margin ochreous

white. Hind wing deep orange, the cilia ochreous white. Under-

side of fore wing ochreous white faintly tinged with pink and

with a large orange patch in, below, and beyond the cell; hind

wing ochreous white.

Hab. Conco, 8.E. Katanga (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 56 mm.

PotyprycHus corynpont Roths. Nov. Zool. ix. Suppl. p. 251

(1903),

N.E. Ruopssta, Luangwa valley.

PonyrerycHus BAXTERT Roths. Nov. Zool. xv. p. 259 (1908).

(Ce Ibi, ig, Ns)

N.E. Ruopssta, E. Luangwa distr.

PoLyPTYCHUS NEAVI, sp.n. (PI. XX XIX. fig. 26.)

Q@. Head fiery rufous; tegule and patagia chocolate-brown,

yellowish in front; thorax oral abdomen yellowish rufous; palpi

yellowish in front. Fore wing yellowish rufous, the eins with

slight yellowish streaks, veins 7, 6 defined above he white towards

ene some blackish Suton on inner margin near base; a

small black-brown spot in end of cell with oblique shade from

lower angle of cell to inner margin near tornus, its outer edge

diffused; an oblique wedge- shaped blackish brown shade Hom

apex to vein 7; cilia fiery Sere Hind wing deep orange-red

with a rather bidentate blackish patch on fomnen near tornus :

cilia whitish at tips. Underside of fore wing orange-red, the

terminal area brownish slightly tinged with grey and expanding

at costa; hind wing pale orange-red.

Hab. N.B. Ruopesia, H. Luangwa distr., Petauke (eave),

1 2 type. Hxp. 66 mm.

PotyprycHus NuMos# Wllern. Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 42

(1860).

N.E. Ruopesia, upper Luangwa valley.

SESIANA.

CEPHONODES HyLAS, Linn, Mant. Plant. p. 539 (1771).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove, Lualaba R.; N.E. Ruopssta,

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 463

K. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley, Chinsali distr., Kalun-

gwisi valley, Fort Jameson ; 8. Ruopzst1a, Feira; Porrucurss EH.

Arrica, Nyanji.

MAcROGLOSSIN &.

NepHeLe vau WIk. vil. 197 (1856).

N.E. Reopesrs, Fort Jameson,

Neruevte comma Pffr. Monats. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p- 421

(1857).

N.E. Ruovesra, EK. Luangwa distr., Fort Jameson, Bangweolo

distr.

NEPHELE ARGENTIFERA W1Ik, viii. 194 (1856),

Germ. KH. Arrica, Dar-es-Salaam.

TeMNORA ELEGANS Roths. Iris, vii. p. 298 (1894); subsp. Poura

Roths. Nov. Zool. xi. p. 437 (1904).

N.E. Ruopesra, Lake Bangweolo, Serenji distr.

MacrociossumM TRocHILUS Hiibn. Samml. Ex. Schmett. ii. p. 158

(1827).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsra, Serenji distr,

K. Luangwa distr., Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr., Lake Ban-

gweolo, Tanganyika plateau, Mansya R.

Levucostropaus HiRuNDO Gerst. Arch. Naturg. xxxvii. p. 360

(1871).

N.E. Ruopsxsra, Serenji distr., EK. Luangwa distr., Petauke

distr. ; 5. Ruopssi4, Feira.

PERGESIN 4.

BastorHiA MEDEA Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 143 (1781).

N.E. Ruopesta4, Serenji distr., Fort Jameson.

Hrpporion osrris Dalm. Anal. Entom. p. 48 (1823),

N.E. Raopesia, HE. Luangwa distr.

[Hippotion osiris Dalm. As I have pointed out (Proc. Ent.

Soc. 1905, p. xxiii), the larva of this species successfully imposes

upon the natives by its terrifying appearance. It is one of the

few species of Sphingid larve that the natives of the Luangwa

valley do not eat and consider a delicacy.—S. A. N,]

Hiprorion ceLerio Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 491 1758),

N.E. Ruoprsia, Serenji distr.

464 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

Hiprrotion EsoN Cram. Pap. Exot. 11. p. 57, pl. 226. fig. C

(1779).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopest1a, Fort Jameson.

EuUPTEROTIDS.

AcrogANA sctron Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 676 (1888).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

- HopLogANA AN@=MICA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 19.)

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen pinkish rufous; shaft of

antenne whitish; palpi, lower part of frons, pectus and legs

chocolate-brown. Fore wing very pale pinkish rufous, the long

woolly hair at base rather deeper rufous; a slight discoidal spot

formed of black scales; « slight inwardly oblique straight rufous

line just beyond middle anda similar postmedial line very slightly

defined on inner side by whitish. Hind wing very pale pinkish

rufous, the long hair on basal inner area rather deeper rufous.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesta, Kapopo (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Hap.

94 mm.

JANA MARIANA White, A. M. N. H. xii. p. 264 (1843).

N.E. Ruopesta, Bangweolo distr.; PorrucurseE EH. Arnrica,

Luangwa plain.

PuraLA HoLoGRAMMA Auriv. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 697,

jolly serotbl, Wee

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

Purata smmpLex Auriv. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 695, pl. 33.

fig. 1.

N.W. RuopesiA4, Alala plateau; N.E. Raopgsi1a, Mpika.

PHIALA xANTHOSOMA Wligrn. Wien. Ent. Mon. iv. p. 165

(1860).

N.W. RuovesiA, Alala plateau; N.E. Raopesta, Mansya R.

PHIALA RUBRIVENA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 23.)

g. Head white tinged with yellow; frons bright orange ;

palpi orange, black on outer sides; antenne bright rufous, the

shaft white; thorax white with a few long black hairs from

patagia ; pectus, legs, and abdomen orange, with tufts of long

white hair from below shoulders, tarsi banded with black, abdomen

with sublateral black bars. Fore wing creamy white, the veins

strongly streaked with fulvous red except on costal area and the

basal half of vein5. Hind wing white, the veins slightly streaked

with fulvous towards termen. Underside of fore wing, except

inner area, and the costa of hind wing tinged with fulvous.

iZab. Conco, 8.E. Katanga (Veave),1 3 type. Hap. 56 mm.

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, 465

NoOvTODONTID &.

SPATALIA ARGYROPHORA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 14.)

3. Head and thorax brownish grey with some long spatulate

seales tipped with fiery red and dark brown ; palpi and legs rufous,

the tarsi slightly ringed with white; abdomen yellow, ventrally

whitish. Fore wing yellow, thickly irrorated with fiery red, the

terminal area greyish suffused and irrorated with red-brown, the

veins streaked with fiery red except on terminal area; subbasal

line double, fiery red with silver spots on and beyond it in sub-

median interspace ; antemedial line double, fiery red filled in with

silver spots, sinuous and inwardly oblique ; a yellow discoidal bar

filled in with fiery red ; an oblique sinuous double red line filled

in with silver from lower angle of cell to inner margin ; post-

medial line formed of silver lunules defined by red, arising below

costa and incurved below vein 3, with silver spots beyond it

between veins 6 and 3, followed by yellow bars defined by red |

with slight black irroration beyond them; a crenulate deep red

subterminal line faintly defined on inner side by whitish ; a fine

dark terminal line; cilia with deep red line near tips which are

white. Hind wing reddish brown, the cilia yellow. Underside

of fore wing brown with the costa and termen rufous; hind wing

yellowish white suffused with brown.

Hab. Coneo, 8.E. Katanga (Neave),1 g type. Harp. 32 mm.

TcHTHYURA FERRUGINEA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 25.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white mixed with ferru-

ginous red; antenne rufous with the shaft white; palpi in front,

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing

ferruginous red, the inner margin lilacine grey; a lilacine grey

discoidal spot with whitish striga on it and ill-defined lilacine

grey band from it to inner margin: a lilacine grey subterminal

band from vein 7 to inner margin, excurved at middle; costa

towards apex and cilia lilacine grey. Hind wing ferruginous red,

the cilia white except at base; the underside white faintly tinged

with ferruginous.

Hab. N.E. Raopesta, Kalungwisi valley (Veave), 1 3 type.

Hep. 38 mm.

RiGEMA oRNATA WIk, xxxii. 437 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.; Porrucurse EK, Arrica,

Chinde.

ZANA GALLANS Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 365, pl. iv. fig. 8

(1895).

_ N.E. Ruopesra, Petauke distr.

_ PHALERA LATIPENNIS Butl. P. Z. S. 1896, p. 844, pl. 42. fig. 3.

N.E. Ruovesia, KE. Luangwa distr,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XXX, 30

466 SIR GEORGE F. LAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

GALONA SERENA Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 363, pl. iii. fig. 1

(1890) Ss

Galona pyrrhotricha Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 364, pl. ii.

fig. 2 (1895), 2.

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke. 19,19 taken

in copula.

FEOMETRID A.

BoARMIAN®.

PiGropsts CONVERGENS Warr. Nov. Zool. vi. p. 301 (1899).

N.W. Ruopes1a, Kapopo.

STEGANIA DIAGRAMMA, sp. n. (PI. XX XIX, fig. 13.)

¢. Head rufous; thorax and abdomen yellow tmged with

rufous; fore legs red-brown in front. Fore wing yellow irro-

rated with rufous, the costa striated with red-brown; a slight

red-brown antemedial mark on costa; a nearly straight erect

medial red-brown line with a black point on it on costa; a red-

brown postmedial line excurved at discal fold where it gives off

a streak to termen, and towards tornus where it terminates; a

terminal series of blackish points. Hind wing yellow thickly

irrorated with rufous; a slightly curved antemedial red-brown

line with the black discoidal point just beyond it; a red-brown

subterminal line angled outwards to termen at discal fold; a

terminal series of slight blackish points, Underside paler; fore

wing with the postmedial line dilated at discal fold, but not

emitting a streak to termen.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 3 type.

Eap. 22 mm.

STEGANIA GLAUCICHROA, sp.n. (PI. XXXIX. fig. 1.)

3. Head and neck fiery red, the vertex of head and shaft of

antennee above towards base pure white; thorax and abdomen

purplish grey, pectus and ventral surface of abdomen whitish.

Fore wing purplish grey irrorated with red-brown, the costal edge

rufous ; a chocolate-brown antemedial line, bent outwards below

costa, then waved; a chocolate-brown discoidal bar; postmedial

line chocolate-brown, dentate below veins 7, 6, incurved at discal

and submedian folds, excurved and slightly dentate between those

points; a slight subterminal patch of chocolate-brown suffusion

at discal fold; a terminal chocolate-brown line. Hind wing

purplish grey thickly irrorated with red-brown ; postmedial line

chocolate-brown slightly defined on each side by whitish, oblique,

sinuous, excurved between veins 4 and 2; a chocolate-brown

terminal line; the underside uniform grey-white.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, Chambezi valley (eave), 2 ¢ type.

Hap, 26-34 mm.

1910. | ‘MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 467

STEGANIA EURYCRASPIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 2.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; antennz

brown. Fore wing orange-yellow irrorated with raised silvery

scales and a few black scales ; the costal edge tinged with rufous ;

a black discoidal point and traces of a sinuous line from below

costa to inner margin; postmedial line double, the inner line

hardly traceable, shghtly excurved below costa and at middle,

the area beyond it bright rufous with slight blackish marks in

the interspaces representing the subterminal line and forming a

diffused patch above inner margin; a terminal series of black

points; cilia blackish and silvery at base, grey at tips. Hind

wing orange-yellow irrorated with silvery and a few black scales ;

a black discoidal point; postmedial line rufous with the area

beyond it rufous irrorated with silvery scales ; some faint blackish

marks in the interspaces representing the subterminal line;

cilia blackish and silvery at base, grey at tips; the underside

yellow striated with brown especially on terminal area,

Hab. N.K. Ruoprsta, Mansya R, (Weave), 1 9 type. up.

34 mm.

ScARDAMIA MACULATA Warr, Nov, Zool, iv. p, 240 (1897),

N.E. RuovesiA, EH. Luangwa distr,

HyrrrytHra Lucicoron Butl. A, M, N, H, (4) xvi. p, 417

(1875).

N.E, Ruopesta, E, Luangwa distr,, Luangwa valley, Chambezi

valley, Lake Bangweolo distr,

Hyrrerytara suBApicaAtA Warr, Noy, Zool, vi, p, 308 (1899).

N.E. Ruopgsia, KH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Lake

Baneweolo distr.

Hyrrryrara onivata Warr, Noy. Zool, iv, p, 253 (1897).

N.E. Ruopssta, Luangwa valley.

OSTEODES TURBULENTATA Guen, Ur. & Phal., ii, p. 177 (1857).

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau; N.H. Ruopesta, Tanganyika

plateau.

Macaria crassata Warr, Nov, Zool, ix. p, 110 (1902),

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N,W. Raopxsia, Kapopo. |

MACARIA RECTISTRIARIA Herr.-Schiff. Aussereur, Sehmett.

f. 197 (1854).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssia, Luangwa valley,

Chinsali distr.

MacariA RHABDOPHORA Holl. Entom. xxv. Suppl. p. 95 (1892).

N.E. Ruopesta, Kalungwisi valley, Lake Bangweolo distr,

30%

468 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

Macaris zomBina Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 683.

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruoprsia, HK. Luangwa

distr., Mt. Ulungu, Chambezi valley, Kalungwisi valley, Ban-

gweolo distr., Mansya R.

MacAriA JOHNSTONI Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 685.

N.E. Ruoprsi4, Tanganyika plateau, Chinsali distr.

Macaria AMANDATA W]k. xxiii. 922 (1861).

Coneo, S.E. Katanga; N.W. Ruopssia, Kapopo; N.E.

Ruopesta, E, Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Kalungwisi valley.

Macarta tarerricarta Mischl. Abh. Senck. Ges. xv. p: 95, £. 20

(1889).

N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr., Chambezi valley.

Macaria unrriiata Warr. Nov. Zool. vi. p. 307 (1899).

N.E. Raopesta, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Fort Jameson.

MacariaA LATARIA WIk. xxiii. 921 (1861).

N.E. Ruopesta, Tanganyika plateau.

MACARIA CRASSILIMBARIA Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiii.

p. 23 (1880).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley.

Macaria BroneusaRnia Wk. xx. 123 (1860).

Coneo, S.E. Katanga; N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.,

Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Tanganyika plateau.

Macaria TESTACEATA WIk. xxvi. 1575 (1862).

N.E. ReopesiA, EK. Luangwa distr., N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungn,

Chambezi valley.

Macaria MAgEstIcA Warr. Nov. Zool. vii. p. 213 (1901).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove ; N.E. Ruoprsia, Luangwa valley,

N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu, Bangweolo distr.

TEPHRINA PRESBITARIA Swinh. Trans, Ent. Soc, 1904, p. 511.

N.E. RuopersiA, Luangwa valley.

TEPHRINA DEERARIA WIk. xxiii. 962 (1861).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley.

TEPHRINA EXOSPILATA WI]k. xxiii. 987 (1861).

N.E. Ruopesia, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu, Lake Bangweolo

distr.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 469

TEPHRINA CATALAUNARIA Guen. Ur. & Phal. ii. p. 108 (1857).

N.E. Ruopesra, Chambezi valley, Bangweolo distr.

TEPHRINA CINERESCENS Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 418

(1875).

N.W. Ruopgsta, Kafue valley; N.E. Raopssra, Chambezi

valley.

TEPHRINA FURCATA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 112 (1897).

N.E. Ruopssta, Luangwa, valley.

TEPHRINA INCoNSPICUA Warr. Noy. Zool. iv. p. 113 (1897).

N.E. Reopesra, Luangwa valley.

THPHRINA ocHRIcILIATA Warr. Nov. Zool. viii. p. 214 (1901).

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopgsra, E. Luangwa

distr.

TEPHRINA OBSERVATA WIk. xxiii. 963 (1861).

N.K. Ruopssta, EH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Lake

Bangweolo distr.

TEPHRINA ARCIFERA, Sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 3.)

36. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow ; antennz brownish.

Fore wing pale yellow striated with brown; a blackish ante-

medial point in lower part of cell and discoidal point; the costa

- black towards apex; postmedial line olive-brown defined on inner

side by clear yellow and on outer by dark brown, arising from

termen just below apex and obliquely incurved, the area beyond

it tinged with purplish brown; some black points on termen

from apex to vein 5; cilia blackish at tips towards apex. Hind

wing pale yellow striated with brown; a brown discoidal bar ;

postmedial line olive-brown defined on inner side by clear yellow

and on outer by dark brown, some purplish-grey suffusion beyond

it towards costa; cilia whitish at tips. Underside of both wings

yellow, the brown striz strong, thickly disposed on basal half,

black discoidal bars ; fore wing with the postmedial line formed

of blackish marks, forking below vein 4 and not extending below

submedian fold; hind wing with the postmedial line formed by

a double series of blackish marks, coalescing towards costa.

Hab, N.K. Reopxsta, Bangweolo distr, (Weave), 1 3 type.

Keep. 30 mm.

ZAMARADA RUFILMINEARIA Swinh, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1904, p. 516,

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

ZAMARADA DENTICINCTA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 6.)

g. Head, thorax, ana abdomen rutous mixed with grey ;

antenne dark brown. Fore wing semihyaline yellow with a

A70 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

pearly gloss; the costa orange sparsely striated with black, a

black discoidal point ; postmedial line black slightly defined on

outer side by silvery grey, not quite reaching costa, waved, ex-

curved at middle and incurved from above vein 2; the terminal

area grey-brown striated with fuscous; a silvery subterminal

line defined on inner side by black-brown, dentate towards costa,

waved below vein 5 and incurved below vein 2; a fine black

terminal line and fine silvery line at base of cilia. Hind wing

semihyaline yellow with a pearly gloss; postmedial line black

defined on outer side by silvery grey, sinuous, excurved between

veins 5 and 2; terminal area grey-brown striated with fuscous ;

a silvery subterminal line defined on inner side by black-brown

especially towards costa and tornus, interrupted by black-brown

at discal fold, waved towards costa, then slightly sinuous; a fine

black terminal line and fine silvery line at base of cilia.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, EK. Luangwa distr. (Veave), 3 ¢ type,

Chambezi valley (Neave), 1 3; Transvaan, White R. (Cooke),

1 6. ep. 30-34 mm,

ZAMARADA CHRYSOTHYRA Hmpsn. Trans. Zool. Soc. xix. p. 122,

pl. iv. f. 50 (1909).

N.E. Ruopesi, EH. Luangwa distr., Chambezi valley.

ZAMARADA FLAvicosta Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 122 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesi, EH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

ZAMARADA FLAVICAPUT Warr. Nov. Zool. viii. p. 212 (1991).

N.E. Ruoprsia, EH. Luangwa distr.

ZAMARADA PYROCINCTA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX, fig. 5.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous mixed with grey and

slightly irrorated with black; antennee with the branches blackish ;

ventral surface of abdomen grey. Fore wing semihyaline yellow

with a peasy gloss; the costa ochreous striated with black; a

black discoidal spot; postmedial line black, not quite reaching

costa, towards which it is slightly waved, excurved between veins

A and 2; terminal area bright rufous irrorated with black; a

silvery subterminal line defined on inner side by fiery red and by

a slight black spot below costa, dentate to vein 5, then waved,

incurved below vein 2; a series of black points at base of cilia.

Hind wing semihyaline yellow with a pearly gloss, the inner area

slightly striated with fuscous; a black discoidal point ; postmedial

line black, excurved below vein 7 and between veins 4 and 2;

terminal area bright rufous irrorated with black; a silvery sub-

terminal line defined on inner side by fiery red, waved towards

costa; a series of black points at base of cilia.

Ab. 1. Head, thorax, and abdomen, terminal area of both wings

and costa of fore wing much redder; both wings with the discoidal

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 471

pomts red, the postmedial line red slightly defined on outer

side by silver; the costa of fore wing and terminal area of both

wings with hardly a trace of black irroration ; a fine red terminal

line and no black points at base of cilia.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (eave), 3 g type; N.E.

Ruopesta, BE. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 11 ¢, 6 2, Chambezi

valley (Neave), 2 3, 1 9, Bangweolo distr. Ciicaue ie Os,

Mansya R. (Weave), 1 2. Hap. 24-32 mm.

ZAMARADA FLAVICINCTA, Sp. n. (PI. XX XIX. fig. 4.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fiery red mixed with grey and

irrorated with black ; antennz with the branches blackish ; ventral

surface of abdomen pale. Fore wing semihyaline yellow with a

pearly gloss and some fuscous striz on median nervure and inner

margin, the costal area yellow tinged with fiery red and striated

with black; a small black discoidal spot; postmedial line black

defined on outer side by silvery scales, not quite reaching costa,

minutely waved, strongly excurved between veins 4 and 2, then

bent inwards; terminal area yellow suffused with fiery red and

irrorated with black; a dentate silvery subterminal line defined

on inner side by yellow; a series of small black spots at base of

cilia. Hind wing semihyaline yellow with a pearly gloss and

slightly striated with blackish ; a small black discoidal spot ; post-

medial line black defined on outer side by silvery scales, excurved

below vein 7, excurved and somewhat dentate between veins

4 and 2; terminal area yellow suffused with fiery red and irro-

rated with black; a waved silvery subterminal line defined on

inner side by yellow; a series of small black spots at base of

cilia.

@. Wings more thickly striated with black, the postmedial

line with some fuscous suffusion beyond it,

Ab. 1. Both wings with diffused rufous discoidal spots, the

postmedial line red-brown.—Nigeria.

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Abutshi (Wewman), 1 $ ; N.E. Ruoprsia

N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Neare), 4 3, EH. Luangwa distr.

(Weave), 2 3 type, Chambezi valley (Weave), 13,19; Masyona-

LAND, Salisbury (Warshail),2 $. Hap. 26 mm.

HyYPHENOPHORA #MONA Swinh. Frans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 498.

N.E. Ruopesra, Kalungwisi valley,

NAssuNIA PETAVIA Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 111, pl. 347. f. F

(1783).

N.W. Ruopesid, Alala plateau.

Ca@NINA PaicInArRIA Herr.-Schiff. Aussereur. Schmett. ff. 192,

193 (1854),

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopest4, E. Luangwa

distr., Chambezi valley.

472 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

H&®MATORITHRA RUBRIFASCIATA Butl. A. M. N. H. (6) xvii.

p. 106 (1896),

N.E. RuopesiA, E. Luangwa distr.; Porrucunse E. Arrica,

S. Angoniland.

PsILOCEREA CRASPTGONIA Hmpsn. Trans. Zool. Soe. xix. p. 124,

pl. iv. £. 55 (1909).

N.W. Ruopesi4, Alala plateau.

MESOCGLA RUFESCENS, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 9.)

antennee haan 2 fone and mid tibie blackish at extremities.

Fore wing ochreous suffused with rufous; some dark strize on

costa ; a medial line oblique and dark from costa to vein 6 just

beyond the cell, then inwardly oblique and hardly traceable; a

dark postmedial spot on costa with curved series of three points

below it; an oblique dark line from costa just before apex,

towards which it 1s somewhat diffused, to inner margin; cilia

dark at tips except towards tornus. Hind wing ochreous suf-

fused with rufous except on basal and costal areas; an mmdistinct

dark antemedial line; a curved dark postmedial line with series

of black points before it; the underside striated with brown, the

nes more distinct, the antemedial line excurved at middle.

2. Wings pale ochreous irrorated and striated with red-brown,

the ines more distinct and diffused; fore wing with antemedial

line angled outwards on median nervure, then oblique; the

medial line diffused and sinuous from vein 6 to inner margin, the

postmedial line with rufous suffusion beyond it; a pale sub-

apical lunule.

Hab. N.K. Ruoprsia, Luangwa valley (Weave), 11 3, 2 2

type. Haup., ¢ 42, 9 44 mm.

MESOC@LA FLAVIMACULA, sp.n, (PI. XX XIX. fig. 8.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish grey-brown ; antenne

dark brown. Fore wing purplish grey-brown with slight dark

irroration ; a black discoidal point placed on an oblique diffused

fuscous patch from costa and with traces of an oblique dark line

from it to inner margin ; a slight dentate whitish postmedial line

with black suffusion before it towards costa, oblique below vein 6

and with series of black points on it, some black beyond it between

veins 7, 6, followed by an ochreous white lunule before the slight

curved brown subterminal line defined on outer side by white

towards costa. Hind wing purplish grey-brown with slight dark

irroration ; an indistinct oblique rather diffused dark antemedial

line ; a black discoidal point ; traces of a curved postmedial line

with series of shght black points on it; the underside greyer

sparsely striated with brown, a, black discoidal point and “braces

of a curved postimedial series of black points.

Hab. NW Riopesta, Luangwa valley (Veave), 1 3 type.

dirp, 38 mm.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, AT

CHORODNODES RorHI Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 105 (1897).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove ; N.W. Ruopss1a, Kapopo.

Boarmtia Acaciaria Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag. p. 116, pl. 16.

f. 4 (1834).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove.

BOARMIA PALLIDIZONA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 7.)

Antenne of male pectinate ; hind tibiz not dilated ; fore wing

with fovea.

S$. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish grey mixed with

black ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore

wing brownish grey thickly irvorated and striated with black,

the costa yellowish ; an oblique whitish band beyond the medial

line extending to just beyond the postmedial line; subbasal line

represented by black points on costa and median nervure; ante-

medial line indistinct, black; curved; a small black discoidal

spot ; medial line black, oblique, slightly excurved from costa to

submedian fold; postimedial line indistinct, punctiform, oblique

below vein 4; subterminal line represented by two black marks

on costa and an incurved line from vein 4 to inner margin; a

terminal series of black striz; cilia whitish intersected with

black. Hind wing brownish grey thickly irrorated and striated

with black, an oblique whitish band beyond the medial line ex-

tending to just beyond the postmedial line; medial line black,

slightly excurved at median nervure; a small black discoidal

spot ; a slight punctiform postmedial line; traces of a pale waved

subterminal line; a lunulate black terminal line. Underside

paler with fuscous suffusion beyond the oblique white band on

both wings.

Hab. N.E. Ruopestia, HE. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 ¢; MasuHo-

NALAND, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 3 type. Hap. 30 mm.

BoarMiA (HEMEROPHILA) ACYGONIA, sp. n. (Pl. XXXIX.

fig. 37.)

3. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with whitish ; palpi and

frons dark brown ; antenne with the branches black; abdomen

whitish irrorated with brown and dorsally tinged with red-brown.

Fore wing whitish, the basal area suffused with red-brown and

irrorated with black, bounded by the black antemedial line which

is erect to submedian fold, then bent inwards to inner margin ;

medial area slightly striated with brown, the costa with black

striz ; postmedial line black, obliquely incurved from costa to

vein 5, where it is acutely angled inwards, then again incurved,

the area beyond it suffused with red-brown and irrorated with

black except a patch below apex ; some black striz on apical part

of costa and a diffused black mark from termen to the angle of

postmedial line; a terminal series of black lunules. Hind wing

whitish tinged with rufous and slightly irrorated with black ;

postmedial line black, excurved between veims 6 and 5, then

474 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [Mav. 1,

incurved ; amaculate whitish subterminal band from above vein 6

to tornus; a waved black terminal line ; the underside silky white

slightly irrorated with brown, a brown discoidal spot, the post-

medial line indistinct.

Hab, N.K. Ruoprsia, Bangweolo distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type.

Hap. 46 mm.

Boarmia supaurata Warr. Noy. Zool. vi. p. 306 (1899).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ropssia, Bangweolo distr.

Boarmia NicRipuNcTATA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 93 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesra, Chambezi valley, Lake Bangweolo distr.

NorHABRraXAs SIMPLEX Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 89 (1897).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.H. Ruopusia, Mansya R.

PrrrHea continua WI1k. il. 463 (1854).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

PITTHEA FAMULA Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. it. p. 19, pl. 11. f. 3

(1782).

N.E. Ruopesra, Kalungwisi valley.

TERINA PUNCTICORPUS Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 240 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley, Lake Bangweolo distr.

TERINA INTERNATA Warr. Nov. Zool. xvi. p. 118 (1909).

Conceo, Katanga, Kambove, Lualaba R.

TERINA CROCEA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 36.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen black; frons with white bar;

shoulders with small yellow spots; pectus at sides with white

spots; legs streaked with white; abdomen with dorsal, lateral,

and sublateral series of small white spots. Fore wing black; a

white point at base; a yellow patch extending from close to base

below costa to middle and on inner margin to near tornus, its

outer edge obliquely curved; an oblique elliptical yellow patch

across apical area from or from just below costa to near termen

below vein 3. Hind wing orange-yellow, the inner margin

narrowly black; a terminal black band expanding on apical area

and towards tornus. Underside of fore wing of male with the

retinaculum white.

Hab. Conco, Lualaba R. (Veave), 1 5 type; N.W. Ruopezsta,

Alala plateau (Weave), 1 9. Hap. $ 38, 9 36 mm.

ALETIS HELCITA Clerck, Icones, pl. 39. f. 4 (1764).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

ALETIS MONTETRONIS Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 156 (1883).

Coneo, Katanga, Kaimbove.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. AT5

ANNEMOPSYCHE CHARMIONE Fabr. Hnt. Syst. i. (1) p. 205

(1793).

Coneo, Lualaba R.

Hynemera ocrocesa Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 672, pl. 55. f. 1

(1888).

ConGo, Katanga, Kambove.

HYLEMERA NEHZRA Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 672 (1888).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

GEOMETRIN.

THALASSODES NIGRIPUNCTATA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 46 (1897).

N.W. KuopesiA, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopssia, Chambezi

valley.

PRASINOCYMA VERMICULARIA Guen. Ur. & Phal. i. p. 359 (1857).

N.E. Ruopest, KE. Luangwa distr.

PRASINOCYMA RHODOCERA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 29.)

deep blood-red ; abdominal crests red; pectus and ventral surface

of abdomen yellowish white, the legs red. Fore wing emerald-

green striated with white; the costa yellowish white; the cilia

yellowish white tinged with blood-red at tips. Hind wing

emerald-green striated with white ; cilia yellowish white tinged

with blood-red at tips; the underside greenish white.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau (Weave), 1 9 type. Lap.

34 mm.

AGRAPTOCHLORA DILATATA W1k. xxi. 594 (1860).

N.W. RuopesiA, Alala plateau.

HEMITHEA ALBISTRIGULATA Warr. Noy. Zool. iv. p. 39 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesia, HK. Luangwa distr.

Nemoria unitinea Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 40 (1897).

N.#. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley, E. Luangwa distr.

CoMIBENA LEUCOSPILATA WIk. xxvi. 1554 (1862).

N.E. Ruopssia, EH. Luangwa distr.

CoMIBHNA RHODOSTICTA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 30.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen green mixed with some deep blood-

red; palpi red, white at tips; frons red, white below; antenne

white; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white; legs blood-

red. Fore wing emerald-green thickly striated with white; the

costa white with a blood-red streak below it; a blood-red discoidal

476 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

spot and postmedial patch between veins 3 and 2 varying in

size; some white on termen and a fine blood-red terminal line;

cilia white intersected by blood-red streaks. Hind wing emerald-

green thickly striated with white; a blood-red discoidal spot ;

some white on termen and a fine blood-red terminal line; cilia

white intersected with red; the underside greenish white.

Hab. N.K. Raopesta, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 3 3, 4°

type; MaAsHoNALAND (Dobbie), 1 2. Hup. § 30, 2 38 mm.

NEUROTOCA ENDORHODA, sp. n. (PI. XX XIX. fig. 31.)

3. Head white, the antennz with some deep blood-red ;

thorax green with blood-red patch on prothorax; abdomen deep

blood-ved, green at extremity. Fore wing emerald-green; the

costal area white; a curved white antemedial line; postimedial

line white, oblique; cilia white. Hind wing emerald-green with

deep blood-red patch on middle of inner margin; an oblique

white medial line; cilia white; the underside greyish white.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, Fort Jameson (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Lup.

30 mm.

ACOLLESIS TRILINEATA, Sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 32.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen emerald-green; palpi and frons

blood-red; antennee white with the branches blood-red; legs

blood-red. Fore wing emerald-green; the costa narrowly white ;

a fine oblique white antemedial line not quite reaching costa; a

stronger oblique white postmedial line not reaching costa; a fine

white subterminal line not reaching costa or inner margin; cilia

white at tips. Hind wing emerald-green with strong minutely

waved white postmedial line and slight minutely waved white

subterminal line; cilia white at tips.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau (Veave), 2 3 type, Lake

Bangweolo (Weave), 1 ¢, Tanganyika plateau (WVeave), 1 9;

MASHONALAND (Dobbie), 1 2. Hap. 3 26, 2 28 mm.

Couuesis MimicaA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 37 (1897).

N.E. Ruopssia, EH. Luangwa distr.

AIDALIAN &,

EPHYRA ANANDARIA Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 461.

N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa distr.

ANISODES INZQUALIS Warr. Nov. Zool, ix. p. 501 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley.

ERYTHROLOPHA TRISINUATA Warr. Nov. Zool. ix. p. 56 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Cham-

bezi valley,

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. ATT

Trmanpra RuFA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 65 (1897).

N.E. Ruaopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

TIMANDRA NEPTUNARIA Guen. Ur. & Phal. ii. p. 3, pl. 18. f. 5

(1857).

N.E. Ruopesta, KE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley; Porru-

@uESE KE. Arrica, Chinde.

TIMANDRA NicRIpUNCTA Warr. Nov. Zocl. iv. p. 225 (1897).

N.E. Raopesta, upper Luangwa valley, Chinsali distr.

TimanprRA GLAUCA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 64 (1897).

N.E. Reopssia, HE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Ban-

gweolo distr.

TRYGODES DENTILINEA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 47 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesia, Lake Bangweolo.

PROBLEPSIS VESTALIS Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 419 (1875).

N.E. Reopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

Inpuna RuFISALSA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 368 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesta, Luangwa valley.

Inpuna curvimaRGo Warr. Nov. Zool. viii. p. 92 (1900).

N.E. Ruopesta, EK. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Cham-

bezi valley.

INDUNA NUBICINCTA, sp.n. (Pl. XXXIX. fig. 24.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white slightly tinged

with reddish brown; palpi at tips and frons black; fore and mid

legs fuscous in front. Fore wing pale ochreous slightly irrorated

with reddish brown; antemedial line reddish brown, oblique from

costa to middle of cell, then incurved ; a black discoidal striga ;

medial line reddish brown, oblique from costa to vein 6, then

inwardly oblique and sinuous; postmedial line reddish brown,

excurved below costa, then oblique and sinuous, the area beyond

it suffused with red-brown except at apex; a slight waved sub-

terminal shade bent outwards to termen below apex; a fine brown

terminal line and a line near tips of cilia. Hind wing pale

ochreous irrorated with reddish brown, the terminal area suffused

with red-brown; a reddish-brown aed line slightly excurved at

middle; a black discoidal pot; postmedial line reddish brown,

excurved and slightly sinuous; a faint sinuous subterminal

shade; a fine brown terminal nee the underside ochreous white

slightly irrorated with brown, a black discoidal point and sinuous

excurved postmedial line.

Hab. N.E. Raopesta, HK. Luangwa distr. .. Mbala country

(Neave), 1 3 type. Eup. 30 mm.

A78 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

CRASPEDIA DESERTA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 51 (1897).

N.E. Ruopssi1a, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa yalley,

Chambezi valley.

CRASPEDIA TRICOMMATA Warr. Novy. Zool. vi. p. 294 (1899).

N.E. Ruopss14, Chambezi valley.

CRASPEDIA INTERNATA Guen. Ur. & Phal. 1. p. 506 (1857).

N.E, Ruopesia, EH. Luangwa distr.

CRASPEDIA PULVEROSARIA WIk. xxvi. 1605 (1862).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

CRASPEDIA DIFFUSIZONA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 34.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous tinged with reddish

brown and irrorated with black; palpi blackish at tips; frons

red-brown. Fore wing pale ochreous irrorated with black; a

faint diffused curved brown antemedial line; a black discoidal

point; postmedial line brown, oblique from costa to vein 6,

incurved at discal fold, angled outwards below vein 4, then

incurved, a diffused fuscous-brown band beyond it, bent out to

termen below apex and strongest at discal fold and below vein 3;

a fine punctiform black terminal line. Hind wing pale ochreous

irrorated with black; a diffused brown antemedial line; a black

discoidal point; postmedial line brown, excurved at middle and

with a diffused reddish-brown band beyond it; a fine punctiform

black terminal line; the underside pale ochreous irrorated with

black, a black discoidal point and sinuous brown postmedial line.

Had. Br. KE, Arrica, Njoro (Cholmley), 1 9; N.E. Ruopnsia,

Chambezi valley (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Hap. g 28, 9 32 mm.

CRASPEDIA GLAUCOCYMA, sp, n, (Pl, XXXIX. fig, 33.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with olive-brown ;

frons black, Fore wing white irrorated with a few black scaies;

the basal area with two faint oblique diffused olive bands from

below costa to inner margin; antemedial line pale olive, diffused,

oblique from costa to middle of cell, then inwardly oblique; a

black discoidal point; medial line pale olive, rather diffused,

excurved below costa, then oblique, sinuous; two oblique sinuous

pale olive postmedial bands; a slight waved pale olive subterminal

shade; a terminal series of black poimts, Hind wing white

irrorated with a few black scales; a diffused pale olive ante-

medial line; a black discoidal point; a diffused oblique pale olive

medial band; a diffused waved pale olive postmedial band and

waved subterminal shade; a terminal series of black points; the

underside white with black discoidal point and terminal series

of points,

Hab, N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley (Veave), 1 3, 2°

type; MasHonaLanp, Salisbury (Jarshall), 33, 39. Lep.

20-26 mm,

Fy TL Oe MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 479

CRASPEDIA SINCERA Warr. Noy. Zool. vill. p. 208 (1901).

N.E. Ruopssia, EH. Luangwa distr.

CRASPEDIA ARGYROLEUCA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 35.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged in parts with brown

and slightly irrorated with black; palpi at tips and frons black;

neck reddish brown; legs tinged with reddish brown, the fore

legs blackish in front. Fore wing silvery white irrorated with a

few black scales, the costa tinged with reddish brown; a faint

sinuous brown medial line; postmedial line reddish brown,

oblique, waved; a terminal series of prominent black points.

Hind wing silvery white sparsely irrorated with black scales; a

black discoidal point, waved brown postmedial line, and terminal

series of black points; the underside silvery white with terminal

series of black points.

Hab. Br. H. Arrica, Mtebe (Ansorge), 1 9; N.W, Ruopssia,

Alala plateau (Weave), 1 $ type. Hxp. 30 mm,

CRASPEDIA LEVIPENNIS Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 52 (1897).

N.W. Ruopes1, Alala plateau.

CRASPEDIA INTERNATARIA WI1k. xxii. 746 (1861),

N.E. Ruopesta, EH. Luangwa distr,, Luangwa valley, Chambezi

valley, Chinsali distr.

CRASPEDIA SPOLIATA W1k. xxii. 744 (1861),

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruoprsta, E. Luangwa

distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr., Lake

Bangweolo distr., Tanganyika plateau.

CRASPEDIA LACTARIA Wlk, xxvi. 744 (1861).

N.E. Ruoprs1a, EK. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Kalungwisi Valley, Lake Bangweolo distr,

CraspPEpDIA oprcaTA Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 457 (1794),

N.H. Ruovesi4, KH. Luangwa distr.

LARENTIANA,

STERRHA SACRARIA Linn, Syst. Nat. i. (2) p. 863 (1759),

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.K. Ruoprsra, Luangwa valley,

Chambezi valley, Kalungwisi valley, Chinsali distr., Mansya R.;

Portuguese KH, Arrica, 8. Angoniland.,

CHNOCHROMIN®.

AFROPHYLA VETHI Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxix. p. 139 (1886).

N.E. Ruopesia, KE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

480 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

ORTHOSTIXIN ©.

ALEX conscrrARIA W1k. xxxiii. 986 (1861).

N.W. Ruopesra, Kapopo; N.E. Raopmsra, Luangwa valley,

Chambezi valley, Kalungwisi valley, Lake Bangweolo distr.,

Tanganyika plateau, Mansya R. .

OZOLA PULYERULENTA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 30 (1897).

N.E. Ruopgsia, Luangwa valley.

SATURNIADS.

NUDAURELIA ZAMBESINA WIk. xxxii. 523 (1865).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

NupaureEia JAcKsont Roths. Nov. Zool. xv. p. 255 (1908).

N.W. Ruopesta, Alala plateau.

CopaxA DENTIFERA Mssn. Beitr. Schmett. v, f. 115 ( ree

N.E. Reopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

CopaxA HANNINGTONI Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xii. p. 106 (1883).

N.E. Ruopesi4, E. Luangwa distr.

ImMBRASIA EPIMETHEA Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 13. f. 1

(1773).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

GONIMBRASIA PYGM#A Mssn. Beitr. Schmett. v. f. 100 (1886).

N.E. Ruopesta, EK. Luangwa distr.

GoNIMBRASIA IRIUS Fabr. Ent. Syst. ui. (1) p. 409 (1793).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

GoNIMBRASIA TYRRHENA Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 51.

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

Gynanisa MATA Klug, Neue Schmett. pl. 5. f. 1 (1836).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

Gynanisa ists Westw. Nat. Libr., Exot. Moths, p. 138, pl. 13

(1841).

N.W. RuopestA, Alala plateau; N.E. RuopestA, upper Luangwa

valley.

PsEUDAPHELIA APOLLINARIS Boisd. Delegorgue’s Voy. Afr. Austr.

ii. p. 601 (1847).

N.W. Ruopest4, Kansanshi.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 48}

Goopia KuNZEY Dewitz, Verh. Leop,-Carol. Akad. xl. p. 70,

pl. iu. f. 14 (1881).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Raoprsia, EK, Luangwa

distr.

CARNEGIA PANCRATIA Weyw. Iris, xvi. p. 232, pl. i. f. 8 (1903)

N.H. RuopestA, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke distr.

HENUCHA DELEGORGUET Boisd. Delegorgue’s Voy. Afr. Austr. il,

p. 601 (1847).

Coneo, 8.K. Katanga.

SABALIAD2.

SABALIA FULYIcINcTA Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1901, p. 167.

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

URANIADAE,

Acroprerts ALBrpIorRATA Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvii

a) ( 2 ’

p. 62 (1893).

N.W. Raopesta, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopesra, Kalungwisi

distr.

ACROPTERIS ANGULATARIA Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 2, p. 164 (1794).

Conao, Katanga, Kambove.

ACROPYERIS TENELLA WIk. Pr. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg. i. p. 377

(1869).

N.E. Ruopssta, Luangwa valley.

AGCROPTERIS ILLITURATA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 198 (1897).

N.E. Reopesia, upper Luangwa valley.

ARBELID A.

MArsHALLIANA BryrrraTa Auriv. Ent. Tidskr, 1901, p, 126.

Coneo, S.E. Katanga.

CossiID&.

AzyGoPHLEPs INncLUSA WIk. vil. 1534 (1856),

Conco, 8.E. Katanga.

AZYGOPHLEPS ATRIFASCIATA, Sp. 0. (PI. XX XIX. fig. 20.)

2. Head and thorax creamy white; palpi blackish except at

base; frons rufous with lateral blackish bars; antenne black ;

tegule with black patch at middle with two broad subdorsal

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1910, No. XX XI, 31

482 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

fascia with some leaden-grey scales mixed extending from it to

metathorax ; pectus with sublateral blackish fascie ; tibiee above

and the tarsi black with a bluish gloss; abdomen white with

lateral fuscous bands and blackish lateral fasciz on the elongate

anal somite, the ventral surface suffused with yellow-brown. Fore

wing creamy white reticulated with orange; a black fascia on

costal area from near base, broadening to before apex where it

narrows to a point, its lower edge rather irregular ; a broad black

fascia below the cell from near base, expanding beyond the cell

to termen above vein 5 and leaving some pale marks on termen

below vein 5, its upper edge irregular; slight black spots on

termen at veins 7, 6; cilia tinged with fuscous except at base.

Hind wing white with fuscous-brown streak in submedian fold

from neay base and fuscous suffusion between veins 5 and 2; vem

7 streaked with fuscous brown towards apex; the underside with

fuscous suffusion on costal area, narrowing to base, and some

fuscous suffusion on termen between veins 5 and 2.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesia, Kalungwisi distr. (Veave), 1 9 type.

Hep. 80 mm.

CHALCIDICA STEPHANIA Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 685, pl. 55. f. 3

(1888).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

LASTOCAMPID!.

PsEUDOMETA CYMOGRAPHA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 18.)

g. Head and thorax grey, tinged with ochreous and slightly

irrorated with brown; abdomen grey tinged with brown ; palpi,

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen more strongly

irrorated with brown. Fore wing grey slightly irrorated with

brown; traces of a sinuous antemedial line formed of brown

strie from below costa to inner margin; postmedial line red-

brown, sinuous from costa to vein 6, then waved and oblique

to submedian fold and bent outwards to mner margin, some

red-brown suffusion beyond it on inner area; the veins of

terminal area with faint pale streaks; cilia dark brown at tips.

Hind wing grey suffused with red-brown, the veins beyond the

cell with faint pale streaks; a double minutely waved sinuous

postmedial line; cilia dark brown at tips; the underside with

red-brown suffusion on disk, a subterminal red-brown bar

between veins 3 and 2.

Hab. N.E. Ruopust, Feira (Veave), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 50 mm.

GoNOMETA GRISEOCINCTA, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 15.)

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen purple-brown tinged. with

grey. Fore wing purple-brown suffused with grey ; antemedial

line purple-brown, double, simuous; a small elliptical black

discoidal spot; postmedial line purple-brown, double, diffused,

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 483

slightly incurved below costa and oblique below vein 4; the

terminal area browner, with a lunulate grey subterminal line

and some grey on termen; cilia chocolate-red. Hind wing with

the base purplish brown suffused with grey, the disk deep

chocolate-red; a terminal grey band; cilia chocolate-red at

tips.

fie N.E. Ruopesta, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. xp.

mm.

Gonometa DrucEI Beth.-Baker, A. M. N. H. (8) ii. p. 260 (1908).

(Pl. XLI. fig. 16.)

N.E. Raopesia, Chinsali distr.

Craspra wAnuperer Auriv. Ark. f. Zool. v. 5, p. 20 (1909).

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr.

Meranastria PALLENS Beth.-Baker, A. M.N. H. (8) i. p. 260

(1908).

N.E. Ruopusta, E. Luangwa distr.

PHILOTHERMA FUSCESCENS, sp. n. (PI. XII. fig. 15.)

3S. Head and thorax grey tinged with brown, the branches of

antenne rufous; abdomen grey tinged with reddish brown, a

dark brown lateral line. Fore wing grey suffased with fuscous

brown; an indistinct fuscous antemedial line, slightly incurved

at subcostal nervure, then obliquely excurved; a small pale

discoidal spot; postmedial line fuscous, excurved below costa,

then oblique; an oblique subterminal series of dentate blackish

marks, bent inwards to costa, somewhat incurved at vein 5 and

angled outwards at vein 3. Hind wing grey suffused with

fuscous brown ; traces of a diffused sinuous medial fuscous band;

a subterminal series of rather diffused fuscous dentate marks ;

cilia fuscous ; the underside with the markings less distinct.

Hab. Conco, 8.K. Katanga (Weave), 1 3 type. Hap. 92 mm.

PHILOTHERMA sorDIDA Auriv. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 318,

jolly Gs tise 2b

N.W. RuopestA, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruoprsta, Kalungwisi

distr.

LENoporRA NIGROLINEATA Auriv. Ent, Tidskr. xvi. p. 115 (1890).

N.E. RuopesiA, Fort Jameson.

BomBycorsis VENOSA Butl. P. Z.8. 1895, p. 269, pl. xvi, f. 6.

N.E. Ruopesta, Chambezi valley.

CeratopacHa Gemmata Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 207 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesra, Luangwa valley.

31*

484 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

CHRYSOPOL OMID 4.

CHRYSOPOLOMA ROSEA Druce, P. Z.8. 1886, p. 410, pl. 38. f. 3.

N.E. Rueopesia, EH. Luangwa distr.

CHRYSOPOLOMA ALBIDISCALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 14.)

2. Head fulvous ; antennz black; thorax ochreous white, the

patagia tinged with fulvous; the fore legs and tarsi fulvous ;

abdomen ochreous white with segmental fulvous rings, except on

ventral surface. Fore wing ochreous white tinged with rufous,

the veins of terminal half more fulvous; a round white discoidal

spot ; postmedial line dark brown, slightly bent inwards to costa,

rather oblique to vein 6, then inwardly oblique and somewhat

erenulate ; cilia rufous. Hind wing ochreous white; a slightly

waved excurved brown postmedial line from below costa to inner

margin, the veins beyond it streaked with fulvous ; cilia rufous ;

the underside with the postmedial line somewhat dentate, the

terminal area tinged with rufous.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Veave), 1 92 type. Hap.

78 mm.

CHRYSOPOLOMA INSPERSA, Sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 16.)

Q. Head and front part of thorax grey mixed with dark

brown, the hinder part of thorax and antenne fulvous mixed

with some grey; abdomen fulvous, with some dark scales ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey mixed with

dark brown. Fore wing fulvous irrorated with fuscous, the

costa suffused with grey; a small white discoidal spot defined

by black; an oblique blackish postmedial line slightly bent

outwards to costa; cilia grey tinged with fuscous. Hind wing

fulvous, sparsely irrorated with fuscous except on costal area ;

a small blackish discoidal lunule; postmedial line blackish,

oblique, obsolescent towards costa and slightly bent outwards

to inner margin; cilia grey mixed with fuscous; the underside

ereyer, thickly irrorated with fuscous and with a few hairy white

seales, the discoidal lunule with slight white centre, the post-

medial line reaching the costa but not the inner margin.

Hab. Conco, 8.E. Katanga (Weave), 1 2 type. Hap. 46 mm.

LIMACODIDA.

Susica PyRocausTA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 10.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous

and mixed with black. Fore wing purplish red, the costa

ochreous irrorated with black; a diffused curved black ante-

medial band from middle of cell to inner margin; two conjoined

black discoidal points; postmedial line grey-white, oblique,

defined on outer side by black suffusion except towards costa

and on inner side slightly by black from lower angle of cell

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESTA. 485

to inner margin; cilia ochreous white mixed with black and

with ochreous-white lines near base and tips. Hind wing

ochreous white, the inner margin tinged with rufous, the cilia

with fuscous mixed; the underside ochreous tinged with rufous,

the terminal area slightly irrorated with fuscous.

9. Hind wing dark reddish brown, with a pale line at base

of cilia.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 ¢ type; MaAsHona-

LAND (Dobbie), 1 5, 1 oy Salisbury (Marshall), 1 3 ; TRANSVAAL

(Pead), 1 @. Eup. 28-34 mm.

THosEA catrort Beth.-Baker, A. M. N. H. (8) i. p. 257 (1908).

Conco, 8.E. Katanga, Kambove.

MiIRESA SEMICALIDA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 21.)

3. Head and thorax deep chestnut-red; abdomen rather

paler, with slight fuscous segmental lines; the tibial spurs

whitish. Fore wing deep chestnut-red to the silvery-white

postmedial line, which is excurved at vein 6, incurved at discal

fold, dentate below veins 4 and 3, then retracted to before

middie, and again slightly excurved at vein 1, the area beyond

it suffused with leaden fuscous bounded by a series of slight pale

spots bent inwards to the postmedial line below costa; the

terminal area dull rufous. Hind wing yellowish suffused with

rufous; the cilia rufous with a silvery gloss at tips; the under-

side with the costal area deep rufous.

Hab. Coneo, 8.E. Katanga (Veave), 6 ¢ type; N.E. Ruopzsra,

Lukashashi R. (Weave), 1 g. Hxp. 30 mm.

MIRESA USTITERMINA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 11.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with some

red. Fore wing glossy fuscous brown, the base tinged with red,

the terminal area deep fiery red, its. inner edge curved ; cilia

glossy fuscous brown. Hind wing pale greyish brown, the cilia

with a leaden gloss at tips; the underside rather deen grey-

brown slightly invorated with fuscous.

Hab. Conco, 8.E. Katanga (Weave), 2 g type. Hup. 26 mm.

ParasA yivips WIk. xxxii. 478 (1865).

N.E. Raopesra, EK. Luangwa distr.

MACROPLECTRA RUFOPALLENS, sp.n. (PI. XX XIX. fig. 16.)

Head and tegule ochreous tinged with rufous; thorax and

abdomen ochreous white; antenne with the shaft whitish ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen tinged with rufous.

Fore wing silky ochreous white tinged with rufous except on

Inner area; a faint brownish subterminal line ending at tornus.

Hind wing uniform silky ochreous white. Underside of fore

wing suffused with brown except on Inner area.

Hab. Ucanpa, White Nile, Gondokoro (Aeynes-Cole), 7 ¢, 1

486 . SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

Br. E. Arrica, Machakos (Crawshay), 4 3 type; N.E. Ruopssia,

upper Luangwa vailey (Weave), 1 ¢ ; GaAzaLAND, Mt. Chirinda

(Marshall), 1 3. Hxp., & 16-20, 2 18 mm.

GAVARA VELUTINA WIk. xii. 771 (1857).

N.E. Ruopssra, Fort Jameson.

ZINARA DISCOPHORA, Sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 22.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous

and mixed with blackish. Fore wing ochreous suffused with

brown and irrorated with blackish; a black line from sub-

costal nervure near base curved round to just above imner

margin, then upwards to subcostal nervure before middle, en-

closing a round pale patch; the inner medial area rufous, with

an oblique sinuous whitish line from lower angle of cell to inner

margin, some slight black marks above it on discocellulars, and

a black point beyond it in submedian fold; postmedial line

indistinct, pale, slightly excurved below costa, then incurved,

a rufous patch beyond it on costal area with three slight dentate

black marks on it; the apical area pale, with a black-brown

terminal band from apex to vein 5, angled inwards and forming

a triangular patch at vein 6. Hind wing ochreous whitish

suffused with reddish brown; a faint oblique brown line from

below middle of costa to termen at submedian fold; a slight

brownish terminal line; the underside grey tinged with brown

and slightly irrorated with fuscous.

Hab. N.K. Ruovesta, Chinsali distr. (Weave), 1 3 type. Lap.

20 mm.

ALTHA LACIDES Druce, A. M..N. H. (7) iii. p. 474 (1899).

(Pl. XX XIX. fig. 17.)

Congo, S.E. Katanga.

ALTHA TEGULA Dist. A.M. N, H. (6) xx. p. 209 (1897):

(PI. XL fig. 29.)

N.E. Ruopesia, Bangweolo distr.

ALTHA CHIONOSTOLA, sp.n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 28.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the branches of

antenne and disk of tegule tinged with yellow; palpi with the

second joint fuscous above; tarsi tinged with fuscous ; abdomen

with blackish lateral bars. Fore wing silvery white; a broad

olive-fuscous fascia with some silvery scales on it running inwards

from termen just below apex to below middle of costa, then as an

erect band to inner margin, an oblique black striga on its outer

edge at lower angle of cell, slight black streaks on extremity of

the veins at apex, and a black line on apical part of termen ; cilia

blackish at tips at apex. Hind wing silvery white.

Hab. Conco, 8.K. Katanga (eave), 1 9 type; TRANSVAAL,

Barberton (Cooke), 1 g. Lap. 36 mm.

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 487

LYGHENID &#,

HIMANTOPTERIN &.

SEMIOPTILA TORTA, Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) xx. p. 181 (1887).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

SEMIOPTILA FLAVIDISCATA, sp. n. (Pl. XX XIX. fig. 27.)

3. Head and thorax black-brown, the tegule and fringe of

hair on upper edge of patagia fulvous orange; abdomen dorsally

red-brown, yellow at sides and black-brown below. Fore wing

dark brown, thinly scaled, the veins darker; the cell fulvous

yellow, conjoined to a round spot beyond it; the mner area

fulvous yellow to the cell and vein 2. Hind wing linear-

janceolate, expanding somewhat towards base but not towards

extremity ; the basal third fulvous yellow, the terminal two-

thirds black-brown.

@. Fore wing with the cell and inner area paler fulvous

yellow; hind wing expanding still less towards base, the basal

third pale fulvous yellow.

Hab. N.K. Ruopssta, Serenji distr. (Veave}, 1 ¢, 1 Q type.

Kup. 24 mm.

STAPHYLINOCHROUS WHYTEI Butl. P.Z.S. 1893, p. 376, pl. 60.

oon ihe

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

STAPHYLINOCHROUS FULYA, sp.n. (PI. XL. fig. 10.)

3g. Head and thorax black, with some fulvous hair on tegule

and patagia; legs with some yellowish hair; abdomen fulvous

mixed with brown, Fore wing fulvous red, the median nervure,

veins rising from it and vein 1 somewhat blackish; the terminal

area black-brown, expanding towards apex and with its inner

edge evenly curved. Hind wing fulvous red; the terminal area

black-brown, expanding somewhat towards apex, its inner edge

curved and produced to slight streaks on the veins.

Hab. Conao, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 3 5 type. Hap.

42 mm.

STAPHYLINOCHROUS EURYPERALIS, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 17.)

Head and front of thorax fulvous, the rest of thorax and

antennz black; pectus and legs fulvous mixed with brown ;

abdomen fulvous, dorsally tinged with brown, Fore wing

fulvous yellow, the veins streaked with dark brown ; the terminal

area fuscous brown, expanding into a rounded patch extending to

the cell on apical area and narrowing to a point at tornus. Hind

wing fulvous yellow, the veins beyond the cell brownish ; the

terminal area fuscous brown, moderately broad at apex, narrowing

to a point at tornus.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Matope (de Jersey), 1 ¢; N.E. Ruopesta

Luangwa valley (Veave), 2 ¢ type. Hap, 34-86 min.

488 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

Genus THERMOCHROUS, nov.

Type, 7. fumicincta.

Proboscis and palpi absent ; frons smooth ; eyes rather small,

round; antenne of male moniliform, setose; head, thorax, and

abdomen clothed with rough hair; tibie without spurs. Fore

wing rather narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely

curved; the cell very long; vein 3 from long before angle; 5

from just below angle of discocellulars, 6 from just above angle ;

7, 8 from angle or stalked; 9, 10 absent; 11 free. Hind wing

with the cell long; vein 3 from long before angle, 5 from well

above angle; 6 from just above angle of discocellulars ; 8 from

just before end of cell.

THERMOCHROUS FUMICINCTA, sp.n. (PI. XL. fig. 11.)

Fore wing with veins 7, 8 from cell.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous; antenne black-hrown ;

legs tinged with brown in front. Fore wing fulvous red, the

costal edge and veins of terminal half dark brown ; the terminal

area bluish fuscous, narrowing to a point at tornus and expanding

on apical area to the cell and along costa to middle. Hind wing

fulvous red, the terminal area bluish fuscous, moderately broad

at costa and ending in a point at vein 1, its inner edge produced

to slight streaks on the veins.

Hab. Congo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 25 g, 3 Q type.

Eup. 30-40 mm.

THERMOCHROUS STENOCRASPTS, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 18.)

Fore wing with veins 7, 8 from cell.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous with some blackish

hair; antenne and legs brownish. Fore wing fulvous yellow,

the costa and veins streaked with black, vein le towards ex-

tremity only; the costal area blackish on terminal half, the

veins of terminal area more strongly streaked with black on

apical half; cilia blackish except towards tornus. Hind wing

fulvous yellow, the veins of terminal area streaked with black,

the termen narrowly and cilia blackish.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, EK. Luangwa distr., Petauke (Weave),

7 S type. Hap. 22-26 mm.

ZYGENIN A.

NEUROSYMPLOCA PROCRIOIDES Butl. P. ZS. 1893, p. 676.

N.E. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley.

MALAMBLIA FLAVIPALPIS, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 12.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown; palpi pale

yellow, the third joint black; mid and hind legs with the ex-

tremities of femora and base of tibie yellow; abdomen yellow at

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 489

extremity below. Wings uniform fuscous brown tinged with

metallic blue.

Hab. N.K. Ruopssta, Tanganyika plateau (Weave), 1 2 type.

Hap. 18 mm.

SALIUNCA GLENNIA Jord. Entom. xl. p. 123 (1897).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

PoMPOSTOLIN2.

PoMPOSTOLA HEMICHRYSA, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 13.)

@. Head and thorax bluish black; the tegule, patagia, and

mid tibiz except at extremity goldea yellow; abdomen blue-

black, the sides golden yellow to middle. Fore wing golden

yellow to beyond middle with a short black streak in base of cell,

the outer edge of the yellow area angled outwards just beyond

lower angle of cell; the terminal area blue-black. Hind wing

golden yellow, the terminal area black-brown, broad at costa and

narrowing to a point at vein 1.

Hab. N. EK. Ruopersia, E. Luangwa clint (Weave), 3 9 type.

Heap. 36 ram.

POMPOSTOLA SCINTILLANS Butl. P. ZS. 1893, p. 675, pl. ix.

ff. 12-13.

N.E. Ruopesta, Serenji distr.

|This species frequents open grassy spots and invariably rests

with partially expanded wings on the heads of grasses or

sunilarly exposed positions. Its shining blue-black colour,

steady flight, and long hind legs trailing behind it combine to

make it astonishingly like a Hymenopteron when on the wing.

I also noted it in some numbers in Southern Angoniland,

S.W. of L. Nyasa, in similar country, December 1908.—S. A. N.]

Bysuista cAUDATA Jord. Entom. xl. p. 127 (1907).

N.E. Ruopssia, Luangwa.valley.

ARNIOCERA CHALCOPASTA, sp. n. (PI. XI. fig. 19.)

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen black suffused with brilliant

metallic blue; palpi and fore coxe deep crimson. Fore wing

black suffused with brilliant metallic blue; antemedial, medial,

and postmedial erect metallic golden bands, the terminal area

suffused with metallic gold. Hind wing dark brown; the inner

area tinged with metallic blue not extending to tornus; the

underside suffused with metallic blue except towards apex.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, Tanganyika plateau (Weave), 1 ¢ type.

Hap. 32 mm.

THYRIDIDA,

RHODONEURA FUSCIBASIS, sp. n. (Pl. XL, fig. 20.)

¢. Head and thorax dark olive-brown mixed with some

490 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1

silvery white; mid and hind legs mostly white ; abdomen white

with obscure olive dorsal bands. Fore wing with the basal area

dark olive-brown with obliquely curved outer edge; the rest of

wing white; the costa tinged with fuscous and irrorated with

silver; a white striga defined by fuscous across upper extremity

of cell; a diffused leaden fuscous band from the costal area

beyond the cell to just above inner margin, its inner edge

incurved below the cell and with double series of dark strie on it

representing the medial and postmedial lines, some white between

them in submedian interspace and on the postmedial line beyond

the cell ; an olive-brown patch before termen at discal fold, with

traces of a line from it to inner margin and some fuscous beyond

it; two black points just before termen below apex. Hind wing

silvery white, the extreme base olive-brown; traces of medial

and postmedial grey bands defined on each side by dark striz

from below costa to inner margin; a faint olive subterminal line

from below costa to vein 4 and two black points just before’

termen below apex.

2. Fore wing with the dark medial and subterminal markings

more developed.

Hab, Congo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 3 5, 2 Q type.

Hep, 28-36 mm.

RuHoponEuRA piscaTA Warr. Nov. Zool. xu. p. 380 (1905).

(Pl. XLI. fig. 25.)

N.E. Ruopesia, Chambezi valley.

PYRALIDA.

CRAMBIN®.

- CraMBus FUSCIVITTALIS, sp. n. (PI. XI. fig. 1.)

Q. Head and thorax brownish ochreous, the shoulders and

tegule dark brown; antenne black; palpi at tips and fore legs

in front dark brown; abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore

wing brownish ochreous with a brown fascia along median

nervure expanding triangularly beyond the cell to termen at

apex and submedian fold; a terminal series of slight blackish

striz ; cilia with fine whitish lines at base and middle. Hind

wing silky white with a very faint brownish tinge.

Hab. N.E. Ruopersia, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 Q type. Lap.

26 mm.

CRAMBUS SECTITERMINA, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 2.)

Fore wing with vein 11 becoming coincident with 12.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with brown ;

palpi brown at base, Fore wing white slightly tinged with

rufous on basal, costal, and inner areas, the terminal area irrorated

with brown a apex endl below vein re ; a blackish streak in base

of subinedian fold; a minute postmedial black point in discal fold

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 491

with traces of an oblique line from it to inner margin; a faint

fulvous subterminal line; the interspaces with minute black

streaks in their extremities; cilia with a slight blackish line near

base. Hind wing white faintly tinged with ochreous brown; a

fine brown terminal line; cilia white.

Hab. N.E. RuopestA, HK. Luangwa distr., Mbala country

(Weave), 1 @ type. Shon. 28 mm.

PLATYTES ARGYRODONTA, sp. n. (PI. XI. fig. 3.)

Head and thorax rufous mixed with silvery white; abdomen

white slightly tinged with rufous at base. Fore wing rufous; a

silvery-white fascia below costa through the cell, beyond which it

is trifurcate, the teeth defined by blackish, the uppermost tooth

extending to nearest termen; a silvery-white fascia below sub-

median fold extending to near termen towards which it bifurcates,

an obliquely curved ‘SGilvery_ white streak from vein 3 just before

termen running inwards between its teeth; an oblique silvery-

white streak across apical area; two yellowish- white marks

extending between the lower teeth of the trifurcate fascia ; a fine

black terminal line defined on inner side by a white line; cilia

white with some dark brown at tips. Hind wing white faintly

tinged with brown.

Hab. N.W. Ruovexsia, Alala plateau, Mkushi distr. (Weave),

Ig5 i 2 type. Hap. 26 mm.

CHILO SUPPRESALIS W1k. xxvii. 166 (1863).

Porruausse E. Arrica, Chinde.

CHILO FUSCICILIA, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 4.)

2. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; abdomen

ochreous white dorsally tinged with rufous at base. Fore wing

ochreous suffused with rufous, the veins with slight whitish

streaks, the interspaces of terminal area with faint dark streaks ;

a black discoidal point; a terminal series of black points; cilia

fuscous except at base. Hind wing white faintly tinged with

rufous; the underside with the costal area more strongly tinged

with rufous.

Hab. N.K. Ruopssia, Bangweolo distr. (Weave), 1 Q type.

Eup. 34 mm.

TALIS NIGRORADIANS Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. xlvii. p. 749

(1900).

Coneo, 8.E. Katanga, Kambove.

CHARLTONA CHRYSOPASTA, Sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 5.)

Q. Head and thorax white mixed with metallic golden scales

and irrorated with black; palpi blackish; tarsi black ringed with

white ; abdomen white mixed with brown. Fore wing white

thickly irrorated with metallic golden and black scales; an ill-

defined white fascia below base of cell; medial Jine deuble, black

492 SIR GEORGE F., HAMPSON ON [Mar. I,

filled in with white, shghtly excurved at middle; a white

discoidal lunule defined by black; a diffused white fascia from

it to termen; a terminal series of small rather elongate black

spots, the uppermost with a black streak from it to upper

extremity of discoidal lunule; cilia blackish. Hind wing whitish

suffused with brown, the cilia silvery white.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, upper Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 2 type.

Exp. 22 mm.

CHARLTONA PLURIVITTALIS, sp.n. (Pl. XL. fig. 6.)

9. Head and thorax pale ochreous suffused with brown and

strongly irrorated with black; abdomen ochreous white. Fore

wing ochreous, the interspaces filled by black fasciz formed by

very thick irroration. Hind wing white tinged with fuscous

except towards base, the cilia white.

Hab. Coneo, S.E. Katanga (NVeave), 1 9; MAsHoNALAND,

Salisbury (VWarshall), 9 2 type. Hxp. 44-50 min.

ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 494

(1844).

Coneo, 8.E. Katanga.

ANCYLOLOMIA PECTINIFERA, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 7.)

Antenne of male with long uniseriate branches.

3. Head and thorax rufous mixed with some whitish ;

antennee with the shaft dark brown; legs suffused with brown ;

abdomen white suffused with brown except at extremity. Fore

wing whitish suffused with golden bronze in, below, and just

beyond the cell with minute scattered black stveaks on this area ;

the costal edge dark brown; the veins slightly streaked with

brown, the median nervure defined by slight white streaks; the

interspaces of terminal area with brown streaks with white

streaks between them, before the subterminal line, which is

blackish with a fine brown line before it and fuscous line beyond

it, bent outwards to apex, then minutely waved, angled outwards

at vein 4 where the fuscous line is interrupted; a black terminal

line; cilia silvery white with black line near tips. Hind wing

white suffused with fuscous brown, the cilia silvery white ; some

white in base of cell, on inner margin, and termen.

@. Fore wing with ill-defined black-irrorated bronze streaks

in cell and submedian fold from near base to termen, the veins

and interspaces without dark streaks, the subterminal line

obsolete except towards apex; a terminal series of black points.

Hab. N.W. Ruopssta, Alala plateau (Weave), 1 9; N.H.

Ruopesta, Chinsali distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type; MasHoNALAND,

Salisbury (Marshall), 2 $; Natau, Estcourt (futchinson), 2 3.

Kup. 3 28-36, 2 42 mm.

ANCYLOLOMIA ENDOPHMALIS, sp. n. (PI, XT. fig. 8.)

2. Head and thorax fuscous brown mixed with greyish ;

1910. | MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESTA. 493

abdomen whitish tinged with brown and with fulvous at base.

Fore wing ochreous with a fulvous tinge, the inner area suffused

with fuscous brown; a dark streak irrorated with black from

just before lower angle of cell, where it is interrupted, to some

fuscous-brown suffusion on termen extending from apex to

vein 4; some black irroration above middle of vein 1 and in

submedian fold below end of cell; a terminal series of black

points; cilia silvery at tips from apex to vein 4. Hind wing

white suffused with brown except on inner area ; cilia white.

Hab, Conco, 8.K. Katanga (Veave), 1 2 type. Hxp. 34 mm,

SCH@NOBIAN A.

SCIRPOPHAGA GILVIBERBIS Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2

(1863).

Conco, 8.H. Katanga; N.E. Raoprsia, upper Luangwa valley,

Chinsali distr.

BRinASPA CHRYSOSTOMA Zell. Lep. Micr. Caffr. p. 68 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesta, HE. Luangwa distr.

ANERASTIAN 2.

PECTINIGERIA DEVYLDERI Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 48 (1888); Rom.

Mem. viu. p. 354, pl. xxxvii. f. 10.

N.W. Ruopesi, Alala plateau.

PECTINIGERIA NIGRITELLA Rag. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 354,

Piesxoava £13590):

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau.

Potyocua (LoprIANA) SANGUIFUSALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 9.)

Antenne of male minutely serrate, the shaft excised at base,

then thickened with a ridge of black scales above; palpi porrect,

hollowed out to contain the brush-like maxillary palpi.

Head and thorax rufous with a yellowish streak on vertex and

tegule; palpi and fore legs suffused with dark brown ; abdomen

ochreous tinged with reddish brown. Fore wing yellow, the

costa whitish with a dark brown streak below it; diffused blood-

red fascie below base of cell and on inner margin which has

some brown on it beyond middle; an oblique blood-red patch at

middle of submedian interspace with some silvery scales on it ;

ared streak below terminal half of the brown subcostal fascia

emitting a tooth at discocellulars; a postmedial red bar with

some silvery scales on it from vein 4 to the red inner area ;

termen and cilia red. Hind wing grey-white, the veins, costal,

and terminal areas suffused with brown; cilia whitish with a

brown line near base.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Chinsali distr. (Weave), 3 3, 1 Q type.

Hap, 28 mm.

494 STIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

PHYCITIN #.

POGONONEURA XANTHOLEPIS, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 21.)

Antenne of male with the tuft of scales in sinus very large ;

fore wing with the costal edge fringed with yellow scales on

basal half.

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous mixed with grey ;

tarsi with slight pale rings. Fore wing grey suffused with

fuscous ; an antemedial patch of slight dark suffusion on inner

margin ; faint dark points at angles of cell ; postmedial line very

indistinct and rather diffused, angled outwards at vein 6, then

oblique; traces of a diffused dark subterminal line, angled

inwards at vein 6; a terminal series of slight black points and a

fine blackish line near base of cilia. Hind wing semihyaline

white, the termen tinged with fuscous; a fine black line near

base of cilia.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 3 type.

Kap. 22 mm.

MUSSIDIA ALBIPARTALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 26.)

brown and irrorated with fuscous ; palpi whitish except towards

tips; abdomen with dorsal and subdorsal blackish marks on second

segment. Fore wing grey suffused with brown and irrorated

with fuscous, the medial area to submedian fold and the terminal

half of costal area whiter; a blackish streak below antemedial

part of costa and a blackish streak in submedian fold from base

to the antemedial line, which is blackish, rather diffused, and

somewhat dentate; a V-shaped blackish mark in end of cell and

a dark shade from discocellulars to inner margin; postmedial

line very indistinct, dentate to vein 3, then bent inwards and

again outwards to inner margin; traces of a subterminal line

with slight dark streaks on the veins, bent inwards at vein 2;

a terminal series of blackish points. Hind wing semihyaline

whitish, the costal area suffused with fuscous, a fuscous terminal

line.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (eave), 1 @ type. Hap.

46 mm.

EPIPASCHIANA.

MACALLA MELANOBASIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xvii. p. 139

(1906). (Pl. XL. fig. 21.)

N.E. Ruopesra, upper Luangwa valley.

CHRYSAUGINE.

Macna HAmpsonr Dist. A. M. N. H. (6) xx. p. 17 (1897).

(21, SI bILs tie, 2).))

N.E. Ruaopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley,

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA, A995

PYRALIN&,

BostRa THERMIALIS, sp.n. (Pl. XL. fig. 29.)

Antenne of male bipectinate with short branches, the apex

ciliated.

Head and thorax purplish red-brown mixed with grey ; tarsi

with whitish rings; abdomen fulvous, suffused with brown at

base, the ventral surface chocolate-brown. Fore wing purplish

red-brown irrorated with grey and with faint dark streaks in

submedian fold and the interspaces of terminal half; traces of a

pale oblique sinuous antemedial line; some whitish scales forming

a slight spot in middle of cell and a discoidal bar; postmedial

line formed of whitish points with traces of a curved minutely

waved dark line on their outer side; a terminal series of white

points; cilia fuscous brown mixed with whitish. Hind wing

with the basal half whitish, the terminal half purplish ved; a

curved dark postmedial line defined on outer side by whitish,

obsolescent towards mmner margin; cilia whitish with dark lines

near base and tips; the underside with the costal and terminal

areas suffused with purplish red and irrorated with fuscous.

Hab. N.K. Raopesia, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 g, 1 2 type.

Hep. 40 mm.

BostRA PERRUBIDA, sp.n. (PI. XI, fig. 28.)

Antenne of male with fasciculate cilia.

¢. Head and thorax deep purplish red mixed with some

ochreous white; tarsi ochreous white irrorated with red;

abdomen ochreous white irrorated with dark brown. Fore wing

deep purplish red irrorated with black and some ochreous white ;

some ochreous white at base of inner margin; antemedial line

ochreous white defined on outer side by blackish, bent inwards to

costa, then erect, waved; the medial part of costa with ochreous-

white poimts; postimedial line ochreous white defined on inner

side by blackish, dentate, sightly angled inwards at discal fold

and incurved below vein 2; a sight blackish terminal line; cilia

ochreous white with blackish line near base, the tips tinged with

red. Hind wing ochreous irrorated with fuscous, the terminal

area suffused with fuscous and some reddish at middle; post-

medial line ochreous defined on inner side by fuscous, minutely

dentate, obsolete towards costa; a blackish terminal line; cilia

ochreous white with blackish line at middle, the tips tinged with

red; the underside with the costal and terminal areas suffused

with purplish red.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, Serenji distr. (Veave), 3 ¢ type, Petauke

distr. (Weave), 1 g. Hap. 30 mm.

BostRA TENEBRALIS Hmpsn, A. M.N. H. (7) xvii. p 348 (1906).

(Pl. XLI. fig. 28.)

Conco, Katanga, Kambove.

496 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

BostTRA FUSCIPENNIS, sp.n. (Pl. XL. fig. 27.)

2. Head and thorax fuscous brown with a greyish tinge; fore

tibie and the tarsi paler; abdomen grey suffused with Re nccbus

brown. Fore wing elossy fuscous brown tinged with grey ;

antemedial line whitish, slightly sinuous; some minute whitish

points on medial part of costa ; jposttanetie! line whitish, meurved

and slightly waved from costa to vein 5 , then minutely dentate

and slightly ineurved at submedian fold ; ‘cilia whitish with dark

line near base and dark tips. Hind wing grey suffused with

fuscous brown, the terminal area rather darker, a slight whitish

postmedial line, exeurved below vein 5; cilia whitish with brown

lines near base and tips; the underside rather darker with the

postmedial line more distinct and minutely dentate.

Hab. N.K. Ruopesta, Petauke distr. (eave), 1 2 type. xp.

24 mm.

CoNSTANTIA AGLOSSALIS Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xvii. p. 354

(1906). (Pl. XLI. fig. 27.)

PorruauEse EK. Arrica, Chinde.

HYDROCAMPINA.

ARGYRACTIS PERIOPIS, sp.n. (Pl. XL. fig. 22.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with orange-

yellow. Fore wing orange, the basal area and costal area to

beyond middle white, the latter tinged with brown; traces of a

brown antemedial line, interrupted at middle and defined on

outer side by diffused silvery white; a double curved brown

medial line filled in with silvery white and interrupted below

costa ; an oblique wedge-shaped white postmedial patch defined

by brown from costa to vein 4; a silvery-white subterminal band

defined by brown from just below costa to vein 4 and a small

wedge-shaped spot above tornus; a terminal series of black

points; cilia silvery white tinged with brown. Hind wing

orange, the basal area white with diffused curved brown subbasal

and medial lines with silvery scales on them; a white patch on

terminal area from below costa to submedian fold, its basal part

irrorated with black and suffused with silver below, followed by

two sinuous black lines and four ocellate black spots on termen

with slight silver centres and curved black striz on their inner

sides ; cilia silvery white tinged with brown, their bases blackish

beyond the ocellate spots; the underside brownish white with

the ocellate spots as above.

Hab. N.E. Ruoprsta, Kalungwisi valley (Weave), 1 ¢ type.

Hap. 14 mm.

ZEBRONIA PHENICE Cram. Pap. Exot.:iv. p. 185, pl. 382. f. G

(1783).

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Ruopssia, E. Luangwa

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 497

distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley ; Porrucunsn E. Arrica,

Nyanji.

PYRAUSTIN#.

ENTEPHRIA CRIBRATA Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 215 (1794).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr.

ENTEPHRIA DIAPHANA Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. p. 26, pl. 113. f. G

(1779).

N.E. RuopssrA, upper Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley.

ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 236, pl. 398. f. G

(1783).

Conco, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. RaopEsia, upper Luangwa

valley, Chinsali distr., Bangweolo distr.

ZINCKENIA PERSPECTALIS Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. f. 101

(1796).

N.E. Reopesta, upper Luangwa valley.

MARASMIA TRAPEZALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 200 (1854).

N.E. Reopesta, upper Luangwa valley.

SYNGAMIA ABRUPTALIS WIk. xvii. 371 (1859).

N.E. RuopesiA, E. Luangwa distr.

Boccnoris INsPEersALis Zell. Lep. Mier. Caffr. p. 33 (1852).

N.E. RwopestA, Fort Jameson.

NosoPHORA LATIFERALIS Wlk. xxxiv. 1401 (1865).

N.E. Ruopssia, N. Luangwa, Chambezi valley, Lake Bang-

weolo distr.

CHALCIDOPTERA RUFILINEALIS, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 23.)

Palpi of male with the third joint clothed with turned-down

hair ; antenne with the shaft excised at base.

Head and thorax pale yellow mixed with some rufous; palpi

rufous; shoulders with dark brown streaks; patagia rufous on

outer edge; abdomen pale yellow dorsally banded with rufous.

Fore wing pale yellow, the costa rufous, the veins streaked with

pale rufous; a subbasal rufous line from costa to vein 1; ante-

medial line rufous, oblique from costa to median nervure, then

erect ; a rufous point in middle of cell and quadrate discoidal

spot ; postmedial line rufous, minutely waved, oblique from costa

to vein 7, excurved to vein 5, then oblique to inner margin at

antemedial lme and angled inwards at vein 2; terminal area

rufous, expanding below vein 4. Hind wing yellowish white, a

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1910, No. XX XIT. - on

498 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON [ Mar. I,

minutely dentate postmedial rufous line from costa to vein 3;

terminal area rufous from apex to vein 2.

Hab. N.E. Ruopesia, Luangwa valley (Weave), 2 g,1 9 type;

Natau, Durban (Leigh), 1 9. Hap. 24 mm.

CHALCIDOPTERA APPENSALIS Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xxv. p. 41,

pl. 3. f. 12 (1884).

N.E. Ruopesia, upper Luangwa valley.

Finopes costivirranis Guen. Maillard’s Réunion, Lép. p. 65

(1862).

Congo, Katanga, Kambove; N.E. Raopssta, HE. Luangwa

distr., Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley, Bangweolo distr. 5

Portucurse EK. Arrica, 8. Angoniland.

PHRYGANODES PIASUSALIS WIk, xvili. 1725 (1859).

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Mpika.

Nacotera mnpicaTa Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 640 (1775).

PorrucuEse KE, Arrica, 8. Angoniland,

GonroruyncHus GRatanis Led. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 473,

pl. 11. f. 18 (1863).

N.E. Ruopesia, H. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

SYLEPTA OVIALIS WIk. xviii. 636 (1859).

N.E. Reopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

Sytepra torstpex Hmpsn. P. Z.8. 1898, p. 715, pl. 49. f. 12.

N.E. Ruopssia, Chambezi valley.

SyLEPra BUTLERI Dewitz, Verh. Leop.-Carol. Akad. xl. p. 87,

pleat a @iseil):

N.E. Reopesta, Kalungwisi distr.

SyLepra BALTEATA Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 457 (1798).

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

SYyLEPTA SABINUSALIS WIk. xviii. 1708 (1859).

N.E. Raopesta, KE. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

SyLepra DEROGATA Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 641 (1775).

N.E. Ruopssi4, upper Luangwa valley.

SYLEPTA MEGASTIGMALIS Hmpsn. P.Z.S. 1898, p. 723. (Pl. XLI.

fig. 26.)

N.E, Ruopgsi1a, E, Luangwa distr,

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 499

LYGROPIA OBRINUSALIS W1]k. xvill. 549 (1859):

N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr.

LyGropia AMYNTUSALIS WIk. xviil. 662 (1859),

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruoprsta, Bangweolo

distr.; Porruaursr E. Arrica, Chinde.

Lyeropia acosMIALIS Mab. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) ii. p. 144

(1879).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Chinsali distr.

LYGROPIA ATRINERVALIS, sp. n. (PI. XL. fig. 24:)

Ochreous white; front of thorax tinged with orange; wings

with the basal area tinged with orange; the costa of fore wing

and the veins of both wings strongly streaked with black except

towards base ; cilia black at base, grey at tips.

Hab. N.K. Ruopusia, Luangwa valley, Petauke (Weave), 1 3

type, Mpeta (Coryndon), 1 2: Hap. 24 mm.

Genus NEOsTEGE, nov:

Type, V. holoxutha:

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second joint

moderately scaled, the third short, blunt ; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons with pointed conical prominence ; antenne of male ciliated.

Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell; 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4, 5

from lower angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 7 anastomosing

with 8.

NEosTEGE HOLOXUTHA, sp.n. (PI. XI. fig. 25.)

Uniform orange-yellow ; palpi blackish at extremity; antenne

tinged with fuscous ; fore femora above, the extremities of tibia,

and the tarsi blackish; mid femora and tibia above blackish ;

abdomen with the ventral surface blackish. Underside of fore

wing with the disk suffused with fuscous.

Hab. N.E. Ruopssta, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 3 ¢, 4 2

type, Chinsali distr. (Veave), 1 g ; Masuonauanp, Salisbury

(Warshall), 3 2. Hap. 30 mm,

“GLYPHODES SERICEA Drury; Ul. Exot. Ins. it. p. 9, pl. 6, f. 1

(1773).

Conco, Lualaba R.; N.E. Ruopusia, E. Luangwa distr.,

Mansya R.

GLYPHODES ELEALIS WIk. xvii. 516 (1859),

N.W. Raopesta, Alala plateau, Kapopo.

325

500 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

GLYPHODES UNIONALIS Hiibn. Kur, Schmett., Pyr. f. 132 (1796).

N.E. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley.

GLYPHODES ACTORIONALIS WIk. xvil. 498 (1859).

N.E. Raopesta, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley,

Chambezi valley.

GLYPHODES MAyoTraLis Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (8) i. p. 479

(1908). (Pl. XLI. fig. 22.)

Coneo, Katanga, Kambove.

GLYPHODES XANTHOSTOLA, sp. n. (PI. XLI. fig. 1.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow; frons and

vertex of head with black streak; tegule and patagia with black

streaks not reaching tips; abdomen with black subdorsal streaks

except towards extremity; tibie with black bands at extremities.

Fore wing yellow; the base orange with small black spots on

costa and below cell; an oblique black subbasal line, slightly in-

curved below costa ; antemedial line double, black filled in with

orange, oblique; medial line double, black filled in with orange

and with a black discoidal striga on it, oblique, rather constricted

just below the cell and confluent above inner margin with the

double black postmedial line filled in with orange, which is

curved inwards to meet it and expands somewhat at costa; a

straight black subterminal line; the terminal area orange with

a black terminal line; cilia fuscous with a fine yellow line at base.

Hind wing yellow; an oblique elliptical orange discoidal spot

defined by black; postmedial line black, incurved below sub-

median fold and bent outwards below costa to join the black

subterminal line, which is diffused at apex and ends on termen

at vein 1; the tornal area orange with two black points on it ;

a black terminal line; cilia yellowish white with a black line at

middle.

@. Abdomen with diffused black bands on terminal segments ;

fore wing with the black lines much stronger, the postmedial and

subterminal lines confluent except towards costa ; hind wing with

the black markings much stronger, the inner area suffused with

black, the terminal area black, the postmedial line defined by

yellow in part only, the subterminal line by slight yellow striz.

Hab. N.E. Ruopssta, EH. Luangwa distr., Petauke (Weave),

136,19 type. Hap. 24 mm.

GiyPHODES sINUATA Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 267 (1781).

N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau; N.E. Raopssia, KH, Luangwa

distr., upper Luangwa valley, Chambezi valley.

EUcLASTA DEFAMATALIS WIk. xviii. 544 (1859).

N.E. Ruopesia, Luangwa valley.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 5O1

POLYTHLIPTA CAMPTOZONA, sp.n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 2.)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with rufous ;

fore tibie with brown bands; mid tibie with brown streaks.

Fore wing pale fulvous yellow; an elliptical hyaline white sub-

basal spot below the cell conjoined to a wedge-shaped mark in

cell and touching a triangular spot on inner margin, all defined

by fuscous; a rounded spot in middle of cell and quadrate patch

on discocellulars conjoined to a small spot beyond lower angle of

cell and both defined by fuscous except above; a quadrate patch

defined by fuscous below end of cell, its outer edge somewhat

indented; a hyaline white band defined by fuscous from below

costa towards apex to above vein 3, its upper extremity bent out-

wards and rounded and its lower bent outwards and triangular ;

a rounded patch above tornus; a slight fuscous terminal line.

Hind wing semihyaline white; an oblique fuscous discoidal bar ;

postmedial band ochreous defined on each side by fuscous, obliquely

angled outwards at middle to the terminal band, which is ochreous

defined on inner side by fuscous, expanding into a patch at apex

and its inner edge sinuous towards tornus ; a fine fuscous terminal

line.

Hab. N.W. Ruovesta, Kapopo (Weave), 2 Q type. Hap.

32 mm.

LEPYRODES GEOMETRALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 278, pl. 8. f. 6

(1854).

N.E. Ruopesia, EH. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Cham-

bezi valley.

LEPYRODES ARGYROSTICTA, sp.n. (PI. XLI. fig. 3.)

3S. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish red mixed with

brownish ochreous, the vertex of head whitish, the abdomen with

pale segmental lines towards extremity; palpi white at base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing

purplish red with traces of an ochreous brown ground-colour ;

antemedial line indistinct, oblique, sinuous, with traces of a small

pale spot beyond it in cell; a round silvery white spot defined by

black in end of cell and a similar larger spot below the cell with

slight dark line from it to inner margin; an irregular silvery

white mark defined by black beyond the cell, its inner edge

indented and its outer edge angled outwards beyond lower angle

of cell, a dark line from it to costa; cilia fuscous with black line

at base and white tips. Hind wing purplish red with traces of a

brownish ochreous ground-colour ; a small white spot defined by

blackish in lower part of cell; a quadrate silvery white spot

defined by black {beyond the cell, connected with a small bifid

spot below it, followed by a point nearer base, then a lunulate

spot connected by an oblique blackish line with inner margin,

the uppermost spot with two lines to costa; cilia black at base,

502 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

pure white at tips ; the underside paler with the basal and inner

areas whitish.

2. Darker; fore wing with the spot in end of cell minute ;

hind wing with the spots reduced and more separated.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 6; N.E. Ruopssta,

N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu (Weave), 1 9, H. Luangwa distr.

(Weave), 1 3, Chambezi valley (Weave), 3 ¢, Fort Jameson

(Weave), 1 3 type, L. Bangweolo (Weave), 1 3, Mpika. up.

24-26 mm.

CrociDoLom1A BINoTALIS Zell. Lep, Micr. Caffr. p. 65 (1852),

N.E. Ruopssia, N. Luangwa, Mt. Ulungu, upper Luangwa

valley, Chambezi valley.

SAMEODES CANCELLALIS Zell. Lep. Micr. Caffr. p. 34 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., upper Luangwa valley.

SAMEODES OLESIALIS WIk. xviii, 748 (1859).

N.E. Raopesta, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

TERASTIA MARGARITIS Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. 136. f. 40 (1875).

N.E. Ruoprsis, E. Luangwa distr,

IscHNURGES LANCINALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 169 (1854).

N.E. Raopxsta, Chambezi valley.

CROCIDOPHORA FLAVICILIATA, sp. n.: (Pl. X LI, fig. 4.)

3. Head and thorax brownish ochreous tinged with purplish

red ; antenne with the shaft whitish ; abdomen brownish white,

the extremity suffused with fuscous and the anal tuft tinged with

rufous; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen pale ochreous. Fore wing grey-brown with a faint

purplish tinge, the costa tinged with ochreous, the termen

narrowly and cilia ochreous yellow. Hind wing pale grey-brown,

the termen very narrowly from apex to submedian fold and the

cilia yellowish white.

Hab. Conco, 8.E. Katanga (Weave), 1 $ type. Hap. 32 mm.

CROCIDOPHORA CAFFRALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XI. fig. 5.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous yellow; palpi at base,

vertex of head, pectus, the greater part of legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white. Fore wing fulvous yellow, the area

between subcostal nervure and submedian fold thinly scaled ; an

indistinct postmedial line, obliquely curved from costa to vein 4,

then incurved; the terminal area with a slight fuscous shade.

Hind wing yellow with faint traces of a postmedial line.

Ha>. N.E. Ruopesia, EH. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 4 9,

1910. ] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 503

Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 3g, 1 2, Mpeta (Coryndon), 1 2;

MasHonatand (Dobbie), 1 $, 1 9; ) Care Conony, Transkei

(Wiss Ff. Barrett), 1 $ type. Hxp. 28 mm.

Maruca resrunanis Geyer, Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. iv.

4, p. 12, ff. 629, 630 (1827).

N.E. Ruopzsta, Serenji distr., Chambezi valley.

PoLyGRAMMODES PHYLLOPHILA Butl. A. M. N. H. (5) i. p. 296

(1878).

N.E. RuopestA, Chinsali distr.

PACHYZANCLA PHHOPTERALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 349 (1854).

N.. Ruopesta, upper Luangwa valley.

PACHYZANCLA BIPUNCTALIS Fabr, Ent. Syst. ill. 2, p. 227 (1794).

N.E. Ruopest4, upper Luangwa valley.

PHLYCTHNODES ARGYROSTACTA, sp.n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 6.)

3. Head and thorax pale yellow, the palpi, shoulders, and

antenne rufous; fore legs in front and mid and hind femora

fuscous ; abdomen fulvous yellow. Fore wing pale yellow, the

costal area blood-red, the costal edge black ; an antemedial blood-

red band, acutely angled outwards in submedian fold, some silvery

seales on it; triangular blood-red patches with leaden-silvery

centres projecting from the costal area at middle and end of cell ;

a blood-red subterminal band with leaden-silvery band on- its

inner edge from below costa to inner margin towards which it

narrows, its inner edge emitting red streaks on veins 7, 6 and

a projection to lower angle of cell, its outer edge curved; a fine

blackish terminal line defined on inner side by red ; cilia tinged

with red at base and with fuscous lines near base and tips. Hind

wing pale orange-yellow; the underside with the costal area

tinged with brown, a rather diffused brownish subterminal line.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau (Weave), 1 5; N.E.

RuopesiA, Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 g type. Hap. 26 mm,

PHLYCTHNODES FLAVINIGRALIS, sp.n. (PI, XLI. fig. 7.)

3S. Head and thorax black with a silvery gloss, the vertex of

head and neck orange, the metathorax with lateral orange streaks ;

palpi orange except at tips; pectus and legs orange, the latter

streaked with black; abdomen orange with dorsal and ventral

series of black spots. Fore wing black with a leaden gloss;

diffused yellow fasciz below base of cell and above inner margin

and a rather elongate subbasal spot in cell; a medial spot in cell

and rather elongate spots below the cell and above inner margin ;

a rounded patch beyond the cell with minute streak below it and

quadrate spot in submedian interspace; a small subapical spot ;

subterminal points at vein 6 and in submedian fold and a spot at

middle. Hind wing golden orange; the costal edge black; a

504 SIR GEORGE F, HAMPSON ON | Mar. 1,

terminal black band narrowing to tornus; the underside with

small black discoidal spot and postmedial tooth from costa.

Hab. N.W. Ruopesia, Alala plateau (Weave), 2 g; N.E.

RuopesiA, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 24 mm.

DIASEMIA DISJECTALIS Zell. Lep. Micr. Caffr. p. 16 (1852).

N.E. Ruopesta, Chinsali distr.

ANTAGASTRA CATALAUNALIS Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 330, pl. 232.

f. 8 (1830).

N.E. Ruopesra, E. Luangwa distr., Chambezi valley.

NoorDA RUBRICOSTALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 8.)

Head and thorax rufous; tegule and patagia with pale yellow

fascie ; palpi at base, pectus, and legs white, the fore tibize with

fuscous band at extremity ; abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing

ochreous white, the costal area suffused with rufous, the terminal

area purplish rufous defined on inner side by a very minutely

waved, slightly incurved black line; cilia ochreous white tinged

with rufous. Hind wing semihyaline white, the terminal area

pale fuscous, narrowing to a point at vein 1; cilia white with a

pale fuscous line near base.

Hab. N.K. Reopesia, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 3 type;

MASHONALAND (Doddie), 1 2. Hap. 22 mm.

Mecyna Gitvata Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 290 (1791).

Hab. Conco, 8.E. Katanga; N.E. Ruopssia, N. Luangwa,

Mt. Ulungu, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley, Serenji distr.,

Chambezi valley, Chinsali distr.

CRIOPTHONA SABULOSALIS, sp. n. (PI. XLI. fig. 24.)

Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with brown ; abdomen

ochreous white. Fore wing ochreous thickly irvorated with dark

brown, the costal edge white; an indistinct, rather diffused,

waved dark antemedial line; a whitish discoidal lunule defined

on inner side by fuscous; postmedial line fine, dark, excurved

below costa, incurved at discal fold, then waved, bent inwards

below vein 3 to below angle of cell; a fuscous terminal line; cilia

whitish. Hind wing white, the termen slightly tinged with

ochreous; cilia white with a slight dark line near base; the

underside with the costal and terminal areas irrorated with red-

brown, a dark postmedial line excurved at median nervule, a

terminal series of dark strie.

Hab. Br. K. Arrica, Kibauni (Crawshay), 1 3 type, Eb Urru

(Betton), 1 3; N.E. Ruopesta, E. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 9,

Chambezi valley (Weave), 1 2. Hap. 22 mm.

PIONEA ABLACTALIS WIk. xviii. 660 (1859).

N.W. Reopesra, Alala plateau; N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa

distn.

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESTA. 505

PyRavsta ImpuNCcTATA Warr. Nov. Zool. iv. p. 129 (1897).

N.E. Ruopes1a, Chambezi valley, Bangweolo distr.

PYRAUSTA RUFILINEALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 23.)

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow; palpi rufous, white at

base; shoulders rufous; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore tibie rufous on inner side. Fore wing

yellow, the base of costal area tinged with rufous; an oblique

rufous antemedial line ; traces of a rufous point in middle of cell ;

an oblique rufous discoidal bar; postmedial line rufous, incurved

from costa to vein 4, bent inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell

and slightly excurved above inner margin; a terminal series of

rufous points except towards apex; cilia tinged with rufous at

tips. Hind wing yellow; a rufous discoidal point; postmedial

line rufous, bent outwards between veins 4 and 2, then retracted

and oblique to above tornus; a terminal rufous line from apex to

vein 2.

Hab. N.K. Ruopssta, E. Luangwa distr., Petauke (eave),

1 9 type. Hap. 32 mm.

Pyrausta Eos Druce, A. M. N. H. (7) ix. p. 329 (1902).

N.E. Ruopesia, Chambezi valley, Bangweolo distr.

PyYRAUSTA INCOLORALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 333 (1854).

N.E. Ruopesia, E. Luangwa distr., Luangwa valley.

AW GERIAD &.

ICHNEUMENOPTERA CYANESCENS, sp.n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 10.)

Head and thorax cupreous black-brown; frons white at sides ;

neck with yellow ring; patagia with yellow streak above and

two points on outer edge; pectus fuscous and white, the tibiz

and tarsi ringed with white ; abdomen black shot with blue, with

slight white segmental rings and the anal tuft with slight white

streaks at sides. Wings hyaline, the veins and margins black-

brown ; fore wing with the costal area and discoidal lunule black

shot with blue.

Hab. Coxco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 ¢ type; N.E.

Ruopesia, H. Luangwa distr. (Weave), 1 2, Bangweolo distr.

(Weave), 1 S. Hap. 22 mm.

LEPIDOPODA FLAVIPALPIS, sp. n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 17.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown ; palpi and frons

yellow, the former with some black and fuscous scales on 2nd

joint ; vertex of head with yellow streaks behind antenne ; neck

with yellow ring; patagia with yellow streaks near upper edge;

fore coxe yellow ; tibize banded with yellow, the spurs and tarsi

below white; abdomen with yellow spot at base of anal tuft,

506 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [| Mar. 1

Jateral orange bands and the anal tuft orange below. Fore wing

hyaline, the veins and margins black-brown with a silvery gloss ;

a black-brown discoidal bar connecting the dark costal and inner

areas; the rounded hyaline postmedial patch edged with orange.

Hind wing hyaline, the veins and margins narrowly black-brown ;

a slight black tooth at upper angle of cell; cilia with a cupreous

tinge.

Hab. N.K. RHopesta, upper Luangwa valley (Weave), 1 3 type.

Hap. 22 mm.

LEPIDOPODA FULVIPES, sp. n. (Pl. XI. fig. 11.)

@. Head and thorax dark brown with a leaden gloss; palpi

yellow with a dark ring at extremity of 2nd joint; neck with

yellow ring ; fore coxe yellow ; mid tibiz except at base, the hind

tibie and the tarsi except at extremities orange ; abdomen brown

with a leaden gloss and some yellow scales, lateral orange streaks

emitting teeth on to ventral surface, the anal tuft orange at ex-

tremity. Fore wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss, the cell

and a streak below it hyaline; three short hyaline streaks beyond

the diseoidal bar. Hind wing hyaline, the veins and margins

narrowly cupreous brown, the inner margin orange towards base.

Hab. Coneo, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 @ type. Hap.

22 mm.

LEPIDOPODA OBLIQUIZONA, sp. n. (PI. XLI. fig. 18.)

Antenne of male bipectinate above, serrate and fasciculate

below.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black glossed with blue and

with some yellow mixed; palpi yellow; gule and throat white ;

legs black-brown and yellow; abdomen with lateral white bars.

Fore wing dark cupreous brown with some yellow scales; a

triangular hyaline patch in middle of cell, its upper extremity

produced ; an oblique hyaline band crossed by dark streaks on

the veins from below costa towards apex to vein 3 just beyond

the cell. Hind wing hyaline, the base, veins, and margins

cupreous brown with some yellow scales, the hyaline extending

to inner margin at middle; a blackish discoidal bar.

Hab. N.K. Ruopersia, L. Bangweolo distr. (Weave), 1 3 type.

Hup. 24 mm.

MELITTIA AURIPLUMIA, sp. n. (Pl. XL. fig. 12.)

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown with some white

and yellow scales; frons with white lines at sides; tibie banded

with white, the fore tarsi white above, the mid tarsi ringed with

white, the hind tibiz and tarsi fringed with orange hair on outer

side; abdomen ventrally banded with white. Fore wing dark

cupreous brown, the terminal area irrorated with white; a

wedge-shaped hyaline patch in cell bifid at extremity, a streak

below the cell and five streaks beyond it shortening towaids

1910.] MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA. 507

costa. Fore wing hyaline, the veins and margins narrowly black,

the hair on inner margin and the cilia grey-brown.

Hab. Conco, Katanga, Kambove (Weave), 1 Q type. up.

34 mm.

MELITTIA IGNIDISCATA, sp. n. (Pl. XLI. fig. 19.)

Head blackish mixed with white ; palpi white, black in front ;

sides of frons and gule white; thorax fulvous, with some black

and white on tegule and shoulders ; pectus and legs bluish white

mixed with black, the long hair on hind legs black with patches

of white and some yellow at middle of tibie and tarsi; abdomen

black with patches of golden-white scales and grey-white seg-

mental lines, some fulvous at base, the ventral surface bluish

white. Fore wing hyaline yellowish towards base, the veins and

margins blackish with white scales mixed ; a streak of fiery-red

scales above vein 1; discoidal bar black with fiery-red patch on

its inner edge ; the outer edge of postmedial hyaline patch fiery

red. Hind wing hyaline, yellowish towards base, the veins and

margins narrowly black-brown ; the hair on inner margin and the

cilia grey-brown with a yellowish tinge.

Ab. 1. Thorax with dark brown scales mixed; wings not

yellowish towards hase.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Blantyre (Byrn), 3 ¢, 1 9; N.E.

RuHopvEstA, Serenji distr. (Weave), 1 ¢ type; S. RuopeEsia, Bula-

wayo (Marshall), 1 9,12. Hap. 34 mm.

HEPIALIDSA

GoRGOPIS LIBANIA Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 128, pl. 356. f. 6

(1782).

Portucuese EK, Arrica, 8. Angoniland.

DALACA STICTIGRAPHA, sp. n. (PI. XLI. fig. 13.)

6. Head and thorax fuscous brown with a greyish tinge ;

antenne fulvous ; abdomen greyish ochreous mixed with brown.

Fore wing fuscous brown irrorated with white scales except on

costal area; traces of a sinuous dark antemedial line; an in-

distinet obliquely curved waved dark line defined on outer side by

white scales from upper angle of cell to inner margin at the ante-

medial line, the area beyond it more thickly irrorated with white ;

an obliquely curved series of small blackish spots defined by white

scales from below apex to inner margin; a terminal series of

blackish points defined by white scales. Hind wing grey-brown,

the basal area ochreous.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown; fore wing

with the markings more obscure.

Hab. Coneo, 8.E. Katanga (Weave), 1 9; N.E. Reopesta,

Serenji distr. (Weave), 4 3 type, Petauke distr. (Weave), 2 3.

Exp. 38-44 mm.

508 SIR GEORGE F. HAMPSON ON [ Mar. 1,

DaALACA HOLOPILEA, sp. n. (PI. XLI. fig. 20.)

3. Head and thorax fuscous brown; abdomen grey-brown.

Fore wing grey-brown; a subbasal grey annulus below costa and

three annuli trom beyond it to inner margin; antemedial line

double, grey, obliquely curved to median nervure, where it. is

constricted, then erect; the terminal half of costa with grey

striz; a sinuous grey medial line met at vein 2 by a curved

series of striz from beyond upper angle of cell; postmedial line

dark defined on inner side by grey, sinuous to vein 3, then in-

curved ; a subterminal line formed of dark striz defined by grey,

bent outwards at vein 7; cilia dark-brown, greyish ochreous at

tips. Hind wing pale grey-brown.

Hab, Conco, 8.E. Katanga (Weave), 3 3 type. Hap. 30 mm.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXXVI.

Fig. Hig.

1. Syntomis hemiphoenica. é. | 19. Cirphis corticea. 9.

2. 3 miozona. &. 20. Metaculasta endoglauca. 6.

3. i croceizona. &., 21. Urbona lacteata. 6.

4. Hressa pleurosticta. &. 22. Ophiusa xanthoptera. 6.

5. Pseudmelisa chalybsa. &. 23. Xanthospilopteryx discosticta. ¢

6. Ilema heterogyna. 6. 24. Hoplarista hemaplaga. 6.

7. Pseudlepista atrizona. 6. 25. Tuerta ovifera. &.

8. Jflavicosta. @. 26. Westermannia albigrisea. 6.

9. Borolia + osescens. @. 27. %p ediplaga. &.

10. Paraxestis irrorata. 6. | 28. Timora albipuncta. 6.,

11. Areyophora fuscicona. g. 29. r daphena. 6.

12. Massagidia tenuifascia. 2. | 380. Anaphosia astrigata. &.

13. ee atriventralis.g. | 31. x pectinata. 6.

14. neavi. 9. | 32. 5 eurygrapha. 6.

15. Afgocer a “geometri NGG, 2. | 33. Acantharctia tenuifasciata. 3.

16. Hrizada esmeralda. @. | 84. Secusio atrizonata. ¢.

17. Carea thermistis. 6. | 35. Chabuata rufilinea. 6.

18. Rhodochlena cuneifera. 6. 36. Cirphis dialeuca. 6.

PraTE XXXVILI.

Ke. Fig ;

1. Remigia heterochroa. ¢. 19. Baniana trigonospila. ¢.

2. » griseicilia. C6. 20. Cosmophila retracta. 6.

Oo. 5 molybdopasta. &. 21. Ophiusa albitermia. 6. sty

4. Calesia arhoda. 6. 22. i tumiditermina. SO.

5. Chalciope ditrigona. 3. | OS. ¥. mesonephele. 2. |

6 5 albifissa. Q. 24. Chalciope microgonia. @.

7. Speiredonia prunicolora. 6. 25. Speiredonia plicata. 6.

8. Plecoptera sarcistis. ¢. 26. Flecoptera trichophora. 6.

oh punctilineata. ¢. 27. Baniana heterospila.

10. Mesogenea persinuosa. 6. 28. Pa pyramidalis. @.

11. Cosmophila bidentata. 6. 29. 35 aspila. 6.

12. Ctenusa rufirena. 2. 30. 5 culminifera. 6.

13. Ophiusa gonoptera. ¢. 31. Plecoptera megarthra. 6.

14. + porphyrescens. 6. 32. 55 melalepis. 6

15. 0 goniophora. 6. | 3d. 3 flavilinea. 6.

16. Remigia persinuosa. 6. 34. bs thermozcna. ¢.

17. Plecoptera infuscata. ¢. | dd. a laniata. 6.

18. Rhyncodes nigriciliata. 6.

1910.]

MOTHS FROM NORTHERN RHODESIA,

Prate XXXVIII.

. Plecoptera grisea. 6.

- Gnamptogyia diagonalis. S.

. Antarchea umbrifera. 6.

. Pleurona trogopera. 6.

. Leptaroa fulvicolora. 6.

. Parathermes lophocera. 6.

- atripunctata. 6.

. Zethes cenctype. 6.

. Simplicia pachycera. ¢.

10. Antarchea hemaceps. 6.

ll. Baziza pheophlebia. 6.

12. Geodena conifera.

13. Antarchea olivescens. 6.

1). Lymantria flavicilia. &.

15. Olapa fulviceps. 6.

16. Hyblea flavifasciata. 6.

17. Attatha ethiopica. ¢.

18. Hibrildes neavi. &.

0 COTS TB 09 tO

19. Hyblea flavipicta. 6.

20. Antarchea lentistriata.

21. Huproctis nepheloptera.

22. Deilemera chalcosidia. &.

23. Antarchea hematoessa.

24. Heteronygmia strigitorna.

25. leucogyna.

26. Hyblea wanthia. 6.

27. Dichromia leucozona. &.

28. Hypena verticalis. 6.

ss tetrasticta. @.

30. Aroa achrodisca. 6.

31. Huproctis fulvipennis. ¢.

32. Naarda xanthonephra.

33. Rhynchina crassisquamata.

34. Fs leucodonta. 6.

35. Deinhypena apicata. &.

Prater XXXIX.

Fig,

1. Stegania glaucichroa. 3

OF, » » eurycraspis. &

3. Tephrina arcifera. 3.

A. Zamarada flavicincta. 6.

5 a pyrocincta. 6.

6. ef denticincta. 6

7. Boarmia pallidizona. 6

8. Mesoceela flavimacula. 6

9: Fe rufescens. 6.

10. Susica pyrocausta. 6.

11. Wiresa ustitermina. <6.

12. Pheyorista xanthosoma. @.

13. Stegania diagramma. 6.

14. Spatalia argyrophora. ¢.

15. Leucophlebia xanthopis. .

16. Macroplectra rufopallens. 6.

17. Altha lacides. @.

18. Pseudometa cymographa. 6.

19. Hoplojana anemica. 6.

PLATE

Fig.

1. Crambus fuscivittalis. 9.

2. oH sectitermina. &.

3. Platytes argyrodonta. 6.

4. Chilo fuscicilia. &.

5. Charltona chrysopasta. @.

6. plurivittalis. 2.

ie Ancylolomia pectinifera. 6.

8. endophealis. @.

9. Polyocha sanguifusalis. ¢.

10. Staphylinochrous fulva. ¢.

11. Thermochrous fumicincta. @.

12. Malumblia flavipalpis. @.

13. Pompostola hemichrysa. :

14. Chrysopoloma albidisealis. @.

15. Gonometa griseocincta. ¢.

Fig.

20. Azygophleps atrifasciata.

21. Miresa semicalida. 6.

22. Zinare discophora. 6.

23. Phialarubrivena. 6.

24. Induna nubicincta. 6.

25. Ichthyura ferruginea. 6.

26. Polyptychus neavi.. &.

27. Semioptila flavidiscata. 6.

28. Altha chionostola. &.

509

29. Prasinocyma rhodocera. &.

30. Comibena rhodosticta. 3.

31. Neurotoca endorhoda. 6.

32. Acollesis trilineata. 6.

33. Craspedia glaucocyma. 6.

34. 93 diffusizona. 6.

35. - argyroleuca. 6.

36. Terina crocea. 6.

37. Boarmia acygonia. 6.

16. ‘Chrysopoloma inspersa. &.

17. Staphylinochrous euryperalis.

18. Thermochrous stenocraspis.

19. Arniocera chalcopasta. ¢.

20. Rhodoneura fuscibasis. 6.

21. Pogononeura xantholepis.

22. Argyractis periopis. ¢.

23. Chaleidoptera rufilinealis.

24. Lygropia atrinervalis. ¢.

25. Neostege holuxutha. @.

26. Mussidia albipartalis. @.

27. Bostra fuscipennis. 2°.

28. » perrubida. 6.

29; » thermialis. 6.

é.

510 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL { Mar. 1,

PratEe XLI,

Fig. Fig.

1. Glyphodes xanthostola. @. 16. Gonometa drucei. On

2. Polythlipta camptozona. 8. 17. Lepidopoda flavipalpis. 6.

3. Lepyrodes argyrosticta. @. 18. obliquizona. 6.

4, Crocidophora flaviciliata. @. 19. Melittia ignidiscata. 6.

5. caffralis. 6. 20. Dalaca holophea. @.

6. Phlyctenodes argyrostacta. §. 21. Macalla melanobasis. 6.

ie fiwinigralis. 6. 22. Glyphodes mayottalis. @.

8. Noorda rubr icostalis. 6. 23. Pyrausta rujilinerlis. &.

9. Macna hampsoni. &. 24, Criopthona sabulosalis. 3.

10. Ichnewmenoptera cyanescens. 6. 25. Rhodoneura discata. 6.

11. Lepidopoda fulvipes. 2. 26. Sylepta megastigmalis. 6.

12. Melittia auriplumia. &. 27. Constantia aglossalis. &.

13. Dalaca stictigrapha. 6. 28. Bostra tenebralis. 6.

14. Polyptychus baxteri. 2. 29, Althategula. §.

15, Philotherma fuscescens. 6

z. The Urogenital Organs of Chimera monstrosa. By T. H.

Burienp, M.A. (Camb.), B.Sc. (Lond.), late Scholar of

Christ’s. College, Cambridge; Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in Zoology, University College, Cardiff.*

| Received February 12, 1918. }

(Text-figures 40-53.)

Introduction.

The study of the structure of the Chimzeroids is full of interest

on account of the diversity of opinion which exists with regard

to the relationship of the Holocephali to the Elasmobranchii.

Although retaining many primitive characters in the skeleton,

brain, sense-organs, and viscera, the Holocephali have nevertheless

acquired very specialised structures presumably associated with

their occurrence and mede of life. Referring more particularly

to the urogenital organs and their accessory parts, the Chimeroid

is unique among Fishes in the possession in the male of a pair of

“middle claspers,’—regarded by 'T. J. Parker (1886) as a rudi-

mentary third pair of limbs,—and in the female of a so-called

‘“‘yreceptaculum seminis,” mentioned by Leydig (1851) and by

subsequent writers.

Notwithstanding the excellent contributions of Leydig and

Hyrtl over fifty years ago, and the more recent work of Mazza

and Redeke, it was felt that a more detailed account, with figures,

of the urogenital organs of Chimera is not readily accessible to

English readers, and it was to supply this want that the work

was primarily undertaken. Further investigation showed that

the published accounts were at variance on points of the first

importance, and this fact can now be attributed to: (1) the use

of imperfectly preserved material, and (2) the structural dif-

ferences existing between animals which are immature and those

* Communicated by Professor W. N. Parker, Ph.D., F.Z.S.

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMERA MONSTROSA. 511

which have attained sexual maturity. With the material at my

disposal I have been able to make additions to the above accounts

and also to verify much of the early work which some later

writers have in part disputed.

My best thanks are due to Professor W. N. Parker of this

College, who suggested the work and rendered me much assistance

by his friendly criticism and advice in the course of these

investigations. A preliminary account of the relations of the

vasa efferentia has already appeared under our joint names (15).

Historical.

Leydig (1851) described the urogenital system of Chimera

monstrosa, both male and female. He observed the network of

small ducts on the ventral surface of the testis and the manner

in which these minute ducts unite {o form the larger ducts—vasa

efferentia—which are directed towards the ‘‘ Nebenhoden” or

coiled anterior portion of the sperm-duct. The different regions

of the sperm-duct are described, though not by the aid of trans-

verse sections, but by dissection only. Moreover, Leydig’s work

is very important in that he differentiates in the male the

posterior brown kidney from the anterior white structure called

by Hyrtl the “ Leydig’s gland,” and he examined the secretion

from this latter. The author concluded that it must be regarded

as an accessory genital gland. In his account of the female

organs Leydig made special reference to the “shell gland ” and

“uterus” of the oviduct, and looked upon the “ digitiform

gland”—the ‘“‘receptaculum seminis” of later writers—as most

probably an accessory female genital gland.

Hyrtl (1853) continued Leydig’s work on Chimera, although he

was not so fortunate in obtaining fresh material. He could not

decide whether the cavity dorsal to the peritoneum between

testis and ‘‘ Nebenhoden ” was a lymph sinus, or whether it was

in connection with the anterior coiled end of the sperm-duct and

consequently a coelomic intermediary between the testis and its

duct. Both Leydig and Hyrtl believed that vasa efferentia

must be present, but could not locate them with accuracy, nor

determine their relation with the sperm-duct. Hyrtl regarded

the most anterior duct from the Leydig’s gland as the real

beginning of the sperm-duct: the “digitiform gland” was held

to be a reservoir for the reception of the sperms of the male.

Mazza (1894) believes that the testis is not connected with its

“‘ Nebenhoden,” the spermatozoa from the former reaching it by

first passing into a portion of the body cavity and thence getting

into the coiled anterior end of the sperm-duct by means of canals

(¢ mesonephric tubules).

Redeke (1898) does not throw any light on this point. He

divides the kidney into cranial, median, and caudal zones; but

this distinction is untenable, since the cranial zone as indicated in

his figures is in reality the anterior coiled end of the sperm-duct,

512 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [Mar. 1,

the median zone is Leydig’s gland, and the caudal zone alone is

excretory in the adult male. The author emphasizes the primitive

nature of the kidney on account of its marked metamerism, and

apparently believes that the sexual portion of the Selachian

kidney 1s absent.

Bashford Dean (1906) does not recognise any “ Geschlechtsniere.”

W. N. Parker and T. H. Burlend (1909) show the relation

between vasa efferentia and sperm-duct, the former uniting to

give a longitudinal duct which is directly continuous with the

coiled sperm-duct, so that the sexual part of the kidney or

“‘ Geschiechtsniere” is represented in the adult male by the “ rete

testis.” Attention is also directed to the unsatisfactory use of the

term ‘ epididymis.”

Material and Observations.

Tam indebted to Mr. J. J. Neale of Cardiff for much valuable

material. The Chimeras, both young and adult, male and female,

had been carefully packed in ice and arrived at the laboratory in

excellent condition. The alimentary canal having been removed,

the whole urogenital region was fixed in corrosive sublimate,

90 per cent. alcohol or 5 per cent. formalin ; but the first of these

reagents proved the most satisfactory for histological work, the

formalin-preserved specimens being most suitable for dissection.

Many of the regions were sectioned, and this was especially

difficult in the coiled sperm-duct region owing to the slow rate of

penetration by the successive reagents. Weigert’s Hematoxylin

was used for staining in bulk, and Delafield’s or Hhrlich’s acid

Hematoxylin for staining on the slide; the Cambridge rocking

microtome was used in sectioning.

ADULT MALE CHIM_4£RA MONSTROSA.

Genital organs.

(a) Claspers.—The anterior clasper, three-quarters of an inch

in length, is situated on the head in the dorsal middle line a short

distance behind the snout. It is a spherical knob-hke organ

bearing recurved spines ventrally, borne on a short thick stalk

directed forwards; the whole organ is capable of being depressed

into a shallow pit immediately in front of it and so of becoming

less conspicuous.

The middle claspers are wing-like structures practically hidden

away in pouches situated at the anterior limit of the pelvic-fin

skeleton. In the extended condition they are seen to have

cartilaginous supports bearing a row of from 5-7 forwardly pro-

jecting spines on the edge nearest the ventral middle le. In

text-fig. 40 the left middle clasper is shown everted, m.cl., the

clasper on the right side being indicated in the normal position.

The posterior paired claspers, situated behind the anus and on

each side of the urogenital aperture, are stout rod-like structures,

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMARA MONSTROSA, 513

each divided distally inte two main portions with corresponding

cartilaginous supports; the parts covered with skin are provided

with numerous small forwardly projecting spines, and each

clasper is about four inches in length; at the proximal end of

Text-fig. 40.

Urogenital organs of adult male Chimera monstrosa (Xz),

with pelvic fins and claspers (ventral view).

ab.p., abdominal pore on right side; a., anus; 6.v., blood-vessel (removed on right

side); m.cl., left middle clasper extended; m.d., Miullerian duct; m.s., Leydig’s

gland; pel., pelvic fin: sp.d., sperm-duct or Leydig’s duct; ¢.c., white cortical

region of testis; ¢.m., green medullary region of testis; ur.op., urogenital

opening; v.ef-col., longitudinal collector of efferent ducts; v.ef.¢., network of

efierent ducts on testis; v.s., seminal vesicle.

Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1910, No. XX XIII. 33

514 MR, U. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL Wier as

each is a swollen glandular structure which secretes a tallowy

fluid of uncertain function.

(b) Testes, vasa efferentia, sperm-ducts, and glands of Leydig.—

The bean-shaped testes attain a length of from 14 to 2 inches

in the well-developed male adult, and are suspended from the

dorsal body-wall by peritoneum in the anterior region of the

abdominal cavity. The peritoneum also covers the ventral surface

of the corresponding Leydig’s gland and sperm-duct, but not their

dorsal surfaces, whereas it closely invests each testis and then

passes over the neighbouring body-wall. In the centre of the

dorsal surface of the testis there is a crescent-shaped flap of

lymphoid tissue, between which and the imner border of the

testis the peritoneum is not contiguous, and so a space is left

between the latter and the testis (text-fig. 41, ¢./.).

The ventral surface of the gonad in the fresh condition presents

a white cortical and a greenish medullary area; beneath the

peritoneum of the latter a network of minute vessels may be

detected by the aid of a lens (text-fig. 40, v.eft.). These are

continuous with the testis crypts and are filled with spermatozoa.

They unite to form larger vessels, the whole network—rete testis

—ultimately giving rise to six vasa efferentia, which are directed

towards the anteriorly coiled sperm-duct on the inner side of the

testis. After traversing, on the dorsal side of the peritoneum,

the space between the gonad and its duct, they pass into a longi-

tudinal collecting duct, the most posterior of the vasa efferentia,

however, being an exception, since it never reaches the above-

mentioned duct but ends blindly in the peritoneum.

The collector passes forwards and gradually sinks in between

the numerous coils of the sperm-duct of this region, but then

bifurcates, and the two ducts formed proceed some short distance

before finally fusing to establish the Leydig’s duct or sperm-duct

by an increase in diameter, but in the nature of the lning

epithelium and contents identical with the collecting duct.

The sperm-duct does not pass directly backwards but forms a

conspicuous much coiled structure which more posteriorly becomes

less intricate, so that its winding course may be followed. After

this, the diameter of the duct greatly increases and gives rise to a

long straight sperm-vesicle, which becomes constricted about one-

third of the distance from its posterior end, but enlarges again

and ultimately opens near the opening of its fellow on the other

side into a much narrower median urogenital sinus (text-fig. 41,

Ur .S.)-

Running along the inner border of each sperm-duct, and later

becoming dorsal to the sperm-vesicles, are two white glands

showing distinct traces of metamerism, complete anteriorly but

not sc marked at their posterior ends: these are the glands

of Leydig, almost ribbon-like in front, but less flattened dorso-

ventrally, and much wider behind. They extend from the level

of the middle of the testes to the constricted regions of the

sperm-vesicles.

From each segment of Leydig’s gland in front, there passes off

1910.) ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMAIRA MONSTROSA. 515

Text-fig. 41.

Urogenital organs of adult male Chimera monstrosa.

Dissection from right side.

J-VI Regions in which sections shown in text-figs. 43-48 are taken respectively.

ab.p., right abdominal pore; az., anus; c.é., peritoneum; m.d., Mullerian duct;

m.d.o., blind ending of m.d.; m.s., Leydig’s gland, right side; m.s.’, collecting

ducts ef Leydig’s gland opening into Leydig’s duct; m.’s.’, Leydig’s gland on

left side; m.t., kidney; m.¢.’, ureters; m.¢.’o., their opening into urogenital

sinus ; éf., flap of lymphoid tissue in centre of dorsal surface of testis ; w.0p.,

urogenital aperture; 27.s., urogenital sinus; 7, rectum; v.s., right seminal

vesicle; v.’s.’, left seminal vesicle.

33%

516 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL | Mar. 1,

a duct which opens into the sperm-duct or sperm-vesicle, seven

into the former and fifteen into the latter, the posterior ducts

delaying their entrance into the sperm-vesicle and so haying an

oblique course between it and Leydig’s gland.

Structure of Sperm-Vesicles.

These organs are white and thin-walled in fresh specimens, but

the region for about an inch anterior to the constriction is pale

Text-fig. 42.

Right vesicula seminalis of adult male Chimera opened from the ventral side.

‘a. White thin-walled region with horizontal partitions.

b. Pale green region traversed by a honeycomb network of partitions.

c. Posterior white thick-walled region.

sp.d.,’ lower end of left vesicula seminalis ; sp.d’.o., opening of sp.d.’ into w7.s. ;

ur.0., opening into w.s. of the ureters from the left side; w.s., urogenital

sinus cut open.

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMERA MONSTROSA. 517

ereenish, due to its structure and contents. On dissection, the

cavity is seen to be partly divided up along the whole length of

the vesicula seminalis by thin connective tissue partitions, which

are regularly arranged and resemble the septa of an Karthworm,

in the anterior region. In the dorsal middle line, however, there

is a channel along which the products of the sperm-duct may

pass (text-fig. 42, a).

In the green region the partitions gradually lose their orderly

arrangement; they appear further apart and then present a

regular honeyeomb on the inner face of the wall of the sperm-

vesicle. Whereas, too, the contents of the anterior white region

consist of closely packed spermatozoa along with some secretion

from Leydig’s gland, the contents in the green region consist to a

large extent of the above secretion with spermatozoa scattered in it

(text-fig. 42, 5).

The posterior one-third of the seminal vesicle, beyond the

constriction, is thick-walled, and the partitions become again

repeated regularly, with a series of new partitions running at right

angles and in the direction of the length—the contents of the

compartments thus formed comprising free spermatozoa mixed

with the secretion of Leydig’s gland. The sperm-duct, not

noticeable in the green region, now appears as a number of fine

inter-communicating ducts, into which the last six ducts from

the gland of Leydig empty (text-fig. 42, ¢).

Histology of Sperm-Ducts and Glands of Leydig.

Sections through the above glands show them to be of uniform

structure throughout, viz., long coiled tubules of greater diameter

than the urinary tubules, the lining epithelium being columnar

and non-urinary, with much secretion containing nucleated

material in the lumen. These tubules are continuous with the

wider collecting tubes which pass across from the gland to the

sperm-duct or seminal vesicle, and which also contain the same

secretion as the tubules of Leydig’s gland.

No glomeruli are found in the gland. This fact I was able to

confirm by mounting thin pieces of the gland stained with

hematoxylin and cleared in oil of cloves. This, no doubt, partly

accounts for the white appearance of the glands of Leydig as

compared with the brown kidney behind.

The nature of the contents of the sperm-ducts and sperm-

vesicles was ascertained by transverse sections taken through

these structures in the regions marked I-VI in text-fig. 41, and

illustrated by text-figs. 43-48.

Text-fig. 43 is a somewhat diagrammatic representation of a

section through region I of text-fig. 41. The sperm-duct is

much coiled and its cavity is filled with spermatozoa, mostly

free, although there is a tendency towards aggregation in some

of the coils.

In region II] Leydig’s gland is larger and the sperm-duct no

518 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [ Mar. 1,

longer coiled. The latter contains free spermatozoa which fill

the entire lumen and yet are not massed together into bundles

(spermatophores) (text-fig. 44).

Text-fig. 43,

Transverse section of Leydig’s gland and duct in region I of text-fig. 41.

m.s., coils of Leydig’s gland cut across; m.s.’, duct connecting Leydig’s gland with

sperm-duct; sp.d., coils of sperm-duct, filled with spermatozoa, cut across.

Text-fig. 44.

Transverse section of Leydig’s gland and duct in region II of text-fig. 41.

(Lettering as in text-fig. 43.)

In region III of text-fig. 41 or region a of text-fig. 42 the

horizontal partitions (par. in text-fig. 45) are cut rather obliquely,

and the spaces between are occupied by spermatozoa aggregated

apparently into spermatophores, with a sparse admixture of the

secretion from Leydig’s gland. In the passage (sp.) along the

dorsal middle line of the cavity, the spermatozoa are free and in

the condition found in the sperm-duct.

A section across the sperm-vesicle in region IV of text-fig. 41

or region 6 of text-fig. 42 presents the structure indicated in text-

fig. 46 (p. 520). The spaces in the honeycomb of partitions contain

widely separated spermatozoa floating freely in a fluid which is

derived from Leydig’s gland, and is pale green in fresh specimens.

Tn the dorsal region is the structure av.—a continuation of the

passage sp. above—containing small channels with one or other

19102) ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMEZRA MONSTROSA. 519

of which the cavities marked Jw. in text- fig. 46 are connected.

On the right side of the figure the last five ducts from the gland

of Leydig are cut across (m.s.’).

Text fig. 45.

bv.

Transverse section of sperm-vesicle in region III of text-fig. 41.

., blood-vessel ; ¢.m., circular layer of muscle fibres; par, partitions projecting

” from sperm- -vesicle wall; ; sp., region where spermatozoa are free; sp.’, region

where spermatozoa are collected into bundles.

In the next figure (text-fig. 47) a section in region V of text-

fig. 41 or ¢ of text-lig. 42 is shown with the structure aa. again

present, with the wall of the vesicle much increased in thickness

due to the presence of unstriped muscle-fibres and connective

tissue, and with the collecting ducts m.s.' from Leydig’s gland seen

approximating to the structure aw. into which they ultimately

open. In the vesicle wall now appear numerous diverticula sp."

containing loose free spermatozoa and nucleated material secreted

by the gland of Leydig. Lastly, in the posterior region of the

sperm-vesicle (marked VI in text-fig. 41) the structure aa. is

absent, due to the dilatation of its channels, their fusion with one

another, and the formation of a cavity into which the diverticula

of the sperm-vesicle wall open (text-fig. 48). The diverticula

contain peripherally (between the thick partitions) spermatozoa

mixed with nucleated matter, whereas the central cavity contains

free and widely separated spermatozoa floating in albuminous

material in great abundance.

520 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [ Mar. 1,

Text-fig. 46.

Transverse section of sperm-vesicle in region IV of text-fig. 41.

ax., main channel of the sperm-duet much divided up; c.m., circular layer of

muscle-fibres ; w., cavities between the partitions, containing widely separated

spermatozoa in a pale green fluid; m.s.’, the last five ducts passing from

Leydig’s gland to sperm-vesicle ; par., partitions projecting from the vesicle-

wall in this region.

Text-fig. 47.

Transverse section of sperm-vesicle in region V of text-fig. 41.

ax., main channel of the sperm-duct much divided up; 6.v., blood-vessel ; c.¢., con-

nective tissue; m.s.’, ducts passing from Leydig’s gland to sperm-vesicle;

sp.’’, diverticula filled with free spermatozoa mixed with a large amount of the

secretion from Leydig’s gland.

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMERA MONSTROSA. 521

Briefly, then, it may be stated that the function of the anterior

part of the sperm-vesicle is that of storing up the vast number of

spermatozoa produced in the testis, and it is in this region that

there are temporarily spermatophores. In the middle region

(pale green), the spermatozoa are thoroughly mixed with “the

secretion of Leydig’s gland, while the posterior part of the vesicle

serves as a receptacle where the free spermatozoa are collected,

and most probably also nourished, by the above secretion.

Text-fig, 48,

C.M. ar

Transverse section of sperm-vesicle in region VI of text-fig. 42.

h.v., blood-vessel ; ¢.m., circular layer of muscle-fibres and connective tissue; par.,

partitions giving rise to diverticula in the vesicle-wall; per., peritoneum ;

sp.’, region containing numerous free spermatozoa, sp.’’, diverticula where

spermatozoa, are found “mixed with a large amount of secretion from Leydig’s

gland ; sp.’”, region where the spermatozoa are very widely separated and

mixed with albuminous material.

Sperm-sacs.—No trace of these structures is fownd, and this is

to be expected if the sperm-sacs are formed from the lower ends

of the Miillerian ducts (see Borcea, 13), for the Millertan ducts

of the male Chimera persist, although in an undeveloped

condition (see below).

Urinary Organs.

The glands of Leydig pass posteriorly into the true kidney,

which consists of right and left halves, partly separated by con-

nective tissue in front, but completely fused behind into a median

brownish-red structure situated dorsal to the ends of the seminal

vesicles. The kidney ends posteriorly in a conical portion, which

extends beyond the caudal lmit of the abdominal cavity. It is

drained by six pairs of ureters which open together into the uro-

522 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [Mar. 1,

genital sinus by two apertures situated behind those of the

sperm-ducts (text fig. 42, wr.o.).

Histology. —In section the kidney presents typical excretory

tubules (not so large as the tubules in Leydig’s gland), with

numerous well-developed glomeruli in the dorsal region. More-

over, the ureters do not contain nucleated material such as is

found in the ducts draining Leydig’s gland.

Urogemtal Sinus.

The median rather narrow urogenital sinus receives the sperm-

duct and urinary openings at its front end, and passes dorsal to

the rectum to end in a flask-shaped, somewhat laterally com-

pressed structure, into the ventral wall of which the ends of the

Mullerian ducts pass close together. The sinus opens on the apex

of a median papilla behind the anus, and between the bases of

the posterior claspers. Hence the cloaca, usually found in male

Elasmobranchs, is absent in Chimera.

Two abdominal pores situated on the latero-posterior margins

of the anus put the abdominal cavity in connection with the

exterior.

Mullerian Ducts.

Mere traces of the Millerian ducts are to be found persisting

in most adult male Elasmobranchs, but the male Chimera

possesses them in the most perfect condition.

They appear as narrow tubes running between testis and coiled

sperm-duct of each side, and further back, on the outer border of

the sperm-vesicle; they end blindly behind in the wall of the

urogenital sinus, but open into the ccelom anteriorly by slit-like

openings, quite an inch apart, situated on the posterior surface of

the wall dividing the pericardial cavity from the general body-

cavity. No evidence was given by either young or old male speci-

mens of a swelling on the “Miillerian duct (figured by Redeke), in

the region of the shell-gland of the female.

Youne MALE CaL“4zRA MONSTROSA.

The urogenital organs described below belonged to an animal

measuring :—

From snout to end of whip-hke tail...... 30 inches.

From snout to anal opening................ 8

Genital Organs.

The frontal clasper is indicated, but not yet free, on the head,

and no spikes are yet in evidence. The middle claspers, in pouches

in front of the pelvic fins, are supported by cartilage, but are with-

out visible spikes, and only partially developed. The posterior

claspers are alveady well-marked, and subdivided into two main

portions, but the surface is still smooth.

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIM#RA MONSTROSA. 523

The biconvex oval testes are closely similar in position and

appearance to the gonads of the young female, but possess a

Text-fig. 49.

m.d.o.“

ur. Op. a

P- Cl, one:

Dissection of the urogenital organs of a young male Chimera, ventral view

(nat. size).

abd.p., left abdominal pore; az., anns; m.cl., left middle clasper; m.d., Miillerian

duct ; m.d.o., regicn where m.d. passes into wall of urogenital sinus ; m.s.,

paired portion of kidney; m.s.’, collecting ducts from m.s., opening into

Leydig’s duct ; m.é., fused unpaired portion of kidney ; p.cl. left posterior

clasper; pel., left pelvic fin; 7., rectum; sp.d., Leydig’s duct; ¢.s., left testis ;

ur.op., urogenital opening.

524 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [ Mar. 1,

smooth surface. They are invested with peritoneum, which also

forms a ventral covering for the corresponding Miillerian duct,

sperm-duct and kidney lying adjacent. In transverse sections it

is possible to make out a number of efferent ducts passing into a

collecting duct, which gradually passes into the coiled sperm-duct,

and so the vasa efferentia and sperm-duct have the same relation

as in the adult. No kidney tubules intervene, and the lining of

the former (efferent ducts) imperceptibly passes into the lining

found in the latter.

The anterior coiled end of each sperm-duct is, even at this

period, much coiled and of greater size than the testes; at a level

a little behind the latter it is but little coiled and rather wider,

and then passes practically straight back along the outer border of

the kidney until this joins its fellow of the other side, at which

level it passes ventral to the now wide and deep kidney to fuse

with the other sperm-duct in the middle line. It should be

noticed that in its posterior region the sperm-duct is still of

uniform diameter, the later changes to produce the seminal

vesicle being not yet apparent; further, ducts pass off to the

sperm-duct at intervals along the whole length of the paired

portion of the kidney, with the possible exception of the first

one or two segments. Behind, the unpaired kidney is drained by

six ureters arising from either side, and opening separately,

though very close together, into the respective sperm-ducts just

before the latter fuse and open into the urogenital sinus.

Urinary Organs.

These consist of a posterior brownish unpaired portion re-

presenting the adult kidney, and two ribbon-like paired brownish

bands, extending forwards to a level immediately in front of the

testes, with regular segmentation, and short ducts passing into

the sperm-ducts as described above. With the exception of the

first one or two segments—which appear degenerate—the kidney

possesses numerous glomeruli, as may be ascertained by staining

and clearing in oil of cloves. Hach segment of the kidney—and

the segmentation, especially anteriorly, is very noticeable—

apparently consists of much coiled tubules with two or three or

even more glomeruli in the dorsal region. From the position and

relations of the paired portions of the kidney, it is evident

that later they loose their glomeruli and give rise to the glands of

Leydig of the mature male adult.

Urogenital Sinus.

There is no trace of sperm-sacs, but the chamber formed by

the fusion of the two sperm-ducts widens, and receives the two

Millerian ducts, which apparently pass in close together in the

ventral middle line about half-way along its length. The Miillerian

ducts are not in open connection, however, with the sinus, nor do

they ever become so.

T3104 ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMMRA MONSTROSA.

Millerian Ducts.

At this stage the ducts of Miller surpass in diameter the sperm-

ducts, and appear as tubes running in the peritoneum along the

outer border of each half of the kidney, then between the testes

and coiled sperm-ducts to meet anterior ly in the middle line, and

open by a common aperture into the celom, Their lining 1s

thrown into folds in some regions.

Abdominal pores, situated “at the posterior margin of the anus,

are both present and open.

ApuuT FEMALE CHlL£RA MONSTROSA,

Tn the adult condition the female Chimera is somewhat larger

than the male in size and general proportions. In all external

characters (except in the absence of clasper s) the female resembles

the male, but differs from it in the possession of a longitudinal

shallow groove in the ventral middle line of the body, a little

distance behind the urogenital openings. This fleshy groove is

bordered by skin white in appearance; it is lined with elongated

glandular cells, extends for a distance of from 23 to 33 inches,

and is nearly + i inch deep. The urogenital organs—just as in the

male —extend the whole length of the abdominal cavity and

eonsist of two ovaries, two oviducts with shell-glands, kidney

(paired and unpaired regions) with ureters and urinary Teledidlex ;

and lastly, 2 median so-called ‘‘ receptaculum seminis.”

Genital Organs.

The two ovaries are situated one on each side of the dorsal

middle line of the abdominal cavity, suspended by the mesovarium,

and situated anterior to the front end of the kidney. Irregular

in outline and easily ruptured, they present a lobulated appearance

due to the Graafian follicles, some of which are very large

(text-fig. 50).

The oviducts are extremely prominent tubes differentiated into

regions, opening anteriorly on the posterior aspect of the peri-

eardial wall and in front of the liver by a single large median

ceelomie opening, by which the eggs liberated from the ovaries

gain access to the oviducts, For the first one-third or one

quarter of their length the oviducts are of comparatively small

diameter, but then rapidly imerease to form the shell-glands.

These almost spherical structures are external to and at the level

of the ovaries, and are lined by long glandular epithelial cells

which are elevated to form a circular ridge on the inner surface of

the wall; this ridge in a fresh specimen appears white against

the rest of the wall of the gland.

The succeeding quarter of the oviduct resembles the first quarter

in diameter, after which the oviduct gradually increases in width ;

526 MR. 'T. 1. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [Mar. 1,

this posterior uterus-like one-third opening by a wide slit-like

aperture, along with that of the other side, into a depression

between the pelvic fins, and not into a urogenital sinus as is the

Text-fig. 50.

Urogenital organs of adult female Chimera. Ventral view (X 3).

The left pelvic fin has been almost entirely cut away.

ab.p.. left abdominal pore ; an., anus; dig.gl., digitiform gland; dig.gl.op., its

opening ; m.d., left oviduct ; md.op., lett oviduct opening ; m.d.o., cwlomic

opening of oviducts ; m.s., paired portion of kidney; m.s.’, longitudinal duct

receiving collecting ducts from m.s.; m.¢., unpaired portion of kidney ; m.¢.’,

special ureters from m.t.; ov., left ovary; 7., cut rectum ; sh.gl., shell-gland of

left ovary ; w7., opening of urmary bladder; 22.6/., urinary bladder.

1910.} ORGANS OF TILE FISH CHIMARA MONSTROSA. 527

ease in the immature female. Frequently the uterine portion

of one or other or both of the oviducts is found everted from

the genital opening.

The above oviducal slit-like openings are almost antero-posterior

in position, and between them a rather wide ridge-like elevation

is present with a single median urinary aperture near the

posterior end of the ridge.

Text-fig. 51.

Dissection from right side of the posterior region of the urogenital organs of a

temale adult Chimera.

ab.p., left abdominal pore; an., anus; dig.g/., digitiform gland; dig gl.op., its

opening; m.d.op., opening of left oviduct ; m.d.’, uterine portion of right

oviduct ; m.s., longitudinal duct receiving collecting ducts from the paired

portion of the kidney; m.é., unpaired portion of kidney ; m.é.’, special ureters

from m.t.; 7., cut rectum; w., opening of urinary bladder; wr.b/., urinary

bladder,

Urinary Organs.

These consist—as in the young male and female—of posterior

unpaired and anterior paired portions. The latter are strap-

shaped structures with indications of segmentation, especially

anteriorly, where they diminish im size, the front end being

situated about the level of the shell-glands and the posterior

margin of the ovaries. By careful dissection the peritoneum

covering the most anterior isolated segments may be removed,

and they are then seen to lie on each side of the dorsal aorta.

The paired portions of the urimary organ pass into a single

median unpaired part behind, which is wide, deep, and triangular

528 MR, T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [Mar. 1,

in section, with but little signs of segmentation, and terminated

posteriorly by a conical portion, which projects caudalwards

some distance behind the abdominal cavity. The paired and

unpaired regions are of a uniform reddish-brown colour, and

have glomeruli present throughout.

Short collecting ducts pass from the lower outer borders of

the segments in front, and, at intervals, from the less segmented

parts of the urinary organ behind, into a longitudinal duct

running along the outer margin of the paired portions, this

duct extending in the peritoneum anteriorly beyond the level

of the kidney, and apparently becoming attenuated and ending

blindly.

The longitudinal duct of each side passes, along with six

ureters from each side of the unpaired urinary organ, to open

dorsally by a right and a left opening into a median large

urinary bladder. The region where these ducts open is about

one-third of an inch from the front blind end of the bladder ;

the latter becomes somewhat narrower and opens behind the

oviducal openings by a median aperture at the caudal end of the

ridge-like elevation described above. Hence there is no cloaca,

the only indication of such being the depression between the

bases of the pelvic fins, where genital and urinary organs and

intestine open.

It seems probable, having regard to the rudimentary nature

of the front end of the urinary organ in the adult female, and

the forward prolongation of the longitudinal collecting duct

beyond it, and further, the fact that the kidney extends beyond

the ovaries anteriorly in the immature female, that the front

end of the adult female kidney has undergone degeneration.

The rectum opens separately and about an inch in front of

the oviducal apertures; the anus has on its postero-lateral

margins the abdominal pore openings, which have the same

relations as in the male.

“ Receptaculum Senunis.”

In the ventral middle line and almost mid-way between the

anus and the urinary aperture is an opening, quite prominent

and just in front of the oviducal openings, which leads into a

digitiform, thick muscular-walled sac, about an inch in length

and called by writers from the time of Hyrtl “ receptaculum

seminis.” A further study of this structure shows that the

above name is misleading, and that a better term would be

“ digitiform gland.” On examination no spermatozoa were found

among its contents, but a fluid containing only globules and

a large brown chitinous rod occupied the greater portion of

its lumen. In all the adult females examined this rod was

present, but no spermatozoa. The lining of this sac consists

of long epithelial glandular cells.

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIM4RA MONSTROSA. 529

Youneé FEMALE Cy7a7er 1.

The urogenital organs described below were taken from an

animal measuring :—

From snout to tip of whip-like tail ...... 27 inches.

JRAOTEA VIMO ORV Lacon bee aocsoocesocuoue Ore

There are no external sexual characters beyond the presence

of the ventral median groove behind the urinary opening, which

in this immature animal is about two inches long.

Genital Organs.

The ovaries are slightly biconvex oval structures similar in

size and position to the spermaries of the immature male, but

having an uneven surface already, due to the presence of ova

of varying size. They are intimately associated, by means of

the covering peritoneum, with the oviducts in the region of the

future shell-glands, but are on the outer sides of the oviducts,

and not median to them as is the ease in the adult.

The oviducts closely resemble the Miillerian ducts in the

immature male, being almost uniform in diameter, and having

acommon median coelomic opening in front, below the cesophagus.

There is but a slight swelling in the shell-gland region, but

further back the uterine swollen portion is already evident; the

enlarged lower ends of the oviducts open separately into a median

common urogenital sinus. Anteriorly the lining of the tubular

oviducts is glandular and raised into longitudinal folds.

Urinary Organs.

The kidney is of a uniform brown colour, segmented in front,

but less markedly so behind: it consists of right and left halves

which are fused together for a short distance posteriorly, in

which region the organ is triangular in cross section, whereas

further forward each half is strap-shaped. Glomeruli are present

in twos and threes or even more in each segment.

From the posterior outer border of each segment there passes

off a short duct which joins a longitudinal collecting duct, which

in turn arises at the front end of each half; these ducts open

close together into a median urinary bladder as in the adult,

Moreover, some five or six of these ducts, on each side of the

posterior region otf the kidney, delay their point of opening into

the main longitudinal ducts and only pass in just before the

latter reach the bladder: these become the special ureters in the

mature animal.

In the female the attenuation of the kidney anteriorly is not

so noticeable as in the young male, although sections show that

the extreme front of the immature female kidney has lost its

glomeruli and that its tubules are degenerating; and thus we find

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XXXIV. | 34

530 MR. T. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL [Mar. 1,

the kidney in the adult female not extending relatively so far

forward in the abdominal cavity as it does in the young animal.

Text-fig. 52.

Cale

Urogenital organs of young female Chimera. Ventral view

ab.p., left abdominal pore; an., anus; m.d., left oviduct ; m.d.o., common celomie

opening of oviducts; m.s., paired portion of kidney ; m.¢., unpaired portion of

kidney; @s., gullet; ov., left ovary; pel., left pelvic fin; 7., cut rectum;

ur.gen. op., opening of urogenital sinus.

As in the young male and the adult female the entire kidney

of the young female (except perhaps the extreme front end) is

excretory.

1910.] ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMERA MONSTROSA. Dal

Text-fig. 53.

A. Urogenital organs of: young female Chimera dissected from right side. Some

parts of the left side have been removed.

B. Dissection of urogenital sinus of the above. The sinus has been opened, to

show the apertures in its wall, by a dorsal posterior median incision.

*, bristle passed through right abdominal pore; az., anus; dig.gl., digitiform

gland; dig.gl.op., opening of dig.g/. into urogenital sinus ; m.d., right oviduct ;

m.d.', uterine portion of left oviduct; m.'d.’, left oviduct; m.d.op., opening of

right oviduct into urogenital sinus; m.d.o., ceelomic opening of oviducts ;

m.s., paired portion of kidney on right side; m.s.’, longitudinal duct, receiving

collecting ducts from m.s.; m.‘s.’, paired portion of kidney on left side partly

removed ; m.¢., unpaired portion of kidney; m.¢.’, special ureters from m.t. ;

ov., right ovary; r., cut rectum; wr.bl., urinary bladder ; wr.bl.op., its opening

into urogenital sinus; w.gen.op., opening of urogenital sinus.

34*

532 MR. I. H. BURLEND ON THE UROGENITAL | Mar. ]

Receptaculun Seminis.

This is a diverticulum situated ventral te the oviducts and

between them and the rectum. Its lining is glandular and it

opens into the urogenital sinus by a median opening in front

of the ovidueal openings. The rod-like chitinous structure

present in all adult females is absent, and so has not yet been

secreted by its lining.

Urogenital Sinus.

This structure is well-marked in the young female: it receives

in front the opening of the ‘“receptaculum seminis,” then the

two oviducts open laterally further back, but a little in front of

the median smaller aperture of the urinary bladder. ‘The sinus

opens on a median papilla situated a short distance behind the

anus, and reminds one of the urogenital aperture of the male

in appearance and position.

In the further development of the female the urogenital sinus

opening gets larger and larger until the sinus is represented in

the adult “merel y bya depression with two deep pouches bordering

the ovidueal openings anteriorly.

The anus and abdominal pores do not differ from the condition

found in the adult.

A young female Callorhynchus I exainined by means of sections

(kidney lent to me by Prof. W. N. Parker) showed the same

general arrangement of the urogenital organs.

The ovaries are comparatively short and the kidney extends

further forwards. The oviducts have a single median opening

into the ceelom, a uniform diameter throughout, with no swollen

uterine portion at this stage, and open separately immediately

dorsal to the anus into a distinct cloaca. There is no sign of a

‘“‘receptaculum seminis”’ or urogenital sinus. The abdominal

pores are imperforate as yet.

The kidney possesses glomeruli throughout: it is at this stage

of uniform section, mad the main ee on each side receives

about four small ducts from each half of the kidney in front ;

the remaining five to seven small ducts from each side are

posterior and enter the bladder along with the main ureter.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

The following points relating to the above description deserve

special notice :—

(1) The urinary organ of the young male differentiates in

the adult into anterior paired Leydig’s glands and_ posterior

unpaired kidney.

(2) The glands of Leydig do not function as a renal organ as is

shown by their histology and the contents of their ducts; further,

the condition of the spermatozoa at intervals in the long coiled

sperm-ducts (Leydig’s duets) renders it probable that the

1910. | ORGANS OF THE FISH CHIMHRA MONSTROSA. 533

function of the glands of Leydig is the secreting of a fluid for

giving nutrition to the spermatozoa.

(3) The sexual kidney or ‘“Geschlechtsniere” is represented

in the adult male only by the rete testes, efferent ducts, and

longitudinal collecting duct. Moreover, an epididymis, as usually

defined, is absent.

(4) The development of the glands of Leydig is accompanied

by changes in the sperm-ducts, and the formation of highly

complex sperm-vesicles.

(5) The anterior region of the urimary organ undergoes a

retrograde development, as is shown by a comparison of this

structure in the immature and adult females.

6) There is a distinct urogenital sinus in the young female,

which does not persist in the adult.

(7) The application of the term “ receptaculum seminis” to

the digitiform gland found ventral to the urinary bladder is

erroneous, and this structure must for the present be regarded

as a female accessory genital gland of obscure function.

LITERATURE.

1. Leypie.—Zur Anatomie und Histologie der Chimera men-

strosa. Miiller’s Archiv, 1851.

2. Hyrru.— Ueber weibliche Oviducte bei miinnlichen Chimeren,

und eine minnliche Vesicula seminalis bei Weibchen.

Sitzungsberichte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen-

schaften, 1853.

3. Semper, C.—Das Urogenitalsystem der Plagiostomen und

seine Bedeutung ftir das der wtbrigen Wirbelthiere.

Arbeiten aus dem zool.-zoot. Institut in Wurzburg, 1875.

4. Howes, G. B.—Reference to rudiment of vesicula seminalis

in female Chimera. linn. Soc. Journ., Zool. vol. xxiii.,

1890.

5. Mazza, F., and Perucia, A.—Sulla glandula digitiforme

nella Chimera monstrosa, Linn, Atti Soc. Lig. di Se.

Nat., vol. v. fase. u1., 1894.

. Mazza, F.—Atti Soc. Lig. di Sc. Nat., vol. vi., 1895.

. PaRKER and HAsweit.—Reference in Text-book of Zoology,

(London), vol. ii., pp. 173-183, to testes, spermatophores,

vestigial Mullerian ducts. 1898.

8. Repeke, H. C.—Onderzoekingen betreffende het Urogenitaal-

systeem der Selachiers en Holocephalen. Acad. Proefschr.

Amsterdam, 1898.

9. Repexe, H. C.—Kleine Beitraige zur Anatomie der Plagio-

stomen. Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Dierkund. Vereeniging,

1899.

10. Juncersen, H. F. G.—Reference to claspers, Anat. Anzeig.

vol. xiv., 1898.

11. Junecrrsen, H. F. G.—On the Appendices Genitales in the

Greenland Shark, Sommiosus mcrocephalus, and other

Selachians. Danish Ingolf-Expedition, 1899,

3 OD

534 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 15,

12. Dean, Basnrorp.—Chimeroid Fishes and their Development.

Carnegie Institute of Washington, 1906.

13. Borcra, I.—Recherches sur le systéme urogénital des

Elasmobranches. Archives de Zool. expérimentale et

générale, Série iv., tome iv. 1906.

14. WIEDERSHEIM and Parker, W. N.—Comparative Anatomy

of Vertebrates, 3rd Ed. London, 1907.

15. Parker, W. N., and Burtenp, T. H.—On the efferent ducts

of the Testis in Chimera monstrosa. Anat. Anzeig.

Band xxxiv., 1909.

16. Goopricu, E, 8S.—A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by Sir E.

Ray Lankester. Part LX. Vertebrata (Craniata). Refer-

ence to the urogenital organs of Chimera, pp. 168-180.

London, 1909.

17. WiepersHrim, R.—Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbeltiere.

7 Aufl., Jena (Gustav Fischer), 1909.

March 15, 1910.

EK. T. Newron, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions

to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February

1910 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of February last was 80. Of these 28 were

acquired by presentation, 16 by purchase, 7 were received on

deposit, 17 in exchange, and 12 were born in the Gardens.

The number of departures during the same period, by deaths

and removals, was 165.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

One Mandri!l (Papio maimon), from West Africa, presented

by Dr. A. 8. Griffith on Feb. 24th.

Two Bennett's Gazelles (Gazella bennetti), from the Isle of

Hormuz, Persian Gulf, and one Punjaub Wild Sheep (Ovis vignet),

from Banda Abbas, Persia, presented by B. T. Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.,

and F, W. Townsend, Esq., on Feb. 22nd.

Two Painted Finches (Zmblema picta), from N.W. Australia,

new to the Collection, received in exchange on Feb. 25th.

Two Black-hooded Parrakeets (Psephotus cucullatus), from

N.W. Australia, new to the Collection, received in exchange on

Feb. 28th.

One White-quilled Rock-Dove (Petraphassa albipennis), from

Australia, new to the Collection, deposited on Feb, 24th.

1910.] ON POST-MORTEM PHENOMENA IN A LEMUR. 539

Post-morten. Phenomena in a Lemur.

The Secretary read the following account, by E. W. Shann,

B.Sc., of the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, of some

post-mortem phenomena ebserved in a Lemur.

Harly in the morning of February 23rd, 1910, a speciinen of

Lemuw fulous rufifrons was found apparently dead in its cage in

the Zoological Gardens at Giza, Egypt. The specimen had been

kept in the Gardens for upwards of nine years. At 9 A.M. the

animal was examined by Mr. M. J. Nicoll, Assistant Director. It

was lying limp on the sand,.for the limbs had not stiffened. At

irregular intervals the mouth opened slightly, and an almost

imperceptible motion passed through the thoracic region,

Mr. Nicoll says that lemurs and some monkeys not infrequently

undergo a more or less protracted moribund condition before death

actually occurs. This is particularly the case with old specimens,

and no case is known in which the animal has recovered from

this condition.

At 11 a.m. Capt. $. 5. Flower, Director, gave the lemur to the

present writer for the purpose of dissection. By this time there

was no movement of the jaws, but the limbs were still limp.

After a few minutes the gasping recommenced. This may have

been due to the warmth of the hand. Dissection was postponed, .

and Mr. Nicoll tried the effects of artificial respiration. The

gasping became more frequent, and at fairly regular intervals of

40-50 seconds. No heart action could be detected. The spas-

modic movements again died away. The eyes had a glazed

appearance, but as the animal had been blind for a considerable

peviod, this was no clue to its condition.

At 2 p.m. the eyelids were found to be closed, and there was no

mevement of the jaws. Dissection was commenced. It was

observed that the blood flowed slowly from a slit in the jugular

vein; that is to say, the blood was not congealed. The limbs

were still limp. On opening the costal region a muscular con-

traction of the heart was noticed. After touching the heart with

the handle of a scalpel further contractions took place, and

continued for more than a minute. At4 p.m. this heart action was

observed by Capt. Flower. The dissected lemur was then left,

covered with a damp cloth, till 6.30 p.m. when it was again

examined by Capt. Flower, Mr. Nicoll, and the writer. The

muscular contractions of the heart were very evident, though the

limbs were rigid by this time. Further observations were made

at 9 p.m., 10.15 p.m., 11.15 p.m., and 1 4.m., the following day.

The contractions could be easily induced, but later the response

became feebler. At 8.30 A.m—a whole day after the apparent

death of the animal—a slight muscular action could still be

induced in the auricles, but no longer in the ventricles. By 2 p.m.

all motion had ceased. No means were at hand for testing the

effect of electricity upon the organ in question.

That this is a case of reflex action seems to be the probable

536 ON A NEW POTTO FROM BRITISH EASY AFRICA. | Mar. 15,

conclusion ; for, at least in the later phases, the animal was dead,

in the generally accepted sense of the word.

A new Potto from British Kast Africa.*

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited the skin of a

Potto which had been obtained in British East Africa, the first

specimen from elsewhere than on the West Coast of Africa

received by the National Museum.

The species was quite distinct from the western forms, and was

proposed to be called—

PERODICTICUS IBEANUS Thos.7

Abstract P. Z. 5S. 1910, p. 17 (March 22nd).

A long-haired Potto, blackish anteriorly, grey posteriorly.

Size about as in the Gaboon P. batesi deWint. Fur soft and

thick, the wool-hair on the back nearly 20 mm. in length, and

the straight hairs 25-26 mm. General colour grizzled ashy, but

the shoulders and fore-back blackish, the contrast between the

two colours very marked. Head brownish clay-colour, the

extreme tips of the hairs blackish ; these dark tips broadening

posteriorly so as to make the nape and fore-quarters almost

black, with a hidden suffusion of dark clay-colour. The long

bristle hairs of the crown and nape black. Rest of the body,

behind the withers, grizzled ashy, the longer hairs dark with

greyish-white tips, the woolly underfur dark slaty basally, then

broadly clay-coloured, and with dark tips. Under-surface greyish,

not sharply defined, the hairs slaty basally, dull greyish white

terminally (grey no. 8). Arms and legs grizzled ashy like the

body; hands and feet buffy brownish, Tail comparatively long,

cylindrical, ashy grey.

Skull about as large as in P. batesi, but the teeth small as in

P. potto. Nasals very short.

Canines rather slender. Anterior premolar long, pointed, two-

thirds the height of the canine. Other cheek teeth all very

small; second molar smaller than the first. Anterior lower

premolar longer than posterior.

Dimensions of the type, measured in flesh :—

Head and body 339 mm.; tail 68; hind-foot 76; ear 25.

Skull—upper length 64 mm.; basal length 55; greatest breadth

46; nasals 14:2 x 5:3 ; interorbital space 9°3 ; length of cheek-tooth

series 16:5; of molars only 8-5; breadth of m‘ 3:8, of m® 3:2.

Hab. Kakamega Forest, near Mount Elgon, British East

Afriea, alt. 6000’.

* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

+ [The complete account of the new species appears here, but the name and

a preliminary diagnosis were published in the ‘Abstract,’ No. 81. 1910—EKniyor. |

SHU ON PARRAKEETS OF THE GENUS PSEPHOTUS. 537

Type. Young adult male. B.M. No. 10.3.18.1. Original

number 515. Killed 4th Jan., 1910. Presented by Messrs.

Maturin and Brett through Mr. R. Kemp.

This fine species of Potto was no doubt that from Uganda

mentioned by Sir Harry Johnston *, and, with the exception of

that mention, represented a considerable extension of the known

range of Perodicticus, the genus having been otherwise recorded

only from the West Coast.

_ P. ibeanus was at once distinguishable from all others by the

hoary colour of its back, which contrasted markedly with its

blackish shoulders, the difference being due to the long hairs of

the former being broadly tipped with ashy, a character not found

in any other Potto. Its coat also was of an unusually soft rich

nature, in agreement with the considerable elevation of its

habitat.

The specimen had been given by Messrs. Maturin and Brett to

Mr. R. Kemp, who was collecting for the National Museum on

behalf of Mr. C. D. Rudd.

Mr. D. Seth-Smith, F.Z.S., M.B.0O.U., Curator of Birds,

communicated the following account of some living examples, in

the Society’s Gardens, of the Black-hooded Parrakeet (Psephotus

cucullatus North) :—

The Society has recently acquired by exchange a pair of Parra-

keets of the genus Psephotus, which were originally obtained from

Mr. A. E. Jamrach, who informs me that in all ten pairs arrived in

Europe some few months since. These birds were at first believed

to be Golden-shouldered Parrakeets (Psephotus chrysopterygius),

and a pair was shown at a recent bird-show at the Crystal Palace

under this name. In examining the pair, however, I noticed

that the male bird lacked the yellow frontal band characteristic of

that species, and that the black marking on the head extended to

the base of the bill, over the lores and completely surrounded the

eye; and moreover, the yellow patch on the wings appeared to

be more extensive than in P. chrysopterygius. 1 thought at first

that these birds were referable to a species described in the

P. Z. 8. of 1898 by Professor Collett as Psephotus dissimilis, but

on looking up the description of these I found that the crown is

chestnut according to Collett and dark brown according to Harterty.

T have since discovered a reference to this black-crowned form in

the ‘ Victorian Naturalist’ for 1909, where Mr. North publishes a

note, dated Feb. 6, 1909, on these birds, probably the very lot

of which the Society’s pair formed part.

They were captured by Mr. Fritz Kruger in the Northern

Territory of South Australia, 200 miles south-east of Port

Darwin, which is the locality P. dissimilis is said to mhabit.

+ Noy. Zool. vol. xii. p. 214 (1905).

938 ON PARRAKEETS OF THE GENUS PSEPHOTUS. [ Mar. 15,

Mr. North examined them on their arrival in Sydney, and at

first believed them to belong to that species, but subsequently

noticed the characters to which I have referred. He was able to

examine no less than sixteen specimens, five of which were adult

males entirely lacking all trace of the brown frontal band that

characterises P. dissimilis.

He writes, ““ What I regard as the chief point of difference is

that not only are the lores, forehead and crown of the head of the

adult male black, but that this colour extends down the anterior

portion of the cheeks to the base of the lower mandible.

Viewed in front, the bird appears to wear a black mask or cowl.

Should it prove to be distinct I propose to distinguish it under

the name of Psephotus cucullatus, and vernacularly as the Black-

hooded Parrakeet.”

Head of Psephotus cucullatus North.

In the Society’s pair of birds the male is rather rough in

plumage at present, but shows quite distinctly the characters above

described, and I think there is no doubt that Mr. North is right

in ascribing this to a new species.

The female of P. cucullatus lacks any trace of the yellowish

frontal band which is present in the female of P. chrysopterygius ;

but it agrees fairly well with Professor Collett’s description of

P. dissimilis.

The recent consignment of these Parrakeets does not appear to

be the first arrival of P. cucullatws in Europe, for Mr. Blaauw

informs me that he has some specimens in his aviary at Hil-

versum, Holland, which he received Jast summer. Moreover, a

pair of birds received alive by Mrs. Johnstone, of Burrswood,

Groombridge, so long ago as 1902 or 1903, of which the skin of

1910. ] ' ON BREEDING OF PINE SNAKES. 539

the female is in my possession, and that of the male in the pos-

session of Mr. Fasey, of Snaresbrook, Essex, undoubtedly belong

to the race recently described by Mr. North.

The Secretary read the following letter which had been sent

him by Mr. George Jennison, of the Zoological Gardens, Belle

Vue, Manchester :—

“We attribute our success in breeding Pine Snakes solely to

the provision of a suitable habitat.

“The adults were turned into our large snake cage in the

beginning of June, and evinced such a desire to enter the

conservatory, which for purposes of atmosphere forms part of

the cage, that we gratified them by making a small hole through

which they could pass.

“Some of the boas show a similar preference for the conser-

vatory, but to nothing like the same extent as the Pine Snakes.

““They revelled in the rank vegetation. and speedily disappeared

below ground in burrows probably of their own construction.

There among the soil, which has a temperature of 90° or so, they

perfected their family arrangements.

‘“‘ Their success came to us somewhat as a dramatic surprise.

“On October 18th, a Pine Snake 13 inches long was discovered

on the floor of the greenhouse which adjoins the snake cage.

“Tt had passed between the slates that form the bed of the

conservatory down among the heating pipes where the temperature

would be 100° or more, and thence through a well-worn opening

about the size of a mouse hole to the place where it was found.

“Seven or eight snakes were collected during the next few

days, several being among the heating pipes. All were very lively

and in excellent condition. They were similar in colour and

pattern to the parents.

“‘ Four we put in a cage apart, and the keeper Craythorne says

he saw them on several occasions take worms, but they were

obviously not doing as well as those left to their own resources,

so we returned them to the old home where they immediately

disappeared under the soil. Burrowing to such an extent, they

are rarely seen, but a specimen captured in good condition on

March 7th measured 164 inches, a growth of 34 inches in about

four months.

“« We have no knowledge of the number of the brood nor one

may say of their distribution, as they have been found in good

order in our temperate greenhouse twenty yards from their birth-

place.”

Mr. Charles Sillem exhibited some living specimens of the

Crustacean Chirocephalus diaphanus recently caught in a flooded

ditch on Eton Wick Common.

540 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL | Mar. 15,

The following papers were read :—

1. A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of the Frilled

Shark, Chlamydoselachus anguineus Gar. By T. Goopry,

M.Sc. (Birm.), Research Scholar, University of

Birmingham *.

[| Received February 14, 1910. |

(Plates XLII-XLVL+)

ConTENTS.

I. Introduction.

II. Measurements.

III. The Skull, Visceral and Branchial Arches.

a. Cranium.

6. Labial Cartilages.

c. First and second Visceral Arches, Ligaments and Muscles.

d. Branchial Arches.

e. Branchial Rays.

Ff. The Spiracle.

g. Features of specialization and comparison with Notidanide.

IV. The Membranous Labyrith.

V. The Vertebral Column.

h. Description of regions 1, 2, 3, & 4.

i. Summary of special features and comparison with Notidanide.

VI. The Pectoral Girdle and Fin.

VII. The Pelvic Girdle and Fin in the female.

VIII. The Mixipterygia (Copulatory Appendages).

yj. Measurements.

k. Externals.

1. Musculature.

m. Skeleton.

IX. The Median Fins.

X. Summary.

XI. Literature.

XII. Explanation of Plates and Reference Letters.

I. Inrropucrion.

The present paper is the outcome of a piece of research, carried

out in the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Birmingham,

on the skeletal anatomy of the primitive Selachian Chlamydo-

selachus anguineus.

The work was suggested by the late Prof. Bridge, and a large

part of it, that dealing with the skull and vertebral column, was

carried out under his supervision. I should like here to say how

much I appreciate the opportunity of using such valuable material,

and to express my gratitude for the helpful criticism which my

late teacher was always willing to give. The material included

one perfectly complete male specimen, the greater part of a large

female specimen, and the remains of another male, which was

principally in the form of parts set up as museum specimens.

* Communicated by Dr. P. CHAtMERS MitrcnEtt, M.A., F.R.S.

+ For explanation of the Plates see page 570.

IF 235 WMO. 2, SLM

V. VIVE. Spr

A bg Ye Via crh.

Wl Wee Ze Wha / Se \

ee ZA fh Vi, Abs

orn 4 f Wa

oT / /

Lhme.

I I IV

ViVEVEL PF

oo :

T. Goodey, del.

CHLAMYDOSHLACHUS

E..Wilson, Cambridge.

ANGUINEUS Gar

le ese IASG! IPL OIE NUL

— Wy : we saci 2

a Nace

| \ -< y }

i --_<_7-- bbras.6.

ebr ¢.

hor 3-—S—- => 3

A bbr1l?)

+- -bbri(?)

. aes = C.

ch, eal. ae eco io “chs.

T. Goodey, del. E Wilson, Cambridge.

C. ANGUINHUS Gar.

;

dia

eA, Sm ISIN) TPM, SOLAN),

T.Goodey, del.

E Wilson Cambrid ge

C. ANGUINHUS Gar

an ou), Tom

~" rp ive

; * if w

A é ’

. i

a f; ‘

)

‘

’

‘

49) SSIOMGUNIUOEOINDY E10)

ebpraquey ‘uostyy of “Pp Mepooy JT,

“ASU

Le ye

th a

ve NY

heats “age

Je) SNANINONV O

-abpraquien ‘uostiy | “Tep‘A2poon ‘],

1910.] “ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 5AT

There are several reasons why a detailed knowledge of this fish

is especially desirable. In the first place, Chlamydoselachus

anguineus is admittedly a primitive member of the Selachian

group of fishes, and by virtue of its position, it demands a more

considerable knowledge of its structure and anatomy than would

be the case were it a member of one of the higher and more

specialized groups of Selachians. F urthermore, the original

account of the fish given by Garman (10) is in many parts very

limited and indefinite, whilst the figures are rather indistinet and

in a few cases inaccurate. Little works has been carried out on

the anatomy of the skeleton since the publication of this paper.

Giinther (14) has dealt with the skeleton of the mixipterygia and

with the abdominal viscera. Braus (2 & 3) has dealt with the

pelvic plexus in the earlier of the two papers, and in the second

one has given a short comparative account of the pectoral girdle

and fin and of the mixipterygia. Fiirbringer (6) has described the

labial cartilages and the vestigial seventh branchial arch, which

were nob discovered by Garman.

In addition to these, there is a paper by Ayres (1) on the com-

parative anatomy of the arterial system, and two papers by

Hawkes (16 & 17), the first on the cranial and spinal nerves,

and the second on the abdominal viscera and the vestigial seventh

branchial arch.

My best thanks are also due to Prof. Gamble for many helpful

suggestions during the progress of the work since the death of

Prof. Bridge.

Il. Measurements.

I give certain measurements which may be of service as indi-

cating the size of the specimens examined and also as perhaps

denoting in an indirect way their comparative age.

Total length, 52 ins. (Garman’s specimen 59°5 ins. Giinther’s

58 ins.).

SHOWS WO ehavedles Ort TaNelUNEM) Vea gedasadooesoaneoe sora 3°5 Ins.

Peeaconenduon alll covers) a7 open eee eee Clas, 3

Peevonencvot leftepectoral sini. ee eee ea enee Tl ara

PeEuOLbase,Ol pelvic cindle! 24. ssaeaeee ZO) ve

Jy | ARO AW OUEISTAS Salk Reta roe De ERTS Se. A es

ag AiO) OBIS pPREH OY ATOM MMMM RARE Actes eaconce Bile) g

Pee hoermG yor alas tin. (4.20 yes. sae eee BLS) te) | op

a, HO LORIE CG asPUL TTIW N Benge aAnocatcccoacbo: Sta

Torendicot) dorsal fini irene eee nee Bs) (hy

Cretect dejthwotveanidallstin ces pence eeneee eee BPO ge

Width across anal and dorsal fins............... 48 ,,

Vel CILhINACTOSS \CVCS)i(. 12.2.0. seers ae eee 2-8uien

Tail of large female specimen referred to in paper.

Length of tail from root of caudal fin to tip... 18 ins.

Greatest depth of caudal fin......................:. ay

542 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar. 15,

III. Tue Sxuti, ViscrraL ARCHES, ETC.

(Plates XLII., XLITI. figs. 1-6.)

My observations on two skulls agree in the more important

points with the description given by Garman (10) pp. 7-9. It

is not my intention in the present account to redescribe the

whole of the structure, but rather to amplify the original de-

scription in those points which appear to call for special emphasis,

and to make certain additions. JI propose to deal first. with the

eranium, then with the first and second visceral arches and their

ligaments, and finally with the branchial skeleton and certain

other points.

a. Cranium (fig. 1).

At the extreme anterior end of the cranium is the broad,

flat, and somewhat rounded rostrum (7.), which is notched at its

sides. Its shape gives to the nasal region a curious truncated

appearance. ‘The olfactory capsules (0.c.) are large, rounded, and

thin-walled. Their large apertures have the nasal cartilages (2.c.)

fitting into them. ach of these is ring-like and has a bar

across the middle of the aperture so as to give rise to the double

opening which each capsule presents in external appearance.

The anterior fontanelle (af) is very large and broad, extending

posteriorly to a point almost level with the preor ital process.

Immediately behind the olfactory capsule is a deep furrow which

communicates above with the foramen transmitting the ophthal-

micus branch of the seventh nerve, and in cihieh are found

branches of the latter nerve. Posterior to this furrow is a some-

what prominent ridge having a sharp edge orbitally, and gradually

running into the tapering backwardly directed preorbital process

below. On the anterior side of the orbit is a very smooth, hollow

surface, against which the eyeball rolls. On the cranial wall at

the anterior end of the orbit is developed a rather prominent

articular surface which receives the inner side of the ethmo-

palatine process of the palatoquadrate cartilage.

The supraorbital ridge is somewhat thin and prominent. In

the shallow groove along its dorsal surface are a number of

foramina which transmit branches of the ophthalmicus branch of

the seventh nerve supplying the supraorbital sensory canal.

Garman described the postorbital process ( P0.p. )as of irregular

shape and moderate breadth. In the specimen which I ‘have

examined it appears to be quite regular in outline. It is a back-

wardly curved, stoutish process, gradually tapering towards its

rounded end. On its upper surface are found a number of

foramina which also transmit branches of the seventh nerve to

the sensory canal-system.

From the median vertical longitudinal section of the cranium

(fig. 2), it is seen that the notochor ‘d is continued as a thin strand

of tissue in the basis cranii as far forward as the pituitary fossa.

ESL Os ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 543

The cartilage of the floor of the craniam in the region of its

junction with the vertebral column is thick and somewhat heavily

calcified. It here shows some indication of its probable vertebral

nature, by the slight resemblance which the calcification presents

to the inverted V-formation found in the centra of the vertebral

column.

The nerve foramina, as seen both from the inside and from the

outside of the skull, deserve some consideration. The foramen

for the first nerve (1.) is very large and lies just below the opening

of the anterior fontanelle. The optic nerve foramen (II.) is

moderately large and, seen from the inside, lies a short distance

posterior to the opening for the olfactory nerve. On the outside

it opens into a deep channel on the anterior dorsal side of the

smooth articular surface which receives the ethmo-palatine

process of the palatoquadrate. It is thus situated comparatively

far forward in the orbit.

The foramen for the third nerve (111.) lies at the end of a for-

wardly curved groove on the inside of the skull. Externally it is

placed close to the floor of the cranium just behind the posterior

ridge of the above mentioned articular surface.

The aperture for the fourth nerve (1y.) is small and lies well up

in the orbit, almost vertically above (im.). Behind foramen mt.

is the cartilaginous optic stalk (0.s.), against the expanded end of

which the back of the eyeball rests. Immediately posterior to the

origin of this stalk is a fairly large foramen which transmits the

interorbital blood-sinus. On the inside of the skull, it is divided

by means of a thin, outwardly directed cartilaginous bridge. The

interorbital sinus passes posterior to this, whilst the cavity

anterior to it forms the pituitary fossa. The foramen of the

internal carotid artery (2.¢,f.) is a small aperture lying in the floor

of the skull immediately anterior to the pituitary fossa.

Nerves five, six, and seven are transmitted by a very large

foramen (v. vi. & vit.) which is about twice as long as broad,

and has a thin, backwardly directed ridge on its anterior edge.

Following this is a double foramen (vi. & vir.) on the inside of the

skull, which transmits the hyoidean branch of the seventh nerve

and also nerve eight. The hyoidean part is the anterior smaller

portion, which is continued directly outwards and opens externally

just beneath the postorbital process. The foramen for nerve nine

is small and is somewhat ventrally placed a short distance posterior

to foramen vit. It is continued obliquely under the auditory

capsule and opens externally at the back of the cranium in a very

deep depression, overhung by the occipital ridges.

The tenth foramen is moderately large and on the’ inside is

situated in the median line. It opens externally at the back of

the skull just above the aperture for the ninth nerve. There are

four small foramina, somewhat ventrally placed, the first one lying

immediately below foramen x. These are the foramina of the

; aie see

spino-oceipital nerves, so-so’.

544 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL ear or

b. Labial Cartilages.

These were not found by Garman, buat Fiirbringer (6) has de-

scribed and figured them, and my observations agree swell with his.

On each side of the head there are three small, rod-like cartilages,

two dorsal and one ventral to the mouth. The ventral one is the

longest and meets the posterior dorsal one at the point of the

angle of the mouth where both are united by ligament. The

dorsal one of this pair is about two-thirds the length of the ventral

one and is somewhat inwardly directed. The anterior dorsal one

is distinct from those just described. It lies at the posterior end

of a hgament which stretches beneath the orbit from the outer

ridge of the preorbital process to a point beneath the postorbital

process. It is very thin and at its anterior end is also inwardly

directed.

ce. Mirst and Second Visceral Arches, Ligaments and Muscles.

The suspension of the jaws is hyostylic. At its proximal end

the hyomandibular aiticulates with a rather deep concavity on the

auditory capsule. As Garman has pointed out, this articulation

does not take place with the whole of the head of the hyoman-

dibular, the latter having an oblique disposition to the skull.

Thus, only the knob on the posterior side is in contact with the

skull, and between the projecting anterior knob and the concavity

there is a thick pad of capsular ligament. Garman has also given

an accurate description of the general shape and disposition of the °

hyomandibular. It is suspended in a backward and downward

direction at an angle of about forty degrees from the skull by a

strong ligament which has its origin on the ventro-lateral surface

of the auditory capsule. The ligament is attached to this region

for some considerable distance, and from here proceeds obliquely

backward. It lies internal and ventral to the hyomandibular, to

which it is attached on the inner side at about one-half the length

of the cartilage from the skull. It is post-spivacular in position

and corresponds with the inferior post-spiracular ligament found

in the Common Dogfish, Seylliwm canicula, as described by

Ridewood (27). ‘There is no pre-spivacular igament in Chlamy-

doselachus, aud I agree with Garman in not finding a spiracular

cartilage, though Fiirbringer (6) has described and figured as one

a minute piece of cartilage which shows hyaline structure in

microscopic sections. I have little to add to Garman’s account of

the upper and lower jaws; my observations confirm their shape

and disposition as recorded by hin.

The joint between these two cartilages js a very interesting

one, and was not dealt with in the original description. It is

visible only when the jaws are opened to their widest extent

(fig. 3). There are two articulations, each of the cup and ball

type, one on the outer and one on the inner side of the jot. On

the outer or posterior articulation the quadrate forms a broad,

rather flattened knob which fits into a slight concavity of the

1910. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. DAD

posterior and outer end of the mandible. The inner or anterior

articulation is formed by a prominent rounded protuberance—

somewhat more than half the width of the one on the quadrate—

which projects upwards into a corresponding concavity or facet in

the quadrate.

This joint affords a resemblance with Heptanchus, the corre-

sponding joint in which has been worked out by Gadow (8). There

is the difference, however, that in Chlamydoselachus it is much

more pronounced and has not the space separating the two

articulations found in Heptanchus. Garman mentions a palatal

or trabecular process which occurs at a point an inch and

three-quarters behind the front end of the palatoquadrate, and

is received in a concave articular depression of the skull in the

orbit. He says that it is attached at its upper end by ligament

to the skull near the top of the orbital cavity. I have found the

process in question in both skulls that I have examined. It is

perhaps better to call it an ethmo-palatine process, this being

in accord with modern nomenclature. I cannot, however, agree

with Garman in what he says about its ligamentous attachment

to the skull. It is not attached by any definite band-like ligament

such as that figured by him on PI. viii. It is surmounted by a

pad of capsular ligament which appears to be in the nature of a

thickening of the general soft connective tissue surrounding the

whole process. A similar capsular ligament has already been

described as occurring between the obliquely placed head of the

hyomandibular and the articular concavity on the side of the

_ auditory capsule. Both are very different from the strong,

fibrous, band-like post-spiracular ligament which suspends the

jaws from the skull.

I have found the hyal process which occurs on the upper ridge

of the quadratic portion of the upper jaw, close to its posterior

end, overhung by a similar one on the hyomandibular. The

larger quadratic or otic process however, which, according to

Garman, occurs farther forward at the widest part of the palato-

quadrate, I have failed to discover.

The ceratohyals articulate by the anterior lobe of their lower

extremities with the ventral surface of the basihyal, on either side

of the median line. The latter cartilage is situated well forward

between the mandibles and is raised up slightly into the oral

cavity. As Garman has pointed out, it is elongate and tapers

from the broader posterior end to the rounded anterior end. In

the middle of the concave posterior border is a small, backwardly

directed prominence, which Fiirbringer (6) considers as the repre-

sentative of the copula or basibranchial of the first branchial

arch. The two lateral prominences, also at the posterior end, no

doubt represent the hypobranchials of the first branchial arch as

Garman suggested, and these together with the basibranchial

have lost their distinct nature by becoming fused into the general

mass of the basihyal.

On the ventral surface of the basihyal is found the somewhat

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XXXV. 35

546 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar, 15,

oval excavation mentioned by Garman. In two cases out of three

which I have examined, this communicates with the dorsal

surface of the basihyal by means of a small round aperture at the

anterior end of the concayity. In the third case, the excavation

is not covered above by cartilage but was found to open directly

into a slightly smaller concavity on the dorsal surface of the

cartilage. The thyroid gland is situated in the hollow excavation

on the ventral side, and in one example examined, a very in-

teresting tubular structure, attached to the gland and communi-

cating with the oral cavity, has been discovered. This is dealt

with in a separate paper *.

A strong ensheathing fibrous ligament wraps the inner side of

the quadrato-mandibular joint. It is continued on to the outer

side of the joint and then proceeds backward to wrap the distal

end of the hyomandibular and the proximal end of the ceratohyal,

both of which are somewhat closely applied to the jaw joint (fig. 4).

It is by this ligament that the hyostylic suspension of the jaws is

is brought about. The ceratohyal is very closely applied in the

greater part of its length to the inner side of the mandible where

it fits into a sort of shallow groove. It is held firmly in its

position by means of two important ligaments, in addition to the

one just described which connects its proximal end with the

angle of the jaws. Of these two ligaments one is external and

the other internal in position. The former stretches between a

process on the outer ridge of the ventro-posterior side of the

mandible and a corresponding ridge on the outer edge of the

ceratohyal. It is about half an inch in width, and may be termed

the ligamentum hyoideo-mandibulare externwm. The inner one is

a broad, flat ligament (fig. 5) attached at its upper end to the

convex inner surface of the proximal end of the palatoquadrate

cartilage, and, stretching across the jaw joint andthe mandible,

is inserted along the ridge on the inner and upper side of the

ceratohyal. It may be termed the ligamentum quadrato-hyoideo

anternwm.

The disposition of the head muscles has been dealt with by

Furbringer (6), but the more important ridges and processes on

the skull and jaws, which serve for the attachment of these

muscles, are also worthy of some attention, seeing that they are

quite pronouncedly developed. It will perhaps be easier in

dealing with these to take the muscles separately and describe

their relations to the particular ridges of attachment.

Levator maxille is attached above to the thin ridge (s.e.s.) (é.

in Garman, Pl. vii. fig. A) which projects over the auditory

capsule, and to the posterior edge of the postorbital process.

It extends in front of the spiracle and is inserted on the inner

and upper edge of the prominent ridge (pq.r.) along the dorsal

side of the quadratic portion of the palatoquadrate. This in-

sertion extends as far backward as the hyal process.

* Goodey, T., “ Vestiges of the Thyroid in Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Seyllium

catulus and S. canicula.” Anatomischer Anzeiger, Bd. xxxvi. 1910.

1910. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 547

Adductor mandibule is a thick massive muscle, filling up the

concavities on the outer sides of the palatoquadrate and the

mandible. It is divided by an aponeurosis, which is in the line

of the mouth angle, and is attached above to the lower edge

of the palatoquadrate ridge previously mentioned. Below, it is

similarly attached to a correspondingly sharp ridge (m.7.) on

the ventro-lateral border of the mandible.

Constrictor superficialis is a thin, extensive muscle lying behind

the hyomandibular. It extends round the jaw angle to the

ventral surface of the head, where it lies between the mandibles.

It is attached above to the posterior end of the supra-capsular

ridge (s.c.r.) and also to the outer surface of the hyomandibular,

On the lower side it is attached to the inner edge of the sharp

ridge (m.r.) which extends along the ventro-lateral border of the

mandible.

d. Branchial Arches (Plate XIII. fig. 6).

Basibranchials—The basibranchial of the first branchial arch

is, aS previously mentioned, probably represented by the median

prominence (ddr. 1) on the posterior border of the basihyal. The

second one (6b. 2) is situated considerably posterior to the first,

level, in fact, with the bases of the third ceratobranchials. It is

triangular in outline, attached anteriorly to the second pair of

hypobranchials (Abr. 2) and is free behind. The third (ddr. 3) is

also triangular in outline and is distinct. It is attached by

ligament anteriorly to the third pair of hypobranchials and is

firmly united behind by ligament to the fourth pair of hypo-

branchials.

The fourth basibranchial is indistinguishable from the corres-

ponding hypobranchials. Garman describes it as lying between

these. However, in the two cases that I have examined it is

certainly not present, and I am inclined to believe that it has

become fused with the large posterior basibranchial. The latter

no doubt represents the fourth, fifth, and sixth basibranchials

together with their corresponding hypobranchials all fused into

one piece. It ends posteriorly in an elongate, tapering median

process.

Hypobranchials.—The pair corresponding to the first arch are

represented by the lateral prominences (br. 1) on the posterior

border of the basihyal. The second pair (Abr. 2) are flat and

broad anteriorly, where they overlie the expanded part of the

lower ends of the first ceratobranchials. They are somewhat

thin there, and on the posterior edge are united by hgament to

their corresponding ceratobranchials. ‘Towards their posterior

extremities they gradually taper and they are united to the

second basibranchial. The third pair (Abr. 3) is essentially

similar in shape to the second pair, the articulations being with

the corresponding ceratobranchials and basibranchial. The fourth

pair (Abr. 4) is more rounded than the second and third, and each

hypobranchial has a bend in it so that the lateral part Stale out

548 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL | Mar. 15,

at right angles to the axial portion. The cartilages forming this

pair are fused in the median line, and are closely united by liga-

ment with the large posterior basibranchial. In another example

they are not fused with each other, but are closely and firmly

attached together by ligament (fig. 6). The fifth pair is repre-

sented by rather prominent lateral processes (Abr. 5) which le

close to the anterior end of the large basibranchial. The sixth

pair is also represented by lateral processes, not so pronounced,

however, as the fifth pair.

Ceratobranchials.—I have little to add here to Garman’s

description, except to say that all—excluding the sixth—have a

forward bend at their lower extremities, which brings these parts

parallel with the median horizontal axis. The first and second

pairs are curiously expanded also in this region, having an almos

bilobate appearance. The posterior part of the expansion is

rounded and underlies the expanded part of the following hypo-

branchials.

The sixth pair is very massive and on its anterior ventral

border each has a thin, almost wing-like portion, which Furbringer

considers as the representative of the branchial rays of this arch.

There is nothing of note in the epi- and pharyngo-branchials of

the first five arches. In the case of the sixth, however, it is

probable that only the epibranchial is present; the pharyngo-

branchial being perhaps incorporated with it. It has a peculiar

shape, quite different from the slender, tapering bar figured by

Garman. At its point of attachment to the distal end of the

ceratobranchial it has an irregular outline. It next narrows

somewhat, and then carries a small process on its inner concave

border. The outer edge is convex and the whole piece gradually

tapers to a rounded end, which is anteriorly and inwardly

directed.

Seventh vestigial arch.—This is not present in the specimen which

serves for the description of most of this paper, unless it be that

it is represented by a pair of rather sharp ridges on the ventral

side of the last basibranchial at the proximal ends of the sixth

ceratobranchials. In the case, however, of the large female

specimen it is present, and takes the form of a pair of small seg-

mental, tapering pieces (v.b.a. 7) lying on the ventral side of the

last basibranchial at the bases of the sixth ceratobranchials.

Each arch consists of two small pieces of cartilage united by

connective tissue fibres to the surrounding parts. The more

anterior portion in each is rather irregular in outline and on its

posterior border carries a second slender, tapering portion.

Fiirbringer (6), who was the first to describe this very interesting

vestige, merely speaks of it as a small piece of cartilage, and his

figure gives no adequate idea of its structure and disposition

relative to the surrounding parts.

As amatter of fact, it is very variable in structure; for that

described by Hawkes (17) was made up of four small pieces on

1910.] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 549

one side and two on the other, lying close to the ceratobranchial

of the sixth arch on the posterior side near to the median

extremity.

e. Branchial Rays.

These are thin, tapering rods of cartilage lying embedded in

the interbranchial septa, a little closer to the inner surfaces of the

latter than to the outer. Proximally they are applied to the

posterior sides of the branchial arches, and distally they project

somewhat beyond the margins of the interbranchial septa, to

which they thus give a crenulate appearance.

One or two cases were observed in which two rays appeared to

be fused proximally, apparently having a common origin. In

another case two rays which had separate origins fused, and

became produced so as to form one ray.

The greatest number of rays occurs on the hyoid arch, and as

we proceed posteriorly the number gradually decreases for the six

branchial arches, though subject to some variation. The sixth

arch carries no distinct rod-like rays, but a thin laminate portion

(i.p.) is found on the anterior ventral edge of the ceratobranchial.

This, as previously mentioned, is regarded by Firbringer as the

representative of the branchial rays fused with the ceratobranchial.

Whether this is the case or not, appears to me to be an open

question. This lamina may be merely a thin extension of the

ceratobranchial. Again, there seems to be no particular reason

why the original branchial rays—if such were present—should

have fused into a common lamina and have become firmly

attached to the arch. As a rule, it appears, branchial rays are

not met with on the last arch in Selachians, and why this portion

should be looked upon as their representative in Chlamydoselachus

it is somewhat difficult to understand. The first series of numbers

in the following tables is from the complete male specimen; the

second is from the large female. Both right and left sides are

given.

Male. R. IL.

Py Oud bach Wander sone case eet 28 26

Kirst branchial arch a:s¢0) ss. soe: 18 17

Second ,, Shae, Wetuedine detansae 16 tii

Third , COTS 1 Oe RL 14 14

Fourth _,, Ble cae AD Ne eaten PS 14

Fifth ee pie cer Sn eee 10 9

Female

elev ordlranrel ees J ueaseck see roteeeew ee 25 27

First) branchial areh.o: 0.025.000... he 19

Second _,, Waeree at. Soren yaa 14 16

Third . Pinter eer SRE 15 i4

Fourth __,, sneer eGR c SANA 14 12

Fifth —,, ci Ghid atpe eA Mcir ah aes 9 10

550 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar. 15,

f. The Spiracte.

The external opening of the left spiracle is an obliquely placed

slit on the postero-dorso-lateral surface of the head, measuring

about one centimetre in length. The right one is about one-half

this length. On removing the skin and carefully dissecting away

the underlying spongy cutis which covers the jaw-muscles, it is

seen that the lumen of the spiracle passes down into the oral cavity

between the hyomandibular and the mandibular cartilages. Just

inside the external opening, the cavity becomes enlarged and a

short cecal diverticulum is given off anteriorly. This is overlaid

by the levator mawille muscle whose disposition has already been

described. The cecum extends as far forward as the anterior

knob of the proximal end of the hyomandibular, which projects

from the articular depression on the auditory capsule. It is not

attached to the hyomandibular, but is separated from it by the

hyoidean branch of the seventh nerve, which passes just internal

and ventral to it. In all probability it is homologous with the

more extensive ceca mentioned by Ridewood (27), which have

been described in other Selachians by Miiller and Van Bemmelen.

In Seyllium, for example, the cecum extends inwards over the

hyomandibular and becomes firmly attached to the wall of the

auditory capsule, being in some way concerned with the function

of hearing. A similar cecum is found in Heptanchus, so that

here we have another point in which Chlamydoselachus differs

from this member of the Notidanide. The pseudobranch in each

splracle consists of about ten short ridges, which lie on the

anterior outer wall just inside the external aperture. In the

Notidanide the pseudobranchs are said to be better developed

than in any of the Selachians, so that in this respect we find

Chlamydoselachus presenting a small difference from Heaanchus

and Heptanchus.

g. Keatures of Specialization and Comparison with Notidanide.

Perhaps the most important point in regard to the specialization

of the skull of Chlamydoselachus is to be seen in the extreme

Jength and mobility of the jaws. These are exceptionally long,

extending from the anterior, almost terminal mouth to a point

well behind the posterior limit of the cranium. This extension

is remarkable ; in fact, one quarter of the total length of the jaws

is found in this region, and it is this feature, connected with the

exceptional length of the hyomandibular, which gives the jaws

their great mobility. Indeed, their disposition relative to the

cranium is quite different from that found in any other Selachian

whose skull [ have been able to examine or to see a figure of. It

resembles nothing among the Vertebrates so much, perhaps, as.

the general disposition of the jaws in certain of the Ophidia. In

this respect also Chlamydoselachus presents a striking difference

from the two genera of the Notidanide. In both Hewxanchus and

Heptanchus the mouth is ventral and is situated far back. The

1910. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. Dol

suspension of the jaws is amphistylic, and the palatoquadrate

cartilages have a postorbital articulation with the craninm.

Moreover, the extension of the jaws posterior to the cranium is

but very slight.

IV. Tue Mempranous Lasyrinte. (Plate XLII. figs. 7 & 8.)

The organ of the right side of the head has been worked out

by dissecting away the surrounding cartilage, and forms the basis

of the following account,

On removing the skin from the dorsal surface of the cranium

it is seen that the pavietal fossa is rather deep and possesses four

apertures, two on either side of the median longitudinal line.

One of these apertures, the anterior, is small, pat transmits the

ductus endolymphaticus. The posterior is larger and is closed

with soft subcutaneous tissue. It is an opening into the peri-

lymph cavity surrounding the posterior vertical canal, and seems

to correspond to the tympanic aperture which Howes (19)

described in Raia. Before proceeding further, 1 may mention

that in this account I am following the nomenclature used by

Stewart (30), which differs somewhat from that used by Retzaius

(26) in his great monograph.

The duties endol: ymphaticus, on emerging from its cranial

foramen, soon expands into the saccus endolymphaticus. ‘The

latter lies partly in the parietal fossa and is partly attached to

the under surface of the skin covering this region. It is fairly

regular in shape, somewhat rounded on its anterior surface, and

extends posteriorly in a slightly outward direction, gradually

becoming attenuated until it reaches its external aperture, which

is quite small, Internally the ductus endolymphaticus leads into

the sacculus. This is not rounded, but is laterally flattened, and

gives off at its postero-inferior end the lagena in the form of a

simple cecum.

The wtriculus in this species is like that in other Elasmo-

branchs, being divided into two portions, anterior and posterior’,

which do not communicate directly with each other, but in-

directly through the sacculus.

The anterior utricle is rather laterally compressed and gives

off the anterior canal dorsally. The latter curves forward and

slightly outward, and deseribes almost a semicircle in its course,

expanding at its lower end into the anterior ampulla, which then

opens by a wide portion into the lower end of the utricle again.

The recessus utriculi is a somewhat spherical structure on the

inferior and outer border of the anterior utricle. It communi-

cates with the latter by means of a slit-like aperture just below

that leading into the ampulla externus. Vhe anterior utricle

does not open directiy into the sacculus, but communicates in-

directly with it through the recessus utriculi, which opens into

the sacculus by means of a rounded aperture on the postero-

dorsal side of the recessus.

052 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL { Mar. 15,

Arising from the dorsal end of the anterior utricle, and pro-

ceeding in a posterior and outward direction, is the eaternal

canal, which bends downward and comes to lie in an almost

horizontal position. At its anterior end it is slightly elevated

and expands into the ampulla externus, which communicates with

the anterior utricle again by means of a short canal which rests

on the upper side of the recessus utriculi, but does not open

directly into it.

The posterior utricle, which is situated more internally than the

rest of the labyrinth, is somewhat cylindrical in shape and is

slightly curved upon itself. It communicates directly with the

sacculus by means of a short, almost vertical canal, the ductus

utriculo succularis posterior. Arising from its dorsal end is the

posterior canal, which curves outward and downward, and then

expands into the posterior ampulla, which opens into the lower

end of the utricle again.

All three canals, anterior and posterior vertical and external

horizontal, are not rounded in section, but are markedly flattened,

so that their height is equal to about twice their width. The

external canal in its almost horizontal position lies with its

compressed sides in the horizontal plane.

Nerve-Supply.

The sensory areas of the membranous labyrinth are supplied

by branches of the eighth cranial nerve.

After passing from the brain through its foramen, the nerve

breaks up into a number of ramuli which supply their particular

regions.

The ramulus ampulla anterior is a rather fine branch which

extends from the main nerve-trunk to the anterior ampulla, lying

chiefly on the outer side of the lower portion of the anterior

utricle.

Arising next from the main trunk are two ramuli, which

appear to have a common origin. These are the ramulus recessus

utriculi and the ramulus ampulla externus. Both curve under

the recessus utriculi and come to lie on its outer surface, the

ramulus ampulla externus proceeding upward on to the external

ampulla, where it supplies the two rounded criste. The main

portion of the nerve now goes on to form the ramuli sacculi. It

first gives rise to a flattened branch which extends upward and

follows the inner anterior border of the sacculus, thus forming

one ramulus sacculus. The rest of the nerve proceeds in an

almost horizontal direction and lies on the inner surface of the

sacculus, forming the main ramulus sacculus. This gives off fine

branches on its lower side which supply the macule of the

sacculus. Arising from its posterior end are three fine branches:

a lower one, the ramulus lagena, supplying the macule of the

lagena; a median one, the ramulus ampulla posterior, lying chiefly

on the inner surface of the posterior utricle and supplying the

1910.3 ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 553

posterior ampulla; and an upper one, the ramulus neglectus,

which curves upward toward the ductus utriculo saccularis

posterior.

In structure and in the distribution of the nerve-supply the

membranous labyrinth of Chlamydoselachus resembles rather

closely that of Votidanus (Hexanchus) griseus figured by

Stewart (30).

V. VERTEBRAL Cotumn. (Plates XLITI.—XLV. figs. 9-17.)

The notochord is persistent, and reaches from the pituitary

fossa in the basis cranii to the extreme tip of the long tapering

tail. There is an elastic supradorsal longitudinal hgament

which extends from the back of the cranium to a point just

posterior to the dorsal fin, where the dorsal supports of the caudal

fin commence. The number of vertebre, as determined by

neuromeres, is one hundred and twelve, and this number includes

the irregular region at the extreme tip of the tail—to be dealt

with in detail later. In determining this number, I have counted

the ventral root foramina of the spinal nerves carried by the

basidorsals, as these are larger than the dorsal root foramina. :

Moreover, the first foramen at the anterior end of the column is

a ventral one. The vertebral elements present, named according

to Gadow’s (9) nomenclature, are as follows :—

Dorsalia: basidorsals, interdorsals, and suprabasidorsals, the

last-mentioned being segmented off from the apices of the basi-

dorsals. The dorsal radial supports of the caudal fin I do not

consider as dorso-spinalia, because at their commencement an-

teriorly they are not always continuous with the neural arches,

and, moreover, there is as much evidence to show that in general

they originate independently of the vertebral column as there is

in favour of their being portions segmented off from the dorsalia

below them.

Ventralia: basiventrals, interventrals, ribs, and hemal arches,

and heemal spines in the caudal region.

I have been unable to find the calcifications which Garman

mentions as occurring in the mouths of the foramina for the spinal

nerves. No trace of them can be detected even after carefully

cleaning away the connective tissue which closely invests the

vertebral column. In fact, it would be somewhat surprising if

such calcifications were present, considering the small amount of

calcareous secretion found in the skeleton at all.

It is perhaps worthy of note that, in the largest specimen

examined, the vertebral column over the abdomen was not

straight, but was contorted so as to have an undulating outline

in the horizontal plane. Whether this was due to abnormal

growth or to the action of the preservative I do not know, but I

am inclined to the latter view.

In connection with the formation of centra, my investigations

have revealed a number of points which Garman did not observe,

554 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar. 15,

and for this reason my account will be somewhat full. For

purposes os description I have divided the column into four

regions, 1, 2,3, and 4, which are quite arbitrary, and, though not

cnumigeporaing exactly with any recognized divisions of the body,

yet may roughly be described as cephalic, trunk, main caudal and

terminal caudal regions. My reason for doing so is, that to

treat of the whole length of the column in a continuous deserip-

tion would mean a needless repetition of words, thus tending to

make the meaning obscure. The regions are as follows :—

1. Anterior cephalic portion extending for about twelve centi-

metres behind the skull. 2. The region extending from the

posterior end of 1, over the abdomen and reaching to the level

of the cloaca ; what may conveniently be termed the “trunk

region.” 3. The main caudal region extending from the posterior

end of 2 to a point about eleven centimetres from the tip of the

tail. 4. The last eleven centimetres of the tail, terminal caudal

region.

h. Description of Regions 1, 2, 3, and 4.

The vertebral column is fused to the cranium quite firmly, so

that but slight articulation 1s possible between the two. In this

particular region of the column, viz. 1, there are regular vertebral

constrictions of the notochord in the form of ring-like thickenings

of the chordal sheath (fig. 9). This figure represents a view of a

median, vertical, longitudinal section. It can be easily made out

from this that each constriction occurs beneath a basidorsal, and

also that the majority of the constrictions are well calcified.

This particular point is of considerable interest, and is here fully

dealt with. The first five constrictions—counting from the left—

are calcified regularly, so that each centrum is typically cyclo-

spondylic, being in the form of a short cylinder pinched in round

the middle. The calcified areas thus present the appearance of

two V’s placed point to point. The sixth centrum has a calcified

V above, but below, the calcification is irregular, being repre-

sented by only a small patch of calcareous secretion. The seventh

is regular above, but below, the V is calcified all over. Hight,

nine, and ten are also regular above and below, except that the

lower V is larger in each case than the upper one, the latter in

the tenth being very small. Constrictions are visible beneath

basidorsals eleven, twelve, and thirteen, but no caleified areas are

apparent in these cases, although, externally, the notochord shows

definite calcified bands in the case of eleven and twelve. With

these two, then, it is evident that calcification has not proceeded

as far inward as in the more anterior ones. It also reveals the

fact that the process of the deposition of calcareous salts begins

on the outside of each constriction, and gradually proceeds

towards the interior. Constrictions eleven and twelve may be

looked upon, therefore, as being in a state of semi-calcification,

whilst thirteen is merely a constriction of the chordal sheath, in

which calcification has not commenced. ‘The intervertebral

1910.] | ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 509

Spaces are filled with soft notochordal tissue, and there are no

secondary calcifications in these areas.

For comparative purposes I have thought it worth while to

give a drawing (fig. 10) of a corresponding anterior region from

another and larger specimen. In this there are seen eleven

definitely calcified cyclospondylic centra, which gradually increase

in width as we proceed from left to right. Each one is in the

form of two V’s placed point to point, and, moreover, corresponds

exactly in position with a calcified band on the exterior of the

notochord. It is worthy of note also that the soft notochordal

tissue gradually becomes obliterated from the intervertebral

spaces as we approach the skull, so that in the space between the

first centrum and the cranium soft tissue is not present at all.

The larger, more definite, and regular calcifications of the centra

in the larger specimen are of considerable interest because they

seem to indicate—as will be shown in another region of the

vertebral column—that the extent to which calcification takes

place depends upon the age of the specimen, for apparently the

size depends upon the age. The older the specimen the more

definitely and regularly calcified are the regions where calcifica-

tion may occur. Garman mentions this region, and says that

there are vertebral constrictions which are somewhat calcified,

but he does not state how far this condition obtains, and his

figure of a longitudinal vertical section taken in this region is

very indefinite. The calcified areas are represented as being of

irregular shape, much more rounded than those which I have

found. They are also continuous with one another, whereas those

which I have found are quite discontinuous.

Region 2.—The “trunk region” is the longest of all, and shows

the least differentiation of the notochord. The dorsalia are

represented by basidorsals and interdorsals, triangular in outline,

suprabasidorsals segmented off from the apices of the basidorsals

as small wedge-shaped pieces. The ventralia are represented

by basiventrals, somewhat rectangular in outline, and rounded

interventrals. The latter are comparatively small, and gradually

decrease in size as we proceed posteriorly. The notochord is of

uniform diameter, and shows slight but unmistakable signs of

segmentation ; each segment corresponding exactly with a basi-

dorsal above and a basiventral below. The segmentation is

shown by a difference in the appearance of the chordal sheath

along lines corresponding in position to the ends of the basi-

dorsals. At these points there appear to be narrow rings or

annulations of the notochord as shown in fig. 11. In a view of

the cut surface of a vertical longitudinal section of a portion

from this region, no apparent constrictions of the notochord are

found to correspond with the external segmentation of the

chordal sheath. The interior of the chord presents a fairly

uniform appearance, as was noted by Garman. If, however, a

horizontal longitudinal section be made of the notochord, a

regular sequence of constrictions of the chordal sheath is at once

006 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar. 15,

apparent. Hach of these occurs beneath a basidorsal, and extends

between two consecutive segmentation marks on the exterior of

the chordal sheath. Hach takes the form of a bulging inward

of the sheath, so that a slightly pinched-in cylinder is formed.

The regions described thus far are typically monospondylic,

¢.e. each neuromere is made up of one of each of the vertebral

elements, one basidorsal, one interdorsal, one suprabasidorsal,

one basiventral, and one interventral The foramina for the

spinal nerves do not occur between the dorsalia, but are actual

perforations of the basidorsals and interdorsals. In the mono-

spondylic regions each basidorsal transmits a foramen for a

ventral root and each interdorsal one fora dorsal root. The ventral

root foramina are larger than the dorsal ones.

Ribs. These are small, thin, cartilaginous pieces segmented off

from the basiventrals, with which they are continuous. They

occur in regions | and 2, and extend from the eighth to the sixty-

fourth neuromeres inclusive. At their posterior end they reach

a point on the vertebral column a short distance anterior to

the level of the cloaca, where they terminate abruptly, having

apparently diminished but very little in size. More pcsterior to

this point the basiventrals begin to grow downward, and gradually

assume the form of wedge-shaped pieces which afterwards fuse

beneath the hemal canal and thus give rise to the hemal spines.

Region 3.—At the seventieth neuromere we get the transition

from the monospondyle to the diplospondylic condition taking

place (see fig. 12). As represented in the figure, the latter con-

dition appears to be brought about by the segmenting off of a

small basidorsal from the anterior side of a typical monospondylous

one. By this means each single large basidorsal gives rise to two

smaller ones, and between these there is inserted a small inter-

dorsal. The small basidorsals have narrow suprabasidorsals seg-

mented off from their apices as thin wedge-shaped pieces. A

ventral root foramen perforates the posterior one of each pair

of diplospondylous basidorsals, whilst the succeeding interdorsal

transmits a dorsal root foramen. In this way we have the

typical diplospondylic condition of vertebrae brought about, and

this arrangement obtains to a point about eleven centimetres

from the tip of the tail. At the seventy-second neuromere, as

shown in fig. 12, we find the monospondylic condition again

occurring, apparently as a reversion to the more primitive stage

in development. Instead of finding two of each of the arcualia

we only havea single large basidorsal with a ventral root foramen

near its posterior edge, followed by a single large interdorsal.

However, on the lower side of the notochord there are two basi-

ventrals and interventrals, thus indicating that although the

dorsalia have not been segmented into the double condition, yet

this has occurred in the ventralia. This single neuromere is of

interest, because it seems to indicate that the diplospondylic con-

dition is the secondary one, arising by segmentation of the parts

which go to form the more primitive monospondylic condition.

. ~ eed

ees eee eee

1910.] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. DOT

Tt can be seen from fig. 13 that in this diplospondylic region we

have an alternation of imperforate and perforate basidorsals,

between which occur the perforate and imperforate interdorsals.

On the ventral side of the notochord we have a similar segmen-

tation of the ventralia. The notochord in this region has a

segmented appearance, which is brought about by the occurrence

of bands of cartilage round it. These bands are in reality

extensions of the dorsal and ventral arcualia—basidorsals and

basiventrals—round the chordal sheath, and they alternate

regularly with spaces in which the sheath is naked. They are

found in the trunk region as well, only there each cartilaginous

band is very thin, and is only recognizable in microscopic sections.

In the main caudal region, however, the bands are much more

pronounced in growth. Here also there is a marked difference

in the relative size of the two kinds of basidorsals. The imper-

forate ones are larger than the perforate, and this difference in

size obtains especially where the caudal fin is deepest. As we

proceed towards the tip of the tail the dorsalia gradually become

more nearly equal in size until at a point just anterior to where

they lose their identity, they are quite equal.

Perhaps the most interesting feature, however, of the skeleton

in this particular region is that which is found from a point level

with the posterior end of the anal fin to within a short distance

of the tip of the tail. Here we find definite calcified rings round

the chordal sheath which correspond in position to the basidorsals

above and lie internal to the cartilaginous bands just mentioned.

They are shown in fig. 13, where they appear as unshaded bands

on the notochord extending between a large imperforate basi-

dorsal above and the corresponding basiventral below. There

is also an indication in the figure of a band beneath a perforate

basidorsal and this, as it stands, may be somewhat misleading,

appearing as if it were somewhat exceptional. This, however,

is not the case, as only a short distance posterior to the portion

figured the calcified rings become as well marked beneath the

perforate basidorsals as beneath the imperforate ones. Fig. 14

represents a longitudinal vertical section of fig. 13. It is at

‘once apparent from this that internal to each broad calcified

band, 7. ¢. beneath each imperforate basidorsal, we have a con-

striction of the chordal sheath in the form of an incipient centrum,

the calcification extending into it and lending it additional

strength. Beneath each perforate basidorsal also there is a very

slight constriction of the chordal sheath without any trace of

calcification.

The points just dealt with are shown much more clearly in a

portion of the vertebral column taken from the larger, and

probably older, female specimen. In this the extensions of the

arcualia are very pronouncedly developed in the main caudal

region, those beneath the perforate basidorsals being quite well

shown. Both the latter and the larger ones beneath imperforate

basidorsals are ridged in surface view as shown in fig. 15 In a

098 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [Mar. 15,

view of a longitudinal vertical section of this portion (fig. 16), it

is at once evident that in this specimen the formation of centira

has proceeded much farther than in the smaller and, doubtless,

younger specimen. The constrictions beneath the imperforate

basidorsals extend well towards the centre of the notochord,

whilst those beneath the perforate basidorsals are quite well

developed, being much larger and more sharply defined than the

corresponding constrictions in the smaller specimen. In both

large and small constrictions also calcification has taken place, so

that rounded V’s are shown in the sectional view.

In the caudal region, then, we have well-marked, incipient,

eyclospondylic centra. Another point which is especially imter-

esting is that the calcified rings become most strongly developed

in that part of the notochord below which the ventral lobe of the

caudal fin has its greatest depth. One would expect this to be

the case when the occurrence of centra and calcified bands is

considered from the point of view of the mechanical importance

of this region. If the diplospondylic condition of the vertebral

column is concerned, as Ridewood (28) suggests, with flexibility,

then we have here double the number of parts capable of articu-

lation with one another that we should have if the monospon-

dylic condition obtained in its place. Since also, the greatest

purchase on the water is obtained by the tail where the caudal

tin 1s deepest, we should expect to find here not only flexibility

provided for but also a provision for increased strength in the

skeletal supporting tissue. This is indeed what we actually find,

for, as poimted out above, the diplospondylic condition is found

here and the incipient centra are most strongly developed and

calcified over the deepest part of the caudal fin.

Region 4.—This short region is of particular interest, because

it has not been figured and described before. The specimen which

Garman figured had lost the extreme tip of the tail. Fig. 17

represents it natural size, and from this it is seen that the

vertebral column is a gradually tapering structure which remains

segmented up to the end, no urostyle being present. The noto-

chord has but very slight growths of the arcualia round it, and in

two parts it is shghtly segmented externally. In the dorsalia at

the commencement of the region can be recognized both basi-

dorsals and interdorsals. Very soon, however, the distinction

between them becomes lost and they apparently fuse with each

other to form small, irregularly shaped pieces, which, towards the

extreme tip, are rhomboidal in outline and are of varying lengths.

The dorsal radial elements, which are borne on the dorsal side of

the neural arches, are also of variable length. They do not corre-

spond segmentally with the dorsalia, and as we approach the

extreme tip of the tail they become comparatively long. The

hemal spines are the most regular in shape and occurrence,

being, with one or two exceptions, of the same width up to the

end of the tail.

The point of special interest in ati region is the disposition

= = t er Ne

1910. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 599

of the nerve foramina, which perforate the dorsalia. Anterior to

the portion figured, the caudal region is typically diplospondylie,

as already described. The ventral foramina are, throughout the

vertebral column, larger than the dorsal ones. At the com-

mencement of the figure, on the left-hand side can be seen a

basidorsal which carries a nerve foramen. The succeeding inter-

dorsal is imperforate, the dorsal and ventral roots of the spinal

nerve having apparently united or approximated very closely

together so fee one foramen will transmit both. This condition

also holds for the succeeding spinal nerves. In counting the

number of dorsal elements separating the foramina depicted in

fig. 15, it is seen that between the first foramen and the following

one there are two dorsal elements. Between the second and third

there are also two; between third and fourth, three; between

fourth and fifth, nine; between fifth and sixth, eleven; and

between this and the end of the tail there are thirty elements

without a single perforation. This arrangement of the foramina

in relation to the number of dorsalia is obviously quite irregular,

and so far from being in accord with Ridewood’s (28) and Mayer’s

(22) contention that “the terminal region of the vertebral column

is monospondylic, it shows that in Chlamydoselachus, at any rate,

the neural apertures are so irregular in arrangement that this

particular region may quite well be termed ‘heterospondylic.’ The

musculature of the region in question is very much reduced, and

we should scarcely expect to find so perfect a nerve-supply as is

found more anteriorly. Moreover, with the irregularity in the

shape and size of the arcualia and their non- -segmental arrange-

ment relatively to one another, it is difficult to imagine How a

monospondylic condition could obtain here.

It seemed desirable to ascertain in what relation the myomeres

of the tail stand to the neuromeres. In order to do this She skin

was taken off from the other side of the tail and posterior portion

of the trunk, so as to reveal the myomeres with their separating

myocommata, On examining the limits of the mnyomeres it was

seen that each one in the trunk corresponds 1 mm extent with a

monospondylic neuromere. In the main caudal region each

myomere is equal in extent with a diplospondylic neuromere.

A determination was next made of the number of myomeres from

the beginning of the diplospondylic region to the point where the

distinction between the separate myocommata 1s lost, @. e. within

five centimetres of the extreme tip of the tail. This number is

forty-two. The number of neuromeres was next determined for

the same region, and this also is forty-two. Thus the number of

myomeres and neuromeres is the same in the tail, and each

irregular or heterospondylic neuromere of region “4” has its

corresponding myomere.

The number of neuromeres for the side of the tail on which

the myomeres were counted was next determined. After care-

fully removing the muscular tissue, the spinal nerves were left,

and by examining these through a dissecting microscope their

560 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar. 15,

number and distribution could be determined. The relation of

their foramina to the dorsalia presents a considerable difference

from the condition found on the other side of the tail. The total

number of neuromeres for the region in question is the same for

both sides, viz. forty-two; but instead of the irregularly-disposed

foramina being separated by dorsal elements arranged in the order

of the numbers, 2, 2, 3, 9, and 11, we find the following numbers

of dorsalia separating them, 1, 2, 2, 2, and 14. From this it can

be seen that the regular diplospondylic condition has proceeded

one neuromere more posterior on this side than on the other, and

that the following three are also more regular than the corre-

sponding three of the other side. But there is no indication of a

return to the monospondylic condition. This very interesting

condition of heterospondyly is one which, so far as I have been

able to ascertain, has not been described for any other Selachian

fish.

i. Summary of special features and comparison

with Notidanide.

In summarizing the leading characteristics of the vertebral

column of Chlamydoselachus, the following points may be men-

tioned :—First, the variety which it exhibits in the formation of

centra. At the extreme anterior end the constrictions form

eyclospondylic well-calcified centra. These may be followed by.

smaller constrictions in a semi-calcified condition. In the trunk-

region are found the slightly constricted cylinders of the noto-

chord, representing the lowest of all the stages in centra-formation.

The main caudal region is characterized by the. occurrence in it

of constrictions of two sizes, the larger more calcified ones lying

beneath the imperforate basidorsals, and the smaller less calcified

ones lying beneath the perforate basidorsals. This difference in

size gradually becomes lost as we proceed towards the tip of the

tail, the constrictions becoming equal in size concurrently with

the equalization in the size of the imperforate and perforate

basidorsals. This particular point of the occurrence of centra in

the tail-region is deserving of special emphasis, masmuch as

three recent text-books of zoology give the uniform character

of the notochord and absence of centra in this region as a diag-

nostic feature of the Chlamydoselachide. The very pronounced

growth of the basidorsals and basiventrals around the chordal

sheath in the main caudal region is also very noteworthy. The

great length of the diplospondylic region is of considerable

interest, extending as. it does through thirty-eight neuromeres,

viz., from seventy to one-hundred and eight. The heterospondylic

portion of the tip of the tail is, so far as I am aware, unique in

Selachians.

The points at which the calcified centra occur is perhaps

deserving of some mention. It seems that they are found where

there are the greatest demands made for strength. At the

anterior end, combined with the fusion of the vertebral column

1910.] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 561

to the cranium, they give a rigidity to the supporting elements

which is of service no doubt in enabling the fish to cleave the

water. In the caudal region they meet the demand for increased

strength caused by the purchase which the caudal. fin obtains

upon the water.

Compared with Hexanchus the vertebral column of Chlamydo-

seluchus must be regarded, I think, as showing more specialized

characters. In the former the notochord is simply constricted by

annular thickenings of the cartilaginous sheath, no calcifications

being present. The vertebral column of Heptanchus, however,

is on the whole more specialized than that of Chlamydoselachus.

for although the double-cone arrangement is not so pronounced

at the anterior end as in Chlamydoselachus, yet the notochord is

constricted vertebrally by a series of calcified rings which assume

more and more the form of double cones towards the tail, And,

moreover, in the caudal region secondary calcifications may give

rise to a number of short rays radiating out from the centre of

the double cones.

VI. Precrorat GirDLE AND Fins. (Plate XLV. fig. 18.)

Pectoral girdle.—I have nothing to add to the account of the

girdle given by Garman (10. pp. 13, 14), except to say that my

observations, made on three girdles, agree with his description

and figure, neglecting of course a few trifling details due no

doubt to individual variations.

Pectoral fins.—In regard to the pectoral fins there are certain

rather important differences between the account and figure

given by Garman and the observations which I have made on

three pairs of fins. The articulation of the fin with the coracoid

is unibasal, and the articular surface of the mesopterygium is

about twice as large as that of the propterygium.

The propterygium is small, triangular in outline, and has a

hollow articular surface. It carries no radials.

The mesopterygiwm is moderately large, is irregular in shape,

resembling somewhat a truncated triangle, not being nearly so

triangular as that figured by Garman. It carries radials on its

posterior edge which show various degrees of fusion.

The metapterygiaum is an elongate, laterally compressed carti-

lage, carrying a large number of radials. It has a rounded

dorsal ridge and gradually curves outward, not being practically

straight as represented by Garman. Usually it is bisegmental,

but in this respect it presents some interesting variations, for in

two fins which I have examined it is trisegmental. In the former

condition the proximal segment is the longer one and is more

laterally compressed than the distal segment. The trisegmental

condition is represented in two ways; first by the addition of a

small proximal segment articulating with the coracoid, similar to

that figured by Braus (3), and second, by the intercalation of a

short segment between the normal proximal and distal segments.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XXXVI. 36

562 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Mar. 15,

As a rule the metapterygium is attached by ligament to the

coracoid, but I have found one case in which the mesopterygium

interposes a short process between the metapterygium and the

coracoid and so prevents this attachment.

The radials are for the most part trisegmental, but the last

two or three attached to the distal segment of the metapterygium

are, as a rule, without segmentation. In the smaller tins which

have been examined, two small post-axial radials are present;

these are attached to the postero-lateral edge of the mesopterygium

and are rot, as Garman figured them, in the same straight line

as the metapterygium. In the larger fins from the female

specimen, however, the two most distal radials of the meta-

pterygium are attached terminally and not post-axially to it.

The proximal segments of the radials attached to the meso-

pterygium exhibit fusion, and in most cases the resultant mass

of cartilage includes the first one or two of the proximal segments

of the radials attached to the metapterygium, as shown in fig. 18.

In some cases the whole of the proximal segments do not fuse

as represented in the figure; one or two may remain distinct.

Whatever ‘amount of fusion is shown, however, the original

radials are indicated by lines of calcification in the fused cartilage.

- I have entirely failed to find the nerve foramen figured by

Braus (8) perforating the fused proximal segments to the radials

attached to the mesopterygium.

avails Tue Penyic GIRDLE AND FINS OF THE FEMALE.

(Plate XLV. fig. 19.) -

The pelvic girdle takes the form of a flattened plate of carti-

lage, which is, as Garman pointed out, about twice as long as

wide; it is also equal in length to the proximal segment of the

basipterygium. On its anterior edge it has a median convex

protuberance, whilst its posterior edge is practically straight,

not bemg nearly so concave as Garman has figured it. Its

lateral edge is almost straight, but has a few indentations, thus

presenting a difference from the curved edge figured by Garman.

A short distance from each side there is a row of foramina which

transmit spinal nerves ; the second from the anterior end is the

largest of these in all cases. In regard to these lateral foramina

it is interesting to note that there is a certain amount of vari-

ability in their number in different specimens of Chlamydoselachus.

There is also a differenee in the number of foramina for each

side of the girdle in one and the same specimen, as shown in the

accompanying table :—

No. of foramina:

Specimen. R. side. L. side.

Wiarse female ines: 2 ore aso Sisk 7

Male, Museum specimen ..:... ~ 10 9

Male described in this paper... staan Sie hg Q)

Braus (2) gives 6 foramina in his figure, Garman (10) gives

8 on each side in his, and Goodrich sy gives 10 on each side i in

his figure.

1910. ] ANATOMY OF THE FRILLND SHARK, 563

The basipterygium is a stout cartilage, articulating by means

of a comparatively small surface with the postero-lateral border

of the pelyic girdle, It has a rounded dorsal edge, is somewhat.

laterally compressed, and is also outwardly curved, Garman (10)

says that at its extremity it has a series of three radials. These

would seem to correspond with the distal segmented portion of the

basipteryginm and the two attached radials which I have figured;

That the proximal one of these parts is a portion of the basi-

pterygium is obvious from the figure (19), It carries, moreover,

the penultimate radial.

Garman’s figures (Pls. x1, & xii,) are scarcely to be trusted,

as the two which he gives of these cartilages are different from

each other in many respects, and particularly in regard to thé

points in question, There is, it must be admitted, a certain

amount of variability in these cartilages, for in the fin of the

opposite side to the one figured the basipterygium is bisegmental

distally and the attachment of the terminal radial is slightly

different. Moreover, there are differences between the one

figured here and those given by Goodrich (18) in his plate of

fivures illustrating Chlamydoselachus.

The lateral radials are attached to the ventro-lateral edge of

the pelvic girdle and of the basipterygium. They are for the

most part trisegmental, whilst those at the anterior end are

somewhat irregular in outline and show signs of fusion in some

of their parts. The proximal segments of those attached to the

pelvic girdle are dorsally flattened and are directed outward,

obliquely downward, and slightly posteriorly, The median and

distal segments of these lie more in the horizontal plane and are

more rounded than the proximal segments, The radials attached

to the basipterygium are, on the whole, narrower than those

attached to the girdle, and they gradually become more attenuated

as we proceed posteriorly. The last one is bisegmental and the

three before that are complete.

The extraordinary length of the flattened pelvic girdle, the

correspondingly large number of attached lateral radials, and

the large number of lateral nerve foramina afford strong evidence

of the primitive nature of the pelvic girdle in Chlamydoselachus.

VIII, Tae Mixipreryera (Copulatory Appendages or Claspers).

(Plate XLVI. figs. 20-22.)

j. Measurements.

ins. cms.

Wmeneth ofpamima les. ysyucn- coaeets se: 52 130

43 girdle+appendage ...,, : 85 21:4

‘ APPONCASS aac tas. welae srs 4°5 11°25

a free part of appendage.., eg 48

Maximum width of appendage...... 0°6 1-4

os BO: (6: 0) 08 10 We ee 5 12-5

Length of basipterygium B ......,,, 15 38

i axial cartilage 6 ......... 4:5 11°6

564 MR. I, GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL | Mar. 15,

k. Haternals.

Compared with the pectoral fins of the same specimen the

pelvic fins and mixipterygia are quite large. As mentioned

by Giinther (14) and as will be seen from the measurements

given above, the edges of the pelvic fins reach to within a com-

_ paratively short distance of the posterior ends of the appendages.

On the dorsal side of each appendage, bounded by muscles, is the

channel, which, toward its posterior end, becomes somewhat

lateral in position and is bounded here by the knife-edged,

movable terminal cartilages 7d. and Z7.v. In a ventral aspect

the most prominent feature of the appendage is the glandular sac

and compressor muscle, covered with loosely fitting soft skin. The

sac does not extend anteriorly as far as the point of attachment

of the basipterygium to the pelvic girdle. It may perhaps extend

farther forward in more mature and larger specimens, or again it

may be that the specimen under consideration was not taken at

the period of sexual maturity, at which time the glandular sac

enlarges considerably in most Elasmobranchs. The skin covering

the sac and the terminal parts of the appendages is very soft and

is entirely free from dermal-spines.

1. Musculature.

In the following description I am adopting the nomenclature

used by Huber (20), which differs somewhat from that used by

Jungersen (21); more particularly in regard to the muse. extensor

of the latter. This muscle Huber divided into musc. flexor

externus and musc. flexor internws, both of which he found in all

the examples on which he worked, I have found both also in

Chlamydoselachus.

Musc. adductor, A.—This is comparatively small, and has its

origin in the posterior border of the pelvic girdle, to which it is

attached by a strong ligament. It is partially overlaid by the

muse. flexor internus, and is inserted on the inner distal end of

the basipterygium.

Muse. flexor externus, Fl.e.—This originates chiefly with 4,

and on the inner surface of the latter, from which it later on

separates. It is inserted on the proximal end of the muse.

dilatator and also on the whole of the proximal side of the

radial (3.

Muse. flecor internus, Fl.1—This has its origin on the inner

side of the basipterygium and is inserted on the proximal end of

the axial cartilage 6. It is partially overlaid by the muse. flexor

externus.

Muse. dilatator, D.—This is a large muscle wrapping the inner

and ventral surfaces of the axial cartilage 6. It has its origin on

the proximal end of 6, partly beneath the radial 6, and is inserted

chiefly on the inner side of the same cartilage and on the

terminal cartilage Z7.d. It is also inserted to a much smaller

1910.] “ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 565

extent on the terminal cartilage Z.v. In the greater part of its

extent 1t forms the inner lip bounding the channel.

Musc. compressor, S.—On the dorsal side this muscle appears

to arise from the outer side of 6. It really has its origin on the

outer side of the proximal end of the axial cartilage 6, lying

beneath 6. Contributing largely to it also on its outer side are

muscle-bundles belonging to the last elongated lateral radials.

These bundles belong to the system of dorsal radial muscles (0)

which arise from the body-wall. The last elongated radial

carries a portion of the musc. compressor on its inner side, thus

forming the outer lip bounding the channel. On the ventral

side the musc. compressor takes the form of a somewhat

oval sac whose cavity communicates with the channel on the

dorsal side of the appendage, and whose lining is of epithelium,

continuous with that covering the appendage. Its tapering

anterior end is attached to the aponeurosis below the last ventral

radial muscle, whilst distally it is connected by loose soft tissue

with the terminal cartilage 7.7. From the disposition of the

whole muscle and from its relation to the other muscles of the

appendage, I regard it as derived from modified muscle-bundles

of the last two or three radials. This view is in agreement with

Huber’s, according to which the musculature of the muse. com-

pressor has originated from modified radial muscle-bundles of the

last few radials.

Radial muscles —On the dorsal side there are the muscle-

bundles O, which have their origin in a lateral aponeurosis

running along the lower ends of the myomeres of the body-wall.

In removing these muscles it is found that they are indistinctly

divided into two layers, a superficial one reaching as far as the

horny fibres of the fin and a deeper layer which does not extend

quite as far outward.

On the ventral side there are the radial muscles Ra, which

originate on the pelvic girdle close to the median line and extend

outward to the horny fibres. Toward the anterior end the

separate bundles have fused together, thus corresponding with

the fusion of the radials above them.

m. Skeleton.

The following account is based on the dissection and exami-

nation of the copulatory appendage of the right side, and on a

careful comparison made with this and the appendages from

another specimen in the museum here.

The only previous accounts of the mixipterygia of Chlamydo-

selachus are those given by Ginther (14), quoted by Jungersen

(21) and by Braus (3). The mixipterygium figured by Braus is

very different from that given by Gunther or that given in

fig. 22 in the present paper. It appears to be in an undeveloped

condition, for it is small and no terminal cartilages are shown.

O66 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [ Max’. 15,

I have found a few rather important differences between the

specimens which I have examined and those previously described

and figured; these points will be dealt with in due course.

The pelvic girdle resembles that of the female, being a flattened,

elongated plate of cartilage. It has a convex anterior edge

(another example had this edge slightly coneave) and a concave

posterior edge. There area number of nerve-foramina perforating

it at a short distance from each lateral border, the number of

which has already been given.

The basipterygiwm, B, is attached postero-laterally to the girdle,

and there is a small piece of cartilage inserted dorsally in the

attaching ligament, having the appearance of a portion segmented

from the basipterygium, The latter is a fairly stout cartilage, is

laterally compressed so that it is about twice as deep as wide, and

is concave on its inner, and convex on its outer surface. It also

has a rather prominent rounded ridge on its dorsal side,

Attached to the dorso-posterior end of the basipterygium is the

simple rod-shaped radial /3. This was not mentioned by Giinther,

but Jungersen surmised that it was present and suggested that it

had been overlooked. Braus has figured it. It is of interest to

find that it is present, as it brings Chlamydoselachus into line

with most of the described forms of Elasmobranch mixipterygia

in this respect.

The axial cartilage, b, is attached to the distal end of the basi-

pterygium somewhat ventro- -laterally and toward the inner side.

Lying in the thick connecting ligament is a single insignificant

intercalary cartilage, 0.1, which Braus also has figured. The

proximal end of the axial cartilage is comparatively thin and

laterally compressed, In this respect, and particularly in respect

to the single intercalary cartilage, there is here an important point

of difference from Giinther’s figure. As shown in the latter, the

axial cartilage 1s proximally broad and spindle-shaped, also one

large and two small intercalary cartilages are shown closely,

attached to it, the large one having the appearance of a portion,

segmented from the axial cartilage. In view of the fact that I

have found three axial cartilages narrow and somewhat com-

pressed, with a single insignificant intercalary cartilage in each

case, I can only suggest ‘that the large She ole cartilage

ficured by Giinther is really a fractured portion of the anterior

end of the axial eartilage, for it certainly has this appearance.

With regard to the two smaller ones, it seems to me that the

anterior one in his figure is really the base of the missing radial

6, whilst the intermediate one corresponds to the single intercalary

cartilage.

It is of interest to note also that the mixipterygium figured by

Giinther is that of the right side, as is the one which is given in

this paper ; but, curiously enough, the lateral radials in his figure

are placed to the left of the basipterygium, whereas they are

actually on the right side, as I have figured them.

Proceeding towards its distal end, we find that the axial

1910. ] _ ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. D67

cartilage becomes thicker and more rounded, attaining its greatest

diameter at a point almost equidistant from each end, A groove

now appears on its dorsal surtace to the right of the median line,

and gradually deepens toward the distal end of the cartilage.

This is the groove in the cartilage corresponding to the channel

in the musculature.

In his account of the claspers, Giinther says that the groove is

on the ventral side of the axial cartilage, but how he arrived at

this conclusion it is very difficult to imagine, especially as he

figured it on the dorsal side. The groove is overhung in its

deepest part by the forwardly curved, tongue-shaped marginal

eartilage, &.v., which is attached basally to the outer border of

the stem cartilage, and at its distal end to the ventral terminal

cartilage, Z.v. The latter and the corresponding cartilage, 7’d.,

on the inner side of the appendage have sharp, chondrified

cutting edges, and are movably attached to the lateral borders

of the distal end of the axial cartilage. The ventral terminal,

7'v., is shorter than the dorsal terminal, Z\d., and its anterior

end is more sharply pointed than that of the latter. The ridge

corresponding in position to the dorsal marginal cartilage, 7..,

of many other selachians is practically indistinguishable, and is

certainly not as well marked in the specimens which I have

examined as the ridge figured by Gunther.

The lateral radials ave mostly trisegmental and, in general,

they resemble those of the female pelvic fin, especially those

attached to the pelvic girdle. Of these, the proximal segments

are attached to the ventro-lateral edge of the girdle, and are

directed outward, obliquely downward, and in a slightly posterior

direction. ‘They are flattened on their dorsal surface and the

three or four anterior ones exhibit fusion. Those attached to

the basipterygium are more rounded and gradually increase in

length as we approach the posterior end of the cartilage. The

last two or three are not segmented, and this is a further point of

resemblance to the condition prevailing in the female fin. There

are differences in the examples that I have examined in the

extent to which the anterior radials exhibit fusion, and also in

the segmental or non-segmental character of the posterior ones.

In regard to the latter point, it will be seen from a comparison

of my figure with that given by Giinther, that whereas the last

three radials are not segmented in my figure, only the last is

complete in his.

When the mixipterygium of Chlam:; ydoselachus 1s compared

with that of Hexanchus griseus, described and figured by Huber,

one is at once struck by the high degree of development pre-

sented by the organ in Chlamydoselachus. Whereas in Hexanchus

the axial cartilage is represented by a comparatively short

cartilage, seureely distinguishable from .a lateral -radial, and

bearing no accessory cartilages; the homologous part in Chlamydo-

.selachus 1s a long, stout cartilage, furnished distally with three

movable accessory cartilages.

568 MR. T. GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL {| Mar. 15,

IX. Mepian Fins.

In regard to these I have not much to say. My observations

lead me to confirm the account given by Garman. It must,

however, be pointed out that in his figure (Pl. xii.) the small

distal segments of the trisegmental radials of the anal fin are

absent.

Firbringer (7) gives a good figure of the dorsal fin, and on

account of this, and also because Garman’s figures of both dorsal

and anal fins are in the main features correct, I have not deemed

it advisable to give a drawing of these structures.

X, SUMMARY.

The following are a few of the most important points dealt

with in the paper :—

1. The Membranous Labyrinth is described and figured for

the first time, and it has been found to be of the usual selachian

type, resembling rather closely that of Hexanchus griseus.

2. In the formation of the centra the following points are

especially worthy of note :—

(a) The presence, at the anterior end of the vertebral

column, of well-developed, calcified cyclospondylic

centra.

(6) Slight constrictions of the notochord in the trunk region,

best seen in horizontal longitudinal section, not calcified.

The lowest stage in the development of centra.

of two sizes are present, corresponding with the doubling

in the number of arcualia, which here, more than

elsewhere in the vertebral column, grow round the

notochord and greatly strengthen the centra.

3. The terminal caudal region is heterospondylic, and not

monospondylic as in many other Selachians.

4, The musculature and skeleton of the mixipterygia are dealt

with fully for the first time. In regard to the musculature

I have to record the presence of both muse. flexor internus and

muse. flecor externus of Huber. In the skeleton I have found the

modified radial 3, and only one small intercalary cartilage 6.1,

not three as recorded by Giinther. |

XI. LITERATURE.

1. Avers.—‘ The Morphology of the Carotids.” Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. vol. xvii. No. 5, 1889.

2. Braus.—‘ Ueber d. Innervation d. paarigen Extremitiiten,

ete.” Jenaische Zeitschr. xxxi., 1898.

1910.] “ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK. 569

. JUNGERSEN.—The Danish Ingolf Expedition. Vol. ii. 2

Bravus.—‘ Ueber neuere Funde versteinerter Gliedmassen-

knorpel u. Mus. von Selachiern.” Verhandl. d. Phys.-Med.

Ges. Wurzburg, xxxiv., 1901.

. Braus.—‘“‘ Ueber d. Embryoalen Kiemenapparat v. Hept-

anchus.” Anat. Anz. Bd. xxix., 1906.

. Bripge.—The Cambridge Natural History—Fishes, etc.

London, 1904.

. Firprincer.—“ Beitriige z. Kentn. d. Visceralskel. d. Selach.”

Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xxxi., 1903.

. Forsrincer.— Beitrige z. Morph. d. Skelette d. Dipnoer

nebst Bemerkungen etc.” Jena, 1904.

. Gavow.—‘ The First and Second Visceral Arches.” Phil.

Trans. B. vol. elxxviii., 1888.

. Gavow & Assorr.—‘ The Evolution of the Vertebral

Column of Fishes.” Phil. Trans. B. vol. elxxxvi.. 1895.

. Garman.—‘ Chlamydoselachus anguineus.” Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. vol. xii. no. 1, 1885.

. GecenBAuR.— Unters. vergl. Anat. d. Wirbelthiere, iii., 1872.

. Gooprica.—‘ Notes on Median and Paired Fins of Fish.”

Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci., N.S. vol. 50, 1906.

. Gooprico.—“ A Treatise on Zoology.” Pt. ix. Ist Fase.

Cyclostomes and Fishes. London, 1909.

. GontHEer.—“ Challenger Reports.” Vol. xxii., 1887.

. Haswetu.—‘ Studies on the EHlasmobr. Skeleton.” Proc.

Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. ix., 1884,

. Hawkes.—‘“‘ The Cranial and Spinal Nerves of Chlamydo-

selachus anguineus.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906.

. Hawxkes.—“‘ The Abdominal Viscera and Vestigial Seventh

Branch. Arch in Chlamydoselachus anguineus.” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1907.

. Hetpine.—‘ Beitrage z. Anat. u. Systematik d. Lemargiden.”

Nova Acta, Bd. lxxxii. No. 4. Halle, 1904.

. Howes.—‘“‘ On the Presence of a Tympanum in the Genus

Raia.” Journ. Anat, & Physiol. vol. xvii., 1883.

. Huper.—‘ Die Kopulationglieder d. Selachier.” Zeitschr.

f. wiss. Zool., Bd. Ixx. 1901.

c=)

1899.

. Mayer.—‘“‘ Die unpaaren Flossen d. Selachier.” Mittheil.

Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. vi., 1886.

. ParKer.—“‘ Notes on Carcharodon rondeletw.” Proc. Zool.

Soe. 1887.

. Punnett.-—‘‘ On the Formation of the Pelvic Plexus.” Phil.

Trans. B. vol. excii., 1900.

. Recan.—‘ A Olesheaton of the Selachian Fishes.” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1906.

. Rerzius.—“ Das Gehororgan d. Wirbelthiere.” Bd.i. Stock-

holm, 1881.

. Ripewoop.—“ The Spiracle and Associated Structures in

Elasmobr. Fishes.” Anat. Anz. Bd. x1., 1896.

28.

29.

30.

31.

Vig.

Fie.

570 MR. Tv GOODEY ON THE SKELETAL [Mar. 15,

Ripewoop.—“ Caudal Diplospondyly in Sharks.” Journ.

Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii., 1899.

Sepawrok.—A Student’s Text-Book of Zoology. Vol. ii

London, 1905. ~

Srewart.—‘ On the Membranous Labyrinth of certain

Sharks.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxix., 1906.

Woobiann.—“ The Anatomy of Centrophorus calceus.” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1907.

XIL EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prater XLII.

1. Side view of skull, jaws depressed showing ethmo-palatine process and its

articular facet. Slightly less than half natural size.

2. Median vertical longitudinal section of cranium and anterior part of vertebral

colunm. Slightly reduced. :

3. Jaw-joint seen from inside, widely open. X 3%.

4. Postero-lateral view of first and second visceral arches and their connecting

ligaments. X 3.

5. Internal view of jaw-joint showing relation of quadrato-hyoid ligament.

Xa.

Prare XLITI.

. Ventral view of branchial arches, showing vestigial seventh branchial arch.

. Membranous labyrinth seen from the inside. X 2.

. Membranous labyrinth seen from the outside. X 2.

. Vertical longitudinal section of anterior end of vertebral column, showing

calcified cyclospondylic centra. Slightly reduced.

10. Vert. longit. section of anterior end of vertebral column of large female

specimen, showing cyclospondylic centra. Slightly reduced.

Wee oh fon)

Pratt XLIV.

11. Portion of vertebral column from trunk region with ribs attached. Nat. size.

12. Transitional region from mono- to diplospondylic condition of vertebre ;

the numbers n. 70, etc. denote neuromeres; note especially n. 72. Nat.

size.

13. Portion of vertebral column from main caudal region, n. 89 to n. 91; note

calcified bands. Nat. size.

14, Vert. longit. section of fig. 13; note the calcified incipient centra. Nat.

size.

15. Portion of vertebral column from main caudal rezion of large female specimen,

the ridged extensions of the arcualia round the notochord are well shown.

Nat. size.

16. Vert. longit. section of fig. 15, calcified cyclospondylic centra of two sizes

are well shown. Nat. size.

PratE XLV.

ig. 17. Terminal caudal region, heterospondylic region. Nat. size.

18. Left pectoral fin; note fused proximal segments of radials attached to

mesopterygium, also two postaxial radials. Nat. size.

19. Dorsal view of right half of pelvic girdle and fin of female. X 4.

Prate XLVI.

ig. 20. Dorsal view of night half of pelvic girdle and mixipterygium, showing

musculature. x4 a ‘

21. Ventral view of fig. x 4.

22. Dorsal. view of ache: of right mixipterygium ; uote modified. radial 3,

and intercalary cartilage, 6.1. x 4

1910.]

ANATOMY OF THE FRILLED SHARK.

—

REFERENCE LETTERS.

Skull.

a.f., anterior fontanelle, ‘m:, mandible.

bbr. 1-6, basibranchials. m.r., mandibular ridge.

bh., basihyal. n.c., nasal cartilages.

br.7., branchial rays. o.c., olfactory capsule.

chy., ceratobranchials,

ch., notochord.

erh., ceratohyal.

ebr., epibranchial.

e.p.p., ethmo-palatine process.

Ff., foramen.

hby. 1-6, hypobranchials.

hym., hyomandibular.

hy P-» hyal process.

i.¢,f., internal carotid foramen,

i.0.8,, interorbital sinus.

j.l., jot ligament.

l.h.m.é., ligamentum hyoideo mandibu-

“lare externum.

l.g.d.i., ligamentum quadrato= hyoideo

internum.

0.8., optic stalk.

pf, parietal fossa.

| po.p., postorbital process.

pq., palatoquadrate.

| pr.p., preorbital process.

| p.s.l., post- -spiracular ligament.

ptf., pituitary fossa.

7. rostrum.

$.cr., supra-capsular ridge.

s.0. 1-4, spino-occipital foramina.

sp.., supraorbital ridge.

th.c., thyroid concavity.

v.b.a.7., vestigial 7th branchial arch.

]-X., cranial nerve foramina.

VIL.z.; hyoidean foramen of VII.

Membranous Labyrinth.

a.a., ampulla anterior.

a.d.e., apertura ductus endolymphati-

cus externus.

a.e., ampulla externus.

a.p., ampulla posterior.

¢.a., canalis anterior.

c.e., Canalis externus.

e.p., canalis posterior.

d.e., ductus endolymphaticus.

d.u.s.p., ductus utriculo saccularis

posterior.

1., lagena.

pt parietal fossa.

ma.da., ranulus ampulla atitetior.

ramulus ampulla externus.

ramulus ampulla posterior.

recessus utriculi.

ramulus lagena.

ramulus neglectus.

ramulus sacculus,

ramulus utriculi.

sacculus.

saccus endolymphaticus.

¢., tympanic aperture.

u.d., utriculus anterior.

w.p., utriculus posterior.

| VIII., 8th crania! nerve.

}

PAE.

V.Ap-s

reC.,

Pell

rN,

WSey

Fallin

Sil.

Vertebral Column.

a.ch.s., annulation of chordal sheath.

bd., basidorsals.

bv., basiventrals.

cal., calcifications.

c.c., cyclospondylic centra.

ch.s., chordal sheath.

d.f., dorsal root foramina,

h.c., hemal canal.

h.s., heemal spines.

id., interdorsals.

i.bd., impertorate basidorsals.

i.id., impertorate interdorsals.

iv., interventrals.

iv.s., intervertebral spaces.

lic.c., larger cyclospondylic centra.

neuromeres.

; neural canal.

pertorate basidorsals.

: perforate interdorsals.

ribs.

supra: basidorsals.

smaller cyclospondylic centra.

, supra-dorsal ligament.

ventral root foramina.

an 3

Ao s

vf,

Paired Fins.

A, muse. adductor.

3B, basipterygium.

b., axial cartilage.

6.1, intercalary cartilage.

8, modified radial.

bt.d., distal segment of basiptery-

gium.

bt.p., proximal segment of basis

pterygium.

c.m., collector nerve.

D, muse. dilatator.

Fi.e., muse. flexor externus.

_ F7.i., muse. flexor internus.

1.v.f., longitudinal nerve foramina.

last lateral radial.

mesopterygium.

metapterygium.

dorsal radial muscles.

pelvic girdle.

propterygium.

postaxial radials.

lateral radials.

ventral radial muscles.

R.v., marginal ventral cartilage.

S, musc. compressor.

T.d., terminal dorsal cartilage.

T.v., terminal ventral cartilage.

Eas

mst.,

mt.,

DG:

pt.,

pt.r.,

Tes

Ra.,

572 - MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON [ Mar. 15,

2. Additional Notes on the Birds of Hainan.*

By W. R. Oeitvie-Grant, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U.f

[Received March 15, 1910. ]

The Natural History Museum has recently received a small

collection of birds from the Five- and Seven-Finger Ranges, Cen-

tral Hainan, procured by Mr. Robert Douglas, I.M.C., Shanghai.

It was forwarded in the first instance as a present to the

Zoological Society of London, but thanks to the good offices of

the Secretary was transferred to the Natural History Museum.

It contains several species of great interest, and among these

examples of a new species of Wood-Shrike ( 7ephrodornis hainanus),

and a new species of Ant-Thrush (Pitta douglasi) as well as a

Bulbul (Pyenonotus sinensis), not hitherto found in Hainan.

In my article on the Birds of Hainan published in 1900 239

species were enumerated as inhabiting the island. Since that

paper was published My. Walter Rothschild has received a large

collection of birds from the island of Hainan made by Mr. Alan

Owston’s Japanese collectors and containing specimens of the

beautiful Tree-Partridge (Arboricola ardens), hitherto known only

from the type-specimen. Mr. Rothschild described the following

species and subspecies (cf. Bull. B. O. C. xiv. pp. 7-9, 1903) :—

Psittiparus gularis hainanus.

Serilophus lunulatus polionotus.

Stachyris. guttata swinhoer.

Trochalopteron canorum owstoni.

Stachyridopsis ruficeps goodsont.

Pomatorhinus tickelli hainanus.

Cissa katsumatee.$

The first of these, the so-called P. g. hainanus, does not appear to

be distinct from Paradoxornis fokiensis David, for, as will be seen

below, the difference in size is not appreciable. The species, how-

ever, was not included in my former paper, so that the total number

of species of birds now known to occur in Hainan amounts to 249.

The number given for each species is the same as that used in

my paper on the Birds of Hainan ; for the sake of brevity this is

referred to as ‘ Ogilvie-Grant.’

5 a. CissA KATSUMATA Rothsch.

Cissa katsumate Rothsch. Bull. B. O. C. xiv. p. 9 (1903).

a-c. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th—15th November.

In describing this species Mr. Rothschild has compared it with

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here, but since the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ No. 81, 1910, these species are distinguished by the names being under-

Jined.—Eprror. |

+ Communicated by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

. f Of. Ogilvie-Grant, P. Z.S. 1900, pp. 457-504, pls. xxxili. & xxxiv. _

§ A full account of this collection has just appeared. Cf. Haitert, Nov. Zool.

xvil. pp. 189-254, pls. v. & vi. (1910): he enumerates 281 species and subspecies as

occurring in Hainan, and describes 14 as new, :

1910.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 573

C’. chinensis, but it is much more closely allied to C. jefferyi Sharpe,

from Borneo, and to C’. robinsonit Ogilvie-Grant, from the Malay

Peninsula.

6. DENDROCITTA SINENSIS (Lath.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 463.

a. 3. Five-Finger Mts. 9th November.

6. 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th November.

Hainan examples of this Magpie appear to be somewhat

smaller than Chinese birds. In six specimens the wing measures

less than 5 inches, but in a seventh (a male) it attains a length of

5-4 inches. Three specimens have the middle pair of tail-feathers

black to the base, and three show traces of grey, while in the

seventh the basal half of the feathers is grey, as in the Formosan

species, D. formose Swinhoe. Chinese examples may generally be

distinguished from Hainan birds by their purer white upper tail-

coverts, but these characters seem too variable to warrant the

separation of the Hainan birds from typical D. sinensis. In certain

respects they are intermediate between the Chinese and Formosan

forms, the latter being always characterized by their greyer upper

tail-coverts and the grey basal half of the middle pair of tail-

feathers. Dr. Hartert has separated this bird as a subspecies

under the name D. s. insule.

8. ACRIDOTHERES CRISTATELLUS (Gmel.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 463.

a,b. $6 @. Seven-Finger Mts. 16th November.

Examples of this Starling from Hainan appear on the whole to

be somewhat smaller than those from China, and have perhaps

rather less white on the basal half of the primary quills. In six

Hainan examples the wing-measurement varies from 4°8 to

5 inches, while in a seventh specimen it measures 5:25 inches.

Dr. Hartert regards this bird as distinct and has named it

A. c. brevipennis.

10. SpoDICPsAR SERICEUS (Gmel.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 463.

a. 2. Five-Finger Mts. 9th November.

11. Temnurus NicER (Styan). '

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 464.

a,b. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th & 13th November.

A fine adult pair of this rare species.

12. MAINATUS INTERMEDIUS (A. Hay).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 464.

a,b. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th & 16th November.

13. CHapria £NEA (Vieill.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 464.

a,b. 6 2. Five-Finger Mts. 9th November.

74 MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON [Mar. 15,

14. BucHAanGa LEucocENYS Wald.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 464.

a,b. 3d @. Seven-Finger Mts. 14th & 16th November.

17. DissEMURUS PARADISEUS (Linn.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 465.

Dissemurus paradiseus johni Hartert, Nov. Zool. ix. p.580 (1902).

a. d. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

19. ORIOLUS NIGELLICAUDUS (Swinh.).

_ Ogilvie-Grant, p. 465.

a,b. 6 2 imm. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th & 14th November.

An immature male and female have the middle pair of tail-

feathers and the outer webs of all the remaining pairs crimson

washed with blackish. The only adult male which I have been

able to examine is Swinhoe’s type-specimen. It would be interest-

ing to know whether the blackish wash on the tail-feathers of

this example is a constant character. In other respects it does

not differ from the adult male of O. ardens Swinh.

23. EiMBErRiIzA FucATA Pall.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 466.

a. 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

24. HEMBERIZA SPODOCEPHALA Pall.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 466.

a. &. Seven-Finger Mts. 14th November.

25. EMBERIZA AUREOLA Pall,

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 466.

a. 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th November.

28. MoracrLLa LEucopsIs Gould.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 467.

a,b. SQ. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th & 17th November.

29. MoTacILLA MELANOPE Pall,

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 467.

a,b. 6 @. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th November.

33. ANTHUS RICHARDI Vieill.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 467.

a. 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 14th November.

42, Lantus scHach Linn.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 469.

a. Adult. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

44, Lanius ruscatus Less.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 470.

a. 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th November.

1910. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN.

46. TEPHRODORNIS HAINANUS Ogilvie-Grant.

Tephrodornis pelvica Ogilvie-Grant (nec Hodgs.), P. Z. 8. 1900,

p. 470. Wo. |

Tephrodornis hainanus Ogilvie-Grant, Abstract P. Z.8. No. 81,

p. 18 (March 22nd, 1910).

Adult male. Differs from Indian examples of 7. pelvica

Hodgs. in having the mantle and back much darker and of a

reddish-brown colour.

Adult female. Darker and browner above than the female of

7’. pelvica Hodgs.

a-d. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th-18th November. (7'ypes

of the species.)

Hab, Hainan and China.

Specimens from Hainan appear to be slightly smaller than those

from China.

The measurements are as follows :—

Wing of male, Wing of female.

Clnintay ee oractsaeses A-8 ins. 4-7 ins.

IB WUTENO pes ckeone AS 4-45

An immature male from Dibrughur, Assam, 14th August

(J. R. Cripps: Hume Coll.) and an adult female from the Dafla

Hills, 11th December (Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen), appear to be

referable to the Chinese form 7’. ricketti and not to 7’. pelvica.

50. Luscrntona ruscata Blyth.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 471. ;

a. Adult. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

52. CETTIA CANTURIENS Swinh.

' Ogilvie-Grant, p. 471.

a-c. 6 Q. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th—-16th November.

59. Turpus carpis Temm.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 472.

a. { Qj. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th November.

61. TuRDUS MANDARINUS Bonap.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 472.

a. d. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

68. ERITHACUS SIBILANS Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 474.

a. Adult. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th November.

70. CopsycHus SAULARIS (Linn.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 474, .

a,b. 62. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th & 13th November,

576 MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON [ Mar. 15,

71. CrrrocincLa MINOR Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 474.

a,b. gS et Q imm. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th November.

72. HENICURUS SINENSIS Gould.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 474.

a,b. 6 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 14th November.

74, GARRULAX SEMITORQUATA Ogilvie-Grant.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 475.

a. d. Seven-Finger Mts. 15th November.

75. GarRuLAX scumackert Hartl.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 475.

a-d. 6 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th—15th November.

77. DRYONASTES MONACHUS Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 476.

a,b. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th & 14th November.

78 a. POMATORHINUS HAINANUS Rothsch.

Pomatorhinus tickelli hananus Rothsch. Bull. B. O. C. xiv.

p- 9 (1903).

a. 3. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th November.

82. PycNonoTuUs HAINANUS (Swinh.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 477.

a,b. 6 Q. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th & 16th November.

82a. PycNoNnoTus sINENSIS (Gmel.).

Pycnonotus sinensis Ogilvie-Grant, Ibis, 1907, p. 189.

a. go. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th November.

This species is new to the island of Hainan. The specimen has

the hinder part of the crown and occiput white and is apparently

referable to the Chinese and Formosan species. The amount of

white on the hinder part of the head varies greatly in different

individuals of P. stimensis, some Chinese examples approaching

P. hainanus, which has the entire crown and occiput black.

84 a. PARADOXORNIS FOKIENSIS (David).

Psittiparus gularis hainanus Rothschild, Bull. B. O. C. xiv. p. 7

(1903).

a-d. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th-16th November.

Hainan specimens of P. fokiensis are on the average very

slightly smaller than Chinese examples, and have been separated

under the name Psittiparus gularis hainanus. The comparative

measurements of Chinese and Hainan birds are as follows :—

Wing.

14 specimens from Fohkien, China... 3°5—3°7 (one 3°8) inches.

4 specimens from Hainan ............ 3°3-3'5

Inxtypical P. gularis from the Himalaya, the upperparts are

much paler and yellower.

ony

“I

1910.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN.

85. HyPpsIPETES PERNIGER Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 478.

a-d. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th-17th November.

86. CRINIGER PALLIDUS Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 478.

a. 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 17th November.

87. CHLOROPSIS LAZULINA (Swinh.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 478.

a,b. 6 @. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th & 15th November.

88. CAMPOPHAGA SATURATA (Swinh.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 478.

a-c. 6 Q@. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th—-15th November.

89. GraucaALus mActt Lesson.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 478.

a,5. 6 @. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th November.

~91. PERICROCOTUS FRATERCULUS Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 479.

a-e. 62 et dg imm.. Seven-Finger Mts. Ilth & 12th

November.

102. SrpHia HAINANA Ogilvie-Grant.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 480.

a,b. 2 et d imm. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

107 a. Pirra poveiast Ogilvie-Grant.

Abstract P.Z.5. No. 81, pp. 18, 19 (March 22nd, 1910).

Adult male.——Most nearly allied to P. sorer Wardlaw Ramsay,

from Cochin China, which it resembles in having the crown and

occiput dull bluish-green like the back ; lower back and rump

bluish: fore-part of the head, cheeks, ear-coverts and lower

part of the throat dull pink, chin inclining to whitish; lores,

feathers surrounding the eye and on either side of the occiput

rust-red ; chest very similar, but tinged with pink; breast and

rest of the underparts buff; lower part of the abdomen whitish ;

upper wing-coverts and scapulars greenish-blue like the mantle;

quills brown margined on the outer web especially towards the

extremity with pale brownish-buff, the five outer primaries white

at the base of the inner web; tail greenish-blue like the back.

Total length ca. 8-0 inches; wing 4°45; tail 2°05; tarsus 2:0.

Adult female.—Difters from the male in being less brightly

coloured ; the top of the head, occiput and nape being olive-

brown suffused with pink, and the rest of the upperparts,

including the wing-coverts and scapulars, mostly dull olive-green ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1910, No. XXX VIT a7

578 MR. W. R. OGILVIE-GRANT ON [Mar. 15,

the chest buff (instead of rust-red) tinged with pink, and the rest

of the underparts paler buff.

Total length ca. 7°6 inches; wing 44; tail 1:9; tarsus 1:8.

a,b. d 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th November. (Types of the

spectes.)

A second specimen of P. soror Wardlaw Ramsay, which was

collected by Dr. J. J. Vassal in the neighbourhood of Nhatrang,

Annam, like the type, has the feathers of the fore-neck and upper

chest black tipped with buff or buff with a black median spot. Jam

uncertain whether this is a specific character or merely indicative

of youth. No trace of these markings is to be found in the types

of P. douglasi.

110. DenpDRocopPus cABanist (Gould).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 482.

a,b. d 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th November.

112. IynerPicus KALEENSIS Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 483.

Iyngipicus scintilliceps swinhoei Hartert, Nov. Zool. xvi. p. 221

(1910).

a. 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

113. MicrorrerNnus HOLROYDI Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 483.

a,b. 6 9. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th & 12th November.

Hargitt (Cat. Birds B.M. xviii. pp. 393, 403) says that Hainan

birds differ from J/. fokiensis net only in being smaller but in

having the middles of the feathers of the chin and throat

unicolorous with the underparts. In this he is no doubt

mistaken, for in the freshly moulted pair procured by Mr. Douglas

the feathers of the chin and throat are black edged with sandy-

rufous just as in J. fokiensis. The specimens obtained by Swinhoe

in February are all in worn plumage and at first sight appear to

have the chin and throat uniform, but a careful examination

reveals the fact that this is not really the case.

115, Panmornis Fascrata (Mill.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 484.

a,b. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th November.

120. CenrRopus SINENSIS (Steph.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 485.

a,b, d etimm, Seven-Finger Mts. 14th & 15th November.

121. CeNTROPUS BENGALENSIS (Gmel.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 485.

a 3 imm. Seven-Fmger Mts. 15th November.

1910.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, o79

122, Ruoropyres trristis (Less.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 485.

a,b. 6 2. Five-Finger Mts. 9th November.

e. Adult. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

Dr. Hartert has distinguished Hainan examples of this species

as R. t. hainanus [ef. Nov. Zool. xvii. p. 218 (1910)] on account

of their slightly smaller size.

123. HARPACTES HAINANUS Ogilvie-Grant.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 485.

a,b. $. Seven-Finger Mts. 14th November.

129. Nycriornis ATHERTONI (Jard. & Selby).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 486.

a,b. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th & 18th November.

130. Upurea rnpica Reichenb.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 487.

a,b. 6 @. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th & 13th November,

38. Hurysromus cALonyx Hodgs.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 488.

a. dimm. Five-Finger Mts. 9th November.

141. GuLaucrprum wHITELyi (Blyth).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 488.

Glaucidium cuculordes persinile Hartert, Nov. Zool. xvii. p. 205

(1910).

a. 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 14th November.

178. ARENARIA INTERPRES (Linn.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 494.

a. S. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th November.

222. TRERON NIPALENSIS (Hodgs.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 501.

a,b. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts. 12th November.

227. MacropyGia MINOR Swinh.

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 502.

a. 3. Seven-Finger Mts. 11th November.

230. TURTUR CHINENSIS (Scop.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 502.

Turtur chinensis hainanus Hartert, Nov. Zool. xvii. peeles

(1910).

a,b. $2. Seven-Finger Mts. 13th & 14th November.

231. CHaLcopHars inpicA (Linn.).

Ogilvie-Grant, p. 502,

a,0. 6 2. Seven-Finger Mts, 15th & 16th November,

580 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON THE [Mar. 15,

3. On the Variation of the Sea-Elephants.

By Dr. Einar Loynpure, C.M.Z8.

[Received February 25, 1910. |

(Text-figures 55 & 56.)

Four years ago, when I wrote about the Sea-Hlephant of South

Georgia*, the question arose in my mind whether the Sea-

Elephants inhabiting the widely separated islands in the southern

subantarctic seas all belonged to one and the same race. It

appeared to me most probable that this was not the case, because

the herds of the different islands are, and must have been for a very

considerable time, completely isolated from each other, as these

animals are not pelagic in their habits, but chiefly confined to the

waters surrounding the islands on the shores of which they

spend a great part of their lifetime. As, however, | had not

sufficient material from ditferent localities for comparison, and the

literature did not contaim enough to throw satisfactory hght on

the matter, I had to leave it unsolved. It was therefore a great

satisfaction to me when my friend Mr. R. Lydekker took up this

question last year and published a paper “On the Skull-Characters

in the Southern Sea-Elephant.” 7 Having read that paper,

however, it appeared to me that the characters on which Lydekker

has based the racial differences which, according to his views, exist

between the Sea-Elephants belonging to four different geographic

groups with subspecific value were rather unsatisfactory, when 1

considered the variation found in skulls of these animals which

T had studied from material brought from South Georgia.

In the paper quoted Lydekker diagnosed the following races :-—

“1. Macrorhinus leoninus typicus, Juan Fernandez.”

“2 M. 1. falclandicus, Falkland Islands.”

“3. M. 1. macquariensis, Macquarie and (?) Chatham Islands.”

“4. M. crosetensis, Crozet and (%) Kerguelen and Heard

Islands.”

According to later information Lydekker presumes that the

Sea-Elephant of Juan Fernandez belongs to the same geographic

group as those known under the specific name angustivostris, which

latter name then should ‘be regarded as a synonym of leoninus,

while falclandicus would become the substantive name for the

Southern species” (/. ¢. p. 606).

Lydekker bases the subspecific differences between the Sea-

Elephants from the different islands on certain proportions and

other characteristics of the skulls selected from the palatal

surface. To prove the difference in proportions he quotes certain

measurements in English inches from which the relations in

* IC, Sv. Vetenskaps-Akad. Handl., Bd. x1.

+ Proc, Zool. Soc, 1909, pt. ini. p. 600.

1910. } _ VARIATION OF THE SEA-ELEPHANTS. 581

percentages of the basal length of the skull may be reckoned, as

is done below.

Falkland. Macquarie. Crozet. Chatham.

“ Basal length ”........ 20 ins) 1Siniss | L6;o mashes ehoz3sims:

(= 500 mm.) (= 450 mm.) (= 412 mm.) (= 407 mm.)

Maximum width in percent.

of basal length ....... (5 en 84:8 71:8

Length of palate in ditto 55 Qh 54:5 Eyal

Width of palate in ditto 36°5 35 39:3 304

Some of these relations thus appear at first sight to be

rather different in the different animals, but before any decision

can be made it is of importance to find out how constant these

percentages are when a somewhat greater number of skulls are

measured and compared. ‘To obtain knowledge about this I have

measured seven skulls of adult and semiadult bulls of Sea-

Hlephants, all of them from South Georgia. The largest of these

is 3 em. longer than Lydekker’s largest skull, and the smallest

6-7 cm. shorter than his smallest skull. The material might thus

be regarded ascomparable. ‘The relative dimensions of the South

Georgia skulls are recorded in the accompanying table of

measurements. From this it is apparent that the zygomatic

Quite young.

(ae SSS)

d\¢\s|sislals| elapse

3 oa |

Basal length of skull in mm............ 530 | 500 | 484 | 470 | 450 | 442 | 400 | 293 | 197 | 196} 193

Zyezomatic width in °/, of basal length| 79°8) 74:0) 68°38) 74°8| 77°7| 71:9| '73°0, 72°3) 80°7) 81-1] 84°9

Length of palate 35 rH . 51°3) 52°8) 50°8! 54: 0) 52°4! 56°5| 49'S, 57-3] 46°7| 50°5| 45-0

Width os 37°1| 35°2) 82:2) 8671) 85:1) 34°9) 84°5) 34:1) 845 3476) 35°7

Length of interpalatine suture i in a. of

basal Ilepi¥este Oy sia Aaeeemectemcndaaa dea 5‘6| 16°5] 11°7/ 13‘1| 9°7| 18°8} 14-5) 138-9) 5:6, 10:2) 10°6

Length of premaxillaries on the pala-

tine surface in °/, of basal length....| 21°7) 23°4| 22°5) 25°7/ 20°2| 21-4) 19°7| 16:3

Width of occipital condyles in °/, of

basal length . 23°0) 24:0) 25°6| 25°7| 27-1) 27°6| 29°2) 31-4. 40-6) ...

Width of skull at. posterior ‘edge of

meatus audit. ext. in °/, of basal

TeraySA DIAL BS A ea Ge a a 68°4) 61°9| 67°4) 68:0! 66°0) 67°2) 65°1

Width of skull on a level with the

upper posterior premaxillary suture

non]. Ot lopageall Werner genoccocos cesses ace 38°3, 35°0| 30°9) 35°5| 36°8| 36°) 33°2) 21°6) 29°9) 31°6; 32°)

Least frontal width of skull in °/, of

LORNA Temn@ae his Coe athe ate enema dene e 20°5| 15°8) 150) 17:2) 18°6| 18°5| 16°2) 12°2

Length of nasals in mm.. 95 | 95 | 66 | 56 | 79 | 57 | 62

Combined width of both nasals in mm.| 70 | 67 | 56 | 62 | 62 | 42 | 49

width—as usual among large mammals—is subject to considerable

variation, viz. from 68°3 to 79°8 per cent. of the basal length of

the skull, but usually it is about 72-75 per cent. A comparison

reveals, then, that with regard to this dimension three of Lydekker’s

specimens, representing “JZ. 1. falclandicus ” and “ MW. 1. macquari-

ewsis,” fall within the limits of variation for the Sea-Hlephant of

582 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON THE [Mar. 15,

South Georgia, but one of them, that regarded as the type of

“ VW. 1. crosetensis,” is somewhat ditterent, showing a percentage

larger than that of any of the adult skulls from South Georgia.

Although a direct comparison between this Crozet Island specimen

measuring 412 mm. and the quite young skull from South Georgia

measuring 193 mm. (conf. the table) cannot be made, though the

former is young also, it is of interest to find that the percentage

expressing the relation between basal length and zygomatic width

is almost the same in both, viz. 84°8 and 84:9. This depends in

both cases on the shortness of the snout, which thus is a retained

juvenile characteristic in the Crozet Sea-Elephant, if constant.

If we then turn our attention to the length of the palate, this

measurement will be found to vary from 49°5 to 56°5 per cent. of the

basal length of the skull in the seven South Georgia male skulls.

The figures expressing the same relative dimension in Lydekker’s

specimens all fall within these limits and have thus no value as

racial characteristics.

The width of the palate varies in the South Georgia skulls from

32°2 to 37-1 per cent. of the basal length. ven in this feature

Lydekker’s specimen from the Crozet Islands: is Somewhat aberrant

as its corresponding percentage amounts to 39°3, thus indicating

avery broad palate. In this respect the Crozet specimen does not

exhibit a juvenile characteristic, for the corresponding percentages

of three quite young males from South Georgia are from 34°5

to 35°7.

Among other characteristics used by Lydekker for distinguishing

his races of Sea-Elephants, he mentions the length of the imter-

palatine suture, which he says is “long” in “‘falclandicus,” “shorter”

in ‘ macquariensis,” and ‘ longer” again in “‘crosetensis.” It must

be said, however, that the shape and size of the palatine bones in

the Sea-Elephants are so extremely variable that no value whatever

can be laid on any character derived from them. To prove this

it may be mentioned that although, as a rule, the palate ends

mesially behind in a projecting tip, there are other specimens

also adult in which there is quite a deep palatine notch mesially.

Not only depending upon this difference but because the bones

themselves vary in size, the length of the interpalatine suture

becomes very variable, as direct measurements indicate. Thus in

the largest of the South Georgia skulls (conf. table of measure-

ments) the interpalatine suture was only 30 mm. but in the next

81, in the next 57, then 62, 44, 61, and 68 mm. respectively. It

was thus more than 2 times longer in the next largest skull than

in the largest. The percentages expressing the relation between

the basal length of the skull and the length of the interpalatine

suture vary from 5:6 to 16°5, and not two of them agree (conf.

the table). It is of interest to see that such a great variation in

the size of the palatine is not only due to modifications during the

growth at a somewhat advanced stage, but that already in quite

young individuals a similar difference makes itself apparent -to the

extent that the length of the interpalatine suture in one of two

1910.] _ VARIATION OF THE SEA-ELEPHANTS. 583

equally large quite young individuals is 5°6 per cent. and in the

other 10°6 per cent. of the basicranial length (conf, table of

measurements).

The shape of the palate should also be different in Lydekker’s

“ subspecies ” in i a way that it ought to be “ flat behind and

hollowed in front” in “ falelandicus,” “ markedly hollow through-

out” in “ MNF A corsa,” and “‘ almost flat” in ‘ crosetensis.”

The skulls from South Georgia prove that the degree of ‘* hollow-

ness” is very different in different specimens. In the largest

skull, for instance, the palatina are markedly less “ hollow” than

the maxillary region of the palate, and the lateral portions of the

first mentioned bones are very strongly convex. In the second

largest skull the whole palate from the posterior border is evenly

and strongly vaulted. In the third largest skull the palate 1s

much less ‘ hollow,” the palatina are almost flat and somewhat

convex laterally. In the fifth largest the palatina are almost flat,

but the remainder of the palate is very concave. In the sixth the

palate is almost completely fiat, and in the seventh it is only a

little “hollow.” There is thus almost every degree of ‘ hollow-

ness” represented among these seven skulls, and characteristics

derived from such a condition cannot be of subspecific value.

Mr. Lydekker has also used the relative length of the ptery-

goid processes as a distinguishing characteristic of subspecific

value, saying that this process is “small” in “ falclandicus,”

“longer” in “amacqueriensis,” and “very slender” in ‘“‘crosetensis.”

Unfortunately, the pterygoid process is subjected to just as great

individual variation as other portions of the Sea-Elephant skull.

As Lydekker has not recorded any direct measurements with

which a comparison can be made, it may be suitable to express its

relative length by measuring the distance between its posterior

tip and the nearest opposite point on the bulla. This distance

measures in the seven skulls from South Georgia respectively

22 mm., 10 mm., 0 mm. (in this skull the pterygoid process forms

a complete bridge over to the bulla.and is anchylosed with the same),

12 mm., 10 mm., 9 mm., and 4 mm. (the skulls are enumerated

in the same order as in the table of measurements). As regards

slenderness, the pterygoid process is always compressed and its

longest diameter at the tip varies as the following measurements

indicate: 10 mm., 13 mm., 15 mm., 19 mm., 15 mm., 12 mm., and

8mm. The variability of this bone may by this be fully elucidated.

NOs palatal aspect of the premaxillaries 1 is said to be V-shaped

rs falclandicus ” and “ macquariensis,” but U-shaped 1 in “ croset-

ensis.” The present material from South Georgia proves that

this characteristic is just as variable as the others. In the fifth

and sixth of these seven skulls the V-shape of the palatal aspect

of the premaxillaries is quite typical, but in the second and third

the U- shape | is just as pronounced as in Lydekker’s figure of

“ crosetensis” ; the others show intermediate features.

The accompanying figures (text-fig. 55, A-D) show this different

shape of the premaxillaries in the Sea- -Elephant from South

584 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON THE _[ Mar. 15,

Georgia. The length of the palatine surface of the premaxillaries

varies without correspondence to age or size from 19-7 to 25-7 per

cent. of the basal length of the skull (conf. table of measurements).

Text-fig. 55.

DY Shag DY

\V ds

Outline of palatal aspect of premaxillaries of four specimens of the

Sea-Hlephant from South Georgia.

Having thus examined and tried on the Sea-Elephant skulls

from South Georgia all the characteristics which Lydekker

regarded as satisfactory and distinctive, I have come to the con-

clusion that all of them are extremely variable, and, with the

exception of two characteristics of ‘“‘ crosetensis,” to which I shall

return presently, and the width of the occipital condyles, which

also will be spoken about later on, all the characteristics of

Lydekker’s presumed subspecies are to be found within the limits

of the variation of the South Georgia Sea-Hlephant. But this

1910.] _ VARIATION OF THE SEA-ELEPHANTS. 585

animal must for geographical reasons be just the one which

Lydekker has named “ falclandicus,” which thus in itself unites

most of the characteristics of all the others. he Sea-Elephants

have long ago been exterminated on the Falkland Islands, and if

now and then at the present time such an animal should be found

there, it is a straying individual which has come there accidentally,

most probably from South Georgia—an analogy to the fact that

sometimes, although seldom, a Walrus appears at the Norwegian

coast, in spite of the fact that the Walrus is as little pelagic in its

habits as the Sea-Hlephant.

The Sea-Elephant of the Crozet Islands Lydekker with some

hesitation regards as identical with those inhabiting Kerguelen

and Heard Islands. From a geographical point of view such an

assumption appears quite probable. If, however, this assumption

is accepted there is some material for the further consideration

of the ‘‘crosetensis” form available in the literature, because

Turner has, in his report on the Seals in the Scientific Results

of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ * communicated a table of

measurements of Sea-Hlephant skulls, and among them are two

male specimens from Heard Jsland and one male from Kerguelen

Island. The lengths of the Heard Island skulls from premaxillary

to occipital condyle are respectively 495 and 486 mm., and the same

measurement of the Kerguelen skull is 402 mm. As the condyle

has been included in these measurements the figures quoted are

not directly comparable with those of the accompanying table, but

by comparing the corresponding measurements of skulls at hand

with the basal lengths of the same, it is easy to reckon how great

a reduction is necessary to obtain the approximate basal lengths

of Turner’s skulls. It cannot be many millimetres wrong to

assume the basal length of the Heard Island skulls to be 470 and

464 mm. respectively and that of the Kerguelen skull to be 380 mm.

The measurements expressing the zygomatic width and the greatest

width of the palate of these skulls are also recorded in Turner’s

table. If, then, the relations between these measurements and

the basal length are reckoned in percentages of the latter, the

following figures are obtained :-—

Heard Island. Kerguelen.

Zygomatic width in percent. of basallength 74:4 76:2 73-9

Greatest width of palate in percent. of 39-7 38:3 32-6

GRISEA LS Kernel dhas ep etne ane deeaneen enc tes cnenn

The three former percentages fall all of them quite well within

the limits of variation found in the South Georgia skulls as

quoted above ; and if these specimens belong to the “ crosetensis”

form, the zygomatic width of thesame is only in exceptional cases,

asin Lydekker’s specimen referred to above, greater than in South

Georgia specimens, i. e. “ falclandicus.” The zygomatic width is

consequently no distinguishing characteristic between these two.

Of the percentages expressing the relation of the width of the

palate, the first and the last are rather low even for South Georgia

* Zoology, vol. xxvi. p. 6.

586 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON THE [Mar. 15,

specimens. ‘The middle one again (38°3) is about one per cent.

higher than the highest of the corresponding dimension of South

Georgia specimens. From this fact and that recorded above from

Lydekker’s Crozet specimen only one conclusion can be drawn,

that sometimes the Sea-Hlephants of the Crozet-Kerguelen-Heard

Islands geographic group have a greater palatal width than their

relatives in other places so far as is known. It is not, however,

a general rule and thus no distinguishing characteristic.

With regard to other measurements also, the relative dimensions

of the skulls from Kerguelen and Heard Islands measured by

Turner vary within the same limits as the corresponding figures

of South Georgia skulls. As an example may be mentioned that

the width of the skull at the posterior edges of meatus audt-

torius externus is in the South Georgia skulls from 61-9 to 68-4 per

cent. of the basal length (conf. table of measurements), while the

corresponding measurements of Turner’s skulls are respectively

64:4, 61:2, and 66°8. These latter measurements do not indicate

any greater width of the skull than the corresponding figures of

South Georgia skulls.

Another example indicating a similar condition is obtained by

comparing the width of the maxillary portion of the skull with

the basal length. In this case I have measured the South Georgia

skulls on a level with the upper posterior premaxillary suture.

The percentages expressing this relation (conf. table of measure-

ments) vary in the adult and semiadult males from 30:9 to

38°3 per cent., without corresponding with the size or age of the

animals. With the above measurements may correspond fairly

weil those recorded by Tur ner as indicating the “ width of maxilla

across middle of rostrum” of Heard Island and Kerguelen speci-

mens. If these then are compared with the basal length of the

skulls (conf. above), the following percentages are obtained

(enumerated in the same order as before): 34:0, 36-4, and 32:1.

All these fall evidently within the limits of variation of the South

Georgia material, and they do not at all indicate any greater rela-

tive width of this portion of the skull im the Heard-Kerguelen

animals than in those from South Georgia.

In Turner’s table of measurements there are some figures

indicating the “ smallest interfrontal width.” As I do not know

whether this measurement coincides with the least frontal width

according to my way of measuring, | cannot make any direct

comparison, but only quote the percentages obtained. In the

South Georgia material there is a vi ariation from 15:0 to 20°5, but

the percentages reckoned from Turner's figures are respectively

15:1, 14:0, and 13-6, thus lower than the former. If Turner’s and

my own measurements really coincide, as I believe they do, the

percentages appear to indicate a narrower forehead in the Heard-

Kerguelen Sea-EHlephants.

The measurements hitherto considered show very plainly a

quite irregular variation which does not correspond with size or

age. But there is another relative dimension which exhibits a very

1910.] “VARIATION OF THE SEA-ELEPHANTS.. 587

beautiful series (conf. the table of measurements) in full corre-

spondence with the size of the skull, and that is the width of the

occipital condyles compared with the basal length of the skull.

Text-fig. 56.

Outline of the nasals of four specimens of the Sea-Hlephant from

South Georgia.

This percentage decreases regularly and gradually from the skull

of the quite young animal to that of the oldest bull. Considering

this fact, it is perhaps of importance that Lydekker states that the

588 ON THE VARIATION OF THE SEA-ELEPHANTS.

condyles of his ‘“ crosetensis ’’ are “‘ extremely narrow.” To judge

from his figure (/. ¢. p. 605) the condyles of the Crozet skull appear

to be only about 20 per cent. of the basal length of the skull,

although the latter measurement is said to be ‘16:5 ins.” or

412mm. According to the condition observed in the material

from South Georgia, the condyles of such a small skull ought to

have been something about 28 per cent. of the basal length. It is

possible that this characteristic together with others—but hardly

those discussed above—might prove that a racial difference exists

in the geographic group represented by the Crozet skull. It is,

however, difficult to base any opinion about this on a single skult

when these animals have proved so extremely variable in their

skull characters. Unfortunately, Turner has not communicated

any measurements of the condyles of his skulls from Heard Island

and Kerguelen Island.

The Sea-Hlephant skulls from South Georgia show a quite

irregular variation in many other respects than those already

mentioned. The general shape of the nasals is, for instance, very

variable as the accompanying four figures (text-fig. 56 A—D,

p. 587) prove. The dimensions are also extremely different in

different specimens with regard to length as well as to width, as

may be seen from the table of measurements. The mesethmoid

reaches the upper surface of the skull and fills up the mesial

anterior notch between the nasals,; where it expands more or less

in different specimens as the figures of the nasals show. By this

a continued growth forward and ossification of the nasals in the

mesial line is made impossible, but on either side of the meseth-

moideum there is free space enough for such a growth and this

might contribute to the irregular shape of the nasals.

The exceedingly great variation of the Sea-Hlephant skulls

appears to be fully proved by these notes, and it must certainly be

regarded as a very interesting fact. This great variation 1s partly

explained by the general rule that large mammals, the growth of

which is continued through a long period of years, each of which

contains different seasons with different conditions of life, are more

apt to vary than such as conclude their growth within one year.

Another factor which also may be of some importance in this

connsction is that the Sea-Hlephants originally had hardly any

dangerous foes which could influence a natural selection. Now,

however, these very interesting and completely harmless sea-

monsters have been unfortunate enough to provoke the most

dangerous of all foes—the greediness of man ; and by this they are

threatened with extinction even in the few remote places where

they may still exist in limited numbers. Indeed, the Southern

Sea-Hlephant is doomed to share the sad fate of its Californian

relative if speedy measures are not taken for its protection. The

hope of zoologists and al] friends of living nature is that the

the Government of Great Britain may give this protection which

is so sorely needed.

No. 80.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

March 1st, 1910.

Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.

The Secretary exhibited photographs of a Thylacine (Thyla-

cinus eynocephalus) and three cubs which had been sent him by

Mrs. Mary G. Roberts, C.M.Z.S., of Hobart, Tasmania. Mrys.

Roberts had informed him by letter that the Thylacines had been

in her possession for about eight months, and were tame and

playful, and that the mother had nursed them until they were

nearly as large as herself, although throughout that time they had

also taken raw meat. Mrs. Roberts added that the Thylacine had

extremely strong maternal instincts and that these animals, in her

opinion, were not of low intelligence.

The Srcrerary called attention to the recently published

‘Camera Adventures in the African Wilds, by A. Radelyffe

Dugmore, remarking on the great additions to knowledge of wild

animals that were being obtained by this new form of sport. He

directed special attention to the photographs of Grévy’s Zebra,

obtained near the Guaso Nyiro River, not far from Mt. Kenia, as

evidence of the range of that: species, and to an extremely interest-

ing photograph of the Giant Bush-Pig (Hylocherus meinertz-

hageni) taken in the same locality.

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S., exhibited a preparation of the vena

cava inferior, diaphragm, and liver from a Seal (Phoca vitulina)

that had recently been living in the Gardens. The specimen

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who

subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtaimed on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

showed the strong sphincter muscle (derived from the diaphragm)

that encircles the lower end of the thoracic segment of the vena

cava, the great dilatation of this vessel below the diaphragm and

within the liver, and the presence of a pair of venous plexuses in

connection with the cava midway between the diaphragm and the

heart.

Mr. Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Prosector to the

Society, exhibited a series of specimens of Harthworms from

Luzon, Philippine Islands.

Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks

upon some teeth of Hlephas (Stegodon) insignis and of a species

of horse from China. The former were from Sze-chuen, probably

from beds of Lower Pliocene age, and were sent to the British

Museum by the Rev. W. C. Taylor, of the China Inland Mission.

The horse teeth were from Tsi-shan, N. China, from a depth of

about 300 feet in the Loess, probably of Pleistocene age: these

were sent by the Rev. R. Gillies, also of the China Inland

Mission.

Dr. R. T. Luteer, F.Z.8., exhibited the larval stage of Tricho-

strongylus pergracilis, the causal factor of Grouse disease. He

found experimentally that the development follows almost exactly

the same course as that of Ankylostome—the cause of miner’s

disease in Cornwall. The egg developed into embryos in about

two days, and metamorphosed on the eighth day into a peculiarly

active larva that climbed heather only in wet weather. These

larvee were found in extraordinary numbers on the plants, the

roots of which were experimentally infected. Subsequent drying

did not kill the larvee, for by encysting they could survive several

weeks without additional moisture, but were unable, however, to

resist desiccation. They underwent no further developmental

change, and this stage, when fed to healthy Grouse, alone was able

to produce infection, and within four days eggs were found in the

droppings.

Dr. Leiper also exhibited a specimen of Cyclops containing a

living embryo of Cucullanus elegans, a blood-sucking parasite of

Perch, and discussed the mode of entry into Cyclops of this worm

and the guinea-worm. Experiments showed that the embryos only

penetrated living Cyclopidz, and led to the conclusion that the

Cyclops actually swallowed the living embryos and these penetrated

the stomach.

The paper by Mr. J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., “On

the Varieties of Mus rattus in Egypt, with General Notes on the

Species having reference to Variation and Heredity,” announced

for this evening’s Meeting, was postponed owing to the unayoid-

able absence of the Author.

Sir Grorcz F, Hampson, Bt., F.Z.S., presented a paper giving

a list of the Moths collected by Mr. Shettield A. Neave, F.Z.8S., in

Rhodesia north of the Zambesi and the adjacent Katanga District

of the Congo Free State, nearly two hundred new species being

described.

The Moth fauna of the district is mainly of a West African

type, with a considerable admixture of Hast African and Mashona-

land forms. As there are no high ranges of mountains or deep

river valleys the fauna presents a very uniform tropical African

character, with no high mountain forms or forms peculiar to the

faunas of the drier parts of Southern or Northern Africa.

The Secrerary read a paper on “The Urogenital Organs of

Chimera monstrosa,’ by T. H. Burtenp, M.A., B.Sc., communi-

cated by Prof. W. N. Parker, Ph.D., F.Z.8.

This paper dealt with the urogenital organs of Chimera, both

immature and adult of each sex. Much of the early work of

Leydig and Hyrtl, which later writers had ignored or disputed,

was now confirmed and supplemented. The kidney of the young

male became differentiated at maturity into an anterior portion,

the “ Leydig’s gland,” with a function like that of the prostate

gland of higher vertebrates, and a posterior portion, which retained

its urinary function. Concomitant changes occurred in the

structure of the sperm-duct. Vasa efferentia were present in the

male, and these passed directly into a collector with which the

sperm-duct was continuous; hence an epididymus, as usually

defined, was absent. The adult female was shown to lose the

distinct urogenital sinus found in the young animal ; further, the

term “digitiform gland” was suggested as more suitable for the

structure usually called the “‘ receptaculum seminis.”

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, the 15th March, 1910, at half-past Hight

o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be

made :—

1. T. Goopry, M.Sc.

A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of Chlamydoselachus

anguineus Garman.

2. Prof. Dr. Einar Lonnpere, C.M.ZS8.

On the Variation of the Sea-Hlephants.

ho Toes

3. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.

On the Alimentary Tract of certain Birds, and on the

Mesenteric Relations of the Intestinal Loops.

The following communications have been received :—

1. R. H. Wurrenouss, M.Se.

The Caudal Fin of the Teleostom?.

2. Prof. G. O. Sars, C.M.Z.S.

Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,

conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, F.Z.8., 1904-1905.—

Report on the Ostracoda.

3. STANLEY Kemp, B.A.

Notes on the Photophores of Decapod Crustacea.

4. J. Lewis Bonnors, M.A., F_LS., F.Z.8.

On the Varieties of Mus rattus in Egypt, with General Notes

on the Species having reference to Variation and Heredity.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZOOLoGicaL Society or Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Squarn, Lonpon, W.

March 8th, 1910.

No. 81.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCHEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

March 15th, 1910.

K. T. Newton, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed,

The Secretary read a Report on the additions that had been

made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February

1910.

The Sucrerary read an account of some post-mortem pheno-

mena observed by Mr. E. W. Shann, B.Sc., in a specimen of

Lemur fulwus rufifrons which died recently in the Zoological

Gardens at Giza, Egypt.

Mr. OupFieLp THomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited the skin of a

new Potto from British Hast Africa, which was proposed to be

called

PERODICTICUS IBEANUS, Sp. n.

Fur very thick and soft. Colour of upper surface grizzled

hoary grey, except the shoulders and fore-back, which were

blackish. Teeth comparatively small.

Head and body 359 mm.; tail 68; skull 64.

Hab. Kakamega Forest, British Hast Africa.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 10.3.18.1. Presented by Messrs.

Matison and Brett.

Mr. D. Sera-Smirz, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, gave an account

of some living examples, in the Society’s Gardens, of the Black-

hooded Parrakeet (Psephotus cucullatus).

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, toall Fellows who

subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

The Secretary read a letter from Mr. George Jennison, of the

Manchester Zoological Gardens, giving an account of the success-

ful breeding of Pine-Snakes in confinement.

Mr. Cares S1ttem exhibited some living specimens of the

Crustacean Chirocephalus diaphanus recently caught in a fleoded

diteh on Eton Wick Common.

Mr. T. Goopry, M.Sc.(Birm.), introduced by the Secretary,

gave an account of his Memoir entitled “A Contribution to the

Skeletal Anatomy of the Fish Chlamydoselachus anguineus, Gar.”

The Author dealt with the anatomy of the axial and appendi-

cular skeleton, paying particular attention to the structure of the

notochord. He stated that the notochord in this fish had generally

been regarded as unconstricted except at the extreme anterior

extremity, but that he had ascertained the presence of well-

developed, calcified eyclospondylic centra at the anterior end of

the column and of calcified cyclospondylic centra of two sizes

in the main caudal region.

Mr. W. R. Ocitvin-Grant, F.Z.8., read a paper entitled ‘‘ Ad-

ditional Notes on the Birds of Hainan,” based on a small collection

of Hainan birds recently forwarded to the Zoological Society by

Mr. Robert Douglas, of Shanghai, and, at the suggestion of

Dr. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., presented to the Natural History

Museum. The collection contained several species of great interest,

and the two following were described as new :—

'TEPHRODORNIS HAINANUS, Sp. Nh.

Adult male. Differs from Indian examples of 7’. pelvicus Hodgs.

in having the mantle and back much darker and of a reddish-

brown colour.

Adult female. Darker and browner above than the female of

T. pelvicus Hodgs.

Hab. Seven-Finger Mountains.

PITTA DOUGLASI, sp. n.

Adult male. Most nearly allied to P. soror, Wardlaw Ramsay,

from Cochin China, which it resembles in having the crown and

occiput dull bluish-green like the back, lower back and rump

bluish; the fore part of the head, cheeks, ear-coverts, and lower

part of the throat dull pink, chin inclining to whitish, lores,

feathers surrounding the eye and on either side of the occiput

rust-red ; chest very similar but tinged with pink; breast and

rest of underparts buff; lower part of the abdomen whitish, upper

wing-coverts and scapulars greenish-blue like the mantle; quills

brown, margined on the outer web, especially towards the extre-

mity, with pale brownish-buff, the five outer primaries white at

the base of the inner web; tail greenish-blue like the back.

Total length ca. 80 inches; wing 4°45; tail 2°05; tarsus 2°0.

Adulé female. Differs from the male in being less brightly

coloured; the top of the head, occiput, and nape being olive-

brown suffused with pink, and the rest of the upperparts, in-

cluding the wing-coverts and scapulars, mostly dull olive-green ;

the chest buff (instead of rust-red) tinged with pink, and the rest

of the underparts paler buff.

Total length ca. 7:6 inches; wing 4:4; tail 1-9; tarsus 18.

Hab. Seven-Finger Mountains.

Among the rarities attention was called to the remarkable

Magpie (Temnurus niger) with its curious truncate tail-feathers,

the beautiful Green Jay (Cissa katsumate) recently described by

the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S., and a Bulbul (Pycnonotus

sinensis) not hitherto recorded from the island.

The SrcRETARY communicated a paper by Dr. Einar LONNBERE,

C.M.Z.S., “ On the Variation of the Sea-Hlephants.”

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, the 5th April, 1910, at half-past Hight

oclock p.m., when the following communications will be

mace :—

1. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.

On the Alimentary Tract of certain Birds, and on the

Mesenteric Relations of the Intestinal Loops.

2. R. H. Waurrenouse, M.Sc.

The Caudal Fin of the Teleostemi.

3. T. M. S. ENneuisH.

Some Notes on Tasmanian Frogs.

The following communications have been received :—

1. Prof. G. O. Sars, C.M.Z.S.

Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,

conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, F.Z.8., 1904—1905.—

Report on the Ostracoda.

2. STANLEY Komp, B.A.

Notes on the Photophores of Decapod Crustacea.

dupes ovou aa

On the Varieties of Mus rattws in Egypt, with General Notes

on the Species having reference to Variation and Heredity.

4. G. BK. Buuren.

On an Example of Posterior Dichotomy in an Aylesbury

Duckling.

5. Dr. R. Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.

On Fritylodon, and on the Relationships of the Multituber-

eulata.

6. D. G. Liutis, B.A.

Observations on the Anatomy and General Biology of some

Members of the larger Cetacea.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.

March 22nd, 1910.

ConTENTS (continued).

March 15, 1910.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of

clnveiny, IO). spennes cooosemn ou pueocepenoc ober Monro epoe De coemgUsuce CoCo oo) Mak

Mr. Ei. W. Shann, B.Sc. An account of some post-mortem phenomena observed in a

HIERN INUL TEN sta Satis a) Sr wna eceui sven shoei deine Sort oicms erigueticoanalaTonen' Si oy mi ea SiSUenst at A ielae CIR SPARES ORCS aac a eae

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition and description of a new Potto from

"> British East Africas.....-..... errs MP rau ahaa itch) UAL a UA Bea Sy RN ARNE eed a 586

Mr. D. Seth-Smith, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. An account of some living examples, in the Society's

Gardens, of the Black-hooded Parrakeet (Psephotus cucullatus North) ...-...... ++: BRO

Mr. George Jennison. Letter from, on the breeding of Pine Snakes in the Zoological

Gardens, Belle Vue, Manchester ................ Ralosineue los Sie) baile eR cial ald ale oa EID ESE

Mr. Charles Sillem. Exhibition of some living specimens of the Crustacean Chirocephalus

diaphanus ..... RS Ea TSS Che HCP Mins no cies IEE SEO POO BOL Ses.oe or a OR,

1. A Contribution to the Skeletal Anatomy of the Frilled Shark, Chlamydoselachus

anguineus Gar. By T. Goopxy, M.Sc. (Birm.), Research Scholar, University of

JaiosaNeoy Mas bso. O NE. CENA a na bane oa SOU Map bo ORE moma Gaens aiden ous o40

2, Additional Notes on the Birds of Hainan. By W. R. Oaiiviz-Granv, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. ie

3. On the Variation of the Sea-Elephants. By Dr. Eryar Lonnprnc, C.M.Z.S........... 580

EM e pases uve saes actpasraras Neca, seam rani AE ps eee Mia Lee ould ee i

poiist, of. Couneilramal Oficersyi as 65) bays craves eile ch corey apie Co ire i kau aN a il

Mbit Of Contemesn's sirre cy Senate Wits kes: seSietrs avn ol aray o eralen ater RARE Exo ooeah epee eg in

Eanabetical Mist of Compo utors lec cas rp aieele asaya gees 6-0 te sae ees vil

TESTO Nua heii Atey's)ei scatter ape ree ocahessy Mune meant aa cna Sou ci PMRREN Spica ad “SDR ead Mena xiil

ThistHomeRex t= oumesia cia weit ie clayey-teieraierettee win) aie easy fopaerel (sue ceegeee Deve th whe eel st ave] eee RD XV

New, Generic: Mernmisme sa ue cise ok cre oh eRe ee eee I ee. ecels Ahe atiis apaneieeai Es xvii

Index

LEST 02) PL Ars:

1910, pp. 385-588.

Page

‘Moths from Central Africa .... URE Rats So

XXXIX,

XLII. \

XLII. |

XLIV. ! Ohi doselathas aiiguanels Gar SMe ojos erik ete tees

dove | -

XLVL }

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,

so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1910, p. .. . The Distribution

is as follows :—

Part | issued in March.

Baye ae June.

ae Nae September.

» 4 3 ’ December.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1910, pp. 1-384, were published on June 25th, 1910,

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in

March are contained in this Part.

PBs

A es ae

aAAAaA- ~_— ao am a RARARRAAAAS HR Hes ae ae

aaa aeaARnnne ARAMA pr Ay

(Ne paanannn YT | em aR AMARA AAan aap Annnee AR

FAF AEN) ) aaa EAN pan PARVEY Se

COT mammary ala ABRARAADASRAAAAAGAAAAAAR ary

Aa|a\a\a\= 2) a amy > aN ANAM aN a a = ro FT ARATIAOO

ae ») NEN PS RIA GN a7

aR BRIT AAA ATA AR AR 2 a en Aas RARAA Aaa emaaaaas

SAREE CORRAR AA injain PAAR A AAAAA Wn 2 ARAFAAA

RA AR AARAAA RA AAAA- | AAAA Pa aS ~RARAAAAAAR- AAAA aAAP anlamnlan

aa RAR 3a ae a 68 A ARRR Reena nnn nH PRAAAAA Aon ame

nnn ‘naan AAAAAAARAAARARAAAAA® CRTC naa,

AAA RAN AA A A aad RAARARARAARAR pA aaaaae

'NSAAAAA - AAAR

AMAAMARMRRRanars cece ore AAA ANA APAAARRARS

VA AA a AARAAAY Ye! em pa

TA : ARAAAA

RAR A ala! ) ARAAAAA-

AR RR AAR AAA AAA R Raa Rn ee aRRRanae

MARR RRARR AAAS =~ a aanrr anaes

yaa ar*

ARAAA ARO

agaanaaaaaaanaaAAAannAne -

a AAA |

nA AASIAAAGRs

alala\al malate

sarenrcron conan BEE aoe ECE corre ooo

as ly NS om <= AAA ‘\anane

A RRARARAR

ARAAAS AAR AR Ann nnnnrrrre

TO a aa ee VN NES

»)

) J

»)

»s

y) -

5 4

>»

y))

Wy)

»))))

»)

yy»)

D))).

y yy)

))

»))

Mp,

DDD

»)?

)):

DY:

DD)

Dd»

DD)

Dd:

»D

a, 1 eo Am NA le

FENG DNC ce OE FARRAR AR SAR NAN

aan SAN Mee, ley a Oe RAEAARARARB RRO

LY PARAAAAaaa nn AAR AA mpl

WY RAPA AAAA AARARAAS=se BN NACA ml,

me Tey AA ARARAA AAR ann ie AAAARR CO?

PARARRBRRRRAAANAA Aaa A ORRARARARARR AY

Ran AAAa aaa aaa aeaaa Ra nan Aaae Blanes BD

ARR AAR ana An T AR ARR A Aa Anne AAC pAPPP PPP PARE Ay

panmnnnny ti) itt ARCARAARARK. =a

= fo»! £ ZB FS a —

AARNE ALRRARAE Nn

ZS FN

; ary

RAY

pirat saan anna ann onomonen

Gi GD Ga Gas a a Or as cae VoeWw 4q Vg 5 <X i Va

snaAannanmnnaaaMannannan nan ae BAN Na

SARA ann = AAA. anak PARA,

SAREE REC RRAAARAAEA are SAA

RRA elo een A2GaRA An ama

PY Venta yy | Al pra e\r

sale Re AAR AA aan v~

soe en AAR ARAREAAAARA AA Aam Lalla lela VN ml

PLease oar pAARARA RAR R. AA.

AAAAABRAaAq — Aaa ae &, Mle Nee

AAAAAAAAARRE CNas \ \<\-

saan, paananeanrn ppapenannaT

| RARERGRRARRSA Aan oo oae An@- ac aaaanea nny

AARAAR AAA A CR aAe =a nnn aap ae alas

naaaae AFRRAACEF

| \| a a ax) =\ =

GSGGRGenc. AAA-

lam a fan (an a Ke

an ENE aah am aN a2" 2 ae a

QE AEN ONES ENE

EN fm fay “A ~

GA = \ SS FS ee a\= ae

BARRA ARARRERAARR ARAN

AANA A A ARAAARAA Aang ale ae ale

RAR RARRAARAAR CAR AA ane nanan”

\AAARARAARAAA poe

ay wg